Groowe Groowe BETA / Newsroom
⏱ News is delayed by 15 minutes. Sign in for real-time access. Sign in

Form 8-K

sec.gov

8-K — Paramount Skydance Corp

Accession: 0001104659-26-113913

Filed: 2026-10-06

Period: 2026-10-05

CIK: 0002041610

SIC: 4833 (TELEVISION BROADCASTING STATIONS)

Item: Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement

Item: Termination of a Material Definitive Agreement

Item: Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets

Item: Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant

Item: Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

Item: Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers: Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers

Item: Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year

Item: Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

Item: Regulation FD Disclosure

Item: Financial Statements and Exhibits

Documents

8-K — tm2626659d7_8k.htm (Primary)

EX-3.1 — EXHIBIT 3.1 (tm2626659d7_ex3-1.htm)

EX-3.2 — EXHIBIT 3.2 (tm2626659d7_ex3-2.htm)

EX-4.1 — EXHIBIT 4.1 (tm2626659d7_ex4-1.htm)

EX-4.2 — EXHIBIT 4.2 (tm2626659d7_ex4-2.htm)

EX-4.4 — EXHIBIT 4.4 (tm2626659d7_ex4-4.htm)

EX-4.6 — EXHIBIT 4.6 (tm2626659d7_ex4-6.htm)

EX-4.8 — EXHIBIT 4.8 (tm2626659d7_ex4-8.htm)

EX-10.1 — EXHIBIT 10.1 (tm2626659d7_ex10-1.htm)

EX-10.2 — EXHIBIT 10.2 (tm2626659d7_ex10-2.htm)

EX-10.3 — EXHIBIT 10.3 (tm2626659d7_ex10-3.htm)

EX-10.4 — EXHIBIT 10.4 (tm2626659d7_ex10-4.htm)

EX-10.5 — EXHIBIT 10.5 (tm2626659d7_ex10-5.htm)

EX-10.6 — EXHIBIT 10.6 (tm2626659d7_ex10-6.htm)

EX-10.7 — EXHIBIT 10.7 (tm2626659d7_ex10-7.htm)

EX-10.8 — EXHIBIT 10.8 (tm2626659d7_ex10-8.htm)

EX-10.10 — EXHIBIT 10.10 (tm2626659d7_ex10-10.htm)

EX-10.11 — EXHIBIT 10.11 (tm2626659d7_ex10-11.htm)

EX-99.1 — EXHIBIT 99.1 (tm2626659d7_ex99-1.htm)

EX-99.2 — EXHIBIT 99.2 (tm2626659d7_ex99-2.htm)

GRAPHIC (tm2626659d7_ex99-1img001.jpg)

XML — IDEA: XBRL DOCUMENT (R1.htm)

8-K — FORM 8-K

8-K (Primary)

Filename: tm2626659d7_8k.htm · Sequence: 1

false

--12-31

0002041610

Paramount Skydance Corp

0002041610

2026-10-05

2026-10-05

iso4217:USD

xbrli:shares

iso4217:USD

xbrli:shares

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 8-K

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported):

October 5, 2026

Skydance Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its

charter)

Delaware

001-42791

99-3917985

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation)

(Commission

File Number)

(IRS Employer

Identification Number)

1515 Broadway

New York, New York

10036

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including

area code: (212) 258-6000

Paramount Skydance Corporation

(Former name or former address, if changed since

last report)

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended

to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

¨ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities

Act (17 CFR 230.425)

¨ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange

Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under

the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under

the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b)

of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading

Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange

on which registered

Class B Common Stock, $0.001 par value

SKYD

New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth

company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§ 230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange

Act of 1934 (§ 240.12b-2 of this chapter).

Emerging growth company ¨

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant

has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant

to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

Explanatory

Note

On October 6, 2026 (the “Closing

Date”), Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“WBD”), Skydance Corporation (f/k/a Paramount Skydance

Corporation), a Delaware corporation (“SKYD” or the “Company”), and Prince Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and

wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), completed the transactions contemplated by the previously disclosed

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 27, 2026, by and among WBD, the Company and Merger Sub (the “Merger Agreement”),

pursuant to which, at the effective time of the Merger (as defined below) (the “Effective Time”), Merger Sub merged with and

into WBD, with WBD surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”).

In connection with the closing

of the Merger (the “Closing”), the Company issued shares of its Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class

B Common Stock”), to certain investors who provided equity financing for the Merger (the “PIPE Transaction”). Additionally,

in connection with the Closing, on October 6, 2026, the Company transferred the listing of the Class B Common Stock from The Nasdaq Stock

Market LLC to the New York Stock Exchange and changed the ticker symbol for the Class B Common Stock from “PSKY” to “SKYD”.

Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

The

information provided in the Explanatory Note of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated by reference herein.

First Lien Senior Secured Notes and Second Lien Senior Secured

Notes

On October 5, 2026, the

Company issued (a) an aggregate of $41.4 billion in senior secured notes denominated in U.S. dollars, consisting of (1) $30.0

billion of first lien senior secured notes consisting of (i) $3.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 6.300% Senior Secured First

Lien Notes due 2028 (the “2028 First Lien Notes”), (ii) $3.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 6.550% Senior Secured

First Lien Notes due 2029 (the “2029 First Lien Notes”), (iii) $6.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 7.050% Senior

Secured First Lien Notes due 2031 (the “2031 First Lien Notes”), (iv) $5.25 billion aggregate principal amount of 7.550%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2033 (the “2033 First Lien Notes”), (v) $5.25 billion aggregate principal amount of

7.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2036 (the “2036 First Lien Notes”), (vi) $1.25 billion aggregate principal

amount of 8.650% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2046 (the “2046 First Lien Notes”), (vii) $3.5 billion aggregate

principal amount of 8.750% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2056 (the “2056 First Lien Notes”), (viii) $1.25 billion

aggregate principal amount of 8.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2066 (the “2066 First Lien Notes” and, together

with the 2028 First Lien Notes, the 2029 First Lien Notes, the 2031 First Lien Notes, the 2033 First Lien Notes, the 2036 First Lien

Notes, the 2046 First Lien Notes and the 2056 First Lien Notes, the “First Lien Senior Secured Notes”), and (2) $11.4

billion of second lien senior secured notes consisting of (i) $6 billion aggregate principal amount of 8.250% Senior Secured Second

Lien Notes due 2031 (the “2031 Second Lien Dollar Notes”), (ii) $4 billion aggregate principal amount of 8.875% Senior

Secured Second Lien Notes due 2034 (the “2034 Second Lien Notes”), and (iii) $1.4 billion aggregate principal amount of

9.125% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2036 (the “2036 Second Lien Notes” and, together with the 2031 Second Lien

Dollar Notes and the 2034 Second Lien Notes, the “Second Lien Dollar Senior Secured Notes”) and (b) €885 million

aggregate principal amount of 7.000% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031 (the “2031 Second Lien Euro Senior Secured

Notes” and, together with the Second Lien Dollar Senior Secured Notes, the “Second Lien Senior Secured Notes”; the

Second Lien Senior Secured Notes, together with the First Lien Senior Secured Notes, the “Notes”). The First Lien Senior

Secured Notes were issued pursuant to a first supplemental indenture (the “First Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of

October 5, 2026, by and between Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral

Agent, to the indenture (the “Base Indenture”) dated October 5, 2026, by and between Paramount Skydance Corporation and

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. The Second Lien Dollar Senior Secured Notes were issued pursuant to a second

supplemental indenture (the “Second Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of October 5, 2026, by and between Paramount

Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent, to the Base Indenture. The 2031

Second Lien Euro Senior Secured Notes were issued pursuant to a third supplemental indenture (the “Third Supplemental

Indenture”) dated as of October 5, 2026, by and among Paramount Skydance Corporation, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as

Trustee and Collateral Agent, and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as Euro Notes Authentication Agent, Euro Notes Transfer Agent and

Euro Notes Paying Agent, to the Base Indenture. On October 6, 2026, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral

Agent, and the guarantors party thereto, including certain subsidiaries of the Company, entered into a fourth supplemental indenture

(the “Fourth Supplemental Indenture”, and together with each of the First Supplemental Indenture, the Second Supplemental Indenture and the Third Supplemental Indenture,

each a “Supplemental Indenture”), by and among Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee and

Collateral Agent, and the guarantors party thereto, to the Base Indenture pursuant to which a number of subsidiaries of the Company

(the “Initial Guarantors”) became guarantors under each series of Notes.

2

The Notes pay interest semi-annually

in arrears. The Notes were offered in private placements exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities

Act”).

The Company used the net proceeds

from the offering of the Notes and borrowings under the Credit Facilities (as defined below), together with cash on hand and the net proceeds

of the PIPE Transaction, to finance the Merger, to repay certain existing debt and to pay fees, costs and expenses related thereto.

Optional Redemption Provisions and Change of Control Repurchase

Right

First Lien Senior Secured Notes

Prior to the applicable Par

Call Date set forth below, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to each holder of the applicable series of First

Lien Senior Secured Notes to be redeemed, each series of First Lien Senior Secured Notes will be redeemable at the Company’s option,

in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, at a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,

to, but not including, the applicable redemption date. The applicable Par Call Date is September 5, 2028 for the 2028 First Lien Notes,

September 5, 2029 for the 2029 First Lien Notes, September 15, 2031 for the 2031 First Lien Notes, August 15, 2033 for the 2033 First

Lien Notes, July 15, 2036 for the 2036 First Lien Notes, April 15, 2046 for the 2046 First Lien Notes, April 15, 2056 for the 2056 First

Lien Notes, and April 15, 2066 for the 2066 First Lien Notes. On or after the applicable Par Call Date, the Company may redeem the First

Lien Senior Secured Notes of the applicable series, at its option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’

notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the First Lien Senior Secured Notes redeemed, plus accrued and

unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date.

Second Lien Senior Secured Notes

Prior to (i) October 15, 2028,

in the case of the 2031 Second Lien Dollar Notes and the 2031 Second Lien Euro Senior Secured Notes, (ii) October 15, 2029, in the case

of the 2034 Second Lien Notes, and (iii) October 15, 2031, in the case of the 2036 Second Lien Notes, upon not less than 10 nor more than

60 days’ notice, the Second Lien Senior Secured Notes of the applicable series will be redeemable at the Company’s option,

in whole at any time or in part from time to time at a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to,

but not including, the applicable redemption date.

Beginning October 15, 2028,

in the case of the 2031 Second Lien Dollar Notes and the 2031 Second Lien Euro Senior Secured Notes, October 15, 2029, in the case of

the 2034 Second Lien Notes, and October 15, 2031, in the case of the 2036 Second Lien Notes, the Company may redeem the Second Lien Senior

Secured Notes of the applicable series, at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time. The redemption price will include

a call premium that varies depending on the year of redemption, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including,

the applicable redemption date. The call premium ranges from 4.125% to 0% for the 2031 Second Lien Dollar Notes, from 3.500% to 0% for

the 2031 Second Lien Euro Senior Secured Notes, from 4.438% to 0% for the 2034 Second Lien Notes, and from 4.563% to 0% for the 2036 Second

Lien Notes.

In addition, at any time prior

to (i) October 15, 2028, in the case of the 2031 Second Lien Dollar Notes and the 2031 Second Lien Euro Senior Secured Notes, and (ii)

October 15, 2029, in the case of the 2034 Second Lien Notes and the 2036 Second Lien Notes, the Company may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate

principal amount of the applicable series of Second Lien Senior Secured Notes. Any such redemption will be made with an aggregate amount

not exceeding the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings, in accordance with the applicable indenture. The redemption price

will be equal to 108.250% of the principal amount of the 2031 Second Lien Dollar Notes, 107.000% of the principal amount of the 2031 Second

Lien Euro Senior Secured Notes, 108.875% of the principal amount of the 2034 Second Lien Notes and 109.125% of the principal amount of

the 2036 Second Lien Notes, in each case together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption

date.

3

Also, prior to the applicable

date specified in the foregoing paragraph, the Company may redeem during each calendar year, beginning with the calendar year in which

the applicable issue date occurs, up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of each series of Second Lien Senior Secured Notes initially

issued on such issue date, plus the aggregate principal amount of any additional notes of that series. Unused amounts in any calendar

year may be carried over to later calendar years. The redemption price will be equal to 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the

Second Lien Senior Secured Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption

date.

Change of Control Offer and Payoff Transactions

Subject to certain exceptions,

the holders of the Notes of a series will have the right to require the Company to repurchase their Notes upon the occurrence of a Change

of Control Triggering Event, as defined in the relevant Supplemental Indenture, at an offer price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal

amount of the Notes of such series, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase.

If at any time holders of

not less than 90.0% of the principal amount of the outstanding Notes of a series accept a tender offer, exchange offer or other offer

to repurchase such Notes, the Company or a third party will have the right to redeem all of the Notes of such series then outstanding

at (i) in the case of a tender offer or other offer to repurchase, a purchase price equal to the price offered to each other holder in

such offer, and (ii) in the case of an exchange offer, the same consideration provided in such exchange offer, plus, in each case, to

the extent not included in the offer price, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption.

Ranking

First Lien Senior Secured Notes

The First Lien Senior Secured

Notes are the Company’s senior secured obligations and are secured by first-priority liens on substantially all personal property

of the Company and the Guarantors (as defined below) (the “Collateral”), subject to permitted liens and certain exceptions.

The First Lien Senior Secured Notes will be guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of the Company’s existing and future wholly

owned domestic subsidiaries that is a borrower under or guarantees obligations under the Credit Facilities, including the Initial Guarantors

(collectively, the “Guarantors”), subject to certain exceptions.

Second Lien Senior Secured Notes

The Second Lien Senior Secured

Notes are the Company’s senior secured obligations and are secured by second-priority liens on the Collateral, subject to permitted

liens and certain exceptions. The Second Lien Senior Secured Notes will be guaranteed on a senior secured basis by the Guarantors.

Restrictive Covenants

The First Supplemental Indenture,

the Second Supplemental Indenture and the Third Supplemental Indenture contain covenants

that limit the Company’s (and its subsidiaries’) ability to, among other things: (i) create liens on assets, (ii) sell assets

and (iii) engage in mergers or consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of its assets.

Investment Grade Event

Upon the occurrence of an

Investment Grade Event (as defined in the applicable Supplemental Indenture) with respect to a series of Notes, subject to certain conditions

(including the concurrent release of liens and guarantees securing other secured debt and the Company having no greater than $250,000,000

of term B loans outstanding at such time), the liens on the Collateral securing such series of Notes will be released and the note guarantees

with respect to such series will be released. In addition, certain covenants set forth in the applicable Supplemental Indenture relating

to asset sales and future subsidiary guarantors will cease to apply to such series of Notes. These releases and covenant suspensions are

permanent and will not be reinstated upon any subsequent downgrade or withdrawal of the applicable investment grade ratings.

4

First Lien Senior Secured Notes Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the issuance

of the First Lien Senior Secured Notes, the Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “First Lien Senior Secured

Notes Registration Rights Agreement”), dated October 5, 2026, by and among the Company and BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global

Markets Inc., and Apollo Global Securities, LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers, with respect to the First Lien Senior Secured

Notes. On October 6, 2026, the Initial Guarantors joined the First Lien Senior Secured Notes Registration Rights Agreement by executing

a joinder agreement.

Pursuant to the First Lien

Senior Secured Notes Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Initial Guarantors have agreed to use commercially reasonable

efforts to (i) file a registration statement on an appropriate form with respect to a registered offer to exchange each series of the

First Lien Senior Secured Notes for new notes with terms substantially identical in all material respects to such series of the First

Lien Senior Secured Notes (such new notes, the “Exchange Notes”) (except that the Exchange Notes will not contain terms with

respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest) and cause the registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities

Act within 730 days of October 5, 2026, or (ii) in certain circumstances, file a shelf registration statement with respect to resales

of the First Lien Senior Secured Notes. The Second Lien Senior Secured Notes do not have any registration rights.

Amendment to Pro Rata Credit Agreement and New Term B-1 Loan

Facility

On October 6, 2026, the Company

entered into an amendment (“Credit Agreement Amendment No. 1”) to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2026 (the “Existing

Credit Agreement” and, as amended by Credit Agreement Amendment No. 1, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Company, the

lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, which was previously described in the Company’s

Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 9, 2026. The various facilities provided under the Credit Agreement, including the Term B-1 Loan

Facility (as defined below), as well as the term A loan facilities (the “Term A Loan Facilities” and the loans funded thereunder,

the “Term A Loans”) and the revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), each of which was previously

described in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 9, 2026, are collectively referred to herein as the “Credit

Facilities.”

Credit Agreement Amendment

No. 1 amended the Existing Credit Agreement to, among other things, (a) provide for a senior secured incremental tranche of term “B”

loans consisting of: (i) $8.5 billion of seven-year U.S. dollar-denominated term B loans (the “Dollar Term B-1 Loans”) and

(ii) €850 million of seven-year Euro term B loans (the “Euro Term B-1 Loans” and, together with the Dollar Term B-1 Loans,

collectively, the “Term B-1 Loans”; the facility under which the Term B-1 Loans are made, the “Term B-1 Loan Facility”)

and (b) make certain other changes to the Existing Credit Agreement. The Term B-1 Loans will mature and be payable in full on the seventh

anniversary of the Closing Date.

On the Closing Date, the Company

borrowed the full amount of the Term B-1 Loans and the Term A Loans, and the proceeds thereof were used to finance the Merger, repay certain

existing debt and pay fees, costs and expenses related thereto. In addition, the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility became

available for borrowing on the Closing Date. No amounts were drawn under the Revolving Credit Facility on the Closing Date.

In connection with the execution

of Credit Agreement Amendment No. 1 and funding of the Term B-1 Loans, as well as the receipt of net cash proceeds from the offering of

the Notes, the amount of the $49.00 billion bridge commitments (the “Bridge Commitments”) obtained by the Company pursuant

to a Commitment Letter, dated as of December 8, 2025 by and among the Company, BofA Securities, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., Citigroup

Global Markets Inc., Apollo Global Funding, LLC and Apollo Capital Management, L.P., as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented

or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Closing Date (the “Bridge Commitment Letter”), for financing of the Merger

has been reduced to $0.00 and the Bridge Commitment Letter has been fully terminated as of the Closing Date.

5

The Term B-1 Loans are guaranteed

by the Guarantors (which are the same guarantors as under the Company’s other Credit Facilities) and secured by a senior lien on

the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the other Credit Facilities and the First Lien Senior Secured Notes.

The Dollar Term B-1 Loans

bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate per annum equal to either the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement)

or Term SOFR Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus a margin based on the Company’s Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio

(as defined in the Credit Agreement) that ranges between 2.75% and 2.50% for Term SOFR Rate loans and 1.75% and 1.50% for Alternate Base

Rate loans. The Euro Term B-1 Loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the EURIBOR Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus

a margin based on the Company’s Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio that ranges between 2.75% and 2.50%. The Term SOFR Rate and

the EURIBOR Rate are each subject to a floor of 0.00%.

The Dollar Term B-1 Loans

amortize at 1.00% of the initial principal amount per annum in quarterly installments (commencing with the thirteenth fiscal quarter ending

after the Closing Date), with the remaining balance payable at maturity. No regular amortization is required with respect to the Euro

Term B-1 Loans. The Term B-1 Loans may be voluntarily prepaid at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage costs

and, in certain circumstances, a repricing premium.

Except as amended by Credit

Agreement Amendment No. 1, all other material provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement remain materially unchanged, including customary

representations and warranties, events of default and affirmative and negative covenants, as well as financial covenants based on consolidated

total net leverage ratio and first lien net leverage ratio of the Company that are only applicable to the Term A Loan Facilities and the

Revolving Credit Facility, as previously described in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 9, 2026.

Amended and Restated Registration Rights

Agreement

In connection with the

Closing, on October 6, 2026, the Company, Harbor Lights Entertainment, Inc., certain entities affiliated with The Lawrence J.

Ellison Revocable Trust, u/a/d 1/22/88, as amended (the “Trust”), RedBird Capital Partners Fund IV (Master), L.P.

(“RedBird”) and other investors to the PIPE Transaction (the “PIPE Investors”) entered into the amended

and restated registration rights agreement, dated October 6, 2026 (the “A&R Registration Rights Agreement”), which

amends and restates in its entirety that certain registration rights agreement, dated August 7, 2025 (the “Initial

Registration Rights Agreement”), by and among the Company and the parties thereto. The A&R Registration Rights Agreement

provides for certain demand and piggyback registration rights that were previously set forth in the Initial Registration Rights

Agreement and also provides additional demand, piggyback and resale shelf registration rights to the PIPE Investors with respect to

any shares of Class B Common Stock purchased by such PIPE Investors in the PIPE Transaction. Any such securities will cease to be

registrable securities pursuant to the A&R Registration Rights Agreement with respect to any holder when such holder (i) is able

to dispose of all of its registrable securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, without volume limitation or other

restrictions on transfer thereunder and without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the

Securities Act and (ii) solely for the parties that hold demand and piggyback registration rights, such party holds, together with

its affiliates, less than 1% of the common stock of the Company then outstanding.

Pursuant to the A&R Registration

Rights Agreement, certain parties to the A&R Registration Rights Agreement have customary demand rights that, pursuant to a demand

by such party after the date that is 180 days following the Closing, would require the Company to file registration statements registering

their respective registrable securities, including in connection with underwritten offerings, subject to certain limitations described

in the A&R Registration Rights Agreement. The Company agreed to bear all registration expenses, other than customary underwriting

commissions or fees, regardless of whether a registration statement is filed or becomes effective.

The A&R Registration Rights

Agreement requires that the Company use reasonable best efforts to file a registration statement or prospectus supplement registering

for resale any registrable securities beneficially owned by the parties to the A&R Registration Rights Agreement by the 71st calendar

day following the date which is four business days after the date of the Closing, and thereafter to use reasonable best efforts to keep

such registration statement effective. The A&R Registration Rights Agreement also includes customary piggyback rights, subject to

certain priority provisions, and customary indemnity, exculpation and contribution obligations by the Company and the other parties to

the A&R Registration Rights Agreement.

6

Lock-Up Agreement

In connection with the Closing and the entry into the A&R Registration Rights Agreement, PIPE Investors delivered a lock-up agreement (the “Lock-Up

Agreement”) agreeing not to engage in certain transfers of the shares of Class B Common Stock that were purchased in the PIPE Transaction

for a period of 180 days following the Closing, subject to certain exemptions therein (including for certain transfers to affiliates or

dispositions to equityholders, as well as pledging transactions), unless the Company, in its sole discretion, otherwise waives the terms

of such Lock-Up Agreement with respect to a party thereto.

General

The foregoing descriptions

do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and qualified in their entirety by, the full text of each of the Base Indenture, the

First Supplemental Indenture, the Second Supplemental Indenture, the Third Supplemental Indenture, the Fourth Supplemental Indenture,

the First Lien Senior Secured Notes Registration Rights Agreement, Credit Agreement Amendment No. 1, the Existing Credit Agreement, the

A&R Registration Rights Agreement and the Form of Lock-Up Agreement, as applicable, each filed with or incorporated by reference

into this Current Report on Form 8-K.

Item 1.02 Termination of a Material Definitive Agreement.

The information provided in

the Explanatory Note of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated by reference herein.

On the Closing Date, in

connection with the consummation of the Merger, the Company repaid all loans and terminated all credit commitments outstanding under

that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2020, by and among the Company, Paramount Global, a

Delaware corporation, the subsidiary borrowers from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified

from time to time prior to the Closing Date.

The information provided in

Item 1.01 with respect to the Bridge Commitment Letter and the Bridge Commitments is incorporated into this Item 1.02 by reference insofar

as it relates to the termination of a material definitive agreement.

Item 2.01 Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

The information provided in

the Explanatory Note of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated by reference herein.

Effect on Capital Stock of the Merger

At the Effective Time,

each share of Series A common stock, par value $0.01 per share of WBD (the “WBD Common Stock”) issued and

outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than shares of WBD Common Stock canceled for no consideration in

accordance with the Merger Agreement or as to which appraisal rights were properly exercised in accordance with the Merger

Agreement) was automatically cancelled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to $31.00 plus the Ticking

Consideration, without interest (the “Merger Consideration”). The “Ticking Consideration” is an amount in

cash equal to $0.00277778 multiplied by the number of calendar days elapsed after September 30, 2026 to and including the Closing

Date. The aggregate Ticking Consideration payable with respect to shares of WBD Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately

prior to the Effective Time (other than shares of WBD Common Stock canceled for no consideration in accordance with the Merger

Agreement or as to which appraisal rights were properly exercised in accordance with the Merger Agreement) was an amount in cash

equal to $41,886,975.78.

7

Treatment of Equity Awards in the Merger

At the Effective Time, each

option to purchase shares of WBD Common Stock granted under any WBD stock plan (a “WBD Option”) outstanding immediately prior

to the Effective Time that (x) by its terms vested as of the Effective Time or (y) was held by a former employee or service provider of

WBD ( a “Vested WBD Option”) was canceled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash, without interest,

equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the excess of the Merger Consideration over the per-share exercise price for such Vested

WBD Option by (ii) the total number of shares of WBD Common Stock subject to such Vested WBD Option immediately prior to the Effective

Time.

At the Effective Time, each

WBD Option outstanding and unexercised immediately prior to the Effective Time and that was not a Vested WBD Option (an “Unvested

WBD Option”) with an exercise price per share of WBD Common Stock less than the Merger Consideration was assumed by the Company

and automatically converted into the contingent right to receive an amount in cash, without interest, equal to the product obtained by

multiplying (i) the excess of the Merger Consideration over the per-share exercise price for such Unvested WBD Option, by (ii) the total

number of shares of WBD Common Stock subject to such Unvested WBD Option immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “Unvested

WBD Option Consideration”), with such Unvested WBD Option Consideration remaining subject to the same terms and conditions (including

any applicable terms relating to accelerated vesting upon qualifying terminations of employment and timing and form of payment) that applied

to the corresponding Unvested WBD Option immediately prior to the Effective Time (except for terms rendered inoperative by reason of the

transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or for other administrative or ministerial changes as in the reasonable and good faith

determination of the Company were appropriate to conform the administration of the Unvested WBD Option Consideration amounts and were

not adverse to the holders of such Unvested WBD Options) with respect to receipt of the Unvested WBD Option Consideration.

At the Effective Time, each

WBD Option with an exercise price per share of WBD Common Stock that was equal to or greater than the Merger Consideration was canceled

without any cash payment or other consideration being made in respect thereof.

At the Effective Time, each

award of restricted stock units corresponding to shares of WBD Common Stock granted pursuant to any WBD stock plan, including performance

restricted stock units (a “WBD RSU”), outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time that vested in accordance with its

terms as of the Effective Time or that was held by a non-employee member of the board of directors of WBD ( a “Vested WBD RSU”),

was canceled and converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration with respect to each share of WBD Common Stock underlying

such Vested WBD RSU, with the number of shares of WBD Common Stock subject to such Vested WBD RSU granted with performance-based vesting

conditions determined based on the attainment of the applicable performance measures at the actual level of performance by the board of

directors of WBD or a committee thereof in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice.

At the Effective Time, each

WBD RSU outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and that was not a Vested WBD RSU (an “Unvested WBD RSU”) was

assumed by the Company and automatically converted into the contingent right to receive an amount in cash, without interest, equal to

the product of (i) the Merger Consideration, multiplied by (ii) the total number of shares of WBD Common Stock subject to such Unvested

WBD RSU immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “Unvested WBD RSU Consideration”), with such Unvested WBD RSU Consideration

remaining subject to the same terms and conditions (including any applicable terms relating to accelerated vesting upon qualifying terminations

of employment and timing and form of payment) that applied to the corresponding Unvested WBD RSU immediately prior to the Effective Time

(except for terms rendered inoperative by reason of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or for other administrative

or ministerial changes as in the reasonable and good faith determination of the Company were appropriate to conform the administration

of the Unvested WBD RSU Consideration amounts and were not adverse to the holders of such Unvested WBD RSUs) with respect to receipt of

the Unvested WBD RSU Consideration.

8

At the Effective Time, the

total number of shares of WBD Common Stock subject to each Unvested WBD RSU with performance-based vesting conditions was determined by

assuming (i) in respect of such Unvested WBD RSUs for which the applicable performance period completed prior to the Effective Time, actual

performance, and (ii) in respect of such Unvested WBD RSUs for which the applicable performance period was not completed prior to the

Effective Time, achievement at the greater of (x) target performance and (y) actual performance extrapolated through the end of the applicable

performance period based on actual performance through the Closing Date, determined by the board of directors of WBD or a committee thereof

in good faith and consistent with past practice.

At the Effective Time, each

deferred stock unit of WBD (a “WBD DSU”) outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time was assumed by the Company and

automatically converted into the right to receive an amount in cash, without interest, equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i)

the Merger Consideration by (ii) the number of shares of WBD Common Stock subject to such WBD DSU immediately prior to the Effective Time

(the “WBD DSU Consideration”), with such WBD DSU Consideration remaining subject to the same terms and conditions that applied

to the corresponding WBD DSU immediately prior to the Effective Time (including with respect to timing and form of payment).

At the Effective Time,

each notional investment unit with respect to shares of WBD Common Stock (a “WBD Notional Unit”) subject to WBD’s

Non-Employee Directors Deferral Plan or WBD’s Supplemental Retirement Plan (a “WBD DC Plan”) that was outstanding

immediately prior to the Effective Time was assumed by the Company and automatically converted into a notional unit with respect to

a number of shares of Class B Common Stock (a “SKYD Notional Unit”) equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the

Equity Award Exchange Ratio (as defined below) by (ii) the number of shares of WBD Common Stock subject to such WBD Notional Unit

immediately prior to the Effective Time, with each such SKYD Notional Unit remaining subject to the same terms and conditions that

applied to the corresponding WBD Notional Unit immediately prior to the Effective Time (including with respect to timing and form of

payment), as set forth in the applicable WBD DC Plan. The “Equity Award Exchange Ratio” was determined by dividing (i)

the Merger Consideration by (ii) the per share volume-weighted average trading price of the Class B Common Stock for the fifteen

consecutive trading days ending on (and including) the trading day that was three trading days prior to the Closing Date.

Item 2.03 Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation

under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.

The information provided in

Item 1.01 with respect to the Notes, the Base Indenture, the First Supplemental Indenture, the Second Supplemental Indenture, the Third

Supplemental Indenture, the Fourth Supplemental Indenture and the Credit Facilities is incorporated into this Item 2.03 by reference insofar

as it relates to the creation of a direct financial obligation.

Item 3.02 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.

The

information provided in the Explanatory Note of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated by reference herein.

As previously disclosed in

the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 7, 2026, the rights to subscribe for shares of Class B Common Stock under

the subscription agreements entered into on February 27, 2026, between the Company and each of the Trust and RedBird, respectively, were

assigned to a syndicate of investors that included certain entities affiliated with the Trust and RedBird as well as certain PIPE Investors.

Pursuant to the terms of such assignments, the PIPE Investors subscribed on October 6, 2026, substantially

concurrently with the Closing, for 3,917,657,246

shares of Class B Common Stock at a purchase price of $12.00 per share. The shares of Class B Common Stock were not required to be registered

under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

9

Item 5.02 Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers;

Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

The information provided

in the Explanatory Note and Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated herein by reference.

President Appointment

On October 5, 2026, the

board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) appointed Andrew Brandon-Gordon as the Company’s President, effective as of the Closing. Mr. Brandon-Gordon will continue

to serve as a member of the Board. Prior to the Closing, Mr. Brandon-Gordon served as the Company’s Chief Strategy Officer and Chief

Operating Officer. Mr. Brandon-Gordon, age 62, also currently serves on the board of directors of

Harbor Lights Entertainment, Inc. From 2020 until joining the Company, Mr. Brandon-Gordon served as a Partner of RedBird Capital Partners

Management LLC, where he led the firm’s Technology, Media & Telecom investment vertical and its capital markets activities.  Mr.

Brandon-Gordon previously served as the Global Chairman of Investment Banking Services, Head of the West Region, Global Head of Media

and Telecommunications for the Technology, Media and Telecom Group and Co-Head of the One Goldman Sachs Family Office of Goldman Sachs

where he was employed from 1986 to 2020, and as a Partner of Goldman Sachs from 1998 until his retirement in 2020.

Assumption of WBD Stock Plans

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement,

at the Effective Time, the Company assumed the following equity incentive plans (collectively, the “WBD Stock Plans”): (i)

the Amended and Restated Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, (ii) the Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc. 2013 Incentive Plan

(as amended) and (iii) the Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc. 2005 Non-Employee Director Incentive Plan (as amended). As of the Effective

Time, all references to WBD or its predecessors or to WBD Common Stock in the WBD Stock Plans were deemed to be automatically amended

to be references to the Company and the Class B Common Stock, respectively, except where the context clearly dictates otherwise.

The WBD Stock Plans were terminated as of the Closing, except with respect to terms remaining applicable to the Unvested WBD Option Consideration,

Unvested WBD RSU Consideration and WBD DSU Consideration.

10

Amendment to the 2025 Plan

Effective as of the

Closing, the Board adopted the First Amendment (the “Plan Amendment”) to the Paramount Skydance Corporation 2025

Incentive Award Plan (the “2025 Plan”). The Plan Amendment changes the name of the 2025 Plan to the Skydance Corporation

2025 Incentive Award Plan and provides that shares which remained available for issuance under the Amended and Restated Warner Bros.

Discovery, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan immediately prior to the Closing (as adjusted by the Equity Award Exchange Ratio) may be used

for awards under the 2025 Plan and will not reduce the shares authorized for grant under the 2025 Plan, to the extent that awards

using such shares (i) are permitted without stockholder approval under applicable stock exchange rules, (ii) are made only

to legacy WBD service providers or individuals who become service providers to the Company following the Closing Date, and

(iii) are only granted under the 2025 Plan during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 3, 2034.

The

foregoing description of the Plan Amendment is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Plan Amendment, which is filed herewith

as Exhibit 10.1 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Employment

Letter Amendments

On the Closing Date, the Company entered into amendments (each, an “Amendment”) to the employment letter agreements (each,

an “Employment Agreement”) with each of David Ellison, its Chief Executive Officer, Ynon Kreiz, its Co-Chief Executive Officer,

Mr. Brandon-Gordon, its President (formerly its Chief Strategy Officer and Chief Operating Officer), Dennis Cinelli, its Chief Financial

Officer, and Makan Delrahim, its Chief Legal Officer (each, an “Executive”).

The Amendments extended the employment terms for

Messrs. Ellison, Brandon-Gordon, Cinelli and Delrahim under their respective Employment Agreements through August 7, 2031, August 7, 2031,

January 15, 2032, and October 6, 2031, respectively. Pursuant to the Amendments, (i) the annual base salaries for Messrs. Ellison, Brandon-Gordon,

Cinelli and Delrahim increased to $5,000,000, $4,000,000, $3,400,000 and $4,000,000, respectively, on the Closing Date; (ii) target annual

bonuses increased to $5,000,000 (for Mr. Ellison) and $2,600,000 (for Messrs. Brandon-Gordon, Cinelli and Delrahim), effective as of the

Closing Date; and (iii) commencing with calendar year 2027, Messrs. Ellison, Brandon-Gordon, Cinelli and Delrahim will be eligible to

receive annual equity award(s) (“Annual Awards”) with an aggregate grant date value of $5,000,000, $1,400,000, $1,250,000

and $4,400,000, respectively (increasing for Annual Awards made in calendar year 2031 to $20,000,000, $13,400,000, $12,500,000 and $13,400,000,

respectively). In connection with the entrance into the Amendments, Messrs. Ellison, Brandon-Gordon, Cinelli and Delrahim were granted

awards of restricted stock units covering 104,167, 29,167, 26,042 and 91,667 shares of Class B Common Stock, respectively, under the 2025

Plan.

The Amendments also provide that if the applicable Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause”

or by the applicable Executive for “good reason” (each as defined in the respective Employment Agreement), he will be entitled

to accelerated vesting of a number of shares of Class B Common Stock subject to his then-outstanding Company equity awards that would

have otherwise vested through the 24 month anniversary of the date of termination (had his employment not terminated), subject to his

execution and non-revocation of a release of claims and continued compliance with applicable restrictive covenants. In addition, if the

applicable Executive’s employment is terminated due to the Executive’s death or “disability” (as defined in the

respective Employment Agreement), the Executive will be entitled to receive any earned, unpaid annual bonus for the fiscal year ending

immediately prior to the fiscal year in which the termination occurs. Mr. Brandon-Gordon’s Amendment also provides that in the event

of his “qualifying retirement” (as defined in the Amendment), he will be entitled to full accelerated vesting of his then-outstanding

Company equity awards, subject to his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims and continued compliance with applicable restrictive

covenants and the conditions of a qualifying retirement under the Amendment.

The foregoing description of the Amendments is qualified in

its entirety by the full text of the Amendments, which are filed herewith as Exhibits 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5 and 10.6 and are incorporated

by reference herein.

Item 5.03 Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year.

On

October 5, 2026, and effective as of October 6, 2026, following the Closing, the Company

filed an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”) with

the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, which reflects the Company’s change in name from “Paramount Skydance

Corporation” to “Skydance Corporation”, removes certain consent and designation rights and makes certain other administrative

changes (the “Charter Amendments”). The Charter Amendments contained in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation were

approved by the Board and holders of 100% of the shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, representing 100.0% of the voting

power of the Company’s outstanding capital stock, acting by written consent. The Amended and

Restated Certificate of Incorporation is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.1 and is incorporated

by reference herein.

On October 5,

2026, and effective as of October 6, 2026, following the Closing, the Board adopted the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (the

“Amended and Restated Bylaws”), which reflect the Charter Amendments. The Amended and Restated Bylaws are attached hereto

as Exhibit 3.2 and are incorporated by reference herein.

Item 5.07 Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

The

information set forth in Item 5.03 of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated by reference into this Item 5.07.

Item 7.01 Regulation FD Disclosure

The

information provided in the Explanatory Note of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated by reference herein.

11

On October 6, 2026, the Company

issued a press release announcing the completion of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, including the Merger. A copy

of the press release is attached as Exhibit 99.1 hereto and is incorporated by reference herein.

The information contained

in this Item 7.01, including Exhibit 99.1, shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange

Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section, nor shall it be incorporated

by reference into any filing under the Securities Act, or the Exchange Act, except as expressly set forth by specific reference in such

filing.

Item 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits.

The

information provided in the Explanatory Note and Item 2.03 of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated by reference

herein.

(a) Financial statements of businesses or funds acquired.

The audited consolidated financial

statements and notes thereto contained in WBD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 were previously

incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 31, 2026, pursuant to Item 9.01(a) of Form

8-K.

The interim unaudited condensed

consolidated financial statements of WBD as of June 30, 2026 and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, and

the notes related thereto were filed by WBD with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on August 6, 2026, and are incorporated

by reference herein as Exhibit 99.3 hereto.

(b) Pro forma financial information.

The unaudited pro forma condensed

combined financial information for the Company, after giving effect to the Merger, certain other transactions and the adjustments described

therein, is attached hereto as Exhibit 99.2 and is incorporated by reference herein.

(c) Shell company transactions.

None.

(d) Exhibits.

12

Exhibit

Number

Description

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 27, 2026, by and among Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc., Paramount Skydance Corporation and Prince Sub Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Paramount Skydance Corporation filed March 2, 2026) (File No. 001-42791).

3.1

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Skydance Corporation, effective as of October 6, 2026.

3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Skydance Corporation, effective as of October 6, 2026.

4.1

Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026, by and between Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

4.2

Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026, by and between Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas relating to the First Lien Senior Secured Notes.

4.3

Forms of First Lien Senior Secured Notes (each included in Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.2).

4.4

Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026, by and between Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas relating to the Second Lien Dollar Senior Secured Notes.

4.5

Forms of Second Lien Dollar Senior Secured Notes (each included in Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.4).

4.6

Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026, by and among Paramount Skydance Corporation, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch relating to the 2031 Second Lien Euro Senior Secured Notes.

4.7

Form of 2031 Second Lien Euro Senior Secured Note (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.6).

4.8

Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 6, 2026, by and among Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and the guarantors party thereto relating to the guarantees of the First Lien Senior Secured Notes and the Second Lien Senior Secured Notes.

10.1#

First Amendment to the Paramount Skydance Corporation 2025 Incentive Award Plan.

10.2#

Amendment, dated as of October 6, 2026, to Employment Agreement, effective as of August 7, 2025, by and among Paramount Skydance Corporation,

Skydance Productions, LLC and David Ellison.

10.3#

Amendment, dated as of October 6, 2026, to Employment Agreement, effective as of October 5, 2026, by and among Paramount Skydance Corporation,

Paramount Global and Ynon Kreiz.

10.4#

Amendment, dated as of October 6, 2026, to Employment Agreement, effective as of August 7, 2025, by and among Paramount Skydance Corporation,

Paramount Global and Andrew Brandon-Gordon.

10.5#

Amendment, dated as of October 6, 2026, to Employment Agreement, effective as of January 15, 2026, by and among Paramount Skydance Corporation,

Paramount Global and Dennis Cinelli.

10.6#

Amendment, dated as of October 6, 2026, to Employment Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2025, by and among Paramount Skydance Corporation,

Paramount Global and Makan Delrahim.

10.7

Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 5, 2026, by and among Paramount Skydance Corporation and BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and Apollo Global Securities, LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers, relating to the First Lien Senior Secured Notes.

10.8+

Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated October 6, 2026, by and among Paramount Skydance Corporation, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

10.9+

Credit Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2026, by and among Paramount Skydance Corporation, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Paramount Skydance Corporation filed April 9, 2026).

10.10+

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2026, by and among the Company, the investors party to the Initial Registration Rights Agreement, the Trust, certain affiliates of RedBird and the other parties thereto.

10.11

Form of Lock-Up Agreement.

99.1

Press Release, dated October 6, 2026.

13

99.2

Unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements of Skydance Corporation (f/k/a Paramount Skydance Corporation) as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and for the year ended December 31, 2025.

99.3

Interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc. as of June 30, 2026 and for the three and

six months ended June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, and the notes related thereto (incorporated by reference to Part I, Item 1 of the Warner

Bros. Discovery, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2026 (SEC File No. 001-34177)).

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document).

+               Certain schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The registrant undertakes to furnish supplemental

copies of any of the omitted schedules upon request by the SEC.

#               Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

14

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,

as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

/s/ Stephanie Kyoko McKinnon

Name:

Stephanie Kyoko McKinnon

Title:

General Counsel and Secretary

Date: October 6, 2026

15

EX-3.1 — EXHIBIT 3.1

EX-3.1

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex3-1.htm · Sequence: 2

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

Paramount Skydance Corporation., a corporation

organized and existing under and by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “Corporation”), certifies as

follows:

1.             The

name of the Corporation is Paramount Skydance Corporation. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with

the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 3, 2024 under the name New Pluto Global, Inc. and amended and restated

with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware August 7, 2025.

2.             This

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 and 245 of the

Delaware General Corporation Law by the Directors and Stockholders of the Corporation.

3.             This

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be effective as of 9:00 a.m., Eastern time, on October 6, 2026.

4.             The

Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Article I

Name

The name of this Corporation is Skydance Corporation.

Article II

Registered Office and Agent for Service

The registered office of the Corporation in the

State of Delaware is located at 251 Little Falls Drive, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19808. The name and address of the Corporation’s

registered agent for service of process in Delaware is:

Corporation Service Company

251 Little Falls Drive

Wilmington, Delaware 19808 County of New Castle

Article III

Corporate Purposes

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in

any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

Article IV

Capital Stock

(1)            Shares,

Classes and Series Authorized. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority

to issue is 7,155,000,000 shares. The classes and the aggregate number of shares of stock of each class which the Corporation shall have

authority to issue are as follows:

(a)            55,000,000

shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value (“Class A Common Stock”).

(b)            7,000,000,000

shares of Class B Common Stock, $0.001 par value (“Class B Common Stock”).

(c)            100,000,000

shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value (“Preferred Stock”).

(2)             Powers

and Rights of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Amended

and Restated Certificate, all issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be identical

and shall entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and powers.

(a)            Voting

Rights and Powers. Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate or required by law, with respect to all matters

upon which stockholders are entitled to vote, the holders of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock shall vote together with

the holders of any other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, without regard to class, and every holder

of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to cast thereon one (1) vote in person or by proxy for each

share of Class A Common Stock standing in the holder’s name. The holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall have

the relevant class voting rights and powers set forth in Section (2) of this Article IV. Except as otherwise required by

law, the holders of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to any votes upon any questions presented to

stockholders of the Corporation, including, but not limited to, whether to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Class B

Common Stock.

(b)            Dividends.

Subject to the rights and preferences of any Preferred Stock set forth in any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of

such stock as set forth in Section (3) of this Article IV, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common

Stock shall be entitled to receive ratably such dividends, other than Share Distributions (as hereinafter defined), as may from time to

time be declared by the Board out of funds legally available therefor. The Board may, at its discretion, declare a dividend of any securities

of the Corporation or of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other legal entity (a

“Share Distribution”) to the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock (i) on

the basis of a ratable distribution of identical securities to holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common

Stock or (ii) on the basis of a distribution of one class or series of securities to holders of shares of Class A Common Stock

and another class or series of securities to holders of Class B Common Stock, provided that the securities so distributed (and, if

the distribution consists of convertible or exchangeable securities, the securities into which such convertible or exchangeable securities

are convertible or for which they are exchangeable) do not differ in any respect other than (x) differences in their rights (other

than voting rights and powers) consistent in all material respects with differences between Class A Common Stock and Class B

Common Stock and (y) differences in their relative voting rights and powers, with holders of shares of Class A Common Stock

receiving the class or series of such securities having the higher relative voting rights or powers (without regard to whether such voting

rights or powers differ to a greater or lesser extent than the corresponding differences in the voting rights or powers of Class A

Common Stock and Class B Common Stock provided in Section (2)(a) of this Article IV). Notwithstanding the foregoing,

the Board may declare and pay a dividend (whether in cash, shares of stock of the Corporation or other property, including a Share Distribution)

to the holders of Class B Common Stock, and shall not be required to declare and pay a corresponding dividend to the holders of Class A

Common Stock, with the prior written consent or approval of the holders of all of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.

2

(c)            Distribution

of Assets Upon Liquidation. In the event the Corporation shall be liquidated, dissolved or wound up, whether voluntarily or involuntarily,

after there shall have been paid or set aside for the holders of all shares of the Preferred Stock then outstanding the full preferential

amounts to which they are entitled under this Article IV or the resolutions, as the case may be, authorizing the issuance of such

Preferred Stock, the net assets of the Corporation remaining thereafter shall be divided ratably among the holders of Class A Common

Stock and Class B Common Stock.

(3)            Conversion.

(a)            Optional

Conversion of Class A Common Stock. At any time, each holder of shares of Class A Common Stock may at such holder’s

option, convert any or all of such shares into 1.5 (the “Exchange Ratio”) shares of Class B Common

Stock by delivering written notice to the Corporation (an “Optional Class A Conversion Event”) (i) stating

that such holder desires to convert such shares into a number of shares of Class B Common Stock (it being understood that such number

of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be equal to the product of (x) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock subject

to the Optional Class A Conversion Event multiplied by (y) the Exchange Ratio, rounded to the nearest whole share), and

(ii) requesting that the Corporation issue all of such Class B Common Stock to the persons named therein, setting forth the

number of shares of Class B Common Stock to be issued to each such person (and, in the case of a request for registration in a name

other than that of such holder, providing proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer), accompanied by payment

of documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes, if any. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable, issue and deliver to

such holder, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, either (at such holder’s election) (1) a certificate or certificates

representing the number of shares of Class B Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled upon such conversion (if shares

of Class B Common Stock are certificated) or (2) evidence that such shares of Class B Common Stock have been registered

in such holder’s name in book-entry form (if such shares of Class B Common Stock will be held in uncertificated form). Such

conversion shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Class A

Common Stock to be converted following or contemporaneously with the provisions of written notices of such conversion election as required

by this Section (3)(a) of Article IV, the shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed

to be outstanding as of such time, and the Person or Persons entitled to receive the shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon

such conversion shall be deemed to be the record holder or holders of such shares of Class B Common Stock as of such time.

3

(b)           Reservation

of Stock. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class B

Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, such number

of shares of Class B Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares

of Class A Common Stock into shares of Class B Common Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares

of Class B Common Stock will not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock,

the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued

shares of Class B Common Stock to such number of shares as will be sufficient for such purpose.

(c)            Certain

Adjustments. The Exchange Ratio, as well as the total number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be held by a Specified Stockholder

as of immediately following the consummation of the Transactions for purposes of the definition of Original Ownership Percentage, shall

be equitably adjusted to proportionally reflect any subdivision, reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, stock split, reverse

stock split, combination, exchange of shares or other like change with respect to the Class A Common Stock or the Class B Common

Stock.

(4)           Powers

and Rights of the Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, with such distinctive

serial designations as may be stated or expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such stock adopted from

time to time by the Board; and in such resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of each particular series, the

Board is also expressly authorized to fix: the right to vote, if any, provided that the Corporation shall not issue any Preferred

Stock, or Preferred Stock that is convertible into or exchangeable for securities, that, in the aggregate with all other outstanding

shares of Preferred Stock, have the ability to elect a number of Directors constituting a majority of the Board unless the issuance of

such Preferred Stock shall have been approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, voting

separately as a class; the consideration for which the shares of such series are to be issued; the number of shares constituting such

series, which number may be increased (except as otherwise fixed by the Board) or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof

then outstanding) from time to time by action of the Board; the rate of dividends upon shares of such series and the times at which such

dividends shall be payable and the preference, if any, which such dividends shall have relative to dividends on shares of any other class

or classes or any other series of stock of the Corporation; whether such dividends shall be cumulative or non-cumulative, and, if cumulative,

the date or dates from which dividends on shares of such series shall be cumulative; the rights, if any, which the holders of shares

of such series shall have in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, merger, consolidation, distribution or sale of assets,

dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation; the rights, if any, which the holders of shares of such series shall have

to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for shares of any other class or classes or any other series of stock of the Corporation

or for any debt securities of the Corporation and the terms and conditions, including, without limitation, price and rate of exchange,

of such conversion or exchange; whether shares of such series shall be subject to redemption, and the redemption price or prices and

other terms of redemption, if any, for shares of such series including, without limitation, a redemption price or prices payable in shares

of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock; the terms and amounts of any sinking fund for the purchase or redemption of

shares of such series; and any and all other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications,

limitations or restrictions thereof pertaining to shares of such series permitted by law.

4

(5)            Issuance

of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The Board may from time to time authorize by resolution

the issuance of any or all shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Preferred Stock herein authorized in accordance

with the terms and conditions set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate for such purposes, in such amounts, to such persons,

corporations, or entities, for such consideration, and in the case of the Preferred Stock, in one or more series, all as the Board in

its discretion may determine and without any vote or other action by any of the stockholders of the Corporation, except as otherwise

required by law.

Article V

Directors

(1)            General

Power of the Board of Directors. Except as provided herein, the property and business of the Corporation shall be controlled and

managed by or under the direction of its Board. In furtherance, and not in limitation, of the powers conferred by the laws of the State

of Delaware, the Board is expressly authorized (but subject to any approval rights set forth herein):

(a)            To

adopt, amend, alter, change or repeal the Bylaws; provided that no Bylaws hereafter adopted shall invalidate any prior act of the

Directors that would have been valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted;

(b)            To

determine the rights, powers, duties, rules and procedures that affect the power of the Board to manage and direct the property,

business and affairs of the Corporation, including, without limitation, the power to designate and empower committees of the Board, to

elect, appoint and empower the officers and other agents of the Corporation, and to determine the time and place of, and the notice requirements

for, Board meetings, as well as the manner of taking Board action; and

(c)            To

exercise all such powers and do all such acts as may be exercised by the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the laws of the State

of Delaware, this Amended and Restated Certificate, and the Bylaws.

(2)            Specified

Reserved Matters. In addition to any other approval of the stockholders of the Corporation or the Board required by this Amended

and Restated Certificate, the Bylaws or applicable law, until the first date on which none of the Specified Stockholders have an Original

Ownership Percentage of twenty percent (20%) or more, the prior approval (by vote or written consent) of the Specified Reserved Matter

Designees shall be required for the Corporation to, either directly or indirectly by merger, consolidation, division, operation of law,

or otherwise, take any of the following actions:

(a)            implement

any amendments to this Amended and Restated Certificate that would adversely affect the rights (economic or otherwise) of a Specified

Stockholder hereunder in a manner that is disproportionate as compared to the effect on the other Specified Stockholders or other holders

of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable (disregarding, for this purpose, any tax impact specific to any

individual holder of Common Stock); provided that any amendment to this Section (2), Section (8) or Section (9) of

Article V that is adverse to a Specified Stockholder shall be deemed to adversely affect the rights of such Specified Stockholder

in a manner that is disproportionate as compared to the effect on the other Specified Stockholders or other holders of Class A Common

Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable; or

5

(b)            other

than in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate or the Bylaws, (i) purchase, redeem, acquire or repurchase any shares

of Common Stock or other equity interests of the Corporation (other than a pro rata purchase or offer made to all holders of the applicable

equity interests or pursuant to a customary employee stock purchase plan or similar stock purchase plan, employment or service agreement,

restrictive covenant agreement, or employee equity plan) or (ii) declare or pay any Share Distribution (other than distributions

or dividends made pro rata to all holders of the applicable securities and other than any dividends or distributions between the Corporation

and any of its wholly owned subsidiaries).

(3)            Number

of Directors. Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws shall so require, the election of the Directors need not be by written

ballot. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors, the number of Directors which shall

constitute the whole Board shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted from time to time by the Board; provided,

that such precise number shall be consistent with the terms of Section (4) of this Article V. Subject to the rights

of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors, a Director shall be elected to hold office until the next annual

meeting of stockholders of the Corporation or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, subject, however, to prior death,

resignation, incapacitation or removal in accordance with the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate.

(4)            Nomination

Rights. Subject to Section (5) of this Article V, the Corporation shall take all Necessary Action to cause the slate

of nominees recommended by the Corporation for election as Directors to be consistent with the following clauses (a) through (f):

(a)            Ellison.

(i)             For

so long as Ellison has an Original Ownership Percentage of at least fifty percent (50%), Ellison shall be entitled to nominate for election

to the Board five (5) individuals. Ellison shall have the right to designate each individual it nominates for election to the Board

pursuant to this clause (i) as either an “Ellison Designee” or a “Low-Vote Designee.” If Ellison fails

to make such designation for any such nominee, such nominee shall be deemed to be a Low-Vote Designee.

6

(ii)           For

so long as Ellison has an Original Ownership Percentage of at least twenty-five percent (25%) but less than fifty percent (50%), Ellison

shall be entitled to nominate for election to the Board three (3) Low-Vote Designees.

(iii)           For

so long as Ellison has an Ownership Percentage of at least five percent (5%) but an Original Ownership Percentage less than twenty five

percent (25%), Ellison shall be entitled to nominate for election to the Board two (2) Low-Vote Designees.

(b)           RedBird.

RedBird shall maintain the right to nominate for election to the Board one (1) RedBird Designee for so long as it has either (x) an

Ownership Percentage of at least five percent (5%) or (y) in respect of directly or indirectly owned Class A Common Stock,

an Original Ownership Percentage of not less than one hundred percent (100%).

(c)            President.

The Corporation shall cause the nomination of the person who, as of the date of nomination, is then-serving as President of the Corporation

(provided, however, that if, as of the date of such nomination, the person then-serving as President is not expected to

be in office as the President as of the date of the relevant meeting, the Corporation shall not be required to nominate such person and

may instead nominate such person, if any, who is expected to be serving as President (or interim President) as of the date of such meeting)

if such person is not also the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation as of the date of nomination (and is not expected to be in office

as the Chief Executive Officer as of the date of the relevant meeting).

(d)           Chief

Executive Officer. In the event that David Ellison no longer serves as Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, the Corporation

shall cause the nomination of the person who, as of the date of nomination, is then-serving as Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation

(provided, however, that if, as of the date of such nomination, the person then-serving as Chief Executive Officer is not

expected to be in office as the Chief Executive Officer as of the date of the relevant meeting, the Corporation shall not be required

to nominate such person and may instead nominate such person, if any, who is expected to be serving as Chief Executive Officer (or interim

Chief Executive Officer) as of the date of such meeting).

(e)           Independent

Directors. The Corporation shall cause the nomination of up to three (3) Independent Directors upon the recommendation of the

Corporation’s nominating and corporate governance committee following customary public company practices to the extent necessary

to satisfy the Listing Standards and the Securities and Exchange Commission independent audit committee requirements for listed issuers,

subject to any available exceptions. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section shall not preclude the nomination of additional Independent

Directors as the Board may determine from time to time.

(f)            Assignment

of Nomination Right. RedBird’s right to nominate one (1) individual for election to the Board, along with the right

to remove, replace or otherwise designate any director of the Board, is personal to RedBird and may not be assigned or delegated to any

Person (by contract or otherwise).

7

For purposes of this Article V, “Necessary

Action” shall mean all actions (to the extent such actions are not prohibited by applicable law and are within the Corporation’s

control, and in the case of any action that requires a vote or other action on the part of the Board to the extent such action is consistent

with fiduciary duties that the Corporation’s Directors may have in such capacity) necessary to cause such result, including (v) calling

meetings of stockholders or soliciting written consents of stockholders (as permitted by this Amended and Restated Certificate), (w) assisting

in preparing or furnishing forms of ballots, proxies, consents or similar instruments, if applicable, in each case, with respect to shares

of Common Stock, and facilitating the collection or processing of such ballots, proxies, consents or instruments, (x) executing agreements

and instruments, (y) making, or causing to be made, with any government, governmental department or agency, or political subdivision

thereof, all filings, registrations, or similar actions that are required to achieve such result, and (z) nominating or appointing,

or taking steps to cause the nomination or appointment of, certain persons (including to fill vacancies) and providing the highest level

of support for the election or appointment of such persons to the Board or any committee thereof, including in connection with the annual

or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.

(5)            Specified

Stockholder Nominees. If the nominating and corporate governance committee of the Corporation (or a similar committee serving the

nominating function) determines in good faith that a Specified Stockholder Designee (including any replacement designated pursuant to

Section (9) of this Article V) (a) is not qualified to serve on the Board consistent with such committee’s

duly adopted policies and procedures applicable to all directors or (b) does not satisfy the applicable Listing Standards regarding

service as a director, the applicable Specified Stockholder shall have the right to designate a different Specified Stockholder Designee.

(6)           Executive

Chair. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, until the first date on which Ellison is no longer entitled to nominate for

election to the Board any Ellison Designee or Low-Vote Designee pursuant to Section (4) of this Article V, Ellison shall

have the right to designate the Chair, who shall initially be David Ellison. David Ellison shall serve an initial term as Chair until

the earliest of (a) two (2) years following the Effective Date and (b) his death, resignation, or incapacitation. Any

vacancy in the Chair shall be filled by Ellison.

(7)            Board

Actions. Voting. Except as otherwise required by this Amended and Restated Certificate, the Bylaws, applicable law or the Listing

Standards, any action of the Board or any committees thereof shall require approval by the affirmative vote of Directors holding a majority

of the voting power of the Directors (or a majority of the voting power of the Directors on such committee, as applicable) at a meeting

at which a quorum is present. Each Director (except for the Ellison Designees, but including any Low-Vote Designee) shall be entitled

to one (1) vote; provided, that, for so long as Ellison holds an Original Ownership Percentage of at least fifty percent

(50%), each Ellison Designee (which shall not include any Low-Vote Designee) shall each have a number of votes on any matter presented

to the Board or any committee thereof equal to one more than the total number of Directors of the whole Board or committee thereof, as

applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, if Ellison ceases to have an Original Ownership Percentage of at least fifty percent (50%), then

each Ellison Designee shall be entitled to one (1) vote on any matter presented to the Board or any committee thereof.

8

(8)            Removal

of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors and the remainder of this

Section (8) of Article V, the Board or any individual Director may be removed from office at any time, with or without

cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of capital stock representing a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding

shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing

or anything to the contrary set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate or the Bylaws, (a) each Specified Stockholder shall

have the exclusive right to remove at any time with or without cause its respective Specified Stockholder Designees from the Board, (b) the

shares of Common Stock held by the applicable Specified Stockholder shall be the only shares entitled to vote on the removal without

cause of any of its respective Specified Stockholder Designees, and the shares of Common Stock owned by any other stockholders as of

the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote thereon shall have no voting rights on such matter, and (c) the Corporation

shall take all Necessary Action to facilitate the removal of any Specified Stockholder Designee from the Board at the request of the

Specified Stockholder that nominated such Specified Stockholder Designee.

(9)            Vacancies

and Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors and the

remainder of this Section (9) of Article V, any newly created directorship that results from an increase in the number

of Directors or any vacancy on the Board that results from the death, disability, resignation, disqualification, or removal of any Director

or from any other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of the Directors holding a majority of the voting power of the

Board, even if less than a quorum. Any Director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of Directors and until his or her

successor shall be duly elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, disqualification, resignation, or removal.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the applicable Specified Stockholder shall have the exclusive right to fill any vacancy with a Specified

Stockholder Designee in the event that such vacancy is created at any time by the death, removal, disqualification or resignation of

any Director designated by such Specified Stockholder pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate, and the vacancy so created may

be filled solely by the Specified Stockholder, and may not be filled by the Board or any other person. The Corporation shall take all

Necessary Action to facilitate the appointment of such replacement Specified Stockholder Designee designated by the applicable Specified

Stockholder as promptly as practicable after such designation. For the avoidance of doubt, no Specified Stockholder shall have the right

to designate a replacement director to fill any vacancy, and the Corporation shall not be required to take any action to cause any such

vacancy to be filled, to the extent the election or appointment of such Specified Stockholder Designee to the Board would result in a

number of Specified Stockholder Designees nominated by such Specified Stockholder and then serving on the Board in excess of the number

of Specified Stockholder Designees that such Specified Stockholder is then entitled to nominate for membership on the Board pursuant

to this Article V.

Article VI

Meeting of Stockholders

(1)            Action

by Consent. Subject to any approvals that may be required under Section (2) of Article V, any action required or permitted

to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be effected by the written consent of the holders of outstanding capital stock

of the Corporation having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting

at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

9

(2)            Special

Meetings of Stockholders. Subject to any special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, this Amended and Restated

Certificate, the Bylaws, and the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only

by or at the direction of (i) the Board, (ii) the Chair, (iii) the Chief Executive Officer or (iv) any holder of

twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation. Any business

transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice

of meeting.

Article VII

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

(1)            Right

to Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is involved in or is threatened to be involved in any threatened,

pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that

such Person is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director,

officer (including, without limitation, a trustee), employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership,

joint venture, trust or other enterprise (such Person, an “Indemnitee”), to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL,

as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment and unless applicable law otherwise requires,

only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the

Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and expenses (including, without

limitation, attorneys’ fees), actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Section (8) of this Article VII with respect to proceedings to enforce

rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall indemnify an Indemnitee in connection with a proceeding

(or part thereof) initiated by the Indemnitee, if and only if the Board authorized the bringing of the action, suit or proceeding (or

part thereof) in advance of the commencement of the proceeding.

(2)            Successful

Defense. To the extent that an indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding

referred to in Section (1) of this Article VII, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such indemnitee shall

be indemnified against expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the indemnitee

in connection therewith.

(3)            Advance

Payment of Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a present or former Director or officer of the Corporation

in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance

of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that, to the extent required by the DGCL,

as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a present Director or officer of the Corporation shall be required to submit to the Corporation,

prior to the payment of such expenses, an undertaking (an “undertaking”) by or on behalf of such Director or officer

to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined in a final, non-appealable judicial decision that such Director or officer

is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation for such expenses as authorized in this Article VII; provided, further,

that a former Director or officer of the Corporation shall be required to submit to the Corporation, prior to the payment of such expenses,

an undertaking to the extent an undertaking would be required of a present Director or officer of the Corporation pursuant to this Section (3) of

Article VII.

10

(4)            Not

Exclusive. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other sections of this Article VII

shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled

under any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s

official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. Without limiting the foregoing, the Corporation is

authorized to enter into an agreement with any Director or officer of the Corporation providing indemnification for such person against

expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement that result from any

threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including, without

limitation, any action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation, that arises by reason of the fact that such person

is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of

another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the fullest extent allowed

by law, except that no such agreement shall provide for indemnification for any actions that constitute fraud, actual dishonesty or willful

misconduct.

(5)            Insurance.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation, or

is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership,

joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity,

or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against

such liability under the provisions of this Article VII.

11

(6)            Jointly

Indemnifiable Claims. Given that certain claims may be jointly indemnifiable (“Jointly Indemnifiable Claims”)

by the Corporation, its Controlled Entities (as defined below) or Indemnitee-Related Entities (as defined below) in respect of the service

of Indemnitee as a Director and/or officer of the Corporation and/or a director, officer, employee, consultant, fiduciary or agent of

other corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships, joint ventures, trusts, employee benefit plans or other enterprises controlled

by the Corporation (the “Controlled Entities”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in

any such capacity, the Corporation acknowledges and agrees that the Corporation shall, and to the extent applicable shall cause the Controlled

Entities to, be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses

in connection with any such Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, pursuant to and in accordance with (as applicable) the terms of (a) the

DGCL, (b) this Amended and Restated Certificate or the Bylaws, (c) any other agreement between the Corporation or any Controlled

Entity and the Indemnitee pursuant to which the Indemnitee is indemnified, (d) the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or

organization of any Controlled Entity and/or (e) the certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, bylaws, partnership

agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents

of any Controlled Entity ((a) through (e) collectively, the “Indemnification Sources”), irrespective of

any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities. Under no circumstance shall the Corporation or any

Controlled Entity be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnitee-Related Entities and no right of advancement

or recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee

or the obligations of the Corporation or any Controlled Entity under the Indemnification Sources. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related

Entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any Jointly

Indemnifiable Claim, (i) the Corporation shall, and to the extent applicable shall cause the Controlled Entities to, reimburse the

Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment to the extent of such payment promptly upon written demand from such Indemnitee-Related

Entity, (ii) to the extent not previously and fully reimbursed by the Corporation and/or any Controlled Entity pursuant to clause (i),

the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of the outstanding balance of such payment to all

of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Corporation and/or any Controlled Entity or under any insurance policy, as applicable,

and (iii) the Indemnitee and the Corporation and, as applicable, any Controlled Entity shall execute all papers reasonably required

and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary

to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Corporation and the Indemnitee agree

that each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section (6) of Article VII.

(7)            Certain

Definitions. For the purposes of this Article VII, (a) any Director, officer or employee of the Corporation who shall serve

or has served as a director or officer of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other

enterprise of which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, is or was a stockholder or creditor, or in which the Corporation is or was

in any way interested, or (b) any current or former director or officer of any subsidiary corporation, limited liability company,

partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise wholly owned by the Corporation, shall be deemed to be serving as such director

or officer at the request of the Corporation, unless the Board shall determine otherwise. In all other instances where any person shall

serve or has served as a director or officer of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or

other enterprise of which the Corporation is or was a stockholder or creditor, or in which it is or was otherwise interested, if it is

not otherwise established that such person is or was serving as such director or officer at the request of the Corporation, the Board

may determine whether such service is or was at the request of the Corporation, and it shall not be necessary to show any actual or prior

request for such service. For purposes of this Article VII, references to a corporation include all constituent corporations absorbed

in a consolidation or merger (including any constituent of a constituent) as well as the resulting or surviving corporation so that any

person who is or was a director or officer of such a constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent

corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,

shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation

as such person would if such person had served the resulting or surviving corporation in the same capacity. For purposes of this Article VII,

references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any

excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation”

shall include any service as a Director or officer of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such Director

or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries, and a person who acted in good faith and in

a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall

be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VII.

“Indemnitee-Related Entities” means any company, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture,

trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation, any Controlled Entity or the insurer under and pursuant

to an insurance policy of the Corporation or any Controlled Entity) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement

of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation or any Controlled Entity may also have an indemnification or

advancement obligation.

12

(8)            Proceedings

to Enforce Rights to Indemnification.

(a)            If

a claim under Section (1) of this Article VII is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written

claim has been received by the Corporation, or a claim under Section (3) of this Article VII is not paid in full by the

Corporation within thirty (30) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter

bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.

Any such written claim under Section (1) of

this Article VII shall include such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the indemnitee and reasonably necessary

to determine whether and to what extent the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. Any written claim under Sections (1), (2) and

(3) of this Article VII shall include reasonable documentation of the expenses incurred by the indemnitee.

(b)            If

successful in whole or in part in any suit brought pursuant to Section (8)(a) of this Article VII, or in a suit brought

by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled

to be paid and indemnified for the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit.

(c)            In

(i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee

to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover

an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final

adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of

the Corporation (including its Directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such Directors, independent legal counsel

or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper

in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination

by the Corporation (including its Directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such Directors, independent legal counsel

or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee

has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In

any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation

to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled

to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

13

(9)            Preservation

of Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VII shall, unless

otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or officer of the Corporation,

or has ceased to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, limited liability company,

partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such

a person. Any repeal or modification of this Article VII by the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall not

adversely affect any right or protection of a Director or officer of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation

as a director or officer of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, existing

at the time of such repeal or modification.

Article VIII

Director and Officer Liability to the Corporation

(1)            Limitation

on Director and Officer Liability. A Director’s or an officer’s personal liability to the Corporation and its stockholders

for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director or officer, as applicable, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

In particular, no Director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages

for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Director’s or officer’s

duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional

misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) for any transaction from which the Director or officer derived an improper personal

benefit, (d) in the case of a Director, under Section 174 of the DGCL, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended, or (e) in

the case of an officer, in any action by or in the right of the Corporation. For purposes of this Article VIII, “officer”

shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL.

(2)            Repeal

or Modification. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing Section (1) of this Article VIII by the stockholders

of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director or an officer of the Corporation

existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

(3)            Amendment.

If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the liability of directors or officers, then a Director

or officer of the Corporation shall be free of liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

14

Article IX

Reservation of Right to Amend Certificate of Incorporation

(1)           Reservation

of Right to Amend. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and

Restated Certificate in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate

and all rights and powers conferred in this Amended and Restated Certificate on stockholders, Directors and officers are subject to this

reserved power.

(2)            Construction.

Each reference in this Amended and Restated Certificate to “the Amended and Restated Certificate,” “hereunder,”

“hereof,” or words of like import and each reference to the Amended and Restated Certificate set forth in any amendment to

the Amended and Restated Certificate shall mean and be a reference to the Amended and Restated Certificate, as supplemented and amended

through such amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate.

Article X

Stock Ownership

and the Federal Communications Laws

(1)            Restrictions

on Stock Ownership or Transfer. As contemplated by this Article X, the Corporation may restrict the ownership, or proposed ownership,

of shares of capital stock of the Corporation by any person if such ownership or proposed ownership (a) is or could be inconsistent

with, or in violation of, any provision of the Federal Communications Laws (as hereinafter defined), (b) limits or impairs or could

limit or impair any business activities or proposed business activities of the Corporation under the Federal Communications Laws or (c) subjects

or could subject the Corporation to any regulation under the Federal Communications Laws to which the Corporation would not be subject

but for such ownership or proposed ownership (clauses (a), (b) and (c) collectively, “FCC Regulatory Limitations”).

For purposes of this Article X, the term “Federal Communications Laws” shall mean any law of the United States

now or hereafter in effect (and any regulation thereunder), including, without limitation, the Communications Act of 1934, as amended

(the “Communications Act”), and regulations thereunder, pertaining to the ownership and/or operation or regulating

the business activities of (x) any television or radio station, daily newspaper, cable television system or other medium of mass

communications or (y) any provider of programming content to any such medium.

(2)            Requests

for Information. If the Corporation believes that the ownership or proposed ownership of shares of capital stock of the Corporation

by any person may result in an FCC Regulatory Limitation, such person shall furnish promptly to the Corporation such information (including,

without limitation, information with respect to citizenship, other ownership interests and affiliations) as the Corporation shall request.

15

(3)            Denial

of Rights, Refusal to Transfer. If (a) any person from whom information is requested pursuant to Section (2) of this

Article X should not provide all the information requested by the Corporation, or (b) the Corporation shall conclude that a

stockholder’s ownership or proposed ownership of, or that a stockholder’s exercise of any rights of ownership with respect

to, shares of capital stock of the Corporation results or could result in an FCC Regulatory Limitation, then, in the case of either clause (a) or

clause (b), the Corporation may (i) refuse to permit the transfer of shares of capital stock of the Corporation to such proposed

stockholder, (ii) suspend those rights of stock ownership the exercise of which causes or could cause such FCC Regulatory Limitation,

(iii) require the conversion of any or all shares of Class A Common Stock held by such stockholder into an equal number of

shares of Class B Common Stock, (iv) redeem such shares of capital stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder in accordance

with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (3) of Article X, and/or (v) exercise any and all appropriate

remedies, at law or in equity, in any court of competent jurisdiction, against any such stockholder or proposed transferee, with a view

towards obtaining such information or preventing or curing any situation which causes or could cause an FCC Regulatory Limitation; provided,

that, if the ownership or proposed ownership or the exercise of any rights of ownership by any stockholder or proposed transferee results

or could result in an FCC Regulatory Limitation as a result of the aggregation of ownership or proposed ownership of capital stock of

the Corporation by two or more stockholders and/or proposed transferee, between any such stockholders and transferee, the Corporation

shall enforce its rights in clauses (i) through (v) above against, first, any such proposed transferee and, second, against

each stockholder in the order in which each stockholder acquired ownership of such capital stock, beginning with the stockholder that

most recently acquired ownership. Any such refusal of transfer or suspension of rights pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii), respectively,

of the immediately preceding sentence shall remain in effect until the requested information has been received and the Corporation has

determined that such transfer, or the exercise of such suspended rights, as the case may be, will not result in an FCC Regulatory Limitation.

The terms and conditions of redemption pursuant to clause (iv) of this Section (3) of Article X shall be as

follows:

(i)            the

redemption price of any shares to be redeemed pursuant to this Section (3) of Article X shall be equal to the Fair Market

Value (as hereinafter defined) of such shares;

(ii)            the

redemption price of such shares may be paid in cash, Redemption Securities (as hereinafter defined) or any combination thereof;

(iii)          if

less than all such shares are to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected in such manner as shall be determined by the

Board, which may include selection first of the most recently purchased shares thereof, selection by lot or selection in any other manner

determined by the Board;

(iv)          at

least fifteen (15) days’ written notice of the Redemption Date (as hereinafter defined) shall be given to the record holders of

the shares selected to be redeemed (unless waived in writing by any such holder); provided that the Redemption Date may be the

date on which written notice shall be given to record holders if the cash or Redemption Securities necessary to effect the redemption

shall have been deposited in trust for the benefit of such record holders and subject to immediate withdrawal by them upon surrender of

the stock certificates for their shares to be redeemed;

16

(v)           from

and after the Redemption Date, any and all rights of whatever nature in respect of the shares selected for redemption (including, without

limitation, any rights to vote or participate in dividends declared on stock of the same class or series as such shares), shall cease

and terminate and the holders of such shares shall thenceforth be entitled only to receive the cash or Redemption Securities payable upon

redemption; and

(vi)          such

other terms and conditions as the Board shall determine.

For purposes of this Section (3) of Article X:

(A)          “Fair

Market Value” shall mean, with respect to a share of the Corporation’s capital stock of any class or series, the volume

weighted average sales price for such a share on the New York Stock Exchange or, if such stock is not listed on such exchange, on the

principal U.S. registered securities exchange on which such stock is listed, during the thirty (30) most recent days on which shares of

stock of such class or series shall have been traded preceding the day on which notice of redemption shall be given pursuant to this Section (3) of

Article X; provided, however, that if shares of stock of such class or series are not traded on any securities exchange,

“Fair Market Value” shall be determined by the Board in good faith; and provided, further, that “Fair

Market Value” as to any stockholder who purchased stock within 120 days of a Redemption Date need not (unless otherwise determined

by the Board) exceed the purchase price paid.

(B)            “Redemption

Date” shall mean the date fixed by the Board for the redemption of any shares of stock of the Corporation pursuant to this Section (3) of

Article X.

(C)           “Redemption

Securities” shall mean any debt or equity securities of the Corporation, any subsidiary of the Corporation or any other corporation

or other entity, or any combination thereof, having such terms and conditions as shall be approved by the Board and which, together with

any cash to be paid as part of the redemption price, in the opinion of any nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the

Board (which may be a firm which provides other investment banking, brokerage or other services to the Corporation), has a value, at the

time notice of redemption is given pursuant to this Section (3) of Article X, at least equal to the Fair Market Value of

the shares to be redeemed pursuant to this Section (3) of Article X (assuming, in the case of Redemption Securities to

be publicly traded, such Redemption Securities were fully distributed and subject only to normal trading activity).

(4)            Legends.

The Corporation shall instruct the Corporation’s transfer agent that the shares of capital stock of the Corporation are subject

to the restrictions set forth in this Article X and such restrictions shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate or certificates

representing such capital stock or, in the case of uncertificated securities, contained in the notice or notices sent as required by

applicable law.

(5)            Certain

Definitions. For purposes of this Article X, the word “person” shall include not only natural persons but partnerships

(limited or general), associations, corporations, limited liability companies, joint ventures and other legal entities, and the word

“regulation” shall include not only regulations but rules, published policies and published controlling interpretations by

an administrative agency or body empowered to administer a statutory provision of the Federal Communications Laws.

17

Article XI

Compromise and Reorganization

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed

between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them,

any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any

creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions

of Section 291 of Title 8 of the DGCL or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed

for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the DGCL order a meeting of the creditors or class of

creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner

as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths (3/4ths) in value of the creditors or class of creditors,

and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agrees to any compromise or arrangement and

to any reorganization of the Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the

said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or

class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this

Corporation.

Article XII

Miscellaneous

(1)            DGCL

Section 203 and Business Combinations. The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the

DGCL.

(2)            Corporate

Opportunities.

(a)            Subject

to the applicable parties’ rights and obligations under any other contractual arrangement, in recognition and anticipation that

(i) certain directors, principals, officers, employees, members and/or other representatives of Ellison, RedBird, and any Equity

Investor (as defined in the Transaction Agreement) and their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “Applicable Parties”)

may serve as Directors, officers or agents of the Corporation, (ii) the Applicable Parties may now engage and may continue to engage

in any transaction or matter that may be an investment, corporate, business or other opportunity or offer a prospective economic or competitive

advantage in which the Corporation or any of its controlled Affiliates (as defined below), directly or indirectly, could have an interest

or expectancy (a “Competitive Opportunity”) or may otherwise (1) compete with the Corporation or its controlled

Affiliates, directly or indirectly, (2) do business or otherwise transact with any potential or actual customer, supplier or other

business relation of the Corporation or any of its controlled Affiliates and (3) employ or otherwise engage any officer, employee

or other service provider of the Corporation or any of its controlled Affiliates and (iii) members of the Board who are not officers

or employees of the Corporation or their respective Affiliates may desire to participate, invest or otherwise engage in certain Competitive

Opportunities, the provisions of this Article XII are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation

with respect to certain classes or categories of opportunities as they may involve any of the Applicable Parties and their respective

Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its Directors, officers and stockholders in connection

therewith.

18

(b)           Subject

to the applicable parties’ rights and obligations under any other contractual arrangement, each of the Applicable Parties and any

past or present directors, principals, officers, employees, members, equityholders, and/or other representatives of the Applicable Parties

that may serve as Directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation, and each of their Affiliates (such Persons being referred

to, collectively, as “Identified Persons” and, individually, as an “Identified Person”) shall, to

the fullest extent permitted by law, not have any duty whatsoever to refrain from directly or indirectly (i) participating or otherwise

engaging in any Competitive Opportunity, (ii) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its controlled Affiliates, (iii) otherwise

doing business or transacting with any potential or actual customer, supplier or other business relation of the Corporation or any of

its controlled Affiliates or (iv) otherwise employing or engaging any officer, employee or other service provider of the Corporation

or any of its controlled Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Corporation

or its stockholders or to any controlled Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that

such Identified Person engages in any such activities. Subject to the applicable parties’ rights and obligations under any other

contractual arrangement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right

to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any Competitive Opportunity or other corporate, business or other opportunity that may

be a Competitive Opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its controlled Affiliates. Subject to the applicable

parties’ rights and obligations under any other contractual arrangement, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge

of a Competitive Opportunity or other corporate, business or other opportunity that may be a Competitive Opportunity for itself, herself

or himself, or for its, her or his Affiliates, and for the Corporation or any of its controlled Affiliates, such Identified Person shall,

to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no duty to communicate, present or otherwise provide such opportunity to the Corporation

or any of its controlled Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders

or to any controlled Affiliate of the Corporation or any other Person for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder, Director or officer

of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such Competitive Opportunity for itself,

herself or himself, or offers or directs such Competitive Opportunity to another Person.

(c)            The

Corporation does not renounce its interest in any Competitive Opportunity offered to any Director nominated or designated by the Applicable

Parties if such opportunity is expressly offered to such Person solely in his or her capacity as a Director, and the provisions of Section (2)(b) of

this Article XII shall not apply to any such Competitive Opportunity.

19

(d)           In

addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article XII, a business or other opportunity shall not be deemed

to be a potential Competitive Opportunity for the Corporation if it is an opportunity that (i) the Corporation (together with its

controlled Affiliates) is neither financially nor legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is

not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation or (iii) is one in which the

Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

(e)            To

the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation

shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article XII.

(f)            Any

amendment, repeal, or modification of this Article XII, or the adoption of any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate

inconsistent with this Article XII, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director with respect to any act or omission

occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, modification, or adoption.

(3)           Forum

for Adjudication of Disputes. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, (x) the Court

of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “Court of Chancery”) (or, in the event that the Court of Chancery does not

have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) shall, to

the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf

of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any Director, officer, employee, agent

or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising

pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate or the Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction

on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine,

in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein;

and (y) the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting

a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring

or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions

of this Section (3) of Article XII. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section (3) of Article XII shall

not apply to claims seeking to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the U.S. federal

courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

(4)           Severability.

If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied

to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance

and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph

of this Amended and Restated Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself

held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (b) to the fullest extent

possible, the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph

of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so

as to permit the Corporation to protect its Directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good

faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

20

Article XIII

Definitions

“Affiliate” means, in relation

to a Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person, where “control”

means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership

of voting securities, contract or otherwise; provided, that (a) neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries

will be deemed an Affiliate of any stockholder of the Corporation or any of such stockholders’ Affiliates, (b) no stockholder

of the Corporation will be deemed an Affiliate of any other stockholder of the Corporation, in each case, solely by reason of any investment

in the Corporation and (c) Affiliates shall not include any portfolio companies of a Person.

“Amended and Restated Certificate”

means this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as may be further amended and restated from time to time.

“Board” means the Board of Directors

of the Corporation.

“Bylaws” means the Amended and

Restated Bylaws of the Corporation, as may be further amended and restated from time to time.

“Chair” means the chairperson

of the Board.

“Common Stock” means the Class A

Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.

“DGCL” means the General Corporation

Law of the State of Delaware.

“Directors” mean the directors

of the Board.

“Effective Date” means August 7,

2025.

“Ellison” means, collectively,

(i) The Lawrence J. Ellison Revocable Trust, u/a/d 1/22/88, as amended, Pinnacle Media Ventures, LLC, Pinnacle Media Ventures II,

LLC, Pinnacle Media Ventures III, LLC, Hikouki, LLC, Aozora, LLC and Furaito, LLC; (ii) Larry Ellison; (iii) David Ellison;

(iv) any Permitted Entity of a Person identified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii); (v) any Family Member of Larry Ellison

or David Ellison and (vi) any Affiliate of the foregoing, in each case, that hold shares of Common Stock; provided, for purposes

of this Amended and Restated Certificate, that any right, obligation or action that may be exercised or taken at the election of Ellison

may be taken at the election of such Persons acting by a majority of shares held by such Persons or any Persons designated by any of them.

“Ellison Designee” means an individual

nominated for election to the Board by Ellison and designated as an “Ellison Designee” pursuant to Section (4)(a)(i) of

Article V.

21

“Exchange Act” means the Securities

Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Family Member” shall mean, with

respect to any natural person, the spouse, domestic partner or spousal equivalent, parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings,

and lineal descendants of siblings of such natural person. Lineal descendants shall include adopted persons, but only so long as they

are adopted while a minor. Family Member shall further include any of such natural person’s family members as defined in Rule 701

of the Securities Act.

“Independent Directors” means

the members of the Board designated as independent directors in accordance with the Listing Standards.

“Listing Standards” means (a) the

requirements of any national stock exchange under which the Corporation’s equity securities are listed for trading that are generally

applicable to companies with common equity securities listed thereon or (b) if the Corporation’s equity securities are not

listed for trading on a national stock exchange, the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange generally applicable to companies with

equity securities listed thereon.

“Low-Vote Designee” means an individual

nominated for election to the Board by Ellison (a) designated as a “Low-Vote Designee” by Ellison or who Ellison has

not designated as either an “Ellison Designee” or a “Low-Vote Designee,” in each case, pursuant to Section (4)(a)(i) of

Article V or (b) pursuant to Sections (4)(a)(ii)-(iii) of Article V.

“NAI” means National Amusements, Inc.

“NAI Organizational Documents”

means, collectively, the organizational documents of NAI and the NAI Shareholders’ Agreement.

“NAI Shareholders’ Agreement”

means that certain shareholders’ agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, by and among NAI and its shareholders.

“Original Ownership Percentage”

means, in respect of any Specified Stockholder, the percentage determined by the quotient of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock

held by such Specified Stockholder and its Permitted Transferees as of the time of determination divided by (b) the total

number of shares of Common Stock held by such Specified Stockholder as of immediately following the consummation of the Transactions.

“Ownership Percentage” means,

in respect of any Specified Stockholder of the Corporation, the percentage determined by the quotient of (a) the number of shares

of Common Stock held by such Specified Stockholder divided by (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding,

in each case, at the time of such determination.

“Permitted Entity” means, with

respect to a Specified Stockholder, Larry Ellison or David Ellison: (a) a Permitted Trust solely for the benefit of (i) such

Person, (ii) one or more Family Members of such Person, and/or (iii) any other Permitted Entity of such Person; (b) any

Affiliate of, or general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, or other entity that (i) directly

or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, and/or (ii) is directly or indirectly exclusively

owned by one or more Family Members of such Person; (c) a revocable living trust, which revocable living trust is itself both a Permitted

Trust and a Specified Stockholder, (i) during the lifetime of the natural person grantor of such trust, or (ii) following the

death of the natural person grantor of such trust, solely to the extent that such shares are held in such trust pending distribution to

the beneficiaries designated in such trust; and (d) the personal representative of the estate of such Person upon the death of such

Person solely to the extent the executor is acting in the capacity as a personal representative of such estate.

22

“Permitted Transferee” means (a) a

Family Member of a Specified Stockholder, (b) a Permitted Entity of a Specified Stockholder, (c) in the case of Ellison, any

Equity Investor and (d) in the case of any Specified Stockholder that is not Ellison, Ellison.

“Permitted Trust” shall mean a

bona fide trust where each trustee is (a) a Specified Stockholder, Larry Ellison or David Ellison, (b) a Family Member of a

Specified Stockholder, Larry Ellison or David Ellison, or (c) a professional in the business of providing trustee services, including

private professional fiduciaries, trust companies, and bank trust departments.

“Person” means an individual,

a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated

organization, or other form of business organization, whether or not regarded as a legal entity under applicable law, or any governmental

authority or any department, agency, or political subdivision thereof.

“RedBird” means, collectively,

(i) RB Tentpole Holdings LP (so long as RB Tentpole Holdings LP is managed or controlled by Affiliates of RedBird Capital Partners

Management LLC) and (ii) any Affiliates of RedBird Capital Partners Management LLC (including any investment vehicle managed

and controlled by RedBird Capital Partners Management LLC), in each case, that hold shares of Common Stock at the time of determination;

provided, for purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate, that any right, obligation or action that may be exercised or

taken at the election of RedBird may be taken at the election of such Persons acting by a majority of shares held by such Persons or any

Persons designated by any of them.

“RedBird Designee” means an individual

nominated for election to the Board by RedBird pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate.

“Securities Act” means the Securities

Act of 1933, as amended.

“Specified Stockholder Designee”

means an individual nominated for election to the Board by a Specified Stockholder pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate.

“Specified Reserved Matter Designees”

means: (a) if (and only if) Ellison has an Original Ownership Percentage of at least twenty percent (20%) and an Ownership Percentage

of at least five percent (5%), a majority of the Ellison Designees (if any) and Low-Vote Designees; and (b) if (and only if) RedBird

has an Original Ownership Percentage of at least twenty percent (20%) and an Ownership Percentage of at least five percent (5%), one (1) RedBird

Designee.

“Specified Stockholders” means,

collectively, Ellison and RedBird.

23

“Transaction Agreement” means

that certain Transaction Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2024, by and among Skydance Media, LLC, Paramount Global, the Corporation,

Pluto Merger Sub, Inc., Pluto Merger Sub II, Inc., Sparrow Merger Sub, LLC, and each of the Upstream Blocker Holders (as defined

therein).

“Transactions” means collectively,

the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the Neptune Stock Purchase Agreement and the Subscription Agreements (each

as defined in the Transaction Agreement).

“Transfer” of a share of Class A

Common Stock shall mean any direct or indirect sale, exchange, redemption, assignment, distribution, encumbrance, hypothecation, gift,

pledge, retirement, transfer, conveyance, or other disposition or alienation in any way (whether or not for value and whether voluntarily,

involuntarily, or by operation of law), including, without limitation: (a) assignments and distributions resulting from death, incompetency,

bankruptcy, liquidation, and dissolution; (b) a transfer to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether there is a corresponding

change in beneficial ownership); and (c) the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to the transfer of, Voting

Control.

“Voting Agreements” means those

certain Voting Agreements, dated as of August 7, 2025, by and between the Corporation and each of the Specified Stockholders.

“Voting Control” means, with respect

to a share of Class A Common Stock, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy,

voting agreement, or otherwise.

Article XIV

Interpretations

For purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate,

whenever the context requires: the singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa; and one gender shall include all other genders.

As used in this Amended and Restated Certificate, the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof,

shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

References to any Person shall be deemed to include its successors and permitted assigns. The bold-faced headings in this Amended and

Restated Certificate are for convenience of reference only. The terms “Dollars” and “$” mean U.S. dollars. Any

reference herein to “as of the date hereof,” “as of the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate.” The word

“or” will not be exclusive. The words “hereof”, “hereto”, “hereby”, “herein”

and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Amended and Restated Certificate shall refer to this Amended

and Restated Certificate as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate. The word “extent”

in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean

simply “if”. References to “days” shall mean “calendar days” unless expressly stated otherwise.

24

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate

of Incorporation has been executed this 5th day of October, 2026.

By:

/s/ Stephanie Kyoko McKinnon

Name:

Stephanie Kyoko McKinnon

Title:

General Counsel and Secretary

EX-3.2 — EXHIBIT 3.2

EX-3.2

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex3-2.htm · Sequence: 3

Exhibit 3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of

Skydance Corporation

(a Delaware corporation)

Table of Contents

Page

Article I CORPORATE OFFICES

1

1.1

Registered Office

1

1.2

Other Offices

1

Article II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1

2.1

Place of Meetings

1

2.2

Annual Meeting

1

2.3

Special Meeting

1

2.4

Advance Notice Procedures for Business Brought before a Meeting

2

2.5

Advance Notice Procedures for Nominations of Directors

6

2.6

Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings

10

2.7

Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice

10

2.8

Quorum

10

2.9

Adjourned Meeting; Notice

11

2.10

Conduct of Business

11

2.11

Voting

11

2.12

Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes

12

2.13

Proxies

12

2.14

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

13

2.15

Inspectors of Election

13

2.16

Delivery to the Corporation

14

Article III DIRECTORS

14

3.1

Powers

14

3.2

Number of Directors

14

3.3

Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

14

3.4

Resignation and Vacancies

14

3.5

Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

15

3.6

Regular Meetings

15

3.7

Special Meetings; Notice

15

3.8

Quorum

16

3.9

Organization

16

3.10

Action by Written Consent without a Meeting

16

3.11

Fees and Compensation of Directors

16

Article IV COMMITTEES

17

4.1

Committees of Directors

17

4.2

Committee Minutes

17

4.3

Meetings and Actions of Committees

17

4.4

Quorum

18

i

Article V OFFICERS

18

5.1

Officers

18

5.2

Appointment of Officers

18

5.3

Subordinate Officers

19

5.4

Removal and Resignation of Officers

19

5.5

Vacancies in Offices

19

5.6

Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

19

5.7

Authority and Duties of Officers

19

5.8

Compensation

20

Article VI RECORDS

20

Article VII GENERAL MATTERS

20

7.1

Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments

20

7.2

Stock Certificates

20

7.3

Special Designation of Certificates

21

7.4

Lost Certificates

21

7.5

Shares Without Certificates

21

7.6

Construction; Definitions

22

7.7

Dividends

22

7.8

Fiscal Year

22

7.9

Seal

22

7.10

Transfer of Stock

22

7.11

Stock Transfer Agreements

23

7.12

Registered Stockholders

23

7.13

Waiver of Notice

23

Article VIII NOTICE

23

8.1

Delivery of Notice; Notice by Electronic Transmission

23

Article IX INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES

24

9.1

Right to Indemnification

24

9.2

Successful Defense

25

9.3

Advance Payment of Expenses

25

9.4

Not Exclusive

25

9.5

Insurance

25

9.6

Certain Definitions

26

9.7

Proceedings to Enforce Rights to Indemnification

26

9.8

Preservation of Rights

27

Article X AMENDMENTS

28

Article XI DEFINITIONS

28

ii

Amended and Restated Bylaws

of

Skydance Corporation

Article I

CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1           Registered

Office.

The address of the registered office of Skydance

Corporation (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware, and the name of its registered agent at such address, shall

be as set forth in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time

(the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

1.2           Other

Offices.

The Corporation may have additional offices at

any place or places, within or outside the State of Delaware, as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board”)

may from time to time establish or as the business of the Corporation may require.

Article II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1           Place

of Meetings.

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at such

place, if any, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that

a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized

by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). In the absence

of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2           Annual

Meeting.

The Board shall designate the date and time of

the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and other proper business properly brought before the meeting in

accordance with Section 2.4 may be transacted. The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders

previously scheduled by the Board.

2.3           Special

Meeting.

Special meetings of the stockholders may be called

only by such Persons and only in such manner as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. The Corporation may postpone, reschedule

or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board. No business may be transacted at any special meeting

of stockholders other than the business specified in the notice of such meeting.

2.4           Advance

Notice Procedures for Business Brought before a Meeting.

(i)            At

an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To

be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in a notice of meeting given by or at the direction

of the Board, (b) if not specified in a notice of meeting, otherwise brought before the meeting by the Board or the chairperson of

the meeting, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder present in person who (A)(1) was a stockholder

of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and at the time of the meeting, (2) is

entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) has complied with this Section 2.4 or (B) properly made such proposal in accordance

with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended

and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “Exchange Act”), which proposal has been included in the proxy

statement for the annual meeting. The foregoing clause (c) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to

be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. The only matters that may be brought before a special meeting are the matters

specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Person calling the meeting pursuant to the

Certificate of Incorporation and Section 2.3 of these bylaws. For purposes of this Section 2.4 and Section 2.5 of these

bylaws, as applicable, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the

annual or special meeting of the Corporation, or, if the proposing stockholder is not an individual, a qualified representative of such

proposing stockholder, appear at such annual meeting, and a “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall

be (A) any person who is authorized in writing by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders

and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission,

at the meeting of stockholders or (B), if such proposing stockholder is (x) a general or limited partnership, any general partner

or Person who functions as a general partner of the general or limited partnership or who controls the general or limited partnership,

(y) a corporation or a limited liability company, any officer or Person who functions as an officer of the corporation or limited

liability company or any officer, director, general partner or Person who functions as an officer, director or general partner of any

entity ultimately in control of the corporation or limited liability company or (z) a trust, any trustee of such trust. This Section 2.4

shall apply to any business that may be brought before an annual or special meeting of stockholders other than nominations for election

to the Board at an annual meeting, which shall be governed by Section 2.5 of these bylaws. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons

for election to the Board must comply with Section 2.5 of these bylaws, and this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to nominations

for election to the Board except as expressly provided in Section 2.5 of these bylaws.

2

(ii)            Without

qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 2.4(iii)(c), (a) the

stockholder must provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation, (b) the

stockholder must provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.4 and

(c) the proposed business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must

be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more

than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided,

however, that if the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such

anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received not earlier than the hundred twentieth

(120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than (i) the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or, (ii) if

later, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made (such notice

within such time periods, “Timely Notice”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting

or the announcement thereof commence a new time period or extend a time period for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

(iii)           To

be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.4, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(a)            As

to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (A) the name, address, signature and the date of signature of such Proposing Person

(including, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the Corporation’s books and records); and (B) the number of

shares of each class or series of stock of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within

the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events

be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right

to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) are

referred to as “Stockholder Information”);

3

(b)           As

to each Proposing Person, (A) the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any “derivative

security” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(c) under the Exchange Act) that constitutes a “call equivalent

position” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) (“Synthetic Equity Position”)

and that is, directly or indirectly, held or maintained by such Proposing Person with respect to any shares of any class or series of

stock of the Corporation; provided that, for the purposes of the definition of “Synthetic Equity Position,” the term

“derivative security” shall also include any security or instrument that would not otherwise constitute a “derivative

security” as a result of any feature that would make any conversion, exercise or similar right or privilege of such security or

instrument becoming determinable only at some future date or upon the happening of a future occurrence, in which case the determination

of the amount of securities into which such security or instrument would be convertible or exercisable shall be made assuming that such

security or instrument is immediately convertible or exercisable at the time of such determination; and, provided, further,

that any Proposing Person satisfying the requirements of Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act (other than a Proposing Person

that so satisfies Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act solely by reason of Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E)) shall not be deemed

to hold or maintain the notional amount of any securities that underlie a Synthetic Equity Position held by such Proposing Person as a

hedge with respect to a bona fide derivatives trade or position of such Proposing Person arising in the ordinary course of such Proposing

Person’s business as a derivatives dealer, (B) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of stock of the

Corporation owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation,

(C) any material pending or threatened legal proceeding in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving

the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any Affiliate of the Corporation, (D) any other material relationship between

such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation or any Affiliate of the Corporation, on the other hand, (E) any direct

or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement of such Proposing Person with the Corporation or any Affiliate of

the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), (F) any

proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or a Synthetic Equity Position held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited

partnership, limited liability company or similar entity in which any such Proposing Person (1) is a general partner or, directly

or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner of such general or limited partnership or (2) is the manager, managing

member or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in the manager or managing member of such limited liability company or

similar entity, (G) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in

a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person

in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures

to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (G) are referred to as “Disclosable Interests”);

provided, however, that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course

business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result

of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner and (H) a

representation whether any Proposing Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy

to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal and/or

otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal; and

(c)           As

to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a brief description of the business

desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest

in such business of each Proposing Person, (B) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed

for consideration), (C) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings (x) between or

among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person and any other Person or entity (including their names)

in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and (D) any other information relating to such item of business

that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies

in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; provided,

however, that the disclosures required by this Section 2.4(iii) shall not include any disclosures with respect to any

broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder

directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

4

(iv)          For

purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean (a) the stockholder providing

the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (b) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different,

on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, (c) any participant (as defined

in paragraphs (a)(ii)-(vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) with such stockholder in such solicitation or (d) any

associate (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act for the purposes of these bylaws) of such stockholder, beneficial

owner or any other participant.

(v)           A

Proposing Person shall update and supplement its notice to the Corporation of its intent to propose business at an annual meeting, if

necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true

and correct as of the record date for notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting

or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary

at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for notice of the

meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business

days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first

practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required

to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(vi)          Notwithstanding

anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting that is not properly brought before the

meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4. The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the

business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4, and if he or she should so determine, he

or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

(vii)         In

addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4 with respect to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, each

Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such business. Nothing in this

Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy

statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(viii)        For

purposes of these bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news

service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14

or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

5

2.5           Advance

Notice Procedures for Nominations of Directors.

(i)             Subject

in all respects to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, nominations of any person for election to the Board at an annual

meeting may be made at such meeting only (a) by or at the direction of the Board, including by any committee or persons authorized

to do so by the Board or these bylaws, or (b) by a stockholder present in person (as defined in Section 2.4(i) of these bylaws)

who (1) was a beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.5

and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) has complied with this Section 2.5 as to

such notice and nomination. The foregoing clause (b) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person

or persons for election to the Board at any annual meeting of stockholders other than in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate

of Incorporation.

(ii)           Without

qualification, for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting, the stockholder

must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.4(ii) of these bylaws) thereof in writing and in proper form to

the Secretary of the Corporation, (b) provide the information, agreements and questionnaires with respect to such stockholder and

its candidate for nomination as required by this Section 2.5, and (c) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the

times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5.

(iii)           In

no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period or extend a

time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election

at the annual meeting (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder

may nominate for election at the annual meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected

at such annual meeting.

(iv)          To

be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.5, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(a)           As

to each Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(a) of these bylaws)

except that for purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing

Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(a);

(b)           As

to each Nominating Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(b) of these bylaws, except that for purposes

of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in

all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(b) and the disclosure with respect to the business to be brought before the meeting

in Section 2.4(iii)(c) shall be made with respect to nomination of each person for election as a director at the meeting) and

a representation whether any Nominating Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of

proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to elect the nominee and/or

otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such nomination; and

6

(c)           As

to each candidate whom a Nominating Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) all information with respect to such

candidate for nomination that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 if such

candidate for nomination were a Nominating Person, (B) all information relating to such candidate for nomination that is required

to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of

directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including such candidate’s written

consent to being named in the Corporation’s proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (C) a description

of any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement between or among any Nominating Person, on the one hand,

and each candidate for nomination or his or her respective associates or any other participants in such solicitation, on the other hand,

including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such

Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the candidate for nomination were a director or

executive officer of such registrant, and (D) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.5(x).

(v)           For

purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall mean (a) the stockholder providing

the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (b) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on

whose behalf the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made, (c) any other participant (as defined in paragraphs

(a)(ii)-(vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) in such solicitation and (d) any associate (within the meaning

of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act for the purposes of these bylaws) of such stockholder or beneficial owner or any other participant

in such solicitation.

(vi)           The

Board may request that any Nominating Person furnish such additional information as may be reasonably required by the Board. Such Nominating

Person shall provide such additional information within ten (10) days after it has been requested by the Board.

(vii)         A

stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary,

so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct

as of the record date for notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment

or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal

executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for notice of the meeting (in the

case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to

the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable

date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be

made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

7

(viii)        Notwithstanding

anything in Section 2.5(ii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at the annual

meeting is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under Section 2.5(ii) and

there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred (100) days

prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.5

shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary

at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on

which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(ix)           Nominations

of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to

the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board or (2) provided that the Board has determined

that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the

notice provided for in this Section 2.5 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting

and upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.5. The number of nominees a stockholder

may nominate for election at the special meeting (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the

number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed

the number of directors to be elected at such special meeting. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for

the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate

a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting,

if the stockholder’s notice required by Section 2.5(ii) shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive

offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting

and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day

following the day on which the Corporation first makes a public announcement of the date of the special meeting at which directors are

to be elected. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period

(or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(x)            To

be eligible to be a candidate for election as a director of the Corporation at an annual meeting, a candidate must be nominated in the

manner prescribed in this Section 2.5 (or otherwise in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation) and the candidate for nomination,

whether nominated by the Board or by a stockholder of record, must have previously delivered (in the case of a nomination by a stockholder

pursuant to Section 2.5(i)(b), in accordance with the time period prescribed in this Section 2.5 for delivery of the stockholder

notice of nomination), to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (a) a completed written questionnaire

(in the form provided by the Corporation) with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such candidate

for nomination and (b) a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Corporation to all nominees) that such

candidate for nomination (A) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any Person

or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation or reimbursement for service as a director of

the Corporation that has not been disclosed therein and (B) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all applicable

corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation

applicable to all directors and in effect during such person’s term in office as a director (and, if requested by any candidate

for nomination, the Secretary of the Corporation shall provide to such candidate for nomination all such policies and guidelines then

in effect).

8

(xi)           The

Board may also require any proposed candidate for nomination as a Director to furnish such other information as may reasonably be requested

by the Board in writing prior to the meeting of stockholders at which such candidate’s nomination is to be acted upon in order for

the Board to determine the eligibility of such candidate for nomination to be an independent director of the Corporation in accordance

with the Corporation’s corporate governance guidelines if such person purports to be an independent director.

(xii)          In

addition to the requirements of this Section 2.5 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Proposing

Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

(xiii)         No

candidate shall be eligible for nomination as a director of the Corporation unless such candidate for nomination and the Nominating Person

seeking to place such candidate’s name in nomination has complied with this Section 2.5, as applicable. The presiding officer

at the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with this Section 2.5,

and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting, the defective nomination shall be

disregarded and any ballots cast for the candidate in question (but in the case of any form of ballot listing other qualified nominees,

only the ballots cast for the nominee in question) shall be void and of no force or effect.

(xiv)        Notwithstanding

anything in these bylaws to the contrary (but subject to Section 2.5(xv) of these bylaws which shall control with respect to

matters regarding nominations under the Certificate of Incorporation), no candidate for nomination shall be eligible to be seated as a

director of the Corporation unless nominated and elected in accordance with this Section 2.5.

(xv)         Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary contained in these bylaws, for as long as any stockholder has a right to designate or nominate a director pursuant

to the Certificate of Incorporation, the procedure for any such nomination shall be governed by the Certificate of Incorporation and such

party shall not be subject to the notice procedures and information requirements with respect to such stockholder set forth in these bylaws

for the nomination of any person to serve as a director at any annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders.

9

2.6           Notice

of Stockholders’ Meetings.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate

of Incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.7 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder

entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication,

if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a

special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

2.7           Manner

of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice.

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be

deemed given:

(i)             if

mailed, when deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the Corporation’s

records;

(ii)            if

delivered by courier service, the earlier of when the notice is received or left at the stockholder’s address; or

(iii)           if

electronically transmitted as provided in the DGCL.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary

of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by mail, courier service

or by a form of electronic transmission, as applicable, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

2.8           Quorum.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate

of Incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote

at the meeting, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for

the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of

the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting or (ii) a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled

to vote at the meeting, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn

the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.9 of these bylaws until a quorum is present or represented.

10

2.9           Adjourned

Meeting; Notice.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or

place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications,

if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced

at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At any adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have

been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall

be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination

of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders

entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to

vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record as of the record date so

fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting. At the adjourned meeting of stockholders, the Corporation may transact any business which

might have been transacted at the original meeting of stockholders.

2.10          Conduct

of Business.

The date and time of the opening and the closing

of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding

over the meeting. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as

it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the chairperson

of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting,

to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are appropriate for

the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairperson

of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting;

(ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance

at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such

other persons as the chairperson of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for

the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent

determined by the Board or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with

the rules of parliamentary procedure.

2.11          Voting.

Each stockholder shall be entitled to a number

of votes based on the number of and type of shares of capital stock held by such stockholder as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate

of Incorporation, at all duly called or convened meetings of stockholders at which a quorum is present, for the election of directors,

a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation,

these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any

regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, each other matter presented to the stockholders at a duly called or convened

meeting at which a quorum is present shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast (excluding

abstentions and broker non-votes) on such matter.

11

2.12          Record

Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes.

In order that the Corporation may determine the

stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date,

which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record

date shall not be, unless otherwise required by law, more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such

meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such

meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall

be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled

to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice

is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination

of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;

provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as

the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination

of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the

stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled

to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action,

the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted,

and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining

stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.13         Proxies.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting

of stockholders may authorize another Person or Persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or

by a transmission permitted by law, including Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended, filed in accordance with

the procedure established for the meeting, but, no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date,

unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed

by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A proxy may be in the form of an electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted

with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

12

2.14         List

of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.

The Corporation shall prepare, at least ten (10) days

before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however,

that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the

meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical

order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation

shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open

to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the

meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is

provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive

office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable

steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. Such list shall presumptively determine the

identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them. Except as otherwise provided

by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required

by this Section 2.14 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders. Any stockholder directly or indirectly soliciting

proxies from other stockholders must use a proxy card color other than white, which shall be reserved for the exclusive use by the Board.

2.15         Inspectors

of Election.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Corporation

shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment and make a written report thereof. The

Corporation may designate one or more Persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If any Person appointed

as inspector or any alternate fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a Person

to fill that vacancy. Such inspectors shall:

(i)             determine

the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting and the validity of any

proxies and ballots;

(ii)            count

all votes or ballots;

(iii)           count

and tabulate all votes;

(iv)          determine

and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspector(s); and

(v)           certify

its or their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and its or their count of all votes and ballots.

13

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge

of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspection with strict impartiality and according

to the best of such inspector’s ability. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of

the facts stated therein. The inspectors of election may appoint such Persons to assist them in performing their duties as they determine.

2.16         Delivery

to the Corporation.

Whenever Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of this Article II

require one or more persons (including a record or beneficial owner of stock of the Corporation) to deliver a document or information

to the Corporation or any officer, employee or agent thereof (including any notice, request, questionnaire, revocation, representation

or other document or agreement), such document or information shall be in writing exclusively (and not in an electronic transmission)

and shall be delivered exclusively by hand (including, without limitation, overnight courier service) or by certified or registered mail,

return receipt requested and the Corporation shall not be required to accept delivery of any document not in such written form or so

delivered. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any notice from any stockholder of record or beneficial owner of the Corporation’s

capital stock pursuant to Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of this Article II, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation expressly

opts out of Section 116 of the DGCL.

Article III

DIRECTORS

3.1           Powers.

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate

of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.

3.2           Number

of Directors.

The total number of directors constituting the

Board shall be determined by the Board in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation.

3.3           Election,

Qualification and Term of Office of Directors.

The procedures for election of directors, as well

as the terms and qualifications of directors, shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

3.4           Resignation

and Vacancies.

Any director may resign at any time upon notice

given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or

upon the happening of an event specified therein, and if no time or event is specified, at the time of its receipt. Except as otherwise

provided for in the Certificate of Incorporation, when one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future

date or upon the happening of an event to occur on a future date, the vote of the directors holding a majority of the voting power of

the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon

to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided

in this Section 3.4 in the filling of other vacancies.

14

Except as otherwise provided for in the Certificate

of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be

filled by the vote of the directors holding a majority of the voting power of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum

is present.

3.5           Place

of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone.

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special,

either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate

of Incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee of the Board or subcommittee of the Board, in each case, designated

by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee of the Board or subcommittee of the Board, by means of conference

telephone or other means of remote communication so long as all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation

in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6           Regular

Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without

notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board or the chairperson of the Board (the “Chair”).

3.7           Special

Meetings; Notice.

Special meetings of the Board, for any purpose

or purposes may be called at any time by the Chair, the Chief Executive Officer, or the directors holding a majority of the voting power

of the Board.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings

shall be:

(i)             delivered

personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii)            sent

by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii)           sent

by facsimile or electronic mail; or

(iv)           sent

by other means of electronic transmission, directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, or electronic

mail address, or other address for electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally

by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or electronic mail, or (iii) sent by other means of electronic

transmission, it shall be delivered or sent at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice

is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be deposited in the U.S. mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting.

The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office)

nor the purpose of the meeting.

15

3.8           Quorum.

Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate

of Incorporation, at all meetings of the Board, each of (i) the number of directors holding a majority of the voting power of the

entire Board and (ii) a majority of the total number of directors constituting the Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction

of business; provided that if two (2) consecutive meetings of the Board called in accordance with these bylaws fail to achieve a

quorum, then a third meeting may be called in accordance with these bylaws and at such meeting (x) the number of directors holding

a majority of the voting power of the entire Board and (y) one-third of the total number of directors constituting the Board shall

constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of the directors holding a majority of the voting power of directors present

at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute

or the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors holding a majority of

the voting power of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at

the meeting, until a quorum is present.

3.9           Organization.

Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by

the Chair, or in the absence of the Chair, by a presiding person chosen at the meeting.

3.10          Action

by Written Consent without a Meeting.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate

of Incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee of the

Board or subcommittee of the Board, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board, or committee or subcommittee, as the

case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After such an action is taken by written consent without a meeting,

the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board, committee or subcommittee in

the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained.

3.11          Fees

and Compensation of Directors.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate

of Incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses,

of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

16

Article IV

COMMITTEES

4.1           Committees

of Directors.

The Board may designate one (1) or more committees

of the Board, including, but not limited to an audit committee (the “Audit Committee”), a governance and nominating

committee (the “Governance and Nominating Committee”) and a compensation committee (the “Compensation Committee”)

and each committee of the Board shall consist of one (1) or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one

(1) or more directors or members of the Board as alternate members of any committee of the Board, who may replace any absent or

disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members

thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously

appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee,

to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of

the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed

to all papers that may require it; but no such committee or subcommittee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt,

or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL

to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

4.2           Committee

Minutes.

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its

meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

4.3           Meetings

and Actions of Committees.

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed

by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i)             Section 3.5

(place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii)            Section 3.6

(regular meetings);

(iii)           Section 3.7

(special meetings and notice);

(iv)          Section 3.10

(action without a meeting); and

(v)           Section 7.13

(waiver of notice), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its respective

members for the Board and its members. However:

(a)           the

time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

17

(b)           special

meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board or the chairperson of the applicable committee; and

(c)            the

Board may adopt rules for the governance of any committee to override the provisions that would otherwise apply to the committee

pursuant to this Section 4.3, provided that such rules do not violate the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or

applicable law.

4.4           Quorum.

Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate

of Incorporation, at all meetings of any committee of the Board, each of (i) the number of the directors then serving on such committee

and holding a majority of the voting power of such committee and (ii) a majority of the directors then serving on such committee

shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided that if two (2) consecutive meetings of any committee of the

Board called in accordance with these bylaws fail to achieve a quorum, then a third meeting may be called in accordance with these bylaws

and at such meeting (x) the number of directors then serving on such committee holding a majority of the voting power of such committee

and (y) one-third of the directors then serving on such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The

vote of the directors holding a majority of the voting power of directors present at any committee meeting at which a quorum is present

shall be the act of such committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation.

If a quorum is not present at any meeting of a committee of the Board, then the directors holding a majority of the voting power of the

directors present thereat may adjourn the committee meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the committee

meeting, until a quorum is present.

Article V

OFFICERS

5.1           Officers.

The officers of the Corporation shall include

a Chief Executive Officer, a President and a Secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, the Chair, the

Vice Chair, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one (1) or more Vice Presidents, one (1) or more Assistant Vice Presidents,

one (1) or more Assistant Treasurers, one (1) or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed

in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. No officer need be a stockholder

or director of the Corporation.

5.2           Appointment

of Officers.

The Board or a duly authorized committee or subcommittee

thereof shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of

Section 5.3 of these bylaws.

18

5.3           Subordinate

Officers.

The Board or a duly authorized committee or subcommittee

thereof may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint,

such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for

such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws, as the Board or a duly authorized committee

or subcommittee thereof may from time to time determine, or as determined by the officer upon whom such power of appointment has been

conferred by the Board or a duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof.

5.4           Removal

and Resignation of Officers.

Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation and

the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the

vote of the directors holding a majority of the voting power of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present or

a duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board or a duly authorized committee

or subcommittee thereof, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board or a duly authorized committee

or subcommittee thereof.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice

to the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice

or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation

shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any

contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5           Vacancies

in Offices.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation

shall be filled by the Board or a duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or as provided in Section 5.2.

5.6           Representation

of Shares of Other Corporations.

The Chief Executive Officer, the President, any

Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of this Corporation, or any other Person authorized by the Board,

the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Corporation

all rights incident to any and all shares or securities of any other corporation or entity standing in the name of this Corporation.

The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such Person directly or by any other Person authorized to do so by proxy or power

of attorney duly executed by such Person having the authority.

5.7           Authority

and Duties of Officers.

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively

have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be provided herein or designated

from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control

of the Board.

19

5.8           Compensation.

The compensation of the officers of the Corporation

for their services as such shall be fixed from time to time by or at the direction of the Board. An officer of the Corporation shall

not be prevented from receiving compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director of the Corporation.

Article VI

RECORDS

A stock ledger consisting of one or more records

in which the names of all of the Corporation’s stockholders of record, the address and number of shares registered in the name of

each such stockholder, and all issuances and transfers of stock of the corporation are recorded in accordance with Section 224 of

the DGCL shall be administered by or on behalf of the Corporation. Any records administered by or on behalf of the Corporation in the

regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be

in the form of, any information storage device, or method, or one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed

electronic networks or databases); provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a

reasonable time and, with respect to the stock ledger, that the records so kept (i) can be used to prepare the list of stockholders

specified in Sections 219 and 220 of the DGCL, (ii) record the information specified in Sections 156, 159, 217(a) and 218 of

the DGCL, and (iii) record transfers of stock as governed by Article 8 of the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code.

Article VII

GENERAL MATTERS

7.1           Execution

of Corporate Contracts and Instruments.

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these

bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of

and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by

the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation

by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

7.2           Stock

Certificates.

The shares of the Corporation shall be uncertificated,

provided that the Board by resolution may provide that some or all of the shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation shall

be represented by certificates. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate

of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by a certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed

by, or in the name of the Corporation by, any two officers authorized to sign stock certificates representing the number of shares registered

in certificate form. The Chief Executive Officer, Chair, or Vice Chair, the President, Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer,

the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation shall be specifically authorized to sign stock certificates. Any or all of

the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile

signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued,

it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of

issue.

20

7.3           Special

Designation of Certificates.

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more

than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating,

optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such

preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or on the back of the certificate that the Corporation

shall issue to represent such class or series of stock (or, in the case of uncertificated shares, set forth in a notice provided pursuant

to Section 151 of the DGCL); provided, however, that except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the

DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall

issue to represent such class or series of stock (or, in the case of any uncertificated shares, included in the aforementioned notice)

a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences,

and the relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations,

or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

7.4           Lost

Certificates.

Except as provided in this Section 7.4, no

new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation

and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate

theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen

or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against

any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of

such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

7.5           Shares

Without Certificates.

The Corporation shall adopt a system of issuance,

recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the

use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

21

7.6           Construction;

Definitions.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general

provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. In connection herewith,

to the extent there are conflicts among these bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation, priority shall first be given to the Certificate

of Incorporation, second to these bylaws, in each case except as otherwise required by the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of this

provision, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular.

7.7           Dividends.

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained

in either (a) the DGCL or (b) the Certificate of Incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital

stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds

of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes

shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

7.8           Fiscal

Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed

by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

7.9           Seal.

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which

shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof

to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

7.10         Transfer

of Stock.

Shares of the Corporation shall be transferable

in the manner prescribed by law and in these bylaws subject to any transfer restrictions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof or by such

holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation, of the certificate or certificates representing

such shares endorsed by the appropriate Person or Persons (or by delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated

shares), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation

may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation

for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing the names of the Persons

from and to whom it was transferred.

22

7.11         Stock

Transfer Agreements.

The Corporation shall have power to enter into

and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the Corporation to restrict

the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited

by the DGCL.

7.12         Registered

Stockholders.

The Corporation:

(i)            shall

be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote

as such owner; and

(ii)            shall

not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another Person, whether

or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

7.13         Waiver

of Notice.

Whenever notice is required to be given under

any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the Person entitled to notice,

or a waiver by electronic transmission by the Person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice

is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a Person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such

meeting, except when the Person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction

of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of,

any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission

unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

Article VIII

NOTICE

8.1           Delivery

of Notice; Notice by Electronic Transmission.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise

may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate

of Incorporation, or these bylaws may be given in writing directed to the stockholder’s mailing address (or by electronic transmission

directed to the stockholder’s electronic mail address, as applicable) as it appears on the records of the Corporation and shall

be given (1) if mailed, when the notice is deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, (2) if delivered by courier service,

the earlier of when the notice is received or left at such stockholder’s address or (3) if given by electronic mail, when

directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address unless the stockholder has notified the Corporation in writing or by electronic

transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail. A notice by electronic mail must include a prominent legend that

the communication is an important notice regarding the Corporation.

23

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise

may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate

of Incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom

the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice or electronic transmission to the Corporation.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, the Corporation may give a notice by electronic mail in accordance with the first paragraph

of this Section 8.1 without obtaining the consent required by this paragraph.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph

shall be deemed given:

(i)             if

by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii)            if

by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such

posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iii)           if

by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a notice may not

be given by an electronic transmission from and after the time that (1) the Corporation is unable to deliver by such electronic transmission

two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation and (2) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary

of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the

inadvertent failure to discover such inability shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary

or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie

evidence of the facts stated therein.

Article IX

INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES

9.1           Right

to Indemnification.

The Corporation shall indemnify any present or

former employee of the Corporation who was or is involved in or is threatened to be involved in any threatened, pending or completed

action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was

an employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee of another corporation, limited

liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (such person, an “indemnitee”), to the fullest

extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment and unless applicable

law otherwise requires, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than

such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and expenses

(including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action,

suit or proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Section 9.7 of this Article IX with respect to proceedings

to enforce rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall indemnify an indemnitee in connection with a

proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by the indemnitee, if and only if the Board authorized the bringing of the action, suit or proceeding

(or part thereof) in advance of the commencement of the proceeding.

24

9.2           Successful

Defense.

To the extent that an indemnitee has been successful

on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 9.1 of this Article IX, or in

defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’

fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

9.3           Advance

Payment of Expenses.

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred

by an indemnitee in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation

in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems

appropriate, by resolution of the Board.

9.4           Not

Exclusive.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses

provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other sections of this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to

which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders

or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while

holding such office. Without limiting the foregoing, the Corporation is authorized to enter into an agreement with any employee of the

Corporation providing indemnification for such person against expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments,

fines and amounts paid in settlement that result from any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil,

criminal, administrative or investigative, including, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation,

that arises by reason of the fact that such person is or was an employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the

Corporation as an employee of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,

to the fullest extent allowed by law, except that no such agreement shall provide for indemnification for any actions that constitute

fraud, actual dishonesty or willful misconduct.

9.5           Insurance.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance

on behalf of any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee

of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted

against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation

would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article IX.

25

9.6           Certain

Definitions.

For the purposes of this Article IX, (a) any

employee of the Corporation who shall serve or has served as an employee of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership,

joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, is or was a stockholder or creditor, or in

which the Corporation is or was in any way interested, or (b) any current or former employee of any subsidiary corporation, limited

liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise wholly owned by the Corporation, shall be deemed to be serving

as such employee at the request of the Corporation, unless the board of directors of the Corporation shall determine otherwise. In all

other instances where any person shall serve or has served as an employee of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership,

joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which the Corporation is or was a stockholder or creditor, or in which it is or was otherwise

interested, if it is not otherwise established that such person is or was serving as such employee at the request of the Corporation,

the board of directors of the Corporation may determine whether such service is or was at the request of the Corporation, and it shall

not be necessary to show any actual or prior request for such service. For purposes of this Article IX, references to a corporation

include all constituent corporations absorbed in a consolidation or merger (including any constituent of a constituent) as well as the

resulting or surviving corporation so that any person who is or was an employee of such a constituent corporation, or is or was serving

at the request of such constituent corporation as an employee of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture,

trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting

or surviving corporation as he or she would if he or she had served the resulting or surviving corporation in the same capacity. For purposes

of this Article IX, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines”

shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the

request of the Corporation” shall include any service as an employee of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services

by, such employee with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries, and a person who acted in good faith and

in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall

be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article IX.

9.7           Proceedings

to Enforce Rights to Indemnification.

(i)             If

a claim under Section 9.1 of this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written

claim has been received by the Corporation, or a claim under Section 9.3 of this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation

within thirty (30) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit

against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. Any such written claim under Section 9.1 of this Article IX

shall include such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine whether

and to what extent the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. Any written claim under Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 of this Article IX

shall include reasonable documentation of the expenses incurred by the indemnitee.

26

(ii)            If

successful in whole or in part in any suit brought pursuant to this Section 9.7(i), or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover

an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking to the extent an undertaking would be required of a present director

or officer of the Corporation pursuant to Article VII of the Certificate of Incorporation (an “undertaking”),

the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid and indemnified for the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit.

(iii)           In

(a) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee

to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (b) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover

an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a

final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure

of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel

or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper

in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination

by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel

or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee

has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In

any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation

to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled

to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article IX or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

9.8           Preservation

of Rights.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses

provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to

a person who has ceased to be an employee of the Corporation, or has ceased to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee

of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and shall inure to the benefit

of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Any repeal or modification of this Article IX by the stockholders of

the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an employee of the Corporation, or any

person serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint

venture, trust or other enterprise, existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

27

Article X

AMENDMENTS

Subject to Section 1 of Article V of

the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders

also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

Article XI

DEFINITIONS

As used in these bylaws, unless the context otherwise

requires, the term:

“Affiliate” means, with respect

to any Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this

definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs

or management of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee (or the power to appoint a trustee), personal

representative or executor, by contract, credit arrangement or otherwise and “controlled” and “controlling” have

meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“electronic transmission” means

any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or

more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that

may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient

through an automated process.

“electronic mail” means an electronic

transmission directed to a unique electronic mail address (which electronic mail shall be deemed to include any files attached thereto

and any information hyperlinked to a website if such electronic mail includes the contact information of an officer or agent of the Corporation

who is available to assist with accessing such files and information).

“electronic mail address” means

a destination, commonly expressed as a string of characters, consisting of a unique user name or mailbox (commonly referred to as the

“local part” of the address) and a reference to an internet domain (commonly referred to as the “domain part”

of the address), whether or not displayed, to which electronic mail can be sent or delivered.

“Person” means any individual,

general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture,

unincorporated association, cooperative or association or any other legal entity or organization of whatever nature, and shall include

any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

Capitalized terms used but not defined in these

bylaws shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Certificate of Incorporation.

28

Skydance Corporation

Certificate of Amendment and Restatement of

Bylaws

The undersigned hereby certifies that she is the

duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of Skydance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”),

and that the foregoing bylaws were approved on October 5, 2026, effective as of October 6, 2026 by the Corporation’s board

of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto

set her hand this 5th day of October, 2026.

By:

/s/ Stephanie Kyoko McKinnon

Name:

Stephanie Kyoko McKinnon

Title:

General Counsel and Secretary

29

EX-4.1 — EXHIBIT 4.1

EX-4.1

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex4-1.htm · Sequence: 4

Exhibit 4.1

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION,

as Issuer,

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY

AMERICAS,

as Trustee

INDENTURE

Dated as of October 5,

2026

PROVIDING FOR ISSUANCE OF

SENIOR DEBT SECURITIES

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

Trust Indenture

Act Section

Indenture Section

310

(a)(1)

7.10

(a)(2)

7.10

(a)(3)

N.A.

(a)(4)

N.A.

(a)(5)

7.10

(b)

7.10

(c)

N.A.

311

(a)

7.11

(b)

7.11

312

(a)

2.05

(b)

11.03

(c)

11.03

313

(a)

7.06

(b)(1)

N.A.

(b)(2)

7.06; 7.07

(c)

7.06; 11.02

(d)

7.06

314

(a)

4.03; 11.02; 11.04

(b)

N.A.

(c)(1)

11.04

(c)(2)

11.04

(c)(3)

N.A.

(d)

N.A.

(e)

11.05

(f)

N.A.

315

(a)

7.01; 7.02

(b)

7.05; 11.02

(c)

7.01

(d)

7.01

(e)

6.11

316

(a) (last sentence)

2.09

(a)(1)(A)

6.05

(a)(1)(B)

6.04

(a)(2)

N.A.

(b)

6.07

(c)

N.A.

317

(a)(1)

6.08

(a)(2)

6.09

(b)

2.04

318

(a)

11.01

(b)

N.A.

(c)

11.01

N.A. means not applicable.

* This Cross Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.

i

TABLE

OF CONTENTS

Page

Article 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

1

Section 1.01

Definitions

1

Section 1.02

Other Definitions

7

Section 1.03

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

8

Section 1.04

Rules of Construction

8

Article 2 THE NOTES

9

Section 2.01

Form and Dating

9

Section 2.02

Execution and Authentication

11

Section 2.03

Registrar and Paying Agent

12

Section 2.04

Paying Agent to Hold Money

12

Section 2.05

Holder Lists

13

Section 2.06

Transfer and Exchange

13

Section 2.07

Replacement Notes

16

Section 2.08

Outstanding Notes

16

Section 2.09

Treasury Notes

16

Section 2.10

Temporary Notes

17

Section 2.11

Cancellation

17

Section 2.12

Defaulted Interest

17

Section 2.13

CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code Numbers

17

Article 3 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

18

Section 3.01

Redemption and Prepayment

18

Article 4 COVENANTS

18

Section 4.01

Payment of Notes

18

Section 4.02

Reports

18

Section 4.03

Compliance Certificate

19

Article 5 SUCCESSORS

19

Section 5.01

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

19

Article 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

20

Section 6.01

Events of Default

20

Section 6.02

Acceleration

22

Section 6.03

Other Remedies

24

Section 6.04

Waiver of Existing Defaults

24

Section 6.05

Control by Majority

24

Section 6.06

Limitation on Suits

25

Section 6.07

Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

25

Section 6.08

Collection Suit by Trustee

26

Section 6.09

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

26

Section 6.10

Priorities

26

Section 6.11

Undertaking for Costs

27

ii

Article 7 TRUSTEE

27

Section 7.01

Duties of Trustee

27

Section 7.02

Rights of Trustee

28

Section 7.03

Individual Rights of Trustee

30

Section 7.04

Trustee’s Disclaimer

30

Section 7.05

Notice of Defaults

30

Section 7.06

Reports by Trustee to Holders

30

Section 7.07

Compensation and Indemnity

31

Section 7.08

Replacement of the Trustee

32

Section 7.09

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

33

Section 7.10

Eligibility; Disqualification

33

Section 7.11

Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer

33

Article 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

33

Section 8.01

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

33

Section 8.02

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

33

Section 8.03

Covenant Defeasance

34

Section 8.04

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

34

Section 8.05

Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

36

Section 8.06

Repayment to the Issuer

36

Section 8.07

Reinstatement

37

Article 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

37

Section 9.01

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

37

Section 9.02

With Consent of Holders of Notes

39

Section 9.03

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

40

Section 9.04

Revocation and Effect of Consents

40

Section 9.05

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

40

Section 9.06

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

41

Article 10 GUARANTEE

41

Section 10.01

Guarantee

41

Section 10.02

Limitation on Liability

43

Section 10.03

No Waiver

44

Section 10.04

Modification

44

Section 10.05

Non-Impairment

44

Article 11 MISCELLANEOUS

44

Section 11.01

Trust Indenture Act Controls

44

Section 11.02

Notices

44

Section 11.03

Communication by Holders with Other Holders

46

Section 11.04

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

46

Section 11.05

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

46

Section 11.06

Rules by Trustee and Agents

47

iii

Section 11.07

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members and Stockholders

47

Section 11.08

Governing Law

47

Section 11.09

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

47

Section 11.10

Successors

47

Section 11.11

Severability

47

Section 11.12

Counterpart Originals

48

Section 11.13

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

48

Section 11.14

Waiver of Jury Trial

48

Section 11.15

Submission to Jurisdiction

49

Section 11.16

Force Majeure

49

Section 11.17

U.S.A. Patriot Act.

49

Article 12 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

49

Section 12.01

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

49

Section 12.02

Application of Trust Money

50

Article 13 COLLATERAL

50

Section 13.01

Security Documents

50

iv

INDENTURE

dated as of October 5, 2026, between Paramount Skydance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”)

and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS,

the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of debentures, notes, bonds or

other evidences of indebtedness (the “Notes”) of the Issuer in an unlimited aggregate principal amount to be

issued from time to time in one or more series as provided in this Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Indenture

a valid and legally binding agreement of the Issuer, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

The Issuer and the Trustee agree as follows for

the benefit of each other and, except as provided herein, for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes:

Article 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01            Definitions.

“Affiliate” means, as to any

Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly controls, is under common control with or is controlled by such Person. As used

in this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control

with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through

ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) no

individual shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Issuer solely by reason of his or her being an officer, director or employee of the

Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries and (b) none of Viacom International Inc. (or its successor), Paramount Global, Skydance Media,

LLC, a California limited liability company, the Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be Affiliates of each other, unless

expressly stated to the contrary.

“Agent”

means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

“Agent Member” means a member

of, or participant in, the Depositary.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title

11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto.

“Business

Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

“Capital Lease Obligations”

of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any Capitalized Lease, which obligations are required

to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Indenture,

the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Capitalized Leases” means all

capital or finance leases that have been or are required to be, in accordance with GAAP recorded as capitalized leases; provided that

unless the Issuer elects otherwise, all obligations of any Person that are or would have been treated as operating leases for purposes

of GAAP prior to the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on February 25, 2016 of an Accounting Standards Update

(the “ASU”) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for purposes of all financial definitions (including

the definition of Indebtedness), calculations and deliverables under this Indenture (whether or not such operating lease obligations were

in effect on such date) notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with the ASU or otherwise (on a prospective

or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as or to be recharacterized as capital lease obligations or otherwise accounted for as

liabilities in financial statements.

“Clearstream”

means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue

Code of 1986, as amended.

“Commission” or “SEC”

means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Corporate

Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.02 or such other address as

to which the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office

of any successor Trustee.

“Default” means any event that

is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results

solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be

cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

“Depositary”

means, with respect to the securities of any series, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes,

and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this

Indenture.

“Derivative Instrument” with

respect to a Person, means any contract, instrument or other right to receive payment or delivery of cash or other assets to which such

Person or any Affiliate of such Person that is acting in concert with such Person in connection with such Person’s investment in

the applicable series of the Notes (other than a Screened Affiliate) is a party (whether or not requiring further performance by such

Person), the value and/or cash flows of which (or any material portion thereof) are materially affected by the value and/or performance

of the applicable series of the Notes and/or the creditworthiness of the Issuer (the “Performance References”).

“Euroclear”

means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V.

“Exchange Act” means the U.S.

Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2

“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal

year of the entity, which in the case of the Issuer, at the date hereof ends on December 31.

“GAAP” means generally accepted

accounting principles.

“Global

Notes” means, individually and collectively, a Security or Securities, as the case may be, in the form established pursuant

to Section 2.01 evidencing all or part of a series of Securities, issued to the Depositary for such series or its nominee, and registered

in the name of such Depositary or nominee.

“Governmental Authority” means

any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court,

central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining

to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners).

“Guarantee” of or by any Person

means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or entered into with the purpose of guaranteeing any Indebtedness

of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation

of such Person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness

or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness, (b) to purchase

property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment of such Indebtedness or (c) to

maintain working capital, equity capital or other financial condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary

obligor to pay such Indebtedness; provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection

or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business.

“Holder” means the Person in

whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

“incur” means issue, assume,

enter into a Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for.

“Indebtedness” of any Person

means at any date, without duplication,

(a)            (i) any

indebtedness of such Person in respect of borrowed money; (ii) any indebtedness evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures, loan agreements

or similar instruments; (iii) obligations of such Person as issuer, customer or account party under letters of credit or bankers’

acceptances to the extent drawn; (iv) obligations of such Person as a lessee under Capital Lease Obligations; (v) the balance

deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property to the extent the same would be required to be shown as a long-term liability

on the balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; and (vi) any obligations of such Person in respect of disqualified

equity interests; and

(b)            (i) to

the extent not otherwise included, any Guarantee by such Person of the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a) of another

Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable

instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business and (ii) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the

type referred to in clause (a) of another Person secured by a Lien (other than any Liens that may be permitted by a supplemental

indenture relating to a given series of Notes) on any property owned by such Person, whether or not such obligations are assumed by such

Person and whether or not such obligations would appear upon the balance sheet of such Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness

for purposes of this clause (ii) will be the lesser of the fair market value of such property at such date of determination and the

amount of Indebtedness so secured;

3

provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness

will be deemed not to include indebtedness, guarantees or obligations that are (1) contingent obligations incurred in the ordinary

course of business unless and until such obligations are non-contingent, (2) trade payables and commercial guarantees or arrangements

related or incidental to the business of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries, (3) earn outs, purchase price holdbacks or similar obligations,

(4) intercompany liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, (5) any Liens that may be permitted by a supplemental

indenture relating to a given series of Notes, (6) loans and advances made by the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantors having a term not

exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll over or extension of terms), (7) Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent entity appearing

on the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP, (8) with respect to the production, distribution

and acquisition of motion pictures or other programming rights, talent or publishing rights, (9) the net change in the carrying value

of Indebtedness relating to fair value hedges in accordance with ASC 815 or (10) financings by way of sales or transfers of receivables

or inventory, which will be accounted for as indebtedness in accordance with ASC 860 and ASC 810.

“Indenture”

means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Indirect

Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

“Issuer”

has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture.

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday,

a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

“Lien” means any mortgage, deed

of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), security interest or preference,

priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, any

conditional sale or other title retention agreement.

“Long Derivative Instrument”

means a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which generally increases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which

generally decrease, with positive changes to the Performance References and/or (ii) the value of which generally decreases, and/or

the payment or delivery obligations under which generally increase, with negative changes to the Performance References.

“Material Subsidiary” means

any “significant subsidiary” of the Issuer as defined in Regulation S-X of the SEC.

4

“Net Short” means, with respect

to a Holder or beneficial owner, as of a date of determination, either (i) the value of its Short Derivative Instruments exceeds

the sum of the (x) the value of its Notes of the applicable series plus (y) the value of its Long Derivative Instruments as

of such date of determination or (ii) it is reasonably expected that such would have been the case were a Failure to Pay or Bankruptcy

Credit Event (each as defined in the 2014 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions) to have occurred with respect to the Issuer immediately

prior to such date of determination.

“Note”

or “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the recitals.

“Note Guarantee” means a Guarantee

by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes.

“Notes Obligations”, unless

otherwise defined in any supplemental indenture, means Obligations in respect of the Notes and any Note Guarantee.

“Obligations” means, with respect

to any Indebtedness, all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements and other amounts

payable pursuant to the documentation governing such Indebtedness, including interest, fees and expenses that accrue after the commencement

of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding, regardless of whether such interest, fees and expenses are allowed claims in such proceeding.

“Officer” means the Chairman

of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary, the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer

of the Issuer.

“Officer’s

Certificate” means a certificate signed by one Officer.

“Opinion

of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or

counsel to the Issuer.

“Paramount Global” means Paramount

Global, a Delaware corporation.

“Participant”

means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream,

respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

“Person” means any individual,

partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture,

Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

“principal” of a note means

the principal of the note plus the premium, if any, payable on the note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.

“Register”

means a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of

the Notes and of transfers and exchanges of such Notes which the Issuer shall cause to be kept at the appropriate office of the Registrar

in accordance with Section 2.03.

5

“Responsible

Officer” when used with respect to the Trustee means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any

successor group thereto), including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer

or any other officer of the Trustee, who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall

be such officer and with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate

trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Screened Affiliate” means any

Affiliate of a Holder (i) that makes investment decisions independently from such Holder and any other Affiliate of such Holder that

is not a Screened Affiliate, (ii) that has in place customary information screens between it and such Holder and any other Affiliate

of such Holder that is not a Screened Affiliate and such screens prohibit the sharing of information with respect to the Issuer or its

Subsidiaries, (iii) whose investment policies are not directed by such Holder or any other Affiliate of such Holder that is acting

in concert with such Holder in connection with its investment in the Notes, and (iv) whose investment decisions are not influenced

by the investment decisions of such Holder or any other Affiliate of such Holder that is acting in concert with such Holder in connection

with its investment in the Notes.

“Security”

or “Securities” means one or more of the Notes duly authenticated by the Trustee and delivered pursuant to the provisions

of this Indenture.

“Securities Act” means the U.S.

Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“series” refers to all Notes

established pursuant to any supplemental indenture to this Indenture that have the same economic terms and that are specified to be a

“series” of Notes hereunder.

“Short Derivative Instrument”

means a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which generally decreases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which

generally increase, with positive changes to the Performance References and/or (ii) the value of which generally increases, and/or

the payment or delivery obligations under which generally decrease, with negative changes to the Performance References.

“Stated

Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such

payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness, or, if none, the original

documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest

or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subsidiary” means, for any

Person (the “Parent”), any corporation, partnership or other entity of which shares of Voting Capital Stock sufficient

to elect a majority of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership or other

entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such corporation,

partnership or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) are at the time directly

or indirectly owned or controlled by the Parent or one or more of its Subsidiaries or by the Parent and one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in the Indenture shall refer

to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Issuer.

6

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means

each Subsidiary of the Issuer that executes a supplemental indenture to this Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor until released from its

Note Guarantee.

“TIA”

means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified

under the TIA; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, then “TIA”

means, to the extent required by such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

“Trustee”

means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, until a successor replaces Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, in accordance with Article 7

and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“U.S. Government Obligations”

means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including

any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and

which are not callable at the issuer’s option.

“Voting Capital Stock” means

securities or other ownership interests of a corporation, partnership or other entity having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power

to vote in the election of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership or other

entity (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency).

Section 1.02            Other

Definitions.

Term

Defined in Section

“Authentication Order”

2.02

“Covenant Defeasance”

8.03

“Directing Holder”

6.02

“DTC”

2.03

“Event of Default”

6.01

“Guaranteed Obligations”

10.01

“Legal Defeasance”

8.02

“Noteholder Direction”

6.02

“Paying Agent”

2.03

“Position Representation”

6.02

“Registrar”

2.03

“Successor Company”

5.01

“Verification Covenant”

6.02

7

Section 1.03            Incorporation

by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of

the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture

have the following meanings:

“indenture

securities” means the Notes;

“indenture

security holder” means a Holder of a Note;

“indenture

to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture

trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and “obligor” on the Notes means

the Issuer and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are

defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned

to them.

Section 1.04            Rules of

Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(i)            a

term has the meaning assigned to it;

(ii)           an

accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(iii)          “or”

is not exclusive;

(iv)          words

in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(v)           provisions

apply to successive events and transactions;

(vi)          references

to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted

by the SEC from time to time;

(vii)         references

to any statute, law, rule or regulation shall be deemed to refer to the same as from time to time amended and in effect and to any

successor statute, law, rule or regulation;

(viii)        references

to any contract, agreement or instrument shall mean the same as amended, modified, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time,

in each case, in accordance with any applicable restrictions contained in this Indenture; and

(ix)           “including”

means “including, without limitation.”

8

Article 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01            Form and

Dating.

(a)            General.

The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage or this Indenture and may reference

terms of the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may

be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Notes may be issued in one or more series. There shall be set forth

in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Notes of any series:

(i)            the

title of the series (which shall distinguish the Notes of such series from the Notes of all other series) and the Issuer with respect

to such series of Notes;

(ii)           any

limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Notes of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except

for Notes authenticated and delivered upon transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of such series pursuant to this

Indenture);

(iii)          the

dates on which or periods during which the Notes of the series may be issued, and the dates on, or the range of dates within, which the

principal of and premium, if any, on the Notes of such series are or may be payable or the method by which such date or dates shall be

determined or extended;

(iv)          the

rate or rates at which the Notes of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method by which such rate or rates shall be determined,

whether such interest shall be payable in cash or additional Notes of the same series or shall accrue and increase the aggregate principal

amount outstanding of such series (including if such Securities were originally issued at a discount), the date or dates from which such

interest shall accrue, or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, the interest payment dates on which any such interest

shall be payable, and the record dates for the determination of Holders to whom interest is payable on such interest payment dates or

the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, the right, if any, to extend or defer interest payments and the duration of

such extension or deferral;

(v)           if

other than U.S. Dollars, the currency in which Notes of the series shall be denominated or in which payment of the principal of, premium,

if any, or interest in the Notes of the series shall be payable and any other terms concerning such payment;

(vi)          the

place or places, if any, in addition to or instead of the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee where the principal of, premium, if any,

and interest on Notes of the series shall be payable, and where Notes of any series may be presented for registration of transfer, exchange

or conversion, and the place or places where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes of such series may be made;

9

(vii)         the

price or prices at which, the period or periods within which or the date or dates on which, and the terms and conditions upon which Notes

of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuer, if the Issuer is to have that option;

(viii)        the

obligation or right, if any, of the Issuer to redeem, purchase or repay Notes of the series pursuant to any sinking fund, amortization

or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the price or prices at which, the period or periods within which or the

date or dates on which, and the terms and conditions upon which Notes of the series shall be redeemed, purchased or repaid, in whole or

in part, pursuant to such obligation;

(ix)           if

other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of the Securities of the series which shall be payable upon

declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof;

(x)            the

Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, of the Notes of the series, and the extent of the guarantees (including provisions relating to seniority,

subordination, and the release of the Subsidiary Guarantors), if any, and any additions or changes to permit or facilitate guarantees

of such Securities;

(xi)          whether

the Notes of the series are to be issued with original issue discount and the amount of discount with which such Notes may be issued;

(xii)         provisions,

if any, for the defeasance of Notes of the series in whole or in part and any addition or change in the provisions related to satisfaction

and discharge;

(xiii)        whether

the Notes of the series are to be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes, and, in such case, the Depositary

for such Global Notes, and the terms and conditions, if any, upon which interests in such Global Note or Global Notes may be exchanged

in whole or in part for the individual Notes represented thereby in definitive form registered in the name or names of Persons other than

such Depositary or a nominee or nominees thereof;

(xiv)        the

date as of which any Global Notes of the series shall be dated if other than the original issuance of the first Security of the series

to be issued;

(xv)         the

form of the Notes of the series;

(xvi)        whether

the Notes of such series are subject to subordination and the terms of such subordination;

(xvii)       whether

the Notes of such series or, if applicable, any Note Guarantees of such series, will be secured by any collateral and, if so, the provisions

and release mechanisms related thereto;

(xviii)      any

restriction or condition on the transferability of the Notes of such series;

(xix)         any

addition or change in the provisions related to compensation and reimbursement of the Trustee which applies to Securities of such series;

10

(xx)          any

addition or change in the provisions related to supplemental indentures which applies to Notes of such series;

(xxi)         provisions,

if any, granting special rights to Holders upon the occurrence of specified events;

(xxii)        any

addition to or change in the Events of Default which applies to any Notes of the series;

(xxiii)       for

any series that is not required to comply with the TIA, whether the provisions of this Indenture requiring compliance with, or otherwise

incorporating by reference, the terms of the TIA shall apply to such series; and

(xxiv)      any

other terms of the Notes of such series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, except as permitted

by Section 9.01).

(b)            Euroclear

and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and

“Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream”

and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream (or, in each case, equivalent documents setting forth the procedures of Euroclear

and Clearstream) shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear

or Clearstream.

Section 2.02            Execution

and Authentication.

An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer

by manual or electronic signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer

holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by

the manual or electronic signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under

this Indenture.

At

any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer

to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Notes upon a written order of the Issuer signed by an

Officer of the Issuer (an “Authentication Order”). Such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of Notes

to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, and whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global

Notes and such other information as the Issuer may include or the Trustee may reasonably request. The aggregate principal amount of Notes

which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent

acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference

in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights

as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

11

Section 2.03            Registrar

and Paying Agent.

The

Issuer shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, where Notes may be presented for registration

of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying

Agent”). Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer’s office or agency in New York shall be the office of the

Trustee maintained for such purpose. The Registrar shall keep the Register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer

may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar

and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar

without notice to any Holder. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’

prior written notice to the Issuer. The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture,

which shall incorporate any applicable terms of the TIA. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any

Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The

Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global

Notes.

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act

as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04            Paying

Agent to Hold Money.

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on

the Notes will be payable at the office of the Paying Agent or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check

mailed to Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the Register; provided, all payments of principal, premium, if any,

and interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name or held by the Depositary shall

be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to accounts specified by the Holder prior to 10:00 a.m., New York time, on each

due date of the principal and interest on any Note. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing

that the Paying Agent shall hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal,

premium, if any, or interest on the Notes of the Issuer, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such

payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer

at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent

(if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying

Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate fund for the benefit of Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy

or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

12

Section 2.05            Holder

Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form

as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply

with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven (7) Business

Days before each interest payment date but after the record date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list

in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders, and the Issuer shall otherwise

comply with TIA § 312(a).

Section 2.06            Transfer

and Exchange.

(a)            Where

Securities of a series are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer or to exchange them for

an equal principal amount of Securities of the same series, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements

for such transactions are met. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar’s

request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein),

but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection

therewith (other than any such transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Section 9.05).

(b)            Neither

the Issuer nor the Registrar shall be required (a) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange Securities of any series for the

period beginning at the opening of business 15 days immediately preceding the sending of a notice of redemption of Securities of that

series selected for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day such notice is sent, (b) to register the transfer of

or exchange Securities of any series selected, called or being called for redemption as a whole or the portion being redeemed of any such

Securities selected, called or being called for redemption in part or (c) to register the transfer of or exchange Securities of any

series between a record date and payment date for such series of Securities.

(c)            Legends.

Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions

of this Indenture:

THIS

GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE

BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE

SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED

IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED

TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO

A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES

IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE

OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY

OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST

COMPANY (570 WASHINGTON BOULEVARD, JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION

OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE

REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED

BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL

INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

13

(d)            Cancellation

and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and

not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11.

At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will

take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global

Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction

of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take

delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and

an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(e)            General

Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i)            To

permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes upon the Issuer’s

order or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii)           A

Holder may transfer or exchange Notes only in accordance with this Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee

may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes.

No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but

the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith

(other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10 and 9.05).

(iii)          All

Global Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing

the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer

or exchange.

14

(iv)          Neither

the Issuer nor the Registrar will be required (a) to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except

the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (b) to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before

the delivery of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

(v)           Prior

to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person

in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest

on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vi)          The

Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.

(vii)         All

certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect

a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

(viii)        Each

Holder of a Note agrees to indemnify the Issuer and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment

of such Holder’s Security in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States Federal or state securities

law.

(ix)           Neither

the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

(x)            None

of the Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agents or Transfer Agents shall have any responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner

of an interest in a Global Note, any Agent Member or other member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy

of the records of DTC or any nominee or participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect

to the delivery to any Agent Member or other participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice or the

payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications

to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order

of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global

Note shall be exercised only through DTC, subject to its applicable rules and procedures. The Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agents and

Transfer Agents may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its Agent Members and

other members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(xi)           Neither

the Trustee nor the Registrar or Transfer Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with

any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any

Note (including any transfers between or among Participants or Indirect Participants in any Global Note) other than to require delivery

of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by,

the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

15

Section 2.07            Replacement

Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee

or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue

and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are

met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of

the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may

suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is an additional legally

binding obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other

Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08            Outstanding

Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes

authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest

in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and those described in this Section 2.08

as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate

of the Issuer holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07,

it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered

paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary

or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then

on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09            Treasury

Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required

principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Person directly or

indirectly controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer or, if the TIA is applicable to this Indenture, to

the extent required by the TIA, any person controlling the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the

purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a

Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

16

Section 2.10            Temporary

Notes.

Until

certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order,

shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that

the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay,

the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes of the same series and date of maturity in exchange

for temporary Notes. Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11            Cancellation.

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the

Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of

transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange,

payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Notes in its customary manner. The Issuer may not issue new Notes

to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12            Defaulted

Interest.

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest

on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest,

which interest on defaulted interest shall accrue until the defaulted interest is deemed paid hereunder, to the Persons who are Holders

on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Issuer shall notify

the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The

Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date

shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date,

the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall transmit to Holders

a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. The Trustee shall not

at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder of Notes to determine the defaulted interest, or with respect to the nature,

extent, or calculation of the amount of defaulted interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the defaulted

interest.

Section 2.13            CUSIP, ISIN

and Common Code Numbers.

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP,”

“ISIN” and/or “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use

“CUSIP,” “ISIN” and/or “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience

to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either

as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification

numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will

promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP,” “ISIN” and/or “Common

Code” numbers of any Notes.

17

Article 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01            Redemption

and Prepayment

The redemption and prepayment terms, if any, with

respect to any series of Notes will be set forth in one or more supplemental indentures governing such series of Notes.

Article 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01            Payment

of Notes.

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal,

premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest

shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. New

York City time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all

principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

Section 4.02            Reports.

At any time while the Issuer or any direct or indirect

parent of the Issuer is otherwise subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,

only for so long as such entity is required to be or remains subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of

the Exchange Act, such entity shall file with the Trustee, and transmit to Holders, the annual reports, information, documents and other

reports that such entity is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within

15 days after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee

is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information

contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants

hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth

above, for so long as the Issuer is a direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of any Person which, directly or indirectly, owns a

majority of the outstanding common equity interests of the Issuer, if such Person which, directly or indirectly, owns a majority of the

outstanding common equity interests of the Issuer has furnished the Holders of the Notes or filed electronically with the SEC the reports

described in the preceding paragraphs (to the extent required to file such reports under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the

Exchange Act) with respect to such Person which, directly or indirectly, owns a majority of the outstanding common equity interests of

the Issuer and such reports include a brief explanation (or such explanation is otherwise made available to the Holders) of the material

differences between the financial statements of such Person and that of the Issuer, then in each case, the Issuer shall be deemed to be

in compliance with this Section 4.02.

18

Any information filed with the SEC and available

at www.SEC.gov or made available on the website of the Issuer or any Person which, directly or indirectly, owns a majority of the

outstanding common equity interests of the Issuer shall be deemed transmitted, filed and delivered as required under this Section 4.02.

Section 4.03            Compliance

Certificate.

(a)            The

Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a

review of the activities of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries during the preceding Fiscal Year has been made under the supervision of the

signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under the Indenture,

and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed,

performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in the Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any

of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such

Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect

thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account

of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what

action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(b)            The

Issuer shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer within 30 days after becoming

aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the

Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Article 5

SUCCESSORS

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,

the provisions of this Article 5 shall not apply to the Issuer unless and until the Issuer executes a supplemental indenture expressly

subjecting itself to this Article 5.

Section 5.01            Merger,

Consolidation or Sale of Assets.

The Issuer will not consolidate with or merge with

or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions all or substantially all its assets to, any Person

(other than a Subsidiary Guarantor), unless:

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee

Person (the “Successor Company”) shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the (u) United States

of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, (v) Canada, (w) Ireland, (x) England and Wales, (y) any

member state of the European Union as in effect on the issue date of the applicable series of Notes or (z) Switzerland and the Successor

Company (if not the Issuer) shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental thereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form

reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture and, with respect to any series

of Notes that are secured, if applicable, the Successor Company (if not the Issuer) shall, by supplement to the security documents, assume

all obligations of the Issuer under the applicable security documents; provided that such Successor Company may not be a Person

organized outside of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia unless the Issuer determines in good

faith that such jurisdiction would not result in material adverse tax consequences to Holders;

19

(2) immediately after giving pro forma

effect to such transaction, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(3) the Issuer shall have delivered to the

Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply

with the requirements of this Indenture.

For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale,

lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of one or more Subsidiaries of

the Issuer, which assets, if held by the Issuer instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the assets

of the Issuer on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer.

The Successor Company will be the successor to

the Issuer and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under the Indenture, and

the predecessor company, except in the case of a lease, shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture, any applicable security

documents and any applicable intercreditor agreements, including the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

For purposes of this Section 5.01, “all

or substantially all” means assets contributing in the aggregate at least 80% of the Issuer’s total consolidated revenues

as reported in the Issuer’s last available periodic financial report filed with the Commission.

For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 5.01

will not apply to transactions by and among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries.

Article 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,

the provisions of this Article 6 shall not apply to the Issuer unless and until the Issuer executes a supplemental indenture expressly

subjecting itself to this Article 6.

Section 6.01            Events

of Default.

Except

where otherwise indicated by the context or where the term is otherwise defined for a specific purpose, the term “Event

of Default” as used in this Indenture with respect to Notes of any series shall mean one of the following described events unless

it is either inapplicable to a particular series or it is specifically deleted or modified in a supplemental indenture:

(1)            a

default in the payment of interest on the Notes of such series when due, continued for 30 days;

20

(2)            a

default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Note of such series when due at maturity, upon optional redemption,

upon required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

(3)            the

failure by the Issuer or, if any Note Guarantees are issued with respect to such series, any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 60 days

after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than those described in the immediately preceding clauses (1) and (2) above);

provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 4.02, such period of continuance of such default or breach shall

be 120 days after written notice described in this clause (3) has been given; provided further that (x) a Default under

this clause (3) will not constitute an Event of Default with respect to a series of Notes until the Trustee or the Holders of 30%

in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series notify the Issuer of the Default and the Issuer does not cure such Default

within the time specified after receipt of such notice and (y) a notice of Default may not be given with respect to any action taken,

and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of Default;

(4)            (I) the

Issuer or, if any Note Guarantees are issued with respect to such series, any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group

of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy

Code:

(a)            commences

a voluntary case;

(b)            consents

to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(c)            consents

to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or

(d)            makes

a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(II) a court of competent jurisdiction

enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Code that:

(a)            is

for relief against the Issuer or, if any Note Guarantees are issued with respect to such series, a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material

Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case;

(b)            appoints

a custodian of the Issuer or, if any Note Guarantees are issued with respect to such series, a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material

Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) or for all or substantially

all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken

together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or

21

(c)            orders

the liquidation of the Issuer or, if any Note Guarantees are issued with respect to such series, a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material

Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary), and the order or decree remains

unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; and

(5)            if

any Note Guarantees are issued with respect to such series, any Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary

(or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) ceases to be in

full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and/or this Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor

denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note Guarantee.

A Default under one series of Notes issued under

this Indenture will not necessarily be a Default under another series of Notes issued under this Indenture.

Section 6.02            Acceleration.

If

an Event of Default arising from Section 6.01(4) with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, the principal of

and accrued but unpaid interest on all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any

declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders of the Notes.

If any other Event of Default with respect to the

Notes of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes

of such series may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes of such series to be due and payable. Upon

such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the Notes of any series then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders of such series

rescind an acceleration and its consequences with respect to such series of Notes if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment

or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except non-payment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because

of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. Any time period in this Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default or Event of Default

with respect to each series of the Notes may be extended or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent such actual or alleged

Default or Event of Default is the subject of litigation.

Any notice of Default, notice of acceleration or

instruction to the Trustee to provide a notice of Default, notice of acceleration or take any other action (a “Noteholder Direction”)

provided by any one or more Holders (each, a “Directing Holder”) must be accompanied by a written representation from

each such Holder to the Issuer and the Trustee that such Holder is not (or, in the case such Holder is DTC or its nominee, that such Holder

is being instructed solely by beneficial owners that are not) Net Short (a “Position Representation”), which representation,

in the case of a Noteholder Direction relating to a notice of Default, shall be deemed repeated at all times until the resulting Event

of Default is cured or otherwise ceases to exist or the applicable series of Notes are accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder

must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, covenant to provide the Issuer with such other information as the Issuer may reasonably

request from time to time in order to verify the accuracy of such Directing Holder’s Position Representation within five Business

Days of request therefor (a “Verification Covenant”). In any case in which the Holder is DTC or its nominee, any Position

Representation or Verification Covenant required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its

nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the

Trustee.

22

If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction,

but prior to acceleration of the Notes of the applicable series, the Issuer determines in good faith that there is a reasonable basis

to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides to the Trustee evidence

that the Issuer has initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such Directing Holder was,

at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable

Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to such

Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination of a court

of competent jurisdiction on such matter. If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes

of the applicable series, the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to

satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with

respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy

stayed until such time as the Issuer provides the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate that the Verification Covenant has been

satisfied; provided that the Issuer shall promptly deliver such Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee upon becoming aware

that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation (as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee

of the Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant) shall result in such Holder’s

participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and if, without the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes

of the applicable series held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would have been insufficient to validly

provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect that such Event of Default shall

be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received such Noteholder Direction or

any notice of such Default or Event of Default; provided, however, this shall not invalidate any indemnity or security provided by the

Directing Holders to the Trustee which obligations shall continue to survive.

Notwithstanding anything in the preceding two paragraphs

to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy

or similar direction shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

With their acquisition of the Notes, each Holder

and subsequent purchaser of the Notes consents to the delivery of its Position Representation by the Trustee to the Issuer in accordance

with the terms of this Section. Each Holder and subsequent purchaser of the Notes waives any and all claims, in law and/or in equity,

against the Trustee and agrees not to commence any legal proceeding against the Trustee in respect of, and agrees that the Trustee will

not be liable for any action that the Trustee takes in accordance with this Section, or arising out of or in connection with following

instructions or taking actions in accordance with a Noteholder Direction.

23

For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee will treat

all holders equally with respect to their rights under this Section. In connection with the requisite percentages required under this

Section, the Trustee shall also treat all outstanding Notes equally irrespective of any Position Representation in determining whether

the requisite percentage has been obtained with respect to the initial delivery of the Noteholder Direction. The Issuer hereby confirms

that any and all other actions that the Trustee takes or omits to take under this Section and all fees, costs and expenses of the

Trustee and its agents and counsel arising hereunder and in connection herewith shall be covered by the Issuer’s indemnification

under Section 7.07.

The Trustee shall have no obligation to monitor

or determine whether a Holder is Net Short and can rely conclusively on the Officer’s Certificates delivered by the Issuer and determinations

made by a court of competent jurisdiction.

Section 6.03            Other

Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,

the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce

the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it

does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder

in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or

acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04            Waiver

of Existing Defaults.

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate

principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of any series by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes

of such series waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of

Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes of such series (including in connection with an

offer to purchase) (provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding

Notes of such series may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration).

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured

for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent

thereon.

Section 6.05            Control

by Majority.

Subject to the terms of the applicable intercreditor

agreements, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of a series are given the right to direct the time,

method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on

the Trustee with respect to the Notes of such series. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law

or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note of such series or that

would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

24

Section 6.06            Limitation

on Suits.

Subject to Article 7, in case an Event of

Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture

or the related security documents at the request or direction of any of the Holders of a series of Notes unless such Holders have offered

to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Subject to the applicable intercreditor

agreements, except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note of

a series may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes of such series unless:

(1)            such

Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2)            Holders

of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3)            such

Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(4)            the

Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5)            Holders

of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such

request within such 60-day period.

No one or more of such Holders will

have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb, or prejudice

the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to

enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders

(it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly

prejudicial to such Holders).

Section 6.07            Rights

of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture,

the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on any Note, on or after the respective due dates

expressed in such Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on

or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

25

Section 6.08            Collection

Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or

(2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against

the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal

and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including

the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09            Trustee

May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of

claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for

the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and Holders allowed in any judicial

proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and

empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in

any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee

shall consent to the making of such payments directly to Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation,

expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel,

and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason,

payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and

other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization

or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or

adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of

any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10            Priorities

Subject to the terms of the applicable intercreditor

agreements and security documents, if the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6 from the Issuer (or any other obligor

on any of the Notes), it shall pay out the money in the following order:

First:

to the payment of all amounts owing to the Trustee in all of its capacities, including all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the

Trustee in connection with the receipt of such amounts or otherwise;

26

Second:

to the extent such money remain after the application pursuant to preceding clause “First”, to the Trustee for the payment

in full of the other Notes Obligations, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable

with respect to the Notes Obligations; and

Third:

any balance of such money remaining after the application pursuant to the preceding clauses “First” and “Second”,

to the Issuer, its successors or assigns, or to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date

for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11            Undertaking

for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or

remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion

may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion

may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due

regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit

by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then

outstanding Notes of any series.

Article 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01            Duties

of Trustee.

(1)            If

an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of any series has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall, with respect to such series,

exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a

prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(2)            Except

during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to any series of Notes:

(a)            the

duties of the Trustee, with respect to the Notes of any series, shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture

and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants

or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(b)            in

the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the

opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions required to be furnished to the Trustee hereunder and conforming to the requirements

of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions specifically required by any provision hereof to be furnished to it,

the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture

(but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

27

(3)            The

Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own gross negligent action, its own gross negligent failure to act, or its own willful

misconduct, except that:

(a)            this

paragraph (3) does not limit the effect of paragraph (2) of this Section 7.01;

(b)            the

Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless it is proved

that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(c)            the

Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received

by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

(4)            Whether

or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs

(1), (2), and (3) of this Section 7.01.

(5)            No

provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under

no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have

offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense.

(6)            The

Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money

held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(7)            The

Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,

opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or documents.

Section 7.02            Rights

of Trustee.

(1)            The

Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document (whether in its original or

facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate

any fact or matter stated in the document.

(2)            Before

the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee

shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion

of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel

shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder

in good faith and in reliance thereon.

28

(3)            The

Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed

with due care.

(4)            The

Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights

or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(5)            Unless

otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed

by an Officer of the Issuer.

(6)            The

Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction

of any of Holder unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses

and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(7)            The

Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless either (a) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee

shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (b) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have

been given to and received at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee by the Issuer or any Holder and such notice references the Notes

and this Indenture.

(8)            The

Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,

opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document,

but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and,

if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises

of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability

of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(9)            In

no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever

(including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or

damage and regardless of the form of action.

(10)          The

rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified,

are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee, in each of its capacities hereunder, and any collateral agent with respect

to the Notes and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(11)          The

Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver certificates setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at

such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

(12)          The

Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

29

(13)          The

permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as duties.

(14)          It

shall not be the duty of the Trustee to see that any duties or obligations imposed herein upon the Issuer or other persons are performed,

and the Trustee shall not be liable or responsible for the failure of the Issuer or such other persons to perform any act required of

them by this Indenture.

Section 7.03            Individual

Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity

may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it

would have if it were not the Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such

conflict within 90 days and apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights

and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

Section 7.04            Trustee’s

Disclaimer.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes

no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use

of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture,

it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall

not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale

of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05            Notice

of Defaults.

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is

continuing and if it is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall transmit to Holders a notice of the

Default or Event of Default within 90 days after the Trustee acquires knowledge thereof. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default

in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as it in good

faith determines that withholding the notice is not opposed to the interests of Holders.

Section 7.06            Reports

by Trustee to Holders.

By March 15th of each year, and for so long

as any Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall transmit to Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with

TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting

date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by all

reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its transmittal

to Holders shall be transmitted to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance

with TIA § 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed or delisted on any stock exchange.

30

Section 7.07            Compensation

and Indemnity.

The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to

time compensation as agreed upon in writing for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation

shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon

request for all disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses

shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel, including reasonable

legal fees and expenses, including legal fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with enforcement of its indemnification rights

hereunder.

The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee and any

predecessor trustee against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses)

including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by it arising out of or

in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing

this Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer

or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder,

except to the extent any such loss, damage, claim, liability or expense determined, in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction,

to have been caused by its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which

it may seek indemnity of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the

Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in

the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer

need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

The obligations of the Issuer in this Section 7.07

shall survive resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, discharge or termination of this Indenture.

To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations

in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee,

except such money or property held in trust by the Trustee to pay the principal of and interest on any Notes. Such Lien shall survive

the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services

after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(4) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including

the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Code.

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of

TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

31

Section 7.08            Replacement

of the Trustee.

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment

of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and

be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding

Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(a)            the

Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(b)            the

Trustee is adjudged as bankrupt or as insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Code;

(c)            a

custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d)            the

Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy

exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor

Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace

the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within

60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment

of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder

who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent

jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance

of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become

effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee

shall transmit a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee

to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for

in Section 7.07. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under

Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

The transfer event shall occur no less than 31

days after the Trustee’s receipt of notice of removal from the Issuer or a majority of the Holders.

32

Section 7.09            Successor

Trustee by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts

into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without

any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10            Eligibility;

Disqualification.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder

that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized

under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and

that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who

satisfies the requirements of TIA §§ 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).

Section 7.11            Preferential

Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding

any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to

the extent indicated therein.

Article 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01            Option

to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Issuer may, at any time, elect to have either

Section 8.02 or 8.03 applied to all outstanding Notes of any series upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02            Legal

Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon

the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer shall, subject to the

satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to

all outstanding Notes of such series on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).

For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented

by the outstanding Notes of such series, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes

of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all their

other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper

instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged

hereunder:

33

(a)            the

rights of Holders of outstanding Notes of such series to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest

on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

(b)            the

Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes of such series concerning issuing temporary Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or

stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(c)            the

rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(d)            the

Legal Defeasance provisions of this Indenture.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8,

the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of their option under Section 8.03.

Section 8.03            Covenant

Defeasance.

Upon

the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 with respect to any series of Notes,

the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from its obligations under

the covenants contained in Article 5 with respect to the outstanding Notes of such series on and after the date the conditions set

forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes of such series

shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act

of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding”

for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this

purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes of such series, the Issuer may omit to comply with and

shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly,

by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision

herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01,

but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s

exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set

forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01 (3), 6.01(4) (solely with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantors) and 6.01(5) shall

not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04            Conditions

to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance pursuant

to Section 8.02 or Covenant Defeasance pursuant to Section 8.03 with respect to a series of Notes, the following conditions

must be met:

(1)            the

Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars,

U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as are expected to be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally

recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest

on the outstanding Notes of such series on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer

must specify whether the Notes of such series are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

34

(2)            in

the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee

confirming that

(a)            the

Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or

(b)            since

the date such Notes of such series were first issued, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and

based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes of such series will not recognize income,

gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same

amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3)            in

the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee

confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes

as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same

times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4)            no

Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (on the date of such deposit (other than resulting from the borrowing

of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing)):

(5)            such

Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement

or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its

Subsidiaries is bound;

(6)            the

Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent

of preferring Holders over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors

of the Issuer or others; and

(7)            the

Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent

relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

35

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel

required by clause (2) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes of the applicable series not theretofore

delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,

(a)            have

become due and payable or

(b)            will

become due and payable on the maturity date within one year, by their terms or under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the

giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer.

Section 8.05            Deposited

Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject

to Section 8.06, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other

qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04

in respect of the outstanding Notes of a series shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of

the Notes of such series and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting

as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to Holders of such notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal,

premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee

against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04

or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account

of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything

in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request

of the Issuer any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally

recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to

the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required

to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06            Repayment

to the Issuer.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying

Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining

unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer

on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look

only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all

liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent,

before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in The New York Times

and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein,

which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining

shall be repaid to the Issuer.

36

Section 8.07            Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply

any United States dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of

any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the

Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant

to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02

or 8.03, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any,

or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of Holders to receive

such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

Article 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,

the provisions of this Article 9 shall not apply to the Issuer unless and until the Issuer executes a supplemental indenture expressly

subjecting itself to this Article 9.

Section 9.01            Without

Consent of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture,

the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Note Guarantee, or the Notes of any

series without the consent of any Holder of a Note of such series to:

(1)            cure

any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2)            to

provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture;

(3)            to

provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued

in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described

in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);

(4)            (i) add

a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release any previously added co-issuer of the Notes; provided that a co-issuer

may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise permitted pursuant to this Indenture, (ii) add Guarantees with respect

to the Notes or to add additional collateral to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees and (iii) add a holding company above the

Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to this Indenture and, at the Issuer’s election, to modify any or all covenants such

that they apply to such new holding company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such

holding company does not own any material assets other than equity interest in the Issuer and (y) to the extent required by the supplemental

indenture with respect to the Notes, such holding entity will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the Issuer;

37

(5)            to

add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or

power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(6)            make

any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to Holders of any series or that does not adversely affect the rights

under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(7)            to

conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee to the description and terms of such Notes in the offering circular,

offering memorandum, prospectus supplement or other offering document applicable to such Notes as the time of the initial sale thereof;

(8)            to

make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however,

that (a) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act

or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer

Notes;

(9)            to

evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements

thereof;

(10)          to

release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture including, for the avoidance of doubt, any supplemental indenture;

(11)          to

make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any accounting change or in the application

thereof;

(12)          change

or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture; provided that any such change or elimination shall not be effective with respect

to any outstanding Notes of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture that is entitled to the benefit of

such provision; or

(13)          to

establish the form or terms of Securities of any series and any related coupons as permitted by this Indenture, including the provisions

and procedures relating to Securities convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (including the Issuer).

The consent of the Holders of the Notes is not

necessary to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed

amendment.

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a

resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the

Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 9.06, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer

and any Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture

and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated

to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

38

Section 9.02            With

Consent of Holders of Notes.

Except

as provided below in this Section 9.02, this Indenture, any Note Guarantee, or the Notes of any series may be amended or supplemented

with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes affected (including, without

limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and, subject to Sections

6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes of any series may be waived, including

by way of amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes affected (including,

without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Section 2.08

shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

However,

without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect

to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1)            reduce

the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2)            reduce

the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any such Note;

(3)            reduce

the principal of or change the maturity date of any such Note;

(4)            change

the provisions applicable to the redemption of any such Note as set forth in any supplemental indenture relating to such Note (other than

the timing for the notice of redemption);

(5)            make

any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(6)            impair

the contractual right of any Holder of such Notes to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after

the due dates therefor or impair the right of any Holder of such Notes to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with

respect to such Holder’s Notes (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the amendment, supplement or modification applicable to the redemption

of any such Note in connection with a change of control as set forth in any supplemental indenture relating to such Note and Sections

6.01(3) and (5) of this Indenture and the related definitions shall be deemed not to impair the contractual right of any Holder

to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for

the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes); provided, however, that an acceleration of such

Notes may be rescinded and any payment default that resulted from such acceleration may be waived by the Holders of at least the percentage

of aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series required to amend the covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any

Note Guarantee, the breach of which resulted in such acceleration;

39

(7)            make

any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions; or

(8)            change

the ranking of the Notes.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the

Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient

if such consent approves the substance thereof.

Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer

may, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for

or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration

is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation

documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under

this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer is required to transmit to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing

the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to give such notice to all Holders affected thereby, or any defect therein,

shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections

6.04 and 6.07, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of each affected series may waive compliance

in a particular instance by the Issuer with any provision of this Indenture or such Notes.

Section 9.03            Compliance

with Trust Indenture Act

Every

amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies

with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.04            Revocation

and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes

effective, a consent thereto by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note

that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However,

any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before

the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with

its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

Section 9.05            Notation

on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about

an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee

shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

40

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue

a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06            Trustee

to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental

indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities

or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01)

shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 11.04, an Officer’s Certificate

and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case from the Issuer, stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized

or permitted by this Indenture and such supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, enforceable against

it in accordance with its terms, provided that no Opinion of Counsel will be required to be furnished to the Trustee in connection with

the execution of any supplemental indenture adding a new Guarantor or evidencing the release of a Guarantor or adding or releasing collateral,

in each case pursuant to a supplemental indenture relating to a given series of Notes. In the absence of an Opinion of Counsel that is

not required to be furnished hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on an Officer’s Certificate in executing

and delivering any such documents and shall have no liability for taking such action without receipt of an Opinion of Counsel.

Article 10

GUARANTEE

Section 10.01            Guarantee.

(a)            Notwithstanding

any provision of this Article 10 to the contrary, the provisions of this Article 10 related to Subsidiary Guarantors will be

applicable only to, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Notes of any series designated, pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ⅹ),

as entitled to the benefits of the Note Guarantee of each Subsidiary Guarantor identified in such designation.

(b)            Subject

to this Article 10, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, as a primary

obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Holder and to the Trustee (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated

Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture (including obligations to

the Trustee) and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on in respect of the Notes and all other

monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable

grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and

the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Subsidiary Guarantor

further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from

any Subsidiary Guarantor, and that each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension

or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

41

(c)            To

the extent applicable, each Subsidiary Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the

Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives notice of any default under

the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the

failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person

under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the Notes or

any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture,

the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the failure of any Holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor

of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (v) any change in the ownership of each Subsidiary Guarantor, except as provided in Section 10.02.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided among the Subsidiary

Guarantors, such that such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed.

(d)            Each

Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Issuer first be used and depleted as

payment of the Issuer’s or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid

by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that

the Issuer be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Subsidiary Guarantor.

(e)            Each

Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection)

and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed

Obligations.

(f)            The

Note Guarantee of each Subsidiary Guarantor is equal in right of payment to all existing and future unsubordinated Indebtedness of such

Subsidiary Guarantor.

(g)            Except

as expressly set forth in Sections 8.02 and 10.02, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any

reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise,

and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity,

illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations

of each Subsidiary Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any holder or the Trustee

to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification

of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or

thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Subsidiary

Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Subsidiary Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

42

(h)            Each

Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed

Obligations or until such Note Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of a supplemental indenture relating to a given series

of Notes. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case

may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise

be restored by any holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.

(i)            In

furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against

any Subsidiary Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation

when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with

any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee,

forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal

amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not

prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Issuer to Holders and the Trustee.

(j)            Each

Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to Holders in respect of any Guaranteed

Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between

it, on the one hand, and Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby

may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of the Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other

prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any

declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not

due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for the purposes of this Section 10.01.

(k)            Each

Subsidiary Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred

by the Trustee or any holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

(l)            Upon

request of the Trustee, each Subsidiary Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be

reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

Section 10.02            Limitation

on Liability.

(a)            Any

term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed

hereunder by each Subsidiary Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture,

as it relates to such Subsidiary Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or

similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

43

(b)            If

so provided pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ⅹ) with respect to the Notes of any series, the Notes of such series may have the benefit

of Guarantees by Subsidiary Guarantors as may be specified in or pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ⅹ). Any and all terms and provisions

applicable to the Guarantees of Subsidiary Guarantors for the Notes of such series shall also be provided in or pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ⅹ),

including, without limitation, provisions for the release of the Guarantees of such Subsidiary Guarantors.

Section 10.03            No

Waiver.

Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either

the Trustee or Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall

a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and

benefits of the Trustee and Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits

which either may have under this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

Section 10.04            Modification.

No

modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 10, nor the consent to any departure by any Subsidiary

Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver

or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Subsidiary

Guarantor in any case shall entitle any Subsidiary Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

Section 10.05            Non-Impairment.

The failure to endorse a Guarantee on any Note

shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.

Article 11

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01            Trust

Indenture Act Controls.

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies

or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

Section 11.02            Notices.

Any notices or other communications required or

permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, first class mail (registered or certified,

return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, and addressed as follows (with

a copy of such notice, which shall not constitute delivery, to be delivered to the email addresses set forth below):

44

If to the Issuer:

Paramount

Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New

York, New York 10036

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

Email: paramountgloballegalnotices@paramount.com

With a copy to:

Latham &

Watkins LLP

1271

Avenue of the Americas

New

York, NY 10020

Attention: Jason Licht; Benjamin Cohen

Email: Jason.Licht@lw.com; Benjamin.Cohen@lw.com

If to the Trustee:

Deutsche

Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust &

Securities Services

1

Columbus Circle, 4th Floor

Mail

Stop: NYC01-0417

New

York, NY 10019

Attention:

Corporates Team, Paramount Skydance Corporation,  AA9066

Fax:  732-578-4635

The Issuer or the Trustee, may designate additional

or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications by notice to each other Person.

All notices and communications (other than those

sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after

being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business

Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be

mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery

to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described

in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall

not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner

provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to

Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

45

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions

or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods,

provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions

or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced

whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Issuer elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions

(or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s

understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising

directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions

conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Issuer agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such

electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on

unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.

Section 11.03            Communication

by Holders with Other Holders.

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §

312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar

and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

Section 11.04            Certificate

and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to

the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

(i)            an

Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth

in Section 11.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this

Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(ii)            an

Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05)

stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 11.05            Statements

Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance

with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall

comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include:

(i)            a

statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(ii)           a

brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such

certificate or opinion are based;

46

(iii)          a

statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express

an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

(iv)          a

statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

Section 11.06            Rules by

Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for

action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for

its functions.

Section 11.07            No

Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members and Stockholders.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or

stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any of their parent companies or subsidiaries, as such, shall have any liability

for any obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect

of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver

and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 11.08            Governing

Law.

THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL

GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS

OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

Section 11.09            No

Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any

other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement

may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 11.10            Successors.

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture

and the Notes, as the case may be, shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 11.11            Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or the

Notes, as the case may be, shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions

shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

47

Section 11.12            Counterpart

Originals.

Facsimile, documents executed, scanned and transmitted

electronically and electronic signatures, including those created or transmitted through a software platform or application, shall be

deemed original signatures for purposes of this Indenture and all other related documents and all matters and agreements related thereto,

with such facsimile, scanned and electronic signatures having the same legal effect as original signatures. The parties agree that this

Indenture or any other related document or any instrument, agreement or document necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated

by this Indenture or the other related documents or related hereto or thereto (including, without limitation, addendums, amendments, notices,

instructions, communications with respect to the delivery of securities or the wire transfer of funds or other communications) (“Executed

Documentation”) may be accepted, executed or agreed to through the use of an electronic signature in accordance with applicable

laws, rules and regulations in effect from time to time applicable to the effectiveness and enforceability of electronic signatures.

Any Executed Documentation accepted, executed or agreed to in conformity with such laws, rules and regulations will be binding on

all parties hereto to the same extent as if it were physically executed and each party hereby consents to the use of any third party electronic

signature capture service providers as may be reasonably chosen by a signatory hereto or thereto. When the Trustee acts on any Executed

Documentation sent by electronic transmission, the Trustee will not be responsible or liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising

directly or indirectly from its reliance upon and compliance with such Executed Documentation, notwithstanding that such Executed Documentation

(a) may not be an authorized or authentic communication of the party involved or in the form such party sent or intended to send

(whether due to fraud, distortion or otherwise) or (b) may conflict with, or be inconsistent with, a subsequent written instruction

or communication; it being understood and agreed that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that Executed Documentation that purports

to have been sent by an authorized officer of a Person has been sent by an authorized officer of such Person. The party providing Executed

Documentation through electronic transmission or otherwise with electronic signatures agrees to assume all risks arising out of such electronic

methods, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions and the risk of interception and misuse

by third parties.

Section 11.13            Table

of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and

headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered

a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions.

Section 11.14            Waiver

of Jury Trial.

THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE,

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING

TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

48

Section 11.15            Submission

to Jurisdiction.

The parties irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive

jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding

arising out of or relating to this Indenture. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the parties irrevocably waive and agree

not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any

objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court

and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

Section 11.16            Force

Majeure.

The Trustee shall not incur any liability for not performing any act

or fulfilling any duty, obligation or responsibility hereunder by reason of any occurrence beyond the control of the Trustee (including

but not limited to any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or Governmental Authority, any act of God or war, civil

unrest, epidemic, pandemic, local or national disturbance or disaster, any act of terrorism, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve

Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility).

Section 11.17            U.S.A.

Patriot Act.

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance

with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each

person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that

they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request, from time to time, in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements

of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

Article 12

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 12.01            Satisfaction

and Discharge of Indenture.

This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect

with respect to the Notes of any series (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes of such series

herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging

satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes, when

(1)            either:

(a)            all

Notes of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and

which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited

in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered

to the Trustee for cancellation; or

49

(b)            all

Notes of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(i)            have

become due and payable, or

(ii)            will

become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(iii)           are

to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the

Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited

or caused to be deposited with the Trustee money, U.S. Government Obligations or any combination thereof as trust funds in trust for the

purpose an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public

accountants, delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee

for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become

due and payable) or to the maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;

(2)            the

Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer; and

(3)            the

Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent

herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge

of this Indenture pursuant to this Article 12, the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee under Section 7.07, and, if money

shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 12.01, the obligations

of the Trustee under Section 12.02 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

Section 12.02            Application

of Trust Money.

All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to

Section 12.01 with respect to any series of Notes shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of

the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons

entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee.

Article 13

COLLATERAL

Section 13.01            Security

Documents.

If so provided pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ⅹⅶ)

with respect to the Notes of any series, the Notes of such series and/or the Guarantees of such Notes may be secured by such property,

assets or other collateral as may be specified in or pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ⅹⅶ). Any and all terms and provisions

applicable to the security for the Notes of such series and/or such Guarantees shall also be provided in or pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ⅹⅶ),

which may include, without limitation, provisions for the execution and delivery of such security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral

agreements and other similar or related agreements as the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may elect and which may provide for the Trustee

(or an affiliate of the Trustee) to act as collateral agent or in a similar or other capacity.

[Signatures on following page]

50

Dated as of October 5, 2026

Paramount Skydance Corporation, as

the Issuer

By:

/s/ James Morrison

Name: James C. Morrison

Title: Treasurer

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,

as Trustee

By:

/s/ Denise Kellerk

Name: Denise Kellerk

Title: Vice President

By:

/s/ Carol Ng

Name: Carol Ng

Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to Base

Indenture]

EX-4.2 — EXHIBIT 4.2

EX-4.2

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex4-2.htm · Sequence: 5

Exhibit 4.2

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION,

as Issuer,

and

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO,

as Subsidiary Guarantors,

and

DEUTSCHE

BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee and Collateral Agent

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of October 5, 2026

6.300% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2028

6.550% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2029

7.050% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2031

7.550% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2033

7.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2036

8.650% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2046

8.750% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2056

8.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2066

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Article

1

DEFINITIONS

AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01

Definitions

2

Section 1.02

Other Definitions

35

Section 1.04

Rules of Construction

35

Article

2

THE

NOTES

Section 2.01

Form and Dating

38

Section 2.02

Execution and Authentication

39

Section 2.03

Registrar and Paying Agent

40

Section 2.04

Paying Agent to Hold Money

40

Section 2.05

Holder Lists

41

Section 2.06

Transfer and Exchange

41

Section 2.07

Replacement Notes

53

Section 2.08

Outstanding Notes

54

Section 2.09

Treasury Notes

54

Section 2.10

Temporary Notes

54

Section 2.11

Cancellation

55

Section 2.12

Defaulted Interest

55

Section 2.13

CUSIP Numbers

55

Section 2.14

FATCA

55

Article

3

REDEMPTION

AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01

Notices to Trustee

56

Section 3.02

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

56

Section 3.03

Notice of Redemption

56

Section 3.04

Effect of Notice of Redemption

57

Section 3.05

Deposit of Redemption Price

58

Section 3.06

Notes Redeemed in Part

58

Section 3.07

Optional Redemption

58

Section 3.08

Mandatory Redemption

60

Section 3.09

Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

60

Section 3.10

Special Mandatory Redemption

62

-i-

Article

4

COVENANTS

Section 4.04

Maintenance of Office or Agency

63

Section 4.05

Legal Existence

63

Section 4.06

Limitation on Liens

64

Section 4.07

Asset Sales

65

Section 4.08

Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon a Change of

Control Triggering Event

68

Section 4.09

Future Subsidiary Guarantors

71

Article

5

SUCCESSORS

Article

6

DEFAULTS

AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01

Events of Default

71

Article

7

TRUSTEE

Article

8

LEGAL

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.03

Covenant Defeasance

74

Article

9

AMENDMENT,

SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

75

Section 9.02

With Consent of Holders of Notes

76

Article

10

GUARANTEE

Section 10.02

Limitation on Liability

78

-ii-

Section 10.08

Execution of Supplemental Indenture

for Future Subsidiary Guarantors

80

Article

11

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.13

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

80

Section 11.18

Supplemental Indenture Controls

81

Article

12

SATISFACTION

AND DISCHARGE

Section 12.03

Satisfaction and Discharge of Supplemental Indenture

81

Section 12.04

Application of Trust Money

82

Article

13

COLLATERAL

Section 13.01

Security Documents

82

Section 13.02

Release of Collateral

83

Section 13.03

Collateral Agent

84

Section 13.04

Further Assurances; Insurance

85

Section 13.05

Release of Collateral and Guarantees upon Investment

Grade Event

85

-iii-

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of October 5, 2026 (this

“Supplemental Indenture”) among Paramount Skydance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”),

the subsidiary guarantors party hereto (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New

York banking corporation, as trustee (together with its successors in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as collateral

agent (together with its successors in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee have previously executed and delivered

an Indenture, dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base Indenture”), providing for the issuance from time to time

of one or more series of senior debt securities of the Issuer;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture provides that the

Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture to the Base Indenture to, among other things,

establish the form or terms of any series of Notes (as defined in the Base Indenture) as permitted by Section 2.01 hereof and Section 9.01

of the Base Indenture;

WHEREAS, clause (13) of Section 9.01

of the Base Indenture provides that the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture changing

or eliminating any provision of the Base Indenture; provided that any such change shall become effective only when

there are no outstanding Notes (as defined in the Base Indenture) of such series created prior to the execution of such supplemental

indenture which is entitled to the benefit of such provisions;

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors are entering into

this Supplemental Indenture to, among other things, establish the form and terms of (i) the Issuer’s new series of 6.300%

senior secured first lien notes due 2028 (the “2028 Notes”), (ii) the Issuer’s new series of 6.550% senior

secured first lien notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”), (iii) the Issuer’s new series of 7.050% senior secured

first lien notes due 2031 (the “2031 Notes”), (iv) the Issuer’s new series of 7.550% senior secured first

lien notes due 2033 (the “2033 Notes”), (v) the Issuer’s new series of 7.900% senior secured first lien

notes due 2036 (the “2036 Notes”), (vi) the Issuer’s new series of 8.650% senior secured first lien notes

due 2046 (the “2046 Notes”), (vii) the Issuer’s new series of 8.750% senior secured first lien notes due

2056 (the “2056 Notes”) and (viii) the Issuer’s new series of 8.900% senior secured first lien notes due

2066 (the “2066 Notes” and, together with the 2028 Notes, the 2029 Notes, the 2031 Notes, the 2033 Notes, the 2036

Notes, the 2046 Notes and the 2056 Notes, the “Notes”), pursuant to the Base Indenture, as modified by this Supplemental

Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all conditions necessary to authorize the execution and delivery

of this Supplemental Indenture and to make it a valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors have been satisfied

or performed.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations

set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, the Subsidiary

Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders,

hereby enter into this Supplemental Indenture to, among other things, establish the terms of the Notes pursuant to Section 2.01

of the Base Indenture and there is hereby established the Issuer’s 2028 Notes, 2029 Notes, 2031 Notes, 2033 Notes, 2036 Notes,

2046 Notes, 2056 Notes and 2066 Notes, in each case, as a separate series of Notes (as defined in the Base Indenture) and such parties

further agree that this Supplemental Indenture affects the Issuer’s 2028 Notes, 2029 Notes, 2031 Notes, 2033 Notes, 2036 Notes,

2046 Notes, 2056 Notes and 2066 Notes only and not any other series of Notes (as defined in the Base Indenture).

Article 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01    Definitions.

The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise

expressly provided or unless the context of this Supplemental Indenture otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture

and of any indenture supplemental hereto that governs the Notes have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. All

other terms used in this Supplemental Indenture that are defined in the Base Indenture, either directly or by reference therein (except

as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context of this Supplemental Indenture otherwise requires), have the respective

meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture, as in force at the date of this Supplemental Indenture as originally executed.

“Acquisition” means the Issuer’s acquisition

of the Target and its subsidiaries pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.

“Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Agreement

and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 27, 2026 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified

from time to time) by and among the Issuer, the Target and Prince Sub Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

“Acquisition Bridge Facility” means a senior secured

364-day bridge loan credit facility to be incurred by the Issuer in connection with the Acquisition to the extent the Credit Facilities,

the Notes and New Second Lien Secured Debt resulting in aggregate proceeds and/or replacement acquisition financing commitments of at

least $49,000,000,000 have not been incurred or issued by the Issuer on or prior to the Acquisition Date.

“Acquisition Date” means the date on which the

Acquisition is consummated.

“Acquisition Date Metric” means, with respect to

any amount based upon TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets, an amount equal to the equivalent amount of such

metric on a Pro Forma Basis for the Transactions determined by the Issuer in good faith on the Acquisition Date; for example, a basket

equal to the greater of $5,000,000,000 and an Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be modified

on the Acquisition Date to be equal to the greater of $5,000,000,000 and 50% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA if TTM Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA on the Acquisition Date was $10,000,000,000.

2

“Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio”

means the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the Transactions, as determined by the Issuer in good faith,

as of the Acquisition Date.

“Acquisition Debt”

means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that has been incurred or issued for the purpose of financing, in whole

or in part, an acquisition and any related transactions or series of related transactions (including for the purpose of refinancing or

replacing all or a portion of any related bridge facilities or any pre-existing Indebtedness of the Person(s) or assets to be acquired);

provided that either (a)(i) the release of the proceeds thereof to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries is contingent upon

the consummation of such acquisition and, pending such release, such proceeds are held pursuant to an escrow or similar arrangement and

(ii) if the definitive agreement (or, in the case of a tender offer or similar transaction, the definitive offer document) for such

acquisition terminates or is terminated prior to the consummation of such acquisition or if such acquisition is otherwise not consummated

by the date specified in the definitive documentation relating to such Indebtedness (as may be extended pursuant to the terms of such

documentation), such proceeds shall be promptly applied to satisfy and discharge all obligations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries in

respect of such Indebtedness or (b)(i) such Indebtedness contains a “special mandatory redemption” provision (or other

similar provision) or otherwise permits such Indebtedness to be redeemed or prepaid if such acquisition is not consummated by the date

specified in the definitive documentation relating to such Indebtedness (as may be extended pursuant to the terms of such documentation)

and (ii) if the definitive agreement (or, in the case of a tender offer or similar transaction, the definitive offer document) for

such acquisition terminates or is terminated prior to the consummation of such acquisition or such acquisition is otherwise not consummated

by the date specified in the definitive documentation relating to such Indebtedness (as may be extended pursuant to the terms of such

documentation), such Indebtedness is so redeemed or prepaid within 90 days of such termination or such specified date, as the case may

be.

“Additional Notes” means Notes issued pursuant

to the terms of this Supplemental Indenture in addition to Initial Notes (other than any Notes issued in respect of Initial Notes pursuant

to Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 or 3.06 of this Supplemental Indenture or Section 9.05 of the Base Indenture).

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other

Person which directly or indirectly controls, is under common control with or is controlled by such Person. As used in this definition,

“control” (including, with correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”)

means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership

of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) no individual

shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Issuer solely by reason of his or her being an officer, director or employee of the Issuer

or any of its Subsidiaries and (b) none of Viacom International Inc. (or its successor), Paramount Global, Skydance Media, LLC,

a California limited liability company, the Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be Affiliates of each other, unless

expressly stated to the contrary.

“Applicable Law” shall mean, as to any Person,

all applicable Laws binding upon such Person or to which such a Person is subject.

3

“Applicable Percentage”

means:

(1)           100%,

if the Issuer’s First Lien Net Leverage Ratio at the end of the most recently ended Test Period equals or exceeds the Acquisition

Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.50 to 1.00;

(2)           50%,

if such First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is less than the Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.50 to 1.00 but equals or

exceeds the Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 1.00 to 1.00; and

(3)            0%,

if such First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is less than the Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 1.00 to 1.00.

“Applicable Procedures”

means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures

of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to

time.

“Base Indenture” has the meaning assigned to it

in the preamble to this Supplemental Indenture.

“Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, the

aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized

under Capitalized Leases) by the Issuer and the Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to

be included as capital expenditures on the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries.

“Cash Equivalents” means any of the following types

of investments, to the extent owned by the Issuer or any Subsidiary:

(a)            all

cash, including Dollars, Euros, Sterling, Canadian dollars, Yen, and each Foreign Currency (as defined in the Credit Agreement);

(b)            such

other currencies held by the Issuer or any Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(c)            (i) readily

marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of (A) the

United States, (B) the United Kingdom or (C) any member nation of the European Union, in each case, rated A-2 (or the equivalent

thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, having average maturities of not more than

24 months from the date of acquisition thereof and (ii) securities with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of

acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, or by any political subdivision

or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory having an Investment Grade Rating from either S&P or Moody’s

(or the equivalent thereof);

4

(d)            (i) time

deposits or demand deposits with, or certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any bank, credit union or other financial

institution (A) that is a lender (or Affiliate thereof) under the Credit Facilities or (B) that has combined capital and surplus

of at least (1) $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks, credit unions or other financial institutions and (2) $100,000,000

(or the Dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks, credit unions or other financial institutions,

or (C) that is otherwise in compliance with any and all applicable statutorily mandated capital requirements applicable to it (any

such bank, credit union or other financial institution meeting the requirements of clause (A), (B) or (C) above

being an “Approved Bank”), or (D) to the extent entitled to the benefit of deposit insurance, including deposit

insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and (ii) any securities entitlements in respect of any of the foregoing;

(e)            repurchase

agreements and repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c) and (d) above entered

into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above for an Approved Bank;

(f)            (i) commercial

paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by a lender (or Affiliate thereof) under the Credit Facilities or an Approved Bank, or

in each case, by a parent company thereof, or (ii) any variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by, a corporation rated

A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case (i) and

(ii), with average maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

(g)            marketable

short-term money market and similar highly liquid funds either (i) having assets in excess of (A) $250,000,000 in the case

of U.S. banks, U.S. credit unions or other U.S. financial institutions or (B) $100,000,000 (or the Dollar equivalent

as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks, non-U.S. credit unions or other non-U.S. financial institutions,

(ii) having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s

nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency) or (iii) with

a lender (or Affiliate thereof) under the Credit Facilities or Approved Bank;

(h)            investments

with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in mutual funds rated A (or the equivalent thereof) or better

by S&P or A2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;

(i)            instruments

equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above denominated in Euro or any other foreign currency comparable

in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction

outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary organized in

such jurisdiction;

(j)            investment

funds (including money market funds) investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through

(h) above or that are entitled to the benefit of (and to the extent covered by) deposit insurance provided by the Federal Deposit

Insurance Corporation or otherwise; and

(k)            solely

with respect to any Captive Insurance Subsidiary (as defined in the Credit Agreement), any investment that a Captive Insurance Subsidiary

is not prohibited to make in accordance with Applicable Law.

5

In the case of investments by any Foreign Subsidiary

that is a Subsidiary or investments made in a jurisdiction outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include

(i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (k) above in foreign obligors, which investments

or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating

agencies and (ii) other short-term investments in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments

analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (a) through (k) above and in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clause (a) or (b) above;

provided that such amounts, except amounts used to pay obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary denominated in any currency

other than Dollars or a Foreign Currency in the ordinary course of business, are converted into Dollars or a Foreign Currency as promptly

as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

“Change of Control” means, after the Issue Date,

any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) or Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) constituting a “group” (as

such term is used in Section 13(d) and Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date, but excluding

any employee benefit plan of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary

or administrator of any such plan), becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange

Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Voting Capital Stock of the Issuer

and the percentage of aggregate ordinary voting power so held is greater than the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented

by the Equity Interests of the Issuer beneficially owned (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect

on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders; provided that for the purposes of this definition

only, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such

Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, proxy or otherwise, and the terms “controlling”

and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided further that in no event shall any transaction or any

series of related transactions be deemed to constitute a “Change of Control” so long as, upon the consummation of such transaction

or such series of related transactions, the Permitted Holders either (i) are or become the beneficial owners, directly or indirectly,

of more than 50% of the Voting Capital Stock of the Issuer or (ii) have the ability to nominate directors to the board of directors

of the Issuer who collectively hold a majority of the voting power of the entire board of directors of the Issuer.

Notwithstanding the preceding or any provision of Rule 13d-3

or 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, (i) a Person or group shall not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Capital Stock subject to an equity

or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, option agreement, warrant agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option or similar

agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Voting Capital Stock in connection with the transactions

contemplated by such agreement, (ii) if any group (other than a Permitted Holder) includes one or more Permitted Holders, the issued

and outstanding Voting Capital Stock of the Issuer owned, directly or indirectly, by any Permitted Holders that are part of such group

shall not be treated as being beneficially owned by such group or any other member of such group for purposes of determining whether

a Change of Control has occurred unless a Person other than a Permitted Holder controls such Group, (iii) a Person or group will

not be deemed to beneficially own the Voting Capital Stock of another Person as a result of its ownership of Voting Capital Stock or

other securities of such other Person’s parent entity (or related contractual rights) unless it owns more than 50% of the total

voting power of the Voting Capital Stock entitled to vote for the election of directors of such parent entity having a majority of the

aggregate votes on the board of directors of such parent entity and (iv) the right to acquire Voting Capital Stock (as long as such

Person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Capital Stock subject to such right) or any veto power in connection

with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Capital Stock will not cause a party to be a beneficial owner.

6

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the

occurrence of both (i) a Change of Control that is accompanied or followed by a downgrade of the Notes within the Ratings Decline

Period for such Change of Control by two or more Rating Agencies and such series of the Notes does not have an Investment Grade Rating

from two or more Rating Agencies and (ii) each such Rating Agency’s rating of such series of the Notes on any day during such

Ratings Decline Period for such Change of Control is below the rating by such Rating Agency in effect immediately preceding the first

public announcement of the Change of Control (or the occurrence thereof if such Change of Control occurs prior to the first public announcement

thereof) or has been withdrawn; provided, however, that a downgrade or withdrawal of the rating of the Notes by the applicable Rating

Agency will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a Change of Control (and thus will not be deemed a downgrade or withdrawal for

purposes of this definition) if such Rating Agency making the reduction in rating does not publicly announce or confirm or inform the

Issuer or the Trustee in writing at the request of the Issuer that the reduction or withdrawal was the result, in whole or in part, of

any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the Change of Control (whether or not the applicable

Change of Control has occurred at the time of such downgrade or withdrawal).

“Collateral” means

all of the “Collateral” (or equivalent term) as defined in any Security Document and all other property that is subject or

purported to be subject to any Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to any Security Document,

but in any event excluding all Excluded Property, and with respect to Paramount Global, the aggregate value of assets and property of

Paramount Global that constitute Collateral and all of its assets and property that are subject or purported to be subject to any Lien

securing any Permitted Secured Debt shall be limited, automatically and without further action by any Person, such that such aggregate

value does not exceed the Paramount Global Property Cap, as such Paramount Global Property Cap may be amended pursuant to clauses (i) and

(ii) of the proviso to the definition thereof; provided that the Equity Interests and assets of any Subsidiary will

constitute Collateral only to the extent that such Equity Interests or assets can secure the Notes Obligations and any Permanent Financing

not prohibited hereunder in the form of senior secured notes without Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X (or any other law, rule or

regulation) requiring separate financial statements or other financial information of such Subsidiary to be filed with the SEC (or any

other governmental agency). In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X requires or is amended, modified or interpreted by the

SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would

require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements or other financial information of

any such Subsidiary due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests or indebtedness secures the Notes Obligations and any

Permanent Financing not prohibited hereunder in the form of senior secured notes, then such Equity Interests or indebtedness shall automatically

be deemed not to be part of the Collateral. In such event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of

any Holder, to the extent necessary to release the security interests on the Equity Interests or indebtedness that are so deemed to no

longer constitute part of the Collateral.

7

“Collateral Agent” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company

Americas until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means such successor.

“Communications Laws” means the Communications

Act of 1934, and the rules, regulations, published orders and published and promulgated policy statements of the FCC and interpretations

thereof by federal courts of competent jurisdiction.

“Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” means, with respect

to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries for any period, operating profit (loss), plus other income (loss), plus interest income, plus depreciation

and amortization (including amortization arising from purchase accounting adjustments under ASC 805, but excluding amortization related

to programming rights, prepublication costs, videocassettes and DVDs), excluding:

(a)            gains

(losses) on sales of assets (except (i) gains (losses) on sales of inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and (ii) gains

(losses) on sales of other assets if such gains (losses) are less than $15,000,000 individually and less than $75,000,000 in the aggregate

during such period, net of transaction costs);

(b)            other

non-cash items (including (i) provisions for losses and additions to valuation allowances, (ii) provisions for restructuring,

litigation, regulatory, compliance or investigation matters and environmental reserves and losses on the Disposition of businesses, (iii) pension

settlement charges, (iv) non-cash charges associated with grants of stock options, employee stock purchase plans and other equity-based

compensation awards to employees and directors, in each case expensed in accordance with ASC 718, (v) impairment charges and write-downs,

including content and goodwill impairments, (vi) fair value, mark-to-market and similar non-cash accounting adjustments (including

in respect of contingent consideration) and (vii) non-cash lease expense attributable to right-of-use assets under ASC 842), in

each case regardless of whether such items may recur or represent future cash expenditures;

(c)            expenses

incurred in connection with acquisitions, Dispositions or merger transactions (including integration costs, content rationalization costs,

financing fees, amendment and waiver fees and expenses relating to transactions that are not consummated), whether or not accounted for

under ASC 805;

(d)            cash

items associated with provisions for restructuring or other business optimization programs, regulatory, compliance or investigation matters,

litigation (including settlements, judgments and defense costs), environmental reserves and losses on the Disposition of businesses;

(e)            the

operating profit (or loss) of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting; provided

that the income of such Person shall be included to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid or declared

in cash (or converted to cash) to the Issuer or a Subsidiary;

8

(f)            the

amount of pro forma “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization,

restructurings, and synergies (including costs to achieve such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies) related to the

Transactions, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings,

operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization, restructurings, and synergies had been realized on the

first day of such period and during the entirety of such period; and

(g)            the

amount of pro forma “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization,

restructurings, and synergies (including costs to achieve such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies) related to business

combinations, acquisitions, mergers or investments of the Issuer (other than the Transactions) that are reasonably identifiable, factually

supportable and projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized within twenty-four (24) months after such transaction or initiative

is consummated or implemented, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though

such cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization, restructurings, and synergies had been

realized on the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period; provided that costs to achieve shall not be subject

to the cap set forth below and the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (g) (excluding costs to achieve) shall not

exceed twenty five percent (25%) of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period (calculated after giving effect to such adjustments).

All determinations of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

shall be made by the Issuer in good faith and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. No item shall be added back more than once in

the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

“Consolidated Indebtedness” means, as at any date

of determination, the aggregate principal amount of third party Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated

basis that would be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet as at such date prepared in accordance with GAAP consisting of Indebtedness

of the type set forth in, without duplication, clauses (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (vi) of the definition thereof, as well

as, without duplication, Indebtedness of the type set forth in clause (b) of the definition thereof (but, in the case of clause

(b), only to the extent such guarantee is reflected as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries

in accordance with GAAP) to the extent applicable to Indebtedness of the type set forth in clauses (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and

(vi) of the definition thereof; provided that Consolidated Indebtedness will not include Indebtedness in respect of (a) any

Defeased Debt, (b) any letter of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed obligations in respect of drawn letters of credit

(provided that any unreimbursed amount under letters of credit will not be counted as Consolidated Indebtedness until three Business

Days after such amount is drawn), and (c) Indebtedness to the extent it has been cash collateralized or with respect to which the

Issuer or a Subsidiary is obligated only as a surety or guarantor; provided further, at any time after the definitive agreement for any

acquisition shall have been executed (or, in the case of an acquisition in the form of a tender offer or similar transaction, after the

offer shall have been launched) and prior to the consummation of such acquisition (or termination of the definitive documentation in

respect thereof), any Acquisition Debt (and the proceeds of such Acquisition Debt) shall be excluded from the definition of First Lien

Net Leverage Ratio.

9

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means as of the

date of any determination, the assets of any Person on a consolidated basis, less goodwill and other intangible assets.

“Credit Agreement” means that certain credit agreement

dated as of April 7, 2026 among the Issuer, Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent, BofA Securities, Inc.,

Citibank, N.A., Apollo Global Funding, LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and

joint bookrunners, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, Apollo Global Funding, LLC, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, and Wells

Fargo Bank, N.A., as documentation agents, and the lenders party thereto, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, renewed or otherwise

modified from time to time, and as replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured,

repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement or indenture or commercial paper facilities

with banks or other institutional lenders or investors extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring

all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement

agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof

or adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers, issuers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or

group of lenders, investors or group of investors.

“Credit Facilities” means, collectively, the credit

facilities committed or borrowed under the Credit Agreement.

“Defeased Debt” means Indebtedness that has been

defeased, satisfied and discharged, with respect to which an irrevocable notice of redemption or repurchase has been delivered and with

respect to which any required deposit has been made in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case, in accordance with the applicable

indenture or other applicable contractual obligation.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered

in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1,

Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3, Exhibit A-4, Exhibit A-5, Exhibit A-6, Exhibit A-7

or Exhibit A-8, as applicable, hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the

“Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the Fair

Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries in connection with a Disposition that is designated

as “Designated Non-Cash Consideration” on the date received less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection

with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration

will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise

disposed of, in each case, in or for cash (and only to the extent of the cash so received).

“Disposition” or “Dispose” means

the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition by any Person of any of its property, other than sales, transfers, licenses,

leases or other dispositions (a) that constitute a Lien, (b) that constitute a sale of Equity Interests in, or an issuance

of Equity Interests by, the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer in connection with a bona fide joint venture or other similar commercial

arrangement with a third party or (c) that are non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property.

10

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that

is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Ellison” means, collectively, (a) The Lawrence

J. Ellison Revocable Trust, u/a/d 1/22/88, as amended, Pinnacle Media Ventures, LLC, Pinnacle Media Ventures II, LLC, Pinnacle Media

Ventures III, LLC, Hikouki, LLC, Aozora, LLC and Furaito, LLC; (b) Larry Ellison; (c) David Ellison; (d) Sayonara, LLC,

(e) Skydance Entertainment Group, LLC, (f) any Family Member of Larry Ellison or David Ellison, (g) any Affiliate of the

foregoing and (h) any Permitted Entity of a Person identified in clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), or (g).

“Equity Interests” means with respect to any Person,

all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership

or profit interests or units in, including any limited or general partnership interest and any limited liability company membership interest)

such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the

foregoing (including through convertible securities) but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness convertible into or

exchangeable for the foregoing.

“Exchange Notes” means any notes issued in exchange

for Notes of a series pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or similar agreement.

“Exchange Offer” means the offer of the Issuer

to issue and deliver to Holders of Notes that are not prohibited by law or policy of the SEC from participating in such offer in exchange

for such Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes.

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” means a

registration statement relating to the Exchange Offer as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Excluded Accounts”

shall mean any deposit account,

(a) solely containing,

(i) funds used or intended to be

used for payroll and payroll taxes and other employee benefit payments to or for the benefit

of employees of the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary,

(ii) funds used or intended to be used to pay taxes required to be collected,

remitted or withheld (including, federal and state withholding taxes and any employer’s

share thereof), and

(iii) funds which the Issuer, a

Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary (A) holds on behalf of another person (other

than the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or such Subsidiary) or (B) holds as an escrow

or fiduciary for another person (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or such Subsidiary),

or

11

(b) used by the Issuer, a Subsidiary

Guarantor or any Subsidiary solely for disbursements and payments in the ordinary course

of business or payroll,

(c) that is a zero balance account or otherwise swept into another account

on a daily basis,

(d) that is subject to cash pooling arrangements, or

(e) that is located outside of the United States.

“Excluded Equity Interests” means:

(a)            any

issued and outstanding Equity Interests in a Foreign Subsidiary or a FSHCO (other than, in the case of any direct Subsidiary of the Issuer

or Subsidiary Guarantor which direct subsidiary is (1) a CFC or (2) a FSHCO, 65% of the outstanding Equity Interests of such

Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO);

(b)            (1) any

Equity Interests of any person that is not a direct Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary Guarantor or (2) any

Equity Interests in any other person to the extent (A) with respect to Equity Interests described in clause (1), the Organization

Documents or other agreements with respect to such Equity Interests with other equity holders prohibits or restricts the pledge of such

equity interests, (B) the pledge of such Equity Interests is otherwise prohibited or restricted by (i) Applicable Law which

would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to be pledged or that would require consent

under any contractual obligation existing on the Acquisition Date or on the date any Subsidiary is acquired (so long as, in respect of

such contractual obligation, such prohibition is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition and except to the extent such prohibition

is overridden by anti-assignment provisions of UCC) or (ii) any agreement with a third party (other than the Issuer or any of its

Subsidiaries) existing on the Acquisition Date or on the date any Subsidiary is acquired (so long as, in respect of such contractual

obligation, such prohibition is overridden by anti-assignment provisions of UCC) or (C) would result in a change of control, repurchase

obligation or other adverse consequence, in each case of the foregoing sub-clauses (A), (B) and (C), except

to the extent that any such prohibition or restriction would be rendered ineffective under UCC;

(c)            any

Margin Stock;

(d)            any

Equity Interest, if the pledge thereof or the security interest therein could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax

consequences as reasonably determined by the Issuer;

(e)            Equity

Interests in any Immaterial Subsidiary or Excluded Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary that is a CFC or a FSHCO); and

(f)            any

Equity Interest with respect to which the Issuer has determined in good faith that the costs of pledging, perfecting or maintaining the

pledge in respect of such Equity Interest hereunder shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Holders therefrom.

12

“Excluded Property”

means:

(a)            any

asset (including, to the extent applicable, any equipment or inventory owned by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is subject

to a Permitted Lien) together with any rights or interests therein, or any lease, license, franchise, purchase money arrangement, charter,

authorization, contract, or agreement to which the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party, together with any rights or interest

thereunder, in each case, if and to the extent security interests therein (ⅰ) are prohibited or restricted by or in violation of

any Applicable Law, (ⅱ) require any governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization or consent

of a third party that is not the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to any contract or agreement binding on such asset at the

time of its acquisition and not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition (without any requirement to obtain such consent, approval,

license or other authorization), (ⅲ) are prohibited or restricted by or in violation of a term, provision or condition of any lease,

license, franchise, charter, authorization, contract or agreement to which the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor is a party which is

binding on such asset at the time of its acquisition and not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition or create a right of termination

in favor of any other party thereto (other than the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor), or (ⅳ) would result in material adverse accounting

or regulatory consequences, except, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (ⅰ), (ⅱ), (ⅲ) and (ⅳ), to the

extent that such prohibition or restriction would be rendered ineffective under the applicable anti-assignment provisions of UCC; provided

that the Excluded Property referred to in this clause (a) shall not include any proceeds of any such asset, lease, license,

franchise, charter, authorization, contract, or agreement (except to the extent such proceeds otherwise constitute Excluded Property);

(b)            the

Excluded Equity Interests, any property or asset of any Excluded Subsidiary or any person that is not, and is not required to be, the

Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor;

(c)            any

“intent-to-use” trademark applications prior to the filing and acceptance of a “Statement of Use” pursuant to

Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham

Act with respect thereto, to the extent that, and during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would

impair the validity or enforceability of any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law;

(d)            (ⅰ)

any leasehold or sub leasehold interest (including any ground lease interest) in real property (with no requirements to deliver landlord

lien waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters), (ⅱ) any fee interest in owned real property, (ⅲ) any improvements

located on any real property, and (ⅳ) any fixtures affixed to any real property, except to the extent perfected by a UCC filing

in the jurisdiction of organization (collectively, “Excluded Real Property”);

(e)            (ⅰ)

as extracted collateral, (ⅱ) timber to be cut, (ⅲ) farm products, (ⅳ) manufactured homes, and (ⅴ) healthcare

insurance receivables, in each case, except to the extent perfected by a UCC filing in the jurisdiction of organization of

the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(f)             any

particular asset, if the pledge thereof or the security interest therein could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax

consequences as reasonably determined in good faith by the Issuer;

(g)            obligations

the interest of which is wholly exempt from taxes imposed by Subtitle A of the Code;

13

(h)            any

asset with respect to which the Issuer has determined in good faith that the costs of obtaining, perfecting or maintaining a security

interest or pledge shall be excessive in view of the fair market value of such asset and/or the benefits to be obtained by the Holders

therefrom;

(i)             letter-of-credit

rights that are not supporting obligations;

(j)             commercial

tort claims with a value below the greater of $100,000,000 and Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA;

(k)            motor

vehicles, aircraft and other assets subject to certificates of title or ownership (including, without limitation, aircraft, airframes,

aircraft engines, or helicopters, or any equipment or other assets constituting a part thereof and rolling stock) in each case, to the

extent a security interest therein cannot be perfected by the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement in the jurisdiction of organization

(or other location of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 9-307 of the UCC) of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(l)            except

to the extent automatically perfected or perfected by filing of a UCC-1 financing statement in the jurisdiction of organization (or other

location of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 9-307 of the UCC) of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, cash,

cash equivalents (including securities entitlements and related assets) and any deposit account, commodity account, or securities account;

provided that the Excluded Property referred to in this clause (l) shall not include proceeds of Collateral;

(m)           Securitization

Assets securing a Securitization Financing, including assets that may be temporarily held by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (whether

or not on a commingled basis) for the benefit of, or in trust for, a special purpose entity, a Securitization Subsidiary, or a finance

party in respect of a Securitization Financing whether pursuant to a servicing arrangement or otherwise;

(n)           segregated

cash to secure letter of credit reimbursement obligations to the extent such letters of credit are not prohibited by the Indenture;

(o)           any

Excluded Accounts; and

(p)           any

FCC Authorizations, to the extent (but only to the extent) that at such time the Collateral Agent may not validly possess a security

interest directly therein pursuant to applicable Communications Laws, but the Collateral does include, to the maximum extent permitted

by law, the economic value of the FCC Authorizations, all rights incident or appurtenant to the FCC Authorizations, and the right to

receive all monies, consideration and proceeds derived from or in connection with the sale, assignment or transfer of the FCC Authorizations.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,

Excluded Property shall not include (i) any Proceeds (as defined in the UCC), substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Property

(unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would otherwise constitute Excluded Property referred to above) or (ii) any

assets that secure the Acquisition Bridge Facility, any other Permanent Financing or the LC Facility Agreement or any refinancing thereof.

14

“Excluded Real Property”

has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Excluded Property”.

“Excluded Subsidiary”

means:

(a)            any

Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(b)            any

Foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer or of any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer;

(c)            any

FSHCO;

(d)            any

Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or a FSHCO;

(e)            any

Subsidiary that is prohibited or restricted by applicable Law from providing a guaranty or by a binding contractual obligation existing

on the Acquisition Date or at the time of the acquisition of such Subsidiary (and not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition)

from providing a guaranty or if such guaranty would require governmental (including regulatory) or third party (other than the Issuer

or a subsidiary) consent, approval, license, or authorization, unless such consent, approval, license, or authorization has been obtained;

(f)            any

special purpose securitization vehicle (or similar entity), including any Securitization Subsidiary created pursuant to a transaction

permitted under the Indenture;

(g)           any

Subsidiary that is a not-for-profit organization;

(h)           any

Captive Insurance Subsidiary;

(i)            any

other Subsidiary with respect to which, as reasonably determined by the Issuer in good faith, the cost or other consequences (including

any material adverse tax consequences) of providing a Note Guarantee shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the

Holders therefrom;

(j)            any

other Subsidiary to the extent the provision of a guarantee by such Subsidiary could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse

tax consequence as reasonably determined by the Issuer in good faith;

(k)            any

Immaterial Subsidiary; and

(l)            any

Subsidiary that is an “investment company” (or would be an “investment company” if it were a guarantor) under

the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, whether or not registered or exempt from registration;

provided that

the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may cause any Subsidiary that qualifies as an Excluded Subsidiary under clauses (a) through

(l) above to become a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the definition thereof and thereafter such Subsidiary shall

not constitute an “Excluded Subsidiary.”

15

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any

asset or property, the price that could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing

seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction (as determined

in good faith by the Issuer, whose determination will be conclusive for all purposes under this Supplemental Indenture).

“Family Member” means, with respect to any natural

person, the spouse, domestic partner or spousal equivalent, parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings, and lineal descendants

of siblings of such natural person. Lineal descendants shall include adopted persons, but only so long as they are adopted while a minor.

Family member shall further include any of such natural person’s family members as defined in Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

“FCC” means the United States Federal Communications

Commission or any successor agency thereto.

“FCC Authorizations” means licenses, permits and

other authorizations issued by the FCC.

“First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of the

last day of each fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on such

date that is secured by Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that are pari passu in priority with the Liens on Collateral

that secure any Pari Passu Lien Debt minus (ii) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash as of such date to (b) TTM Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect

Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth

in Section 2.06(g)(ⅱ) which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture.

“Grantors” means the Issuer and the Subsidiary

Guarantors.

“Guaranty Agreement” means a supplemental indenture,

in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, pursuant to which a Subsidiary Guarantor guarantees the Issuer’s obligations

with respect to the Notes on the terms provided for in this Supplemental Indenture.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of

the Issuer that for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements are available did not account for

more than 10% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries or more than 10% of consolidated revenue (determined

in accordance with GAAP) of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries.

“Indenture” means the Base Indenture, as supplemented

by this Supplemental Indenture and as further amended or supplemented from time to time with respect to the Notes.

“Initial Notes” means the Notes issued on the Issue

Date (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 or 3.06 of this Supplemental Indenture or Section 9.05

of the Base Indenture).

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution

that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that

is not also a QIB.

16

“Intellectual Property” means all of the following

intellectual property rights, both statutory and common law rights, if applicable: (a) copyrights, registrations and applications

for registration thereof, (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, slogans, domain names, logos, trade dress and registrations

and applications of registrations thereof, (c) patents, as well as any reissued and reexamined patents and extensions corresponding

to the patents and any patent applications, as well as any related continuation, continuation in part and divisional applications and

patents issuing therefrom and (d) trade secrets and confidential information, including ideas, designs, concepts, compilations of

information, methods, techniques, procedures, processes and other know-how, whether or not patentable.

“Intercreditor Agreements” means, collectively,

the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement.

“Investment Grade Event” means with respect to

a particular series of the Notes (1) such series of the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating (or to the extent such Rating Agency

will not provide a rating, an advisory or prospective rating from any such Rating Agency that reflects an Investment Grade Rating) from

any two Rating Agencies after giving effect to the release of the Liens on Collateral securing such series of Notes and the release of

the Note Guarantees with respect to such series of Notes; (2) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect

to such series of the Notes and (3) the Issuer has delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such

Investment Grade Event has occurred.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal

to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch or S&P, or if the applicable securities

are not then rated by Fitch, Moody’s or S&P, an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

“Issue Date” means October 5, 2026.

“Issuer” has the meaning assigned to it in the

preamble to this Supplemental Indenture.

“Joint Venture” shall mean (a) any Person

which would constitute an “equity method investee” of the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries and (b) any Person in whom

the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries beneficially owns any Equity Interest that is not a Subsidiary.

“Junior Lien Debt” means any note or loan that

is (or will be) secured by Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that are contractually (or otherwise) junior in priority to

the Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that secure the Notes Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, “Junior Lien Debt”

includes the New Second Lien Secured Debt, the Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes and Obligations that are secured (or intended to be

secured) by a Lien that is junior in priority to Liens securing the Notes, and excludes the Credit Facilities, the LC Facility and the

Notes.

“Junior Lien Obligations” means Obligations under

the Junior Lien Debt.

“LC Facility” means the senior secured facility

borrowed under the LC Facility Agreement.

17

“LC Facility Agreement” means that certain Standby

Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated May 17, 2023, by and among the Issuer, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as the letter

of credit agent, and the letter of credit issuing banks from time to time party thereto, as amended pursuant to Amendment No. 1

dated as of August 1, 2024, Amendment No. 2 dated as of May 12, 2025, Amendment No. 3 dated as of December 19,

2025, Amendment No. 4 dated as of July 8, 2026, as to be further amended pursuant to an amendment to be entered into prior

to the Acquisition Date, pursuant to which certain amendments to the terms of such facility substantially similar to the terms of the

Credit Agreement shall become operative upon closing of the Acquisition, and as may be further amended, restated, amended and restated,

supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal

to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of any Notes for use by such Holders in connection with any Exchange Offer.

“Limited Condition Transaction” means any transaction

or action in connection with any acquisition (including by way of merger), investment (including the assumption or incurrence of Indebtedness),

Disposition, or repayment, repurchase, defeasance or refinancing of Indebtedness.

“Margin Stock” shall have the meaning set forth

in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any successor thereto.

“Minority Investment” means any Person other than

a Subsidiary in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary owns any Equity Interests.

“Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to:

(a)            the

Disposition of any asset by the Issuer or any Subsidiary, the excess, if any, of:

(i)            the

sum of Unrestricted Cash received in connection with such Disposition (including any Unrestricted Cash received by way of deferred payment

pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received), over

(ii)            the

sum of,

(A)            the

principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest, breakage costs and other amounts on any (1) Indebtedness that is secured

by the asset subject to such Disposition and required to be repaid in connection with such Disposition (other than Indebtedness under

the Pari Passu Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt), (2) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries that is, or will be, repaid in connection

with such Disposition and (3) Indebtedness that is secured by Permitted Priority Assets (as defined in the Credit Agreement) that

is, or will be, repaid in connection with such Disposition,

(B)             the

out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title

insurance premiums, and related search and re-cording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses

and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees) actually incurred by the Issuer or such Subsidiary in connection with such Disposition,

18

(C)             taxes

paid or reasonably estimated to be payable in connection therewith (including taxes imposed on the distribution or repatriation of any

such Net Cash Proceeds),

(D)            in

the case of any Disposition by a non-wholly owned Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof (calculated without

regard to this clause (D)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Issuer

or a wholly owned Subsidiary as a result thereof,

(E)             any

reserve for adjustment in respect of (1) the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (2) any

liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by the Issuer or any Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof,

including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification

obligations associated with such transaction, it being understood that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall include the amount of any

reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of any reserve described in this

clause (E); and

(F)             any

costs associated with unwinding any related Hedge Agreements in connection with such transaction; and

(b)            the

sale, incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the Issuer or any Subsidiary, the excess, if any, of:

(i)            the

sum of Unrestricted Cash received in connection with such incurrence or issuance over

(ii)           taxes

paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof, fees (including investment banking fees, attorneys’ fees, accountants’

fees, underwriting fees and discounts), commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses and other customary expenses, incurred by

the Issuer or such Subsidiary in connection with such sale, incurrence or issuance.

“New Second Lien Secured Debt” means the New Second

Lien Secured Notes.

“New Second Lien Secured Notes” means the Issuer’s

8.250% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031 in an initial aggregate principal amount of $6,000,000,000, 7.000% Senior Secured Second

Lien Notes due 2031 in an initial aggregate principal amount of €885,000,000, 8.875% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2034 in

an initial aggregate principal amount of $4,000,000,000 and 9.125% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2036 in an initial aggregate

principal amount of $1,400,000,000.

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary

of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Non-U.S. Person”

means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

19

“Note” or “Notes” has the meaning

assigned to it in the preamble and includes the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

“Notes Obligations” means Obligations in respect

of the Notes, any Note Guarantee and the Security Documents.

“Offering Memorandum” means that certain offering

memorandum relating to the Notes, dated September 30, 2026 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise

modified from time to time).

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from

legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer.

“Par Call Date” means, for the 2028 Notes, September 5,

2028 (one month prior to the maturity date of the 2028 Notes), for the 2029 Notes, September 5, 2029 (one month prior to the maturity

date of the 2029 Notes), for the 2031 Notes, September 15, 2031 (one month prior to the maturity date of the 2031 Notes), for the

2033 Notes, August 15, 2033 (two months prior to the maturity date of the 2033 Notes), for the 2036 Notes, July 15, 2036 (three

months prior to the maturity date of the 2036 Notes), for the 2046 Notes, April 15, 2046 (six months prior to the maturity date

of the 2046 Notes), for the 2056 Notes, April 15, 2056 (six months prior to the maturity date of the 2056 Notes) and for the 2066

Notes, April 15, 2066 (six months prior to the maturity date of the 2066 Notes).

“Paramount Global Indentures” means, collectively,

(a)            the

indenture, dated as of May 15, 1995, among Paramount Global, a Delaware corporation (and (i) with regard to the 1995 Indenture

and the 2008 A&R Indenture, formerly known as CBS Corporation, formerly known as Viacom Inc., (ii) with regard to the 2006 Indenture,

as successor to Viacom Inc., (iii) with regard to the 2017 Indenture, formerly known as CBS Corporation, and (iv) with regard

to the 2020 Indenture, formerly known as ViacomCBS Inc., in each case, the “Paramount Issuer”), the guarantor party

thereto, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (successor trustee to Citibank, N.A., successor to State Street Bank and

Trust Company and successor to The First National Bank of Boston) (the “DB Trustee”) (as supplemented, amended or

otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “1995 Indenture”);

(b)            the

indenture, dated as of April 12, 2006 (as supplemented, amended or otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “2006 Indenture”),

between the Paramount Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee (the “BNY

Trustee”);

(c)            the

indenture, dated as of June 22, 2001, among the Paramount Issuer, the guarantor party thereto, and the BNY Trustee, as the original

trustee, as amended and restated by that certain amended and restated indenture, dated as of November 3, 2008, among the Paramount

Issuer, the guarantor party thereto, and the BNY Trustee (as supplemented, amended or otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “2008

A&R Indenture”);

20

(d)            the

indenture, dated as of November 16, 2017, among the Paramount Issuer, the guarantor party thereto, and the DB Trustee (as supplemented,

amended or otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “2017 Indenture”); and

(e)            the

indenture, dated as of March 27, 2020, between the Paramount Issuer and the DB Trustee (as supplemented, amended or otherwise modified

to the date hereof, the “2020 Indenture”),

in each case, as amended, restated, replaced,

supplemented, waived, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Paramount Global Property Cap” means, with respect

to any asset and property of Paramount Global that is subject or purported to be subject to any Lien securing any Permitted Secured Debt,

at any time for so long as any Paramount Global Indenture is in effect and includes limitations on liens substantially the same as set

forth therein in effect as of the Issue Date, 15% of the consolidated total assets of Paramount Global at the end of the most recent

accounting period preceding the creation or assumption of such Lien (as provided in each Paramount Global Indenture) of Paramount Global

(reduced by any Attributable Debt (as defined in each such Paramount Global Indenture) with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction

(as defined in each such Paramount Global Indenture) permitted under each Paramount Global Indenture); provided that, (i) if

any of the Paramount Global Indentures have been amended after the date hereof, the Paramount Global Property Cap shall be changed to

the largest amount such that the creation or assumption of liens on assets and property of Paramount Global in such amount would not

require the notes issued under any Paramount Global Indenture to be equally and ratably secured with the Notes Obligations pursuant to

the Paramount Global Indentures then in effect, and (ii) if all of the notes issued under the Paramount Global Indentures are equally

and ratably secured with the Notes Obligations on the assets and property of Paramount Global, the Paramount Global Property Cap shall

not be applicable.

“Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement” means the

equal priority intercreditor agreement to be entered into on the Acquisition Date among the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the administrative

agent and collateral agent for the Credit Facilities, the administrative agent and collateral agent for the LC Facility and any additional

representative and collateral agent for any other series of Pari Passu Lien Obligations party thereto from time to time and the Grantors,

as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Pari Passu Lien Debt” means any notes, bonds,

debentures or loans secured by (or intended to be secured by) Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that are pari passu in priority

with the Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that secure the Notes Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, “Pari Passu

Lien Debt” includes the Notes Obligations, the Credit Facilities and the LC Facility, and excludes Obligations that are unsecured

or secured (or intended to be secured) by a Lien that is junior in priority to Liens securing the Notes Obligations.

“Pari Passu Lien Obligations” means Obligations

under the Pari Passu Lien Debt.

“Permanent Financing” means the issuance by the

Issuer of senior secured debt securities and/or senior unsecured debt securities through a public offering or in a private placement

or the borrowing by the Issuer of senior secured term loans and/or senior unsecured term loans, or a combination of the foregoing in

an amount necessary to finance the Acquisition in lieu of the Acquisition Bridge Facility or to refinance the Acquisition Bridge Facility.

21

“Permitted Entity” means, with respect to a Person:

(a) a Permitted Trust solely for the benefit of (i) such Person, (ii) one or more Family Members of such Person, and/or

(iii) any other Permitted Entity of such Person; (b) any Affiliate of, or general partnership, limited partnership, limited

liability company, corporation, or other entity that (i) directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control

with such Person, and/or (ii) is directly or indirectly exclusively owned by one or more Family Members of such Person; (c) a

revocable living trust, which revocable living trust is itself both a Permitted Trust and a Sponsor, (i) during the lifetime of

the natural person grantor of such trust, or (ii) following the death of the natural person grantor of such trust, solely to the

extent that such shares are held in such trust pending distribution to the beneficiaries designated in such trust; or (d) the personal

representative of the estate of such Person upon the death of such Person solely to the extent the executor is acting in the capacity

as a personal representative of such estate.

“Permitted Holder” or “Permitted Holders”

means any of the following:

(a)            any

Sponsor;

(b)            any

group (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date) of which the Persons described

in clause (a) above are members; provided that (i) without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other

group, the Persons described in clause (a) above, collectively, beneficially own at least 50% of the Issuer’s Voting Capital

Stock and (ii) to the extent that beneficial ownership of Voting Capital Stock of any member of such group is attributed to one

or more other members of such group, each such member of the group that is by attribution deemed to be the beneficial owner of such additional

Voting Capital Stock shall also be deemed to be a Permitted Holder; and

(c)            any

Public Company (or Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Public Company) to the extent and until such time as any Person or group (other than

a Permitted Holder under clause (a) or (b)) is deemed to be or become a beneficial owner of Voting Capital Stock of such Public

Company representing more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Capital Stock of such Public Company.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(1) (A) prior to the Collateral

Release Date, Liens pursuant to the Credit Facilities, the LC Facility or any Loan Document

(as defined in the Credit Agreement) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the sum

of (i) $21,400,000,000 plus (ii) the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an

Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA plus (iii) in

the case of Liens securing Pari Passu Lien Debt, so long as the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio,

determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the date of the incurrence of such Pari Passu Lien

Debt, would not exceed either (x) 0.50 to 1.00 greater than the Acquisition Date First

Lien Net Leverage Ratio or (y) if such Pari Passu Lien Debt is incurred in connection

with an investment or acquisition, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio in effect immediately

prior to the consummation of such transaction calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most

recently ended Test Period or, at the Issuer’s election, as of the last day of the

most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements are internally

available plus (iv) Liens securing Junior Lien Debt and (B) on and after the Collateral

Release Date, Liens pursuant to the Credit Facilities, the LC Facility or any Loan Document

to the extent all Notes Obligations are secured by such Liens; provided that in each case,

such Indebtedness shall be subject to a Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement or Second

Lien Intercreditor Agreement to the extent secured by Liens on the Collateral ranking pari

passu or junior with the Liens securing the Notes Obligations;

22

(2) prior to the Collateral Release

Date, (A) Liens existing on the Acquisition Date and (B) any Lien securing the

renewal, extension or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by clause

(A) above that does not extend to Indebtedness other than that which is being renewed,

extended or refunded;

(3) (A) purchase money Liens or purchase money security interests

upon or in any Property acquired or held by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer to

secure the purchase price of such Property or to secure Indebtedness incurred solely for

the purpose of financing the acquisition of such Property and (B) any Lien securing

the renewal, extension or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by

clause (A) above that does not extend to Indebtedness other than that which is being

renewed, extended or refunded;

(4) (A) Liens existing on Property at the time of its acquisition

(other than any such Lien created in contemplation of such acquisition) and (B) any

Lien securing the renewal, extension or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien

permitted by clause (A) above that does not extend to Indebtedness other than that which

is being renewed, extended or refunded;

(5) (A) Liens on Property of Persons which become or became Subsidiaries

securing Indebtedness existing, with respect to any such Person, on the date such Person

becomes or became a Subsidiary (other than any such Lien created in contemplation of such

Person becoming a Subsidiary) and (B) any Lien securing the renewal, extension or refunding

of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by clause (A) above that does not

extend to Indebtedness other than that which is being renewed, extended or refunded;

(6) Liens on Securitization Assets secured or transferred pursuant to

any Permitted Securitization Financing;

(7) Prior to the Collateral Release Date, Liens on assets of Non-Guarantor

Subsidiaries;

(8) Statutory or common law Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen,

mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens, or other

customary Liens (other than in respect of Indebtedness) in favor of landlords, so long as,

in each case, such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business and secure amounts not

overdue for a period of more than ninety (90) days or, if more than ninety (90) days overdue,

are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or that are being contested

in good faith and by appropriate actions, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained

on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

23

(9) Liens arising from judgments or orders for the payment of money;

(10) (A) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges that

are not overdue for a period of more than ninety (90) days or that are being contested in

good faith and by appropriate actions diligently conducted and for which appropriate reserves

have been established in accordance with GAAP or that are not expected to result in a material

adverse effect and (B) Liens for property taxes on property the Issuer or its Subsidiaries

has decided to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment or charge is to such

property;

(11) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning and building

code restrictions and plan agreements, development agreements and contract zoning agreements),

encroachments, survey exceptions, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone

and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, reservations

of rights, servitudes, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and title defects affecting

real property that, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary

conduct of the business of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the use of

the property for its intended purpose;

(12) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses (including Works) granted

to others in the ordinary course of business (including any other agreement under which the

Issuer or any Subsidiary has granted rights to end users to access and use the Issuer’s

or any Subsidiary’s products, technologies, facilities or services) which do not interfere

in any material respect with the business of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries, taken as a

whole;

(13) (A) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business

in connection with workers’ compensation, health, disability or employee benefits,

unemployment insurance and other social security laws or similar legislation or regulation

or other insurance-related obligations (including in respect of deductibles, self-insured

retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) and (B) pledges, deposits and

Liens on cash in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or

indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or

bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability

insurance to the Issuer or any Subsidiaries;

(14) Liens and subrogation rights arising from the performance of bids,

trade contracts, governmental contracts and operating leases, statutory obligations, surety,

stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature

(including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the

ordinary course of business;

24

(15) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform

Commercial Code financing statements or similar public filings;

(16) Liens (A) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208

or 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on the items in the course of collection, (B) attaching

to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary

course of business and not for speculative purposes and (C) in favor of a banking or

other financial institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits or other funds

maintained with a financial institution (including the right of setoff) and that are within

the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(17) Liens (A) in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising

as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation

of goods in the ordinary course of business and (B) on specific items of inventory or

other goods and proceeds thereof of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in

respect of bankers’ acceptances or documentary letters of credit issued or created

for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory

or such other goods in the ordinary course of business;

(18) prior to the Collateral Release Date, (A) Liens securing Pari

Passu Lien Debt, so long as the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma

Basis as of the date of the incurrence of such Pari Passu Lien Debt, would not exceed either

(x) 0.50 to 1.00 greater than the Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio or

(y) if such Pari Passu Lien Debt is incurred in connection with an investment or acquisition,

the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior to the consummation of such

transaction calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period or,

at the Issuer’s election, as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal

quarter period for which financial statements are internally available, (B) Liens securing

Junior Lien Debt and (C) any Lien securing a refinancing of the Pari Passu Lien Debt

or Junior Lien Debt secured pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above that does not extend

to Indebtedness other than that which is being renewed, extended or refunded; provided that

in each case, any such Indebtedness in excess of $250,000,000 shall be subject to a Pari

Passu Intercreditor Agreement or Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement to the extent secured

by Liens on the Collateral ranking pari passu or junior with the Liens securing the

Notes Obligations;

(19) prior to the Collateral Release Date, (A) Liens securing Indebtedness

incurred pursuant to the Acquisition Bridge Facility, the New Second Lien Secured Debt and

the Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes and (B) any Lien securing a refinancing of the

Acquisition Bridge Facility, the New Second Lien Secured Debt and the Second Lien Secured

Exchange Notes secured pursuant to clause (A) above that does not extend to Indebtedness

other than that which is being renewed, extended or refunded; provided that in each

case, any such Indebtedness in excess of $250,000,000 shall be subject to a Pari Passu Intercreditor

Agreement or Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement to the extent secured by Liens on the Collateral

ranking pari passu or junior with the Liens securing the Notes Obligations;

25

(20) Liens on assets of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness

of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, including Liens on the Equity Interests of such Non-Guarantor

Subsidiaries (except those Equity Interests held by Guarantors);

(21) Liens incurred in connection with the cash collateralization of

letters of credit or agreements related to hedging designed to hedge against the Issuer’s

or any Subsidiary’s exposure to interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities

pricing risks incurred not for speculative purposes;

(22) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition,

construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations

and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets;

provided that (x) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 90 days after such

acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (y) the principal

amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving

such fixed or capital assets;

(23) Liens (A) on cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer

or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement

relating to an investment not prohibited under the Indenture or (B) incurred in connection

with escrow arrangements or other agreements relating to any acquisition or investment not

prohibited under this Supplemental Indenture;

(24) on and following the Collateral Release Date, Liens securing Indebtedness

incurred by any Subsidiary of the Issuer in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed,

on a Pro Forma Basis, the greater of (A) an amount equal to 5% of Consolidated Tangible

Assets and (B) a dollar amount calculated based upon the Acquisition Date Metric equal

to 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(25) Liens created in favor of a producer or supplier of television programming

or films over distribution revenues and/or distribution rights which are allocable to such

producer or supplier under related distribution agreements;

(26) Liens consisting of or related to the sale, transfer, distribution,

or financing of Works or Intellectual Property or other rights with respect thereto or with

groups who may receive tax benefits or other third-party investors in connection with the

financing and/or distribution of Works in the ordinary course of business and the granting

to Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries of rights to distribute such Works; provided, however,

that no such Lien shall attach to any asset or right of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries

(other than (1) the Works which were sold, transferred to or financed by groups who

may receive tax benefits or third-party investors in question or the proceeds arising therefrom

and (2) the stock or equity interests of a Subsidiary substantially all of the assets

of which consist of such Works and related proceeds);

(27) Liens on satellite transponders and all property rights therein

and the products, revenues and proceeds therefrom which secure obligations incurred in connection

with the acquisition, utilization or operation of such satellite transponders or the refinancing

of any such obligations; and

26

(28) Liens over any bank account

used in the ordinary course of business and granted by any Subsidiary organized, incorporated

or formed under the laws of the Netherlands as part of a bank’s standard terms and

conditions, including the terms and conditions of the Dutch Banks’ Association (Nederlandse

vereniging voor banken) or similar terms and conditions.

“Permitted Secured Debt”

means, collectively, Junior Lien Debt and Pari Passu Lien Debt.

“Permitted Securitization Financing”

shall mean any Securitization Financing that meets the following conditions:

(a)           such

Permitted Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate

economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and any applicable Securitization Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuer in good faith;

(b)           all

sales, transfers and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related assets are made at Fair Market Value; and

(c)           the

financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof, including any Standard Securitization Undertakings, shall

be market terms, as determined by the Issuer in good faith.

“Permitted Trust” means a bona fide trust where

a trustee is a Sponsor or a professional in the business of providing trustee services, including private professional fiduciaries, trust

companies, and bank trust departments.

“Principal Property” means any property (other

than telecommunications equipment, including, without limitation, satellite transponders) owned by the Issuer or any Subsidiary and located

in the United States, the aggregate book value of which on the date of determination exceeds 2% of the consolidated total assets of the

Issuer, other than any such property, which, as determined in good faith by management, is not of material importance to the total business

conducted by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

“Pro Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma Effect”

means with respect to the calculation of any test, financial ratio, basket or covenant under the Indenture, including, but not limited

to, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and the calculation of Consolidated Tangible Assets, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and TTM Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA, of any Person and its Subsidiaries, as of any date, that pro forma effect will be given to the Transactions, any acquisition,

merger, consolidation, investment, any issuance, incurrence, assumption or repayment (mandatory or voluntary) or redemption of Indebtedness

(including Indebtedness issued, incurred or assumed or repaid or redeemed as a result of, or to finance, any relevant transaction and

for which any such test, financial ratio, basket or covenant is being calculated) (but excluding the identifiable proceeds of any Indebtedness

being incurred substantially simultaneously therewith or as part of the same transaction or series of related transactions for purposes

of netting cash to calculate the applicable ratio), any issuance or redemption of preferred stock or disqualified stock, all sales, transfers

and other dispositions or discontinuance of any Subsidiary, line of business, division, segment or operating unit, in each case that

have occurred during the Test Period of such Person being used to calculate such test, financial ratio, basket or covenant, or subsequent

to the end of the Test Period but prior to such date of calculation or prior to or in connection with the event for which a determination

under this definition is made, as if each such event occurred on the first day of the Test Period.

27

For purposes of making any computation referred

to above:

(a)            if

any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated

as if the rate in effect on the date for which a determination under this definition is made had been the applicable rate for the entire

period (taking into account any agreements relating to hedging or cash management applicable to such Indebtedness if such agreements

have a remaining term of the lesser of (i) 12 months or more and (ii) the remaining time to the scheduled maturity date of

such underlying Indebtedness);

(b)            interest

on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting

officer, in his or her capacity as such and not in his or her personal capacity, of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in

such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP;

(c)            interest

on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency

interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon

such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate;

(d)            interest

on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance

of such Indebtedness during the applicable period; and

(e)            to

the extent not already covered above, any such calculation may include adjustments calculated in accordance with Regulation S-X under

the Securities Act.

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set

forth in Section 2.06(g)(i)(A) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture except where otherwise permitted

by the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture.

“Proceeds” means all “proceeds” as

such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the UCC and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all dividends, distributions

or other income from Investment Property, collections thereon or distributions or payments with respect thereto.

“Property” means any right or interest in or to

property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Voting

Capital Stock.

“Public Company” means any Person with a class

or series of Voting Capital Stock that is traded on a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer”

as defined in Rule 144A.

“Rating Agencies” means Fitch, Moody’s and

S&P, or if any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized

statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Fitch, Moody’s

or S&P, as the case may be.

28

“Ratings Decline Period” means, with respect to

any Change of Control, the period that (1) begins on the earlier of (a) the date of the first public announcement of such Change

of Control or of the Issuer’s intention to effect such Change of Control or (b) the occurrence of such Change of Control and

(2) ends on the 60th calendar day following consummation of such Change of Control.

“RedBird” means, collectively, (a) RB Tentpole

LP (so long as RB Tentpole LP is managed or controlled by Affiliates of RedBird Capital Partners Management LLC), (b) RedBird Capital

Partners Fund IV (Master), L.P., (c) any Affiliates of RedBird Capital Partners Management LLC (including any investment vehicle

managed and controlled by RedBird Capital Partners Management LLC) and (d) any Permitted Entity of a Person identified in clause

(a), (b) or (c).

“Register” means a register in which, subject to

such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of the Notes and of transfers and exchanges

of such Notes which the Issuer shall cause to be kept at the appropriate office of the Registrar in accordance with Section 2.03.

“Registration Rights

Agreement” means any registration rights agreement among the Issuer and the initial purchasers named therein with respect to

any series of Notes.

“Regulation S”

means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Regulation S Global

Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3,

Exhibit A-4, Exhibit A-5, Exhibit A-6, Exhibit A-7 or Exhibit A-8 hereto

bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary

or its nominee that will be issued in an initial denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of any Additional Notes initially

sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

“Restricted Definitive

Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Global Note”

means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Rule 144”

means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A”

means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A Global Note” means a Global Note

substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3, Exhibit A-4, Exhibit A-5,

Exhibit A-6, Exhibit A-7 or Exhibit A-8 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement

Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in an initial

denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of any Additional Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

“Rule 903”

means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

29

“Rule 904”

means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Second Lien Intercreditor

Agreement” means the junior lien intercreditor agreement to be entered into on the Acquisition Date among the Collateral Agent,

the Trustee, the representative and collateral agent for each other series of Pari Passu Lien Obligations, the administrative agent and

collateral agent under the Credit Facilities, the representative and collateral agent under the LC Facility, the representative and collateral

agent under the New Second Lien Secured Debt, the representative and collateral agent for each other series of Junior Lien Obligations,

and the Grantors, as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Second Lien Secured

Exchange Notes” means the separate series of second lien secured notes expected to be issued by the Issuer on or shortly following

the Acquisition Date pursuant to a series of exchange offers as described in the Offering Memorandum.

“Securitization Assets” means any Securitization

Receivable Assets and any Securitization Operating Assets.

“Securitization Financing” shall mean any transaction

or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its

Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer

or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary or a transfer by the

Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor in the context of a receivables financing), or may grant a security interest or Lien in, any Securitization

Assets of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including all collateral securing such Securitization

Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization

Assets and other assets that are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection

with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets as determined by the Issuer in good faith.

“Securitization Operating Assets” means intellectual

property assets, contract rights, physical assets (including vehicles or real estate and other assets identified by the Issuer) and the

proceeds thereof and any Securitization Receivable Assets that may be related thereto which the Issuer has determined in good faith are

of the type customarily transferred or that are required to be transferred, or in respect of which security interests are customarily

granted or are required to be granted, in connection with securitizations of operating assets or revenue streams relating thereto.

“Securitization Receivable Assets” means, any accounts

receivable, royalty or other revenue streams, other rights to payment (including with respect to rights of payment pursuant to the terms

of any joint venture), all collateral securing such accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams or rights to payment, all contracts

and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams

or rights to payment, all proceeds of such accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams or rights to payment and other assets

(including contract rights) which the Issuer has determined are of the type customarily transferred (or that are required to be transferred)

or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted or are required to be granted in connection with securitizations of

accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams or rights to payment and which are sold, transferred or otherwise conveyed by the

Issuer or a Subsidiary to a Securitization Subsidiary or to a financing institution.

30

“Securitization Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary

of the Issuer formed for the purposes of engaging in a securitization financing.

“Security Documents” means the security agreements,

pledge agreements and other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture or any of the foregoing,

as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and pursuant to which Collateral is pledged, assigned

or granted to or on behalf of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders.

“Shelf Registration

Statement” means a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration and the sale on a continuous or

delayed basis of any Notes as may be provided in any Registration Rights Agreement.

“Special Interest”

means all additional interest owing on the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Sponsors” means, collectively, (a) Ellison,

(b) RedBird and (c) any direct and indirect investors of the Persons identified in clauses (a) or (b) through any

permitted equity syndication process consummated prior to the Acquisition Date.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” shall mean

representations, warranties, covenants (including repurchase obligations) and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary

that the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has determined in good faith are customary for “non-recourse” accounts

receivables financings or factoring or securitization financings.

“Supplemental Indenture” has the meaning assigned

to it in the preamble to this Supplemental Indenture.

“Target” means Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation.

“Test Period” means, at any time, the most recent

period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Issuer ended on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period) in respect of

which financial statements have been filed with the SEC.

“Transactions” means, collectively, (a) the

Acquisition, the other related transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement and the financing thereof, including any equity

investment or related equity financing and any refinancing of the Target’s existing Indebtedness and (b) the payment of fees,

commissions and expenses in connection with the foregoing.

“Treasury Rate”

means, with respect to any redemption date, the yield determined by the Issuer in accordance with the following two paragraphs.

31

The Treasury Rate shall be determined

by the Issuer after 4:15 p.m., New York City time (or after such time as yields on U.S. government securities are posted daily by the

Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), as of the third Business Day preceding the date of the notice of redemption based

upon the yield or yields for the most recent day that appear after such time on such day in the most recent statistical release published

by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System designated as “Selected Interest Rates (Daily)—H.15” (or any

successor designation or publication) (“H.15”) under the caption “U.S. government securities—Treasury

constant maturities—Nominal” (or any successor caption or heading) (“H.15 TCM”). In determining the Treasury

Rate, the Issuer shall select, as applicable: (1) the yield for the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to the period

from the redemption date to the applicable Par Call Date (the “Remaining Life”); or (2) if there is no such Treasury

constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to the Remaining Life, the two yields—one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant

maturity on H.15 immediately shorter than and one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately longer than

the Remaining Life—and shall interpolate to the applicable Par Call Date on a straight-line basis (using the actual number of days)

using such yields and rounding the result to three decimal places; or (3) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15

shorter than or longer than the Remaining Life, the yield for the single Treasury constant maturity on H.15 closest to the Remaining

Life. For purposes of this paragraph, the applicable Treasury constant maturity or maturities on H.15 shall be deemed to have a maturity

date equal to the relevant number of months or years, as applicable, of such Treasury constant maturity from the redemption date.

If as of the third Business Day preceding the date of the notice of

redemption H.15 TCM or any successor designation or publication is no longer published, the Issuer shall calculate the Treasury Rate

based on the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, as of the second

Business Day preceding such date of the notice of redemption of the United States Treasury security maturing on, or with a maturity that

is closest to, the applicable Par Call Date, as applicable. If there is no United States Treasury security maturing on the applicable

Par Call Date but there are two or more United States Treasury securities with a maturity date equally distant from the applicable Par

Call Date, one with a maturity date preceding the applicable Par Call Date and one with a maturity date following the applicable Par

Call Date, the Issuer shall select the United States Treasury security with a maturity date preceding the applicable Par Call Date. If

there are two or more United States Treasury securities maturing on the applicable Par Call Date or two or more United States Treasury

securities meeting the criteria of the preceding sentence, the Issuer shall select from among these two or more United States Treasury

securities the United States Treasury security that is trading closest to par based upon the average of the bid and asked prices for

such United States Treasury securities at 11:00 a.m., New York City time. In determining the Treasury Rate in accordance with the terms

of this paragraph, the semi-annual yield to maturity of the applicable United States Treasury security shall be based upon the average

of the bid and asked prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, of such United States

Treasury security, and rounded to three decimal places.

“TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” means, as of

any date of determination, the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal

quarter period for which financial statements are available.

“U.S. Person”

means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

32

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any

similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

“Unrestricted Cash” means unrestricted cash and

Cash Equivalents held or owned by, credited to the account of, or otherwise reflected as an asset on the balance sheet of, the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries.

“Unrestricted Definitive

Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global

Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3, Exhibit A-4,

Exhibit A-5, Exhibit A-6, Exhibit A-7 or Exhibit A-8 attached hereto that bears the Global

Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited

with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes that do not

bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary

of which all shares of Voting Capital Stock (other than, in the case of a corporation, directors’ qualifying shares) are owned

directly or indirectly by the Parent (as defined in the definition of “Subsidiary”).

“Works” means motion pictures, video, television,

interactive or multi-media programming, audio-visual works, sound recordings, books and other literary or written material, any software,

copyright or other intellectual property related thereto, acquired directly or indirectly by purchase, business combination, production,

creation or otherwise, any component of the foregoing or rights therein or with respect thereto, of every kind and character, and all

improvements thereon, products and proceeds thereof and revenues derived therefrom.

With respect to the Notes only, the definitions of “Depositary”,

“Global Note”, “Guarantee”, “Indebtedness” and “Trustee” in the Base Indenture are hereby

replaced with the following:

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Global

Notes, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed

as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Supplemental Indenture.

“Global Notes” means a permanent Global Note substantially

in the form of Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3, Exhibit A-4, Exhibit A-5,

Exhibit A-6, Exhibit A-7 or Exhibit A-8, as applicable, hereto that bears the Global Note Legend

and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or

on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes.

“Guarantee”

of or by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or entered into with the purpose of guaranteeing

any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including

any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment

of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness,

(b) to purchase Property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment of such

Indebtedness or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or other financial condition or liquidity of the primary obligor

so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness; provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include

endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business.

33

“Indebtedness” of any Person means at any date,

without duplication,

(a)            (i) any

indebtedness of such Person in respect of borrowed money; (ii) any indebtedness evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures, loan agreements

or similar instruments; (iii) obligations of such Person as issuer, customer or account party under letters of credit or bankers’

acceptances to the extent drawn; (iv) obligations of such Person as a lessee under Capital Lease Obligations; (v) the balance

deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property to the extent the same would be required to be shown as a long-term liability

on the balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; and (vi) any obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified

Equity Interests (as defined in the Credit Agreement); and

(b)            (i) to

the extent not otherwise included, any Guarantee by such Person of the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a) of another

Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable

instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business and (ii) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of

the type referred to in clause (a) of another Person secured by a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any property owned by such

Person, whether or not such obligations are assumed by such Person and whether or not such obligations would appear upon the balance

sheet of such Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness for purposes of this clause (ii) will be the lesser of the fair

market value of such property at such date of determination and the amount of Indebtedness so secured;

provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will

be deemed not to include indebtedness, guarantees or obligations that are (1) contingent obligations incurred in the ordinary course

of business unless and until such obligations are non-contingent, (2) trade payables and commercial guarantees or arrangements related

or incidental to the business of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries, (3) earn outs, purchase price holdbacks or similar obligations,

(4) intercompany liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, (5) Permitted Liens, (6) loans and advances made

by the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantors having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll over or extension of terms), (7) Indebtedness

of any direct or indirect parent entity appearing on the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push down accounting under

GAAP, (8) with respect to the production, distribution and acquisition of motion pictures or other programming rights, talent or

publishing rights, (9) the net change in the carrying value of Indebtedness relating to fair value hedges in accordance with ASC

815 or (10) financings by way of sales or transfers of receivables or inventory, which will be accounted for as indebtedness in

accordance with ASC 860 and ASC 810.

“Trustee” has the meaning assigned to it in the

preamble to this Supplemental Indenture.

34

Section 1.02    Other

Definitions.

Term

Defined

in Section

“Alternate Offer”

4.08

“Applicable Proceeds”

4.07

“Asset Sale Offer”

3.09

“Authentication Order”

2.02

“Change of Control Offer”

4.08

“Change of Control Payment”

4.08

“Change of Control Payment Date”

4.08

“Collateral Release Date”

13.05

“Covenant Defeasance”

8.03

“DTC”

2.03

“Excess Proceeds”

4.07

“Event of Default”

6.01

“General Asset Sale Basket”

4.07

“LCT Election”

1.04

“LCT Test Date”

1.04

“Offer Amount”

3.09

“Offer Period”

3.09

“Paying Agent”

2.03

“Payoff Transaction”

3.07

“Proceeds Application Period”

4.07

“Purchase Date”

3.09

“redemption notice date”

3.10

“Registrar”

2.03

“series”

2.01

“Special Mandatory Redemption”

3.10

“special mandatory redemption date”

3.10

“special mandatory redemption event”

3.10

“special mandatory redemption price”

3.10

“Subsequent Transaction”

1.04

Section 1.04    Rules of

Construction.

With respect to the Notes only, the following provisions shall be

included in Section 1.04 of the Base Indenture:

(x)            notwithstanding

anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction,

for purposes of:

(A) determining

compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, the Notes and the Security Documents that requires the

calculation of any financial ratio or test, including the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio;

35

(B)  testing

availability under baskets set forth in this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, the Notes and the Security Documents (including

baskets determined by reference to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets, as

applicable); or

(C)  determining

other compliance with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, the Notes and the Security Documents (including the determination

that no Default or Event of Default (or any type of Default or Event of Default) has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom);

in each

case, at the option of the Issuer (the Issuer’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction,

an “LCT Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder shall be in the case

of any Limited Condition Transaction, the date of (or, in the case of any calculation or any financial ratio or test, with respect to,

or as of the last day of, the most recently ended Test Period) either (x) the execution of the definitive agreement with respect

to such Limited Condition Transaction or, if applicable, the date with respect to which the Issuer or a Subsidiary otherwise becomes

obligated to consummate such Limited Condition Transaction (including as the result of providing irrevocable notice thereof), (y) the

public announcement of an intention to make an offer in respect of the target of such Limited Condition Transaction or (z) the consummation

of such Limited Condition Transaction (the “LCT Test Date”), and if, for the Limited Condition Transaction (and the

other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith), the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries would have been permitted to take

such action on the relevant LCT Test Date (on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such action) in compliance with such ratio, test

or basket, such ratio, test or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer has made

an LCT Election and any of the ratios, tests or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would have

failed to have been complied with as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, test or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA, TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer or the Person subject to such Limited

Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, tests or ratios will not

be deemed to have failed to have been complied with as a result of such fluctuations; provided that notwithstanding anything to

the contrary herein, if financial statements for one or more subsequent Test Periods shall have become available, the Issuer may elect,

in its sole discretion, to re-determine all such financial ratios or tests, with respect to, or as of the last day of, the most recently

ended Test Period on the basis of such financial statements, in which case such date of redetermination shall thereafter be deemed to

be the LCT Test Date for purposes of such baskets, ratios and financial metrics. If the Issuer has made an LCT Election for any Limited

Condition Transaction, then in connection with any calculation of any ratio, test or basket availability with respect to the incurrence

of Liens, Dispositions, mergers or the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer (each,

a “Subsequent Transaction”) following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such

Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement, public announcement or irrevocable notice for

such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated, revoked or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, for

purposes of determining whether such Subsequent Transaction is permitted under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes

and the Security Documents, any such ratio, test or basket shall be required to be satisfied on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited

Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith have been consummated;

36

(xi)           notwithstanding

anything to the contrary in this Indenture, so long as an action was taken (or not taken) in reliance upon a basket, ratio or financial

metric that was calculated or determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of a Person based upon financial

information available to such officer at such time and such action (or inaction) was permitted under this Indenture at the time of such

calculation or determination, any subsequent restatement, modification or adjustments made to such financial information (including any

restatement of or modification or adjustment to the financial statements of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or for any other reason) shall

not result in any Default or Event of Default;

(xii)          in

addition, the “integrated transaction doctrine” or any similar legal doctrine or theory is expressly waived by each Holder

by acceptance of any Note. Without limiting the foregoing, each Holder agrees by acceptance of any Note that (a) any series of related

transactions shall be permitted by this Indenture if each individual transaction would be permitted, and (b) any series of related

transactions that are consummated substantially concurrently may be deemed to be consummated in any order determined by the Issuer that

complies with this Indenture with permissibility of each transaction evaluated in light of such order;

(xiii)        the

phrase “commercially reasonable efforts” shall not require the payment of a fee or other amount to any third party, the incurrence

of any expense or liability by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (or any Affiliate thereof) outside its ordinary course of its business

or the taking of any action that the Issuer determines in good faith could adversely affect relationships with third parties; and

(xiv)        with

respect to the Notes only, Sections 1.03, 9.03 and 11.01 of the Base Indenture are hereby disapplied, provided that such Sections

shall apply to the Notes following the issuance of any Exchange Notes as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement relating to

the Notes.

37

Article 2

THE NOTES

With respect to the Notes only, Article 2 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 2.01 Form and

Dating.(a)    General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate

of authentication shall be substantially in the form of (i) in the case of the 2028

Notes, Exhibit A-1, (ii) in the case of the 2029 Notes, Exhibit A-2,

(ⅲ) in the case of the 2031 Notes, Exhibit A-3, (iv) in the case of

the 2033 Notes, Exhibit A-4, (v) in the case of the 2036 Notes, Exhibit A-5,

(vi) in the case of the 2046 Notes, Exhibit A-6, (vii) in the case

of the 2056 Notes, Exhibit A-7 and (viii) in the case of the 2066 Notes,

Exhibit A-8. The Notes are each a separate “series” of Notes

for the purposes of the Base Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture. The Notes may have

notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage or

this Supplemental Indenture. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The

Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess

thereof.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute,

and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Supplemental Indenture and the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery

of this Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision

of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall

govern and be controlling.

(b)            Global

Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of (i) in the case of the 2028 Notes, Exhibit A-1,

(ii) in the case of the 2029 Notes, Exhibit A-2, (ⅲ) in the case of the 2031 Notes, Exhibit A-3, (iv) in

the case of the 2033 Notes, Exhibit A-4, (v) in the case of the 2036 Notes, Exhibit A-5, (vi) in the

case of the 2046 Notes, Exhibit A-6, (vii) in the case of the 2056 Notes, Exhibit A-7 and (viii) in

the case of the 2066 Notes, Exhibit A-8, including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of

Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of (i) in

the case of the 2028 Notes, Exhibit A-1, (ii) in the case of the 2029 Notes, Exhibit A-2, (ⅲ) in the

case of the 2031 Notes, Exhibit A-3, (iv) in the case of the 2033 Notes, Exhibit A-4, (v) in the case

of the 2036 Notes, Exhibit A-5, (vi) in the case of the 2046 Notes, Exhibit A-6, (vii) in the case

of the 2056 Notes, Exhibit A-7 and (viii) in the case of the 2066 Notes, Exhibit A-8, without the Global

Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. Each Global

Note shall represent such outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate

principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes

represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement

of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented

thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the

Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06.

38

(c)            Form of

Initial Notes, Etc. All Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date are to be initially represented by one or more Global Notes.

(d)            Euroclear

and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms

and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream” and “Customer

Handbook” of Clearstream (or, in each case, equivalent documents setting forth the procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream) shall

be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Section 2.02    Execution

and Authentication.

An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or electronic

(including Docusign) signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office

at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic

signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Supplemental Indenture.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery

of this Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee

shall authenticate and deliver (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount of (a) in the case of

the 2028 Notes, $3,500,000,000, (b) in the case of the 2029 Notes, $3,500,000,000, (c) in the case of the 2031 Notes, $6,500,000,000,

(d) in the case of the 2033 Notes, $5,250,000,000, (e) in the case of the 2036 Notes, $5,250,000,000, (f) in the case

of the 2046 Notes, $1,250,000,000, (g) in the case of the 2056 Notes, $3,500,000,000 and (h) in the case of the 2066 Notes,

$1,250,000,000, and (ii) Additional Notes from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amount specified by the Issuer,

in each case specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above, upon a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer of the Issuer

(an “Authentication Order”). Such Authentication Order shall specify the amount and series of Notes to be authenticated

and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether such Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes and whether the

Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes and such other information as the Issuer may include or the Trustee may reasonably

request. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Supplemental Indenture is unlimited.

The Initial Notes of a series and the

Additional Notes of such series shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture (unless

specifically provided herein or the context otherwise requires); provided that any Additional Notes will not be issued

with the same CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying number as the Initial Notes unless such Additional Notes are fungible with the Initial

Notes of the same series for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Holders of the Initial Notes of a series and the Additional Notes of such

series will vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of

the Holders of the Initial Notes of a series or the Additional Notes of such series shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate

class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent.

39

On the Issue Date, the Issuer will issue Initial Notes in the form

of one or more Rule 144A Global Notes and/or one or more Regulation S Global Notes, as provided in Section 2.01(c). Any Notes

offered and sold in reliance on the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Section 4(a)(2) thereunder

or Rule 144A shall be issued as one or more Rule 144A Global Notes. Any Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in

reliance on Regulation S shall be issued as one or more Regulation S Global Notes.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the

Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Supplemental

Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent

to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

Section 2.03    Registrar

and Paying Agent.

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan,

the City of New York, where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and

an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). Until otherwise designated by the Issuer,

the Issuer’s office or agency in New York shall be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. The Registrar shall keep

the Register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional

paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes

any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Registrar or Paying

Agent may resign at any time upon not less than 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Issuer. The Issuer shall enter into

an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing

of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying

Agent or Registrar.

The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)

to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar

and Paying Agent and to act as custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04    Paying

Agent to Hold Money.

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest

on the Notes will be payable at the office of the Paying Agent or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check

mailed to Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the Register; provided that all payments of principal,

premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name or held by the

Depositary shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to accounts specified by the Holder prior to 10:00 a.m., New

York time, on each due date of the principal and interest on any Note. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee

to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for

the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making

any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.

The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying

Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as

Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate fund for the benefit of Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any

bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

40

Section 2.05    Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable

the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall

furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request

in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders.

Section 2.06    Transfer and

Exchange.

(a)            Transfer

and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary,

by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to

a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes

if:

(i)           the

Issuer delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is

no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer

within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

(ii)          the

Issuer in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and

deliver a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or

(iii)         there

shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or

(iii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be

exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange

for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10, shall be authenticated

and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided

in this Section 2.06(a); however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) and

(c).

41

(b)            Transfer

and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.

The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes

shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.

Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the

extent required by the Securities Act. Prior to the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S,

beneficial interests in any Regulation S Global Notes may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless transferred in accordance

with Section 2.06(b)(iii)(B). Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph

(i) or (ⅱ) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i)             Transfer

of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons

who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions

set forth in the Private Placement Legend. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take

delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required

to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii)            All

Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial

interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar

either:

(A)           a

written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing

the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest

to be transferred or exchanged; and

(B)           instructions

given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase;

or

(C)           a

written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing

the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(D)           instructions

given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered

to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (A) above.

42

Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer

in accordance with Section 2.06(f), the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied

upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests

in the Restricted Global Notes.

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for

transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable

under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h).

(iii)            Transfer

of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred

to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies

with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A)           if

the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver

a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B)            if

the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver

a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv)           Transfer

and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial

interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note

or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange

or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

(A)          such

exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder of the

beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable

Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the relevant Exchange

Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B)           such

transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;

(C)           such

transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights

Agreement; or

(D)          such

exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and the Registrar

receives the following:

43

(1)            if

the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest

in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications

in item (1)(ⅰ) thereof; or

(2)            if

the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall

take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form

of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the Registrar

so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect

that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in

the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph

(A) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication

Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal

amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (A) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global

Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted

Global Note.

(c)            Transfer

or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(i)             Beneficial

Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global

Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person

who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A)           if

the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive

Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(ⅰ) thereof (provided

that any such beneficial interest in Regulation S Global Note shall not be so exchangeable until after the expiration of the 40-day

distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S);

(B)           if

such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the

effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C)           if

such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904

under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

44

(D)           if

such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance

with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications

in item (3)(i) thereof;

(E)            if

such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration

requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect

set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(iv) thereof,

if applicable;

(F)            such

beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B

hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(ii) thereof; or

(G)            if

such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate

to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(iii) thereof;

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable

Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h), and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate

and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued

in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such

name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar

through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes

to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted

Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions

on transfer contained therein.

(ii)            Beneficial

Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note

may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes

delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

(A)           such

exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder of such

beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal

that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the relevant Exchange Notes or (3) a

Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

45

(B)           such

transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;

(C)           such

transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights

Agreement; or

(D)           such

exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and the Registrar

receives the following:

(1)            if

the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note

that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including

the certifications in item (1)(ⅱ) thereof; or

(2)             if

the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall

take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder

in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the Registrar

so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect

that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in

the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii)           Beneficial

Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted

Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who

takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii),

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h),

and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive

Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall

be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall

instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver

such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial

interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d)            Transfer

and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.

(i)             Restricted

Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange

such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes

delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following

documentation:

46

(A)           if

the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a

certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(ⅱ) thereof;

(B)           if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate

to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C)           if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903

or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications

in item (2) thereof;

(D)           if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act

in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including

the certifications in item (3)(ⅰ) thereof;

(E)            if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration

requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect

set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof,

if applicable;

(F)            if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in

Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(ⅱ) thereof; or

(G)            if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate

to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(ⅲ) thereof,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or

cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note,

in the case of clause (B) above, the Rule 144A Global Note or, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global

Note.

(ii)            Restricted

Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such

Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery

thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A)           such

exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the

case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a

broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the relevant Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate

(as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

47

(B)           such

transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;

(C)           such

transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights

Agreement; or

(D)           such

exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and the Registrar

receives the following:

(1)            if

the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate

from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(ⅲ) thereof; or

(2)            if

the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial

interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications

in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar

so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect

that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in

the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in

this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal

amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii)           Unrestricted

Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such

Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof

in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer,

the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount

of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial

interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has

not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee

shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive

Notes so transferred.

48

(e)            Transfer

and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance

with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to

such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly

endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by

its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and

information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

(i)             Restricted

Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of

Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A)           if

the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form

of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B)            if

the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B

hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C)            if

the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor

must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel

required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii)            Restricted

Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted

Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A)           such

exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the

case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a

broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the relevant Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate

(as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B)            such

transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;

(C)            such

transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights

Agreement; or

(D)           such

exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and the Registrar

receives the following:

49

(1)             if

the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from

such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(ⅳ) thereof; or

(2)             if

the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form

of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications

in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the Registrar

so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance

with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required

in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii)           Unrestricted

Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who

takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar

shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f)             Exchange

Offer. Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon

receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted

Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes

tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not broker-dealers, (y) they

are not participating in a distribution of the relevant Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144)

of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the relevant Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount

equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the relevant Exchange Offer. Concurrently with

the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced

accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive

Notes so accepted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

(g)            Legends.

The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture unless

specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture:

(i)             Private

Placement Legend.

(A)         Except

as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Restricted Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor

or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS

ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL

BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SEC

RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3), OR (7), OR (C) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN

THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION

IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION

OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO

THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON

IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES

FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN

RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING

OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS

MADE, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING

THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR

FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT

WHICH HAS BECOME OR BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION

REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT

PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,

CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN

THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS

LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED

SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

50

(B)            Notwithstanding

the foregoing, any Initial Note and any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii),

(d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof)

shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(ii)            Global

Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,

AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST

OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE

OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL

INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY

PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT

TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION

PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY

WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM,

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY

TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE

OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (570

WASHINGTON BOULEVARD, JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE

OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY

AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH

AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

51

(h)            Cancellation

and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive

Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be

returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any

beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial

interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced

accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to

reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof

in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement

shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i)              General

Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i)           To

permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive

Notes upon the Issuer’s order or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii)          A

Holder may transfer or exchange Notes only in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar

and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents in connection with

a transfer of Notes. No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive

Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or

similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable

upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.09, 4.07 and 4.08 hereof and Section 9.05 of the Base Indenture).

(iii)         All

Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the

valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Supplemental Indenture, as the

Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(iv)         Neither

the Issuer nor the Registrar will be required (a) to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except

the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (b) to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before

the delivery of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

(v)          Prior

to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person

in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest

on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vi)         The

Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.

52

(vii)        All

certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect

a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by electronic mail.

(viii)       Each

Holder of a Note agrees to indemnify the Issuer and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment

of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Supplemental Indenture and/or applicable United States Federal or state

securities law.

(ix)          Neither

the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

(x)           None

of the Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agents or Transfer Agents shall have any responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner

of an interest in a Global Note, any Agent Member or other member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy

of the records of DTC or any nominee or participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect

to the delivery to any Agent Member or other participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice or the

payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications

to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order

of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global

Note shall be exercised only through DTC, subject to its applicable rules and procedures. The Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agents and

Transfer Agents may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its Agent Members and

other members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(xi)          Neither

the Trustee nor the Registrar or Transfer Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with

any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any

Note (including any transfers between or among Participants or Indirect Participants in any Global Note) other than to require delivery

of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by,

the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

Section 2.07    Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuer and

the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee,

upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required

by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the

Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note

is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

53

Every replacement Note is an additional legally binding obligation

of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Supplemental Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes

duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08    Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by

the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note

effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, and those described in this Section 2.08

as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate

of the Issuer holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be

outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01

of the Base Indenture, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate

of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that

date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09    Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount

of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlled

by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes

of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible

Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

Section 2.10    Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer

may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially

in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably

acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes in

exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits

of this Indenture.

54

Section 2.11    Cancellation.

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.

The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.

The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation

and shall dispose of such canceled Notes in its customary manner. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid

or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12    Defaulted Interest.

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of

interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on

the defaulted interest, which interest on defaulted interest shall accrue until the defaulted interest is deemed paid hereunder, to the

Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 of

the Base Indenture. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note

and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided

that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least

15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense

of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and

the amount of such interest to be paid. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder of Notes to

determine the defaulted interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of defaulted interest owed, or with

respect to the method employed in such calculation of the defaulted interest.

Section 2.13    CUSIP Numbers.

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use

“CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption

as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness

of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the

other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such

numbers. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

Section 2.14    FATCA.

The Issuer hereby agrees (i) to give notice to the Trustee upon

becoming aware that any payment under this Indenture will be treated as a withholdable payment, as such term is used in Sections 1471-1474

of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder; and (ii) that the Trustee

shall be entitled to make any withholding or deductions from payments under this Indenture (and shall not be required to pay any additional

amounts with respect to any such withholding or deduction on or in respect of the Notes) to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable

Law.

55

Article 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

With respect to the Notes only, Article 3 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 3.01    Notices to Trustee.

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes

pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 10 days but not more than

60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant

to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the

redemption price; provided that the Issuer shall notify the Trustee 5 days prior to any such redemption, which notice

period may be waived by the Trustee.

Section 3.02    Selection of

Notes to Be Redeemed.If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Notes to be  redeemed shall be selected for redemption

on a pro rata basis, or if the Notes are held in global form, the Notes shall be  selected for redemption by the Depositary in accordance

with its Applicable Procedures.

In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed

shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 15 nor more than 30 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee

or the Depositary, as applicable, from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes

selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes

and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of a Holder’s

Notes are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed.

Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Supplemental Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also

apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.03    Notice of Redemption.

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09, at least 10 days but

not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer shall transmit or cause to be transmitted, a notice of redemption to each Holder

whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(a)            the

redemption date;

56

(b)            the

redemption price;

(c)            if

any Note is being redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption

date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of such Note (other than a Global

Note) shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d)            the

name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e)            that

Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f)             that,

unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption and redeemed ceases to accrue on

and after the redemption date;

(g)            the

paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being

redeemed;

(h)            that

no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes;

(i)             any

conditions to the Issuer’s obligations to redeem the Notes as contemplated by Section 3.04; and

(j)             the

CUSIP number, if any.

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee

shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that

the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 30 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as to which the

Trustee may agree in its sole discretion), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth

the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Section 3.04    Effect of Notice

of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is transmitted

in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption

price; provided that any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be given prior

to the completion of a transaction or event (including an equity offering, other offering, issuance of indebtedness, a Change of Control

or other transaction or event) and any redemption notice (including the amount of Notes redeemed and conditions precedent applicable to

different amounts of Notes redeemed) may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including,

but not limited to, completion of the related transaction or event. Any such redemption may be partial as a result of only some of the

conditions being satisfied.

If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more

conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time

(including more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission) as

any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion), or such redemption may not occur and such

notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole

discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed. In addition, the Issuer may provide in such notice that payment

of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another

Person.

57

Section 3.05    Deposit of Redemption

Price.

At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date,

the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest

on all Notes to be redeemed on such date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with

the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest

on, all Notes to be redeemed.

If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph,

on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes of a series or the portions thereof called for redemption.

If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid

interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note

called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding

paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful

on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 of the Base

Indenture.

Section 3.06    Notes Redeemed

in Part.

No Notes of $2,000 principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part.

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon the Issuer’s written request, the Trustee shall

authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07    Optional Redemption.

(a)            Prior

to the applicable Par Call Date, each series of Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, at any time

or from time to time, on at least 10 days’ but not more than 60 days’ prior notice to each Holder of the applicable series

of Notes to be redeemed, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount and rounded to three decimal places) equal

to the greater of:

(1)(a) the sum of the present values of the remaining

scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (assuming such Notes matured on the applicable Par Call Date) discounted to the redemption

date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus (i) 25 basis points,

in the case of the 2028 Notes, (ii) 25 basis points, in the case of the 2029 Notes, (iii) 30 basis points, in the case of the

2031 Notes, (iv) 40 basis points, in the case of the 2033 Notes, (v) 40 basis points, in the case of the 2036 Notes, (vi) 45

basis points, in the case of the 2046 Notes, (vii) 50 basis points, in the case of the 2056 Notes and (viii) 50 basis points,

in the case of the 2066 Notes less (b) interest accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date, and

58

(2) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be

redeemed,

plus, in either case, accrued and unpaid interest on the

principal amount being redeemed to, but excluding, the redemption date.

(b)            On

or after the Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, on at least 10 days’

but not more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders thereof at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such

Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but not including, the redemption date

(subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on a record date to receive the related interest payment on the related interest payment date).

(c)            The

Trustee and Paying Agent shall have no responsibility for calculating the redemption price for any Note. The Issuer’s actions and

determinations in determining the redemption price shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(d)            Unless

the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for

redemption on the applicable redemption date. On or before the redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or a paying agent

money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, the Notes to be redeemed on such date. If less than all of the

Notes are to be redeemed, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected in accordance with the procedures of DTC.

(e)            At

any time, in connection with any tender offer, exchange offer or other offer to purchase any series of Notes for consideration consisting

of cash, debt securities, or any combination thereof (including pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer), if not less

than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series are purchased or exchanged by the Issuer, or any third

party purchasing, acquiring or exchanging in lieu of the Issuer, then all of the Holders of the Notes of such series will be deemed to

have consented to such tender or other offer, and accordingly the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon notice to Holders

given not more than 30 days following such purchase or exchange, to redeem or exchange all (but not less than all) Notes of such series

that remain outstanding following such purchase or exchange at a price equal to the consideration paid to Holders in such purchase or

exchange (which may be less than par and shall exclude any early tender or exchange premium and any accrued and unpaid interest paid to

any holder in such tender or exchange offer payment), plus, to the extent not included in the tender or exchange offer payment, accrued

and unpaid interest, if any, on such Notes to (but not including) the redemption or exchange date, as applicable (subject to the right

of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on

the redemption date) (such transaction, a “Payoff Transaction”). The Trustee shall have no responsibility for determining

the value of any consideration in, or any other impact from, a Payoff Transaction, evaluating whether such Payoff Transaction or consideration

in connection therewith is permitted under this Indenture or otherwise, liability for cancellation of Notes in connection with a Payoff

Transaction, or, other than in the case of a redemption for cash, causing the delivery of such consideration to Holders or beneficial

owners of the Notes.

59

(f)             Any

redemption of the Notes may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. The redemption date of

any redemption that is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be delayed until

such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion), or such redemption may not

occur and any notice with respect to such redemption may be modified or rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not

have been satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed (which

may exceed 60 days from the date of the redemption notice in such case). In addition, such notice of redemption may be extended if such

conditions precedent have not been satisfied or waived by the Issuer by providing notice to the noteholders. The Issuer’s actions

and determinations in determining whether one or more conditions precedent have been satisfied shall be conclusive and binding for all

purposes, absent manifest error.

Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant

to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06. The Issuer will calculate the redemption price and neither the Trustee nor the Paying

Agent will be responsible for verifying or calculating the redemption price.

Section 3.08    Mandatory Redemption.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.10, Section 4.07

or Section 4.08 below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09    Offer to Purchase

by Application of Excess Proceeds.

In the event that the Issuer shall be required

to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.07 (an “Asset Sale Offer”), the Issuer

shall follow the procedures specified below.

The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period

of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law

(the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase

Date”), the Issuer shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.07 (the

“Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale

Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. On and after the Purchase Date,

unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof purchased.

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest

record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name

a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date.

60

The Issuer shall send, by first class mail, postage

prepaid, or sent electronically, at least 5 days but not more than 60 days before the Purchase Date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s

registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, with a copy to the

Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset

Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall

state:

(a)            that

the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.07 and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer

shall remain open;

(b)            the

Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(c)            that

any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(d)            that,

unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, interest shall cease to accrue on any Notes or portions thereof purchased pursuant

to the Asset Sale Offer on and after the Purchase Date;

(e)            that

Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in minimum denominations of

$2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof only;

(f)             that

no Note will be purchased in part if less than the minimum denomination of $2,000 of such Note would be left outstanding;

(g)            that

Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled

“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer the Note by book-entry transfer, to

the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(h)            that

Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives,

not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal

amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(i)             that,

if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Issuer shall select the Notes to be purchased

on a pro rata basis based on the total amount of Notes and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered in connection with

an Asset Sale Offer (with adjustments so that only Notes in denominations of the minimum denomination $2,000 or integral multiples of

$1,000 in excess thereof (or such lower denomination as may be permitted by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable)) by lot or by

such other method as the applicable Paying Agent shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal

requirements); provided that the selection of Notes for purchase shall not result in a Holder with a principal amount of Notes

less than the minimum denomination of $2,000 (or such lower denomination as may be permitted by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable);

and

61

(j)             that

Holders whose Notes (other than Global Notes) were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased

portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall,

to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof

tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to

the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance

with the terms of this Section 3.09. If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note

shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased. The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying

Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering

Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer

shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuer, shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new

Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be

promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer

on the Purchase Date.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09,

any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

Section 3.10    Special Mandatory

Redemption.

In the event that

(i) the closing of the Acquisition has not occurred on or prior to June 11, 2027 (or such later date to which the End Date (as

defined in the Acquisition Agreement) under the Acquisition Agreement may be extended by the parties thereto), (ii) the Issuer notifies

the Trustee in writing that it will not pursue the Acquisition or (iii) the Acquisition Agreement has been terminated without the

consummation of the Acquisition (each, a “special mandatory redemption event”), the Issuer will be required

to redeem (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) the Notes in whole at a special mandatory redemption price (the “special

mandatory redemption price”) equal to 101.0% of the initial issue price of each series of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid

interest from and including the date of initial issuance of such Notes, or the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such

Notes, whichever is later, to, but not including, the special mandatory redemption date. Upon the occurrence of a special mandatory redemption

event, the Issuer will promptly (but in no event later than five Business Days following such special mandatory redemption event) cause

notice to be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the

Notes at its registered address (such date of notification to the holders of the Notes, the “redemption notice date”).

The notice will inform holders that the Notes will be redeemed on the third Business Day following the redemption notice date (such date,

the “special mandatory redemption date”) and that all of the outstanding Notes will be redeemed at the special mandatory

redemption price on the special mandatory redemption date automatically and without any further action by the holders of the Notes. At

or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the special mandatory redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee funds sufficient

to pay the special mandatory redemption price for the Notes. If such deposit is made as provided in accordance with this Section 3.10,

the Notes will cease to bear interest on and after the special mandatory redemption date.

62

Article 4

COVENANTS

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agrees to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 4 of the Base Indenture and the following Sections 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08 and 4.09

are hereby added to Article 4 of the Base Indenture:

Section 4.04    Maintenance of

Office or Agency.

The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of

New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where

Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of

the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change

in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall

fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices

or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations;

provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain

an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to

the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuer hereby designates Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,

at One Columbus Circle, New York, New York 10019, as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03.

Section 4.05    Legal Existence

Subject to, and as permitted under, Article 5, and the ability

of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to convert (or similar action) to another form of legal entity under the laws of the jurisdiction

under which the Issuer or such Subsidiary then exists, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep

in full force and effect its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each

of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the

Issuer or any such Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve or keep the corporate,

partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Issuer shall determine that the preservation

or keeping thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that

the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

63

Section 4.06    Limitation

on Liens.

(a)            The

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

(i)             prior

to the Collateral Release Date create any Lien upon any of its Properties securing Consolidated Indebtedness unless (A) in the case

of a Lien on any Collateral, if the obligations secured by such Lien are expressly junior to the Lien securing the Notes Obligations and

subject to a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (B) in the case of a Lien on assets that are not Collateral, either (x) the

Notes Obligations are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to) the obligations secured by such Lien or (y) such

Lien is a Permitted Lien or (C) in the case of a Lien on any Collateral, such Lien is a Permitted Lien; provided that notwithstanding

the foregoing, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any Excluded Real Property shall not exceed $2,000,000,000

at any time outstanding; or

(ii)            on

and after the Collateral Release Date, create any Lien upon any of its Properties securing Consolidated Indebtedness unless either (A) the

Notes Obligations are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to) the obligations secured by any Lien or (B) such

Lien is a Permitted Lien.

(b)            Any

Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to clause (a)(i)(B)(x) or clause (a)(ii)(A) immediately above

shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge

of the Lien that gave rise to such Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

(c)            Clause

(a)(i)(B)(x) and clause (a)(ii)(A) of this Section 4.06 requires only equal and ratable treatment in the application of

proceeds of Collateral and does not require that the Trustee have any ability to control the Collateral or the enforcement of remedies.

(d)            The

reference to Properties in clause (a)(ii) above means the Principal Properties of the Issuer or any Subsidiary at the time of incurrence

of the Lien.

64

Section 4.07    Asset

Sales.

Prior to the occurrence of the Collateral Release

Date, the Issuer shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any Disposition of assets having an aggregate Fair Market

Value (measured at the time of the applicable Disposition or entry into a binding agreement with respect to such Disposition) in excess

of the greater of (x) $2,000,000,000 and (y) an Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the

most recently ended Test Period, unless the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, as of the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter

of the Issuer for which internal financial statements are available, shall not be greater than 3.25 to 1.00 immediately following such

Disposition, on a Pro Forma Basis; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit:

(a)            Dispositions

of obsolete, depreciated, worn out, damaged or surplus property (including equipment, inventory or Intellectual Property) in the ordinary

course of business or that is no longer useful or economically viable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries,

in each case as determined in good faith by management of the Issuer;

(b)            the

Issuer and its Subsidiaries from making any Disposition so long as at least 75% of the consideration received therefor consists of cash

or Cash Equivalents; provided further that, for purposes of this clause (b):

(i)            the

assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Issuer or any Subsidiary (other than

Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes Obligations), or the release of the Issuer or such Subsidiary

from liability with respect thereto in connection with such Disposition;

(ii)           securities,

notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted into cash or Cash Equivalents,

or that by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (in each case, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents

actually received), within 180 days following the closing of such Disposition; and

(iii)          Designated

Non-Cash Consideration received in connection with such Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value (when taken together with all

other Designated Non-Cash Consideration then outstanding pursuant to this clause (iii)) not to exceed the greater of (x) $750,000,000

and (y) an Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated

on a Pro Forma Basis),

shall, in each case, be deemed to constitute

Cash Equivalents (this clause (b), the “General Asset Sale Basket”);

(c)             licenses,

sublicenses, cross-licenses or other grants of rights in Intellectual Property (including content distribution, exhibition, streaming,

syndication, co-production and similar arrangements), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(d)            Dispositions

of inventory, accounts receivable or other current assets in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any Securitization

Financing not prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture;

(e)            Dispositions

of cash and Cash Equivalents;

(f)             Dispositions

of assets among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

65

(g)            Dispositions

required by or made pursuant to any contractual obligation in existence on the Acquisition Date (or any renewal, extension or replacement

thereof on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuer or such Subsidiary);

(h)            Dispositions

required by Applicable Law or pursuant to any order or judgment of a Governmental Authority;

(i)             Dispositions

of Equity Interests in Joint Ventures or Minority Investments;

(j)             Dispositions

in connection with any reorganization, merger, consolidation or other transaction not prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture;

(k)            Dispositions

of property by a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, so long as such Disposition is made to the owners of Equity Interests

of such Subsidiary ratably in accordance with their ownership interests (or as otherwise required by such Subsidiary’s organizational

documents);

(l)             Dispositions

of assets as a result of a casualty event, condemnation, eminent domain or similar proceeding; and

(m)           Dispositions

to the extent of any exchange of like property for use in any business conducted by the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries to the extent

allowable under Section 1031 of the Code (or any comparable provision of any foreign jurisdiction).

At any time prior to the Collateral Release Date,

if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor disposes of any property or assets constituting Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale

Basket (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), which results in the receipt by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions (such amount of Net Cash Proceeds, the “Excess Proceeds”),

the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale Offer no later than ten Business Days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all

holders of Notes and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to all holders of such Pari Passu Lien Obligations,

as applicable, to purchase a principal amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of such Excess Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”)

of such Notes or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Applicable Proceeds,

if any, at an offer price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event

such other Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest,

if any (or such lesser price with respect to such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness),

to (but not including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Supplemental

Indenture and the agreement governing such other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations

with respect to any Disposition by making an Asset Sale Offer at any time prior to the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period.

Any Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the Applicable Proceeds shall not be subject to this Section 4.07 and shall be permitted to be

used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion.

66

If any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received in

any Disposition are subject to the application of the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.07, at the option of the Issuer or any

Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may (in lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions)

elect to apply an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds from such Disposition, at its option,

(a)             to

reinvest in the business of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets

and related rights) used or useful for the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, Capital

Expenditures and related transactions expenses) within 540 days following receipt of such Applicable Proceeds or if the Issuer or any

of the Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest such Applicable Proceeds within 540 days following receipt of

such Applicable Proceeds, no later than 180 days after the end of such 540-day period, or

(b)            to

reduce, redeem, repay or repurchase (i) Pari Passu Lien Obligations (provided that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

shall so reduce such Pari Passu Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Issuer will (A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations

under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 or through open market purchases or (B) make an offer (in accordance with the procedures

set forth above for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof,

plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal amount of Notes that would otherwise be redeemed under subclause (A) above),

or (ii) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, in each case within 540 days following receipt of such Applicable Proceeds;

provided further that the

Issuer may elect to deem expenditures that otherwise would be permissible as a reinvestment of such Applicable Proceeds under clause (a) above

or any such prepayment described in clause (b) above that occurred prior to the receipt of such Applicable Proceeds to have been

reinvested in accordance with this paragraph if such expenditures or prepayment were made no earlier than the earlier of the execution

of a definitive agreement or letter of intent for the Disposition giving rise to such Applicable Proceeds. Net Cash Proceeds received

by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as a result of a Disposition pursuant to this Section 4.07 of this Supplemental Indenture

may be applied to any transaction not prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture during the 540-day period following their receipt (such

540-day period, as may be extended by clause (a) above, shall constitute the “Proceeds Application Period”).

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes

and any Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection with an Asset Sale Offer made with

Excess Proceeds is less than the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose

not otherwise prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as

applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall select

the applicable Notes (and the Issuer or their agents shall select such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable) to be purchased in

the manner described in Section 3.09. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and Excess

Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

67

To the extent the Applicable Proceeds exceed the

outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and, if required by the terms thereof, the Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable),

the Issuer needs to only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes (and any such Pari Passu Lien

Obligations, as applicable), and any additional Excess Proceeds shall not be subject to this Section 4.07 and shall be permitted

to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the

Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the

purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict

with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall

not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Supplemental Indenture by virtue hereof.

In the event that the Issuer shall be required

to commence an offer to Holders to purchase Notes pursuant to this Section 4.07, it shall follow the procedures specified in Section 3.09.

The provisions under this Section 4.07 relative

to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Disposition may be waived or modified as described

in Article 9 of this Indenture.

Section 4.08    Repurchase

at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.

If a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect

to a series of Notes occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently sent a redemption notice with respect

to all the outstanding Notes of such series pursuant to Section 3.07 or Section 3.10, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase

all of the Notes of such series pursuant to this Section 4.08 (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash

(the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest,

if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record of the Notes of such series on the relevant

record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the purchase date. Within 60 days following

any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send (or cause to be sent) notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically

or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes of such series to the address of such Holder appearing in

the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

(a)            that

a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 4.08 of this Supplemental Indenture and that all Notes of such series

properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

(b)            the

purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 10 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent (the

“Change of Control Payment Date”), except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of a

Change of Control Triggering Event pursuant to this Section 4.08;

68

(c)            that

any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(d)            that

unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes of such series accepted for payment pursuant to

the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(e)            that

Holders electing to have any Notes of such series purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes,

with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed or otherwise in accordance

with the procedures of DTC, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business

on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(f)             that

Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to

the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or any integral

multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

(g)            if

such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, stating that the Change of Control Offer is

conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control Triggering Event and shall describe each such condition, and, if applicable, shall

state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60

days after the notice is sent) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied or waived, or that such repurchase may not occur and such

notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the Change of Control

Payment Date, or by the Change of Control Payment Date as so delayed, or such notice or offer may be rescinded at any time in the Issuer’s

sole discretion if the Issuer determines that any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied or waived;

(h)            any

other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a Holder must follow; and

(i)             that

Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes; provided

that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the tenth Business Day prior to the expiration date of the

Change of Control Offer, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of

Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes, or a specified portion thereof, and its

election to have such Notes purchased.

While the Notes are in global form and the Issuer

makes an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the

purchase of the Notes or withdraw such election through the facilities of DTC, subject to its rules and regulations.

69

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of

Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations

are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of

any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable

securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Supplemental Indenture by virtue

thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may rely on any no-action letters issued by the SEC indicating that the staff of the

SEC will not recommend enforcement action in the event a tender offer satisfies certain conditions.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer

will, to the extent permitted by law:

(a)            accept

for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(b)            deposit

with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered

and not validly withdrawn; and

(c)            deliver,

or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee

stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

The Issuer will not be required to make a Change

of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner,

at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Supplemental Indenture applicable to a Change of Control

Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) in

connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer (or any Affiliate of the Issuer) or a third

party has made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash price equal

to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Alternate

Offer.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,

a Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, conditional upon such Change

of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer or

Alternate Offer is made.

A Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer may

be made at the same time as consents are solicited with respect to an amendment, supplement or waiver of this Supplemental Indenture,

Notes, Guarantees and/or Security Documents.

The provisions under this Section 4.08 relating

to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event, including

the definition of “Change of Control,” may be waived or modified with the written consent of Holders of the majority in principal

amount of the Notes then outstanding.

70

Section 4.09    Future

Subsidiary Guarantors.

Prior to the occurrence of the Collateral Release

Date, the Issuer will cause any Subsidiary that is an obligor of, or issues a Guarantee with respect to, the Credit Facilities, to, in

each case, within 90 days, (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guaranty Agreement pursuant to which such Subsidiary will Guarantee

payment of the Notes on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this Indenture and (2) grant a Lien on its property and

assets for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, the Holders and the Trustee.

Article 5

SUCCESSORS

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agrees to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 5 of the Base Indenture.

Article 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agree to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 6 of the Base Indenture.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 6.01 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 6.01    Events of Default.

Except where otherwise indicated by the context

or where the term is otherwise defined for a specific purpose, the term “Event of Default” as used in this Indenture

with respect to Notes of any series shall mean one of the following described events unless it is either inapplicable to a particular

series or it is specifically deleted or modified in a supplemental indenture:

(1)            a

default in the payment of interest on the Notes of such series when due, continued for 30 days;

(2)            a

default in the payment of principal of any Note of such series when due at maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required purchase,

upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

(3)            the

failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 60 days after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than

those described in the immediately preceding clauses (1) and (2) above); provided that in the case of a failure to comply

with Section 4.02 of the Base Indenture, such period of continuance of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice

described in this clause (3) has been given; provided further that (x) a default under this clause (3) will not

constitute an Event of Default with respect to a series of Notes until the Trustee or the Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding

Notes of such series notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified after receipt

of such notice and (y) a notice of default may not be given with respect to any action taken, and reported publicly or to Holders,

more than two years prior to such notice of default;

71

(4)            (I) the

Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute

a Material Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code:

(a)          commences

a voluntary case;

(b)          consents

to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(c)          consents

to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or

(d)          makes

a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(II)          a court of competent jurisdiction

enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Code that:

(a)          is

for relief against the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together,

would constitute a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case;

(b)          appoints

a custodian of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together,

would constitute a Material Subsidiary) or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is

a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or

(c)          orders

the liquidation of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together,

would constitute a Material Subsidiary), and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;

(5)            any

Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that,

taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms

of such Note Guarantee and/or this Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note

Guarantee; and

(6)            a

material portion of the Collateral ceases to be subject to a valid and perfected Lien of the Security Documents (other than in accordance

with the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents) or the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations

in writing under the Security Documents to which it is party.

A Default under one series of Notes issued under this Indenture will

not necessarily be Default under another series of Notes issued under this Indenture.

72

For the avoidance of doubt, no default or Event of Default will arise

as a result of the occurrence of the Collateral Release Date.

With respect to the Notes only, clause (1) and (2) of Section 6.06

of the Base Indenture are hereby replaced with the following:

(1)            such

Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, and, if such Event of Default is in respect of

Section 6.01(3), (5) or (6), such Holder is not in breach of a Position Representation or Verification Covenant;

(2)            Holders

or, in the case of Section 6.01(3), (5) or (6), Directing Holders that are not in breach of a Position Representation or Verification

Covenant, of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

Section 6.02.           Priorities.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 6.10 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Subject to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreements and

Security Documents, if the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture from the Issuer (or any Guarantor), it shall

pay out the money in the following order:

First: to the payment of

all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in all of its capacities, including all reasonable costs and expenses incurred

by the Trustee and Collateral Agent in connection with the collection or receipt of such amounts or otherwise;

Second: to the extent such

money remain after the application pursuant to preceding clause “First”, to the Trustee for the payment in full of the other

Notes Obligations, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable with respect to the Notes

Obligations; and

Third: any balance of such

money remaining after the application pursuant to the preceding clauses “First” and “Second”, to the Issuer, its

successors or assigns, or to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment

to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Article 7

TRUSTEE

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agrees to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 7 of the Base Indenture.

73

With respect to the Notes only, Sections 7.06 and 7.11 and the last

paragraph of Sections 7.07 and 7.10 of the Base Indenture are hereby deleted.

With respect to the Notes only, the following Section 7.12 is

hereby added to Article 7 of the Base Indenture:

In carrying out its responsibilities hereunder, the Trustee in each

of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder, shall have all of the rights, protections,

indemnities, limitations of liability and immunities which it possesses under the Indenture. The recitals contained herein and in the

Notes, except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and the Trustee assumes

no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture

or of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of the Notes or the proceeds thereof.

Article 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agrees to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 8 of the Base Indenture.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 8.03 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 8.03    Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01

of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 with respect to any series of Notes, the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction

of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Article 4 (other

than Sections 4.01, 4.04 and 4.05) with respect to the outstanding Notes of such series on and after the date the conditions set forth

in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes of such series shall thereafter

be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and

the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for

all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose,

Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes of such series, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have

no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason

of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein

or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but,

except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s

exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set

forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01 (3), 6.01(4) (solely with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantors), 6.01(5) and 6.01(6) shall

not constitute Events of Default.

74

Article 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agrees to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 9 of the Base Indenture.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 9.01    Without Consent

of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture,

the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Intercreditor

Agreements, any Note Guarantee, any Security Document, or the Notes of any series without the consent of any Holder of a Note of such

series to:

(1)            cure

any ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(2)            to

provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture or

the Security Documents;

(3)            to

provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued

in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described

in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);

(4)            (i) add

a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release any previously added co-issuer of the Notes; provided that a co-issuer

may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise permitted pursuant to this Indenture, (ii) add Guarantees with respect

to the Notes or to add additional Collateral to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees and (iii) add a holding company above the

Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to this Indenture and, at the Issuer’s election, to modify any or all covenants such

that they apply to such new holding company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such

holding company does not own any material assets other than equity interest in the Issuer and (y) prior to the Collateral Release

Date, such holding entity will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the Issuer;

(5)            to

add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or

power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(6)            to

make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any such Holder;

75

(7)            to

conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreements or any Security Document to the “Description

of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum;

(8)            to

make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however,

that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities

Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders

to transfer Notes;

(9)            to

release Collateral from the Lien securing the Notes when permitted or required by the Security Documents, this Indenture or the Intercreditor

Agreements;

(10)          to

evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent thereunder pursuant

to the requirements thereof;

(11)          to

release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of Article 10;

(12)          to

make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any accounting change or in the application

thereof; or

(13)          to

issue Exchange Notes and related Note Guarantees as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the Notes.

Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon receipt

by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 9.06, the Trustee

and the Collateral Agent shall join with the Issuer in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted

by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the

Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights,

duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel under this Section 9.01

shall be required in connection with the execution and delivery of a supplemental indenture to add Guarantors under this Indenture, substantially

in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 9.02 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 9.02    With Consent

of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02,

this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, the Security Documents, or the Notes of any series may be amended or

supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including,

without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and, subject to

Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes of any series may be waived,

including by way of amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding

(including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Section 2.08

shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

76

However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note

of a series affected thereby, an amendment or waiver may not:

(1)            reduce

the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(2)            reduce

the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any such Note;

(3)            reduce

the principal of or change the maturity date of any such Note;

(4)            change

the provisions applicable to the redemption of any such Note as set forth in Section 3.07 (other than the timing for the notice of

redemption);

(5)            make

any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(6)            impair

the contractual right of any Holder of such Notes to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after

the due dates therefor or impair the right of any Holder of such Notes to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with

respect to such Holder’s Notes (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the amendment, supplement or modification applicable to Sections

4.08, 6.01(3) and 6.01(5) of this Indenture and the related definitions shall be deemed not to impair the contractual right

of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute

suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes); provided, however, that an acceleration

of such Notes may be rescinded and any payment default that resulted from such acceleration may be waived by the Holders of at least the

percentage of aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series required to amend the covenant or provision contained in this Indenture

or any Note Guarantee, the breach of which resulted in such acceleration;

(7)            make

any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions; or

(8)            change

the ranking of the Notes.

Notwithstanding the preceding, at any time prior

to the Collateral Release Date, without the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then

outstanding, no amendment or waiver may make any change in any Security Document, the Intercreditor Agreements or the provisions in this

Indenture dealing with Collateral or application of trust proceeds of the Collateral with the effect of releasing the Liens securing the

Obligations in respect of the Notes of such series on all or substantially all of the Collateral or changing the priority of such Liens.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the

Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient

if such consent approves the substance thereof.

77

Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer

may, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for

or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration

is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation

documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under

this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer is required to transmit to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing

the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to give such notice to all Holders affected thereby, or any defect therein,

shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections

6.04 and 6.07, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of each affected series may waive compliance

in a particular instance by the Issuer with any provision of this Indenture or such Notes.

Article 10

GUARANTEE

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors

hereby agree to expressly subject themselves to the provisions of Article 10 of the Base Indenture.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 10.02 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 10.02    Limitation

on Liability.

(a)            Any

term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed

hereunder by each Subsidiary Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture,

as it relates to such Subsidiary Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or

similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(b)            A

Note Guarantee by any Subsidiary Guarantor will be, without any further action by any Person, automatically and unconditionally released

and discharged immediately from all obligations under this Article 10:

(i)            at

the time of a Collateral Release Date (unless the Issuer elects to maintain the Note Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 13.05);

(ii)           at

such time as such Subsidiary Guarantor is not an issuer or guarantor of any Indebtedness for borrowed money (whether by repayment or otherwise)

(other than the Notes, the Credit Facilities and/or other Indebtedness for borrowed money the release or discharge of which would be conditioned

only on the release or discharge of the Note Guarantee, the Credit Facilities and/or other Indebtedness for borrowed money) and ceases

(or substantially concurrently will cease, including any release or discharge that would be conditioned only on the release or discharge

of the Note Guarantee or of the guarantee of other Indebtedness for borrowed money) to be the guarantor of any Credit Facilities (or such

Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations with respect to the Credit Facilities shall cease to exist substantially concurrently with such

release of its Note Guarantee);

78

(iii)          upon

the sale, disposition, exchange or transfer (including through merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise) of (i) all or substantially

all of the assets or (ii) any Equity Interests (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the applicable

Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary), of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor if such sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer

is made in a manner not in violation of the terms of this Indenture;

(iv)         if

the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option under Article 8 or if the Issuer’s obligations

under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including as described under Article 12);

(v)          upon

the applicable Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing the Credit

Facilities or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof; or

(vi)         as

described under Article 9.

In addition, the Issuer will have the right, upon delivery of an Officer’s

Certificate to the Trustee, to cause any Subsidiary Guarantor that does not guarantee any Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities (or

substantially concurrently will cease, including any release or discharge that would be conditioned only on the release or discharge of

the Note Guarantee or of the guarantee of other Indebtedness for borrowed money to guarantee any Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities),

and is not otherwise required by the applicable terms of this Indenture to provide a Note Guarantee, to be unconditionally released and

discharged from all obligations under its Note Guarantee, and such Note Guarantee will thereupon immediately, automatically and unconditionally

terminate and be discharged and released and of no further force or effect.

Promptly upon the request and at the expense of the Issuer, the Collateral

Agent and the Trustee shall take such actions reasonably requested by the Issuer, including executing any documents reasonably requested

by the Issuer in order to evidence, reflect or effect such release, discharge and termination in respect of such Note Guarantee under

the Security Documents, as applicable, and to evidence any release of a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, by acceptance of a beneficial ownership

interest in the Notes, each Holder expressly and irrevocably agrees that it will not hinder, or direct the Trustee or the Collateral Agent

to take any action that will hinder, the automatic release of any Note Guarantee provided for by this Section 10.02 to the extent

the Issuer determines in good faith that the applicable transaction is permitted under this Indenture (including, without limitation,

in connection with any Disposition to Persons other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor permitted under this Indenture), and each

Holder expressly and irrevocably agrees that the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized to, and shall, take such actions

reasonably requested by the Issuer to release any such Note Guarantee to the extent authorized to do so by this Section 10.02 without

any obligation or requirement to notify or obtain consent from any Holder (and the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not condition

any such actions on providing notice to, or obtaining consent from, the Holders).

79

With respect to the Notes only, the following Section 10.08 is

hereby added to Article 10 of the Base Indenture:

Section 10.08    Execution

of Supplemental Indenture for Future Subsidiary Guarantors.

Each Subsidiary and other Person which is required to become a Subsidiary

Guarantor the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture

substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary or other Person shall become a Subsidiary

Guarantor under this Article 10 and shall guarantee the Notes. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental

indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been

duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary or other Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency,

moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles

of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor is a valid and binding obligation

of such Subsidiary Guarantor, enforceable against such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters

as the Trustee may reasonably request.

Article 11

MISCELLANEOUS

With respect to the Notes only, Section 11.13 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 11.13    Table

of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles

and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture and the Base Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be

considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture or the Base Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions.

Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Supplemental Indenture to specific Articles, Sections or clauses refer to Articles,

Sections and clauses contained in this Supplemental Indenture, unless such Article, Section or clause is incorporated herein by reference

to the Base Indenture or no such Article, Section or clause appears in this Supplemental Indenture, in which case such references

refer to the applicable section of the Base Indenture.

80

With respect to the Notes only, the following Section 11.18 is

hereby added to Article 11 of the Base Indenture:

Section 11.18    Supplemental

Indenture Controls.

In case any provision of this Supplemental Indenture conflicts with

any provision of the Base Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be controlling, solely with respect

to the Notes.

Article 12

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

With respect to the Notes only, the following are hereby added as Sections

12.03 and 12.04 to Article 12 of the Base Indenture:

Section 12.03    Satisfaction

and Discharge of Supplemental Indenture

This Supplemental Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with

respect to a series of Notes (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes herein expressly provided

for), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and

discharge of this Supplemental Indenture, when

(1)            either:

(a)            all

Notes of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and

which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited

in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered

to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b)            all

such Notes of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(i)           have

become due and payable, or

(ii)          will

become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(iii)         are

to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the

Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited

or caused to be deposited with the Trustee money, U.S. Government Obligations or any combination thereof as trust funds in trust for the

purpose an amount sufficient (in the case of a deposit of any U.S. Government Obligations, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment

bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, delivered to the Trustee), to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness

on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date

of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become due and payable) or to the maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;

81

(2)            the

Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer with respect to such series of Notes; and

(3)            the

Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent

herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental

Indenture pursuant to this Article 12 , the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee under Section 7.07 of the Base Indenture,

and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 12.03,

the obligations of the Trustee under Section 12.04 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

Section 12.04    Application

of Trust Money.

All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.03

shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture, to the payment,

either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium,

if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee.

Article 13

COLLATERAL

With respect to the Notes only, Article 13 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 13.01    Security Documents.

At any time prior to the Collateral Release Date,

the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium (if any) and interest (if any) on, the Notes when and as the same shall be due

and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the

overdue principal of, premium (if any) and interest, if any, on the Notes and performance of all other obligations of the Issuer and the

Subsidiary Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee and the Notes (including, without limitation, the Note Guarantees), according to the

terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured as provided in the Security Documents. Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements

and the Security Documents, the Issuer shall, and shall cause the Subsidiary Guarantors to, take any and all actions and make all filings

(including the filing of UCC financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto) required to create and maintain, as

security for the Obligations of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors to the Holders under this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes,

the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents: (i) a legal and valid security interest in and on all of the Collateral, and (ii) a

perfected security interest in the Collateral, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders and the Trustee subject

to no Liens other than Permitted Liens.

82

Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, consents

and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release

of Collateral) and the Intercreditor Agreements, as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their

terms and authorizes and appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (and each successor Trustee

and Collateral Agent), and each Holder authorizes and directs the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents

and the Intercreditor Agreements. The Holders consent and agree to be bound by the terms of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor

Agreements, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and agrees to perform their obligations thereunder in accordance therewith.

This Article 13 and the provisions of each

other Security Document are subject to the terms, conditions and benefits set forth therein and the Intercreditor Agreements. The Issuer

and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors consent to, and agree to be bound by, the terms of the Security Documents, as the same may be in

effect from time to time, and to perform their obligations thereunder in accordance therewith.

Section 13.02    Release of Collateral.

The property and other assets of the Issuer and

the Subsidiary Guarantors included in the Collateral will be, without any further action by any Person, automatically and unconditionally

released from the Liens securing the Notes under any one or more of the following circumstances:

(1)            in

part, as to any property or assets constituting Collateral, to enable the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to consummate the disposition

of such property or assets (to a Person that is not the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor) to the extent permitted under Section 4.07;

(2)            upon

such property or assets becoming Excluded Property or Excluded Equity Interests;

(3)            as

to the assets owned by a Subsidiary Guarantor, upon such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Note Guarantee being released in accordance with

Section 10.02(b);

(4)            any

Securitization Assets becoming subject to a Securitization Financing permitted by this Supplemental Indenture to the extent required by

the terms of such Securitization Financing or being transferred or purported to be transferred by the Issuer or any Subsidiary in connection

with a Securitization Financing permitted by this Supplemental Indenture;

(5)            as

permitted by the Intercreditor Agreements;

(6)            in

accordance with Article 9;

(7)            in

accordance with Section 13.05;

(8)            in

whole, upon payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any, on, the Notes and all

other Notes Obligations under this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, and the Security Documents that are due and payable at or prior to

the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any, are paid (including pursuant to Article 12

or through redemption or repurchase of all of the Notes or otherwise); and

83

(9)            in

whole, upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance pursuant to Article 8.

At the request and expense of the Issuer, the

Collateral Agent and, to the extent reasonably requested, the Trustee will take such actions reasonably requested by the Issuer to evidence

the automatic and unconditional release of Collateral securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees, in accordance with the provisions of

this Indenture, the relevant Intercreditor Agreements and the relevant Security Documents. Each of the releases set forth in this Section 13.02

shall be effected by the Collateral Agent without the consent of the Holders or any action on the part of the Trustee (unless action is

required by it to evidence such release). In connection with a release of Collateral, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of

Counsel to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent will be required and neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any liability

for release given in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, by acceptance of

a beneficial ownership interest in the Notes, each Holder expressly and irrevocably agrees that it will not hinder, or direct the Trustee

or the Collateral Agent to take any action that will hinder, the automatic release of any Collateral provided for by this Section 13.02

to the extent the Issuer determines in good faith that the applicable transaction is permitted under this Supplemental Indenture (including,

without limitation, in connection with any Disposition to Persons other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor permitted under this

Supplemental Indenture), and each Holder expressly and irrevocably agrees that the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized

to, and shall, take such actions requested by the Issuer, and in any event, such other actions as are necessary to give effect to such

release, to release any such Collateral to the extent authorized to do so by this Section 13.02 without any obligation or requirement

to notify or obtain consent from any Holder (and the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not condition any such actions on providing

notice to, or obtaining consent from, the Holders).

Section 13.03    Collateral Agent.

The Collateral Agent shall hold (directly or through

co-trustees or agents), and will be entitled to enforce, all Liens on the Collateral created by the Security Documents.

Except as provided in the Security Documents, the

Collateral Agent shall not be obligated:

(A)         to

act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any Person;

(B)          to

foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any Lien; or

(C)          to

take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the Security Documents, the Liens created thereby or the Collateral.

The rights, privileges, protections,

immunities and benefits given to the Trustee under the Indenture, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended

to, and shall be enforceable by, the Collateral Agent.

84

Section 13.04    Further Assurances;

Insurance.

Subject to the limitations set forth in the Security

Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, the Issuer and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall cause to execute, acknowledge, deliver

and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions that may be required or that the Collateral

Agent from time to time may reasonably request (as directed by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding),

to assure, preserve, protect and perfect the security interest in the Collateral and the rights and remedies contemplated therein.

Section 13.05    Release of Collateral

and Guarantees upon Investment Grade Event.

If on any date following

the Acquisition Date, (a) an Investment Grade Event occurs with respect to a series of Notes, (b) the terms of all other Pari

Passu Lien Obligations and Junior Lien Obligations provide that the Liens on the Collateral securing such Pari Passu Lien Obligations

(including each other series of Notes then outstanding) and Junior Lien Obligations shall be, and substantially concurrently are, released,

including any release that would be conditioned only on the release of the Collateral securing such Pari Passu Lien Obligations and Junior

Lien Obligations, (c) the Issuer has no greater than $250,000,000 of term B loans outstanding at such time and (d) the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries would be permitted to incur all Liens existing as of such date (after giving effect to the release of the Liens on

the Collateral securing such series of the Notes Obligations and the Liens described in the foregoing clause (b)) as if such Liens were

incurred on such date, then, beginning on that day (such date, the “Collateral Release Date”), the Note Guarantees

with respect to such series shall be released (to the extent the guarantees by the Subsidiary Guarantors of all other Pari Passu Lien

Obligations and Junior Lien Obligations are also released, whether or not such other guarantees can be reinstated), the Liens on the Collateral

securing such series of Notes shall be released and the Issuer and its Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 4.07 and 4.09 with

respect to such series of Notes. In the event the Collateral and Note Guarantees are released and Section 4.09 is no longer in effect

upon an Investment Grade Event, the Collateral and the Note Guarantees will not be reinstated upon any subsequent downgrade or withdrawal

of the Investment Grade Ratings, even if the Collateral and the Guarantees are reinstated with respect to other Pari Passu Lien Obligations

and Junior Lien Obligations; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may elect for one or more Subsidiary Guarantors

or co-issuers to remain as Subsidiary Guarantors or co-issuers, as applicable, with respect to such series of Notes following the Collateral

Release Date, and any such election shall not limit or otherwise affect the release of the Collateral, the release of the Note Guarantees

provided by any other Subsidiary Guarantor or co-issuer or the cessation of the applicability of Sections 4.07 and 4.09 with respect to

such series of Notes, and the Issuer may elect to release any such retained Subsidiary Guarantor or co-issuer at any time following the

Collateral Release Date in its sole and absolute discretion and without any further requirements under the Indenture.

[Signatures on following page]

85

Dated as of October 5, 2026

Paramount Skydance Corporation, as the Issuer

By:

/s/ James Morrison

Name: James C. Morrison

Title: Treasurer

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee

By:

/s/ Denise Kellerk

Name: Denise Kellerk

Title: Vice President

By:

/s/ Carol Ng

Name: Carol Ng

Title: Vice President

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent

By:

/s/ Denise Kellerk

Name: Denise Kellerk

Title: Vice President

By:

/s/ Carol Ng

Name: Carol Ng

Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

EXHIBIT

A-1

[THIS

SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES

LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,

PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT

TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

THIS

GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE

BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY

MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED

IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE

FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY

WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS

NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE

DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH

SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (570 WASHINGTON

BOULEVARD, JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,

AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY

TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,

CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]1

1 Include

Global Note Legend, if applicable.

A-1-1

[THE

HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT

HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT),

(B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SEC RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3), OR (7), OR (C) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND

IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH

THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE

144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR

RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE

144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE

IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE

THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE

JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT

PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT

TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME OR BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE

EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S,

AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION

OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF

TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR.

THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED

SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]2

2 Include

Private Placement Legend, if applicable.

A-1-2

[Face

of Note]

CUSIP

NO. [    ]3

ISIN

[     ]

6.300% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2028

No. [     ]

$[                   ]

Paramount Skydance Corporation

promises

to pay to [            ] or to registered assigns the principal amount of [            ] DOLLARS on October 5, 2028

Interest

Payment Dates: April 5 and October 5

Record

Dates: March 21 and September 20

Subject

to restrictions set forth in this Note.

3

144A Notes CUSIP Number: 69932A AR6

Reg

S Notes CUSIP Number: U7010Q AR3

144A

Notes ISIN: US69932AAR68

Reg

S Notes ISIN: USU7010QAR30

A-1-3

IN

WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

[                        ]

PARAMOUNT

SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

A-1-4

This

is one of the Notes referred to

in

the within-mentioned Supplemental Indenture:

DEUTSCHE

BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as

Trustee

By:

Authorized

Signatory

Dated:

[                        ]

A-1-5

[Back

of Note]

6.300%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2028

Capitalized

terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

For the purposes of this Note, “Notes” shall refer to the 6.300% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2028 of the Issuer.

1.             INTEREST.

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 6.300% per annum from October 5, 2026 until maturity.

The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 5 and October 5 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”),

or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent

date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 5, 2026; provided that if there is no existing

Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face and the next succeeding

Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the

first Interest Payment Date shall be April 5, 2027. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding

under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is equal to the rate

then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments

of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest

will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2.             METHOD

OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close

of business on March 21 and September 20 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record

date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Supplemental Indenture with respect to defaulted

interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for

such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check

mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately

available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders

of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency

of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3.             PAYING

AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture, will act as Paying

Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries

may act in any such capacity.

A-1-6

4.             INDENTURE.

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base Indenture”), among Paramount

Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated

as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), among Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust

Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Supplemental Indenture. The Notes

are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any

provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

shall govern and be controlling.

5.             OPTIONAL

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Prior

to September 5, 2028 (one month prior to the maturity date of the Notes) (the “Par Call Date”),the Notes will be redeemable,

in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, at any time or from time to time, on at least 10 days’ but not more than 60

days’ prior notice to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount

and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of:

(1)(a)

the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (assuming such Notes matured on the

applicable Par Call Date) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day

months) at the Treasury Rate plus 25 basis points less (b) interest accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date, and

(2)

100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed,

plus,

in either case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but excluding, the redemption date.

(b)           On

or after the Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, on at least 10 days’

but not more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders thereof at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such

Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but not including, the redemption date

(subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on a record date to receive the related interest payment on the related interest payment date).

6.             MANDATORY

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Except

as otherwise provided in Paragraph 7 or 8 below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect

to the Notes.

A-1-7

7.             REPURCHASE

AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a)            If

a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect to the Notes occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently

sent a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer

will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture (the “Change of Control

Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount

thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes

of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the purchase

date. Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send (or cause to be sent) notice of such Change

of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder

appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of DTC describing the transaction or transactions

that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such notice,

pursuant to the procedures required by the Supplemental Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will not be required to make

a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the

manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Supplemental Indenture applicable to a Change

of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer

or (ii) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer (or any Affiliate of the Issuer)

or a third party has made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash

price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms

of the Alternate Offer.

A-1-8

(b)           At

any time prior to the Collateral Release Date, if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor disposes of any property or assets constituting

Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale Basket (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), which results in the

receipt by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an Acquisition

Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions (such amount of Net

Cash Proceeds, the “Excess Proceeds”), the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale offer pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental

Indenture no later than ten Business Days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all holders of Notes and, if required

by the terms of any Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to all holders of such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, to purchase a principal

amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of such Excess Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”) of such Notes or Pari

Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Applicable Proceeds, if any, at an offer

price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness

was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser

price with respect to such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness), to (but

not including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture and the agreement

governing such other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any

Disposition by making an Asset Sale Offer at any time prior to the expiration of the application period. Any Net Cash Proceeds in excess

of the Applicable Proceeds shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any

purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. If any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received in any Disposition are subject to Section 4.07

of the Supplemental Indenture, at the option of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may (in

lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions) elect to apply an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds from such

Disposition, at its option, (a) to reinvest an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds in the business of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries,

including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets and related rights) used or useful for the business of the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, Capital Expenditures and related transactions expenses) within 540 days

following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or if the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest

such Net Cash Proceeds within 540 days following receipt of such Applicable Proceeds, no later than 180 days after the end of such 540-day

period, or (b) to apply such Applicable Proceeds to reduce, redeem, repay or repurchase (i) Pari Passu Lien Obligations (provided

that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall so reduce such Pari Passu Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Issuer will

(A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture or through open

market purchases or (B) make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth above for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase

at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal amount of

Notes that would otherwise be redeemed under subclause (A) above), or (ii) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, in each case within

540 days following receipts of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided, further, that the Issuer may elect to deem expenditures that

otherwise would be permissible as a reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds under clause (a) above or any such prepayment described in

clause (b) above that occurred prior to the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to have been reinvested in accordance with this paragraph

if such expenditures or prepayment were made no earlier than the earlier of the execution of a definitive agreement or letter of intent

for the Disposition giving rise to such Net Cash Proceeds. Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as a

result of a Disposition pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture may be applied to any transaction not prohibited by the

Indenture during the 540-day period following their receipt (such 540-day period, as may be extended by clause (a) above, shall constitute

the “Proceeds Application Period”). To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and any Pari Passu Lien Obligations,

as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection with an Asset Sale Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount

offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.

If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders

thereof exceeds the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall select the applicable Notes (and the Issuer or its agents

shall select such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable) to be purchased in the manner as provided in Section 3.09 of the Supplemental

Indenture. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

To the extent the Excess Proceeds exceed the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and, if required by the terms thereof,

the Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), the Issuer needs to only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal

amount of Notes (and any such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), and any additional Excess Proceeds shall not be subject to

Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. The Issuer

will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such

laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the

provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable

securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase

date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the

reverse side of the Notes.

A-1-9

8.             SPECIAL

MANDATORY REDEMPTION. In the event that a special mandatory redemption event occurs, the Issuer will be required to redeem the Notes

in whole at a special mandatory redemption price equal to 101.0% of the initial issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest

from and including the date of initial issuance of such Notes, or the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such Notes,

whichever is later, to, but not including, the special mandatory redemption date. Upon the occurrence of a special mandatory redemption

event, the Issuer will promptly (but in no event later than five Business Days following such special mandatory redemption event) cause

notice to be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the

Notes at its registered address. The notice will inform holders that the Notes will be redeemed on the third Business Day following the

redemption notice date and that all of the outstanding Notes will be redeemed at the special mandatory redemption price on the special

mandatory redemption date automatically and without any further action by the holders of the Notes. At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York

City time, on the special mandatory redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay the special mandatory

redemption price for the Notes. If such deposit is made as provided in accordance with this paragraph 8, the Notes will cease to bear

interest on and after the special mandatory redemption date.

9.             DENOMINATIONS,

TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess

thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar

and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer

may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and the Registrar

will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection

with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. The Issuer and the Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note

selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer and the

Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the delivery of a notice of redemption

of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and payment date.

A-1-10

10.           PERSONS

DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11.           AMENDMENT,

SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, the

Security Documents or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Supplemental

Indenture or the Notes may be waived, including by way of amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend

or supplement the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, any Security Document, or the Notes (i) to

cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations

of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Supplemental Indenture or the Security Documents, (iii) to provide for uncertificated

Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for

purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the

Code), (iv) to (A) add a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release any previously added co-issuer of the Notes;

provided that a co-issuer may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise permitted pursuant to the Supplemental

Indenture, (B) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to add additional Collateral to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees and

(C) add a holding company above the Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture and, at the Issuer’s

election, to modify any or all covenants such that they apply to such new holding company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such holding company does not own any material assets other than equity interest in the

Issuer and (y) prior to the Collateral Release Date, such holding entity will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the Issuer,

(v) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any

right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (vi) to make any change that would provide any additional rights

or benefits to Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder, (vii)

to conform the text of the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreements or any Security Document

to any provision under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum, (viii) to make any amendment to the

provisions of the Supplemental Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance

with the Supplemental Indenture as so amended would not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other

applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; (ix)

to release Collateral from the Lien under the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, the Supplemental

Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements, (x) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Supplemental Indenture

of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof, (xi) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant

to the terms of Article 10 of the Supplemental Indenture, (xii) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any accounting change or in the application thereof or (xiii) to issue Exchange Notes and related

Note Guarantees as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the Notes.

A-1-11

12.           DEFAULTS

AND REMEDIES. Each of the following is an Event of Default: (i) default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for

30 consecutive days on the Notes, (ii) default in payment of principal of any Note when due at maturity, upon optional redemption, upon

required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, (iii) the failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply

for 60 days after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than those described in the immediately preceding clauses (i)

and (ii) above); provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 4.02 of the Indenture, such period of continuance

of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this clause (ⅲ) has been given; provided further

that (x) a default under this clause (iii) will not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes until the Trustee or the

Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default

within the time specified after receipt of such notice and (y) a notice of default may not be given with respect to any action taken,

and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of default, (iv) (I) the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) pursuant

to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code: (a) commences a voluntary case, (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against

it in an involuntary case, (c) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or (d)

makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (II) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under

the Bankruptcy Code that (a) is for relief against the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary

Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case; (b) appoints a custodian of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary) or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or

group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or (c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary), and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; (v) any Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary

Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute

a Material Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and/or this

Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note Guarantee; and (vi) a material

portion of the Collateral ceases to be subject to the Liens of the Security Documents (other than in accordance with the terms of this

Indenture and the Security Documents) or the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under the

Security Documents to which it is party.

A-1-12

If

an Event of Default arising from (ⅳ) above with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing the principal of and accrued but

unpaid interest on all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of

the Trustee or any Holders of the Notes.

If

any other Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all Notes to be due and payable

immediately. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may

on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences with respect to such Notes if the rescission would not conflict

with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except non-payment of principal, interest or premium that has become

due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. Any time period in the Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default

or Event of Default with respect to the Notes may be extended or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent such actual

or alleged Default or Event of Default is the subject of litigation.

Any

Noteholder Direction provided by any one or more Directing Holders must be accompanied by a Position Representation, which representation,

in the case of a Default Direction shall be deemed repeated at all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases

to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, make

a Verification Covenant. In any case in which the Holder is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant

required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to

rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there

is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides

to the Trustee evidence that the Issuer has initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such

Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted

from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period

with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination

of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter.

A-1-13

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s

Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default

shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction

shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed until such time as the Issuer provides the Trustee with an Officer’s

Certificate that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied; provided that the Issuer shall promptly deliver such Officer’s

Certificate to the Trustee upon becoming aware that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation

(as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee of the Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its

Verification Covenant) shall result in such Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and if, without

the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would

have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect

that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received

such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default or Event of Default.

Notwithstanding

anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an

Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar direction shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

13.           TRUSTEE

DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services

for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

14.           NO

RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any

of their parent companies or subsidiaries, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any

Note Guarantee, any Security Document, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect

of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The

waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive

liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

15.           GOVERNING

LAW. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT

GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION

WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE

OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

16.           AUTHENTICATION.

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

17.           ABBREVIATIONS.

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants

by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A

(= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

A-1-14

18.           CUSIP

NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused

CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.

No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption

and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The

Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Supplemental Indenture and/or the Base Indenture,

as applicable. Requests may be made to the Issuer:

c/o

Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

A-1-15

ASSIGNMENT

FORM

To

assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert

assignee’s legal name)

(Insert

assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print

or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and

irrevocably appoint _______________________________________________________________________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may

substitute another to act for him.

Date:

Your Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-1-16

OPTION

OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If

you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, check the

appropriate box below:

¨ Section

4.07               ¨ Section 4.08

If

you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.08 of the Supplemental

Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$

Date:

Your

Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-1-17

SCHEDULE

OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The

following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a

part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note following

such decrease (or

increase)

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

*

This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-1-18

EXHIBIT

A-2

[THIS

SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES

LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,

PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT

TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

THIS

GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE

BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY

MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED

IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE

FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY

WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS

NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE

DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH

SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (570 WASHINGTON

BOULEVARD, JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,

AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY

TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,

CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]4

4 Include

Global Note Legend, if applicable.

A-2-1

[THE

HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT

HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT),

(B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SEC RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3), OR (7), OR (C) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND

IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH

THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE

144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR

RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE

144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE

IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE

THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE

JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT

PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT

TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME OR BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE

EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S,

AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION

OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF

TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR.

THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED

SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]5

5 Include

Private Placement Legend, if applicable.

A-2-2

[Face

of Note]

CUSIP

NO. [    ]6

ISIN

[     ]

6.550% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2029

No. [     ]

$[                   ]

Paramount Skydance Corporation

promises

to pay to [            ] or to registered assigns the principal amount of [            ] DOLLARS on October 5, 2029

Interest

Payment Dates: April 5 and October 5

Record

Dates: March 21 and September 20

Subject

to restrictions set forth in this Note.

6

144A Notes CUSIP Number: 69932A AS4

Reg

S Notes CUSIP Number: U7010Q AS1

144A

Notes ISIN: US69932AAS42

Reg

S Notes ISIN: USU7010QAS13

A-2-3

IN

WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

[                        ]

PARAMOUNT

SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

A-2-4

This

is one of the Notes referred to

in

the within-mentioned Supplemental Indenture:

DEUTSCHE

BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as

Trustee

By:

Authorized

Signatory

Dated:

[                        ]

A-2-5

[Back

of Note]

6.550%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2029

Capitalized

terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

For the purposes of this Note, “Notes” shall refer to the 6.550% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2029 of the Issuer.

1.             INTEREST.

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 6.550% per annum from October 5, 2026 until maturity.

The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 5 and October 5 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”),

or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent

date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 5, 2026; provided that if there is no existing

Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face and the next succeeding

Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the

first Interest Payment Date shall be April 5, 2027. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding

under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is equal to the rate

then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments

of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest

will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2.             METHOD

OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close

of business on March 21 and September 20 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record

date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Supplemental Indenture with respect to defaulted

interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for

such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check

mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately

available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders

of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency

of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3.             PAYING

AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture, will act as Paying

Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries

may act in any such capacity.

A-2-6

4.             INDENTURE.

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base Indenture”), among Paramount

Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated

as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), among Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust

Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Supplemental Indenture. The Notes

are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any

provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

shall govern and be controlling.

5.             OPTIONAL

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Prior

to September 5, 2029 (one month prior to the maturity date of the Notes) (the “Par Call Date”),the Notes will be redeemable,

in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, at any time or from time to time, on at least 10 days’ but not more than 60

days’ prior notice to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount

and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of:

(1)(a)

the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (assuming such Notes matured on the

applicable Par Call Date) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day

months) at the Treasury Rate plus 25 basis points less (b) interest accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date, and

(2)

100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed,

plus,

in either case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but excluding, the redemption date.

(b)           On

or after the Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, on at least 10 days’

but not more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders thereof at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such

Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but not including, the redemption date

(subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on a record date to receive the related interest payment on the related interest payment date).

6.             MANDATORY

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Except

as otherwise provided in Paragraph 7 or 8 below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect

to the Notes.

A-2-7

7.             REPURCHASE

AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a)            If

a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect to the Notes occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently

sent a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer

will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture (the “Change of Control

Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount

thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes

of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the purchase

date. Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send (or cause to be sent) notice of such Change

of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder

appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of DTC describing the transaction or transactions

that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such notice,

pursuant to the procedures required by the Supplemental Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will not be required to make

a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the

manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Supplemental Indenture applicable to a Change

of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer

or (ii) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer (or any Affiliate of the Issuer)

or a third party has made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash

price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms

of the Alternate Offer.

A-2-8

(b)           At

any time prior to the Collateral Release Date, if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor disposes of any property or assets constituting

Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale Basket (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), which results in the

receipt by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an Acquisition

Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions (such amount of Net

Cash Proceeds, the “Excess Proceeds”), the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale offer pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental

Indenture no later than ten Business Days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all holders of Notes and, if required

by the terms of any Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to all holders of such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, to purchase a principal

amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of such Excess Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”) of such Notes or Pari

Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Applicable Proceeds, if any, at an offer

price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness

was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser

price with respect to such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness), to (but

not including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture and the agreement

governing such other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any

Disposition by making an Asset Sale Offer at any time prior to the expiration of the application period. Any Net Cash Proceeds in excess

of the Applicable Proceeds shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any

purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. If any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received in any Disposition are subject to Section 4.07

of the Supplemental Indenture, at the option of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may (in

lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions) elect to apply an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds from such

Disposition, at its option, (a) to reinvest an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds in the business of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries,

including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets and related rights) used or useful for the business of the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, Capital Expenditures and related transactions expenses) within 540 days

following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or if the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest

such Net Cash Proceeds within 540 days following receipt of such Applicable Proceeds, no later than 180 days after the end of such 540-day

period, or (b) to apply such Applicable Proceeds to reduce, redeem, repay or repurchase (i) Pari Passu Lien Obligations (provided

that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall so reduce such Pari Passu Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Issuer will

(A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture or through open

market purchases or (B) make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth above for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase

at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal amount of

Notes that would otherwise be redeemed under subclause (A) above), or (ii) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, in each case within

540 days following receipts of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided, further, that the Issuer may elect to deem expenditures that

otherwise would be permissible as a reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds under clause (a) above or any such prepayment described in

clause (b) above that occurred prior to the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to have been reinvested in accordance with this paragraph

if such expenditures or prepayment were made no earlier than the earlier of the execution of a definitive agreement or letter of intent

for the Disposition giving rise to such Net Cash Proceeds. Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as a

result of a Disposition pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture may be applied to any transaction not prohibited by the

Indenture during the 540-day period following their receipt (such 540-day period, as may be extended by clause (a) above, shall constitute

the “Proceeds Application Period”). To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and any Pari Passu Lien Obligations,

as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection with an Asset Sale Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount

offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.

If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders

thereof exceeds the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall select the applicable Notes (and the Issuer or its agents

shall select such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable) to be purchased in the manner as provided in Section 3.09 of the Supplemental

Indenture. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

To the extent the Excess Proceeds exceed the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and, if required by the terms thereof,

the Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), the Issuer needs to only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal

amount of Notes (and any such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), and any additional Excess Proceeds shall not be subject to

Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. The Issuer

will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such

laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the

provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable

securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase

date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the

reverse side of the Notes.

A-2-9

8.             SPECIAL

MANDATORY REDEMPTION. In the event that a special mandatory redemption event occurs, the Issuer will be required to redeem the Notes

in whole at a special mandatory redemption price equal to 101.0% of the initial issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest

from and including the date of initial issuance of such Notes, or the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such Notes,

whichever is later, to, but not including, the special mandatory redemption date. Upon the occurrence of a special mandatory redemption

event, the Issuer will promptly (but in no event later than five Business Days following such special mandatory redemption event) cause

notice to be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the

Notes at its registered address. The notice will inform holders that the Notes will be redeemed on the third Business Day following the

redemption notice date and that all of the outstanding Notes will be redeemed at the special mandatory redemption price on the special

mandatory redemption date automatically and without any further action by the holders of the Notes. At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York

City time, on the special mandatory redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay the special mandatory

redemption price for the Notes. If such deposit is made as provided in accordance with this paragraph 8, the Notes will cease to bear

interest on and after the special mandatory redemption date.

9.             DENOMINATIONS,

TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess

thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar

and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer

may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and the Registrar

will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection

with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. The Issuer and the Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note

selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer and the

Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the delivery of a notice of redemption

of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and payment date.

A-2-10

10.           PERSONS

DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11.           AMENDMENT,

SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, the

Security Documents or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Supplemental

Indenture or the Notes may be waived, including by way of amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend

or supplement the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, any Security Document, or the Notes (i) to

cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations

of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Supplemental Indenture or the Security Documents, (iii) to provide for uncertificated

Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for

purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the

Code), (iv) to (A) add a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release any previously added co-issuer of the Notes;

provided that a co-issuer may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise permitted pursuant to the Supplemental

Indenture, (B) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to add additional Collateral to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees and

(C) add a holding company above the Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture and, at the Issuer’s

election, to modify any or all covenants such that they apply to such new holding company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such holding company does not own any material assets other than equity interest in the

Issuer and (y) prior to the Collateral Release Date, such holding entity will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the Issuer,

(v) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any

right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (vi) to make any change that would provide any additional rights

or benefits to Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder, (vii)

to conform the text of the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreements or any Security Document

to any provision under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum, (viii) to make any amendment to the

provisions of the Supplemental Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance

with the Supplemental Indenture as so amended would not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other

applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; (ix)

to release Collateral from the Lien under the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, the Supplemental

Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements, (x) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Supplemental Indenture

of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof, (xi) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant

to the terms of Article 10 of the Supplemental Indenture, (xii) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any accounting change or in the application thereof or (xiii) to issue Exchange Notes and related

Note Guarantees as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the Notes.

A-2-11

12.           DEFAULTS

AND REMEDIES. Each of the following is an Event of Default: (i) default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for

30 consecutive days on the Notes, (ii) default in payment of principal of any Note when due at maturity, upon optional redemption, upon

required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, (iii) the failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply

for 60 days after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than those described in the immediately preceding clauses (i)

and (ii) above); provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 4.02 of the Indenture, such period of continuance

of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this clause (ⅲ) has been given; provided further

that (x) a default under this clause (iii) will not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes until the Trustee or the

Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default

within the time specified after receipt of such notice and (y) a notice of default may not be given with respect to any action taken,

and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of default, (iv) (I) the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) pursuant

to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code: (a) commences a voluntary case, (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against

it in an involuntary case, (c) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or (d)

makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (II) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under

the Bankruptcy Code that (a) is for relief against the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary

Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case; (b) appoints a custodian of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary) or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or

group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or (c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary), and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; (v) any Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary

Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute

a Material Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and/or this

Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note Guarantee; and (vi) a material

portion of the Collateral ceases to be subject to the Liens of the Security Documents (other than in accordance with the terms of this

Indenture and the Security Documents) or the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under the

Security Documents to which it is party.

A-2-12

If

an Event of Default arising from (ⅳ) above with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing the principal of and accrued but

unpaid interest on all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of

the Trustee or any Holders of the Notes.

If

any other Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all Notes to be due and payable

immediately. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may

on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences with respect to such Notes if the rescission would not conflict

with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except non-payment of principal, interest or premium that has become

due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. Any time period in the Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default

or Event of Default with respect to the Notes may be extended or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent such actual

or alleged Default or Event of Default is the subject of litigation.

Any

Noteholder Direction provided by any one or more Directing Holders must be accompanied by a Position Representation, which representation,

in the case of a Default Direction shall be deemed repeated at all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases

to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, make

a Verification Covenant. In any case in which the Holder is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant

required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to

rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there

is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides

to the Trustee evidence that the Issuer has initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such

Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted

from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period

with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination

of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter.

A-2-13

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s

Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default

shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction

shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed until such time as the Issuer provides the Trustee with an Officer’s

Certificate that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied; provided that the Issuer shall promptly deliver such Officer’s

Certificate to the Trustee upon becoming aware that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation

(as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee of the Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its

Verification Covenant) shall result in such Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and if, without

the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would

have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect

that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received

such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default or Event of Default.

Notwithstanding

anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an

Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar direction shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

13.           TRUSTEE

DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services

for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

14.           NO

RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any

of their parent companies or subsidiaries, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any

Note Guarantee, any Security Document, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect

of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The

waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive

liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

15.           GOVERNING

LAW. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT

GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION

WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE

OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

16.           AUTHENTICATION.

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

17.           ABBREVIATIONS.

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants

by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A

(= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

A-2-14

18.           CUSIP

NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused

CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.

No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption

and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The

Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Supplemental Indenture and/or the Base Indenture,

as applicable. Requests may be made to the Issuer:

c/o

Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

A-2-15

ASSIGNMENT

FORM

To

assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert

assignee’s legal name)

(Insert

assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print

or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and

irrevocably appoint _______________________________________________________________________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may

substitute another to act for him.

Date:

Your Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-2-16

OPTION

OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If

you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, check the

appropriate box below:

¨ Section

4.07               ¨ Section 4.08

If

you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.08 of the Supplemental

Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$

Date:

Your

Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-2-17

SCHEDULE

OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The

following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a

part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note following

such decrease (or

increase)

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

*

This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-2-18

EXHIBIT

A-3

[THIS

SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES

LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,

PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT

TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

THIS

GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE

BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY

MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED

IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE

FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY

WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS

NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE

DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH

SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (570 WASHINGTON

BOULEVARD, JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,

AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY

TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,

CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]7

7 Include

Global Note Legend, if applicable.

A-3-1

[THE

HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT

HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT),

(B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SEC RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3), OR (7), OR (C) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND

IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH

THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE

144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR

RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE

144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE

IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE

THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE

JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT

PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT

TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME OR BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE

EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S,

AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION

OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF

TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR.

THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED

SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]8

8 Include

Private Placement Legend, if applicable.

A-3-2

[Face

of Note]

CUSIP

NO. [    ]9

ISIN

[     ]

7.050% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2031

No. [     ]

$[                   ]

Paramount Skydance Corporation

promises

to pay to [            ] or to registered assigns the principal amount of [            ] DOLLARS on October 15, 2031

Interest

Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

Subject

to restrictions set forth in this Note.

9 144A Notes CUSIP Number:

69932A AT2

Reg S Notes CUSIP Number: U7010Q AT9

144A Notes ISIN: US69932AAT25

Reg S Notes ISIN: USU7010QAT95

A-3-3

IN

WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

[                        ]

PARAMOUNT

SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

A-3-4

This

is one of the Notes referred to

in

the within-mentioned Supplemental Indenture:

DEUTSCHE

BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as

Trustee

By:

Authorized

Signatory

Dated:

[                        ]

A-3-5

[Back

of Note]

7.050% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2031

Capitalized

terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

For the purposes of this Note, “Notes” shall refer to the 7.050% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2031 of the Issuer.

1.             INTEREST.

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 7.050% per annum from October 5, 2026 until maturity.

The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”),

or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent

date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 5, 2026; provided that if there is no existing

Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face and the next succeeding

Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the

first Interest Payment Date shall be April 15, 2027. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding

under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is equal to the rate

then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments

of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest

will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2.             METHOD

OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close

of business on April 1 and October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record

date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Supplemental Indenture with respect to defaulted

interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for

such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check

mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately

available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders

of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency

of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3.             PAYING

AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture, will act as Paying

Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries

may act in any such capacity.

A-3-6

4.             INDENTURE.

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base Indenture”), among Paramount

Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated

as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), among Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust

Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Supplemental Indenture. The Notes

are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any

provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

shall govern and be controlling.

5.             OPTIONAL

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Prior

to September 15, 2031 (one month prior to the maturity date of the Notes) (the “Par Call Date”),the Notes will be redeemable,

in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, at any time or from time to time, on at least 10 days’ but not more than 60

days’ prior notice to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount

and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of:

(1)(a)

the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (assuming such Notes matured on the

applicable Par Call Date) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day

months) at the Treasury Rate plus 30 basis points less (b) interest accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date, and

(2)

100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed,

plus,

in either case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but excluding, the redemption date.

(b)           On

or after the Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, on at least 10 days’

but not more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders thereof at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such

Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but not including, the redemption date

(subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on a record date to receive the related interest payment on the related interest payment date).

6.             MANDATORY

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Except

as otherwise provided in Paragraph 7 or 8 below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect

to the Notes.

A-3-7

7.             REPURCHASE

AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a)            If

a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect to the Notes occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently

sent a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer

will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture (the “Change of Control

Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount

thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes

of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the purchase

date. Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send (or cause to be sent) notice of such Change

of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder

appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of DTC describing the transaction or transactions

that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such notice,

pursuant to the procedures required by the Supplemental Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will not be required to make

a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the

manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Supplemental Indenture applicable to a Change

of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer

or (ii) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer (or any Affiliate of the Issuer)

or a third party has made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash

price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms

of the Alternate Offer.

A-3-8

(b)           At

any time prior to the Collateral Release Date, if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor disposes of any property or assets constituting

Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale Basket (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), which results in the

receipt by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an Acquisition

Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions (such amount of Net

Cash Proceeds, the “Excess Proceeds”), the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale offer pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental

Indenture no later than ten Business Days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all holders of Notes and, if required

by the terms of any Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to all holders of such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, to purchase a principal

amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of such Excess Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”) of such Notes or Pari

Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Applicable Proceeds, if any, at an offer

price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness

was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser

price with respect to such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness), to (but

not including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture and the agreement

governing such other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any

Disposition by making an Asset Sale Offer at any time prior to the expiration of the application period. Any Net Cash Proceeds in excess

of the Applicable Proceeds shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any

purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. If any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received in any Disposition are subject to Section 4.07

of the Supplemental Indenture, at the option of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may (in

lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions) elect to apply an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds from such

Disposition, at its option, (a) to reinvest an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds in the business of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries,

including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets and related rights) used or useful for the business of the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, Capital Expenditures and related transactions expenses) within 540 days

following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or if the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest

such Net Cash Proceeds within 540 days following receipt of such Applicable Proceeds, no later than 180 days after the end of such 540-day

period, or (b) to apply such Applicable Proceeds to reduce, redeem, repay or repurchase (i) Pari Passu Lien Obligations (provided

that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall so reduce such Pari Passu Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Issuer will

(A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture or through open

market purchases or (B) make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth above for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase

at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal amount of

Notes that would otherwise be redeemed under subclause (A) above), or (ii) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, in each case within

540 days following receipts of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided, further, that the Issuer may elect to deem expenditures that

otherwise would be permissible as a reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds under clause (a) above or any such prepayment described in

clause (b) above that occurred prior to the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to have been reinvested in accordance with this paragraph

if such expenditures or prepayment were made no earlier than the earlier of the execution of a definitive agreement or letter of intent

for the Disposition giving rise to such Net Cash Proceeds. Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as a

result of a Disposition pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture may be applied to any transaction not prohibited by the

Indenture during the 540-day period following their receipt (such 540-day period, as may be extended by clause (a) above, shall constitute

the “Proceeds Application Period”). To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and any Pari Passu Lien Obligations,

as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection with an Asset Sale Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount

offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.

If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders

thereof exceeds the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall select the applicable Notes (and the Issuer or its agents

shall select such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable) to be purchased in the manner as provided in Section 3.09 of the Supplemental

Indenture. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

To the extent the Excess Proceeds exceed the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and, if required by the terms thereof,

the Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), the Issuer needs to only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal

amount of Notes (and any such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), and any additional Excess Proceeds shall not be subject to

Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. The Issuer

will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such

laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the

provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable

securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase

date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the

reverse side of the Notes.

A-3-9

8.             SPECIAL

MANDATORY REDEMPTION. In the event that a special mandatory redemption event occurs, the Issuer will be required to redeem the Notes

in whole at a special mandatory redemption price equal to 101.0% of the initial issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest

from and including the date of initial issuance of such Notes, or the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such Notes,

whichever is later, to, but not including, the special mandatory redemption date. Upon the occurrence of a special mandatory redemption

event, the Issuer will promptly (but in no event later than five Business Days following such special mandatory redemption event) cause

notice to be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the

Notes at its registered address. The notice will inform holders that the Notes will be redeemed on the third Business Day following the

redemption notice date and that all of the outstanding Notes will be redeemed at the special mandatory redemption price on the special

mandatory redemption date automatically and without any further action by the holders of the Notes. At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York

City time, on the special mandatory redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay the special mandatory

redemption price for the Notes. If such deposit is made as provided in accordance with this paragraph 8, the Notes will cease to bear

interest on and after the special mandatory redemption date.

9.             DENOMINATIONS,

TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess

thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar

and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer

may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and the Registrar

will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection

with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. The Issuer and the Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note

selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer and the

Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the delivery of a notice of redemption

of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and payment date.

A-3-10

10.           PERSONS

DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11.           AMENDMENT,

SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, the

Security Documents or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Supplemental

Indenture or the Notes may be waived, including by way of amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend

or supplement the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, any Security Document, or the Notes (i) to

cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations

of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Supplemental Indenture or the Security Documents, (iii) to provide for uncertificated

Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for

purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the

Code), (iv) to (A) add a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release any previously added co-issuer of the Notes;

provided that a co-issuer may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise permitted pursuant to the Supplemental

Indenture, (B) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to add additional Collateral to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees and

(C) add a holding company above the Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture and, at the Issuer’s

election, to modify any or all covenants such that they apply to such new holding company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such holding company does not own any material assets other than equity interest in the

Issuer and (y) prior to the Collateral Release Date, such holding entity will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the Issuer,

(v) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any

right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (vi) to make any change that would provide any additional rights

or benefits to Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder, (vii)

to conform the text of the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreements or any Security Document

to any provision under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum, (viii) to make any amendment to the

provisions of the Supplemental Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance

with the Supplemental Indenture as so amended would not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other

applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; (ix)

to release Collateral from the Lien under the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, the Supplemental

Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements, (x) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Supplemental Indenture

of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof, (xi) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant

to the terms of Article 10 of the Supplemental Indenture, (xii) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any accounting change or in the application thereof or (xiii) to issue Exchange Notes and related

Note Guarantees as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the Notes.

A-3-11

12.           DEFAULTS

AND REMEDIES. Each of the following is an Event of Default: (i) default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for

30 consecutive days on the Notes, (ii) default in payment of principal of any Note when due at maturity, upon optional redemption, upon

required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, (iii) the failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply

for 60 days after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than those described in the immediately preceding clauses (i)

and (ii) above); provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 4.02 of the Indenture, such period of continuance

of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this clause (ⅲ) has been given; provided further

that (x) a default under this clause (iii) will not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes until the Trustee or the

Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default

within the time specified after receipt of such notice and (y) a notice of default may not be given with respect to any action taken,

and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of default, (iv) (I) the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) pursuant

to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code: (a) commences a voluntary case, (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against

it in an involuntary case, (c) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or (d)

makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (II) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under

the Bankruptcy Code that (a) is for relief against the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary

Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case; (b) appoints a custodian of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary) or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or

group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or (c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary), and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; (v) any Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary

Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute

a Material Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and/or this

Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note Guarantee; and (vi) a material

portion of the Collateral ceases to be subject to the Liens of the Security Documents (other than in accordance with the terms of this

Indenture and the Security Documents) or the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under the

Security Documents to which it is party.

A-3-12

If

an Event of Default arising from (ⅳ) above with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing the principal of and accrued but

unpaid interest on all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of

the Trustee or any Holders of the Notes.

If

any other Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all Notes to be due and payable

immediately. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may

on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences with respect to such Notes if the rescission would not conflict

with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except non-payment of principal, interest or premium that has become

due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. Any time period in the Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default

or Event of Default with respect to the Notes may be extended or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent such actual

or alleged Default or Event of Default is the subject of litigation.

Any

Noteholder Direction provided by any one or more Directing Holders must be accompanied by a Position Representation, which representation,

in the case of a Default Direction shall be deemed repeated at all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases

to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, make

a Verification Covenant. In any case in which the Holder is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant

required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to

rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there

is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides

to the Trustee evidence that the Issuer has initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such

Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted

from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period

with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination

of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter.

A-3-13

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s

Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default

shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction

shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed until such time as the Issuer provides the Trustee with an Officer’s

Certificate that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied; provided that the Issuer shall promptly deliver such Officer’s

Certificate to the Trustee upon becoming aware that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation

(as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee of the Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its

Verification Covenant) shall result in such Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and if, without

the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would

have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect

that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received

such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default or Event of Default.

Notwithstanding

anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an

Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar direction shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

13.           TRUSTEE

DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services

for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

14.           NO

RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any

of their parent companies or subsidiaries, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any

Note Guarantee, any Security Document, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect

of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The

waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive

liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

15.           GOVERNING

LAW. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT

GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION

WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE

OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

16.           AUTHENTICATION.

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

17.           ABBREVIATIONS.

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants

by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A

(= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

A-3-14

18.           CUSIP

NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused

CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.

No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption

and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The

Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Supplemental Indenture and/or the Base Indenture,

as applicable. Requests may be made to the Issuer:

c/o

Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

A-3-15

ASSIGNMENT

FORM

To

assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert

assignee’s legal name)

(Insert

assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print

or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and

irrevocably appoint _______________________________________________________________________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may

substitute another to act for him.

Date:

Your Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-3-16

OPTION

OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If

you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, check the

appropriate box below:

¨ Section

4.07               ¨ Section 4.08

If

you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.08 of the Supplemental

Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$

Date:

Your

Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-3-17

SCHEDULE

OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The

following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a

part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note following

such decrease (or

increase)

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

*

This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-3-18

EXHIBIT

A-4

[THIS

SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES

LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,

PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT

TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

THIS

GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE

BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY

MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED

IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE

FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY

WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS

NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE

DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH

SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (570 WASHINGTON

BOULEVARD, JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,

AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY

TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,

CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]10

10 Include

Global Note Legend, if applicable.

A-4-1

[THE

HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT

HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT),

(B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SEC RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3), OR (7), OR (C) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND

IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH

THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE

144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR

RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE

144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE

IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE

THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE

JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT

PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT

TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME OR BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE

EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S,

AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION

OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF

TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR.

THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED

SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]11

11 Include

Private Placement Legend, if applicable.

A-4-2

[Face

of Note]

CUSIP

NO. [    ]12

ISIN

[     ]

7.550% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2033

No. [     ]

$[                   ]

Paramount Skydance Corporation

promises

to pay to [            ] or to registered assigns the principal amount of [            ] DOLLARS on October 15, 2033

Interest

Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

Subject

to restrictions set forth in this Note.

12

144A Notes CUSIP Number: 69932A AU9

Reg S Notes CUSIP Number: U7010Q AU6

144A Notes ISIN: US69932AAU97

Reg S Notes ISIN: USU7010QAU68

A-4-3

IN

WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

[                        ]

PARAMOUNT

SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

A-4-4

This

is one of the Notes referred to

in

the within-mentioned Supplemental Indenture:

DEUTSCHE

BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as

Trustee

By:

Authorized

Signatory

Dated:

[                        ]

A-4-5

[Back

of Note]

7.550% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2033

Capitalized

terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

For the purposes of this Note, “Notes” shall refer to the 7.550% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2033 of the Issuer.

1.             INTEREST.

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 7.550% per annum from October 5, 2026 until maturity.

The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”),

or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent

date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 5, 2026; provided that if there is no existing

Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face and the next succeeding

Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the

first Interest Payment Date shall be April 15, 2027. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding

under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is equal to the rate

then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments

of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest

will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2.             METHOD

OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close

of business on April 1 and October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record

date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Supplemental Indenture with respect to defaulted

interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for

such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check

mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately

available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders

of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency

of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3.             PAYING

AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture, will act as Paying

Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries

may act in any such capacity.

A-4-6

4.             INDENTURE.

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base Indenture”), among Paramount

Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated

as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), among Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust

Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Supplemental Indenture. The Notes

are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any

provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

shall govern and be controlling.

5.             OPTIONAL

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Prior

to August 15, 2033 (two months prior to the maturity date of the Notes) (the “Par Call Date”),the Notes will be redeemable,

in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, at any time or from time to time, on at least 10 days’ but not more than 60

days’ prior notice to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount

and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of:

(1)(a)

the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (assuming such Notes matured on the

applicable Par Call Date) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day

months) at the Treasury Rate plus 40 basis points less (b) interest accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date, and

(2)

100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed,

plus,

in either case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but excluding, the redemption date.

(b)           On

or after the Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, on at least 10 days’

but not more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders thereof at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such

Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but not including, the redemption date

(subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on a record date to receive the related interest payment on the related interest payment date).

6.             MANDATORY

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Except

as otherwise provided in Paragraph 7 or 8 below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect

to the Notes.

A-4-7

7.             REPURCHASE

AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a)            If

a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect to the Notes occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently

sent a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer

will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture (the “Change of Control

Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount

thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes

of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the purchase

date. Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send (or cause to be sent) notice of such Change

of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder

appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of DTC describing the transaction or transactions

that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such notice,

pursuant to the procedures required by the Supplemental Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will not be required to make

a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the

manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Supplemental Indenture applicable to a Change

of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer

or (ii) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer (or any Affiliate of the Issuer)

or a third party has made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash

price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms

of the Alternate Offer.

A-4-8

(b)           At

any time prior to the Collateral Release Date, if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor disposes of any property or assets constituting

Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale Basket (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), which results in the

receipt by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an Acquisition

Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions (such amount of Net

Cash Proceeds, the “Excess Proceeds”), the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale offer pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental

Indenture no later than ten Business Days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all holders of Notes and, if required

by the terms of any Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to all holders of such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, to purchase a principal

amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of such Excess Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”) of such Notes or Pari

Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Applicable Proceeds, if any, at an offer

price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness

was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser

price with respect to such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness), to (but

not including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture and the agreement

governing such other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any

Disposition by making an Asset Sale Offer at any time prior to the expiration of the application period. Any Net Cash Proceeds in excess

of the Applicable Proceeds shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any

purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. If any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received in any Disposition are subject to Section 4.07

of the Supplemental Indenture, at the option of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may (in

lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions) elect to apply an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds from such

Disposition, at its option, (a) to reinvest an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds in the business of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries,

including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets and related rights) used or useful for the business of the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, Capital Expenditures and related transactions expenses) within 540 days

following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or if the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest

such Net Cash Proceeds within 540 days following receipt of such Applicable Proceeds, no later than 180 days after the end of such 540-day

period, or (b) to apply such Applicable Proceeds to reduce, redeem, repay or repurchase (i) Pari Passu Lien Obligations (provided

that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall so reduce such Pari Passu Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Issuer will

(A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture or through open

market purchases or (B) make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth above for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase

at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal amount of

Notes that would otherwise be redeemed under subclause (A) above), or (ii) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, in each case within

540 days following receipts of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided, further, that the Issuer may elect to deem expenditures that

otherwise would be permissible as a reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds under clause (a) above or any such prepayment described in

clause (b) above that occurred prior to the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to have been reinvested in accordance with this paragraph

if such expenditures or prepayment were made no earlier than the earlier of the execution of a definitive agreement or letter of intent

for the Disposition giving rise to such Net Cash Proceeds. Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as a

result of a Disposition pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture may be applied to any transaction not prohibited by the

Indenture during the 540-day period following their receipt (such 540-day period, as may be extended by clause (a) above, shall constitute

the “Proceeds Application Period”). To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and any Pari Passu Lien Obligations,

as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection with an Asset Sale Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount

offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.

If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders

thereof exceeds the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall select the applicable Notes (and the Issuer or its agents

shall select such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable) to be purchased in the manner as provided in Section 3.09 of the Supplemental

Indenture. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

To the extent the Excess Proceeds exceed the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and, if required by the terms thereof,

the Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), the Issuer needs to only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal

amount of Notes (and any such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), and any additional Excess Proceeds shall not be subject to

Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. The Issuer

will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such

laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the

provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable

securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase

date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the

reverse side of the Notes.

A-4-9

8.             SPECIAL

MANDATORY REDEMPTION. In the event that a special mandatory redemption event occurs, the Issuer will be required to redeem the Notes

in whole at a special mandatory redemption price equal to 101.0% of the initial issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest

from and including the date of initial issuance of such Notes, or the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such Notes,

whichever is later, to, but not including, the special mandatory redemption date. Upon the occurrence of a special mandatory redemption

event, the Issuer will promptly (but in no event later than five Business Days following such special mandatory redemption event) cause

notice to be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the

Notes at its registered address. The notice will inform holders that the Notes will be redeemed on the third Business Day following the

redemption notice date and that all of the outstanding Notes will be redeemed at the special mandatory redemption price on the special

mandatory redemption date automatically and without any further action by the holders of the Notes. At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York

City time, on the special mandatory redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay the special mandatory

redemption price for the Notes. If such deposit is made as provided in accordance with this paragraph 8, the Notes will cease to bear

interest on and after the special mandatory redemption date.

9.             DENOMINATIONS,

TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess

thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar

and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer

may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and the Registrar

will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection

with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. The Issuer and the Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note

selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer and the

Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the delivery of a notice of redemption

of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and payment date.

A-4-10

10.           PERSONS

DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11.           AMENDMENT,

SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, the

Security Documents or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Supplemental

Indenture or the Notes may be waived, including by way of amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend

or supplement the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, any Security Document, or the Notes (i) to

cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations

of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Supplemental Indenture or the Security Documents, (iii) to provide for uncertificated

Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for

purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the

Code), (iv) to (A) add a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release any previously added co-issuer of the Notes;

provided that a co-issuer may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise permitted pursuant to the Supplemental

Indenture, (B) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to add additional Collateral to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees and

(C) add a holding company above the Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture and, at the Issuer’s

election, to modify any or all covenants such that they apply to such new holding company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such holding company does not own any material assets other than equity interest in the

Issuer and (y) prior to the Collateral Release Date, such holding entity will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the Issuer,

(v) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any

right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (vi) to make any change that would provide any additional rights

or benefits to Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder, (vii)

to conform the text of the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreements or any Security Document

to any provision under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum, (viii) to make any amendment to the

provisions of the Supplemental Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance

with the Supplemental Indenture as so amended would not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other

applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; (ix)

to release Collateral from the Lien under the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, the Supplemental

Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements, (x) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Supplemental Indenture

of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof, (xi) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant

to the terms of Article 10 of the Supplemental Indenture, (xii) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any accounting change or in the application thereof or (xiii) to issue Exchange Notes and related

Note Guarantees as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the Notes.

A-4-11

12.           DEFAULTS

AND REMEDIES. Each of the following is an Event of Default: (i) default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for

30 consecutive days on the Notes, (ii) default in payment of principal of any Note when due at maturity, upon optional redemption, upon

required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, (iii) the failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply

for 60 days after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than those described in the immediately preceding clauses (i)

and (ii) above); provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 4.02 of the Indenture, such period of continuance

of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this clause (ⅲ) has been given; provided further

that (x) a default under this clause (iii) will not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes until the Trustee or the

Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default

within the time specified after receipt of such notice and (y) a notice of default may not be given with respect to any action taken,

and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of default, (iv) (I) the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) pursuant

to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code: (a) commences a voluntary case, (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against

it in an involuntary case, (c) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or (d)

makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (II) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under

the Bankruptcy Code that (a) is for relief against the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary

Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case; (b) appoints a custodian of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary) or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or

group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or (c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary), and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; (v) any Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary

Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute

a Material Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and/or this

Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note Guarantee; and (vi) a material

portion of the Collateral ceases to be subject to the Liens of the Security Documents (other than in accordance with the terms of this

Indenture and the Security Documents) or the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under the

Security Documents to which it is party.

A-4-12

If

an Event of Default arising from (ⅳ) above with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing the principal of and accrued but

unpaid interest on all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of

the Trustee or any Holders of the Notes.

If

any other Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all Notes to be due and payable

immediately. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may

on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences with respect to such Notes if the rescission would not conflict

with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except non-payment of principal, interest or premium that has become

due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. Any time period in the Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default

or Event of Default with respect to the Notes may be extended or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent such actual

or alleged Default or Event of Default is the subject of litigation.

Any

Noteholder Direction provided by any one or more Directing Holders must be accompanied by a Position Representation, which representation,

in the case of a Default Direction shall be deemed repeated at all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases

to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, make

a Verification Covenant. In any case in which the Holder is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant

required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to

rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there

is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides

to the Trustee evidence that the Issuer has initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such

Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted

from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period

with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination

of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter.

A-4-13

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s

Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default

shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction

shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed until such time as the Issuer provides the Trustee with an Officer’s

Certificate that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied; provided that the Issuer shall promptly deliver such Officer’s

Certificate to the Trustee upon becoming aware that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation

(as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee of the Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its

Verification Covenant) shall result in such Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and if, without

the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would

have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect

that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received

such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default or Event of Default.

Notwithstanding

anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an

Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar direction shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

13.           TRUSTEE

DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services

for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

14.           NO

RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any

of their parent companies or subsidiaries, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any

Note Guarantee, any Security Document, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect

of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The

waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive

liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

15.           GOVERNING

LAW. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT

GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION

WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE

OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

16.           AUTHENTICATION.

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

17.           ABBREVIATIONS.

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants

by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A

(= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

A-4-14

18.           CUSIP

NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused

CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.

No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption

and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The

Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Supplemental Indenture and/or the Base Indenture,

as applicable. Requests may be made to the Issuer:

c/o

Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

A-4-15

ASSIGNMENT

FORM

To

assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert

assignee’s legal name)

(Insert

assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print

or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and

irrevocably appoint _______________________________________________________________________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may

substitute another to act for him.

Date:

Your Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-4-16

OPTION

OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If

you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, check the

appropriate box below:

¨ Section

4.07               ¨ Section 4.08

If

you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.08 of the Supplemental

Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$

Date:

Your

Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-4-17

SCHEDULE

OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The

following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a

part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note following

such decrease (or

increase)

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

*

This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-4-18

EXHIBIT

A-5

[THIS

SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES

LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,

PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT

TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

THIS

GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE

BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY

MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED

IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE

FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY

WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS

NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE

DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH

SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (570 WASHINGTON

BOULEVARD, JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,

AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY

TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,

CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]13

13 Include

Global Note Legend, if applicable.

A-5-1

[THE

HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT

HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT),

(B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SEC RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3), OR (7), OR (C) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND

IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH

THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE

144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR

RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE

144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE

IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE

THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE

JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT

PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT

TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME OR BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE

EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S,

AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION

OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF

TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR.

THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED

SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]14

14 Include

Private Placement Legend, if applicable.

A-5-2

[Face

of Note]

CUSIP

NO. [    ]15

ISIN

[     ]

7.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2036

No. [     ]

$[                   ]

Paramount Skydance Corporation

promises

to pay to [            ] or to registered assigns the principal amount of [            ] DOLLARS on October 15, 2036

Interest

Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

Subject

to restrictions set forth in this Note.

15 144A Notes CUSIP Number:

69932A AV7

Reg S Notes CUSIP Number: U7010Q AV4

144A Notes ISIN: US69932AAV70

Reg S Notes ISIN: USU7010QAV42

A-5-3

IN

WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

[                        ]

PARAMOUNT

SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

A-5-4

This

is one of the Notes referred to

in

the within-mentioned Supplemental Indenture:

DEUTSCHE

BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as

Trustee

By:

Authorized

Signatory

Dated:

[                        ]

A-5-5

[Back

of Note]

7.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2036

Capitalized

terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

For the purposes of this Note, “Notes” shall refer to the 7.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2036 of the Issuer.

1.             INTEREST.

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 7.900% per annum from October 5, 2026 until maturity.

The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”),

or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent

date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 5, 2026; provided that if there is no existing

Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face and the next succeeding

Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the

first Interest Payment Date shall be April 15, 2027. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding

under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is equal to the rate

then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments

of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest

will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2.             METHOD

OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close

of business on April 1 and October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record

date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Supplemental Indenture with respect to defaulted

interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for

such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check

mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately

available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders

of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency

of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3.             PAYING

AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture, will act as Paying

Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries

may act in any such capacity.

A-5-6

4.             INDENTURE.

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base Indenture”), among Paramount

Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated

as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), among Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust

Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Supplemental Indenture. The Notes

are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any

provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

shall govern and be controlling.

5.             OPTIONAL

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Prior

to July 15, 2036 (three months prior to the maturity date of the Notes) (the “Par Call Date”),the Notes will be redeemable,

in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, at any time or from time to time, on at least 10 days’ but not more than 60

days’ prior notice to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount

and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of:

(1)(a)

the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (assuming such Notes matured on the

applicable Par Call Date) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day

months) at the Treasury Rate plus 40 basis points less (b) interest accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date, and

(2)

100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed,

plus,

in either case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but excluding, the redemption date.

(b)           On

or after the Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, on at least 10 days’

but not more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders thereof at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such

Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but not including, the redemption date

(subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on a record date to receive the related interest payment on the related interest payment date).

6.             MANDATORY

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Except

as otherwise provided in Paragraph 7 or 8 below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect

to the Notes.

A-5-7

7.             REPURCHASE

AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a)            If

a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect to the Notes occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently

sent a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer

will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture (the “Change of Control

Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount

thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes

of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the purchase

date. Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send (or cause to be sent) notice of such Change

of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder

appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of DTC describing the transaction or transactions

that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such notice,

pursuant to the procedures required by the Supplemental Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will not be required to make

a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the

manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Supplemental Indenture applicable to a Change

of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer

or (ii) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer (or any Affiliate of the Issuer)

or a third party has made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash

price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms

of the Alternate Offer.

A-5-8

(b)           At

any time prior to the Collateral Release Date, if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor disposes of any property or assets constituting

Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale Basket (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), which results in the

receipt by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an Acquisition

Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions (such amount of Net

Cash Proceeds, the “Excess Proceeds”), the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale offer pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental

Indenture no later than ten Business Days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all holders of Notes and, if required

by the terms of any Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to all holders of such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, to purchase a principal

amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of such Excess Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”) of such Notes or Pari

Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Applicable Proceeds, if any, at an offer

price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness

was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser

price with respect to such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness), to (but

not including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture and the agreement

governing such other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any

Disposition by making an Asset Sale Offer at any time prior to the expiration of the application period. Any Net Cash Proceeds in excess

of the Applicable Proceeds shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any

purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. If any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received in any Disposition are subject to Section 4.07

of the Supplemental Indenture, at the option of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may (in

lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions) elect to apply an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds from such

Disposition, at its option, (a) to reinvest an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds in the business of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries,

including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets and related rights) used or useful for the business of the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, Capital Expenditures and related transactions expenses) within 540 days

following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or if the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest

such Net Cash Proceeds within 540 days following receipt of such Applicable Proceeds, no later than 180 days after the end of such 540-day

period, or (b) to apply such Applicable Proceeds to reduce, redeem, repay or repurchase (i) Pari Passu Lien Obligations (provided

that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall so reduce such Pari Passu Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Issuer will

(A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture or through open

market purchases or (B) make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth above for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase

at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal amount of

Notes that would otherwise be redeemed under subclause (A) above), or (ii) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, in each case within

540 days following receipts of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided, further, that the Issuer may elect to deem expenditures that

otherwise would be permissible as a reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds under clause (a) above or any such prepayment described in

clause (b) above that occurred prior to the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to have been reinvested in accordance with this paragraph

if such expenditures or prepayment were made no earlier than the earlier of the execution of a definitive agreement or letter of intent

for the Disposition giving rise to such Net Cash Proceeds. Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as a

result of a Disposition pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture may be applied to any transaction not prohibited by the

Indenture during the 540-day period following their receipt (such 540-day period, as may be extended by clause (a) above, shall constitute

the “Proceeds Application Period”). To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and any Pari Passu Lien Obligations,

as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection with an Asset Sale Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount

offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.

If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders

thereof exceeds the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall select the applicable Notes (and the Issuer or its agents

shall select such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable) to be purchased in the manner as provided in Section 3.09 of the Supplemental

Indenture. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

To the extent the Excess Proceeds exceed the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and, if required by the terms thereof,

the Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), the Issuer needs to only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal

amount of Notes (and any such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), and any additional Excess Proceeds shall not be subject to

Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. The Issuer

will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such

laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the

provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable

securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase

date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the

reverse side of the Notes.

A-5-9

8.             SPECIAL

MANDATORY REDEMPTION. In the event that a special mandatory redemption event occurs, the Issuer will be required to redeem the Notes

in whole at a special mandatory redemption price equal to 101.0% of the initial issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest

from and including the date of initial issuance of such Notes, or the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such Notes,

whichever is later, to, but not including, the special mandatory redemption date. Upon the occurrence of a special mandatory redemption

event, the Issuer will promptly (but in no event later than five Business Days following such special mandatory redemption event) cause

notice to be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the

Notes at its registered address. The notice will inform holders that the Notes will be redeemed on the third Business Day following the

redemption notice date and that all of the outstanding Notes will be redeemed at the special mandatory redemption price on the special

mandatory redemption date automatically and without any further action by the holders of the Notes. At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York

City time, on the special mandatory redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay the special mandatory

redemption price for the Notes. If such deposit is made as provided in accordance with this paragraph 8, the Notes will cease to bear

interest on and after the special mandatory redemption date.

9.             DENOMINATIONS,

TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess

thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar

and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer

may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and the Registrar

will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection

with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. The Issuer and the Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note

selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer and the

Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the delivery of a notice of redemption

of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and payment date.

A-5-10

10.           PERSONS

DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11.           AMENDMENT,

SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, the

Security Documents or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Supplemental

Indenture or the Notes may be waived, including by way of amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend

or supplement the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, any Security Document, or the Notes (i) to

cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations

of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Supplemental Indenture or the Security Documents, (iii) to provide for uncertificated

Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for

purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the

Code), (iv) to (A) add a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release any previously added co-issuer of the Notes;

provided that a co-issuer may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise permitted pursuant to the Supplemental

Indenture, (B) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to add additional Collateral to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees and

(C) add a holding company above the Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture and, at the Issuer’s

election, to modify any or all covenants such that they apply to such new holding company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such holding company does not own any material assets other than equity interest in the

Issuer and (y) prior to the Collateral Release Date, such holding entity will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the Issuer,

(v) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any

right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (vi) to make any change that would provide any additional rights

or benefits to Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder, (vii)

to conform the text of the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreements or any Security Document

to any provision under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum, (viii) to make any amendment to the

provisions of the Supplemental Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance

with the Supplemental Indenture as so amended would not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other

applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; (ix)

to release Collateral from the Lien under the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, the Supplemental

Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements, (x) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Supplemental Indenture

of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof, (xi) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant

to the terms of Article 10 of the Supplemental Indenture, (xii) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any accounting change or in the application thereof or (xiii) to issue Exchange Notes and related

Note Guarantees as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the Notes.

A-5-11

12.           DEFAULTS

AND REMEDIES. Each of the following is an Event of Default: (i) default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for

30 consecutive days on the Notes, (ii) default in payment of principal of any Note when due at maturity, upon optional redemption, upon

required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, (iii) the failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply

for 60 days after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than those described in the immediately preceding clauses (i)

and (ii) above); provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 4.02 of the Indenture, such period of continuance

of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this clause (ⅲ) has been given; provided further

that (x) a default under this clause (iii) will not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes until the Trustee or the

Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default

within the time specified after receipt of such notice and (y) a notice of default may not be given with respect to any action taken,

and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of default, (iv) (I) the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) pursuant

to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code: (a) commences a voluntary case, (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against

it in an involuntary case, (c) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or (d)

makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (II) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under

the Bankruptcy Code that (a) is for relief against the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary

Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case; (b) appoints a custodian of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary) or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or

group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or (c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary), and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; (v) any Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary

Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute

a Material Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and/or this

Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note Guarantee; and (vi) a material

portion of the Collateral ceases to be subject to the Liens of the Security Documents (other than in accordance with the terms of this

Indenture and the Security Documents) or the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under the

Security Documents to which it is party.

A-5-12

If

an Event of Default arising from (ⅳ) above with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing the principal of and accrued but

unpaid interest on all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of

the Trustee or any Holders of the Notes.

If

any other Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all Notes to be due and payable

immediately. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may

on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences with respect to such Notes if the rescission would not conflict

with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except non-payment of principal, interest or premium that has become

due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. Any time period in the Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default

or Event of Default with respect to the Notes may be extended or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent such actual

or alleged Default or Event of Default is the subject of litigation.

Any

Noteholder Direction provided by any one or more Directing Holders must be accompanied by a Position Representation, which representation,

in the case of a Default Direction shall be deemed repeated at all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases

to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, make

a Verification Covenant. In any case in which the Holder is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant

required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to

rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there

is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides

to the Trustee evidence that the Issuer has initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such

Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted

from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period

with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination

of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter.

A-5-13

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s

Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default

shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction

shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed until such time as the Issuer provides the Trustee with an Officer’s

Certificate that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied; provided that the Issuer shall promptly deliver such Officer’s

Certificate to the Trustee upon becoming aware that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation

(as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee of the Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its

Verification Covenant) shall result in such Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and if, without

the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would

have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect

that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received

such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default or Event of Default.

Notwithstanding

anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an

Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar direction shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

13.           TRUSTEE

DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services

for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

14.           NO

RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any

of their parent companies or subsidiaries, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any

Note Guarantee, any Security Document, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect

of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The

waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive

liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

15.           GOVERNING

LAW. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT

GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION

WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE

OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

16.           AUTHENTICATION.

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

17.           ABBREVIATIONS.

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants

by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A

(= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

A-5-14

18.           CUSIP

NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused

CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.

No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption

and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The

Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Supplemental Indenture and/or the Base Indenture,

as applicable. Requests may be made to the Issuer:

c/o

Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

A-5-15

ASSIGNMENT

FORM

To

assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert

assignee’s legal name)

(Insert

assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print

or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and

irrevocably appoint _______________________________________________________________________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may

substitute another to act for him.

Date:

Your Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-5-16

OPTION

OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If

you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, check the

appropriate box below:

¨ Section

4.07               ¨ Section 4.08

If

you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.08 of the Supplemental

Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$

Date:

Your

Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-5-17

SCHEDULE

OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The

following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a

part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note following

such decrease (or

increase)

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

*

This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-5-18

EXHIBIT

A-6

[THIS

SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES

LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,

PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT

TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

THIS

GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE

BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY

MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED

IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE

FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY

WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS

NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE

DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH

SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (570 WASHINGTON

BOULEVARD, JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,

AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY

TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,

CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]16

16 Include

Global Note Legend, if applicable.

A-6-1

[THE

HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT

HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT),

(B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SEC RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3), OR (7), OR (C) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND

IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH

THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE

144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR

RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE

144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE

IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE

THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE

JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT

PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT

TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME OR BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE

EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S,

AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION

OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF

TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR.

THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED

SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]17

17 Include

Private Placement Legend, if applicable.

A-6-2

[Face

of Note]

CUSIP

NO. [    ]18

ISIN

[     ]

8.650% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2046

No. [     ]

$[                   ]

Paramount Skydance Corporation

promises

to pay to [            ] or to registered assigns the principal amount of [            ] DOLLARS on October 15, 2046

Interest

Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

Subject

to restrictions set forth in this Note.

18 144A Notes CUSIP Number:

69932A AW5

Reg S Notes CUSIP Number: U7010Q AW2

144A Notes ISIN: US69932AAW53

Reg S Notes ISIN: USU7010QAW25

A-6-3

IN

WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

[                        ]

PARAMOUNT

SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

A-6-4

This

is one of the Notes referred to

in

the within-mentioned Supplemental Indenture:

DEUTSCHE

BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as

Trustee

By:

Authorized

Signatory

Dated:

[                        ]

A-6-5

[Back

of Note]

8.650% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2046

Capitalized

terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

For the purposes of this Note, “Notes” shall refer to the 8.650% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2046 of the Issuer.

1.             INTEREST.

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 8.650% per annum from October 5, 2026 until maturity.

The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”),

or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent

date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 5, 2026; provided that if there is no existing

Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face and the next succeeding

Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the

first Interest Payment Date shall be April 15, 2027. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding

under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is equal to the rate

then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments

of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest

will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2.             METHOD

OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close

of business on April 1 and October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record

date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Supplemental Indenture with respect to defaulted

interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for

such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check

mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately

available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders

of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency

of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3.             PAYING

AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture, will act as Paying

Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries

may act in any such capacity.

A-6-6

4.             INDENTURE.

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base Indenture”), among Paramount

Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated

as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), among Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust

Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Supplemental Indenture. The Notes

are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any

provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

shall govern and be controlling.

5.             OPTIONAL

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Prior

to April 15, 2046 (six months prior to the maturity date of the Notes) (the “Par Call Date”),the Notes will be redeemable,

in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, at any time or from time to time, on at least 10 days’ but not more than 60

days’ prior notice to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount

and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of:

(1)(a)

the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (assuming such Notes matured on the

applicable Par Call Date) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day

months) at the Treasury Rate plus 45 basis points less (b) interest accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date, and

(2)

100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed,

plus,

in either case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but excluding, the redemption date.

(b)           On

or after the Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, on at least 10 days’

but not more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders thereof at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such

Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but not including, the redemption date

(subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on a record date to receive the related interest payment on the related interest payment date).

6.             MANDATORY

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Except

as otherwise provided in Paragraph 7 or 8 below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect

to the Notes.

A-6-7

7.             REPURCHASE

AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a)            If

a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect to the Notes occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently

sent a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer

will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture (the “Change of Control

Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount

thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes

of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the purchase

date. Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send (or cause to be sent) notice of such Change

of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder

appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of DTC describing the transaction or transactions

that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such notice,

pursuant to the procedures required by the Supplemental Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will not be required to make

a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the

manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Supplemental Indenture applicable to a Change

of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer

or (ii) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer (or any Affiliate of the Issuer)

or a third party has made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash

price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms

of the Alternate Offer.

A-6-8

(b)           At

any time prior to the Collateral Release Date, if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor disposes of any property or assets constituting

Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale Basket (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), which results in the

receipt by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an Acquisition

Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions (such amount of Net

Cash Proceeds, the “Excess Proceeds”), the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale offer pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental

Indenture no later than ten Business Days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all holders of Notes and, if required

by the terms of any Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to all holders of such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, to purchase a principal

amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of such Excess Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”) of such Notes or Pari

Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Applicable Proceeds, if any, at an offer

price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness

was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser

price with respect to such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness), to (but

not including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture and the agreement

governing such other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any

Disposition by making an Asset Sale Offer at any time prior to the expiration of the application period. Any Net Cash Proceeds in excess

of the Applicable Proceeds shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any

purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. If any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received in any Disposition are subject to Section 4.07

of the Supplemental Indenture, at the option of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may (in

lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions) elect to apply an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds from such

Disposition, at its option, (a) to reinvest an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds in the business of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries,

including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets and related rights) used or useful for the business of the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, Capital Expenditures and related transactions expenses) within 540 days

following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or if the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest

such Net Cash Proceeds within 540 days following receipt of such Applicable Proceeds, no later than 180 days after the end of such 540-day

period, or (b) to apply such Applicable Proceeds to reduce, redeem, repay or repurchase (i) Pari Passu Lien Obligations (provided

that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall so reduce such Pari Passu Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Issuer will

(A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture or through open

market purchases or (B) make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth above for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase

at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal amount of

Notes that would otherwise be redeemed under subclause (A) above), or (ii) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, in each case within

540 days following receipts of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided, further, that the Issuer may elect to deem expenditures that

otherwise would be permissible as a reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds under clause (a) above or any such prepayment described in

clause (b) above that occurred prior to the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to have been reinvested in accordance with this paragraph

if such expenditures or prepayment were made no earlier than the earlier of the execution of a definitive agreement or letter of intent

for the Disposition giving rise to such Net Cash Proceeds. Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as a

result of a Disposition pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture may be applied to any transaction not prohibited by the

Indenture during the 540-day period following their receipt (such 540-day period, as may be extended by clause (a) above, shall constitute

the “Proceeds Application Period”). To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and any Pari Passu Lien Obligations,

as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection with an Asset Sale Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount

offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.

If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders

thereof exceeds the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall select the applicable Notes (and the Issuer or its agents

shall select such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable) to be purchased in the manner as provided in Section 3.09 of the Supplemental

Indenture. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

To the extent the Excess Proceeds exceed the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and, if required by the terms thereof,

the Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), the Issuer needs to only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal

amount of Notes (and any such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), and any additional Excess Proceeds shall not be subject to

Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. The Issuer

will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such

laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the

provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable

securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase

date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the

reverse side of the Notes.

A-6-9

8.             SPECIAL

MANDATORY REDEMPTION. In the event that a special mandatory redemption event occurs, the Issuer will be required to redeem the Notes

in whole at a special mandatory redemption price equal to 101.0% of the initial issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest

from and including the date of initial issuance of such Notes, or the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such Notes,

whichever is later, to, but not including, the special mandatory redemption date. Upon the occurrence of a special mandatory redemption

event, the Issuer will promptly (but in no event later than five Business Days following such special mandatory redemption event) cause

notice to be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the

Notes at its registered address. The notice will inform holders that the Notes will be redeemed on the third Business Day following the

redemption notice date and that all of the outstanding Notes will be redeemed at the special mandatory redemption price on the special

mandatory redemption date automatically and without any further action by the holders of the Notes. At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York

City time, on the special mandatory redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay the special mandatory

redemption price for the Notes. If such deposit is made as provided in accordance with this paragraph 8, the Notes will cease to bear

interest on and after the special mandatory redemption date.

9.             DENOMINATIONS,

TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess

thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar

and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer

may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and the Registrar

will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection

with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. The Issuer and the Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note

selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer and the

Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the delivery of a notice of redemption

of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and payment date.

A-6-10

10.           PERSONS

DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11.           AMENDMENT,

SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, the

Security Documents or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Supplemental

Indenture or the Notes may be waived, including by way of amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend

or supplement the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, any Security Document, or the Notes (i) to

cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations

of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Supplemental Indenture or the Security Documents, (iii) to provide for uncertificated

Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for

purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the

Code), (iv) to (A) add a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release any previously added co-issuer of the Notes;

provided that a co-issuer may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise permitted pursuant to the Supplemental

Indenture, (B) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to add additional Collateral to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees and

(C) add a holding company above the Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture and, at the Issuer’s

election, to modify any or all covenants such that they apply to such new holding company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such holding company does not own any material assets other than equity interest in the

Issuer and (y) prior to the Collateral Release Date, such holding entity will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the Issuer,

(v) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any

right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (vi) to make any change that would provide any additional rights

or benefits to Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder, (vii)

to conform the text of the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreements or any Security Document

to any provision under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum, (viii) to make any amendment to the

provisions of the Supplemental Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance

with the Supplemental Indenture as so amended would not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other

applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; (ix)

to release Collateral from the Lien under the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, the Supplemental

Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements, (x) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Supplemental Indenture

of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof, (xi) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant

to the terms of Article 10 of the Supplemental Indenture, (xii) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any accounting change or in the application thereof or (xiii) to issue Exchange Notes and related

Note Guarantees as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the Notes.

A-6-11

12.           DEFAULTS

AND REMEDIES. Each of the following is an Event of Default: (i) default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for

30 consecutive days on the Notes, (ii) default in payment of principal of any Note when due at maturity, upon optional redemption, upon

required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, (iii) the failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply

for 60 days after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than those described in the immediately preceding clauses (i)

and (ii) above); provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 4.02 of the Indenture, such period of continuance

of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this clause (ⅲ) has been given; provided further

that (x) a default under this clause (iii) will not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes until the Trustee or the

Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default

within the time specified after receipt of such notice and (y) a notice of default may not be given with respect to any action taken,

and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of default, (iv) (I) the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) pursuant

to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code: (a) commences a voluntary case, (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against

it in an involuntary case, (c) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or (d)

makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (II) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under

the Bankruptcy Code that (a) is for relief against the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary

Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case; (b) appoints a custodian of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary) or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or

group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or (c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary), and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; (v) any Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary

Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute

a Material Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and/or this

Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note Guarantee; and (vi) a material

portion of the Collateral ceases to be subject to the Liens of the Security Documents (other than in accordance with the terms of this

Indenture and the Security Documents) or the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under the

Security Documents to which it is party.

A-6-12

If

an Event of Default arising from (ⅳ) above with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing the principal of and accrued but

unpaid interest on all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of

the Trustee or any Holders of the Notes.

If

any other Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all Notes to be due and payable

immediately. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may

on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences with respect to such Notes if the rescission would not conflict

with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except non-payment of principal, interest or premium that has become

due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. Any time period in the Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default

or Event of Default with respect to the Notes may be extended or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent such actual

or alleged Default or Event of Default is the subject of litigation.

Any

Noteholder Direction provided by any one or more Directing Holders must be accompanied by a Position Representation, which representation,

in the case of a Default Direction shall be deemed repeated at all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases

to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, make

a Verification Covenant. In any case in which the Holder is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant

required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to

rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there

is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides

to the Trustee evidence that the Issuer has initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such

Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted

from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period

with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination

of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter.

A-6-13

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s

Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default

shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction

shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed until such time as the Issuer provides the Trustee with an Officer’s

Certificate that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied; provided that the Issuer shall promptly deliver such Officer’s

Certificate to the Trustee upon becoming aware that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation

(as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee of the Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its

Verification Covenant) shall result in such Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and if, without

the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would

have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect

that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received

such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default or Event of Default.

Notwithstanding

anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an

Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar direction shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

13.           TRUSTEE

DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services

for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

14.           NO

RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any

of their parent companies or subsidiaries, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any

Note Guarantee, any Security Document, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect

of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The

waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive

liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

15.           GOVERNING

LAW. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT

GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION

WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE

OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

16.           AUTHENTICATION.

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

17.           ABBREVIATIONS.

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants

by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A

(= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

A-6-14

18.           CUSIP

NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused

CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.

No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption

and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The

Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Supplemental Indenture and/or the Base Indenture,

as applicable. Requests may be made to the Issuer:

c/o

Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

A-6-15

ASSIGNMENT

FORM

To

assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert

assignee’s legal name)

(Insert

assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print

or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and

irrevocably appoint _______________________________________________________________________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may

substitute another to act for him.

Date:

Your Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-6-16

OPTION

OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If

you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, check the

appropriate box below:

¨ Section

4.07               ¨ Section 4.08

If

you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.08 of the Supplemental

Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$

Date:

Your

Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-6-17

SCHEDULE

OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The

following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a

part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note following

such decrease (or

increase)

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

*

This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-6-18

EXHIBIT

A-7

[THIS

SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES

LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,

PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT

TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

THIS

GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE

BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY

MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED

IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE

FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY

WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS

NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE

DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH

SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (570 WASHINGTON

BOULEVARD, JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,

AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY

TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,

CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]19

19 Include

Global Note Legend, if applicable.

A-7-1

[THE

HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT

HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT),

(B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SEC RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3), OR (7), OR (C) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND

IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH

THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE

144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR

RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE

144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE

IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE

THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE

JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT

PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT

TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME OR BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE

EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S,

AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION

OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF

TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR.

THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED

SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]20

20 Include

Private Placement Legend, if applicable.

A-7-2

[Face

of Note]

CUSIP

NO. [    ]21

ISIN

[     ]

8.750% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2056

No. [     ]

$[                   ]

Paramount Skydance Corporation

promises

to pay to [            ] or to registered assigns the principal amount of [            ] DOLLARS on October 15, 2056

Interest

Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

Subject

to restrictions set forth in this Note.

21 144A Notes CUSIP Number:

69932A AX3

Reg S Notes CUSIP Number: U7010Q AX0

144A Notes ISIN: US69932AAX37

Reg S Notes ISIN: USU7010QAX08

A-7-3

IN

WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

[                        ]

PARAMOUNT

SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

A-7-4

This

is one of the Notes referred to

in

the within-mentioned Supplemental Indenture:

DEUTSCHE

BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as

Trustee

By:

Authorized

Signatory

Dated:

[                        ]

A-7-5

[Back

of Note]

8.750% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2056

Capitalized

terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

For the purposes of this Note, “Notes” shall refer to the 8.750% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2056 of the Issuer.

1.             INTEREST.

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 8.750% per annum from October 5, 2026 until maturity.

The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”),

or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent

date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 5, 2026; provided that if there is no existing

Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face and the next succeeding

Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the

first Interest Payment Date shall be April 15, 2027. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding

under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is equal to the rate

then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments

of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest

will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2.             METHOD

OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close

of business on April 1 and October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record

date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Supplemental Indenture with respect to defaulted

interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for

such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check

mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately

available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders

of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency

of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3.             PAYING

AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture, will act as Paying

Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries

may act in any such capacity.

A-7-6

4.             INDENTURE.

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base Indenture”), among Paramount

Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated

as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), among Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust

Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Supplemental Indenture. The Notes

are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any

provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

shall govern and be controlling.

5.             OPTIONAL

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Prior

to April 15, 2056 (six months prior to the maturity date of the Notes) (the “Par Call Date”),the Notes will be redeemable,

in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, at any time or from time to time, on at least 10 days’ but not more than 60

days’ prior notice to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount

and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of:

(1)(a)

the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (assuming such Notes matured on the

applicable Par Call Date) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day

months) at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points less (b) interest accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date, and

(2)

100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed,

plus,

in either case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but excluding, the redemption date.

(b)           On

or after the Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, on at least 10 days’

but not more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders thereof at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such

Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but not including, the redemption date

(subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on a record date to receive the related interest payment on the related interest payment date).

6.             MANDATORY

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Except

as otherwise provided in Paragraph 7 or 8 below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect

to the Notes.

A-7-7

7.             REPURCHASE

AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a)            If

a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect to the Notes occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently

sent a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer

will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture (the “Change of Control

Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount

thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes

of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the purchase

date. Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send (or cause to be sent) notice of such Change

of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder

appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of DTC describing the transaction or transactions

that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such notice,

pursuant to the procedures required by the Supplemental Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will not be required to make

a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the

manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Supplemental Indenture applicable to a Change

of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer

or (ii) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer (or any Affiliate of the Issuer)

or a third party has made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash

price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms

of the Alternate Offer.

A-7-8

(b)           At

any time prior to the Collateral Release Date, if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor disposes of any property or assets constituting

Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale Basket (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), which results in the

receipt by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an Acquisition

Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions (such amount of Net

Cash Proceeds, the “Excess Proceeds”), the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale offer pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental

Indenture no later than ten Business Days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all holders of Notes and, if required

by the terms of any Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to all holders of such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, to purchase a principal

amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of such Excess Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”) of such Notes or Pari

Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Applicable Proceeds, if any, at an offer

price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness

was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser

price with respect to such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness), to (but

not including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture and the agreement

governing such other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any

Disposition by making an Asset Sale Offer at any time prior to the expiration of the application period. Any Net Cash Proceeds in excess

of the Applicable Proceeds shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any

purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. If any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received in any Disposition are subject to Section 4.07

of the Supplemental Indenture, at the option of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may (in

lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions) elect to apply an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds from such

Disposition, at its option, (a) to reinvest an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds in the business of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries,

including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets and related rights) used or useful for the business of the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, Capital Expenditures and related transactions expenses) within 540 days

following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or if the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest

such Net Cash Proceeds within 540 days following receipt of such Applicable Proceeds, no later than 180 days after the end of such 540-day

period, or (b) to apply such Applicable Proceeds to reduce, redeem, repay or repurchase (i) Pari Passu Lien Obligations (provided

that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall so reduce such Pari Passu Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Issuer will

(A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture or through open

market purchases or (B) make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth above for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase

at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal amount of

Notes that would otherwise be redeemed under subclause (A) above), or (ii) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, in each case within

540 days following receipts of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided, further, that the Issuer may elect to deem expenditures that

otherwise would be permissible as a reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds under clause (a) above or any such prepayment described in

clause (b) above that occurred prior to the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to have been reinvested in accordance with this paragraph

if such expenditures or prepayment were made no earlier than the earlier of the execution of a definitive agreement or letter of intent

for the Disposition giving rise to such Net Cash Proceeds. Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as a

result of a Disposition pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture may be applied to any transaction not prohibited by the

Indenture during the 540-day period following their receipt (such 540-day period, as may be extended by clause (a) above, shall constitute

the “Proceeds Application Period”). To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and any Pari Passu Lien Obligations,

as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection with an Asset Sale Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount

offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.

If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders

thereof exceeds the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall select the applicable Notes (and the Issuer or its agents

shall select such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable) to be purchased in the manner as provided in Section 3.09 of the Supplemental

Indenture. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

To the extent the Excess Proceeds exceed the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and, if required by the terms thereof,

the Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), the Issuer needs to only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal

amount of Notes (and any such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), and any additional Excess Proceeds shall not be subject to

Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. The Issuer

will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such

laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the

provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable

securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase

date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the

reverse side of the Notes.

A-7-9

8.             SPECIAL

MANDATORY REDEMPTION. In the event that a special mandatory redemption event occurs, the Issuer will be required to redeem the Notes

in whole at a special mandatory redemption price equal to 101.0% of the initial issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest

from and including the date of initial issuance of such Notes, or the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such Notes,

whichever is later, to, but not including, the special mandatory redemption date. Upon the occurrence of a special mandatory redemption

event, the Issuer will promptly (but in no event later than five Business Days following such special mandatory redemption event) cause

notice to be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the

Notes at its registered address. The notice will inform holders that the Notes will be redeemed on the third Business Day following the

redemption notice date and that all of the outstanding Notes will be redeemed at the special mandatory redemption price on the special

mandatory redemption date automatically and without any further action by the holders of the Notes. At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York

City time, on the special mandatory redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay the special mandatory

redemption price for the Notes. If such deposit is made as provided in accordance with this paragraph 8, the Notes will cease to bear

interest on and after the special mandatory redemption date.

9.             DENOMINATIONS,

TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess

thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar

and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer

may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and the Registrar

will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection

with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. The Issuer and the Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note

selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer and the

Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the delivery of a notice of redemption

of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and payment date.

A-7-10

10.           PERSONS

DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11.           AMENDMENT,

SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, the

Security Documents or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Supplemental

Indenture or the Notes may be waived, including by way of amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend

or supplement the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, any Security Document, or the Notes (i) to

cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations

of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Supplemental Indenture or the Security Documents, (iii) to provide for uncertificated

Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for

purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the

Code), (iv) to (A) add a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release any previously added co-issuer of the Notes;

provided that a co-issuer may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise permitted pursuant to the Supplemental

Indenture, (B) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to add additional Collateral to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees and

(C) add a holding company above the Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture and, at the Issuer’s

election, to modify any or all covenants such that they apply to such new holding company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such holding company does not own any material assets other than equity interest in the

Issuer and (y) prior to the Collateral Release Date, such holding entity will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the Issuer,

(v) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any

right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (vi) to make any change that would provide any additional rights

or benefits to Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder, (vii)

to conform the text of the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreements or any Security Document

to any provision under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum, (viii) to make any amendment to the

provisions of the Supplemental Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance

with the Supplemental Indenture as so amended would not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other

applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; (ix)

to release Collateral from the Lien under the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, the Supplemental

Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements, (x) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Supplemental Indenture

of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof, (xi) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant

to the terms of Article 10 of the Supplemental Indenture, (xii) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any accounting change or in the application thereof or (xiii) to issue Exchange Notes and related

Note Guarantees as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the Notes.

A-7-11

12.           DEFAULTS

AND REMEDIES. Each of the following is an Event of Default: (i) default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for

30 consecutive days on the Notes, (ii) default in payment of principal of any Note when due at maturity, upon optional redemption, upon

required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, (iii) the failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply

for 60 days after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than those described in the immediately preceding clauses (i)

and (ii) above); provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 4.02 of the Indenture, such period of continuance

of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this clause (ⅲ) has been given; provided further

that (x) a default under this clause (iii) will not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes until the Trustee or the

Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default

within the time specified after receipt of such notice and (y) a notice of default may not be given with respect to any action taken,

and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of default, (iv) (I) the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) pursuant

to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code: (a) commences a voluntary case, (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against

it in an involuntary case, (c) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or (d)

makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (II) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under

the Bankruptcy Code that (a) is for relief against the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary

Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case; (b) appoints a custodian of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary) or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or

group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or (c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary), and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; (v) any Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary

Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute

a Material Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and/or this

Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note Guarantee; and (vi) a material

portion of the Collateral ceases to be subject to the Liens of the Security Documents (other than in accordance with the terms of this

Indenture and the Security Documents) or the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under the

Security Documents to which it is party.

A-7-12

If

an Event of Default arising from (ⅳ) above with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing the principal of and accrued but

unpaid interest on all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of

the Trustee or any Holders of the Notes.

If

any other Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all Notes to be due and payable

immediately. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may

on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences with respect to such Notes if the rescission would not conflict

with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except non-payment of principal, interest or premium that has become

due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. Any time period in the Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default

or Event of Default with respect to the Notes may be extended or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent such actual

or alleged Default or Event of Default is the subject of litigation.

Any

Noteholder Direction provided by any one or more Directing Holders must be accompanied by a Position Representation, which representation,

in the case of a Default Direction shall be deemed repeated at all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases

to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, make

a Verification Covenant. In any case in which the Holder is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant

required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to

rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there

is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides

to the Trustee evidence that the Issuer has initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such

Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted

from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period

with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination

of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter.

A-7-13

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s

Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default

shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction

shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed until such time as the Issuer provides the Trustee with an Officer’s

Certificate that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied; provided that the Issuer shall promptly deliver such Officer’s

Certificate to the Trustee upon becoming aware that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation

(as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee of the Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its

Verification Covenant) shall result in such Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and if, without

the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would

have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect

that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received

such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default or Event of Default.

Notwithstanding

anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an

Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar direction shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

13.           TRUSTEE

DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services

for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

14.           NO

RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any

of their parent companies or subsidiaries, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any

Note Guarantee, any Security Document, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect

of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The

waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive

liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

15.           GOVERNING

LAW. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT

GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION

WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE

OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

16.           AUTHENTICATION.

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

17.           ABBREVIATIONS.

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants

by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A

(= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

A-7-14

18.           CUSIP

NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused

CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.

No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption

and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The

Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Supplemental Indenture and/or the Base Indenture,

as applicable. Requests may be made to the Issuer:

c/o

Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

A-7-15

ASSIGNMENT

FORM

To

assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert

assignee’s legal name)

(Insert

assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print

or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and

irrevocably appoint _______________________________________________________________________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may

substitute another to act for him.

Date:

Your Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-7-16

OPTION

OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If

you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, check the

appropriate box below:

¨ Section

4.07               ¨ Section 4.08

If

you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.08 of the Supplemental

Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$

Date:

Your

Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-7-17

SCHEDULE

OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The

following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a

part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note following

such decrease (or

increase)

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

*

This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-7-18

EXHIBIT

A-8

[THIS

SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES

LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,

PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT

TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

THIS

GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE

BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY

MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED

IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE

FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY

WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS

NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE

DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH

SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (570 WASHINGTON

BOULEVARD, JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,

AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY

TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,

CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]22

22 Include

Global Note Legend, if applicable.

A-8-1

[THE

HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT

HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT),

(B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SEC RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3), OR (7), OR (C) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND

IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH

THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE

144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR

RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE

144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE

IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE

THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE

JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT

PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT

TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME OR BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE

EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S,

AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION

OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF

TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR.

THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED

SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]23

23 Include

Private Placement Legend, if applicable.

A-8-2

[Face

of Note]

CUSIP

NO. [    ]24

ISIN

[     ]

8.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2066

No. [     ]

$[                   ]

Paramount Skydance Corporation

promises

to pay to [            ] or to registered assigns the principal amount of [            ] DOLLARS on October 15, 2066

Interest

Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

Subject

to restrictions set forth in this Note.

24 144A Notes CUSIP Number:

69932A AY1

Reg S Notes CUSIP Number: U7010Q AY8

144A Notes ISIN: US69932AAY10

Reg S Notes ISIN: USU7010QAY80

A-8-3

IN

WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

[                        ]

PARAMOUNT

SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

A-8-4

This

is one of the Notes referred to

in

the within-mentioned Supplemental Indenture:

DEUTSCHE

BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as

Trustee

By:

Authorized

Signatory

Dated:

[                        ]

A-8-5

[Back

of Note]

8.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2066

Capitalized

terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

For the purposes of this Note, “Notes” shall refer to the 8.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2066 of the Issuer.

1.             INTEREST.

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 8.900% per annum from October 5, 2026 until maturity.

The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”),

or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent

date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 5, 2026; provided that if there is no existing

Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face and the next succeeding

Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the

first Interest Payment Date shall be April 15, 2027. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding

under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is equal to the rate

then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments

of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest

will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2.             METHOD

OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close

of business on April 1 and October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record

date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Supplemental Indenture with respect to defaulted

interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for

such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check

mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately

available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders

of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency

of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3.             PAYING

AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture, will act as Paying

Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries

may act in any such capacity.

A-8-6

4.             INDENTURE.

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base Indenture”), among Paramount

Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated

as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), among Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust

Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Supplemental Indenture. The Notes

are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any

provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

shall govern and be controlling.

5.             OPTIONAL

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Prior

to April 15, 2066 (six months prior to the maturity date of the Notes) (the “Par Call Date”),the Notes will be redeemable,

in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, at any time or from time to time, on at least 10 days’ but not more than 60

days’ prior notice to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount

and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of:

(1)(a)

the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (assuming such Notes matured on the

applicable Par Call Date) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day

months) at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points less (b) interest accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date, and

(2)

100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed,

plus,

in either case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but excluding, the redemption date.

(b)           On

or after the Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, on at least 10 days’

but not more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders thereof at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such

Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but not including, the redemption date

(subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on a record date to receive the related interest payment on the related interest payment date).

6.             MANDATORY

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Except

as otherwise provided in Paragraph 7 or 8 below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect

to the Notes.

A-8-7

7.             REPURCHASE

AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a)            If

a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect to the Notes occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently

sent a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer

will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture (the “Change of Control

Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount

thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes

of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the purchase

date. Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send (or cause to be sent) notice of such Change

of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder

appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of DTC describing the transaction or transactions

that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such notice,

pursuant to the procedures required by the Supplemental Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will not be required to make

a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the

manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Supplemental Indenture applicable to a Change

of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer

or (ii) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer (or any Affiliate of the Issuer)

or a third party has made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash

price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms

of the Alternate Offer.

A-8-8

(b)           At

any time prior to the Collateral Release Date, if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor disposes of any property or assets constituting

Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale Basket (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), which results in the

receipt by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an Acquisition

Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions (such amount of Net

Cash Proceeds, the “Excess Proceeds”), the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale offer pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental

Indenture no later than ten Business Days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all holders of Notes and, if required

by the terms of any Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to all holders of such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, to purchase a principal

amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of such Excess Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”) of such Notes or Pari

Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Applicable Proceeds, if any, at an offer

price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness

was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser

price with respect to such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness), to (but

not including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture and the agreement

governing such other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any

Disposition by making an Asset Sale Offer at any time prior to the expiration of the application period. Any Net Cash Proceeds in excess

of the Applicable Proceeds shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any

purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. If any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received in any Disposition are subject to Section 4.07

of the Supplemental Indenture, at the option of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may (in

lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions) elect to apply an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds from such

Disposition, at its option, (a) to reinvest an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds in the business of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries,

including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets and related rights) used or useful for the business of the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, Capital Expenditures and related transactions expenses) within 540 days

following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or if the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest

such Net Cash Proceeds within 540 days following receipt of such Applicable Proceeds, no later than 180 days after the end of such 540-day

period, or (b) to apply such Applicable Proceeds to reduce, redeem, repay or repurchase (i) Pari Passu Lien Obligations (provided

that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall so reduce such Pari Passu Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Issuer will

(A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture or through open

market purchases or (B) make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth above for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase

at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal amount of

Notes that would otherwise be redeemed under subclause (A) above), or (ii) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, in each case within

540 days following receipts of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided, further, that the Issuer may elect to deem expenditures that

otherwise would be permissible as a reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds under clause (a) above or any such prepayment described in

clause (b) above that occurred prior to the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to have been reinvested in accordance with this paragraph

if such expenditures or prepayment were made no earlier than the earlier of the execution of a definitive agreement or letter of intent

for the Disposition giving rise to such Net Cash Proceeds. Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as a

result of a Disposition pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture may be applied to any transaction not prohibited by the

Indenture during the 540-day period following their receipt (such 540-day period, as may be extended by clause (a) above, shall constitute

the “Proceeds Application Period”). To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and any Pari Passu Lien Obligations,

as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection with an Asset Sale Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount

offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.

If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders

thereof exceeds the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall select the applicable Notes (and the Issuer or its agents

shall select such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable) to be purchased in the manner as provided in Section 3.09 of the Supplemental

Indenture. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

To the extent the Excess Proceeds exceed the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and, if required by the terms thereof,

the Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), the Issuer needs to only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal

amount of Notes (and any such Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), and any additional Excess Proceeds shall not be subject to

Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. The Issuer

will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such

laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the

provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable

securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase

date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the

reverse side of the Notes.

A-8-9

8.             SPECIAL

MANDATORY REDEMPTION. In the event that a special mandatory redemption event occurs, the Issuer will be required to redeem the Notes

in whole at a special mandatory redemption price equal to 101.0% of the initial issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest

from and including the date of initial issuance of such Notes, or the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such Notes,

whichever is later, to, but not including, the special mandatory redemption date. Upon the occurrence of a special mandatory redemption

event, the Issuer will promptly (but in no event later than five Business Days following such special mandatory redemption event) cause

notice to be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the

Notes at its registered address. The notice will inform holders that the Notes will be redeemed on the third Business Day following the

redemption notice date and that all of the outstanding Notes will be redeemed at the special mandatory redemption price on the special

mandatory redemption date automatically and without any further action by the holders of the Notes. At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York

City time, on the special mandatory redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay the special mandatory

redemption price for the Notes. If such deposit is made as provided in accordance with this paragraph 8, the Notes will cease to bear

interest on and after the special mandatory redemption date.

9.             DENOMINATIONS,

TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess

thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar

and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer

may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and the Registrar

will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection

with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. The Issuer and the Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note

selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer and the

Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the delivery of a notice of redemption

of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and payment date.

A-8-10

10.           PERSONS

DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11.           AMENDMENT,

SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, the

Security Documents or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Supplemental

Indenture or the Notes may be waived, including by way of amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend

or supplement the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, any Security Document, or the Notes (i) to

cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations

of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Supplemental Indenture or the Security Documents, (iii) to provide for uncertificated

Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for

purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the

Code), (iv) to (A) add a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release any previously added co-issuer of the Notes;

provided that a co-issuer may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise permitted pursuant to the Supplemental

Indenture, (B) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to add additional Collateral to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees and

(C) add a holding company above the Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture and, at the Issuer’s

election, to modify any or all covenants such that they apply to such new holding company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such holding company does not own any material assets other than equity interest in the

Issuer and (y) prior to the Collateral Release Date, such holding entity will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the Issuer,

(v) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any

right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (vi) to make any change that would provide any additional rights

or benefits to Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder, (vii)

to conform the text of the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreements or any Security Document

to any provision under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum, (viii) to make any amendment to the

provisions of the Supplemental Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance

with the Supplemental Indenture as so amended would not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other

applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; (ix)

to release Collateral from the Lien under the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, the Supplemental

Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements, (x) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Supplemental Indenture

of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof, (xi) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant

to the terms of Article 10 of the Supplemental Indenture, (xii) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any accounting change or in the application thereof or (xiii) to issue Exchange Notes and related

Note Guarantees as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the Notes.

A-8-11

12.           DEFAULTS

AND REMEDIES. Each of the following is an Event of Default: (i) default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for

30 consecutive days on the Notes, (ii) default in payment of principal of any Note when due at maturity, upon optional redemption, upon

required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, (iii) the failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply

for 60 days after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than those described in the immediately preceding clauses (i)

and (ii) above); provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 4.02 of the Indenture, such period of continuance

of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this clause (ⅲ) has been given; provided further

that (x) a default under this clause (iii) will not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes until the Trustee or the

Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default

within the time specified after receipt of such notice and (y) a notice of default may not be given with respect to any action taken,

and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of default, (iv) (I) the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) pursuant

to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code: (a) commences a voluntary case, (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against

it in an involuntary case, (c) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or (d)

makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (II) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under

the Bankruptcy Code that (a) is for relief against the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary

Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case; (b) appoints a custodian of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary) or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or

group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or (c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer

or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material

Subsidiary), and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; (v) any Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary

Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute

a Material Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and/or this

Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note Guarantee; and (vi) a material

portion of the Collateral ceases to be subject to the Liens of the Security Documents (other than in accordance with the terms of this

Indenture and the Security Documents) or the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under the

Security Documents to which it is party.

A-8-12

If

an Event of Default arising from (ⅳ) above with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing the principal of and accrued but

unpaid interest on all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of

the Trustee or any Holders of the Notes.

If

any other Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all Notes to be due and payable

immediately. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may

on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences with respect to such Notes if the rescission would not conflict

with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except non-payment of principal, interest or premium that has become

due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. Any time period in the Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default

or Event of Default with respect to the Notes may be extended or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent such actual

or alleged Default or Event of Default is the subject of litigation.

Any

Noteholder Direction provided by any one or more Directing Holders must be accompanied by a Position Representation, which representation,

in the case of a Default Direction shall be deemed repeated at all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases

to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, make

a Verification Covenant. In any case in which the Holder is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant

required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to

rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there

is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides

to the Trustee evidence that the Issuer has initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such

Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted

from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period

with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination

of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter.

A-8-13

If,

following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s

Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default

shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction

shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed until such time as the Issuer provides the Trustee with an Officer’s

Certificate that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied; provided that the Issuer shall promptly deliver such Officer’s

Certificate to the Trustee upon becoming aware that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation

(as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee of the Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its

Verification Covenant) shall result in such Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and if, without

the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would

have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect

that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received

such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default or Event of Default.

Notwithstanding

anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an

Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar direction shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

13.           TRUSTEE

DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services

for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

14.           NO

RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any

of their parent companies or subsidiaries, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any

Note Guarantee, any Security Document, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect

of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The

waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive

liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

15.           GOVERNING

LAW. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT

GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION

WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE

OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

16.           AUTHENTICATION.

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

17.           ABBREVIATIONS.

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants

by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A

(= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

A-8-14

18.           CUSIP

NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused

CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.

No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption

and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The

Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Supplemental Indenture and/or the Base Indenture,

as applicable. Requests may be made to the Issuer:

c/o

Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

A-8-15

ASSIGNMENT

FORM

To

assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert

assignee’s legal name)

(Insert

assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print

or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and

irrevocably appoint _______________________________________________________________________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may

substitute another to act for him.

Date:

Your Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-8-16

OPTION

OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If

you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, check the

appropriate box below:

¨ Section

4.07               ¨ Section 4.08

If

you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.08 of the Supplemental

Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$

Date:

Your

Signature:

(Sign

exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-8-17

SCHEDULE

OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The

following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a

part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note following

such decrease (or

increase)

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

*

This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-8-18

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

[Paramount Skydance Corporation]

c/o [Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

c/o DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attn: Transfer Operations

5201 Gate Parkway, 1st Floor

Jacksonville, FL 32256 USA

Mail Stop JCK-01-218

Email: [dwac.processing@db.com] [transfer.operations@db.com]

And cc:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust & Securities Services

1 Columbus Circle, 4th Floor

Mail Stop: NYC01-0417

New York, NY 10019 USA

Attention: Corporates Team, Paramount Skydance Corporation,  AA9066

Re: Paramount

Skydance Corporation

¨ [6.300%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2028][6.550% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2029][7.050%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2031][7.550% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2033][7.900%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2036][8.650% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2046][8.750%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2056][8.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2066]

(CUSIP [               ])

(the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated

as of October 5, 2026, among Paramount Skydance Corporation (the “Issuer”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company

Americas, as trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental

Indenture”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Supplemental Indenture.

B-1

___________________ (the “Transferor”)

owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $_____________________________

in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to ___________________________ (the “Transferee”),

as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

¨         1.

Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A.

The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended

(the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive

Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive

Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such

Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting

the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the

United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred

beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed

on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Supplemental Indenture and the Securities Act.

¨         2.

Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation

S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly,

the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at

the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf

reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or

through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows

that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention

of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act and (iii) the transaction

is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer

in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to

the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive

Note and in the Supplemental Indenture and the Securities Act. If the Transfer of the beneficial interest occurs prior to the expiration

of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S, the transferred beneficial interest will be held immediately

thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream.

B-2

¨         3.

Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities

Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable

to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities

Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies

that (check one):

¨         (i) such

Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

¨         (ii) such

Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof; or

¨         (iii) such

Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus

delivery requirements of the Securities Act; or

¨         (iv) such

Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of

the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has

not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the

transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements

of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D

to the Supplemental Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor

has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of

the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note

will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Note and/or

the Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture and the Securities Act.

¨         4.

Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

¨         (i) Check

if Transfer is Pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under

the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Supplemental Indenture and any applicable blue sky

securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture

and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed

Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer

be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted

Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture.

B-3

¨         (ii) Check

if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or

Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Supplemental Indenture and any

applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental

Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation

of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive

Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global

Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture.

¨         (iii) Check

if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from

the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the

transfer restrictions contained in the Supplemental Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United

States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required

in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the

Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated

in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein

are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By

Name:

Title:

Dated:

B-4

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1.            The

Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

¨         (a)         a

beneficial interest in the:

¨         (i)         Rule 144A

Global Note (CUSIP __________), or

¨         (ii)         Regulation

S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

¨         (b)         a

Restricted Definitive Note.

2.            After

the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

¨         (a)         a

beneficial interest in the:

¨         (i)         Rule 144A

Global Note (CUSIP __________), or

¨         (ii)         Regulation

S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

¨         (iii)         Unrestricted

Global Note (CUSIP _________); or

¨         (b)         a

Restricted Definitive Note; or

¨         (c)         an

Unrestricted Definitive Note,

in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture.

B-5

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

[Paramount Skydance Corporation]

c/o [Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

c/o DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attn: Transfer Operations

5201 Gate Parkway, 1st Floor

Jacksonville, FL 32256 USA

Mail Stop JCK-01-218

Email: [dwac.processing@db.com] [transfer.operations@db.com]

And cc:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust & Securities Services

1 Columbus Circle, 4th Floor

Mail Stop: NYC01-0417

New York, NY 10019

USA

Attention: Corporates Team, Paramount Skydance Corporation,  AA9066

Re: Paramount

Skydance Corporation

¨ [6.300%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2028][6.550% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2029][7.050%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2031][7.550% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2033][7.900%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2036][8.650% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2046][8.750%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2056][8.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2066]

(CUSIP [               ])

(the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated

as of October 5, 2026, among Paramount Skydance Corporation (the “Issuer”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company

Americas, as trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental

Indenture”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Supplemental Indenture.

C-1

__________________________ (the “Owner”)

owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $____________________________

in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies

that:

1.            Exchange

of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests

in an Unrestricted Global Note

¨         (i) Check

if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection

with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global

Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s

own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the

Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”),

(iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in

order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired

in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. If the Exchange is from beneficial interest

in a Regulation S Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner further certifies that it is either (x) a

non-U.S. Person to whom Notes would be transferred in accordance with Regulation S or (y) a U.S. Person who purchased Notes in a

transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act.

¨         (ii) Check

if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange

of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies

(i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected

in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities

Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required

in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable

blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

¨         (iii) Check

if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s

Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the

beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in

compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities

Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required

in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any

applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. If the Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Regulation S

Global Note to an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner further certifies that it is either (x) a non-U.S. Person to whom Notes

could be transferred in accordance with Regulation S or (y) a U.S. Person who purchased Notes in a transaction that did not require

registration under the Securities Act.

C-2

¨         (iv) Check

if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted

Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired

for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions

applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer

contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities

Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any

state of the United States.

2.           Exchange

of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests

in Restricted Global Notes

¨         (i) Check

if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of

the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the

Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. If the

Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note to a Restricted Definitive Note, the Owner further certifies that

it is either (x) a non-U.S. Person to whom Notes could be transferred in accordance with Regulation S or (y) a U.S. Person

who purchased Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange

in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the

restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Supplemental

Indenture and the Securities Act.

¨         (ii) Check

if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of

the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ¨Rule 144A

Global Note or ¨ Regulation

S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s

own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to

the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky

securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental

Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend

printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Supplemental Indenture and the Securities Act.

C-3

This certificate and the statements contained herein

are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By

Name:

Title:

Dated:

C-4

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

[Paramount Skydance Corporation]

c/o [Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

c/o DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attn: Transfer Operations

5201 Gate Parkway, 1st Floor

Jacksonville, FL 32256 USA

Mail Stop JCK-01-218

Email: [dwac.processing@db.com] [transfer.operations@db.com]

And cc:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust & Securities Services

1 Columbus Circle, 4th Floor

Mail Stop: NYC01-0417

New York, NY 10019

USA

Attention: Corporates Team, Paramount Skydance Corporation,  AA9066

Re: Paramount

Skydance Corporation

¨ [6.300%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2028][6.550% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2029][7.050%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2031][7.550% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2033][7.900%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2036][8.650% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2046][8.750%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2056][8.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2066]

(CUSIP [               ])

(the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated

as of October 5, 2026, among Paramount Skydance Corporation (the “Issuer”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company

Americas, as trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental

Indenture”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Supplemental Indenture.

D-1

In connection with our proposed purchase of $____________

aggregate principal amount of:

(i)         ¨         a

beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

(ii)

¨         a

Definitive Note,

we confirm that:

1.            We

understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth

in the Supplemental Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or

any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended

(the “Securities Act”).

2.            We

understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest

therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts

for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (a) to

the Issuer or any subsidiary thereof, (b) for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person

we reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act that purchases

for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to which notice is given that the transfer is being made in

reliance on Rule 144A, (c) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States in accordance

with Regulation S and in accordance with the laws applicable to it in the jurisdiction in which such purchase is made, (d) to an

institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) under the Securities

Act that is acquiring the Notes for its own account, or for the account of such an accredited investor, for investment purposes and not

with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, (e) pursuant to a

registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption

from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject to the Issuer’s and the Trustee’s, or Registrar’s,

as applicable, right prior to any such offer, sale or transfer pursuant to clause (c), (d) or (f) to require the delivery of

an Opinion of Counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to each of them, and in each of the foregoing cases, a certificate

of transfer in the form appearing on the other side of the Note completed and delivered by us to the Trustee or Registrar.

3.            We

understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Issuer

such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuer may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale

complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

D-2

4.            We

are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D

under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the

merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk

of our or its investment.

5.            We

are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which

is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this

letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings

or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By

Name:

Title:

Dated:

D-3

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental

Indenture”) dated as of [   ], among [GUARANTOR] (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of Paramount

Skydance Corporation (or its successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,

a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”)

under the Indenture referred to below.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS the Issuer has heretofore executed and

delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”) dated as of

October 5, 2026, providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s Notes

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the

Indenture, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, are authorized to execute and deliver

this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing

and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer and the Trustee

mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of Holders as follows:

1.            Defined

Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein

as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “Holders”

as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,”

“hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer

to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2.            Agreement

to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Subsidiary Guarantors (if any), to unconditionally

guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10

of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations

and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture.

3.            Notices.

All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture.

4.            Ratification

of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects

ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental

Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall

be bound hereby.

E-1

5.            Governing

Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT

REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

6.            Trustee

Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7.            Counterparts.

Facsimile, documents executed, scanned and transmitted electronically and electronic signatures, including those created or transmitted

through a software platform or application, shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture and all other

related documents and all matters and agreements related thereto, with such facsimile, scanned and electronic signatures having the same

legal effect as original signatures. The parties agree that this Supplemental Indenture or any other related document or any instrument,

agreement or document necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Supplemental Indenture or the other related

documents or related hereto or thereto (including, without limitation, addendums, amendments, notices, instructions, communications with

respect to the delivery of securities or the wire transfer of funds or other communications) (“Executed Documentation”) may

be accepted, executed or agreed to through the use of an electronic signature in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations

in effect from time to time applicable to the effectiveness and enforceability of electronic signatures. Any Executed Documentation accepted,

executed or agreed to in conformity with such laws, rules and regulations will be binding on all parties hereto to the same extent

as if it were physically executed and each party hereby consents to the use of any third party electronic signature capture service providers

as may be reasonably chosen by a signatory hereto or thereto. When the Trustee acts on any Executed Documentation sent by electronic

transmission, the Trustee will not be responsible or liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from its

reliance upon and compliance with such Executed Documentation, notwithstanding that such Executed Documentation (a) may not be an

authorized or authentic communication of the party involved or in the form such party sent or intended to send (whether due to fraud,

distortion or otherwise) or (b) may conflict with, or be inconsistent with, a subsequent written instruction or communication; it

being understood and agreed that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that Executed Documentation that purports to have been sent by

an authorized officer of a Person has been sent by an authorized officer of such Person. The party providing Executed Documentation through

electronic transmission or otherwise with electronic signatures agrees to assume all risks arising out of such electronic methods, including,

without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

8.            Effect

of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

[Signature

Pages Follow]

E-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused

this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

[NEW GUARANTOR]

By:

Name:

Title:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

By:

Name:

Title:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Collateral Agent

By:

Name:

Title:

By:

Name:

Title:

E-3

EX-4.4 — EXHIBIT 4.4

EX-4.4

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex4-4.htm · Sequence: 6

Exhibit 4.4

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION,

as Issuer,

and

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO,

as Subsidiary Guarantors,

and

DEUTSCHE

BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee and Collateral Agent

SECOND

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of October 5, 2026

8.250% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031

8.875% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2034

9.125% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2036

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Article 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01

Definitions

2

Section 1.02

Other Definitions

35

Section 1.04

Rules of Construction

35

Article 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01

Form and Dating

37

Section 2.02

Execution and Authentication

38

Section 2.03

Registrar and Paying Agent

39

Section 2.04

Paying Agent to Hold Money

40

Section 2.05

Holder Lists

40

Section 2.06

Transfer and Exchange

40

Section 2.07

Replacement Notes

52

Section 2.08

Outstanding Notes

52

Section 2.09

Treasury Notes

53

Section 2.10

Temporary Notes

53

Section 2.11

Cancellation

53

Section 2.12

Defaulted Interest

54

Section 2.13

CUSIP Numbers

54

Section 2.14

FATCA

54

Article 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01

Notices to Trustee

54

Section 3.02

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

55

Section 3.03

Notice of Redemption

55

Section 3.04

Effect of Notice of Redemption

56

Section 3.05

Deposit of Redemption Price

57

Section 3.06

Notes Redeemed in Part

57

Section 3.07

Optional Redemption

57

Section 3.08

Mandatory Redemption

60

Section 3.09

Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

60

Section 3.10

Special Mandatory Redemption

62

-i-

Article 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.04

Maintenance of Office or Agency

63

Section 4.05

Legal Existence

63

Section 4.06

Limitation on Liens

64

Section 4.07

Asset Sales

64

Section 4.08

Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control Triggering Event

68

Section 4.09

Future Subsidiary Guarantors

71

Article 5

SUCCESSORS

Article 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01

Events of Default

71

Section 6.02

Priorities

73

Article 7

TRUSTEE

Article 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.03

Covenant Defeasance

74

Article 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

75

Section 9.02

With Consent of Holders of Notes

76

Article 10

GUARANTEE

Section 10.02

Limitation on Liability

78

-ii-

Section 10.08

Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Subsidiary Guarantors

80

Article 11

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.13

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

80

Section 11.18

Supplemental Indenture Controls

80

Article 12

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 12.03

Satisfaction and Discharge of Supplemental Indenture

81

Section 12.04

Application of Trust Money

82

Article 13

COLLATERAL

Section 13.01

Security Documents

82

Section 13.02

Release of Collateral

83

Section 13.03

Collateral Agent

84

Section 13.04

Further Assurances; Insurance

85

Section 13.05

Release of Collateral and Guarantees upon Investment Grade Event

85

-iii-

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of October 5, 2026 (this

“Supplemental Indenture”) among Paramount Skydance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”),

the subsidiary guarantors party hereto (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New

York banking corporation, as trustee (together with its successors in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as collateral

agent (together with its successors in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee have previously executed and delivered

an Indenture, dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base Indenture”), providing for the issuance from time to time

of one or more series of senior debt securities of the Issuer;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture provides that the

Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture to the Base Indenture to, among other things,

establish the form or terms of any series of Notes (as defined in the Base Indenture) as permitted by Section 2.01 hereof and Section 9.01

of the Base Indenture;

WHEREAS, clause (13) of Section 9.01

of the Base Indenture provides that the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture changing

or eliminating any provision of the Base Indenture; provided that any such change shall become effective only when

there are no outstanding Notes (as defined in the Base Indenture) of such series created prior to the execution of such supplemental

indenture which is entitled to the benefit of such provisions;

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Subsidiary

Guarantors are entering into this Supplemental Indenture to, among other things, establish the form and terms of (i) the Issuer’s

new series of 8.250% senior secured second lien notes due 2031 (the “Initial 2031 Notes” and together with

any Additional Notes that have terms identical to the Initial 2031 Notes, the “2031 Notes”), (ⅱ) the Issuer’s

new series of 8.875% senior secured second lien notes due 2034 (the “Initial 2034 Notes” and together with any Additional

Notes that have terms identical to the Initial 2034 Notes, the “2034 Notes”), (ⅲ) the Issuer’s new series

of 9.125% senior secured second lien notes due 2036 (the “Initial 2036 Notes” and together with any Additional Notes

that have terms identical to the Initial 2036 Notes, the “2036 Notes” and together with the 2031 Notes and the 2034

Notes, the “Notes”), pursuant to the Base Indenture, as modified by this Supplemental Indenture;

WHEREAS, on the date hereof the Issuer

and the Subsidiary Guarantors are entering into a Third Supplemental Indenture to the Base Indenture (the “Third Supplemental

Indenture”) to, among other things, establish the form and terms of the Issuer’s new series of 7.000% senior secured

second lien notes due 2031 (the “Third Supplemental Indenture Notes”), pursuant to the Base Indenture, as modified

by the Third Supplemental Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all conditions necessary to authorize the execution and delivery

of this Supplemental Indenture and to make it a valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors have been satisfied

or performed.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations

set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, the Subsidiary

Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders,

hereby enter into this Supplemental Indenture to, among other things, establish the terms of the Notes pursuant to Section 2.01

of the Base Indenture and there is hereby established the Issuer’s 2031 Notes, 2034 Notes and 2036 Notes, in each case, as a separate

series of Notes (as defined in the Base Indenture) and such parties further agree that this Supplemental Indenture affects the Issuer’s

2031 Notes, 2034 Notes and 2036 Notes only and not any other series of Notes (as defined in the Base Indenture).

Article 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01    Definitions.

The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise

expressly provided or unless the context of this Supplemental Indenture otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture

and of any indenture supplemental hereto that governs the Notes have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. All

other terms used in this Supplemental Indenture that are defined in the Base Indenture, either directly or by reference therein (except

as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context of this Supplemental Indenture otherwise requires), have the respective

meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture, as in force at the date of this Supplemental Indenture as originally executed.

“Acquisition” means the Issuer’s acquisition

of the Target and its subsidiaries pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.

“Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Agreement

and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 27, 2026 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified

from time to time) by and among the Issuer, the Target and Prince Sub Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

“Acquisition Bridge Facility” means a senior secured

364-day bridge loan credit facility to be incurred by the Issuer in connection with the Acquisition to the extent the New First Lien

Secured Debt and the Notes resulting in aggregate proceeds and/or replacement acquisition financing commitments of at least $49,000,000,000

have not been incurred or issued by the Issuer on or prior to the Acquisition Date.

“Acquisition Date” means the date on which the

Acquisition is consummated.

“Acquisition Date Metric” means, with respect to

any amount based upon TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets, an amount equal to the equivalent amount of such

metric on a Pro Forma Basis for the Transactions determined by the Issuer in good faith on the Acquisition Date; for example, a basket

equal to the greater of $5,000,000,000 and an Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be modified

on the Acquisition Date to be equal to the greater of $5,000,000,000 and 50% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA if TTM Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA on the Acquisition Date was $10,000,000,000.

2

“Acquisition Date Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio”

means the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the Transactions, as determined by the Issuer in

good faith, as of the Acquisition Date.

“Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio”

means the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the Transactions, as determined by the Issuer in good faith,

as of the Acquisition Date.

“Acquisition Debt”

means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that has been incurred or issued for the purpose of financing, in whole

or in part, an acquisition and any related transactions or series of related transactions (including for the purpose of refinancing or

replacing all or a portion of any related bridge facilities or any pre-existing Indebtedness of the Person(s) or assets to be acquired);

provided that either (a)(i) the release of the proceeds thereof to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries is contingent upon

the consummation of such acquisition and, pending such release, such proceeds are held pursuant to an escrow or similar arrangement and

(ii) if the definitive agreement (or, in the case of a tender offer or similar transaction, the definitive offer document) for such

acquisition terminates or is terminated prior to the consummation of such acquisition or if such acquisition is otherwise not consummated

by the date specified in the definitive documentation relating to such Indebtedness (as may be extended pursuant to the terms of such

documentation), such proceeds shall be promptly applied to satisfy and discharge all obligations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries in

respect of such Indebtedness or (b)(i) such Indebtedness contains a “special mandatory redemption” provision (or other

similar provision) or otherwise permits such Indebtedness to be redeemed or prepaid if such acquisition is not consummated by the date

specified in the definitive documentation relating to such Indebtedness (as may be extended pursuant to the terms of such documentation)

and (ii) if the definitive agreement (or, in the case of a tender offer or similar transaction, the definitive offer document) for

such acquisition terminates or is terminated prior to the consummation of such acquisition or such acquisition is otherwise not consummated

by the date specified in the definitive documentation relating to such Indebtedness (as may be extended pursuant to the terms of such

documentation), such Indebtedness is so redeemed or prepaid within 90 days of such termination or such specified date, as the case may

be.

“Additional Notes” means Notes issued pursuant

to the terms of this Supplemental Indenture in addition to Initial Notes (other than any Notes issued in respect of Initial Notes pursuant

to Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 or 3.06 of this Supplemental Indenture or Section 9.05 of the Base Indenture).

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other

Person which directly or indirectly controls, is under common control with or is controlled by such Person. As used in this definition,

“control” (including, with correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”)

means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership

of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) no individual

shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Issuer solely by reason of his or her being an officer, director or employee of the Issuer

or any of its Subsidiaries and (b) none of Viacom International Inc. (or its successor), Paramount Global, Skydance Media, LLC,

a California limited liability company, the Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be Affiliates of each other, unless

expressly stated to the contrary.

3

“Applicable Law” shall mean, as to any Person,

all applicable Laws binding upon such Person or to which such a Person is subject.

“Applicable Percentage”

means:

(1)           100%,

if the Issuer’s First Lien Net Leverage Ratio at the end of the most recently ended Test Period equals or exceeds the Acquisition

Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.50 to 1.00;

(2)           50%,

if such First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is less than the Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.50 to 1.00 but equals or

exceeds the Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 1.00 to 1.00; and

(3)           0%,

if such First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is less than the Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 1.00 to 1.00.

“Applicable Premium”

means, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, as calculated by the Issuer, the greater of:

(1)            1%

of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note; and

(2)            the

excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at (x) October 15,

2028, for the 2031 Notes, (y) October 15, 2029, for the 2034 Notes, or (z) October 15, 2031, for the 2036 Notes (such

redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through the applicable

date set forth in clause (i) above (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to (but not including) the redemption date), in the case

of each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Note.

“Applicable Procedures”

means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures

of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to

time.

“Base Indenture” has the meaning assigned to it

in the preamble to this Supplemental Indenture.

“Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, the

aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized

under Capitalized Leases) by the Issuer and the Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to

be included as capital expenditures on the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries.

“Cash Equivalents” means any of the following types

of investments, to the extent owned by the Issuer or any Subsidiary:

(a)            all

cash, including Dollars, Euros, Sterling, Canadian dollars, Yen, and each Foreign Currency (as defined in the Credit Agreement);

4

(b)            such

other currencies held by the Issuer or any Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(c)            (i) readily

marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of (A) the

United States, (B) the United Kingdom or (C) any member nation of the European Union, in each case, rated A-2 (or the equivalent

thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, having average maturities of not more than

24 months from the date of acquisition thereof and (ii) securities with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of

acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, or by any political subdivision

or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory having an Investment Grade Rating from either S&P or Moody’s

(or the equivalent thereof);

(d)           (i) time

deposits or demand deposits with, or certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any bank, credit union or other financial

institution (A) that is a lender (or Affiliate thereof) under the Credit Facilities or (B) that has combined capital and surplus

of at least (1) $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks, credit unions or other financial institutions and (2) $100,000,000

(or the Dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks, credit unions or other financial institutions,

or (C) that is otherwise in compliance with any and all applicable statutorily mandated capital requirements applicable to it (any

such bank, credit union or other financial institution meeting the requirements of clause (A), (B) or (C) above

being an “Approved Bank”), or (D) to the extent entitled to the benefit of deposit insurance, including deposit

insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and (ii) any securities entitlements in respect of any of the foregoing;

(e)            repurchase

agreements and repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c) and (d) above entered

into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above for an Approved Bank;

(f)            (i) commercial

paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by a lender (or Affiliate thereof) under the Credit Facilities or an Approved Bank, or

in each case, by a parent company thereof, or (ii) any variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by, a corporation rated

A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case (i) and

(ii), with average maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

(g)            marketable

short-term money market and similar highly liquid funds either (i) having assets in excess of (A) $250,000,000 in the case

of U.S. banks, U.S. credit unions or other U.S. financial institutions or (B) $100,000,000 (or the Dollar equivalent

as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks, non-U.S. credit unions or other non-U.S. financial institutions,

(ii) having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s

nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency) or (iii) with

a lender (or Affiliate thereof) under the Credit Facilities or Approved Bank;

5

(h)            investments

with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in mutual funds rated A (or the equivalent thereof) or better

by S&P or A2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;

(i)             instruments

equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above denominated in Euro or any other foreign currency comparable

in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction

outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary organized in

such jurisdiction;

(j)             investment

funds (including money market funds) investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through

(h) above or that are entitled to the benefit of (and to the extent covered by) deposit insurance provided by the Federal Deposit

Insurance Corporation or otherwise; and

(k)            solely

with respect to any Captive Insurance Subsidiary (as defined in the Credit Agreement), any investment that a Captive Insurance Subsidiary

is not prohibited to make in accordance with Applicable Law.

In the case of investments by any Foreign Subsidiary

that is a Subsidiary or investments made in a jurisdiction outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include

(i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (k) above in foreign obligors, which investments

or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating

agencies and (ii) other short-term investments in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments

analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (a) through (k) above and in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clause (a) or (b) above;

provided that such amounts, except amounts used to pay obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary denominated in any currency

other than Dollars or a Foreign Currency in the ordinary course of business, are converted into Dollars or a Foreign Currency as promptly

as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

“Change of Control” means, after the Issue Date,

any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) or Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) constituting a “group” (as

such term is used in Section 13(d) and Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date, but excluding

any employee benefit plan of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary

or administrator of any such plan), becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange

Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Voting Capital Stock of the Issuer

and the percentage of aggregate ordinary voting power so held is greater than the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented

by the Equity Interests of the Issuer beneficially owned (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect

on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders; provided that for the purposes of this definition

only, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such

Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, proxy or otherwise, and the terms “controlling”

and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided further that in no event shall any transaction or any

series of related transactions be deemed to constitute a “Change of Control” so long as, upon the consummation of such transaction

or such series of related transactions, the Permitted Holders either (i) are or become the beneficial owners, directly or indirectly,

of more than 50% of the Voting Capital Stock of the Issuer or (ii) have the ability to nominate directors to the board of directors

of the Issuer who collectively hold a majority of the voting power of the entire board of directors of the Issuer.

6

Notwithstanding the preceding or any provision of Rule 13d-3

or 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, (i) a Person or group shall not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Capital Stock subject to an equity

or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, option agreement, warrant agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option or similar

agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Voting Capital Stock in connection with the transactions

contemplated by such agreement, (ii) if any group (other than a Permitted Holder) includes one or more Permitted Holders, the issued

and outstanding Voting Capital Stock of the Issuer owned, directly or indirectly, by any Permitted Holders that are part of such group

shall not be treated as being beneficially owned by such group or any other member of such group for purposes of determining whether

a Change of Control has occurred unless a Person other than a Permitted Holder controls such Group, (iii) a Person or group will

not be deemed to beneficially own the Voting Capital Stock of another Person as a result of its ownership of Voting Capital Stock or

other securities of such other Person’s parent entity (or related contractual rights) unless it owns more than 50% of the total

voting power of the Voting Capital Stock entitled to vote for the election of directors of such parent entity having a majority of the

aggregate votes on the board of directors of such parent entity and (iv) the right to acquire Voting Capital Stock (as long as such

Person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Capital Stock subject to such right) or any veto power in connection

with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Capital Stock will not cause a party to be a beneficial owner.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the

occurrence of both (i) a Change of Control that is accompanied or followed by a downgrade of the Notes within the Ratings Decline

Period for such Change of Control by two or more Rating Agencies and such series of the Notes does not have an Investment Grade Rating

from two or more Rating Agencies and (ii) each such Rating Agency’s rating of such series of the Notes on any day during such

Ratings Decline Period for such Change of Control is below the rating by such Rating Agency in effect immediately preceding the first

public announcement of the Change of Control (or the occurrence thereof if such Change of Control occurs prior to the first public announcement

thereof) or has been withdrawn; provided, however, that a downgrade or withdrawal of the rating of the Notes by the applicable Rating

Agency will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a Change of Control (and thus will not be deemed a downgrade or withdrawal for

purposes of this definition) if such Rating Agency making the reduction in rating does not publicly announce or confirm or inform the

Issuer or the Trustee in writing at the request of the Issuer that the reduction or withdrawal was the result, in whole or in part, of

any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the Change of Control (whether or not the applicable

Change of Control has occurred at the time of such downgrade or withdrawal).

7

“Collateral” means

all of the “Collateral” (or equivalent term) as defined in any Security Document and all other property that is subject or

purported to be subject to any Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to any Security Document,

but in any event excluding all Excluded Property, and with respect to Paramount Global, the aggregate value of assets and property of

Paramount Global that constitute Collateral and all of its assets and property that are subject or purported to be subject to any Lien

securing any Permitted Secured Debt shall be limited, automatically and without further action by any Person, such that such aggregate

value does not exceed the Paramount Global Property Cap, as such Paramount Global Property Cap may be amended pursuant to clauses (i) and

(ii) of the proviso to the definition thereof; provided that the Equity Interests and assets of any Subsidiary will

constitute Collateral only to the extent that such Equity Interests or assets can secure the Notes Obligations and any Permanent Financing

not prohibited hereunder in the form of senior secured notes without Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X (or any other law, rule or

regulation) requiring separate financial statements or other financial information of such Subsidiary to be filed with the SEC (or any

other governmental agency). In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X requires or is amended, modified or interpreted by the

SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would

require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements or other financial information of

any such Subsidiary due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests or indebtedness secures the Notes Obligations and any

Permanent Financing not prohibited hereunder in the form of senior secured notes, then such Equity Interests or indebtedness shall automatically

be deemed not to be part of the Collateral. In such event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of

any Holder, to the extent necessary to release the security interests on the Equity Interests or indebtedness that are so deemed to no

longer constitute part of the Collateral.

“Collateral Agent” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company

Americas until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means such successor.

“Communications Laws” means the Communications

Act of 1934, and the rules, regulations, published orders and published and promulgated policy statements of the FCC and interpretations

thereof by federal courts of competent jurisdiction.

“Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” means, with respect

to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries for any period, operating profit (loss), plus other income (loss), plus interest income, plus depreciation

and amortization (including amortization arising from purchase accounting adjustments under ASC 805, but excluding amortization related

to programming rights, prepublication costs, videocassettes and DVDs), excluding:

(a)            gains

(losses) on sales of assets (except (i) gains (losses) on sales of inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and (ii) gains

(losses) on sales of other assets if such gains (losses) are less than $15,000,000 individually and less than $75,000,000 in the aggregate

during such period, net of transaction costs);

(b)            other

non-cash items (including (i) provisions for losses and additions to valuation allowances, (ii) provisions for restructuring,

litigation, regulatory, compliance or investigation matters and environmental reserves and losses on the Disposition of businesses, (iii) pension

settlement charges, (iv) non-cash charges associated with grants of stock options, employee stock purchase plans and other equity-based

compensation awards to employees and directors, in each case expensed in accordance with ASC 718, (v) impairment charges and write-downs,

including content and goodwill impairments, (vi) fair value, mark-to-market and similar non-cash accounting adjustments (including

in respect of contingent consideration) and (vii) non-cash lease expense attributable to right-of-use assets under ASC 842), in

each case regardless of whether such items may recur or represent future cash expenditures;

8

(c)            expenses

incurred in connection with acquisitions, Dispositions or merger transactions (including integration costs, content rationalization costs,

financing fees, amendment and waiver fees and expenses relating to transactions that are not consummated), whether or not accounted for

under ASC 805;

(d)            cash

items associated with provisions for restructuring or other business optimization programs, regulatory, compliance or investigation matters,

litigation (including settlements, judgments and defense costs), environmental reserves and losses on the Disposition of businesses;

(e)            the

operating profit (or loss) of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting; provided

that the income of such Person shall be included to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid or declared

in cash (or converted to cash) to the Issuer or a Subsidiary;

(f)             the

amount of pro forma “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization,

restructurings, and synergies (including costs to achieve such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies) related to the

Transactions, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings,

operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization, restructurings, and synergies had been realized on the

first day of such period and during the entirety of such period; and

(g)            the

amount of pro forma “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization,

restructurings, and synergies (including costs to achieve such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies) related to business

combinations, acquisitions, mergers or investments of the Issuer (other than the Transactions) that are reasonably identifiable, factually

supportable and projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized within twenty-four (24) months after such transaction or initiative

is consummated or implemented, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though

such cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization, restructurings, and synergies had been

realized on the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period; provided that costs to achieve shall not be subject

to the cap set forth below and the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (g) (excluding costs to achieve) shall not

exceed twenty five percent (25%) of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period (calculated after giving effect to such adjustments).

All determinations of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

shall be made by the Issuer in good faith and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. No item shall be added back more than once in

the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

9

“Consolidated Indebtedness” means, as at any date

of determination, the aggregate principal amount of third party Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated

basis that would be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet as at such date prepared in accordance with GAAP consisting of Indebtedness

of the type set forth in, without duplication, clauses (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (vi) of the definition thereof, as well

as, without duplication, Indebtedness of the type set forth in clause (b) of the definition thereof (but, in the case of clause

(b), only to the extent such guarantee is reflected as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries

in accordance with GAAP) to the extent applicable to Indebtedness of the type set forth in clauses (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and

(vi) of the definition thereof; provided that Consolidated Indebtedness will not include Indebtedness in respect of (a) any

Defeased Debt, (b) any letter of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed obligations in respect of drawn letters of credit

(provided that any unreimbursed amount under letters of credit will not be counted as Consolidated Indebtedness until three Business

Days after such amount is drawn), and (c) Indebtedness to the extent it has been cash collateralized or with respect to which the

Issuer or a Subsidiary is obligated only as a surety or guarantor; provided, further, at any time after the definitive agreement for

any acquisition shall have been executed (or, in the case of an acquisition in the form of a tender offer or similar transaction, after

the offer shall have been launched) and prior to the consummation of such acquisition (or termination of the definitive documentation

in respect thereof), any Acquisition Debt (and the proceeds of such Acquisition Debt) shall be excluded from the definitions of Consolidated

Secured Net Leverage Ratio and First Lien Net Leverage Ratio.

“Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means,

as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a)(i) Consolidated Indebtedness that constitutes Senior Lien Debt and Pari

Passu Lien Debt of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on such date minus (ii) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash as of such

date to (b) TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means as of the

date of any determination, the assets of any Person on a consolidated basis, less goodwill and other intangible assets.

“Credit Agreement” means that certain credit agreement

dated as of April 7, 2026 among the Issuer, Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent, BofA Securities, Inc.,

Citibank, N.A., Apollo Global Funding, LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and

joint bookrunners, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, Apollo Global Funding, LLC, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, and Wells

Fargo Bank, N.A., as documentation agents, and the lenders party thereto, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, renewed or otherwise

modified from time to time, and as replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured,

repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement or indenture or commercial paper facilities

with banks or other institutional lenders or investors extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring

all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement

agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof

or adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers, issuers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or

group of lenders, investors or group of investors.

10

“Credit Facilities” means, collectively, the credit

facilities committed or borrowed under the Credit Agreement.

“Defeased Debt” means Indebtedness that has been

defeased, satisfied and discharged, with respect to which an irrevocable notice of redemption or repurchase has been delivered and with

respect to which any required deposit has been made in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case, in accordance with the applicable

indenture or other applicable contractual obligation.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered

in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1,

Exhibit A-2 or Exhibit A-3, as applicable, hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend

and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the Fair

Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries in connection with a Disposition that is designated

as “Designated Non-Cash Consideration” on the date received less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection

with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration

will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise

disposed of, in each case, in or for cash (and only to the extent of the cash so received).

“Disposition” or “Dispose” means

the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition by any Person of any of its property, other than sales, transfers, licenses,

leases or other dispositions (a) that constitute a Lien, (b) that constitute a sale of Equity Interests in, or an issuance

of Equity Interests by, the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer in connection with a bona fide joint venture or other similar commercial

arrangement with a third party or (c) that are non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that

is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Ellison” means, collectively, (a) The Lawrence

J. Ellison Revocable Trust, u/a/d 1/22/88, as amended, Pinnacle Media Ventures, LLC, Pinnacle Media Ventures II, LLC, Pinnacle Media

Ventures III, LLC, Hikouki, LLC, Aozora, LLC and Furaito, LLC; (b) Larry Ellison; (c) David Ellison; (d) Sayonara, LLC,

(e) Skydance Entertainment Group, LLC, (f) any Family Member of Larry Ellison or David Ellison, (g) any Affiliate of the

foregoing and (h) any Permitted Entity of a Person identified in clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), or (g).

“Equity Interests” means with respect to any Person,

all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership

or profit interests or units in, including any limited or general partnership interest and any limited liability company membership interest)

such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the

foregoing (including through convertible securities) but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness convertible into or

exchangeable for the foregoing.

11

“Equity Offering”

means any public or private sale of common stock (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer (other than public offerings

pursuant to Form S-8 or otherwise relating to Equity Interests issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Issuer).

“Excluded Accounts”

shall mean any deposit account,

(a) solely containing,

(i) funds used or intended to be used for payroll and payroll taxes

and other employee benefit payments to or for the benefit of employees of the Issuer, a Subsidiary

Guarantor or any Subsidiary,

(ii) funds used or intended to be used to pay taxes required to be collected,

remitted or withheld (including, federal and state withholding taxes and any employer’s

share thereof), and

(iii) funds which the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary

(A) holds on behalf of another person (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor

or such Subsidiary) or (B) holds as an escrow or fiduciary for another person (other

than the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or such Subsidiary), or

(b) used by the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary solely

for disbursements and payments in the ordinary course of business or payroll,

(c) that is a zero balance account or otherwise swept into another account

on a daily basis,

(d) that is subject to cash pooling arrangements, or

(e) that is located outside of the United States.

“Excluded Equity Interests” means:

(a)            any

issued and outstanding Equity Interests in a Foreign Subsidiary or a FSHCO (other than, in the case of any direct Subsidiary of the Issuer

or Subsidiary Guarantor which direct subsidiary is (1) a CFC or (2) a FSHCO, 65% of the outstanding Equity Interests of such

Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO);

(b)            (1) any

Equity Interests of any person that is not a direct Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary Guarantor or (2) any

Equity Interests in any other person to the extent (A) with respect to Equity Interests described in clause (1), the Organization

Documents or other agreements with respect to such Equity Interests with other equity holders prohibits or restricts the pledge of such

equity interests, (B) the pledge of such Equity Interests is otherwise prohibited or restricted by (i) Applicable Law which

would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to be pledged or that would require consent

under any contractual obligation existing on the Acquisition Date or on the date any Subsidiary is acquired (so long as, in respect of

such contractual obligation, such prohibition is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition and except to the extent such prohibition

is overridden by anti-assignment provisions of UCC) or (ii) any agreement with a third party (other than the Issuer or any of its

Subsidiaries) existing on the Acquisition Date or on the date any Subsidiary is acquired (so long as, in respect of such contractual

obligation, such prohibition is overridden by anti-assignment provisions of UCC) or (C) would result in a change of control, repurchase

obligation or other adverse consequence, in each case of the foregoing sub-clauses (A), (B) and (C), except

to the extent that any such prohibition or restriction would be rendered ineffective under UCC;

12

(c)            any

Margin Stock;

(d)            any

Equity Interest, if the pledge thereof or the security interest therein could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax

consequences as reasonably determined by the Issuer;

(e)            Equity

Interests in any Immaterial Subsidiary or Excluded Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary that is a CFC or a FSHCO); and

(f)             any

Equity Interest with respect to which the Issuer has determined in good faith that the costs of pledging, perfecting or maintaining the

pledge in respect of such Equity Interest hereunder shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Holders therefrom.

“Excluded Property”

means:

(a)            any

asset (including, to the extent applicable, any equipment or inventory owned by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is subject

to a Permitted Lien) together with any rights or interests therein, or any lease, license, franchise, purchase money arrangement, charter,

authorization, contract, or agreement to which the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party, together with any rights or interest

thereunder, in each case, if and to the extent security interests therein (ⅰ) are prohibited or restricted by or in violation of

any Applicable Law, (ⅱ) require any governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization or consent

of a third party that is not the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to any contract or agreement binding on such asset at the

time of its acquisition and not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition (without any requirement to obtain such consent, approval,

license or other authorization), (ⅲ) are prohibited or restricted by or in violation of a term, provision or condition of any lease,

license, franchise, charter, authorization, contract or agreement to which the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor is a party which is

binding on such asset at the time of its acquisition and not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition or create a right of termination

in favor of any other party thereto (other than the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor), or (ⅳ) would result in material adverse accounting

or regulatory consequences, except, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (ⅰ), (ⅱ), (ⅲ) and (ⅳ), to the

extent that such prohibition or restriction would be rendered ineffective under the applicable anti-assignment provisions of UCC; provided

that the Excluded Property referred to in this clause (a) shall not include any proceeds of any such asset, lease, license,

franchise, charter, authorization, contract, or agreement (except to the extent such proceeds otherwise constitute Excluded Property);

(b)            the

Excluded Equity Interests, any property or asset of any Excluded Subsidiary or any person that is not, and is not required to be, the

Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor;

(c)            any

“intent-to-use” trademark applications prior to the filing and acceptance of a “Statement of Use” pursuant to

Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham

Act with respect thereto, to the extent that, and during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would

impair the validity or enforceability of any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law;

13

(d)            (ⅰ)

any leasehold or sub leasehold interest (including any ground lease interest) in real property (with no requirements to deliver landlord

lien waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters), (ⅱ) any fee interest in owned real property, (ⅲ) any improvements

located on any real property, and (ⅳ) any fixtures affixed to any real property, except to the extent perfected by a UCC filing

in the jurisdiction of organization (collectively, “Excluded Real Property”);

(e)            (ⅰ)

as extracted collateral, (ⅱ) timber to be cut, (ⅲ) farm products, (ⅳ) manufactured homes, and (ⅴ) healthcare

insurance receivables, in each case, except to the extent perfected by a UCC filing in the jurisdiction of organization of

the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(f)             any

particular asset, if the pledge thereof or the security interest therein could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax

consequences as reasonably determined in good faith by the Issuer;

(g)            obligations

the interest of which is wholly exempt from taxes imposed by Subtitle A of the Code;

(h)            any

asset with respect to which the Issuer has determined in good faith that the costs of obtaining, perfecting or maintaining a security

interest or pledge shall be excessive in view of the fair market value of such asset and/or the benefits to be obtained by the Holders

therefrom;

(i)             letter-of-credit

rights that are not supporting obligations;

(j)             commercial

tort claims with a value below the greater of $100,000,000 and Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA;

(k)            motor

vehicles, aircraft and other assets subject to certificates of title or ownership (including, without limitation, aircraft, airframes,

aircraft engines, or helicopters, or any equipment or other assets constituting a part thereof and rolling stock) in each case, to the

extent a security interest therein cannot be perfected by the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement in the jurisdiction of organization

(or other location of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 9-307 of the UCC) of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(l)            except

to the extent automatically perfected or perfected by filing of a UCC-1 financing statement in the jurisdiction of organization (or other

location of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 9-307 of the UCC) of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, cash,

cash equivalents (including securities entitlements and related assets) and any deposit account, commodity account, or securities account;

provided that the Excluded Property referred to in this clause (l) shall not include proceeds of Collateral;

(m)            Securitization

Assets securing a Securitization Financing, including assets that may be temporarily held by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (whether

or not on a commingled basis) for the benefit of, or in trust for, a special purpose entity, a Securitization Subsidiary, or a finance

party in respect of a Securitization Financing whether pursuant to a servicing arrangement or otherwise;

14

(n)            segregated

cash to secure letter of credit reimbursement obligations to the extent such letters of credit are not prohibited by the Indenture;

(o)            any

Excluded Accounts; and

(p)            any

FCC Authorizations, to the extent (but only to the extent) that at such time the Collateral Agent may not validly possess a security

interest directly therein pursuant to applicable Communications Laws, but the Collateral does include, to the maximum extent permitted

by law, the economic value of the FCC Authorizations, all rights incident or appurtenant to the FCC Authorizations, and the right to

receive all monies, consideration and proceeds derived from or in connection with the sale, assignment or transfer of the FCC Authorizations.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,

Excluded Property shall not include (i) any Proceeds (as defined in the UCC), substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Property

(unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would otherwise constitute Excluded Property referred to above) or (ii) any

assets that secure the Acquisition Bridge Facility, any other Permanent Financing or the LC Facility Agreement or any refinancing thereof.

“Excluded Real Property”

has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Excluded Property”.

“Excluded Subsidiary”

means:

(a)            any

Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(b)            any

Foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer or of any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer;

(c)            any

FSHCO;

(d)            any

Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or a FSHCO;

(e)            any

Subsidiary that is prohibited or restricted by applicable Law from providing a guaranty or by a binding contractual obligation existing

on the Acquisition Date or at the time of the acquisition of such Subsidiary (and not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition)

from providing a guaranty or if such guaranty would require governmental (including regulatory) or third party (other than the Issuer

or a subsidiary) consent, approval, license, or authorization, unless such consent, approval, license, or authorization has been obtained;

(f)             any

special purpose securitization vehicle (or similar entity), including any Securitization Subsidiary created pursuant to a transaction

permitted under the Indenture;

(g)            any

Subsidiary that is a not-for-profit organization;

(h)            any

Captive Insurance Subsidiary;

15

(i)             any

other Subsidiary with respect to which, as reasonably determined by the Issuer in good faith, the cost or other consequences (including

any material adverse tax consequences) of providing a Note Guarantee shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the

Holders therefrom;

(j)             any

other Subsidiary to the extent the provision of a guarantee by such Subsidiary could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse

tax consequence as reasonably determined by the Issuer in good faith;

(k)            any

Immaterial Subsidiary; and

(l)             any

Subsidiary that is an “investment company” (or would be an “investment company” if it were a guarantor) under

the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, whether or not registered or exempt from registration;

provided that

the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may cause any Subsidiary that qualifies as an Excluded Subsidiary under clauses (a) through

(l) above to become a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the definition thereof and thereafter such Subsidiary shall

not constitute an “Excluded Subsidiary.”

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any

asset or property, the price that could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing

seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction (as determined

in good faith by the Issuer, whose determination will be conclusive for all purposes under this Supplemental Indenture).

“Family Member” means, with respect to any natural

person, the spouse, domestic partner or spousal equivalent, parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings, and lineal descendants

of siblings of such natural person. Lineal descendants shall include adopted persons, but only so long as they are adopted while a minor.

Family member shall further include any of such natural person’s family members as defined in Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

“FCC” means the United States Federal Communications

Commission or any successor agency thereto.

“FCC Authorizations” means licenses, permits and

other authorizations issued by the FCC.

“First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of the

last day of each fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on such

date that is secured by Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that are pari passu in priority with the Liens on Collateral

that secure any Senior Lien Debt minus (ii) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash as of such date to (b) TTM Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect

Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth

in Section 2.06(g)(ⅱ) which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture.

“Grantors” means the Issuer and the Subsidiary

Guarantors.

16

“Guaranty Agreement” means a supplemental indenture,

in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, pursuant to which a Subsidiary Guarantor guarantees the Issuer’s obligations

with respect to the Notes on the terms provided for in this Supplemental Indenture.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of

the Issuer that for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements are available did not account for

more than 10% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries or more than 10% of consolidated revenue (determined

in accordance with GAAP) of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries.

“Indenture” means the Base Indenture, as supplemented

by this Supplemental Indenture and as further amended or supplemented from time to time with respect to the Notes.

“Initial Notes” means the Notes issued on the Issue

Date (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 or 3.06 of this Supplemental Indenture or Section 9.05

of the Base Indenture).

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution

that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that

is not also a QIB.

“Intellectual Property” means all of the following

intellectual property rights, both statutory and common law rights, if applicable: (a) copyrights, registrations and applications

for registration thereof, (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, slogans, domain names, logos, trade dress and registrations

and applications of registrations thereof, (c) patents, as well as any reissued and reexamined patents and extensions corresponding

to the patents and any patent applications, as well as any related continuation, continuation in part and divisional applications and

patents issuing therefrom and (d) trade secrets and confidential information, including ideas, designs, concepts, compilations of

information, methods, techniques, procedures, processes and other know-how, whether or not patentable.

“Intercreditor Agreements” means, collectively,

the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

“Investment Grade Event” means with respect to

a particular series of the Notes (1) such series of the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating (or to the extent such Rating Agency

will not provide a rating, an advisory or prospective rating from any such Rating Agency that reflects an Investment Grade Rating) from

any two Rating Agencies after giving effect to the release of the Liens on Collateral securing such series of Notes and the release of

the Note Guarantees with respect to such series of Notes; (2) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect

to such series of the Notes and (3) the Issuer has delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such

Investment Grade Event has occurred.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal

to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch or S&P, or if the applicable securities

are not then rated by Fitch, Moody’s or S&P, an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

“Issue Date” means October 5, 2026.

“Issuer” has the meaning assigned to it in the

preamble to this Supplemental Indenture.

17

“Joint Venture” shall mean (a) any Person

which would constitute an “equity method investee” of the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries and (b) any Person in whom

the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries beneficially owns any Equity Interest that is not a Subsidiary.

“Junior Lien Debt” means any note or loan that

is (or will be) secured by Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that are contractually (or otherwise) junior in priority to

the Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that secure the Notes Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, “Junior Lien Debt”

excludes the Credit Facilities, the New First Lien Secured Debt, the Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes, the Third Supplemental Indenture

Notes and the Notes and includes Obligations that are secured (or intended to be secured) by a Lien that is junior in priority to Liens

securing the Notes.

“Junior Lien Intercreditor

Agreement” means a junior lien intercreditor agreement in form agreed on or prior to the Acquisition Date, among the

Collateral Agent, one or more Debt Representatives for the Pari Passu Lien Claimholders and one or more Debt Representatives for the

holders of Junior Lien Obligations, as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Junior Lien Obligations” means Obligations under

the Junior Lien Debt.

“LC Facility” means the senior secured facility

borrowed under the LC Facility Agreement.

“LC Facility Agreement” means that certain Standby

Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated May 17, 2023, by and among the Issuer, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as the letter

of credit agent, and the letter of credit issuing banks from time to time party thereto, as amended pursuant to Amendment No. 1

dated as of August 1, 2024, Amendment No. 2 dated as of May 12, 2025, Amendment No. 3 dated as of December 19,

2025, Amendment No. 4 dated as of July 8, 2026, as to be further amended pursuant to an amendment to be entered into prior

to the Acquisition Date, pursuant to which certain amendments to the terms of such facility substantially similar to the terms of the

Credit Agreement shall become operative upon closing of the Acquisition, and as may be further amended, restated, amended and restated,

supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Limited Condition Transaction” means any transaction

or action in connection with any acquisition (including by way of merger), investment (including the assumption or incurrence of Indebtedness),

Disposition, or repayment, repurchase, defeasance or refinancing of Indebtedness.

“majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding”

or words of similar effect herein shall be a reference to the majority in principal amount of the Notes and the Third Supplemental Indenture

Notes.

“Margin Stock” shall have the meaning set forth

in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any successor thereto.

“Minority Investment” means any Person other than

a Subsidiary in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary owns any Equity Interests.

18

“Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to:

(a)            the

Disposition of any asset by the Issuer or any Subsidiary, the excess, if any, of:

(i)            the

sum of Unrestricted Cash received in connection with such Disposition (including any Unrestricted Cash received by way of deferred payment

pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received), over

(ii)            the

sum of,

(A)           the

principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest, breakage costs and other amounts on any (1) Indebtedness that is secured

by the asset subject to such Disposition and required to be repaid in connection with such Disposition (other than Indebtedness under

the Senior Lien Debt, Pari Passu Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt), (2) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries that is, or will

be, repaid in connection with such Disposition and (3) Indebtedness that is secured by Permitted Priority Assets (as defined in

the Credit Agreement) that is, or will be, repaid in connection with such Disposition,

(B)            the

out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title

insurance premiums, and related search and re-cording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses

and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees) actually incurred by the Issuer or such Subsidiary in connection with such Disposition,

(C)            taxes

paid or reasonably estimated to be payable in connection therewith (including taxes imposed on the distribution or repatriation of any

such Net Cash Proceeds),

(D)            in

the case of any Disposition by a non-wholly owned Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof (calculated without

regard to this clause (D)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Issuer

or a wholly owned Subsidiary as a result thereof,

(E)            any

reserve for adjustment in respect of (1) the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (2) any

liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by the Issuer or any Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof,

including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification

obligations associated with such transaction, it being understood that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall include the amount of any

reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of any reserve described in this

clause (E); and

(F)            any

costs associated with unwinding any related Hedge Agreements in connection with such transaction; and

19

(b)            the

sale, incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the Issuer or any Subsidiary, the excess, if any, of:

(i)            the

sum of Unrestricted Cash received in connection with such incurrence or issuance over

(ii)            taxes

paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof, fees (including investment banking fees, attorneys’ fees, accountants’

fees, underwriting fees and discounts), commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses and other customary expenses, incurred by

the Issuer or such Subsidiary in connection with such sale, incurrence or issuance.

“New First Lien Secured Debt” means the new first

lien secured debt expected to be incurred by the Issuer in connection with the Transactions, including the New First Lien Secured Notes

and the Term B Loan Facility (each as defined in the Offering Memorandum).

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary

of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Non-U.S. Person”

means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

“Note” or “Notes” has the meaning

assigned to it in the preamble and includes the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

“Notes Obligations” means Obligations in respect

of the Notes, any Note Guarantee and the Security Documents.

“Offering Memorandum” means that certain offering

memorandum relating to the Notes, dated September 30, 2026 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise

modified from time to time).

“Opinion of Counsel”

means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel

to the Issuer.

“Paramount Global Indentures” means, collectively,

(a)            the

indenture, dated as of May 15, 1995, among Paramount Global, a Delaware corporation (and (i) with regard to the 1995 Indenture

and the 2008 A&R Indenture, formerly known as CBS Corporation, formerly known as Viacom Inc., (ii) with regard to the 2006 Indenture,

as successor to Viacom Inc., (iii) with regard to the 2017 Indenture, formerly known as CBS Corporation, and (iv) with regard

to the 2020 Indenture, formerly known as ViacomCBS Inc., in each case, the “Paramount Issuer”), the guarantor party

thereto, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (successor trustee to Citibank, N.A., successor to State Street Bank and

Trust Company and successor to The First National Bank of Boston) (the “DB Trustee”) (as supplemented, amended or

otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “1995 Indenture”);

(b)            the

indenture, dated as of April 12, 2006 (as supplemented, amended or otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “2006 Indenture”),

between the Paramount Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee (the “BNY

Trustee”);

20

(c)            the

indenture, dated as of June 22, 2001, among the Paramount Issuer, the guarantor party thereto, and the BNY Trustee, as the original

trustee, as amended and restated by that certain amended and restated indenture, dated as of November 3, 2008, among the Paramount

Issuer, the guarantor party thereto, and the BNY Trustee (as supplemented, amended or otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “2008

A&R Indenture”);

(d)            the

indenture, dated as of November 16, 2017, among the Paramount Issuer, the guarantor party thereto, and the DB Trustee (as supplemented,

amended or otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “2017 Indenture”); and

(e)            the

indenture, dated as of March 27, 2020, between the Paramount Issuer and the DB Trustee (as supplemented, amended or otherwise modified

to the date hereof, the “2020 Indenture”),

in each case, as amended, restated, replaced,

supplemented, waived, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Paramount Global Property Cap” means, with respect

to any asset and property of Paramount Global that is subject or purported to be subject to any Lien securing any Permitted Secured Debt,

at any time for so long as any Paramount Global Indenture is in effect and includes limitations on liens substantially the same as set

forth therein in effect as of the Issue Date, 15% of the consolidated total assets of Paramount Global at the end of the most recent

accounting period preceding the creation or assumption of such Lien (as provided in each Paramount Global Indenture) of Paramount Global

(reduced by any Attributable Debt (as defined in each such Paramount Global Indenture) with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction

(as defined in each such Paramount Global Indenture) permitted under each Paramount Global Indenture); provided that, (i) if

any of the Paramount Global Indentures have been amended after the date hereof, the Paramount Global Property Cap shall be changed to

the largest amount such that the creation or assumption of liens on assets and property of Paramount Global in such amount would not

require the notes issued under any Paramount Global Indenture to be equally and ratably secured with the Notes Obligations pursuant to

the Paramount Global Indentures then in effect, and (ii) if all of the notes issued under the Paramount Global Indentures are equally

and ratably secured with the Notes Obligations on the assets and property of Paramount Global, the Paramount Global Property Cap shall

not be applicable.

“Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement”

means the equal priority intercreditor agreement to be entered into on the date of the issuance of the Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes

among the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the representative and collateral agent for the Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes, any additional

representative and collateral agent for any other series of Pari Passu Lien Obligations party thereto from time to time and the Grantors,

as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Pari Passu Lien Debt” means

any notes, bonds, debentures or loans secured by (or that will be secured by) Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that are

pari passu in priority with the Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that secure the Notes Obligations. For the avoidance

of doubt, “Pari Passu Lien Debt” includes the Notes Obligations, the obligations under the Third Supplemental Indenture Notes

and the Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes, and excludes Obligations that are unsecured or secured (or intended to be secured) by a Lien

that is senior in priority or junior in priority to Liens securing Pari Passu Lien Debt.

21

“Pari Passu Lien Obligations” means Obligations

under the Pari Passu Lien Debt.

“Permanent Financing” means the issuance by the

Issuer of senior secured debt securities and/or senior unsecured debt securities through a public offering or in a private placement

or the borrowing by the Issuer of senior secured term loans and/or senior unsecured term loans, or a combination of the foregoing in

an amount necessary to finance the Acquisition in lieu of the Acquisition Bridge Facility or to refinance the Acquisition Bridge Facility.

“Permitted Entity” means, with respect to a Person:

(a) a Permitted Trust solely for the benefit of (i) such Person, (ii) one or more Family Members of such Person, and/or

(iii) any other Permitted Entity of such Person; (b) any Affiliate of, or general partnership, limited partnership, limited

liability company, corporation, or other entity that (i) directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control

with such Person, and/or (ii) is directly or indirectly exclusively owned by one or more Family Members of such Person; (c) a

revocable living trust, which revocable living trust is itself both a Permitted Trust and a Sponsor, (i) during the lifetime of

the natural person grantor of such trust, or (ii) following the death of the natural person grantor of such trust, solely to the

extent that such shares are held in such trust pending distribution to the beneficiaries designated in such trust; or (d) the personal

representative of the estate of such Person upon the death of such Person solely to the extent the executor is acting in the capacity

as a personal representative of such estate.

“Permitted Holder” or “Permitted Holders”

means any of the following:

(a)            any

Sponsor;

(b)            any

group (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date) of which the Persons described

in clause (a) above are members; provided that (i) without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other

group, the Persons described in clause (a) above, collectively, beneficially own at least 50% of the Issuer’s Voting Capital

Stock and (ii) to the extent that beneficial ownership of Voting Capital Stock of any member of such group is attributed to one

or more other members of such group, each such member of the group that is by attribution deemed to be the beneficial owner of such additional

Voting Capital Stock shall also be deemed to be a Permitted Holder; and

(c)            any

Public Company (or Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Public Company) to the extent and until such time as any Person or group (other than

a Permitted Holder under clause (a) or (b)) is deemed to be or become a beneficial owner of Voting Capital Stock of such Public

Company representing more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Capital Stock of such Public Company.

22

“Permitted Liens” means:

(1) (A) prior to the Collateral

Release Date, Liens pursuant to the Credit Facilities, the LC Facility or any Loan Document

(as defined in the Credit Agreement) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the sum

of (i) $21,400,000,000 plus (ii) the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an

Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA plus (iii) in

the case of Liens securing Senior Lien Debt, so long as the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio,

determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the date of the incurrence of such Senior Lien Debt,

would not exceed either (x) 0.50 to 1.00 greater than the Acquisition Date First Lien

Net Leverage Ratio or (y) if such Senior Lien Debt is incurred in connection with an

investment or acquisition, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior

to the consummation of such transaction calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently

ended Test Period or, at the Issuer’s election, as of the last day of the most recently

ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements are internally available

plus (iv) in the case of Liens securing Pari Passu Lien Debt, so long as the Consolidated

Secured Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the date of the incurrence

of such Pari Passu Lien Debt, would not exceed either (x) 0.25 to 1.00 greater than

the Acquisition Date Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio or (y) if such Pari Passu

Lien Debt is incurred in connection with an investment or acquisition, the Consolidated Secured

Net Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction calculated

on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period or, at the Issuer’s

election, as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which

financial statements are internally available plus (v) Liens securing Junior Lien Debt

and (B) on and after the Collateral Release Date, Liens pursuant to the Credit Facilities,

the LC Facility or any Loan Document to the extent all Notes Obligations are secured by such

Liens; provided that in each case, such Indebtedness shall be subject to a Second Lien Intercreditor

Agreement, Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement to the

extent secured by Liens on the Collateral ranking senior, pari passu or junior with the Liens

securing the Notes Obligations;

(2) prior to the Collateral Release

Date, (A) Liens existing on the Acquisition Date and (B) any Lien securing the

renewal, extension or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by clause

(A) above that does not extend to Indebtedness other than that which is being renewed,

extended or refunded;

(3) (A) purchase money Liens or purchase money security interests

upon or in any Property acquired or held by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer to

secure the purchase price of such Property or to secure Indebtedness incurred solely for

the purpose of financing the acquisition of such Property and (B) any Lien securing

the renewal, extension or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by

clause (A) above that does not extend to Indebtedness other than that which is being

renewed, extended or refunded;

(4) (A) Liens existing on Property at the time of its acquisition

(other than any such Lien created in contemplation of such acquisition) and (B) any

Lien securing the renewal, extension or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien

permitted by clause (A) above that does not extend to Indebtedness other than that which

is being renewed, extended or refunded;

(5) (A) Liens on Property of Persons which become or became Subsidiaries

securing Indebtedness existing, with respect to any such Person, on the date such Person

becomes or became a Subsidiary (other than any such Lien created in contemplation of such

Person becoming a Subsidiary) and (B) any Lien securing the renewal, extension or refunding

of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by clause (A) above that does not

extend to Indebtedness other than that which is being renewed, extended or refunded;

23

(6) Liens on Securitization Assets secured or transferred pursuant to

any Permitted Securitization Financing;

(7) Prior to the Collateral Release Date, Liens on assets of Non-Guarantor

Subsidiaries;

(8) Statutory or common law Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen,

mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens, or other

customary Liens (other than in respect of Indebtedness) in favor of landlords, so long as,

in each case, such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business and secure amounts not

overdue for a period of more than ninety (90) days or, if more than ninety (90) days overdue,

are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or that are being contested

in good faith and by appropriate actions, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained

on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(9) Liens arising from judgments or orders for the payment of money;

(10) (A) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges that

are not overdue for a period of more than ninety (90) days or that are being contested in

good faith and by appropriate actions diligently conducted and for which appropriate reserves

have been established in accordance with GAAP or that are not expected to result in a material

adverse effect and (B) Liens for property taxes on property the Issuer or its Subsidiaries

has decided to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment or charge is to such

property;

(11) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning and building

code restrictions and plan agreements, development agreements and contract zoning agreements),

encroachments, survey exceptions, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone

and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, reservations

of rights, servitudes, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and title defects affecting

real property that, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary

conduct of the business of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the use of

the property for its intended purpose;

(12) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses (including Works) granted

to others in the ordinary course of business (including any other agreement under which the

Issuer or any Subsidiary has granted rights to end users to access and use the Issuer’s

or any Subsidiary’s products, technologies, facilities or services) which do not interfere

in any material respect with the business of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries, taken as a

whole;

(13) (A) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business

in connection with workers’ compensation, health, disability or employee benefits,

unemployment insurance and other social security laws or similar legislation or regulation

or other insurance-related obligations (including in respect of deductibles, self-insured

retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) and (B) pledges, deposits and

Liens on cash in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or

indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or

bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability

insurance to the Issuer or any Subsidiaries;

24

(14) Liens and subrogation rights arising from the performance of bids,

trade contracts, governmental contracts and operating leases, statutory obligations, surety,

stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature

(including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the

ordinary course of business;

(15) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform

Commercial Code financing statements or similar public filings;

(16) Liens (A) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208

or 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on the items in the course of collection, (B) attaching

to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary

course of business and not for speculative purposes and (C) in favor of a banking or

other financial institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits or other funds

maintained with a financial institution (including the right of setoff) and that are within

the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(17) Liens (A) in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising

as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation

of goods in the ordinary course of business and (B) on specific items of inventory or

other goods and proceeds thereof of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in

respect of bankers’ acceptances or documentary letters of credit issued or created

for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory

or such other goods in the ordinary course of business;

(18) prior to the Collateral Release Date, (A) Liens securing Senior

Lien Debt, so long as the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis

as of the date of the incurrence of such Senior Lien Debt, would not exceed either (x) 0.50

to 1.00 greater than the Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio or (y) if such

Senior Lien Debt is incurred in connection with an investment or acquisition, the First Lien

Net Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction calculated

on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period or, at the Issuer’s

election, as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which

financial statements are internally available, (B) Liens securing Pari Passu Lien Debt,

so long as the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as

of the date of the incurrence of such Pari Passu Lien Debt, would not exceed either (x) 0.25

to 1.00 greater than the Acquisition Date Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio or (y) if

such Pari Passu Lien Debt is incurred in connection with an investment or acquisition, the

Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior to the consummation of

such transaction calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period

or, at the Issuer’s election, as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal

quarter period for which financial statements are internally available, (C) Liens securing

Junior Lien Debt and (D) any Lien securing a refinancing of the Senior Lien Debt, Pari

Passu Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt secured pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) above

that does not extend to Indebtedness other than that which is being renewed, extended or

refunded; provided that in each case, any such Indebtedness in excess of $250,000,000 shall

be subject to a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement to the extent secured by Liens on the Collateral ranking

senior, pari passu or junior with the Liens securing the Notes Obligations;

25

(19) prior to the Collateral Release Date, (A) Liens securing Indebtedness

incurred pursuant to the Acquisition Bridge Facility, the New First Lien Secured Debt and

the Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes and (B) any Lien securing a refinancing of the

Acquisition Bridge Facility, the New First Lien Secured Debt and the Second Lien Secured

Exchange Notes secured pursuant to clause (A) above that does not extend to Indebtedness

other than that which is being renewed, extended or refunded; provided that in each case,

any such Indebtedness in excess of $250,000,000 shall be subject to a Second Lien Intercreditor

Agreement, Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement to the

extent secured by Liens on the Collateral ranking senior, pari passu or junior with the Liens

securing the Notes Obligations;

(20) Liens on assets of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness

of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, including Liens on the Equity Interests of such Non-Guarantor

Subsidiaries (except those Equity Interests held by Guarantors);

(21) Liens incurred in connection with the cash collateralization of

letters of credit or agreements related to hedging designed to hedge against the Issuer’s

or any Subsidiary’s exposure to interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities

pricing risks incurred not for speculative purposes;

(22) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition,

construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations

and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets;

provided that (x) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 90 days after such

acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (y) the principal

amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving

such fixed or capital assets;

(23) Liens (A) on cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer

or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement

relating to an investment not prohibited under the Indenture or (B) incurred in connection

with escrow arrangements or other agreements relating to any acquisition or investment not

prohibited under this Supplemental Indenture;

(24) on and following the Collateral Release Date, Liens securing Indebtedness

incurred by any Subsidiary of the Issuer in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed,

on a Pro Forma Basis, the greater of (A) an amount equal to 5% of Consolidated Tangible

Assets and (B) a dollar amount calculated based upon the Acquisition Date Metric equal

to 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

26

(25) Liens created in favor of a producer or supplier of television programming

or films over distribution revenues and/or distribution rights which are allocable to such

producer or supplier under related distribution agreements;

(26) Liens consisting of or related to the sale, transfer, distribution,

or financing of Works or Intellectual Property or other rights with respect thereto or with

groups who may receive tax benefits or other third-party investors in connection with the

financing and/or distribution of Works in the ordinary course of business and the granting

to Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries of rights to distribute such Works; provided, however,

that no such Lien shall attach to any asset or right of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries

(other than (1) the Works which were sold, transferred to or financed by groups who

may receive tax benefits or third-party investors in question or the proceeds arising therefrom

and (2) the stock or equity interests of a Subsidiary substantially all of the assets

of which consist of such Works and related proceeds);

(27) Liens on satellite transponders and all property rights therein

and the products, revenues and proceeds therefrom which secure obligations incurred in connection

with the acquisition, utilization or operation of such satellite transponders or the refinancing

of any such obligations; and

(28) Liens over any bank account

used in the ordinary course of business and granted by any Subsidiary organized, incorporated

or formed under the laws of the Netherlands as part of a bank’s standard terms and

conditions, including the terms and conditions of the Dutch Banks’ Association (Nederlandse

vereniging voor banken) or similar terms and conditions.

“Permitted Secured Debt” means, collectively, Junior

Lien Debt, Pari Passu Lien Debt and Senior Lien Debt.

“Permitted Securitization Financing”

shall mean any Securitization Financing that meets the following conditions:

(a)            such

Permitted Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate

economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and any applicable Securitization Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuer in good faith;

(b)            all

sales, transfers and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related assets are made at Fair Market Value; and

(c)            the

financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof, including any Standard Securitization Undertakings, shall

be market terms, as determined by the Issuer in good faith.

27

“Permitted Trust” means a bona fide trust where

a trustee is a Sponsor or a professional in the business of providing trustee services, including private professional fiduciaries, trust

companies, and bank trust departments.

“Principal Property” means any property (other

than telecommunications equipment, including, without limitation, satellite transponders) owned by the Issuer or any Subsidiary and located

in the United States, the aggregate book value of which on the date of determination exceeds 2% of the consolidated total assets of the

Issuer, other than any such property, which, as determined in good faith by management, is not of material importance to the total business

conducted by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

“Pro Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma Effect”

means with respect to the calculation of any test, financial ratio, basket or covenant under the Indenture, including, but not limited

to, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio and the calculation of Consolidated Tangible Assets,

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, of any Person and its Subsidiaries, as of any date, that pro forma

effect will be given to the Transactions, any acquisition, merger, consolidation, investment, any issuance, incurrence, assumption or

repayment (mandatory or voluntary) or redemption of Indebtedness (including Indebtedness issued, incurred or assumed or repaid or redeemed

as a result of, or to finance, any relevant transaction and for which any such test, financial ratio, basket or covenant is being calculated)

(but excluding the identifiable proceeds of any Indebtedness being incurred substantially simultaneously therewith or as part of the

same transaction or series of related transactions for purposes of netting cash to calculate the applicable ratio), any issuance or redemption

of preferred stock or disqualified stock, all sales, transfers and other dispositions or discontinuance of any Subsidiary, line of business,

division, segment or operating unit, in each case that have occurred during the Test Period of such Person being used to calculate such

test, financial ratio, basket or covenant, or subsequent to the end of the Test Period but prior to such date of calculation or prior

to or in connection with the event for which a determination under this definition is made, as if each such event occurred on the first

day of the Test Period.

For purposes of making any computation referred

to above:

(a)            if

any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated

as if the rate in effect on the date for which a determination under this definition is made had been the applicable rate for the entire

period (taking into account any agreements relating to hedging or cash management applicable to such Indebtedness if such agreements

have a remaining term of the lesser of (i) 12 months or more and (ii) the remaining time to the scheduled maturity date of

such underlying Indebtedness);

(b)            interest

on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting

officer, in his or her capacity as such and not in his or her personal capacity, of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in

such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP;

(c)            interest

on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency

interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon

such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate;

28

(d)            interest

on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance

of such Indebtedness during the applicable period; and

(e)            to

the extent not already covered above, any such calculation may include adjustments calculated in accordance with Regulation S-X under

the Securities Act.

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set

forth in Section 2.06(g)(i)(A) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture except where otherwise permitted

by the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture.

“Proceeds” means all “proceeds” as

such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the UCC and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all dividends, distributions

or other income from Investment Property, collections thereon or distributions or payments with respect thereto.

“Property” means any right or interest in or to

property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Voting

Capital Stock.

“Public Company” means any Person with a class

or series of Voting Capital Stock that is traded on a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer”

as defined in Rule 144A.

“Rating Agencies” means Fitch, Moody’s and

S&P, or if any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized

statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Fitch, Moody’s

or S&P, as the case may be.

“Ratings Decline Period” means, with respect to

any Change of Control, the period that (1) begins on the earlier of (a) the date of the first public announcement of such Change

of Control or of the Issuer’s intention to effect such Change of Control or (b) the occurrence of such Change of Control and

(2) ends on the 60th calendar day following consummation of such Change of Control.

“RedBird” means, collectively, (a) RB Tentpole

LP (so long as RB Tentpole LP is managed or controlled by Affiliates of RedBird Capital Partners Management LLC), (b) RedBird Capital

Partners Fund IV (Master), L.P., (c) any Affiliates of RedBird Capital Partners Management LLC (including any investment vehicle

managed and controlled by RedBird Capital Partners Management LLC) and (d) any Permitted Entity of a Person identified in clause

(a), (b) or (c).

“Register” means a register in which, subject to

such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of the Notes and of transfers and exchanges

of such Notes which the Issuer shall cause to be kept at the appropriate office of the Registrar in accordance with Section 2.03.

29

“Regulation S”

means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Regulation S Global

Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2 or Exhibit A-3

hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of,

the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in an initial denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of any Additional

Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

“Restricted Definitive

Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Global Note”

means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Rule 144”

means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A”

means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A Global Note” means a Global Note

substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2 or Exhibit A-3 hereto bearing the Global Note

Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee

that will be issued in an initial denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of any Additional Notes initially sold in reliance

on Rule 144A.

“Rule 903”

means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 904”

means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means the

junior lien intercreditor agreement to be entered into on the Acquisition Date among the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the representative

and collateral agent for each other series of Pari Passu Lien Obligations then outstanding, the administrative agent and collateral agent

under the Credit Facilities, the representative and collateral agent under the LC Facility, the representative and collateral agent under

the New First Lien Secured Debt and the Grantors, as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Second Lien Secured

Exchange Notes” means the separate series of second lien secured notes expected to be issued by the Issuer on or shortly following

the Acquisition Date pursuant to a series of exchange offers as described in the Offering Memorandum.

“Securitization Assets” means any Securitization

Receivable Assets and any Securitization Operating Assets.

“Securitization Financing” shall mean any transaction

or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its

Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer

or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary or a transfer by the

Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor in the context of a receivables financing), or may grant a security interest or Lien in, any Securitization

Assets of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including all collateral securing such Securitization

Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization

Assets and other assets that are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection

with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets as determined by the Issuer in good faith.

30

“Securitization Operating Assets” means intellectual

property assets, contract rights, physical assets (including vehicles or real estate and other assets identified by the Issuer) and the

proceeds thereof and any Securitization Receivable Assets that may be related thereto which the Issuer has determined in good faith are

of the type customarily transferred or that are required to be transferred, or in respect of which security interests are customarily

granted or are required to be granted, in connection with securitizations of operating assets or revenue streams relating thereto.

“Securitization Receivable Assets” means, any accounts

receivable, royalty or other revenue streams, other rights to payment (including with respect to rights of payment pursuant to the terms

of any joint venture), all collateral securing such accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams or rights to payment, all contracts

and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams

or rights to payment, all proceeds of such accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams or rights to payment and other assets

(including contract rights) which the Issuer has determined are of the type customarily transferred (or that are required to be transferred)

or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted or are required to be granted in connection with securitizations of

accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams or rights to payment and which are sold, transferred or otherwise conveyed by the

Issuer or a Subsidiary to a Securitization Subsidiary or to a financing institution.

“Securitization Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary

of the Issuer formed for the purposes of engaging in a securitization financing.

“Security Documents” means the security agreements,

pledge agreements and other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture or any of the foregoing,

as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and pursuant to which Collateral is pledged, assigned

or granted to or on behalf of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders.

“Senior Lien Debt” means any notes, bonds, debentures

or loans secured by (or that will be secured by) Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that are senior in priority to the Liens

on all or any portion of the Collateral that secure the Notes Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, “Senior Lien Debt”

includes the Credit Facilities and the New First Lien Secured Debt.

“Senior Lien Obligations” means Obligations under

the Senior Lien Debt.

“Sponsors” means, collectively, (a) Ellison,

(b) RedBird and (c) any direct and indirect investors of the Persons identified in clauses (a) or (b) through any

permitted equity syndication process consummated prior to the Acquisition Date.

31

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” shall mean

representations, warranties, covenants (including repurchase obligations) and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary

that the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has determined in good faith are customary for “non-recourse” accounts

receivables financings or factoring or securitization financings.

“Supplemental Indenture” has the meaning assigned

to it in the preamble to this Supplemental Indenture.

“Target” means Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation.

“Test Period” means, at any time, the most recent

period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Issuer ended on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period) in respect of

which financial statements have been filed with the SEC.

“Transactions” means, collectively, (a) the

Acquisition, the other related transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement and the financing thereof, including any equity

investment or related equity financing and any refinancing of the Target’s existing Indebtedness and (b) the payment of fees,

commissions and expenses in connection with the foregoing.

“Treasury Rate”

means, the yield to maturity as of the date of the relevant redemption notice of the most recently issued United States Treasury securities

with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or is obtainable from

the Federal Reserve System’s Data Download Program as of the date of such H.15) that has become publicly available at least two

Business Days prior to such date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market

data)) most nearly equal to the period from the date of such redemption notice, to (i) October 15, 2028, for the 2031 Notes,

(ii) October 15, 2029, for the 2034 Notes, or (iii) October 15, 2031, for the 2036 Notes; provided, however, that

if the period from such date to (i) October 15, 2028, for the 2031 Notes, (ii) October 15, 2029, for the 2034 Notes,

or (iii) October 15, 2031, for the 2036 Notes is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States

Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” means, as of

any date of determination, the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal

quarter period for which financial statements are available.

“U.S. Person”

means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any

similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

“Unrestricted Cash” means unrestricted cash and

Cash Equivalents held or owned by, credited to the account of, or otherwise reflected as an asset on the balance sheet of, the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries.

“Unrestricted Definitive

Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

32

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global

Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2 or Exhibit A-3 attached hereto that bears

the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that

is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes

that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary

of which all shares of Voting Capital Stock (other than, in the case of a corporation, directors’ qualifying shares) are owned

directly or indirectly by the Parent (as defined in the definition of “Subsidiary”).

“Works” means motion pictures, video, television,

interactive or multi-media programming, audio-visual works, sound recordings, books and other literary or written material, any software,

copyright or other intellectual property related thereto, acquired directly or indirectly by purchase, business combination, production,

creation or otherwise, any component of the foregoing or rights therein or with respect thereto, of every kind and character, and all

improvements thereon, products and proceeds thereof and revenues derived therefrom.

With respect to the Notes only, the definitions of “Depositary”,

“Global Note”, “Guarantee”, “Indebtedness” and “Trustee” in the Base Indenture are hereby

replaced with the following:

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Global

Notes, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed

as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Supplemental Indenture.

“Global Notes” means a permanent Global Note substantially

in the form of Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2 or Exhibit A-3, as applicable, hereto that bears the Global

Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited

with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes.

“Guarantee”

of or by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or entered into with the purpose of guaranteeing

any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including

any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment

of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness,

(b) to purchase Property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment of such

Indebtedness or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or other financial condition or liquidity of the primary obligor

so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness; provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include

endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business.

“Indebtedness” of any Person means at any date,

without duplication,

33

(a)            (i) any

indebtedness of such Person in respect of borrowed money; (ii) any indebtedness evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures, loan agreements

or similar instruments; (iii) obligations of such Person as issuer, customer or account party under letters of credit or bankers’

acceptances to the extent drawn; (iv) obligations of such Person as a lessee under Capital Lease Obligations; (v) the balance

deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property to the extent the same would be required to be shown as a long-term liability

on the balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; and (vi) any obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified

Equity Interests (as defined in the Credit Agreement); and

(b)            (i) to

the extent not otherwise included, any Guarantee by such Person of the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a) of another

Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable

instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business and (ii) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of

the type referred to in clause (a) of another Person secured by a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any property owned by such

Person, whether or not such obligations are assumed by such Person and whether or not such obligations would appear upon the balance

sheet of such Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness for purposes of this clause (ii) will be the lesser of the fair

market value of such property at such date of determination and the amount of Indebtedness so secured;

provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will

be deemed not to include indebtedness, guarantees or obligations that are (1) contingent obligations incurred in the ordinary course

of business unless and until such obligations are non-contingent, (2) trade payables and commercial guarantees or arrangements related

or incidental to the business of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries, (3) earn outs, purchase price holdbacks or similar obligations,

(4) intercompany liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, (5) Permitted Liens, (6) loans and advances made

by the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantors having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll over or extension of terms), (7) Indebtedness

of any direct or indirect parent entity appearing on the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push down accounting under

GAAP, (8) with respect to the production, distribution and acquisition of motion pictures or other programming rights, talent or

publishing rights, (9) the net change in the carrying value of Indebtedness relating to fair value hedges in accordance with ASC

815 or (10) financings by way of sales or transfers of receivables or inventory, which will be accounted for as indebtedness in

accordance with ASC 860 and ASC 810.

“Trustee” has the meaning assigned to it in the

preamble to this Supplemental Indenture.

34

Section 1.02    Other Definitions.

Term

Defined

in Section

“Alternate

Offer”

4.08

“Applicable

Proceeds”

4.07

“Asset

Sale Offer”

3.09

“Authentication

Order”

2.02

“Change

of Control Offer”

4.08

“Change

of Control Payment”

4.08

“Change

of Control Payment Date”

4.08

“Collateral

Release Date”

13.05

“Covenant

Defeasance”

8.03

“DTC”

2.03

“Excess

Proceeds”

4.07

“Event

of Default”

6.01

“General

Asset Sale Basket”

4.07

“LCT

Election”

1.04

“LCT

Test Date”

1.04

“Offer

Amount”

3.09

“Offer

Period”

3.09

“Paying

Agent”

2.03

“Payoff

Transaction”

3.07

“Proceeds

Application Period”

4.07

“Purchase

Date”

3.09

“redemption

notice date”

3.10

“Registrar”

2.03

“series”

2.01

“Special

Mandatory Redemption”

3.10

“special

mandatory redemption date”

3.10

“special

mandatory redemption event”

3.10

“special

mandatory redemption price”

3.10

“Subsequent

Transaction”

1.04

Section 1.04    Rules of

Construction.

With respect to the Notes only, the following provisions shall be

included in Section 1.04 of the Base Indenture:

(x)            notwithstanding

anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction,

for purposes of:

(A)            determining

compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, the Notes and the Security Documents that requires the

calculation of any financial ratio or test, including the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio;

(B)            testing

availability under baskets set forth in this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, the Notes and the Security Documents (including

baskets determined by reference to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets, as

applicable); or

(C)            determining

other compliance with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, the Notes and the Security Documents (including the determination

that no Default or Event of Default (or any type of Default or Event of Default) has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom);

35

in each case, at the option of the

Issuer (the Issuer’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”),

the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder shall be in the case of any Limited Condition Transaction,

the date of (or, in the case of any calculation or any financial ratio or test, with respect to, or as of the last day of, the most recently

ended Test Period) either (x) the execution of the definitive agreement with respect to such Limited Condition Transaction or, if

applicable, the date with respect to which the Issuer or a Subsidiary otherwise becomes obligated to consummate such Limited Condition

Transaction (including as the result of providing irrevocable notice thereof), (y) the public announcement of an intention to make

an offer in respect of the target of such Limited Condition Transaction or (z) the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction

(the “LCT Test Date”), and if, for the Limited Condition Transaction (and the other transactions to be entered into

in connection therewith), the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries would have been permitted to take such action on the relevant LCT Test

Date (on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such action) in compliance with such ratio, test or basket, such ratio, test or basket

shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios,

tests or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would have failed to have been complied with as

a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, test or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, TTM Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior

to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, tests or ratios will not be deemed to have failed to have been

complied with as a result of such fluctuations; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if financial statements

for one or more subsequent Test Periods shall have become available, the Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to re-determine all

such financial ratios or tests, with respect to, or as of the last day of, the most recently ended Test Period on the basis of such financial

statements, in which case such date of redetermination shall thereafter be deemed to be the LCT Test Date for purposes of such baskets,

ratios and financial metrics. If the Issuer has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any

calculation of any ratio, test or basket availability with respect to the incurrence of Liens, Dispositions, mergers or the conveyance,

lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer (each, a “Subsequent Transaction”)

following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated

or the date that the definitive agreement, public announcement or irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated,

revoked or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining whether such Subsequent Transaction

is permitted under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes and the Security Documents, any such ratio, test or basket

shall be required to be satisfied on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection

therewith have been consummated;

(xi)            notwithstanding

anything to the contrary in this Indenture, so long as an action was taken (or not taken) in reliance upon a basket, ratio or financial

metric that was calculated or determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of a Person based upon financial

information available to such officer at such time and such action (or inaction) was permitted under this Indenture at the time of such

calculation or determination, any subsequent restatement, modification or adjustments made to such financial information (including any

restatement of or modification or adjustment to the financial statements of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or for any other reason) shall

not result in any Default or Event of Default;

36

(xii)            in

addition, the “integrated transaction doctrine” or any similar legal doctrine or theory is expressly waived by each Holder

by acceptance of any Note. Without limiting the foregoing, each Holder agrees by acceptance of any Note that (a) any series of related

transactions shall be permitted by this Indenture if each individual transaction would be permitted, and (b) any series of related

transactions that are consummated substantially concurrently may be deemed to be consummated in any order determined by the Issuer that

complies with this Indenture with permissibility of each transaction evaluated in light of such order;

(xiii)            the

phrase “commercially reasonable efforts” shall not require the payment of a fee or other amount to any third party, the incurrence

of any expense or liability by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (or any Affiliate thereof) outside its ordinary course of its business

or the taking of any action that the Issuer determines in good faith could adversely affect relationships with third parties; and

(xiv)            with

respect to the Notes only, Sections 1.03, 9.03 and 11.01 of the Base Indenture are hereby deleted.

Article 2

THE NOTES

With respect to the Notes only, Article 2 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 2.01

Form and Dating.(a)    General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall

be substantially in the form of (i) in the case of the 2031 Notes, Exhibit A-1, (ii) in the case of the 2034 Notes,

Exhibit A-2 and (ⅲ) in the case of the 2036 Notes, Exhibit A-3. The Notes are each a separate “series”

of Notes for the purposes of the Base Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements

required by law, stock exchange rule or usage or this Supplemental Indenture. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute,

and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Supplemental Indenture and the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery

of this Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision

of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall

govern and be controlling.

37

(b)            Global

Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of (i) in the case of the 2031 Notes, Exhibit A-1,

(ii) in the case of the 2034 Notes, Exhibit A-2 and (ⅲ) in the case of the 2036 Notes, Exhibit A-3,

including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of (i) in the case of the 2031 Notes, Exhibit A-1,

(ii) in the case of the 2034 Notes, Exhibit A-2 and (ⅲ) in the case of the 2036 Notes, Exhibit A-3,

without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Each Global Note shall represent such outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent

the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding

Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement

of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented

thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the

Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06.

(c)            Form of

Initial Notes, Etc. All Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date are to be initially represented by one or more Global Notes.

(d)            Euroclear

and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms

and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream” and “Customer

Handbook” of Clearstream (or, in each case, equivalent documents setting forth the procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream) shall

be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Section 2.02    Execution and

Authentication.

An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or electronic

(including Docusign) signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office

at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic

signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Supplemental Indenture.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery

of this Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee

shall authenticate and deliver (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount of (a) in the case of

the 2031 Notes, $6,000,000,000, (b) in the case of the 2034 Notes, $4,000,000,000 and (c) in the case of the 2036 Notes, $1,400,000,000,

and (ii) Additional Notes from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amount specified by the Issuer, in each case

specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above, upon a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer of the Issuer (an “Authentication

Order”). Such Authentication Order shall specify the amount and series of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the

Notes are to be authenticated, whether such Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued

as one or more Global Notes and such other information as the Issuer may include or the Trustee may reasonably request. The aggregate

principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Supplemental Indenture is unlimited.

38

The Initial Notes of a series and the

Additional Notes of such series shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture (unless

specifically provided herein or the context otherwise requires); provided that any Additional Notes will not be issued

with the same CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying number as the Initial Notes unless such Additional Notes are fungible with the Initial

Notes of the same series for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Holders of the Initial Notes of a series and the Additional Notes of such

series will vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of

the Holders of the Initial Notes of a series or the Additional Notes of such series shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate

class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent.

On the Issue Date, the Issuer will issue Initial Notes in the form

of one or more Rule 144A Global Notes and/or one or more Regulation S Global Notes, as provided in Section 2.01(c). Any Notes

offered and sold in reliance on the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Section 4(a)(2) thereunder

or Rule 144A shall be issued as one or more Rule 144A Global Notes. Any Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in

reliance on Regulation S shall be issued as one or more Regulation S Global Notes.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the

Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Supplemental

Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent

to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

Section 2.03    Registrar and

Paying Agent.

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan,

the City of New York, where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and

an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). Until otherwise designated by the Issuer,

the Issuer’s office or agency in New York shall be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. The Registrar shall keep

the Register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional

paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes

any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Registrar or Paying

Agent may resign at any time upon not less than 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Issuer. The Issuer shall enter into

an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing

of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying

Agent or Registrar.

39

The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)

to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar

and Paying Agent and to act as custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04    Paying Agent

to Hold Money.

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest

on the Notes will be payable at the office of the Paying Agent or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check

mailed to Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the Register; provided that all payments of principal,

premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name or held by the

Depositary shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to accounts specified by the Holder prior to 10:00 a.m., New

York time, on each due date of the principal and interest on any Note. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee

to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for

the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making

any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.

The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying

Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as

Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate fund for the benefit of Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any

bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05    Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable

the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall

furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request

in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders.

Section 2.06    Transfer and

Exchange.

(a)            Transfer

and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary,

by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to

a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes

if:

(i)            the

Issuer delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it

is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the

Issuer within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

40

(ii)            the

Issuer in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and

deliver a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or

(iii)            there

shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or

(iii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may

be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange

for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10, shall be authenticated

and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided

in this Section 2.06(a); however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) and

(c).

(b)            Transfer

and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.

The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes

shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.

Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to

the extent required by the Securities Act. Prior to the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation

S, beneficial interests in any Regulation S Global Notes may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless transferred in accordance

with Section 2.06(b)(iii)(B). Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph

(i) or (ⅱ) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i)            Transfer

of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons

who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions

set forth in the Private Placement Legend. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take

delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required

to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii)            All

Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial

interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the

Registrar either:

(A)            a

written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing

the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest

to be transferred or exchanged; and

41

(B)            instructions

given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such

increase; or

(C)            a

written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing

the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged;

and

(D)            instructions

given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered

to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (A) above.

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for

transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable

under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g).

(iii)            Transfer

of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred

to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies

with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A)            if

the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver

a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B)            if

the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver

a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv)            Transfer

and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial

interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note

or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange

or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

(A)            such

exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and the

Registrar receives the following:

(1)            if

the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest

in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications

in item (1)(ⅰ) thereof; or

42

(2)            if

the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall

take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form

of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the

Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar

to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained

herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph

(A) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication

Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal

amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (A) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global

Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted

Global Note.

(c)            Transfer

or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(i)            Beneficial

Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global

Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person

who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A)            if

the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive

Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(ⅰ) thereof

(provided that any such beneficial interest in Regulation S Global Note shall not be so exchangeable until after the expiration

of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S);

(B)            if

such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the

effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C)            if

such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904

under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D)            if

such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance

with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications

in item (3)(i) thereof;

43

(E)            if

such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration

requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect

set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(iv) thereof,

if applicable;

(F)            such

beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B

hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(ii) thereof; or

(G)            if

such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate

to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(iii) thereof;

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable

Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g), and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate

and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued

in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such

name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar

through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes

to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted

Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions

on transfer contained therein.

(ii)            Beneficial

Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note

may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes

delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

(A)            such

exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and the

Registrar receives the following:

(1)            if

the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note

that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including

the certifications in item (1)(ⅱ) thereof; or

(2)            if

the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall

take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder

in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

44

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the

Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar

to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained

herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii)            Beneficial

Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted

Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who

takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii),

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g),

and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive

Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall

be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall

instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver

such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial

interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d)            Transfer

and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.

(i)            Restricted

Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange

such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes

delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following

documentation:

(A)            if

the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a

certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(ⅱ) thereof;

(B)            if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate

to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C)            if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903

or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications

in item (2) thereof;

(D)            if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act

in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including

the certifications in item (3)(ⅰ) thereof;

45

(E)            if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration

requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect

set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof,

if applicable;

(F)            if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth

in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(ⅱ) thereof; or

(G)            if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate

to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(ⅲ) thereof,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase

or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note,

in the case of clause (B) above, the Rule 144A Global Note or, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global

Note.

(ii)            Restricted

Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such

Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery

thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A)            such

exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and the

Registrar receives the following:

(1)            if

the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate

from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(ⅲ) thereof; or

(2)            if

the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial

interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications

in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the

Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar

to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained

herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in

this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal

amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

46

(iii)            Unrestricted

Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such

Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof

in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer,

the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount

of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial

interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been

issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate

one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e)            Transfer

and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance

with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to

such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly

endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by

its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and

information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

(i)            Restricted

Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name

of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A)            if

the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the

form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B)            if

the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B

hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C)            if

the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor

must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel

required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

47

(ii)            Restricted

Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted

Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A)            such

exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and the

Registrar receives the following:

(1)            if

the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from

such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(ⅳ) thereof; or

(2)            if

the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form

of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications

in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the

Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer

is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are

no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii)            Unrestricted

Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person

who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the

Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

48

(f)            Legends.

The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture unless

specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture:

(i)            Private

Placement Legend.

(A)            Except

as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Restricted Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor

or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS

ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED

INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, AS

DEFINED IN SEC RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3), OR (7), OR (C) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION

WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION

IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION

OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO

THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON

IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES

FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN

RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING

OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE

IS MADE, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT

IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH

A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION

STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME OR BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM

THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS

APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN

OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE

OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR

REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT

TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

(B)            Notwithstanding

the foregoing, any Initial Note and any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii),

(d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof)

shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(ii)            Global

Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF

1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY

INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN

THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES

ACT.

49

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL

INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO

ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT

TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT

TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION

PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY

WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM,

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY

TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE

OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (570

WASHINGTON BOULEVARD, JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE

OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY

AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY

AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL

INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

(g)            Cancellation

and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive

Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be

returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if

any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a

beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall

be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the

Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery

thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement

shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h)            General

Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

50

(i)            To

permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive

Notes upon the Issuer’s order or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii)            A

Holder may transfer or exchange Notes only in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar

and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents in connection with

a transfer of Notes. No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive

Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or

similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable

upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.09, 4.07 and 4.08 hereof and Section 9.05 of the Base Indenture).

(iii)            All

Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the

valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Supplemental Indenture, as the

Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(iv)            Neither

the Issuer nor the Registrar will be required (a) to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part,

except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (b) to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days

before the delivery of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and the next succeeding interest payment

date.

(v)            Prior

to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person

in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest

on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vi)            The

Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.

(vii)            All

certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to

effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by electronic mail.

(viii)            Each

Holder of a Note agrees to indemnify the Issuer and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or

assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Supplemental Indenture and/or applicable United States Federal

or state securities law.

(ix)            Neither

the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

51

(x)            None

of the Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agents or Transfer Agents shall have any responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner

of an interest in a Global Note, any Agent Member or other member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy

of the records of DTC or any nominee or participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect

to the delivery to any Agent Member or other participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice or

the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and

communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only

to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial

owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC, subject to its applicable rules and procedures. The Trustee, Registrar,

Paying Agents and Transfer Agents may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to

its Agent Members and other members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(xi)            Neither

the Trustee nor the Registrar or Transfer Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with

any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any

Note (including any transfers between or among Participants or Indirect Participants in any Global Note) other than to require delivery

of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by,

the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

Section 2.07    Replacement

Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuer

and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee,

upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required

by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and

the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a

Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is an additional legally binding obligation

of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Supplemental Indenture equally and proportionately with all other

Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08    Outstanding

Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated

by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global

Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, and those described in this Section 2.08

as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate

of the Issuer holds the Note.

52

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to

be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01

of the Base Indenture, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate

of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that

date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09    Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount

of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlled

by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes

of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible

Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

Section 2.10    Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the

Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall

be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes

and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate

Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits

of this Indenture.

Section 2.11    Cancellation.

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.

The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.

The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation

and shall dispose of such canceled Notes in its customary manner. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid

or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

53

Section 2.12    Defaulted Interest.

If the Issuer defaults in a payment

of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable

on the defaulted interest, which interest on defaulted interest shall accrue until the defaulted interest is deemed paid hereunder, to

the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01

of the Base Indenture. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each

Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date;

provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such

defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee

in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date,

the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility

to any holder of Notes to determine the defaulted interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of defaulted

interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the defaulted interest.

Section 2.13    CUSIP Numbers.

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may

use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices

of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made

as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance

may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect

in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

Section 2.14    FATCA.

The Issuer hereby agrees (i) to give notice to the Trustee upon

becoming aware that any payment under this Indenture will be treated as a withholdable payment, as such term is used in Sections 1471-1474

of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder; and (ii) that the Trustee

shall be entitled to make any withholding or deductions from payments under this Indenture (and shall not be required to pay any additional

amounts with respect to any such withholding or deduction on or in respect of the Notes) to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable

Law.

Article 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

With respect to the Notes only, Article 3 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 3.01    Notices to Trustee.

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes

pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 10 days but not more than

60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant

to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the

redemption price; provided that the Issuer shall notify the Trustee 5 days prior to any such redemption, which notice

period may be waived by the Trustee.

54

Section 3.02

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected

for redemption on a pro rata basis, or if the Notes are held in global form, the Notes shall be selected for redemption by the Depositary

in accordance with its Applicable Procedures.

In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed

shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 15 nor more than 30 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee

or the Depositary, as applicable, from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes

selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes

and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of a

Holder’s Notes are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000,

shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Supplemental Indenture that apply to Notes called

for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.03    Notice of Redemption.

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09, at least 10 days but

not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer shall transmit or cause to be transmitted, a notice of redemption to each

Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(a)            the

redemption date;

(b)            the

redemption price;

(c)            if

any Note is being redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption

date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of such Note (other than a

Global Note) shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d)            the

name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e)            that

Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

55

(f)            that,

unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption and redeemed ceases to accrue on

and after the redemption date;

(g)            the

paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being

redeemed;

(h)            that

no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes;

(i)            any

conditions to the Issuer’s obligations to redeem the Notes as contemplated by Section 3.04; and

(j)            the

CUSIP number, if any.

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee

shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that

the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 30 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as to which the

Trustee may agree in its sole discretion), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth

the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Section 3.04    Effect of Notice

of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is transmitted

in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption

price; provided that any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be given

prior to the completion of a transaction or event (including an equity offering, other offering, issuance of indebtedness, a Change of

Control or other transaction or event) and any redemption notice (including the amount of Notes redeemed and conditions precedent applicable

to different amounts of Notes redeemed) may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including,

but not limited to, completion of the related transaction or event. Any such redemption may be partial as a result of only some of the

conditions being satisfied.

If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or

more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such

time (including more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission)

as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion), or such redemption may not occur and

such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its

sole discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed. In addition, the Issuer may provide in such notice that

payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by

another Person.

56

Section 3.05    Deposit of Redemption

Price.

At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date,

the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest

on all Notes to be redeemed on such date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with

the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest

on, all Notes to be redeemed.

If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph,

on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes of a series or the portions thereof called for redemption.

If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and

unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any

Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the

preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the

extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01

of the Base Indenture.

Section 3.06    Notes Redeemed

in Part.

No Notes of $2,000 principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part.

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon the Issuer’s written request, the Trustee shall

authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07    Optional Redemption.

(a)

(i)            On

and after October 15, 2028, the Issuer may redeem the 2031 Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time,

at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but

not including) the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on

the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on

October 15 of the years set forth below:

Period

Redemption Price

2028

104.125 %

2029

102.063 %

2030 and thereafter

100.000 %

(ii)            On

and after October 15, 2029, the Issuer may redeem the 2034 Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time,

at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but

not including) the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on

the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on

October 15 of the years set forth below:

57

Year

Redemption Price

2029

104.438 %

2030

102.219 %

2031 and thereafter

100.000 %

(iii)            On

and after October 15, 2031, the Issuer may redeem the 2036 Notes, at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time,

at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but

not including) the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on

the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on

October 15 of the years set forth below:

Year

Redemption Price

2031

104.563 %

2032

102.281 %

2033 and thereafter

100.000 %

(b)            In

addition, prior to (i) October 15, 2028, for the 2031 Notes, (ii) October 15, 2029, for the 2034 Notes, or (iii) October 15,

2031, for the 2036 Notes, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption

price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of the redemption notice,

and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record

on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the redemption date).

For the avoidance of doubt, calculation of the Applicable Premium shall not be the duty or obligation of the Trustee, registrar, transfer

agent or any paying agent.

(c)            Notwithstanding

the foregoing, at any time and from time to time prior to (i) October 15, 2028, for the 2031 Notes, (ii) October 15,

2029, for the 2034 Notes, or (iii) October 15, 2029, for the 2036 Notes, the Issuer may redeem (a) up to 40% of the aggregate

principal amount of the 2031 Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes of such series), (b) up to

40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2034 Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes of such series)

and/or (c) up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2036 Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional

Notes of such series), with an aggregate amount less than or equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption

price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount thereof) equal to 108.250% (in the case of the 2031 Notes), 108.875% (in the

case of the 2034 Notes), and 109.125% (in the case of the 2036 Notes), in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but

not including) the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on

the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the redemption date).

58

(d)            Notwithstanding

the foregoing, prior to (i) October 15, 2028, for the 2031 Notes, (ii) October 15, 2029, for the 2034 Notes, or (iii) October 15,

2029, for the 2036 Notes, the Issuer may redeem during each calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to

be carried over to subsequent calendar years, including any amounts previously carried over) commencing with the calendar year in which

the Issue Date occurs up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of such series of Notes initially issued on the Issue Date, plus the

aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes of such series originally issued, at its option, from time to time at a redemption

price equal to 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including)

the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest

payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date).

(e)            At

any time, in connection with any tender offer, exchange offer or other offer to purchase any series of Notes for consideration consisting

of cash, debt securities, or any combination thereof (including pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer), if not less

than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series are purchased or exchanged by the Issuer, or any third

party purchasing, acquiring or exchanging in lieu of the Issuer, then all of the Holders of the Notes of such series will be deemed to

have consented to such tender or other offer, and accordingly the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon notice to Holders

given not more than 30 days following such purchase or exchange, to redeem or exchange all (but not less than all) Notes of such series

that remain outstanding following such purchase or exchange at a price equal to the consideration paid to Holders in such purchase or

exchange (which may be less than par and shall exclude any early tender or exchange premium and any accrued and unpaid interest paid

to any holder in such tender or exchange offer payment), plus, to the extent not included in the tender or exchange offer payment, accrued

and unpaid interest, if any, on such Notes to (but not including) the redemption or exchange date, as applicable (subject to the right

of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on

the redemption date) (such transaction, a “Payoff Transaction”). The Trustee shall have no responsibility for determining

the value of any consideration in, or any other impact from, a Payoff Transaction, evaluating whether such Payoff Transaction or consideration

in connection therewith is permitted under this Indenture or otherwise, liability for cancellation of Notes in connection with a Payoff

Transaction, or, other than in the case of a redemption for cash, causing the delivery of such consideration to Holders or beneficial

owners of the Notes.

(f)            Any

redemption of the Notes may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. The redemption date of

any redemption that is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be delayed

until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion), or such redemption

may not occur and any notice with respect to such redemption may be modified or rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions

shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed

(which may exceed 60 days from the date of the redemption notice in such case). In addition, such notice of redemption may be extended

if such conditions precedent have not been satisfied or waived by the Issuer by providing notice to the noteholders. The Issuer’s

actions and determinations in determining whether one or more conditions precedent have been satisfied shall be conclusive and binding

for all purposes, absent manifest error.

59

Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant

to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06. The Issuer will calculate the redemption price and neither the Trustee nor the Paying

Agent will be responsible for verifying or calculating the redemption price.

Section 3.08    Mandatory Redemption.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.10,

Section 4.07 or Section 4.08 below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to

the Notes.

Section 3.09    Offer to Purchase

by Application of Excess Proceeds.

In the event that the Issuer shall be required

to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.07 (an “Asset Sale Offer”), the Issuer

shall follow the procedures specified below.

The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period

of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law

(the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase

Date”), the Issuer shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.07 (the

“Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale

Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. On and after the Purchase Date,

unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof purchased.

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest

record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose

name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date.

The Issuer shall send, by first class mail, postage

prepaid, or sent electronically, at least 5 days but not more than 60 days before the Purchase Date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s

registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, with a copy to the

Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset

Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall

state:

(a)            that

the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.07 and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer

shall remain open;

(b)            the

Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(c)            that

any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

60

(d)            that,

unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, interest shall cease to accrue on any Notes or portions thereof purchased pursuant

to the Asset Sale Offer on and after the Purchase Date;

(e)            that

Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in minimum denominations

of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof only;

(f)            that

no Note will be purchased in part if less than the minimum denomination of $2,000 of such Note would be left outstanding;

(g)            that

Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled

“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer the Note by book-entry transfer, to

the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(h)            that

Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives,

not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal

amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(i)            that,

if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Issuer shall select the Notes to be purchased

on a pro rata basis based on the total amount of Notes, Senior Lien Obligations and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable,

tendered in connection with an Asset Sale Offer (with adjustments so that only Notes in denominations of the minimum denomination $2,000

or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (or such lower denomination as may be permitted by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as

applicable)) by lot or by such other method as the applicable Paying Agent shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies

with applicable legal requirements); provided that the selection of Notes for purchase shall not result in a Holder with a principal

amount of Notes less than the minimum denomination of $2,000 (or such lower denomination as may be permitted by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream,

as applicable); and

(j)            that

Holders whose Notes (other than Global Notes) were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the

unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall,

to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof

tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to

the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance

with the terms of this Section 3.09. If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note

shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased. The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying

Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each

tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase,

and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuer, shall authenticate and mail or

deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so

accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of

the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

61

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09,

any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

Section 3.10    Special Mandatory

Redemption.

In the event that

(i) the closing of the Acquisition has not occurred on or prior to June 11, 2027 (or such later date to which the End Date

(as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) under the Acquisition Agreement may be extended by the parties thereto), (ii) the Issuer

notifies the Trustee in writing that it will not pursue the Acquisition or (iii) the Acquisition Agreement has been terminated without

the consummation of the Acquisition (each, a “special mandatory redemption event”), the Issuer will be required

to redeem (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) the Notes in whole at a special mandatory redemption price (the “special

mandatory redemption price”) equal to 101.0% of the initial issue price of each series of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid

interest from and including the date of initial issuance of such Notes, or the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such

Notes, whichever is later, to, but not including, the special mandatory redemption date. Upon the occurrence of a special mandatory redemption

event, the Issuer will promptly (but in no event later than five Business Days following such special mandatory redemption event) cause

notice to be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the

Notes at its registered address (such date of notification to the holders of the Notes, the “redemption notice date”).

The notice will inform holders that the Notes will be redeemed on the third Business Day following the redemption notice date (such date,

the “special mandatory redemption date”) and that all of the outstanding Notes will be redeemed at the special mandatory

redemption price on the special mandatory redemption date automatically and without any further action by the holders of the Notes. At

or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the special mandatory redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee funds

sufficient to pay the special mandatory redemption price for the Notes. If such deposit is made as provided in accordance with this Section 3.10,

the Notes will cease to bear interest on and after the special mandatory redemption date.

62

Article 4

COVENANTS

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agrees to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 4 of the Base Indenture and the following Sections 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08 and

4.09 are hereby added to Article 4 of the Base Indenture:

Section 4.04    Maintenance

of Office or Agency.

The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of

New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where

Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect

of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change

in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall

fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other

offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such

designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation

to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written

notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuer hereby designates Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,

at One Columbus Circle, New York, New York 10019, as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03.

Section 4.05    Legal Existence.

Subject to, and as permitted under, Article 5, and the ability

of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to convert (or similar action) to another form of legal entity under the laws of the jurisdiction

under which the Issuer or such Subsidiary then exists, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep

in full force and effect its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each

of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the

Issuer or any such Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve or keep the corporate,

partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Issuer shall determine that the preservation

or keeping thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that

the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

63

Section 4.06    Limitation

on Liens.

(a)            The

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

(i)            prior

to the Collateral Release Date create any Lien upon any of its Properties securing Consolidated Indebtedness unless (A) in the case

of a Lien on any Collateral, if the obligations secured by such Lien are expressly junior to the Lien securing the Notes Obligations

and subject to a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (B) in the case of a Lien on assets that are not Collateral, either (x) the

Notes Obligations are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to) the obligations secured by such Lien or (y) such

Lien is a Permitted Lien or (C) in the case of a Lien on any Collateral, such Lien is a Permitted Lien; provided that notwithstanding

the foregoing, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any Excluded Real Property shall not exceed $2,000,000,000

at any time outstanding; or

(ii)            on

and after the Collateral Release Date, create any Lien upon any of its Properties securing Consolidated Indebtedness unless either (A) the

Notes Obligations are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to) the obligations secured by any Lien or (B) such

Lien is a Permitted Lien.

(b)            Any

Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to clause (a)(i)(B)(x) or clause (a)(ii)(A) immediately above

shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge

of the Lien that gave rise to such Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

(c)            Clause

(a)(i)(B)(x) and clause (a)(ii)(A) of this Section 4.06 requires only equal and ratable treatment in the application of

proceeds of Collateral and does not require that the Trustee have any ability to control the Collateral or the enforcement of remedies.

(d)            The

reference to Properties in clause (a)(ii) above means the Principal Properties of the Issuer or any Subsidiary at the time of incurrence

of the Lien.

Section 4.07    Asset

Sales.

Prior to the occurrence of the Collateral Release

Date, the Issuer shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any Disposition of assets having an aggregate Fair Market

Value (measured at the time of the applicable Disposition or entry into a binding agreement with respect to such Disposition) in excess

of the greater of (x) $2,000,000,000 and (y) an Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for

the most recently ended Test Period, unless (A) the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, as of the last day of the most recently completed

fiscal quarter of the Issuer for which internal financial statements are available, shall not be greater than 3.25 to 1.00 and (B) the

Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Issuer, shall not be greater than 5.50 to 1.00,

in each case, immediately following such Disposition, on a Pro Forma Basis; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit:

64

(a)            Dispositions

of obsolete, depreciated, worn out, damaged or surplus property (including equipment, inventory or Intellectual Property) in the ordinary

course of business or that is no longer useful or economically viable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries,

in each case as determined in good faith by management of the Issuer;

(b)            the

Issuer and its Subsidiaries from making any Disposition so long as at least 75% of the consideration received therefor consists of cash

or Cash Equivalents; provided further that, for purposes of this clause (b):

(i)            the

assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Issuer or any Subsidiary (other than

Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes Obligations), or the release of the Issuer or such Subsidiary

from liability with respect thereto in connection with such Disposition;

(ii)            securities,

notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted into cash or Cash Equivalents,

or that by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (in each case, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents

actually received), within 180 days following the closing of such Disposition; and

(iii)            Designated

Non-Cash Consideration received in connection with such Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value (when taken together with all

other Designated Non-Cash Consideration then outstanding pursuant to this clause (iii)) not to exceed the greater of (x) $750,000,000

and (y) an Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated

on a Pro Forma Basis),

shall, in each case, be deemed to constitute

Cash Equivalents (this clause (b), the “General Asset Sale Basket”);

(c)            licenses,

sublicenses, cross-licenses or other grants of rights in Intellectual Property (including content distribution, exhibition, streaming,

syndication, co-production and similar arrangements), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(d)            Dispositions

of inventory, accounts receivable or other current assets in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any Securitization

Financing not prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture;

(e)            Dispositions

of cash and Cash Equivalents;

(f)            Dispositions

of assets among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(g)            Dispositions

required by or made pursuant to any contractual obligation in existence on the Acquisition Date (or any renewal, extension or replacement

thereof on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuer or such Subsidiary);

(h)            Dispositions

required by Applicable Law or pursuant to any order or judgment of a Governmental Authority;

65

(i)            Dispositions

of Equity Interests in Joint Ventures or Minority Investments;

(j)            Dispositions

in connection with any reorganization, merger, consolidation or other transaction not prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture;

(k)            Dispositions

of property by a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, so long as such Disposition is made to the owners of Equity Interests

of such Subsidiary ratably in accordance with their ownership interests (or as otherwise required by such Subsidiary’s organizational

documents);

(l)            Dispositions

of assets as a result of a casualty event, condemnation, eminent domain or similar proceeding; and

(m)            Dispositions

to the extent of any exchange of like property for use in any business conducted by the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries to the extent

allowable under Section 1031 of the Code (or any comparable provision of any foreign jurisdiction).

At any time prior to the Collateral Release Date,

if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor disposes of any property or assets constituting Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale

Basket (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), which results in the receipt by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions (such amount of Net Cash Proceeds, the “Excess Proceeds”),

the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale Offer no later than ten Business Days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to

all holders of Notes and, if required by the terms of any Senior Lien Obligations and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to all holders of

such Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, to purchase a principal amount equal to the Applicable Percentage

of such Excess Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”) of such Notes, Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations,

as applicable, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Applicable Proceeds, if any, at an offer price, in the case of

the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness was issued with

original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser price with respect

to such Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness),

to (but not including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Supplemental

Indenture and the agreement governing such other Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable. The Issuer may

satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Disposition by making an Asset Sale Offer at any time prior to the expiration of

the Proceeds Application Period. Any Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the Applicable Proceeds shall not be subject to this Section 4.07

and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion.

If any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received

in any Disposition are subject to the application of the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.07, at the option of the Issuer

or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may (in lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions)

elect to apply an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds from such Disposition, at its option,

66

(a)            to

reinvest in the business of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets

and related rights) used or useful for the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, Capital

Expenditures and related transactions expenses) within 540 days following receipt of such Applicable Proceeds or if the Issuer or any

of the Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest such Applicable Proceeds within 540 days following receipt of

such Applicable Proceeds, no later than 180 days after the end of such 540-day period, or

(b)            to

reduce, redeem, repay or repurchase (i) any Senior Lien Obligations then outstanding, (ii) Pari Passu Lien Obligations (provided

that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall so reduce such Pari Passu Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Issuer

will (A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 or through open market purchases

or (B) make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth above for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase at a

purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal amount of Notes

that would otherwise be redeemed under subclause (A) above), or (iii) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, in each case

within 540 days following receipt of such Applicable Proceeds;

provided further that

the Issuer may elect to deem expenditures that otherwise would be permissible as a reinvestment of such Applicable Proceeds under clause

(a) above or any such prepayment described in clause (b) above that occurred prior to the receipt of such Applicable Proceeds

to have been reinvested in accordance with this paragraph if such expenditures or prepayment were made no earlier than the earlier of

the execution of a definitive agreement or letter of intent for the Disposition giving rise to such Applicable Proceeds. Net Cash Proceeds

received by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as a result of a Disposition pursuant to this Section 4.07 of this Supplemental

Indenture may be applied to any transaction not prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture during the 540-day period following their receipt

(such 540-day period, as may be extended by clause (a) above, shall constitute the “Proceeds Application Period”).

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes

and any Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection with an

Asset Sale Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess

Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Senior

Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount

offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall select the applicable Notes (and the Issuer or their agents shall select such Senior

Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable) to be purchased in the manner described in Section 3.09. Upon completion

of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

67

To the extent the Applicable Proceeds exceed the

outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and, if required by the terms thereof, the Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu

Lien Obligations, as applicable), the Issuer needs to only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal amount

of Notes (and any such Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), and any additional Excess Proceeds shall

not be subject to this Section 4.07 and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. The Issuer

will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent

such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that

the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer will comply

with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Supplemental

Indenture by virtue hereof.

In the event that the Issuer shall be required

to commence an offer to Holders to purchase Notes pursuant to this Section 4.07, it shall follow the procedures specified in Section 3.09.

The provisions under this Section 4.07 relative

to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Disposition may be waived or modified as described

in Article 9 of this Indenture.

Section 4.08    Repurchase

at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.

If a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect

to a series of Notes occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently sent a redemption notice with respect

to all the outstanding Notes of such series pursuant to Section 3.07 or Section 3.10, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase

all of the Notes of such series pursuant to this Section 4.08 (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash

(the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid

interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record of the Notes of such series on the

relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the purchase date. Within 60

days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send (or cause to be sent) notice of such Change of Control Offer

electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes of such series to the address of such Holder

appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

(a)            that

a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 4.08 of this Supplemental Indenture and that all Notes of such series

properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

(b)            the

purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 10 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent

(the “Change of Control Payment Date”), except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance

of a Change of Control Triggering Event pursuant to this Section 4.08;

(c)            that

any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

68

(d)            that

unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes of such series accepted for payment pursuant to

the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(e)            that

Holders electing to have any Notes of such series purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such

Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed or otherwise in

accordance with the procedures of DTC, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the

close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(f)            that

Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to

the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or any integral

multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

(g)            if

such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, stating that the Change of Control Offer is

conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control Triggering Event and shall describe each such condition, and, if applicable,

shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed until such time (including more

than 60 days after the notice is sent) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied or waived, or that such repurchase may not occur

and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the Change of

Control Payment Date, or by the Change of Control Payment Date as so delayed, or such notice or offer may be rescinded at any time in

the Issuer’s sole discretion if the Issuer determines that any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied or waived;

(h)            any

other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a Holder must follow; and

(i)            that

Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes; provided

that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the tenth Business Day prior to the expiration date of the

Change of Control Offer, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of

Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes, or a specified portion thereof, and

its election to have such Notes purchased.

While the Notes are in global form and the Issuer

makes an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the

purchase of the Notes or withdraw such election through the facilities of DTC, subject to its rules and regulations.

69

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of

Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations

are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of

any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable

securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Supplemental Indenture by

virtue thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may rely on any no-action letters issued by the SEC indicating that the staff

of the SEC will not recommend enforcement action in the event a tender offer satisfies certain conditions.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer

will, to the extent permitted by law:

(a)            accept

for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(b)            deposit

with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered

and not validly withdrawn; and

(c)            deliver,

or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee

stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

The Issuer will not be required to make a Change

of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner,

at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Supplemental Indenture applicable to a Change of Control

Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) in

connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer (or any Affiliate of the Issuer) or a third

party has made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash price equal

to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Alternate

Offer.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,

a Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, conditional upon such Change

of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer

or Alternate Offer is made.

A Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer may

be made at the same time as consents are solicited with respect to an amendment, supplement or waiver of this Supplemental Indenture,

Notes, Guarantees and/or Security Documents.

The provisions under this Section 4.08 relating

to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event, including

the definition of “Change of Control,” may be waived or modified with the written consent of Holders of the majority in principal

amount of the Notes then outstanding.

70

Section 4.09    Future

Subsidiary Guarantors.

Prior to the occurrence of the Collateral Release

Date, the Issuer will cause any Subsidiary that is an obligor of, or issues a Guarantee with respect to, the Credit Facilities, to, in

each case, within 90 days, (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guaranty Agreement pursuant to which such Subsidiary will Guarantee

payment of the Notes on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this Indenture and (2) grant a Lien on its property

and assets for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, the Holders and the Trustee.

Article 5

SUCCESSORS

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agrees to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 5 of the Base Indenture.

Article 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agree to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 6 of the Base Indenture.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 6.01 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 6.01    Events of Default.

Except where otherwise indicated by the context

or where the term is otherwise defined for a specific purpose, the term “Event of Default” as used in this Indenture

with respect to Notes of any series shall mean one of the following described events unless it is either inapplicable to a particular

series or it is specifically deleted or modified in a supplemental indenture:

(1)            a

default in the payment of interest on the Notes of such series when due, continued for 30 days;

(2)            a

default in the payment of principal of any Note of such series when due at maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required purchase,

upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

(3)            the

failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 60 days after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than

those described in the immediately preceding clauses (1) and (2) above); provided that in the case of a failure to comply

with Section 4.02 of the Base Indenture, such period of continuance of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice

described in this clause (3) has been given; provided further that (x) a default under this clause (3) will not

constitute an Event of Default with respect to a series of Notes until the Trustee or the Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding

Notes of such series notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified after receipt

of such notice and (y) a notice of default may not be given with respect to any action taken, and reported publicly or to Holders,

more than two years prior to such notice of default;

71

(4)            (I) the

Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute

a Material Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code:

(a)            commences

a voluntary case;

(b)            consents

to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(c)            consents

to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or

(d)            makes

a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(II) a court of competent jurisdiction

enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Code that:

(a)            is

for relief against the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken

together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case;

(b)            appoints

a custodian of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together,

would constitute a Material Subsidiary) or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that

is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or

(c)            orders

the liquidation of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken

together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary), and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;

(5)            any

Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that,

taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms

of such Note Guarantee and/or this Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note

Guarantee; and

(6)            a

material portion of the Collateral ceases to be subject to a valid and perfected Lien of the Security Documents (other than in accordance

with the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents) or the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations

in writing under the Security Documents to which it is party.

A Default under one series of Notes issued under this Indenture will

not necessarily be Default under another series of Notes issued under this Indenture.

For the avoidance of doubt, no default or Event of Default will arise

as a result of the occurrence of the Collateral Release Date.

72

With respect to the Notes only, clause (1) and (2) of Section 6.06

of the Base Indenture are hereby replaced with the following:

(1)            such

Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, and, if such Event of Default is in respect of

Section 6.01(3), (5) or (6), such Holder is not in breach of a Position Representation or Verification Covenant;

(2)            Holders

or, in the case of Section 6.01(3), (5) or (6), Directing Holders that are not in breach of a Position Representation or Verification

Covenant, of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy.

Section 6.02    Priorities.

With respect to the Notes and Third Supplemental Indenture Notes only,

Section 6.10 of the Base Indenture is hereby replaced with the following:

Subject to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor

Agreements and Security Documents, if the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture or the Third Supplemental

Indenture from the Issuer (or any Guarantor), it shall pay out the money in the following order:

First:

to the payment of all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in all of its capacities, including all reasonable costs

and expenses incurred by the Trustee and Collateral Agent in connection with the collection or receipt of such amounts or otherwise;

Second:

to the extent such money remain after the application pursuant to preceding clause “First”, to the Trustee for the payment

in full of the other Notes Obligations and “Notes Obligations” (as defined in the Third Supplemental Indenture), ratably,

without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable with respect to the Notes Obligations and “Notes

Obligations” (as defined in the Third Supplemental Indenture); and

Third:

any balance of such money remaining after the application pursuant to the preceding clauses “First” and “Second”,

to the Issuer, its successors or assigns, or to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same. The Trustee may fix a record date

and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.02.

Article 7

TRUSTEE

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agrees to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 7 of the Base Indenture.

With respect to the Notes only, Sections 7.06 and 7.11 and the last

paragraph of Sections 7.07 and 7.10 of the Base Indenture are hereby deleted.

73

With respect to the Notes only, the following Section 7.12 is

hereby added to Article 7 of the Base Indenture:

In carrying out its responsibilities hereunder, the Trustee in each

of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder, shall have all of the rights, protections,

indemnities, limitations of liability and immunities which it possesses under the Indenture. The recitals contained herein and in the

Notes, except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and the Trustee assumes

no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental

Indenture or of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of the Notes or the proceeds

thereof.

Article 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agrees to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 8 of the Base Indenture.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 8.03 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 8.03    Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01

of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 with respect to any series of Notes, the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction

of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Article 4 (other

than Sections 4.01, 4.04 and 4.05) with respect to the outstanding Notes of such series on and after the date the conditions set forth

in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes of such series shall thereafter

be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and

the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding”

for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this

purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes of such series, the Issuer may omit to comply with and

shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly,

by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision

herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01,

but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s

exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set

forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01 (3), 6.01(4) (solely with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantors), 6.01(5) and 6.01(6) shall

not constitute Events of Default.

74

Article 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agrees to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 9 of the Base Indenture.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 9.01    Without Consent

of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture,

the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Intercreditor

Agreements, any Note Guarantee, any Security Document, or the Notes of any series without the consent of any Holder of a Note of such

series to:

(1)            cure

any ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(2)            to

provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture or

the Security Documents;

(3)            to

provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are

issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are

described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);

(4)            (i) add

a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release any previously added co-issuer of the Notes; provided that a

co-issuer may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise permitted pursuant to this Indenture, (ii) add Guarantees

with respect to the Notes or to add additional Collateral to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees and (iii) add a holding company

above the Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to this Indenture and, at the Issuer’s election, to modify any or all covenants

such that they apply to such new holding company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; provided that

(x) such holding company does not own any material assets other than equity interest in the Issuer and (y) prior to the Collateral

Release Date, such holding entity will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the Issuer;

(5)            to

add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right

or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(6)            to

make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any such Holder;

(7)            to

conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreements or any Security Document to the “Description

of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum;

75

(8)            to

make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however,

that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities

Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders

to transfer Notes;

(9)            to

release Collateral from the Lien securing the Notes when permitted or required by the Security Documents, this Indenture or the Intercreditor

Agreements;

(10)            to

evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent thereunder pursuant

to the requirements thereof;

(11)            to

release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of Article 10; or

(12)            to

make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any accounting change or in the application

thereof.

Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon receipt

by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 9.06, the Trustee

and the Collateral Agent shall join with the Issuer in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted

by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the

Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights,

duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel under this Section 9.01

shall be required in connection with the execution and delivery of a supplemental indenture to add Guarantors under this Indenture, substantially

in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 9.02 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 9.02    With Consent

of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02,

this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, the Security Documents, or the Notes of any series may be amended or

supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including,

without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and, subject

to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes of any series may be

waived, including by way of amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then

outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for,

Notes). Section 2.08 shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

76

However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note

of a series affected thereby, an amendment or waiver may not:

(1)            reduce

the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(2)            reduce

the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any such Note;

(3)            reduce

the principal of or change the maturity date of any such Note;

(4)            change

the provisions applicable to the redemption of any such Note as set forth in Section 3.07 (other than the timing for the notice

of redemption);

(5)            make

any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(6)            impair

the contractual right of any Holder of such Notes to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or

after the due dates therefor or impair the right of any Holder of such Notes to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on

or with respect to such Holder’s Notes (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the amendment, supplement or modification applicable to

Sections 4.08, 6.01(3) and 6.01(5) of this Indenture and the related definitions shall be deemed not to impair the contractual

right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or

to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes); provided, however, that

an acceleration of such Notes may be rescinded and any payment default that resulted from such acceleration may be waived by the Holders

of at least the percentage of aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series required to amend the covenant or provision contained

in this Indenture or any Note Guarantee, the breach of which resulted in such acceleration;

(7)            make

any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions; or

(8)            change

the ranking of the Notes.

Notwithstanding the preceding, at any time prior

to the Collateral Release Date, without the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and

Third Supplemental Indenture Notes then outstanding, no amendment or waiver may make any change in any Security Document, the Intercreditor

Agreements or the provisions in this Indenture dealing with Collateral or application of trust proceeds of the Collateral with the effect

of releasing the Liens securing the Obligations in respect of the Notes on all or substantially all of the Collateral or changing the

priority of such Liens.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of

the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be

sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer

may, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for

or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such

consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth

in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

77

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under

this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer is required to transmit to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing

the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to give such notice to all Holders affected thereby, or any defect therein,

shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections

6.04 and 6.07, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of each affected series may waive compliance

in a particular instance by the Issuer with any provision of this Indenture or such Notes.

Article 10

GUARANTEE

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors

hereby agree to expressly subject themselves to the provisions of Article 10 of the Base Indenture.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 10.02 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 10.02  Limitation

on Liability.

(a)           Any

term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed

hereunder by each Subsidiary Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture,

as it relates to such Subsidiary Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or

similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(b)           A

Note Guarantee by any Subsidiary Guarantor will be, without any further action by any Person, automatically and unconditionally released

and discharged immediately from all obligations under this Article 10:

(i)          at

the time of a Collateral Release Date (unless the Issuer elects to maintain the Note Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to

Section 13.05);

(ii)         at

such time as such Subsidiary Guarantor is not an issuer or guarantor of any Indebtedness for borrowed money (whether by repayment or

otherwise) (other than the Notes, the Credit Facilities and/or other Indebtedness for borrowed money the release or discharge of which

would be conditioned only on the release or discharge of the Note Guarantee, the Credit Facilities and/or other Indebtedness for borrowed

money) and ceases (or substantially concurrently will cease, including any release or discharge that would be conditioned only on the

release or discharge of the Note Guarantee or of the guarantee of other Indebtedness for borrowed money) to be the guarantor of any Credit

Facilities (or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations with respect to the Credit Facilities shall cease to exist substantially

concurrently with such release of its Note Guarantee);

78

(iii)        upon

the sale, disposition, exchange or transfer (including through merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise) of (i) all or substantially

all of the assets or (ii) any Equity Interests (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the applicable

Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary), of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor if such sale, disposition, exchange or other

transfer is made in a manner not in violation of the terms of this Indenture;

(iv)        if

the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option under Article 8 or if the Issuer’s obligations

under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including as described under Article 12);

(v)         upon

the applicable Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing the Credit

Facilities or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof; or

(vi)        as

described under Article 9.

In addition, the Issuer will have the right, upon delivery of an Officer’s

Certificate to the Trustee, to cause any Subsidiary Guarantor that does not guarantee any Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities (or

substantially concurrently will cease, including any release or discharge that would be conditioned only on the release or discharge

of the Note Guarantee or of the guarantee of other Indebtedness for borrowed money to guarantee any Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities),

and is not otherwise required by the applicable terms of this Indenture to provide a Note Guarantee, to be unconditionally released and

discharged from all obligations under its Note Guarantee, and such Note Guarantee will thereupon immediately, automatically and unconditionally

terminate and be discharged and released and of no further force or effect.

Promptly upon the request and at the expense of the Issuer, the Collateral

Agent and the Trustee shall take such actions reasonably requested by the Issuer, including executing any documents reasonably requested

by the Issuer in order to evidence, reflect or effect such release, discharge and termination in respect of such Note Guarantee under

the Security Documents, as applicable, and to evidence any release of a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, by acceptance of a beneficial ownership

interest in the Notes, each Holder expressly and irrevocably agrees that it will not hinder, or direct the Trustee or the Collateral

Agent to take any action that will hinder, the automatic release of any Note Guarantee provided for by this Section 10.02 to the

extent the Issuer determines in good faith that the applicable transaction is permitted under this Indenture (including, without limitation,

in connection with any Disposition to Persons other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor permitted under this Indenture), and each

Holder expressly and irrevocably agrees that the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized to, and shall, take such actions

reasonably requested by the Issuer to release any such Note Guarantee to the extent authorized to do so by this Section 10.02 without

any obligation or requirement to notify or obtain consent from any Holder (and the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not condition

any such actions on providing notice to, or obtaining consent from, the Holders).

79

With respect to the Notes only, the following Section 10.08 is

hereby added to Article 10 of the Base Indenture:

Section 10.08  Execution

of Supplemental Indenture for Future Subsidiary Guarantors.

Each Subsidiary and other Person which is required to become a Subsidiary

Guarantor the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture

substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary or other Person shall become a Subsidiary

Guarantor under this Article 10 and shall guarantee the Notes. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental

indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has

been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary or other Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency,

moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles

of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor is a valid and binding

obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor, enforceable against such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other

matters as the Trustee may reasonably request.

Article 11

MISCELLANEOUS

With respect to the Notes only, Section 11.13 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 11.13  Table

of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles

and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture and the Base Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be

considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture or the Base Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions.

Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Supplemental Indenture to specific Articles, Sections or clauses refer to Articles,

Sections and clauses contained in this Supplemental Indenture, unless such Article, Section or clause is incorporated herein by

reference to the Base Indenture or no such Article, Section or clause appears in this Supplemental Indenture, in which case such

references refer to the applicable section of the Base Indenture.

With respect to the Notes only, the following Section 11.18 is

hereby added to Article 11 of the Base Indenture:

Section 11.18  Supplemental

Indenture Controls.

In case any provision of this Supplemental Indenture conflicts with

any provision of the Base Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be controlling, solely with respect

to the Notes.

80

Article 12

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

With respect to the Notes only, the following are hereby added as

Sections 12.03 and 12.04 to Article 12 of the Base Indenture:

Section 12.03  Satisfaction

and Discharge of Supplemental Indenture

This Supplemental Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with

respect to a series of Notes (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes herein expressly provided

for), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and

discharge of this Supplemental Indenture, when

(1)           either:

(a)           all

Notes of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and

which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited

in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered

to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b)           all

such Notes of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(i)            have

become due and payable, or

(ii)           will

become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(iii)          are

to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by

the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited

or caused to be deposited with the Trustee money, U.S. Government Obligations or any combination thereof as trust funds in trust for

the purpose an amount sufficient (in the case of a deposit of any U.S. Government Obligations, in the opinion of a nationally recognized

investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, delivered to the Trustee), to pay and discharge the entire

indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest

to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become due and payable) or to the maturity or redemption thereof, as the

case may be;

(2)           the

Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer with respect to such series of Notes; and

(3)           the

Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent

herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture have been complied with.

81

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental

Indenture pursuant to this Article 12, the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee under Section 7.07 of the Base Indenture,

and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 12.03,

the obligations of the Trustee under Section 12.04 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

Section 12.04  Application

of Trust Money.

All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.03

shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture, to the payment,

either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium,

if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee.

Article 13

COLLATERAL

With respect to the Notes only, Article 13 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 13.01  Security Documents.

At any time prior to the Collateral Release Date,

the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium (if any) and interest (if any) on, the Notes when and as the same shall be due

and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on

the overdue principal of, premium (if any) and interest, if any, on the Notes and performance of all other obligations of the Issuer

and the Subsidiary Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee and the Notes (including, without limitation, the Note Guarantees), according

to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured as provided in the Security Documents. Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor

Agreements and the Security Documents, the Issuer shall, and shall cause the Subsidiary Guarantors to, take any and all actions and make

all filings (including the filing of UCC financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto) required to create and

maintain, as security for the Obligations of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors to the Holders under this Supplemental Indenture,

the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents: (i) a legal and valid security interest in and on all of the Collateral,

and (ii) a perfected security interest in the Collateral, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders and the

Trustee, subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens.

Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, consents

and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release

of Collateral) and the Intercreditor Agreements, as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with

their terms and authorizes and appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (and each successor

Trustee and Collateral Agent), and each Holder authorizes and directs the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security

Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is also appointed pursuant to the Third Supplemental

Indenture as the Trustee and the Collateral Agent for the Holders of the Third Supplemental Indenture Notes and shall act in such capacities

for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the Holders of the Third Supplemental Indenture Notes under the same Security Documents

and Intercreditor Agreements. The Holders consent and agree to be bound by the terms of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor

Agreements, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and agrees to perform their obligations thereunder in accordance therewith.

82

This Article 13 and the provisions of each

other Security Document are subject to the terms, conditions and benefits set forth therein and the Intercreditor Agreements. The Issuer

and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors consent to, and agree to be bound by, the terms of the Security Documents, as the same may be in

effect from time to time, and to perform their obligations thereunder in accordance therewith.

Section 13.02  Release of

Collateral.

The property and other assets of the Issuer and

the Subsidiary Guarantors included in the Collateral will be, without any further action by any Person, automatically and unconditionally

released from the Liens securing the Notes under any one or more of the following circumstances:

(1)            in

part, as to any property or assets constituting Collateral, to enable the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to consummate the disposition

of such property or assets (to a Person that is not the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor) to the extent permitted under Section 4.07;

(2)            upon

such property or assets becoming Excluded Property or Excluded Equity Interests;

(3)            as

to the assets owned by a Subsidiary Guarantor, upon such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Note Guarantee being released in accordance with

Section 10.02(b);

(4)            any

Securitization Assets becoming subject to a Securitization Financing permitted by this Supplemental Indenture to the extent required

by the terms of such Securitization Financing or being transferred or purported to be transferred by the Issuer or any Subsidiary in

connection with a Securitization Financing permitted by this Supplemental Indenture;

(5)            as

permitted by the Intercreditor Agreements;

(6)            in

accordance with Article 9;

(7)            in

accordance with Section 13.05;

(8)            in

whole, upon payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any, on, the Notes and all

other Notes Obligations under this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, and the Security Documents that are due and payable at or prior to

the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any, are paid (including pursuant to Article 12

or through redemption or repurchase of all of the Notes or otherwise); and

83

(9)            in

whole, upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance pursuant to Article 8.

At the request and expense of the Issuer, the

Collateral Agent and, to the extent reasonably requested, the Trustee will take such actions reasonably requested by the Issuer to evidence

the automatic and unconditional release of Collateral securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees, in accordance with the provisions of

this Indenture, the relevant Intercreditor Agreements and the relevant Security Documents. Each of the releases set forth in this Section 13.02

shall be effected by the Collateral Agent without the consent of the Holders or any action on the part of the Trustee (unless action

is required by it to evidence such release). In connection with a release of Collateral, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion

of Counsel to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent will be required and neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any liability

for release given in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, by acceptance

of a beneficial ownership interest in the Notes, each Holder expressly and irrevocably agrees that it will not hinder, or direct the

Trustee or the Collateral Agent to take any action that will hinder, the automatic release of any Collateral provided for by this Section 13.02

to the extent the Issuer determines in good faith that the applicable transaction is permitted under this Supplemental Indenture (including,

without limitation, in connection with any Disposition to Persons other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor permitted under this

Supplemental Indenture), and each Holder expressly and irrevocably agrees that the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized

to, and shall, take such actions requested by the Issuer, and in any event, such other actions as are necessary to give effect to such

release, to release any such Collateral to the extent authorized to do so by this Section 13.02 without any obligation or requirement

to notify or obtain consent from any Holder (and the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not condition any such actions on providing

notice to, or obtaining consent from, the Holders).

Section 13.03  Collateral

Agent.

The Collateral Agent shall hold (directly or through

co-trustees or agents), and will be entitled to enforce, all Liens on the Collateral created by the Security Documents.

Except as provided in the Security Documents,

the Collateral Agent shall not be obligated:

(A)           to

act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any Person;

(B)            to

foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any Lien; or

(C)            to

take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the Security Documents, the Liens created thereby or the Collateral.

The rights, privileges, protections,

immunities and benefits given to the Trustee under the Indenture, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended

to, and shall be enforceable by, the Collateral Agent.

84

Section 13.04  Further Assurances;

Insurance.

Subject to the limitations set forth in the Security

Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, the Issuer and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall cause to execute, acknowledge, deliver

and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions that may be required or that the Collateral

Agent from time to time may reasonably request (as directed by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding),

to assure, preserve, protect and perfect the security interest in the Collateral and the rights and remedies contemplated therein.

Upon reasonable request of the Collateral Agent

or otherwise provided under the Security Documents, at any time and from time to time, the Issuer and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors

will promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such Security Documents, instruments, certificates, notices and other documents, and take

such other actions as shall be reasonably required, or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, to create, perfect, protect,

assure or enforce the Liens and benefits intended to be conferred, in each case as contemplated by the Security Documents.

Section 13.05  Release of

Collateral and Guarantees upon Investment Grade Event.

If on any date following

the Acquisition Date, (a) an Investment Grade Event occurs with respect to a series of Notes, (b) the terms of all other Senior

Lien Obligations, Pari Passu Lien Obligations and Junior Lien Obligations provide that the Liens on the Collateral securing such Senior

Lien Obligations, Pari Passu Lien Obligations (including each other series of Notes then outstanding) and Junior Lien Obligations shall

be, and substantially concurrently are, released, including any release that would be conditioned only on the release of the Collateral

securing such Senior Lien Obligations, Pari Passu Lien Obligations and Junior Lien Obligations, (c) the Issuer has no greater than

$250,000,000 of term B loans outstanding at such time and (d) the Issuer and its Subsidiaries would be permitted to incur all Liens

existing as of such date (after giving effect to the release of the Liens on the Collateral securing such series of the Notes Obligations

and the Liens described in the foregoing clause (b)) as if such Liens were incurred on such date, then, beginning on that day (such date,

the “Collateral Release Date”), the Note Guarantees with respect to such series shall be released (to the extent

the guarantees by the Subsidiary Guarantors of all other Senior Lien Obligations, Pari Passu Lien Obligations and Junior Lien Obligations

are also released, whether or not such other guarantees can be reinstated), the Liens on the Collateral securing such series of Notes

shall be released and the Issuer and its Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 4.07 and 4.09 with respect to such series of Notes.

In the event the Collateral and Note Guarantees are released and Section 4.09 is no longer in effect upon an Investment Grade Event,

the Collateral and the Note Guarantees will not be reinstated upon any subsequent downgrade or withdrawal of the Investment Grade Ratings,

even if the Collateral and the Guarantees are reinstated with respect to other Senior Lien Obligations, Pari Passu Lien Obligations and

Junior Lien Obligations; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may elect for one or more Subsidiary Guarantors

or co-issuers to remain as Subsidiary Guarantors or co-issuers, as applicable, with respect to such series of Notes following the Collateral

Release Date, and any such election shall not limit or otherwise affect the release of the Collateral, the release of the Note Guarantees

provided by any other Subsidiary Guarantor or co-issuer or the cessation of the applicability of Sections 4.07 and 4.09 with respect

to such series of Notes, and the Issuer may elect to release any such retained Subsidiary Guarantor or co-issuer at any time following

the Collateral Release Date in its sole and absolute discretion and without any further requirements under the Indenture.

[Signatures on following page]

85

Dated as of October 5, 2026

Paramount Skydance Corporation, as the Issuer

By:

/s/ James Morrison

Name:

James C. Morrison

Title:

Treasurer

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee

By:

/s/ Denise Kellerk

Name:

Denise Kellerk

Title:

Vice President

By:

/s/ Carol Ng

Name:

Carol Ng

Title:

Vice President

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent

By:

/s/ Denise Kellerk

Name:

Denise Kellerk

Title:

Vice President

By:

/s/ Carol Ng

Name:

Carol Ng

Title:

Vice President

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

EXHIBIT A-1

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF

1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY

INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN

THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES

ACT.

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY

(AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF,

AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS

MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN

WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE

DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE

TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR

NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR

BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR

DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY

TRUST COMPANY (570 WASHINGTON BOULEVARD, JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,

EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED

BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED

BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE

BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]1

1              Include

Global Note Legend, if applicable.

A-1-1

[THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS

ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES

THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS

AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SEC RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3), OR (7), OR (C) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS

ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH

THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR

OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET

FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES

ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS

DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER

TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S.

PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS

APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN

THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED

INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE

SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME OR BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

(F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S

AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C),

(D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF

THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING

ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED

UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH

IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]2

2              Include

Private Placement Legend, if applicable.

A-1-2

[Face of Note]

CUSIP NO. [ ]3

ISIN [ ]

8.250% Senior Secured

Second Lien Notes due 2031

No. [   ]

$[                       ]

Paramount Skydance Corporation

promises to pay to [          ] or to registered assigns the principal amount

of [               ] DOLLARS on October 15, 2031

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

Subject to restrictions set forth in this Note.

3

144A Notes: 69932A AN5

Reg S Notes: U7010Q AN2

144A Notes: US69932AAN54

Reg S Notes: USU7010QAN26

A-1-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument

to be duly executed.

Dated: [                     ]

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

A-1-4

This is one of the Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Supplemental Indenture:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee

By:

Authorized Signatory

Dated: [             ]

A-1-5

[Back of Note]

8.250% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to

them in the Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. For the purposes of this Note, “Notes” shall

refer to the 8.250% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031 of the Issuer.

1.            INTEREST.

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 8.250% per annum from October 5, 2026 until

maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year (each, an “Interest

Payment Date”), or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue

from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 5, 2026; provided

that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to

on the face and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided,

further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be April 15, 2027. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition

interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate

that is equal to the rate then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy

Code) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate

to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2.            METHOD

OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close

of business on April 1 and October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record

date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Supplemental Indenture with respect

to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuer

maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may

be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire

transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on all Global Notes and

all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall

be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private

debts.

3.            PAYING

AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture, will act as Paying

Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries

may act in any such capacity.

A-1-6

4.            INDENTURE.

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base Indenture”), among Paramount

Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated

as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), among Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank

Trust Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Supplemental Indenture. The

Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent

any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

shall govern and be controlling.

5.            OPTIONAL

REDEMPTION.

(a)            On

and after October 15, 2028, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at

the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not

including) the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the

relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on October 15

of the years set forth below:

Period

Redemption Price

2028

104.125 %

2029

102.063 %

2030 and thereafter

100.000 %

(b)            In

addition, prior to October 15, 2028, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to

time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of

the redemption notice, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the applicable redemption date (subject to the

right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to

or on the redemption date). For the avoidance of doubt, calculation of the Applicable Premium shall not be the duty or obligation of

the Trustee, registrar, transfer agent or any paying agent.

(c)            Notwithstanding

the foregoing, at any time and from time to time prior to October 15, 2028, the Issuer may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate

principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes of such series), with an aggregate

amount less than or equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage

of the principal amount thereof) equal to 108.250%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date

(subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date

falling prior to or on the redemption date).

A-1-7

(d)            Notwithstanding

the foregoing, prior to October 15, 2028, the Issuer may redeem during each calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year

being permitted to be carried over to subsequent calendar years, including any amounts previously carried over) commencing with the calendar

year in which the Issue Date occurs up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes initially issued on the Issue Date, plus

the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes originally issued, at its option, from time to time at a redemption price equal

to 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the

redemption date (subject to the right of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest

payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date).

6.            MANDATORY

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Except

as otherwise provided in Paragraph 7 or 8 below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect

to the Notes.

7.            REPURCHASE

AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a)            If

a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect to the Notes occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently

sent a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer

will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture (the “Change of

Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal

amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of

the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on

the purchase date. Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send (or cause to be sent) notice

of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address

of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of DTC describing the transaction

or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified

in such notice, pursuant to the procedures required by the Supplemental Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will not be

required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change

of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Supplemental Indenture

applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such

Change of Control Offer or (ii) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer (or

any Affiliate of the Issuer) or a third party has made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes

validly tendered at a cash price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered

in accordance with the terms of the Alternate Offer.

A-1-8

(b)            At

any time prior to the Collateral Release Date, if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor disposes of any property or assets constituting

Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale Basket (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), which results in the

receipt by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an

Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions (such amount

of Net Cash Proceeds, the “Excess Proceeds”), the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale offer pursuant to Section 4.07

of the Supplemental Indenture no later than ten Business Days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all holders

of Notes and, if required by the terms of any Senior Lien Obligations and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to all holders of such Senior

Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, to purchase a principal amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of

such Excess Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”) of such Notes, Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations,

as applicable, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Applicable Proceeds, if any, at an offer price, in the case of

the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness was issued with

original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser price with respect

to such Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness),

to (but not including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture and

the agreement governing such other Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable. The Issuer may satisfy the

foregoing obligations with respect to any Disposition by making an Asset Sale Offer at any time prior to the expiration of the application

period. Any Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the Applicable Proceeds shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture

and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. If any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received in

any Disposition are subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, at the option of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor,

the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may (in lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions) elect to apply an amount

equal to the Applicable Proceeds from such Disposition, at its option, (a) to reinvest an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds

in the business of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets and

related rights) used or useful for the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, Capital

Expenditures and related transactions expenses) within 540 days following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or if the Issuer or any of

the Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds within 540 days following receipt of such

Applicable Proceeds, no later than 180 days after the end of such 540-day period, or (b) to apply such Applicable Proceeds to reduce,

redeem, repay or repurchase (i) any Senior Lien Obligations then outstanding, (ii) Pari Passu Lien Obligations (provided

that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall so reduce such Pari Passu Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Issuer will

(A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture or through

open market purchases or (B) make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth above for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders

to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal

amount of Notes that would otherwise be redeemed under subclause (A) above), or (iii) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries,

in each case within 540 days following receipts of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided, further, that the Issuer may elect to deem

expenditures that otherwise would be permissible as a reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds under clause (a) above or any such

prepayment described in clause (b) above that occurred prior to the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to have been reinvested in

accordance with this paragraph if such expenditures or prepayment were made no earlier than the earlier of the execution of a definitive

agreement or letter of intent for the Disposition giving rise to such Net Cash Proceeds. Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or

any Subsidiary Guarantor as a result of a Disposition pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture may be applied to any

transaction not prohibited by the Indenture during the 540-day period following their receipt (such 540-day period, as may be extended

by clause (a) above, shall constitute the “Proceeds Application Period”). To the extent that the aggregate amount

of Notes and any Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection

with an Asset Sale Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use any remaining

Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Senior Lien

Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount offered

in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall select the applicable Notes (and the Issuer or its agents shall select such Senior Lien Obligations

or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable) to be purchased in the manner as provided in Section 3.09 of the Supplemental Indenture.

Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. To the extent

the Excess Proceeds exceed the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and, if required by the terms thereof, the Senior

Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), the Issuer needs to only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding

aggregate principal amount of Notes (and any such Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), and any additional

Excess Proceeds shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose

in the Issuer’s discretion. The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other

securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of the Notes pursuant

to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture,

the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described

in the Indenture by virtue thereof. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from

the Issuer prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option

of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse side of the Notes.

A-1-9

8.            SPECIAL

MANDATORY REDEMPTION. In the event that a special mandatory redemption event occurs, the Issuer will be required to redeem the Notes

in whole at a special mandatory redemption price equal to 101.0% of the initial issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest

from and including the date of initial issuance of such Notes, or the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such Notes,

whichever is later, to, but not including, the special mandatory redemption date. Upon the occurrence of a special mandatory redemption

event, the Issuer will promptly (but in no event later than five Business Days following such special mandatory redemption event) cause

notice to be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the

Notes at its registered address. The notice will inform holders that the Notes will be redeemed on the third Business Day following the

redemption notice date and that all of the outstanding Notes will be redeemed at the special mandatory redemption price on the special

mandatory redemption date automatically and without any further action by the holders of the Notes. At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York

City time, on the special mandatory redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay the special mandatory

redemption price for the Notes. If such deposit is made as provided in accordance with this paragraph 8, the Notes will cease to bear

interest on and after the special mandatory redemption date.

A-1-10

9.            DENOMINATIONS,

TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess

thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar

and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer

may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and the Registrar

will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection

with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. The Issuer and the Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note

selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer and the

Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the delivery of a notice of redemption

of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and payment date.

10.            PERSONS

DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11.            AMENDMENT,

SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, the

Security Documents or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Supplemental

Indenture or the Notes may be waived, including by way of amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend

or supplement the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, any Security Document, or the Notes (i) to

cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the

obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Supplemental Indenture or the Security Documents, (iii) to provide

for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in

registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described

in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code), (iv) to (A) add a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release

any previously added co-issuer of the Notes; provided that a co-issuer may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise

permitted pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture, (B) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to add additional Collateral to

secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees and (C) add a holding company above the Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to

the Supplemental Indenture and, at the Issuer’s election, to modify any or all covenants such that they apply to such new holding

company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such holding company does not

own any material assets other than equity interest in the Issuer and (y) prior to the Collateral Release Date, such holding entity

will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the Issuer, (v) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor,

(vi) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal

rights under the Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder, (vii) to conform the text of the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes,

any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreements or any Security Document to any provision under the heading “Description of Notes”

in the Offering Memorandum, (viii) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture relating to the transfer

and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance with the Supplemental Indenture as so amended would

not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment

does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; (ix) to release Collateral from the Lien under

the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, the Supplemental Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements,

(x) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Supplemental Indenture of a successor Trustee or Collateral

Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof, (xi) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of Article 10

of the Supplemental Indenture, or (xii) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes to eliminate

the effect of any accounting change or in the application thereof.

A-1-11

12.            DEFAULTS

AND REMEDIES. Each of the following is an Event of Default: (i) default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued

for 30 consecutive days on the Notes, (ii) default in payment of principal of any Note when due at maturity, upon optional redemption,

upon required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, (iii) the failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

to comply for 60 days after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than those described in the immediately preceding clauses

(i) and (ii) above); provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 4.02 of the Base Indenture,

such period of continuance of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this clause (ⅲ) has been

given; provided further that (x) a default under this clause (iii) will not constitute an Event of Default with respect

to the Notes until the Trustee or the Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and

the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified after receipt of such notice and (y) a notice of default may not

be given with respect to any action taken, and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of default,

(iv) (I) the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken

together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code: (a) commences a voluntary

case, (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, (c) consents to the appointment of

a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

or (II) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under the Bankruptcy Code that (a) is for relief against

the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute

a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case; (b) appoints a custodian of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material

Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) or for all or substantially

all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken

together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or (c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is

a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary), and the order

or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; (v) any Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material

Subsidiary (or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) ceases

to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and/or the Supplemental Indenture) or

any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note Guarantee; and (vi) a material portion of

the Collateral ceases to be subject to the Liens of the Security Documents (other than in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental

Indenture and the Security Documents) or the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under the

Security Documents to which it is party.

A-1-12

If an Event of Default arising from (ⅳ) above with respect to

the Issuer occurs and is continuing the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become

due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders of the Notes.

If any other Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and

is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal

of and accrued but unpaid interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount

of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences

with respect to such Notes if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except

non-payment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. Any

time period in the Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes may be extended or stayed

by a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent such actual or alleged Default or Event of Default is the subject of litigation.

Any Noteholder Direction provided by any one or more Directing Holders

must be accompanied by a Position Representation, which representation, in the case of a Default Direction shall be deemed repeated at

all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each

Directing Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, make a Verification Covenant. In any case in which the Holder

is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner

of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant

in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

A-1-13

If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to

acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at

any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides to the Trustee evidence that the Issuer has initiated litigation

in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position

Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period

with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically

reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter.

If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to

acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to

satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with

respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy

stayed until such time as the Issuer provides the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate that the Verification Covenant has been

satisfied; provided that the Issuer shall promptly deliver such Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee upon becoming aware

that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation (as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee

of the Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant) shall result in such

Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and if, without the participation of such Holder, the percentage

of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder

Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have

occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default

or Event of Default.

Notwithstanding anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary,

any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar

direction shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

13.            TRUSTEE

DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services

for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

A-1-14

14.            NO

RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any

of their parent companies or subsidiaries, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any

Note Guarantee, any Security Document, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect

of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The

waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive

liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

15.            GOVERNING

LAW. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT

GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION

WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE

OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

16.            AUTHENTICATION.

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

17.            ABBREVIATIONS.

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants

by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A

(= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

18.            CUSIP

NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused

CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.

No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption

and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without

charge a copy of the Supplemental Indenture and/or the Base Indenture, as applicable. Requests may be made to the Issuer:

c/o Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

A-1-15

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ________________________________________________

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:______________________________

Your Signature: _____________________________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:________________________________________________

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

(or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-1-16

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased

by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¨

Section 4.07         ¨

Section 4.08

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note

purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, state the amount you elect

to have purchased:

$ _______________________

Date:____________________

Your Signature:_____________________________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.: _______________________________________________

Signature Guarantee*: _______________________________________________

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

(or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-1-17

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES

OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The following exchanges of a part of this Global

Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note

for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note following

such decrease (or

increase)

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in

global form.

A-1-18

EXHIBIT A-2

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF

1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY

INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN

THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES

ACT.

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY

(AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF,

AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS

MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN

WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE

DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE

TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR

NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR

BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR

DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY

TRUST COMPANY (570 WASHINGTON BOULEVARD, JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,

EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED

BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED

BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL

INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]4

4 Include Global Note Legend, if applicable.

A-2-1

[THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS

ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES

THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS

AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SEC RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3), OR (7), OR (C) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS

ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH

THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR

OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET

FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES

ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS

DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER

TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S.

PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS

APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN

THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED

INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE

SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME OR BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

(F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S

AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C),

(D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF

THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY COMPLETED

AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION

OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]5

5 Include Private Placement Legend, if applicable.

A-2-2

[Face of Note]

CUSIP NO. [ ]6

ISIN [ ]

8.875% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2034

No. [   ]

$[              ]

Paramount Skydance Corporation

promises to pay to [     ] or to registered assigns the principal amount

of [     ] DOLLARS on October 15, 2034

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

Subject to restrictions set forth in this Note.

6

144A Notes: 69932A AP0

Reg S Notes: U7010Q AP7

144A Notes: US69932AAP03

Reg S Notes: USU7010QAP73

A-2-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument

to be duly executed.

Dated: [            ]

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

A-2-4

This is one of the Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Supplemental Indenture:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee

By:

Authorized Signatory

Dated: [             ]

A-2-5

[Back of Note]

8.875% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2034

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to

them in the Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. For the purposes of this Note, “Notes” shall

refer to the 8.875% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2034 of the Issuer.

1.            INTEREST.

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 8.875% per annum from October 5, 2026 until

maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year (each, an “Interest

Payment Date”), or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue

from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 5, 2026; provided

that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to

on the face and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided,

further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be April 15, 2027. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition

interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate

that is equal to the rate then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy

Code) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate

to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2.            METHOD

OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close

of business on April 1 and October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record

date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Supplemental Indenture with respect

to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuer

maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may

be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire

transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on all Global Notes and

all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall

be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private

debts.

3.            PAYING

AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture, will act as Paying

Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries

may act in any such capacity.

A-2-6

4.            INDENTURE.

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base Indenture”), among Paramount

Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated

as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), among Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank

Trust Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Supplemental Indenture. The

Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent

any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

shall govern and be controlling.

5.            OPTIONAL

REDEMPTION.

(a)            On

and after October 15, 2029, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at

the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not

including) the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the

relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on October 15

of the years set forth below:

Period

Redemption Price

2029

104.438 %

2030

102.219 %

2031 and thereafter

100.000 %

(b)            In

addition, prior to October 15, 2029, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to

time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of

the redemption notice, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the applicable redemption date (subject to the

right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to

or on the redemption date). For the avoidance of doubt, calculation of the Applicable Premium shall not be the duty or obligation of

the Trustee, registrar, transfer agent or any paying agent.

(c)            Notwithstanding

the foregoing, at any time and from time to time prior to October 15, 2029, the Issuer may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate

principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes of such series), with an aggregate

amount less than or equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage

of the principal amount thereof) equal to 108.875%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date

(subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date

falling prior to or on the redemption date).

(d)            Notwithstanding

the foregoing, prior to October 15, 2029, the Issuer may redeem during each calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year

being permitted to be carried over to subsequent calendar years, including any amounts previously carried over) commencing with the calendar

year in which the Issue Date occurs up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes initially issued on the Issue Date, plus

the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes originally issued, at its option, from time to time at a redemption price equal

to 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the

redemption date (subject to the right of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest

payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date).

A-2-7

6.            MANDATORY

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Except

as otherwise provided in Paragraph 7 or 8 below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect

to the Notes.

7.            REPURCHASE

AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a)            If

a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect to the Notes occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently

sent a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer

will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture (the “Change of

Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal

amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of

the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on

the purchase date. Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send (or cause to be sent) notice

of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address

of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of DTC describing the transaction

or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified

in such notice, pursuant to the procedures required by the Supplemental Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will not be

required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change

of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Supplemental Indenture

applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such

Change of Control Offer or (ii) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer (or

any Affiliate of the Issuer) or a third party has made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes

validly tendered at a cash price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered

in accordance with the terms of the Alternate Offer.

A-2-8

(b)            At

any time prior to the Collateral Release Date, if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor disposes of any property or assets constituting

Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale Basket (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), which results in the

receipt by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an

Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions (such amount

of Net Cash Proceeds, the “Excess Proceeds”), the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale offer pursuant to Section 4.07

of the Supplemental Indenture no later than ten Business Days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all holders

of Notes and, if required by the terms of any Senior Lien Obligations and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to all holders of such Senior

Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, to purchase a principal amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of

such Excess Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”) of such Notes, Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations,

as applicable, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Applicable Proceeds, if any, at an offer price, in the case of

the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness was issued with

original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser price with respect

to such Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness),

to (but not including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Supplemental

Indenture and the agreement governing such other Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable. The Issuer may

satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Disposition by making an Asset Sale Offer at any time prior to the expiration of

the application period. Any Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the Applicable Proceeds shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental

Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. If any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received

in any Disposition are subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, at the option of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor,

the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may (in lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions) elect to apply an amount

equal to the Applicable Proceeds from such Disposition, at its option, (a) to reinvest an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds

in the business of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets and

related rights) used or useful for the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, Capital

Expenditures and related transactions expenses) within 540 days following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or if the Issuer or any of

the Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds within 540 days following receipt of such

Applicable Proceeds, no later than 180 days after the end of such 540-day period, or (b) to apply such Applicable Proceeds to reduce,

redeem, repay or repurchase (i) any Senior Lien Obligations then outstanding, (ii) Pari Passu Lien Obligations (provided

that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall so reduce such Pari Passu Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Issuer will

(A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture or through

open market purchases or (B) make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth above for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders

to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal

amount of Notes that would otherwise be redeemed under subclause (A) above), or (iii) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries,

in each case within 540 days following receipts of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided further, that the Issuer may elect to deem

expenditures that otherwise would be permissible as a reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds under clause (a) above or any such

prepayment described in clause (b) above that occurred prior to the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to have been reinvested in

accordance with this paragraph if such expenditures or prepayment were made no earlier than the earlier of the execution of a definitive

agreement or letter of intent for the Disposition giving rise to such Net Cash Proceeds. Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or

any Subsidiary Guarantor as a result of a Disposition pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture may be applied to any

transaction not prohibited by the Supplemental Indenture during the 540-day period following their receipt (such 540-day period, as may

be extended by clause (a) above, shall constitute the “Proceeds Application Period”). To the extent that the

aggregate amount of Notes and any Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered

in connection with an Asset Sale Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may

use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Supplemental Indenture. If the aggregate principal

amount of Notes and Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders

thereof exceeds the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall select the applicable Notes (and the Issuer or its agents

shall select such Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable) to be purchased in the manner as provided in

Section 3.09 of the Supplemental Indenture. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and

Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. To the extent the Excess Proceeds exceed the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes

(and, if required by the terms thereof, the Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), the Issuer needs

to only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes (and any such Senior Lien Obligations or Pari

Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), and any additional Excess Proceeds shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental

Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. The Issuer will comply with the requirements

of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable

in connection with the purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws

or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws

and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Supplemental Indenture by virtue thereof. Holders

of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase

date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the

reverse side of the Notes.

A-2-9

8.            SPECIAL

MANDATORY REDEMPTION. In the event that a special mandatory redemption event occurs, the Issuer will be required to redeem the Notes

in whole at a special mandatory redemption price equal to 101.0% of the initial issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest

from and including the date of initial issuance of such Notes, or the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such Notes,

whichever is later, to, but not including, the special mandatory redemption date. Upon the occurrence of a special mandatory redemption

event, the Issuer will promptly (but in no event later than five Business Days following such special mandatory redemption event) cause

notice to be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the

Notes at its registered address. The notice will inform holders that the Notes will be redeemed on the third Business Day following the

redemption notice date and that all of the outstanding Notes will be redeemed at the special mandatory redemption price on the special

mandatory redemption date automatically and without any further action by the holders of the Notes. At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York

City time, on the special mandatory redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay the special mandatory

redemption price for the Notes. If such deposit is made as provided in accordance with this paragraph 8, the Notes will cease to bear

interest on and after the special mandatory redemption date.

9.            DENOMINATIONS,

TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess

thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar

and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer

may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and the Registrar

will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection

with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. The Issuer and the Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note

selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer and the

Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the delivery of a notice of redemption

of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and payment date.

10.            PERSONS

DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11.            AMENDMENT,

SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, the

Security Documents or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Supplemental

Indenture or the Notes may be waived, including by way of amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend

or supplement the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, any Security Document, or the Notes (i) to

cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the

obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Supplemental Indenture or the Security Documents, (iii) to provide

for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in

registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described

in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code), (iv) to (A) add a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release

any previously added co-issuer of the Notes; provided that a co-issuer may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise

permitted pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture, (B) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to add additional Collateral to

secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees and (C) add a holding company above the Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to

the Supplemental Indenture and, at the Issuer’s election, to modify any or all covenants such that they apply to such new holding

company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such holding company does not

own any material assets other than equity interest in the Issuer and (y) prior to the Collateral Release Date, such holding entity

will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the Issuer, (v) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor,

(vi) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal

rights under the Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder, (vii) to conform the text of the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes,

any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreements or any Security Document to any provision under the heading “Description of Notes”

in the Offering Memorandum, (viii) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture relating to the transfer

and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance with the Supplemental Indenture as so amended would

not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment

does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; (ix) to release Collateral from the Lien under

the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, the Supplemental Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements,

(x) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Supplemental Indenture of a successor Trustee or Collateral

Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof, (xi) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of Article 10

of the Supplemental Indenture, or (xii) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes to eliminate

the effect of any accounting change or in the application thereof.

A-2-10

12.            DEFAULTS

AND REMEDIES. Each of the following is an Event of Default: (i) default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued

for 30 consecutive days on the Notes, (ii) default in payment of principal of any Note when due at maturity, upon optional redemption,

upon required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, (iii) the failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

to comply for 60 days after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than those described in the immediately preceding clauses

(i) and (ii) above); provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 4.02 of the Base Indenture,

such period of continuance of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this clause (ⅲ) has been

given; provided further that (x) a default under this clause (iii) will not constitute an Event of Default with respect

to the Notes until the Trustee or the Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and

the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified after receipt of such notice and (y) a notice of default may not

be given with respect to any action taken, and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of default,

(iv) (I) the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken

together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code: (a) commences a voluntary

case, (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, (c) consents to the appointment of

a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

or (II) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under the Bankruptcy Code that (a) is for relief against

the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute

a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case; (b) appoints a custodian of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material

Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) or for all or substantially

all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken

together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or (c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is

a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary), and the order

or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; (v) any Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material

Subsidiary (or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) ceases

to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and/or the Supplemental Indenture) or

any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note Guarantee; and (vi) a material portion of

the Collateral ceases to be subject to the Liens of the Security Documents (other than in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental

Indenture and the Security Documents) or the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under the

Security Documents to which it is party.

A-2-11

If an Event of Default arising from (ⅳ) above with respect to

the Issuer occurs and is continuing the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become

due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders of the Notes.

If any other Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and

is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal

of and accrued but unpaid interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount

of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences

with respect to such Notes if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except

non-payment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. Any

time period in the Supplemental Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes may be

extended or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent such actual or alleged Default or Event of Default is the subject

of litigation.

Any Noteholder Direction provided by any one or more Directing Holders

must be accompanied by a Position Representation, which representation, in the case of a Default Direction shall be deemed repeated at

all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each

Directing Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, make a Verification Covenant. In any case in which the Holder

is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner

of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant

in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

A-2-12

If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to

acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at

any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides to the Trustee evidence that the Issuer has initiated litigation

in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position

Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period

with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically

reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter.

If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to

acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to

satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with

respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy

stayed until such time as the Issuer provides the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate that the Verification Covenant has been

satisfied; provided that the Issuer shall promptly deliver such Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee upon becoming aware

that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation (as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee

of the Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant) shall result in such

Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and if, without the participation of such Holder, the percentage

of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder

Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have

occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default

or Event of Default.

Notwithstanding anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary,

any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar

direction shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

13.            TRUSTEE

DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services

for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

14.            NO

RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any

of their parent companies or subsidiaries, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any

Note Guarantee, any Security Document, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect

of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The

waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive

liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

A-2-13

15.            GOVERNING

LAW. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT

GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION

WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE

OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

16.            AUTHENTICATION.

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

17.            ABBREVIATIONS.

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants

by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A

(= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

18.            CUSIP

NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused

CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.

No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption

and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without

charge a copy of the Supplemental Indenture and/or the Base Indenture, as applicable. Requests may be made to the Issuer:

c/o Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

A-2-14

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ________________________________________________

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:______________________________

Your Signature: _____________________________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:________________________________________________

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

(or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-2-15

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased

by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¨

Section 4.07       ¨

Section 4.08

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note

purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, state the amount you elect

to have purchased:

$ _______________________

Date:____________________

Your Signature:_____________________________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.: _______________________________________________

Signature Guarantee*: _______________________________________________

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

(or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-2-16

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES

OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The following exchanges of a part of this Global

Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note

for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note following

such decrease (or

increase)

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is

issued in global form.

A-2-17

EXHIBIT A-3

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF

1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY

INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN

THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES

ACT.

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY

(AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF,

AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS

MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN

WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE

DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE

TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR

NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR

BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR

DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY

TRUST COMPANY (570 WASHINGTON BOULEVARD, JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,

EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED

BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED

BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL

INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]7

7 Include Global Note Legend, if applicable.

A-3-1

[THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS

ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES

THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS

AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SEC RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3), OR (7), OR (C) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS

ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH

THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR

OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET

FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES

ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS

DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER

TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S.

PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS

APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN

THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED

INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE

SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME OR BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

(F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S

AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C),

(D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF

THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY COMPLETED

AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION

OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]8

8 Include Private Placement Legend, if applicable.

A-3-2

[Face of Note]

CUSIP NO. [ ]9

9.125% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2036

No. [   ]

ISIN [   ]

$[              ]

Paramount Skydance Corporation

promises to pay to [     ] or to registered assigns the principal amount

of [     ] DOLLARS on October 15, 2036

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

Subject to restrictions set forth in this Note.

9

144A Notes: 69932A AQ8

Reg S Notes: U7010Q AQ5

144A Notes: US69932AAQ85

Reg S Notes: USU7010QAQ56

A-3-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument

to be duly executed.

Dated: [            ]

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

A-3-4

This is one of the Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Supplemental Indenture:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee

By:

Authorized Signatory

Dated: [             ]

A-3-5

[Back of Note]

9.125% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2036

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to

them in the Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. For the purposes of this Note, “Notes” shall

refer to the 9.125% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2036 of the Issuer.

1.            INTEREST.

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 9.125% per annum from October 5, 2026 until

maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year (each, an “Interest

Payment Date”), or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue

from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 5, 2026; provided

that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to

on the face and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided,

further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be April 15, 2027. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition

interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate

that is equal to the rate then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy

Code) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate

to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2.            METHOD

OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close

of business on April 1 and October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record

date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Supplemental Indenture with respect

to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuer

maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may

be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire

transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on all Global Notes and

all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall

be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private

debts.

3.            PAYING

AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture, will act as Paying

Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries

may act in any such capacity.

A-3-6

4.            INDENTURE.

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base Indenture”), among Paramount

Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated

as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), among Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank

Trust Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Supplemental Indenture. The

Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent

any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

shall govern and be controlling.

5.            OPTIONAL

REDEMPTION.

(a)            On

and after October 15, 2031, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at

the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not

including) the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the

relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on October 15

of the years set forth below:

Period

Redemption Price

2031

104.563 %

2032

102.281 %

2033 and thereafter

100.000 %

(b)            In

addition, prior to October 15, 2031, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to

time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of

the redemption notice, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the applicable redemption date (subject to the

right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to

or on the redemption date). For the avoidance of doubt, calculation of the Applicable Premium shall not be the duty or obligation of

the Trustee, registrar, transfer agent or any paying agent.

(c)            Notwithstanding

the foregoing, at any time and from time to time prior to October 15, 2029, the Issuer may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate

principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes of such series), with an aggregate

amount less than or equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage

of the principal amount thereof) equal to 109.125%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date

(subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date

falling prior to or on the redemption date).

A-3-7

(d)            Notwithstanding

the foregoing, prior to October 15, 2029, the Issuer may redeem during each calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year

being permitted to be carried over to subsequent calendar years, including any amounts previously carried over) commencing with the calendar

year in which the Issue Date occurs up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes initially issued on the Issue Date, plus

the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes originally issued, at its option, from time to time at a redemption price equal

to 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the

redemption date (subject to the right of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest

payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date).

6.            MANDATORY

REDEMPTION.

(a)            Except

as otherwise provided in Paragraph 7 or 8 below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect

to the Notes.

7.            REPURCHASE

AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a)            If

a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect to the Notes occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently

sent a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer

will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture (the “Change of

Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal

amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of

the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on

the purchase date. Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send (or cause to be sent) notice

of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address

of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of DTC describing the transaction

or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified

in such notice, pursuant to the procedures required by the Supplemental Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will not be

required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change

of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Supplemental Indenture

applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such

Change of Control Offer or (ii) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer (or

any Affiliate of the Issuer) or a third party has made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes

validly tendered at a cash price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered

in accordance with the terms of the Alternate Offer.

A-3-8

(b)            At

any time prior to the Collateral Release Date, if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor disposes of any property or assets constituting

Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale Basket (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), which results in the

receipt by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an

Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions (such amount

of Net Cash Proceeds, the “Excess Proceeds”), the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale offer pursuant to Section 4.07

of the Supplemental Indenture no later than ten Business Days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all holders

of Notes and, if required by the terms of any Senior Lien Obligations and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to all holders of such Senior

Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, to purchase a principal amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of

such Excess Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”) of such Notes, Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations,

as applicable, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Applicable Proceeds, if any, at an offer price, in the case of

the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness was issued with

original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser price with respect

to such Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness),

to (but not including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Supplemental

Indenture and the agreement governing such other Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable. The Issuer may

satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Disposition by making an Asset Sale Offer at any time prior to the expiration of

the application period. Any Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the Applicable Proceeds shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental

Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. If any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received

in any Disposition are subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, at the option of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor,

the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may (in lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions) elect to apply an amount

equal to the Applicable Proceeds from such Disposition, at its option, (a) to reinvest an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds

in the business of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets and

related rights) used or useful for the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, Capital

Expenditures and related transactions expenses) within 540 days following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or if the Issuer or any of

the Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds within 540 days following receipt of such

Applicable Proceeds, no later than 180 days after the end of such 540-day period, or (b) to apply such Applicable Proceeds to reduce,

redeem, repay or repurchase (i) any Senior Lien Obligations then outstanding, (ii) Pari Passu Lien Obligations (provided

that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall so reduce such Pari Passu Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Issuer will

(A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture or through

open market purchases or (B) make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth above for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders

to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal

amount of Notes that would otherwise be redeemed under subclause (A) above), or (iii) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries,

in each case within 540 days following receipts of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided further, that the Issuer may elect to deem

expenditures that otherwise would be permissible as a reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds under clause (a) above or any such

prepayment described in clause (b) above that occurred prior to the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to have been reinvested in

accordance with this paragraph if such expenditures or prepayment were made no earlier than the earlier of the execution of a definitive

agreement or letter of intent for the Disposition giving rise to such Net Cash Proceeds. Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or

any Subsidiary Guarantor as a result of a Disposition pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture may be applied to any

transaction not prohibited by the Supplemental Indenture during the 540-day period following their receipt (such 540-day period, as may

be extended by clause (a) above, shall constitute the “Proceeds Application Period”). To the extent that the

aggregate amount of Notes and any Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered

in connection with an Asset Sale Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may

use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Supplemental Indenture. If the aggregate principal

amount of Notes and Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders

thereof exceeds the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall select the applicable Notes (and the Issuer or its agents

shall select such Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable) to be purchased in the manner as provided in

Section 3.09 of the Supplemental Indenture. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and

Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. To the extent the Excess Proceeds exceed the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes

(and, if required by the terms thereof, the Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), the Issuer needs

to only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes (and any such Senior Lien Obligations or Pari

Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), and any additional Excess Proceeds shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental

Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. The Issuer will comply with the requirements

of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable

in connection with the purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws

or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws

and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Supplemental Indenture by virtue thereof. Holders

of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase

date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the

reverse side of the Notes.

A-3-9

8.            SPECIAL

MANDATORY REDEMPTION. In the event that a special mandatory redemption event occurs, the Issuer will be required to redeem the Notes

in whole at a special mandatory redemption price equal to 101.0% of the initial issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest

from and including the date of initial issuance of such Notes, or the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such Notes,

whichever is later, to, but not including, the special mandatory redemption date. Upon the occurrence of a special mandatory redemption

event, the Issuer will promptly (but in no event later than five Business Days following such special mandatory redemption event) cause

notice to be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the

Notes at its registered address. The notice will inform holders that the Notes will be redeemed on the third Business Day following the

redemption notice date and that all of the outstanding Notes will be redeemed at the special mandatory redemption price on the special

mandatory redemption date automatically and without any further action by the holders of the Notes. At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York

City time, on the special mandatory redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay the special mandatory

redemption price for the Notes. If such deposit is made as provided in accordance with this paragraph 8, the Notes will cease to bear

interest on and after the special mandatory redemption date.

A-3-10

9.            DENOMINATIONS,

TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess

thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar

and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer

may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and the Registrar

will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection

with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. The Issuer and the Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note

selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer and the

Registrar will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the delivery of a notice of redemption

of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and payment date.

10.            PERSONS

DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11.            AMENDMENT,

SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, the

Security Documents or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Supplemental

Indenture or the Notes may be waived, including by way of amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend

or supplement the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, any Security Document, or the Notes (i) to

cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the

obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Supplemental Indenture or the Security Documents, (iii) to provide

for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in

registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described

in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code), (iv) to (A) add a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release

any previously added co-issuer of the Notes; provided that a co-issuer may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise

permitted pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture, (B) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to add additional Collateral to

secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees and (C) add a holding company above the Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to

the Supplemental Indenture and, at the Issuer’s election, to modify any or all covenants such that they apply to such new holding

company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such holding company does not

own any material assets other than equity interest in the Issuer and (y) prior to the Collateral Release Date, such holding entity

will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the Issuer, (v) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor,

(vi) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal

rights under the Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder, (vii) to conform the text of the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes,

any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreements or any Security Document to any provision under the heading “Description of Notes”

in the Offering Memorandum, (viii) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture relating to the transfer

and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance with the Supplemental Indenture as so amended would

not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment

does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; (ix) to release Collateral from the Lien under

the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, the Supplemental Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements,

(x) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Supplemental Indenture of a successor Trustee or Collateral

Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof, (xi) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of Article 10

of the Supplemental Indenture, or (xii) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes to eliminate

the effect of any accounting change or in the application thereof.

A-3-11

12.            DEFAULTS

AND REMEDIES. Each of the following is an Event of Default: (i) default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued

for 30 consecutive days on the Notes, (ii) default in payment of principal of any Note when due at maturity, upon optional redemption,

upon required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, (iii) the failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

to comply for 60 days after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than those described in the immediately preceding clauses

(i) and (ii) above), provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 4.02 of the Base Indenture,

such period of continuance of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this clause (ⅲ) has been

given; provided further that (x) a default under this clause (iii) will not constitute an Event of Default with respect

to the Notes until the Trustee or the Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and

the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified after receipt of such notice and (y) a notice of default may not

be given with respect to any action taken, and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of default,

(iv) (I) the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken

together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code: (a) commences a voluntary

case, (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, (c) consents to the appointment of

a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

or (II) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under the Bankruptcy Code that (a) is for relief against

the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute

a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case; (b) appoints a custodian of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material

Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) or for all or substantially

all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken

together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or (c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is

a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary), and the order

or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; (v) any Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material

Subsidiary (or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) ceases

to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and/or the Supplemental Indenture) or

any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note Guarantee; and (vi) a material portion of

the Collateral ceases to be subject to the Liens of the Security Documents (other than in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental

Indenture and the Security Documents) or the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under the

Security Documents to which it is party.

A-3-12

If an Event of Default arising from (ⅳ) above with respect to

the Issuer occurs and is continuing the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become

due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders of the Notes.

If any other Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and

is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal

of and accrued but unpaid interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount

of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences

with respect to such Notes if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except

non-payment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. Any

time period in the Supplemental Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes may be

extended or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent such actual or alleged Default or Event of Default is the subject

of litigation.

Any Noteholder Direction provided by any one or more Directing Holders

must be accompanied by a Position Representation, which representation, in the case of a Default Direction shall be deemed repeated at

all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each

Directing Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, make a Verification Covenant. In any case in which the Holder

is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner

of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant

in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

A-3-13

If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to

acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at

any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides to the Trustee evidence that the Issuer has initiated litigation

in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position

Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period

with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically

reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter.

If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to

acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to

satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with

respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy

stayed until such time as the Issuer provides the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate that the Verification Covenant has been

satisfied; provided that the Issuer shall promptly deliver such Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee upon becoming aware

that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation (as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee

of the Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant) shall result in such

Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and if, without the participation of such Holder, the percentage

of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder

Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have

occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default

or Event of Default.

Notwithstanding anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary,

any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar

direction shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

13.            TRUSTEE

DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services

for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

A-3-14

14.            NO

RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any

of their parent companies or subsidiaries, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any

Note Guarantee, any Security Document, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect

of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The

waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive

liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

15.            GOVERNING

LAW. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT

GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION

WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE

OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

16.            AUTHENTICATION.

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

17.            ABBREVIATIONS.

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants

by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A

(= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

18.            CUSIP

NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused

CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.

No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption

and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without

charge a copy of the Supplemental Indenture and/or the Base Indenture, as applicable. Requests may be made to the Issuer:

c/o Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

A-3-15

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print or type assignee’s

name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ________________________________________________

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:______________________________

Your Signature: _____________________________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:________________________________________________

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

(or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-3-16

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased

by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¨ Section 4.07

¨ Section 4.08

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note

purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, state the amount you elect

to have purchased:

$ _______________________

Date:____________________

Your Signature:_____________________________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.: _______________________________________________

Signature Guarantee*: _______________________________________________

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

(or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-3-17

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES

OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The following exchanges of a part of this Global

Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note

for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note following

such decrease (or

increase)

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is

issued in global form.

A-3-18

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

[Paramount Skydance Corporation]

c/o [Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

c/o DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attn: Transfer Operations

5201 Gate Parkway, 1st Floor

Jacksonville, FL 32256 USA

Mail Stop JCK-01-218

Email: [dwac.processing@db.com] [transfer.operations@db.com]

And cc:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust & Securities Services

1 Columbus Circle, 4th Floor

Mail Stop: NYC01-0417

New York, NY 10019

USA

Attention: Corporates Team, Paramount Skydance Corporation,  AA9066

Re: Paramount

Skydance Corporation

¨ 8.250%

Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031 (CUSIP [     ])10,

8.875% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2034 (CUSIP [     ])11

and 9.125% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2036 (CUSIP [      ])12

(the “Notes”)

10

144A Notes: 69932A AN5

Reg S Notes: U7010Q AN2

144A Notes: US69932AAN54

Reg S Notes: USU7010QAN26

11

144A Notes: 69932A AP0

Reg S Notes: U7010Q AP7

144A Notes: US69932AAP03

Reg S Notes:

USU7010QAP73

12

144A Notes: 69932A AQ8

Reg S Notes: U7010Q AQ5

144A Notes: US69932AAQ85

Reg S Notes: USU7010QAQ56

B-1

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated

as of October 5, 2026, among Paramount Skydance Corporation (the “Issuer”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company

Americas, as trustee, as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental

Indenture”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Supplemental Indenture.

___________________ (the “Transferor”)

owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $_____________________________

in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to ___________________________ (the “Transferee”),

as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

¨          1.

Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A.

The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended

(the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive

Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive

Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such

Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting

the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the

United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred

beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed

on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Supplemental Indenture and the Securities Act.

B-2

¨         2.

Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation

S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly,

the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at

the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf

reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or

through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows

that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention

of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act and (iii) the transaction

is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer

in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to

the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive

Note and in the Supplemental Indenture and the Securities Act. If the Transfer of the beneficial interest occurs prior to the expiration

of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S, the transferred beneficial interest will be held immediately

thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream.

¨          3.

Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities

Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable

to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities

Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies

that (check one):

¨            (i) such

Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

¨            (ii) such

Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof; or

¨            (iii) such

Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus

delivery requirements of the Securities Act; or

¨            (iv) such

Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of

the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has

not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the

transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements

of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D

to the Supplemental Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor

has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of

the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note

will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Note and/or

the Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture and the Securities Act.

B-3

¨          4.

Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

¨            (i) Check

if Transfer is Pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under

the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Supplemental Indenture and any applicable blue sky

securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture

and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed

Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer

be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted

Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture.

¨          (ii) Check

if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or

Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Supplemental Indenture and any

applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental

Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation

of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive

Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global

Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture.

¨            (iii) Check

if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from

the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the

transfer restrictions contained in the Supplemental Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United

States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required

in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the

Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated

in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture.

B-4

This certificate and the statements contained herein

are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By

Name:

Title:

Dated:

B-5

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1.       The

Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

¨

(a)

a beneficial interest in the:

¨

(i)

Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP __________), or

¨

(ii)

Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

¨

(b)

a Restricted Definitive Note.

2.       After

the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

¨

(a)

a beneficial interest in the:

¨

(i)

Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP __________), or

¨

(ii)

Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

¨

(iii)

Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP _________); or

¨

(b)

a Restricted Definitive Note; or

¨

(c)

an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture.

B-6

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

[Paramount Skydance Corporation]

c/o [Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

c/o DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attn: Transfer Operations

5201 Gate Parkway, 1st Floor

Jacksonville, FL 32256 USA

Mail Stop JCK-01-218

Email: [dwac.processing@db.com] [transfer.operations@db.com]

And cc:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust & Securities Services

1 Columbus Circle, 4th Floor

Mail Stop: NYC01-0417

New York, NY 10019

USA

Attention: Corporates Team, Paramount Skydance Corporation,  AA9066

Re: Paramount

Skydance Corporation

¨ 8.250%

Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031 (CUSIP [ ])13, 8.875% Senior Secured

Second Lien Notes due 2034 (CUSIP [ ])14 and 9.125% Senior Secured Second Lien

Notes due 2036 (CUSIP [               ])15

(the “Notes”)

13

144A Notes: 69932A AN5

Reg S Notes: U7010Q AN2

144A Notes: US69932AAN54

Reg S Notes: USU7010QAN26

14

144A Notes: 69932A AP0

Reg S Notes: U7010Q AP7

144A Notes: US69932AAP03

Reg S Notes: USU7010QAP73

15

144A Notes: 69932A AQ8

Reg S Notes:

U7010Q AQ5

144A Notes: US69932AAQ85

Reg S Notes: USU7010QAQ56

C-1

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated

as of October 5, 2026, among Paramount Skydance Corporation (the “Issuer”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company

Americas, as trustee, as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental

Indenture”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Supplemental Indenture.

__________________________ (the “Owner”)

owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $____________________________

in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies

that:

1.            Exchange

of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests

in an Unrestricted Global Note

¨            (i) Check

if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection

with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global

Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s

own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the

Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”),

(iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in

order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired

in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. If the Exchange is from beneficial interest

in a Regulation S Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner further certifies that it is either (x) a

non-U.S. Person to whom Notes would be transferred in accordance with Regulation S or (y) a U.S. Person who purchased Notes in a

transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act.

C-2

¨            (ii) Check

if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange

of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies

(i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected

in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities

Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required

in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable

blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

¨            (iii) Check

if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s

Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the

beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in

compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities

Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required

in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any

applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. If the Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Regulation S

Global Note to an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner further certifies that it is either (x) a non-U.S. Person to whom Notes

could be transferred in accordance with Regulation S or (y) a U.S. Person who purchased Notes in a transaction that did not require

registration under the Securities Act.

¨            (iv) Check

if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted

Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired

for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions

applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer

contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities

Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any

state of the United States.

C-3

2.            Exchange

of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests

in Restricted Global Notes

¨            (i) Check

if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of

the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the

Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. If the

Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note to a Restricted Definitive Note, the Owner further certifies that

it is either (x) a non-U.S. Person to whom Notes could be transferred in accordance with Regulation S or (y) a U.S. Person

who purchased Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange

in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the

restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Supplemental

Indenture and the Securities Act.

¨            (ii) Check

if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of

the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ¨Rule 144A

Global Note or ¨ Regulation

S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s

own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to

the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky

securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental

Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend

printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Supplemental Indenture and the Securities Act.

C-4

This certificate and the statements contained herein

are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By

Name:

Title:

Dated:

C-5

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

[Paramount Skydance Corporation]

c/o [Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

c/o DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attn: Transfer Operations

5201 Gate Parkway, 1st Floor

Jacksonville, FL 32256 USA

Mail Stop JCK-01-218

Email: [dwac.processing@db.com] [transfer.operations@db.com]

And cc:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust & Securities Services

1 Columbus Circle, 4th Floor

Mail Stop: NYC01-0417

New York, NY 10019

USA

Attention: Corporates Team, Paramount Skydance Corporation,  AA9066

Re: Paramount

Skydance Corporation

¨ 8.250%

Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031 (CUSIP [     ])16, 8.875% Senior Secured

Second Lien Notes due 2034 (CUSIP [     ])17 and 9.125% Senior Secured Second

Lien Notes due 2036 (CUSIP [      ])18

(the “Notes”)

16

144A Notes: 69932A AN5

Reg S Notes: U7010Q AN2

144A Notes: US69932AAN54

Reg S Notes: USU7010QAN26

17

144A Notes: 69932A AP0

Reg S Notes: U7010Q AP7

144A Notes: US69932AAP03

Reg S Notes: USU7010QAP73

18

144A Notes: 69932A AQ8

Reg S Notes:

U7010Q AQ5

144A Notes: US69932AAQ85

Reg S Notes: USU7010QAQ56

D-1

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated

as of October 5, 2026, among Paramount Skydance Corporation (the “Issuer”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company

Americas, as trustee, as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental

Indenture”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Supplemental Indenture.

In connection with our proposed purchase of $____________

aggregate principal amount of:

(i)            ¨           a

beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

(ii)           ¨           a

Definitive Note,

we confirm that:

1.            We

understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth

in the Supplemental Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or

any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended

(the “Securities Act”).

D-2

2.            We

understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest

therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts

for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (a) to

the Issuer or any subsidiary thereof, (b) for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person

we reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act that purchases

for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to which notice is given that the transfer is being made in

reliance on Rule 144A, (c) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States in accordance

with Regulation S and in accordance with the laws applicable to it in the jurisdiction in which such purchase is made, (d) to an

institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) under the Securities

Act that is acquiring the Notes for its own account, or for the account of such an accredited investor, for investment purposes and not

with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, (e) pursuant to a

registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption

from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject to the Issuer’s and the Trustee’s, or Registrar’s,

as applicable, right prior to any such offer, sale or transfer pursuant to clause (c), (d) or (f) to require the delivery of

an Opinion of Counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to each of them, and in each of the foregoing cases, a certificate

of transfer in the form appearing on the other side of the Note completed and delivered by us to the Trustee or Registrar.

3.            We

understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Issuer

such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuer may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale

complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4.            We

are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D

under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the

merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk

of our or its investment.

5.            We

are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which

is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this

letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings

or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

D-3

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By

Name:

Title:

Dated:

D-4

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”)

dated as of [ ], among [GUARANTOR] (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of Paramount Skydance Corporation (or its successor),

a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a national banking association, as

trustee (the “Trustee”) and collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”) under the Indenture referred

to below.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee

an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”) dated as of October 5, 2026, providing

for the issuance of the Issuer’s Notes

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee,

the Collateral Agent, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good

and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant

and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of Holders as follows:

1.            Defined

Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein

as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “Holders”

as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,”

“hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer

to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2.            Agreement

to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Subsidiary Guarantors (if any), to unconditionally

guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10

of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations

and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture.

3.            Notices.

All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture.

4.            Ratification

of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects

ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental

Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall

be bound hereby.

E-1

5.            Governing

Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT

REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

6.            Trustee

Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7.            Counterparts.

Facsimile, documents executed, scanned and transmitted electronically and electronic signatures, including those created or transmitted

through a software platform or application, shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture and all other

related documents and all matters and agreements related thereto, with such facsimile, scanned and electronic signatures having the same

legal effect as original signatures. The parties agree that this Supplemental Indenture or any other related document or any instrument,

agreement or document necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Supplemental Indenture or the other related

documents or related hereto or thereto (including, without limitation, addendums, amendments, notices, instructions, communications with

respect to the delivery of securities or the wire transfer of funds or other communications) (“Executed Documentation”) may

be accepted, executed or agreed to through the use of an electronic signature in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations

in effect from time to time applicable to the effectiveness and enforceability of electronic signatures. Any Executed Documentation accepted,

executed or agreed to in conformity with such laws, rules and regulations will be binding on all parties hereto to the same extent

as if it were physically executed and each party hereby consents to the use of any third party electronic signature capture service providers

as may be reasonably chosen by a signatory hereto or thereto. When the Trustee acts on any Executed Documentation sent by electronic

transmission, the Trustee will not be responsible or liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from its

reliance upon and compliance with such Executed Documentation, notwithstanding that such Executed Documentation (a) may not be an

authorized or authentic communication of the party involved or in the form such party sent or intended to send (whether due to fraud,

distortion or otherwise) or (b) may conflict with, or be inconsistent with, a subsequent written instruction or communication; it

being understood and agreed that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that Executed Documentation that purports to have been sent by

an authorized officer of a Person has been sent by an authorized officer of such Person. The party providing Executed Documentation through

electronic transmission or otherwise with electronic signatures agrees to assume all risks arising out of such electronic methods, including,

without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

8.            Effect

of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

[Signature

Pages Follow]

E-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental

Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

[NEW GUARANTOR]

By:

Name:

Title:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

By:

Name:

Title:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Collateral Agent

By:

Name:

Title:

By:

Name:

Title:

E-3

EX-4.6 — EXHIBIT 4.6

EX-4.6

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex4-6.htm · Sequence: 7

Exhibit 4.6

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION,

as Issuer,

and

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO,

as Subsidiary Guarantors,

and

DEUTSCHE

BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee, Collateral Agent, and Euro Notes Registrar

and

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH,

as Euro Notes Authentication Agent, Euro Notes

Transfer Agent and Euro Notes Paying Agent

THIRD

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of October 5, 2026

7.000% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Article 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

2

Section 1.01

Definitions

2

Section 1.02

Other Definitions

35

Section 1.04

Rules of Construction

36

Article 2

THE NOTES

38

Section 2.01

Form and Dating

38

Section 2.02

Execution and Authentication

39

Section 2.03

Euro Notes Registrar, Euro Notes Transfer Agent and Euro Notes Paying Agent

40

Section 2.04

Euro Notes Paying Agent to Hold Money

40

Section 2.05

Holder Lists

41

Section 2.06

Transfer and Exchange

41

Section 2.07

Replacement Notes

53

Section 2.08

Outstanding Notes

53

Section 2.09

Treasury Notes

54

Section 2.10

Temporary Notes

54

Section 2.11

Cancellation

54

Section 2.12

Defaulted Interest

55

Section 2.13

CUSIP/ISIN/Common Code Numbers

55

Section 2.14

FATCA

55

Section 2.15

Payments in Euro

55

Article 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

56

Section 3.01

Notices to Trustee

56

Section 3.02

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

56

Section 3.03

Notice of Redemption

57

Section 3.04

Effect of Notice of Redemption

58

Section 3.05

Deposit of Redemption Price

58

Section 3.06

Notes Redeemed in Part

59

Section 3.07

Optional Redemption

59

Section 3.08

Mandatory Redemption

61

Section 3.09

Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

61

-i-

Section 3.10

Special Mandatory Redemption

63

Section 3.11

Redemption for Tax Reasons

63

Article 4

COVENANTS

64

Section 4.04

Maintenance of Office or Agency

64

Section 4.05

Legal Existence

64

Section 4.06

Limitation on Liens

65

Section 4.07

Asset Sales

65

Section 4.08

Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control Triggering Event

69

Section 4.09

Future Subsidiary Guarantors

72

Article 5

SUCCESSORS

72

Article 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

72

Section 6.01

Events of Default

72

Section 6.02

Priorities

74

Article 7

TRUSTEE

74

Article 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

75

Section 8.03

Covenant Defeasance

75

Article 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

76

Section 9.01

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

76

Section 9.02

With Consent of Holders of Notes

77

Article 10

GUARANTEE

79

Section 10.02

Limitation on Liability

79

-ii-

Section 10.08

Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Subsidiary Guarantors

81

Article 11

MISCELLANEOUS

81

Section 11.13

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

81

Section 11.18

Supplemental Indenture Controls

82

Article 12

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

82

Section 12.03

Satisfaction and Discharge of Supplemental Indenture

82

Section 12.04

Application of Trust Money

83

Article 13

COLLATERAL

83

Section 13.01

Security Documents

83

Section 13.02

Release of Collateral

84

Section 13.03

Collateral Agent

85

Section 13.04

Further Assurances; Insurance

86

Section 13.05

Release of Collateral and Guarantees upon Investment Grade Event

86

Article 14

PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS

87

Section 14.01

Payment of Additional Amounts

87

-iii-

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of October 5, 2026 (this

“Supplemental Indenture”) among Paramount Skydance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”),

the subsidiary guarantors party hereto (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New

York banking corporation, as trustee (together with its successors in such capacity, the “Trustee”), Euro Notes Registrar

and as collateral agent (together with its successors in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) and Deutsche Bank

AG, London Branch, as Euro Notes Authentication Agent, Euro Notes Transfer Agent and Euro Notes Paying Agent.

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee have previously executed and delivered

an Indenture, dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base Indenture”), providing for the issuance from time to time

of one or more series of senior debt securities of the Issuer;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture provides that the

Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture to the Base Indenture to, among other things,

establish the form or terms of any series of Notes (as defined in the Base Indenture) as permitted by Section 2.01 hereof and Section 9.01

of the Base Indenture;

WHEREAS, clause (13) of Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture provides

that the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture changing or eliminating any provision

of the Base Indenture; provided that any such change shall become effective only when there are no outstanding Notes (as defined

in the Base Indenture) of such series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture which is entitled to the benefit

of such provisions;

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors are entering into

this Supplemental Indenture to, among other things, establish the form and terms of the Issuer’s new series of 7.000% senior secured

second lien notes due 2031 (the “Initial 2031 Euro Notes” and together with any Additional Notes that have terms identical

to the Initial 2031 Euro Notes, the “Notes”), pursuant to the Base Indenture, as modified by this Supplemental Indenture;

WHEREAS, on the date hereof the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors

are entering into a Second Supplemental Indenture to the Base Indenture (the “Second Supplemental Indenture”) to,

among other things, establish the form and terms of (i) the Issuer’s new series of 8.250% senior secured second lien notes

due 2031 (the “2031 Notes”), (ⅱ) the Issuer’s new series of 8.875% senior secured second lien notes due

2034 (the “2034 Notes”), (ⅲ) the Issuer’s new series of 9.125% senior secured second lien notes due 2036

(the “2036 Notes”, and together with the 2031 Notes and the 2034 Notes, the “Second Supplemental Indenture

Notes”), pursuant to the Base Indenture, as modified by the Second Supplemental Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all conditions necessary to authorize the execution and delivery

of this Supplemental Indenture and to make it a valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors have been satisfied

or performed.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations

set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, the Subsidiary

Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders,

hereby enter into this Supplemental Indenture to, among other things, establish the terms of the Notes pursuant to Section 2.01

of the Base Indenture and there is hereby established the Issuer’s Notes as a separate series of Notes (as defined in the Base

Indenture) and such parties further agree that this Supplemental Indenture affects the Issuer’s Notes only and not any other series

of Notes (as defined in the Base Indenture).

-1-

Article 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01    Definitions.

The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise

expressly provided or unless the context of this Supplemental Indenture otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture

and of any indenture supplemental hereto that governs the Notes have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. All

other terms used in this Supplemental Indenture that are defined in the Base Indenture, either directly or by reference therein (except

as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context of this Supplemental Indenture otherwise requires), have the respective

meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture, as in force at the date of this Supplemental Indenture as originally executed.

“Acquisition” means the Issuer’s acquisition

of the Target and its subsidiaries pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.

“Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Agreement

and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 27, 2026 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified

from time to time) by and among the Issuer, the Target and Prince Sub Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

“Acquisition Bridge Facility” means a senior secured

364-day bridge loan credit facility to be incurred by the Issuer in connection with the Acquisition to the extent the New First Lien

Secured Debt and the Notes resulting in aggregate proceeds and/or replacement acquisition financing commitments of at least $49,000,000,000

have not been incurred or issued by the Issuer on or prior to the Acquisition Date.

“Acquisition Date” means the date on which the

Acquisition is consummated.

“Acquisition Date Metric” means, with respect to

any amount based upon TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets, an amount equal to the equivalent amount of such

metric on a Pro Forma Basis for the Transactions determined by the Issuer in good faith on the Acquisition Date; for example, a basket

equal to the greater of $5,000,000,000 and an Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be modified

on the Acquisition Date to be equal to the greater of $5,000,000,000 and 50% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA if TTM Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA on the Acquisition Date was $10,000,000,000.

-2-

“Acquisition Date Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio”

means the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the Transactions, as determined by the Issuer in

good faith, as of the Acquisition Date.

“Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio”

means the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the Transactions, as determined by the Issuer in good faith,

as of the Acquisition Date.

“Acquisition Debt” means any Indebtedness of the

Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that has been incurred or issued for the purpose of financing, in whole or in part, an acquisition

and any related transactions or series of related transactions (including for the purpose of refinancing or replacing all or a portion

of any related bridge facilities or any pre-existing Indebtedness of the Person(s) or assets to be acquired); provided that

either (a)(i) the release of the proceeds thereof to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries is contingent upon the consummation of such

acquisition and, pending such release, such proceeds are held pursuant to an escrow or similar arrangement and (ii) if the definitive

agreement (or, in the case of a tender offer or similar transaction, the definitive offer document) for such acquisition terminates or

is terminated prior to the consummation of such acquisition or if such acquisition is otherwise not consummated by the date specified

in the definitive documentation relating to such Indebtedness (as may be extended pursuant to the terms of such documentation), such

proceeds shall be promptly applied to satisfy and discharge all obligations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries in respect of such Indebtedness

or (b)(i) such Indebtedness contains a “special mandatory redemption” provision (or other similar provision) or otherwise

permits such Indebtedness to be redeemed or prepaid if such acquisition is not consummated by the date specified in the definitive documentation

relating to such Indebtedness (as may be extended pursuant to the terms of such documentation) and (ii) if the definitive agreement

(or, in the case of a tender offer or similar transaction, the definitive offer document) for such acquisition terminates or is terminated

prior to the consummation of such acquisition or such acquisition is otherwise not consummated by the date specified in the definitive

documentation relating to such Indebtedness (as may be extended pursuant to the terms of such documentation), such Indebtedness is so

redeemed or prepaid within 90 days of such termination or such specified date, as the case may be.

“Additional Notes” means Notes issued pursuant

to the terms of this Supplemental Indenture in addition to Initial Notes (other than any Notes issued in respect of Initial Notes pursuant

to Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 or 3.06 of this Supplemental Indenture or Section 9.05 of the Base Indenture).

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other

Person which directly or indirectly controls, is under common control with or is controlled by such Person. As used in this definition,

“control” (including, with correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”)

means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership

of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) no individual

shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Issuer solely by reason of his or her being an officer, director or employee of the Issuer

or any of its Subsidiaries and (b) none of Viacom International Inc. (or its successor), Paramount Global, Skydance Media, LLC,

a California limited liability company, the Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be Affiliates of each other, unless

expressly stated to the contrary.

-3-

“Applicable Law” shall mean, as to any Person,

all applicable Laws binding upon such Person or to which such a Person is subject.

“Applicable Percentage” means:

(1)            100%, if the Issuer’s First Lien Net Leverage Ratio at

the end of the most recently ended Test Period equals or exceeds the Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.50 to

1.00;

(2)            50%,

if such First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is less than the Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.50 to 1.00 but equals or

exceeds the Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 1.00 to 1.00; and

(3)            0%,

if such First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is less than the Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 1.00 to 1.00.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any

Note on any applicable redemption date, as calculated by the Issuer, the greater of:

(1)           1%

of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note; and

(2)           the

excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at October 15,

2028 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through

such date (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to (but not including) the redemption date), in the case of each of clauses (i) and

(ii) above, computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate plus 50 basis points; over (b) the then outstanding principal

amount of the Note.

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to

any transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream,

in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

“Base Indenture” has the meaning assigned to it

in the preamble to this Supplemental Indenture.

“Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, the

aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized

under Capitalized Leases) by the Issuer and the Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to

be included as capital expenditures on the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries.

“Cash Equivalents” means any of the following types

of investments, to the extent owned by the Issuer or any Subsidiary:

(a)           all

cash, including Dollars, Euros, Sterling, Canadian dollars, Yen, and each Foreign Currency (as defined in the Credit Agreement);

-4-

(b)           such

other currencies held by the Issuer or any Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(c)           (i) readily

marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of (A) the

United States, (B) the United Kingdom or (C) any member nation of the European Union, in each case, rated A-2 (or the equivalent

thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, having average maturities of not more than

24 months from the date of acquisition thereof and (ii) securities with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of

acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, or by any political subdivision

or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory having an Investment Grade Rating from either S&P or Moody’s

(or the equivalent thereof);

(d)           (i) time

deposits or demand deposits with, or certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any bank, credit union or other financial

institution (A) that is a lender (or Affiliate thereof) under the Credit Facilities or (B) that has combined capital and surplus

of at least (1) $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks, credit unions or other financial institutions and (2) $100,000,000

(or the Dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks, credit unions or other financial institutions,

or (C) that is otherwise in compliance with any and all applicable statutorily mandated capital requirements applicable to it (any

such bank, credit union or other financial institution meeting the requirements of clause (A), (B) or (C) above

being an “Approved Bank”), or (D) to the extent entitled to the benefit of deposit insurance, including deposit

insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and (ii) any securities entitlements in respect of any of the foregoing;

(e)           repurchase

agreements and repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c) and (d) above entered

into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above for an Approved Bank;

(f)            (i) commercial

paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by a lender (or Affiliate thereof) under the Credit Facilities or an Approved Bank, or

in each case, by a parent company thereof, or (ii) any variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by, a corporation rated

A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case (i) and

(ii), with average maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

(g)           marketable

short-term money market and similar highly liquid funds either (i) having assets in excess of (A) $250,000,000 in the case

of U.S. banks, U.S. credit unions or other U.S. financial institutions or (B) $100,000,000 (or the Dollar equivalent

as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks, non-U.S. credit unions or other non-U.S. financial institutions,

(ii) having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s

nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency) or (iii) with

a lender (or Affiliate thereof) under the Credit Facilities or Approved Bank;

(h)           investments

with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in mutual funds rated A (or the equivalent thereof) or better

by S&P or A2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;

-5-

(i)            instruments

equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above denominated in Euro or any other foreign currency comparable

in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction

outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary organized in

such jurisdiction;

(j)            investment

funds (including money market funds) investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through

(h) above or that are entitled to the benefit of (and to the extent covered by) deposit insurance provided by the Federal Deposit

Insurance Corporation or otherwise; and

(k)           solely

with respect to any Captive Insurance Subsidiary (as defined in the Credit Agreement), any investment that a Captive Insurance Subsidiary

is not prohibited to make in accordance with Applicable Law.

In the case of investments by any Foreign Subsidiary

that is a Subsidiary or investments made in a jurisdiction outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include

(i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (k) above in foreign obligors, which investments

or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating

agencies and (ii) other short-term investments in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments

analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (a) through (k) above and in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clause (a) or (b) above;

provided that such amounts, except amounts used to pay obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary denominated in any currency

other than Dollars or a Foreign Currency in the ordinary course of business, are converted into Dollars or a Foreign Currency as promptly

as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

“Bund Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption

date, the rate per annum equal to the equivalent yield to maturity as of such redemption notice date, of the Comparable German Bund Issue,

assuming a price for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable German

Bund Price for such relevant date where:

(1)           “Comparable

German Bund Issue” means the German Bundesanleihe security selected by any Reference German Bund Dealer as having a fixed maturity

most nearly equal to the period from such redemption notice date to October 15, 2028, and that would be used, at the time of selection

and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of Euro denominated corporate debt securities in a principal

amount approximately equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes, and of a maturity most nearly equal to the date set

forth above; provided, however, that, if the period from the date of such redemption notice to the date set forth above is less than

one year, a fixed maturity of one year shall be used;

(2)           “Comparable

German Bund Price” means, with respect to any relevant date, the average of all Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations for

such date (which, in any event, must include at least two such quotations), after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference German

Bund Dealer Quotations, or, if the Issuer obtains fewer than four such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, the average of all such

quotations;

-6-

(3)           “Reference

German Bund Dealer” means any dealer of German Bundesanleihe securities appointed by the Issuer in good faith; and

(4)           “Reference

German Bund Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference German Bund Dealer and any relevant date, the average

as determined by the Issuer of the bid and offered prices for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage

of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Issuer by such Reference German Bund Dealer at 3:30 p.m. Frankfurt, Germany time

on the third Business Day preceding the relevant date.

“Change of Control” means, after the Issue Date,

any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) or Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) constituting a “group” (as

such term is used in Section 13(d) and Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date, but excluding

any employee benefit plan of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary

or administrator of any such plan), becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange

Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Voting Capital Stock of the Issuer

and the percentage of aggregate ordinary voting power so held is greater than the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented

by the Equity Interests of the Issuer beneficially owned (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect

on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders; provided that for the purposes of this

definition only, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies

of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, proxy or otherwise, and the

terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided further that

in no event shall any transaction or any series of related transactions be deemed to constitute a “Change of Control” so

long as, upon the consummation of such transaction or such series of related transactions, the Permitted Holders either (i) are

or become the beneficial owners, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Capital Stock of the Issuer or (ii) have

the ability to nominate directors to the board of directors of the Issuer who collectively hold a majority of the voting power of the

entire board of directors of the Issuer.

Notwithstanding the preceding or any provision

of Rule 13d-3 or 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, (i) a Person or group shall not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Capital Stock

subject to an equity or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, option agreement, warrant agreement or similar agreement (or voting

or option or similar agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Voting Capital Stock in connection with

the transactions contemplated by such agreement, (ii) if any group (other than a Permitted Holder) includes one or more Permitted

Holders, the issued and outstanding Voting Capital Stock of the Issuer owned, directly or indirectly, by any Permitted Holders that are

part of such group shall not be treated as being beneficially owned by such group or any other member of such group for purposes of determining

whether a Change of Control has occurred unless a Person other than a Permitted Holder controls such Group, (iii) a Person or group

will not be deemed to beneficially own the Voting Capital Stock of another Person as a result of its ownership of Voting Capital Stock

or other securities of such other Person’s parent entity (or related contractual rights) unless it owns more than 50% of the total

voting power of the Voting Capital Stock entitled to vote for the election of directors of such parent entity having a majority of the

aggregate votes on the board of directors of such parent entity and (iv) the right to acquire Voting Capital Stock (as long as such

Person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Capital Stock subject to such right) or any veto power in connection

with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Capital Stock will not cause a party to be a beneficial owner.

-7-

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the

occurrence of both (i) a Change of Control that is accompanied or followed by a downgrade of the Notes within the Ratings Decline

Period for such Change of Control by two or more Rating Agencies and the Notes do not have an Investment Grade Rating from two or more

Rating Agencies and (ii) each such Rating Agency’s rating of the Notes on any day during such Ratings Decline Period for such

Change of Control is below the rating by such Rating Agency in effect immediately preceding the first public announcement of the Change

of Control (or the occurrence thereof if such Change of Control occurs prior to the first public announcement thereof) or has been withdrawn;

provided, however, that a downgrade or withdrawal of the rating of the Notes by the applicable Rating Agency will not be deemed

to have occurred in respect of a Change of Control (and thus will not be deemed a downgrade or withdrawal for purposes of this definition)

if such Rating Agency making the reduction in rating does not publicly announce or confirm or inform the Issuer or the Trustee in writing

at the request of the Issuer that the reduction or withdrawal was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised

of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control has occurred at

the time of such downgrade or withdrawal).

“Collateral” means all of the “Collateral”

(or equivalent term) as defined in any Security Document and all other property that is subject or purported to be subject to any Lien

in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to any Security Document, but in any event excluding all Excluded

Property, and with respect to Paramount Global, the aggregate value of assets and property of Paramount Global that constitute Collateral

and all of its assets and property that are subject or purported to be subject to any Lien securing any Permitted Secured Debt shall

be limited, automatically and without further action by any Person, such that such aggregate value does not exceed the Paramount Global

Property Cap, as such Paramount Global Property Cap may be amended pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of the proviso to the definition

thereof; provided that the Equity Interests and assets of any Subsidiary will constitute Collateral only to the extent that such

Equity Interests or assets can secure the Notes Obligations and any Permanent Financing not prohibited hereunder in the form of senior

secured notes without Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X (or any other law, rule or regulation) requiring separate financial statements

or other financial information of such Subsidiary to be filed with the SEC (or any other governmental agency). In the event that Rule 3-16

of Regulation S-X requires or is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation,

or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency)

of separate financial statements or other financial information of any such Subsidiary due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Equity

Interests or indebtedness secures the Notes Obligations and any Permanent Financing not prohibited hereunder in the form of senior secured

notes, then such Equity Interests or indebtedness shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Collateral. In such event, the

Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder, to the extent necessary to release the security interests

on the Equity Interests or indebtedness that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Collateral.

-8-

“Collateral Agent” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company

Americas until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means such successor.

“Communications Laws” means the Communications

Act of 1934, and the rules, regulations, published orders and published and promulgated policy statements of the FCC and interpretations

thereof by federal courts of competent jurisdiction.

“Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” means, with respect

to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries for any period, operating profit (loss), plus other income (loss), plus interest income, plus depreciation

and amortization (including amortization arising from purchase accounting adjustments under ASC 805, but excluding amortization related

to programming rights, prepublication costs, videocassettes and DVDs), excluding:

(a)           gains

(losses) on sales of assets (except (i) gains (losses) on sales of inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and (ii) gains

(losses) on sales of other assets if such gains (losses) are less than $15,000,000 individually and less than $75,000,000 in the aggregate

during such period, net of transaction costs);

(b)           other

non-cash items (including (i) provisions for losses and additions to valuation allowances, (ii) provisions for restructuring,

litigation, regulatory, compliance or investigation matters and environmental reserves and losses on the Disposition of businesses, (iii) pension

settlement charges, (iv) non-cash charges associated with grants of stock options, employee stock purchase plans and other equity-based

compensation awards to employees and directors, in each case expensed in accordance with ASC 718, (v) impairment charges and write-downs,

including content and goodwill impairments, (vi) fair value, mark-to-market and similar non-cash accounting adjustments (including

in respect of contingent consideration) and (vii) non-cash lease expense attributable to right-of-use assets under ASC 842), in

each case regardless of whether such items may recur or represent future cash expenditures;

(c)           expenses

incurred in connection with acquisitions, Dispositions or merger transactions (including integration costs, content rationalization costs,

financing fees, amendment and waiver fees and expenses relating to transactions that are not consummated), whether or not accounted for

under ASC 805;

(d)           cash

items associated with provisions for restructuring or other business optimization programs, regulatory, compliance or investigation matters,

litigation (including settlements, judgments and defense costs), environmental reserves and losses on the Disposition of businesses;

(e)           the

operating profit (or loss) of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting; provided

that the income of such Person shall be included to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid or declared

in cash (or converted to cash) to the Issuer or a Subsidiary;

-9-

(f)            the

amount of pro forma “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization,

restructurings, and synergies (including costs to achieve such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies) related to the

Transactions, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings,

operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization, restructurings, and synergies had been realized on the

first day of such period and during the entirety of such period; and

(g)           the

amount of pro forma “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization,

restructurings, and synergies (including costs to achieve such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies) related to business

combinations, acquisitions, mergers or investments of the Issuer (other than the Transactions) that are reasonably identifiable, factually

supportable and projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized within twenty-four (24) months after such transaction or initiative

is consummated or implemented, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though

such cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization, restructurings, and synergies had been

realized on the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period; provided that costs to achieve shall not be subject

to the cap set forth below and the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (g) (excluding costs to achieve) shall not

exceed twenty five percent (25%) of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period (calculated after giving effect to such adjustments).

All determinations of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

shall be made by the Issuer in good faith and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. No item shall be added back more than once in

the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

“Consolidated Indebtedness” means, as at any date

of determination, the aggregate principal amount of third party Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated

basis that would be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet as at such date prepared in accordance with GAAP consisting of Indebtedness

of the type set forth in, without duplication, clauses (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (vi) of the definition thereof, as well

as, without duplication, Indebtedness of the type set forth in clause (b) of the definition thereof (but, in the case of clause

(b), only to the extent such guarantee is reflected as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries

in accordance with GAAP) to the extent applicable to Indebtedness of the type set forth in clauses (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and

(vi) of the definition thereof; provided that Consolidated Indebtedness will not include Indebtedness in respect of (a) any

Defeased Debt, (b) any letter of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed obligations in respect of drawn letters of credit

(provided further, any unreimbursed amount under letters of credit will not be counted as Consolidated Indebtedness until three

Business Days after such amount is drawn), and (c) Indebtedness to the extent it has been cash collateralized or with respect to

which the Issuer or a Subsidiary is obligated only as a surety or guarantor; provided further that at any time after the definitive

agreement for any acquisition shall have been executed (or, in the case of an acquisition in the form of a tender offer or similar transaction,

after the offer shall have been launched) and prior to the consummation of such acquisition (or termination of the definitive documentation

in respect thereof), any Acquisition Debt (and the proceeds of such Acquisition Debt) shall be excluded from the definitions of Consolidated

Secured Net Leverage Ratio and First Lien Net Leverage Ratio.

-10-

“Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means,

as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a)(i) Consolidated Indebtedness that constitutes Senior Lien Debt and Pari

Passu Lien Debt of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on such date minus (ii) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash as of such

date to (b) TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means as of the

date of any determination, the assets of any Person on a consolidated basis, less goodwill and other intangible assets.

“Credit Agreement” means that certain credit agreement

dated as of April 7, 2026 among the Issuer, Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent, BofA Securities, Inc.,

Citibank, N.A., Apollo Global Funding, LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and

joint bookrunners, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, Apollo Global Funding, LLC, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, and Wells

Fargo Bank, N.A., as documentation agents, and the lenders party thereto, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, renewed or otherwise

modified from time to time, and as replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured,

repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement or indenture or commercial paper facilities

with banks or other institutional lenders or investors extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring

all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement

agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof

or adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers, issuers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or

group of lenders, investors or group of investors.

“Credit Facilities” means, collectively, the credit

facilities committed or borrowed under the Credit Agreement.

“Defeased Debt” means Indebtedness that has been

defeased, satisfied and discharged, with respect to which an irrevocable notice of redemption or repurchase has been delivered and with

respect to which any required deposit has been made in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case, in accordance with the applicable

indenture or other applicable contractual obligation.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered

in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1

hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in

the Global Note” attached thereto.

“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the Fair

Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries in connection with a Disposition that is designated

as “Designated Non-Cash Consideration” on the date received less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection

with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration

will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise

disposed of, in each case, in or for cash (and only to the extent of the cash so received).

-11-

“Disposition” or “Dispose” means

the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition by any Person of any of its property, other than sales, transfers, licenses,

leases or other dispositions (a) that constitute a Lien, (b) that constitute a sale of Equity Interests in, or an issuance

of Equity Interests by, the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer in connection with a bona fide joint venture or other similar commercial

arrangement with a third party or (c) that are non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that

is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Ellison” means, collectively, (a) The Lawrence

J. Ellison Revocable Trust, u/a/d 1/22/88, as amended, Pinnacle Media Ventures, LLC, Pinnacle Media Ventures II, LLC, Pinnacle Media

Ventures III, LLC, Hikouki, LLC, Aozora, LLC and Furaito, LLC; (b) Larry Ellison; (c) David Ellison; (d) Sayonara, LLC,

(e) Skydance Entertainment Group, LLC, (f) any Family Member of Larry Ellison or David Ellison, (g) any Affiliate of the

foregoing and (h) any Permitted Entity of a Person identified in clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), or (g).

“Equity Interests” means with respect to any Person,

all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership

or profit interests or units in, including any limited or general partnership interest and any limited liability company membership interest)

such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the

foregoing (including through convertible securities) but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness convertible into or

exchangeable for the foregoing.

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale

of common stock (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer (other than public offerings pursuant to Form S-8 or otherwise

relating to Equity Interests issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Issuer).

“European Government Obligations” means (A) any

security that is (1) a direct and unconditional obligation of the European Union, (2) backed by the European Union’s

budgetary and cash resources and by the European Commission’s right to call for additional resources from member states, (3) a

direct obligation of any member state of the European Union, for the payment of which the full-faith-and-credit of such country is pledged

or (4) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of any such country, the

payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full-faith-and-credit obligation by such country, which, in any case under the preceding

clauses (1) through (4), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof and (B) certificates, depositary

receipts or other instruments which evidence a direct ownership interest in obligations described in clause (A) above or in any

specific principal or interest payments due in respect thereof.

“Excluded Accounts” shall mean any deposit account,

(a)           solely

containing, (i) funds used or intended to be used for payroll and payroll taxes and other employee benefit payments to or for the

benefit of employees of the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary, (ii) funds used or intended to be used to pay taxes

required to be collected, remitted or withheld (including, federal and state withholding taxes and any employer’s share thereof),

and (iii) funds which the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary (A) holds on behalf of another person (other than

the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or such Subsidiary) or (B) holds as an escrow or fiduciary for another person (other than the

Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or such Subsidiary),

-12-

(b)           used

by the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary solely for disbursements and payments in the ordinary course of business or payroll,

(c)           that

is a zero balance account or otherwise swept into another account on a daily basis,

(d)           that

is subject to cash pooling arrangements, or

(e)           that

is located outside of the United States.

“Excluded Equity Interests”

means:

(a)           any

issued and outstanding Equity Interests in a Foreign Subsidiary or a FSHCO (other than, in the case of any direct Subsidiary of the Issuer

or Subsidiary Guarantor which direct subsidiary is (1) a CFC or (2) a FSHCO, 65% of the outstanding Equity Interests of such

Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO);

(b)           (1) any

Equity Interests of any person that is not a direct Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary Guarantor or (2) any

Equity Interests in any other person to the extent (A) with respect to Equity Interests described in clause (1), the Organization

Documents or other agreements with respect to such Equity Interests with other equity holders prohibits or restricts the pledge of such

equity interests, (B) the pledge of such Equity Interests is otherwise prohibited or restricted by (i) Applicable Law which

would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to be pledged or that would require consent

under any contractual obligation existing on the Acquisition Date or on the date any Subsidiary is acquired (so long as, in respect of

such contractual obligation, such prohibition is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition and except to the extent such prohibition

is overridden by anti-assignment provisions of UCC) or (ii) any agreement with a third party (other than the Issuer or any of its

Subsidiaries) existing on the Acquisition Date or on the date any Subsidiary is acquired (so long as, in respect of such contractual

obligation, such prohibition is overridden by anti-assignment provisions of UCC) or (C) would result in a change of control, repurchase

obligation or other adverse consequence, in each case of the foregoing sub-clauses (A), (B) and (C), except

to the extent that any such prohibition or restriction would be rendered ineffective under UCC;

(c)           any

Margin Stock;

(d)           any

Equity Interest, if the pledge thereof or the security interest therein could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax

consequences as reasonably determined by the Issuer;

(e)           Equity

Interests in any Immaterial Subsidiary or Excluded Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary that is a CFC or a FSHCO); and

-13-

(f)            any

Equity Interest with respect to which the Issuer has determined in good faith that the costs of pledging, perfecting or maintaining the

pledge in respect of such Equity Interest hereunder shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Holders therefrom.

“Excluded Property” means:

(a)           any

asset (including, to the extent applicable, any equipment or inventory owned by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is subject

to a Permitted Lien) together with any rights or interests therein, or any lease, license, franchise, purchase money arrangement, charter,

authorization, contract, or agreement to which the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party, together with any rights or interest

thereunder, in each case, if and to the extent security interests therein (ⅰ) are prohibited or restricted by or in violation of

any Applicable Law, (ⅱ) require any governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization or consent

of a third party that is not the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to any contract or agreement binding on such asset at the

time of its acquisition and not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition (without any requirement to obtain such consent, approval,

license or other authorization), (ⅲ) are prohibited or restricted by or in violation of a term, provision or condition of any lease,

license, franchise, charter, authorization, contract or agreement to which the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor is a party which is

binding on such asset at the time of its acquisition and not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition or create a right of termination

in favor of any other party thereto (other than the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor), or (ⅳ) would result in material adverse accounting

or regulatory consequences, except, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (ⅰ), (ⅱ), (ⅲ) and (ⅳ), to the

extent that such prohibition or restriction would be rendered ineffective under the applicable anti-assignment provisions of UCC; provided

that the Excluded Property referred to in this clause (a) shall not include any proceeds of any such asset, lease, license,

franchise, charter, authorization, contract, or agreement (except to the extent such proceeds otherwise constitute Excluded Property);

(b)           the

Excluded Equity Interests, any property or asset of any Excluded Subsidiary or any person that is not, and is not required to be, the

Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor;

(c)           any

“intent-to-use” trademark applications prior to the filing and acceptance of a “Statement of Use” pursuant to

Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham

Act with respect thereto, to the extent that, and during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would

impair the validity or enforceability of any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law;

(d)           (ⅰ)

any leasehold or sub leasehold interest (including any ground lease interest) in real property (with no requirements to deliver landlord

lien waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters), (ⅱ) any fee interest in owned real property, (ⅲ) any improvements

located on any real property, and (ⅳ) any fixtures affixed to any real property, except to the extent perfected by a UCC filing

in the jurisdiction of organization (collectively, “Excluded Real Property”);

(e)           (ⅰ)

as extracted collateral, (ⅱ) timber to be cut, (ⅲ) farm products, (ⅳ) manufactured homes, and (ⅴ) healthcare

insurance receivables, in each case, except to the extent perfected by a UCC filing in the jurisdiction of organization of

the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

-14-

(f)            any

particular asset, if the pledge thereof or the security interest therein could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax

consequences as reasonably determined in good faith by the Issuer;

(g)           obligations

the interest of which is wholly exempt from taxes imposed by Subtitle A of the Code;

(h)           any

asset with respect to which the Issuer has determined in good faith that the costs of obtaining, perfecting or maintaining a security

interest or pledge shall be excessive in view of the fair market value of such asset and/or the benefits to be obtained by the Holders

therefrom;

(i)            letter-of-credit

rights that are not supporting obligations;

(j)            commercial

tort claims with a value below the greater of $100,000,000 and Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA;

(k)            motor

vehicles, aircraft and other assets subject to certificates of title or ownership (including, without limitation, aircraft, airframes,

aircraft engines, or helicopters, or any equipment or other assets constituting a part thereof and rolling stock) in each case, to the

extent a security interest therein cannot be perfected by the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement in the jurisdiction of organization

(or other location of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 9-307 of the UCC) of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(l)            except

to the extent automatically perfected or perfected by filing of a UCC-1 financing statement in the jurisdiction of organization (or other

location of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 9-307 of the UCC) of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, cash,

cash equivalents (including securities entitlements and related assets) and any deposit account, commodity account, or securities account;

provided that the Excluded Property referred to in this clause (l) shall not include proceeds of Collateral;

(m)          Securitization

Assets securing a Securitization Financing, including assets that may be temporarily held by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (whether

or not on a commingled basis) for the benefit of, or in trust for, a special purpose entity, a Securitization Subsidiary, or a finance

party in respect of a Securitization Financing whether pursuant to a servicing arrangement or otherwise;

(n)           segregated

cash to secure letter of credit reimbursement obligations to the extent such letters of credit are not prohibited by the Indenture;

(o)           any

Excluded Accounts; and

(p)           any

FCC Authorizations, to the extent (but only to the extent) that at such time the Collateral Agent may not validly possess a security

interest directly therein pursuant to applicable Communications Laws, but the Collateral does include, to the maximum extent permitted

by law, the economic value of the FCC Authorizations, all rights incident or appurtenant to the FCC Authorizations, and the right to

receive all monies, consideration and proceeds derived from or in connection with the sale, assignment or transfer of the FCC Authorizations.

-15-

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Excluded Property

shall not include (i) any Proceeds (as defined in the UCC), substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Property (unless such

Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would otherwise constitute Excluded Property referred to above) or (ii) any assets that

secure the Acquisition Bridge Facility, any other Permanent Financing or the LC Facility Agreement or any refinancing thereof.

“Excluded Real Property” has the meaning assigned

to such term in the definition of “Excluded Property”.

“Excluded Subsidiary” means:

(a)           any

Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(b)           any

Foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer or of any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer;

(c)           any

FSHCO;

(d)           any

Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or a FSHCO;

(e)           any

Subsidiary that is prohibited or restricted by applicable Law from providing a guaranty or by a binding contractual obligation existing

on the Acquisition Date or at the time of the acquisition of such Subsidiary (and not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition)

from providing a guaranty or if such guaranty would require governmental (including regulatory) or third party (other than the Issuer

or a subsidiary) consent, approval, license, or authorization, unless such consent, approval, license, or authorization has been obtained;

(f)            any

special purpose securitization vehicle (or similar entity), including any Securitization Subsidiary created pursuant to a transaction

permitted under the Indenture;

(g)           any

Subsidiary that is a not-for-profit organization;

(h)           any

Captive Insurance Subsidiary;

(i)            any

other Subsidiary with respect to which, as reasonably determined by the Issuer in good faith, the cost or other consequences (including

any material adverse tax consequences) of providing a Note Guarantee shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the

Holders therefrom;

(j)            any

other Subsidiary to the extent the provision of a guarantee by such Subsidiary could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse

tax consequence as reasonably determined by the Issuer in good faith;

(k)           any

Immaterial Subsidiary; and

(l)            any

Subsidiary that is an “investment company” (or would be an “investment company” if it were a guarantor) under

the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, whether or not registered or exempt from registration;

-16-

provided that the Issuer, in its sole discretion,

may cause any Subsidiary that qualifies as an Excluded Subsidiary under clauses (a) through (l) above to

become a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the definition thereof and thereafter such Subsidiary shall not constitute an “Excluded

Subsidiary.”

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any

asset or property, the price that could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing

seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction (as determined

in good faith by the Issuer, whose determination will be conclusive for all purposes under this Supplemental Indenture).

“Family Member” means, with respect to any natural

person, the spouse, domestic partner or spousal equivalent, parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings, and lineal descendants

of siblings of such natural person. Lineal descendants shall include adopted persons, but only so long as they are adopted while a minor.

Family member shall further include any of such natural person’s family members as defined in Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

“FCC” means the United States Federal Communications

Commission or any successor agency thereto.

“FCC Authorizations” means licenses, permits and

other authorizations issued by the FCC.

“First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of the

last day of each fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on such

date that is secured by Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that are pari passu in priority with the Liens on Collateral

that secure any Senior Lien Debt minus (ii) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash as of such date to (b) TTM Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect

Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth

in Section 2.06(f)(ii) which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture.

“Grantors” means the Issuer and the Subsidiary

Guarantors.

“Guaranty Agreement” means a supplemental indenture,

in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, pursuant to which a Subsidiary Guarantor guarantees the Issuer’s obligations

with respect to the Notes on the terms provided for in this Supplemental Indenture.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of

the Issuer that for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements are available did not account for

more than 10% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries or more than 10% of consolidated revenue (determined

in accordance with GAAP) of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries.

“Indenture” means the Base Indenture, as supplemented

by this Supplemental Indenture and as further amended or supplemented from time to time with respect to the Notes.

-17-

“Initial Notes” means the Notes issued on the Issue

Date (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 or 3.06 of this Supplemental Indenture or Section 9.05

of the Base Indenture).

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution

that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that

is not also a QIB.

“Intellectual Property” means all of the following

intellectual property rights, both statutory and common law rights, if applicable: (a) copyrights, registrations and applications

for registration thereof, (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, slogans, domain names, logos, trade dress and registrations

and applications of registrations thereof, (c) patents, as well as any reissued and reexamined patents and extensions corresponding

to the patents and any patent applications, as well as any related continuation, continuation in part and divisional applications and

patents issuing therefrom and (d) trade secrets and confidential information, including ideas, designs, concepts, compilations of

information, methods, techniques, procedures, processes and other know-how, whether or not patentable.

“Intercreditor Agreements” means, collectively,

the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

“Investment Grade Event” means with respect to

the Notes (1) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating (or to the extent such Rating Agency will not provide a rating, an advisory

or prospective rating from any such Rating Agency that reflects an Investment Grade Rating) from any two Rating Agencies after giving

effect to the release of the Liens on Collateral securing the Notes and the release of the Note Guarantees with respect to the Notes;

(2) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Notes and (3) the Issuer has delivered an

Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such Investment Grade Event has occurred.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal

to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch or S&P, or if the applicable securities

are not then rated by Fitch, Moody’s or S&P, an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

“Issue Date” means October 5, 2026.

“Issuer” has the meaning assigned to it in the

preamble to this Supplemental Indenture.

“Joint Venture” shall mean (a) any Person

which would constitute an “equity method investee” of the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries and (b) any Person in whom

the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries beneficially owns any Equity Interest that is not a Subsidiary.

“Junior Lien Debt” means any note or loan that

is (or will be) secured by Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that are contractually (or otherwise) junior in priority to

the Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that secure the Notes Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, “Junior Lien Debt”

excludes the Credit Facilities, the New First Lien Secured Debt, the Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes and the Notes and includes Obligations

that are secured (or intended to be secured) by a Lien that is junior in priority to Liens securing the Notes.

-18-

“Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means a junior

lien intercreditor agreement in form agreed on or prior to the Acquisition Date, among the Collateral Agent, one or more Debt Representatives

for the Pari Passu Lien Claimholders and one or more Debt Representatives for the holders of Junior Lien Obligations, as amended, restated,

supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Junior Lien Obligations” means Obligations under

the Junior Lien Debt.

“LC Facility” means the senior secured facility

borrowed under the LC Facility Agreement.

“LC Facility Agreement” means that certain Standby

Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated May 17, 2023, by and among the Issuer, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as the letter

of credit agent, and the letter of credit issuing banks from time to time party thereto, as amended pursuant to Amendment No. 1

dated as of August 1, 2024, Amendment No. 2 dated as of May 12, 2025, Amendment No. 3 dated as of December 19,

2025, Amendment No. 4 dated as of July 8, 2026, as to be further amended pursuant to an amendment to be entered into prior

to the Acquisition Date, pursuant to which certain amendments to the terms of such facility substantially similar to the terms of the

Credit Agreement shall become operative upon closing of the Acquisition, and as may be further amended, restated, amended and restated,

supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Limited Condition Transaction” means any transaction

or action in connection with any acquisition (including by way of merger), investment (including the assumption or incurrence of Indebtedness),

Disposition, or repayment, repurchase, defeasance or refinancing of Indebtedness.

“majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding”

or words of similar effect herein shall be a reference to the majority in principal amount of the Notes and the Second Supplemental Indenture

Notes.

“Margin Stock” shall have the meaning set forth

in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any successor thereto.

“Minority Investment” means any Person other than

a Subsidiary in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary owns any Equity Interests.

“Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to:

(a)           the

Disposition of any asset by the Issuer or any Subsidiary, the excess, if any, of:

(i)            the

sum of Unrestricted Cash received in connection with such Disposition (including any Unrestricted Cash received by way of deferred payment

pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received), over

(ii)            the

sum of,

(A)           the

principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest, breakage costs and other amounts on any (1) Indebtedness that is secured

by the asset subject to such Disposition and required to be repaid in connection with such Disposition (other than Indebtedness under

the Senior Lien Debt, Pari Passu Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt), (2) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries that is, or will

be, repaid in connection with such Disposition and (3) Indebtedness that is secured by Permitted Priority Assets (as defined in

the Credit Agreement) that is, or will be, repaid in connection with such Disposition,

-19-

(B)            the

out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title

insurance premiums, and related search and re-cording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses

and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees) actually incurred by the Issuer or such Subsidiary in connection with such Disposition,

(C)            taxes

paid or reasonably estimated to be payable in connection therewith (including taxes imposed on the distribution or repatriation of any

such Net Cash Proceeds),

(D)            in

the case of any Disposition by a non-wholly owned Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof (calculated without

regard to this clause (D)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Issuer

or a wholly owned Subsidiary as a result thereof,

(E)            any

reserve for adjustment in respect of (1) the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (2) any

liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by the Issuer or any Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof,

including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification

obligations associated with such transaction, it being understood that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall include the amount of any

reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of any reserve described in this

clause (E); and

(F)            any

costs associated with unwinding any related Hedge Agreements in connection with such transaction; and

(b)           the

sale, incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the Issuer or any Subsidiary, the excess, if any, of:

(i)            the

sum of Unrestricted Cash received in connection with such incurrence or issuance over

(ii)           taxes

paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof, fees (including investment banking fees, attorneys’ fees, accountants’

fees, underwriting fees and discounts), commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses and other customary expenses, incurred by

the Issuer or such Subsidiary in connection with such sale, incurrence or issuance.

-20-

“New First Lien Secured Debt” means the new first

lien secured debt expected to be incurred by the Issuer in connection with the Transactions, including the New First Lien Secured Notes

and the Term B Loan Facility (each as defined in the Offering Memorandum).

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary

of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S.

Person.

“Note” or “Notes” has the meaning

assigned to it in the preamble and includes the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

“Notes Obligations” means Obligations in respect

of the Notes, any Note Guarantee and the Security Documents.

“Offering Memorandum” means that certain offering

memorandum relating to the Notes, dated September 30, 2026 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise

modified from time to time).

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from

legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer.

“Paramount Global Indentures” means, collectively,

(a)           the

indenture, dated as of May 15, 1995, among Paramount Global, a Delaware corporation (and (i) with regard to the 1995 Indenture

and the 2008 A&R Indenture, formerly known as CBS Corporation, formerly known as Viacom Inc., (ii) with regard to the 2006 Indenture,

as successor to Viacom Inc., (iii) with regard to the 2017 Indenture, formerly known as CBS Corporation, and (iv) with regard

to the 2020 Indenture, formerly known as ViacomCBS Inc., in each case, the “Paramount Issuer”), the guarantor party

thereto, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (successor trustee to Citibank, N.A., successor to State Street Bank and

Trust Company and successor to The First National Bank of Boston) (the “DB Trustee”) (as supplemented, amended or

otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “1995 Indenture”);

(b)           the

indenture, dated as of April 12, 2006 (as supplemented, amended or otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “2006 Indenture”),

between the Paramount Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee (the “BNY

Trustee”);

(c)           the

indenture, dated as of June 22, 2001, among the Paramount Issuer, the guarantor party thereto, and the BNY Trustee, as the original

trustee, as amended and restated by that certain amended and restated indenture, dated as of November 3, 2008, among the Paramount

Issuer, the guarantor party thereto, and the BNY Trustee (as supplemented, amended or otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “2008

A&R Indenture”);

(d)           the

indenture, dated as of November 16, 2017, among the Paramount Issuer, the guarantor party thereto, and the DB Trustee (as supplemented,

amended or otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “2017 Indenture”); and

-21-

(e)           the

indenture, dated as of March 27, 2020, between the Paramount Issuer and the DB Trustee (as supplemented, amended or otherwise modified

to the date hereof, the “2020 Indenture”),

in each case, as amended, restated, replaced,

supplemented, waived, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Paramount Global Property Cap” means, with respect

to any asset and property of Paramount Global that is subject or purported to be subject to any Lien securing any Permitted Secured Debt,

at any time for so long as any Paramount Global Indenture is in effect and includes limitations on liens substantially the same as set

forth therein in effect as of the Issue Date, 15% of the consolidated total assets of Paramount Global at the end of the most recent

accounting period preceding the creation or assumption of such Lien (as provided in each Paramount Global Indenture) of Paramount Global

(reduced by any Attributable Debt (as defined in each such Paramount Global Indenture) with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction

(as defined in each such Paramount Global Indenture) permitted under each Paramount Global Indenture); provided that, (i) if

any of the Paramount Global Indentures have been amended after the date hereof, the Paramount Global Property Cap shall be changed to

the largest amount such that the creation or assumption of liens on assets and property of Paramount Global in such amount would not

require the notes issued under any Paramount Global Indenture to be equally and ratably secured with the Notes Obligations pursuant to

the Paramount Global Indentures then in effect, and (ii) if all of the notes issued under the Paramount Global Indentures are equally

and ratably secured with the Notes Obligations on the assets and property of Paramount Global, the Paramount Global Property Cap shall

not be applicable.

“Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement”

means the equal priority intercreditor agreement to be entered into on the date of the issuance of the Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes

among the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the representative and collateral agent for the Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes, any additional

representative and collateral agent for any other series of Pari Passu Lien Obligations party thereto from time to time and the Grantors,

as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Pari Passu Lien Debt” means any notes, bonds,

debentures or loans secured by (or that will be secured by) Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that are pari passu

in priority with the Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that secure the Notes Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, “Pari

Passu Lien Debt” includes the Notes Obligations, the obligations under the Second Supplemental Indenture Notes and the Second Lien

Secured Exchange Notes, and excludes Obligations that are unsecured or secured (or intended to be secured) by a Lien that is senior in

priority or junior in priority to Liens securing Pari Passu Lien Debt.

“Pari Passu Lien Obligations” means Obligations

under the Pari Passu Lien Debt.

“Permanent Financing” means the issuance by the

Issuer of senior secured debt securities and/or senior unsecured debt securities through a public offering or in a private placement

or the borrowing by the Issuer of senior secured term loans and/or senior unsecured term loans, or a combination of the foregoing in

an amount necessary to finance the Acquisition in lieu of the Acquisition Bridge Facility or to refinance the Acquisition Bridge Facility.

-22-

“Permitted Entity” means, with respect to a Person:

(a) a Permitted Trust solely for the benefit of (i) such Person, (ii) one or more Family Members of such Person, and/or

(iii) any other Permitted Entity of such Person; (b) any Affiliate of, or general partnership, limited partnership, limited

liability company, corporation, or other entity that (i) directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control

with such Person, and/or (ii) is directly or indirectly exclusively owned by one or more Family Members of such Person; (c) a

revocable living trust, which revocable living trust is itself both a Permitted Trust and a Sponsor, (i) during the lifetime of

the natural person grantor of such trust, or (ii) following the death of the natural person grantor of such trust, solely to the

extent that such shares are held in such trust pending distribution to the beneficiaries designated in such trust; or (d) the personal

representative of the estate of such Person upon the death of such Person solely to the extent the executor is acting in the capacity

as a personal representative of such estate.

“Permitted Holder” or “Permitted Holders”

means any of the following:

(a)           any

Sponsor;

(b)           any

group (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date) of which the Persons described

in clause (a) above are members; provided that (i) without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other

group, the Persons described in clause (a) above, collectively, beneficially own at least 50% of the Issuer’s Voting Capital

Stock and (ii) to the extent that beneficial ownership of Voting Capital Stock of any member of such group is attributed to one

or more other members of such group, each such member of the group that is by attribution deemed to be the beneficial owner of such additional

Voting Capital Stock shall also be deemed to be a Permitted Holder; and

(c)           any

Public Company (or Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Public Company) to the extent and until such time as any Person or group (other than

a Permitted Holder under clause (a) or (b)) is deemed to be or become a beneficial owner of Voting Capital Stock of such Public

Company representing more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Capital Stock of such Public Company.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(1) (A) prior to the Collateral Release Date, Liens pursuant to

the Credit Facilities, the LC Facility or any Loan Document (as defined in the Credit Agreement)

in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the sum of (i) $21,400,000,000 plus (ii) the

greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an Acquisition Date Metric percentage of

TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA plus (iii) in the case of Liens securing Senior Lien

Debt, so long as the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of

the date of the incurrence of such Senior Lien Debt, would not exceed either (x) 0.50

to 1.00 greater than the Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio or (y) if such

Senior Lien Debt is incurred in connection with an investment or acquisition, the First Lien

Net Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction calculated

on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period or, at the Issuer’s

election, as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which

financial statements are internally available plus (iv) in the case of Liens securing

Pari Passu Lien Debt, so long as the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio, determined

on a Pro Forma Basis as of the date of the incurrence of such Pari Passu Lien Debt, would

not exceed either (x) 0.25 to 1.00 greater than the Acquisition Date Consolidated Secured

Net Leverage Ratio or (y) if such Pari Passu Lien Debt is incurred in connection with

an investment or acquisition, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio in effect immediately

prior to the consummation of such transaction calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most

recently ended Test Period or, at the Issuer’s election, as of the last day of the

most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements are internally

available plus (v) Liens securing Junior Lien Debt and (B) on and after the Collateral

Release Date, Liens pursuant to the Credit Facilities, the LC Facility or any Loan Document

to the extent all Notes Obligations are secured by such Liens; provided that in each

case, such Indebtedness shall be subject to a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, Pari Passu

Intercreditor Agreement or Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement to the extent secured by Liens

on the Collateral ranking senior, pari passu or junior with the Liens securing the Notes

Obligations;

-23-

(2) prior to the Collateral Release Date, (A) Liens existing on

the Acquisition Date and (B) any Lien securing the renewal, extension or refunding of

any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by clause (A) above that does not extend

to Indebtedness other than that which is being renewed, extended or refunded;

(3) (A) purchase money Liens or purchase money security interests

upon or in any Property acquired or held by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer to

secure the purchase price of such Property or to secure Indebtedness incurred solely for

the purpose of financing the acquisition of such Property and (B) any Lien securing

the renewal, extension or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by

clause (A) above that does not extend to Indebtedness other than that which is being

renewed, extended or refunded;

(4) (A) Liens existing on Property at the time of its acquisition

(other than any such Lien created in contemplation of such acquisition) and (B) any

Lien securing the renewal, extension or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien

permitted by clause (A) above that does not extend to Indebtedness other than that which

is being renewed, extended or refunded;

(5) (A) Liens on Property of Persons which become or became Subsidiaries

securing Indebtedness existing, with respect to any such Person, on the date such Person

becomes or became a Subsidiary (other than any such Lien created in contemplation of such

Person becoming a Subsidiary) and (B) any Lien securing the renewal, extension or refunding

of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by clause (A) above that does not

extend to Indebtedness other than that which is being renewed, extended or refunded;

(6) Liens on Securitization Assets secured or transferred pursuant to

any Permitted Securitization Financing;

(7) Prior to the Collateral Release Date, Liens on assets of Non-Guarantor

Subsidiaries;

-24-

(8) Statutory or common law Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen,

mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens, or other

customary Liens (other than in respect of Indebtedness) in favor of landlords, so long as,

in each case, such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business and secure amounts not

overdue for a period of more than ninety (90) days or, if more than ninety (90) days overdue,

are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or that are being contested

in good faith and by appropriate actions, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained

on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(9) Liens arising from judgments or orders for the payment of money;

(10) (A) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges that

are not overdue for a period of more than ninety (90) days or that are being contested in

good faith and by appropriate actions diligently conducted and for which appropriate reserves

have been established in accordance with GAAP or that are not expected to result in a material

adverse effect and (B) Liens for property taxes on property the Issuer or its Subsidiaries

has decided to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment or charge is to such

property;

(11) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning and building

code restrictions and plan agreements, development agreements and contract zoning agreements),

encroachments, survey exceptions, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone

and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, reservations

of rights, servitudes, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and title defects affecting

real property that, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary

conduct of the business of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the use of

the property for its intended purpose;

(12) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses (including Works) granted

to others in the ordinary course of business (including any other agreement under which the

Issuer or any Subsidiary has granted rights to end users to access and use the Issuer’s

or any Subsidiary’s products, technologies, facilities or services) which do not interfere

in any material respect with the business of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries, taken as a

whole;

(13) (A) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business

in connection with workers’ compensation, health, disability or employee benefits,

unemployment insurance and other social security laws or similar legislation or regulation

or other insurance-related obligations (including in respect of deductibles, self-insured

retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) and (B) pledges, deposits and

Liens on cash in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or

indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or

bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability

insurance to the Issuer or any Subsidiaries;

-25-

(14) Liens and subrogation rights arising from the performance of bids,

trade contracts, governmental contracts and operating leases, statutory obligations, surety,

stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature

(including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the

ordinary course of business;

(15) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform

Commercial Code financing statements or similar public filings;

(16) Liens (A) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208

or 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on the items in the course of collection, (B) attaching

to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary

course of business and not for speculative purposes and (C) in favor of a banking or

other financial institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits or other funds

maintained with a financial institution (including the right of setoff) and that are within

the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(17) Liens (A) in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising

as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation

of goods in the ordinary course of business and (B) on specific items of inventory or

other goods and proceeds thereof of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in

respect of bankers’ acceptances or documentary letters of credit issued or created

for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory

or such other goods in the ordinary course of business;

(18) prior to the Collateral Release Date, (A) Liens securing Senior

Lien Debt, so long as the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis

as of the date of the incurrence of such Senior Lien Debt, would not exceed either (x) 0.50

to 1.00 greater than the Acquisition Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio or (y) if such

Senior Lien Debt is incurred in connection with an investment or acquisition, the First Lien

Net Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction calculated

on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period or, at the Issuer’s

election, as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which

financial statements are internally available, (B) Liens securing Pari Passu Lien Debt,

so long as the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as

of the date of the incurrence of such Pari Passu Lien Debt, would not exceed either (x) 0.25

to 1.00 greater than the Acquisition Date Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio or (y) if

such Pari Passu Lien Debt is incurred in connection with an investment or acquisition, the

Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior to the consummation of

such transaction calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period

or, at the Issuer’s election, as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal

quarter period for which financial statements are internally available, (C) Liens securing

Junior Lien Debt and (D) any Lien securing a refinancing of the Senior Lien Debt, Pari

Passu Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt secured pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) above

that does not extend to Indebtedness other than that which is being renewed, extended or

refunded; provided that in each case, any such Indebtedness in excess of $250,000,000 shall

be subject to a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement to the extent secured by Liens on the Collateral ranking

senior, pari passu or junior with the Liens securing the Notes Obligations;

-26-

(19) prior to the Collateral Release Date, (A) Liens securing Indebtedness

incurred pursuant to the Acquisition Bridge Facility, the New First Lien Secured Debt and

the Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes and (B) any Lien securing a refinancing of the

Acquisition Bridge Facility, the New First Lien Secured Debt and the Second Lien Secured

Exchange Notes secured pursuant to clause (A) above that does not extend to Indebtedness

other than that which is being renewed, extended or refunded; provided that in each case,

any such Indebtedness in excess of $250,000,000 shall be subject to a Second Lien Intercreditor

Agreement, Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement to the

extent secured by Liens on the Collateral ranking senior, pari passu or junior with the Liens

securing the Notes Obligations;

(20) Liens on assets of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness

of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, including Liens on the Equity Interests of such Non-Guarantor

Subsidiaries (except those Equity Interests held by Guarantors);

(21) Liens incurred in connection with the cash collateralization of

letters of credit or agreements related to hedging designed to hedge against the Issuer’s

or any Subsidiary’s exposure to interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities

pricing risks incurred not for speculative purposes;

(22) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition,

construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations

and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets;

provided that (x) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 90 days after such

acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (y) the principal

amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving

such fixed or capital assets;

(23) Liens (A) on cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer

or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement

relating to an investment not prohibited under the Indenture or (B) incurred in connection

with escrow arrangements or other agreements relating to any acquisition or investment not

prohibited under this Supplemental Indenture;

(24) on and following the Collateral Release Date, Liens securing Indebtedness

incurred by any Subsidiary of the Issuer in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed,

on a Pro Forma Basis, the greater of (A) an amount equal to 5% of Consolidated Tangible

Assets and (B) a dollar amount calculated based upon the Acquisition Date Metric equal

to 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(25) Liens created in favor of a producer or supplier of television programming

or films over distribution revenues and/or distribution rights which are allocable to such

producer or supplier under related distribution agreements;

-27-

(26) Liens consisting of or related to the sale, transfer, distribution,

or financing of Works or Intellectual Property or other rights with respect thereto or with

groups who may receive tax benefits or other third-party investors in connection with the

financing and/or distribution of Works in the ordinary course of business and the granting

to Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries of rights to distribute such Works; provided, however,

that no such Lien shall attach to any asset or right of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries

(other than (1) the Works which were sold, transferred to or financed by groups who

may receive tax benefits or third-party investors in question or the proceeds arising therefrom

and (2) the stock or equity interests of a Subsidiary substantially all of the assets

of which consist of such Works and related proceeds);

(27) Liens on satellite transponders and all property rights therein

and the products, revenues and proceeds therefrom which secure obligations incurred in connection

with the acquisition, utilization or operation of such satellite transponders or the refinancing

of any such obligations; and

(28) Liens over any bank account used in the ordinary course of business

and granted by any Subsidiary organized, incorporated or formed under the laws of the Netherlands

as part of a bank’s standard terms and conditions, including the terms and conditions

of the Dutch Banks’ Association (Nederlandse vereniging voor banken) or similar

terms and conditions.

“Permitted Secured Debt” means, collectively, Junior

Lien Debt, Pari Passu Lien Debt and Senior Lien Debt.

“Permitted Securitization Financing” shall mean

any Securitization Financing that meets the following conditions:

(a)           such

Permitted Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate

economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and any applicable Securitization Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuer in good faith;

(b)           all

sales, transfers and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related assets are made at Fair Market Value; and

(c)           the

financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof, including any Standard Securitization Undertakings, shall

be market terms, as determined by the Issuer in good faith.

“Permitted Trust” means a bona fide trust where

a trustee is a Sponsor or a professional in the business of providing trustee services, including private professional fiduciaries, trust

companies, and bank trust departments.

“Principal Property” means any property (other

than telecommunications equipment, including, without limitation, satellite transponders) owned by the Issuer or any Subsidiary and located

in the United States, the aggregate book value of which on the date of determination exceeds 2% of the consolidated total assets of the

Issuer, other than any such property, which, as determined in good faith by management, is not of material importance to the total business

conducted by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

-28-

“Pro Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma Effect”

means with respect to the calculation of any test, financial ratio, basket or covenant under the Indenture, including, but not limited

to, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio and the calculation of Consolidated Tangible Assets,

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, of any Person and its Subsidiaries, as of any date, that pro forma

effect will be given to the Transactions, any acquisition, merger, consolidation, investment, any issuance, incurrence, assumption or

repayment (mandatory or voluntary) or redemption of Indebtedness (including Indebtedness issued, incurred or assumed or repaid or redeemed

as a result of, or to finance, any relevant transaction and for which any such test, financial ratio, basket or covenant is being calculated)

(but excluding the identifiable proceeds of any Indebtedness being incurred substantially simultaneously therewith or as part of the

same transaction or series of related transactions for purposes of netting cash to calculate the applicable ratio), any issuance or redemption

of preferred stock or disqualified stock, all sales, transfers and other dispositions or discontinuance of any Subsidiary, line of business,

division, segment or operating unit, in each case that have occurred during the Test Period of such Person being used to calculate such

test, financial ratio, basket or covenant, or subsequent to the end of the Test Period but prior to such date of calculation or prior

to or in connection with the event for which a determination under this definition is made, as if each such event occurred on the first

day of the Test Period.

For purposes of making any computation referred

to above:

(a)           if

any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated

as if the rate in effect on the date for which a determination under this definition is made had been the applicable rate for the entire

period (taking into account any agreements relating to hedging or cash management applicable to such Indebtedness if such agreements

have a remaining term of the lesser of (i) 12 months or more and (ii) the remaining time to the scheduled maturity date of

such underlying Indebtedness);

(b)           interest

on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting

officer, in his or her capacity as such and not in his or her personal capacity, of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in

such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP;

(c)           interest

on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency

interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon

such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate;

(d)           interest

on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance

of such Indebtedness during the applicable period; and

(e)           to

the extent not already covered above, any such calculation may include adjustments calculated in accordance with Regulation S-X under

the Securities Act.

-29-

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set

forth in Section 2.06(f)(i)(A) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture except where otherwise permitted

by the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture.

“Proceeds” means all “proceeds” as

such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the UCC and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all dividends, distributions

or other income from Investment Property, collections thereon or distributions or payments with respect thereto.

“Property” means any right or interest in or to

property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Voting

Capital Stock.

“Public Company” means any Person with a class

or series of Voting Capital Stock that is traded on a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer”

as defined in Rule 144A.

“Rating Agencies” means Fitch, Moody’s and

S&P, or if any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized

statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Fitch, Moody’s

or S&P, as the case may be.

“Ratings Decline Period” means, with respect to

any Change of Control, the period that (1) begins on the earlier of (a) the date of the first public announcement of such Change

of Control or of the Issuer’s intention to effect such Change of Control or (b) the occurrence of such Change of Control and

(2) ends on the 60th calendar day following consummation of such Change of Control.

“RedBird” means, collectively, (a) RB Tentpole

LP (so long as RB Tentpole LP is managed or controlled by Affiliates of RedBird Capital Partners Management LLC), (b) RedBird Capital

Partners Fund IV (Master), L.P., (c) any Affiliates of RedBird Capital Partners Management LLC (including any investment vehicle

managed and controlled by RedBird Capital Partners Management LLC) and (d) any Permitted Entity of a Person identified in clause

(a), (b) or (c).

“Register” means a register in which, subject to

such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of the Notes and of transfers and exchanges

of such Notes which the Issuer shall cause to be kept at the appropriate office of the Euro Notes Registrar in accordance with Section 2.03.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under

the Securities Act.

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note

substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend deposited

with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Common Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in an initial denomination

equal to the outstanding principal amount of any Additional Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive

Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing

the Private Placement Legend.

-30-

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated

under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated

under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A Global Note” means a Global Note

substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited

with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Common Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in an initial denomination

equal to the outstanding principal amount of any Additional Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated

under the Securities Act.

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated

under the Securities Act.

“Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means the

junior lien intercreditor agreement to be entered into on the Acquisition Date among the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the representative

and collateral agent for each other series of Pari Passu Lien Obligations then outstanding, the administrative agent and collateral agent

under the Credit Facilities, the representative and collateral agent under the LC Facility, the representative and collateral agent under

the New First Lien Secured Debt and the Grantors, as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes” means the

separate series of second lien secured notes expected to be issued by the Issuer on or shortly following the Acquisition Date pursuant

to a series of exchange offers as described in the Offering Memorandum.

“Securitization Assets” means any Securitization

Receivable Assets and any Securitization Operating Assets.

“Securitization Financing” shall mean any transaction

or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its

Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer

or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary or a transfer by the

Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor in the context of a receivables financing), or may grant a security interest or Lien in, any Securitization

Assets of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including all collateral securing such Securitization

Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization

Assets and other assets that are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection

with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets as determined by the Issuer in good faith.

“Securitization Operating Assets” means intellectual

property assets, contract rights, physical assets (including vehicles or real estate and other assets identified by the Issuer) and the

proceeds thereof and any Securitization Receivable Assets that may be related thereto which the Issuer has determined in good faith are

of the type customarily transferred or that are required to be transferred, or in respect of which security interests are customarily

granted or are required to be granted, in connection with securitizations of operating assets or revenue streams relating thereto.

-31-

“Securitization Receivable Assets” means, any accounts

receivable, royalty or other revenue streams, other rights to payment (including with respect to rights of payment pursuant to the terms

of any joint venture), all collateral securing such accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams or rights to payment, all contracts

and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams

or rights to payment, all proceeds of such accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams or rights to payment and other assets

(including contract rights) which the Issuer has determined are of the type customarily transferred (or that are required to be transferred)

or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted or are required to be granted in connection with securitizations of

accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams or rights to payment and which are sold, transferred or otherwise conveyed by the

Issuer or a Subsidiary to a Securitization Subsidiary or to a financing institution.

“Securitization Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary

of the Issuer formed for the purposes of engaging in a securitization financing.

“Security Documents” means the security agreements,

pledge agreements and other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture or any of the foregoing,

as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and pursuant to which Collateral is pledged, assigned

or granted to or on behalf of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders.

“Senior Lien Debt” means any notes, bonds, debentures

or loans secured by (or that will be secured by) Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that are senior in priority to the Liens

on all or any portion of the Collateral that secure the Notes Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, “Senior Lien Debt”

includes the Credit Facilities and the New First Lien Secured Debt.

“Senior Lien Obligations” means Obligations under

the Senior Lien Debt.

“Sponsors” means, collectively, (a) Ellison,

(b) RedBird and (c) any direct and indirect investors of the Persons identified in clauses (a) or (b) through any

permitted equity syndication process consummated prior to the Acquisition Date.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” shall mean

representations, warranties, covenants (including repurchase obligations) and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary

that the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has determined in good faith are customary for “non-recourse” accounts

receivables financings or factoring or securitization financings.

“Supplemental Indenture” has the meaning assigned

to it in the preamble to this Supplemental Indenture.

“Target” means Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation.

-32-

“Test Period” means, at any time, the most recent

period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Issuer ended on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period) in respect of

which financial statements have been filed with the SEC.

“Transactions” means, collectively, (a) the

Acquisition, the other related transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement and the financing thereof, including any equity

investment or related equity financing and any refinancing of the Target’s existing Indebtedness and (b) the payment of fees,

commissions and expenses in connection with the foregoing.

“TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” means, as of

any date of determination, the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal

quarter period for which financial statements are available.

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in

Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any

similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

“Unrestricted Cash” means unrestricted cash and

Cash Equivalents held or owned by, credited to the account of, or otherwise reflected as an asset on the balance sheet of, the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries.

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more

Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global

Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule

of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the

name of the Common Depositary, representing the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary

of which all shares of Voting Capital Stock (other than, in the case of a corporation, directors’ qualifying shares) are owned

directly or indirectly by the Parent (as defined in the definition of “Subsidiary”).

“Works” means motion pictures, video, television,

interactive or multi-media programming, audio-visual works, sound recordings, books and other literary or written material, any software,

copyright or other intellectual property related thereto, acquired directly or indirectly by purchase, business combination, production,

creation or otherwise, any component of the foregoing or rights therein or with respect thereto, of every kind and character, and all

improvements thereon, products and proceeds thereof and revenues derived therefrom.

With respect to the Notes only, the definitions of “Agent”,

“Global Note”, “Guarantee”, “Indebtedness” and “Trustee” in the Base Indenture are hereby

replaced with the following:

“Agent” means any Euro Notes Registrar, Euro Notes

Transfer Agent or Euro Notes Paying Agent.

-33-

“Global Note” means a permanent Global Note substantially

in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests

in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Common Depositary,

representing the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes.

“Guarantee” of or by any Person means any obligation,

contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or entered into with the purpose of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person

(the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct

or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase

(or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness, (b) to purchase Property,

securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment of such Indebtedness or (c) to

maintain working capital, equity capital or other financial condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary

obligor to pay such Indebtedness; provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for

collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business.

“Indebtedness” of any Person means at any date,

without duplication, (a) (i) any indebtedness of such Person in respect of borrowed money; (ii) any indebtedness evidenced

by bonds, notes, debentures, loan agreements or similar instruments; (iii) obligations of such Person as issuer, customer or account

party under letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances to the extent drawn; (iv) obligations of such Person as a lessee under

Capital Lease Obligations; (v) the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property to the extent the same would

be required to be shown as a long-term liability on the balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; and (vi) any

obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests (as defined in the Credit Agreement); and (b) (i) to

the extent not otherwise included, any Guarantee by such Person of the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a) of another

Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable

instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business and (ii) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of

the type referred to in clause (a) of another Person secured by a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any property owned by such

Person, whether or not such obligations are assumed by such Person and whether or not such obligations would appear upon the balance

sheet of such Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness for purposes of this clause (ii) will be the lesser of the fair

market value of such property at such date of determination and the amount of Indebtedness so secured; provided that, notwithstanding

the foregoing, Indebtedness will be deemed not to include indebtedness, guarantees or obligations that are (1) contingent obligations

incurred in the ordinary course of business unless and until such obligations are non-contingent, (2) trade payables and commercial

guarantees or arrangements related or incidental to the business of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries, (3) earn outs, purchase price

holdbacks or similar obligations, (4) intercompany liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, (5) Permitted Liens,

(6) loans and advances made by the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantors having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll over

or extension of terms), (7) Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent entity appearing on the balance sheet of such Person solely

by reason of push down accounting under GAAP, (8) with respect to the production, distribution and acquisition of motion pictures

or other programming rights, talent or publishing rights, (9) the net change in the carrying value of Indebtedness relating to fair

value hedges in accordance with ASC 815 or (10) financings by way of sales or transfers of receivables or inventory, which will

be accounted for as indebtedness in accordance with ASC 860 and ASC 810.

-34-

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a

day on which (i) banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or the City of London or (ii) the

Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer system (the TARGET2 system), or any successor thereto, does not

operate.

“Trustee” has the meaning assigned to it in the

preamble to this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 1.02          Other Definitions.

Term

Defined

in Section

“Alternate

Offer”

4.08

“Applicable

Proceeds”

4.07

“Asset Sale

Offer”

3.09

“Authentication

Order”

2.02

“Change of

Control Offer”

4.08

“Change of

Control Payment”

4.08

“Change of

Control Payment Date”

4.08

“Collateral

Release Date”

13.05

“Common Depositary”

2.03

“Covenant

Defeasance”

8.03

“Euro Notes

Paying Agent”

2.03

“Euro Notes

Registrar”

2.03

“Excess Proceeds”

4.07

“Event of

Default”

6.01

“General

Asset Sale Basket”

4.07

“LCT Election”

1.04

“LCT Test

Date”

1.04

“Offer Amount”

3.09

“Offer Period”

3.09

“Payoff Transaction”

3.07

“Proceeds

Application Period”

4.07

“Purchase

Date”

3.09

“redemption

notice date”

3.10

“series”

2.01

“Special

Mandatory Redemption”

3.10

“special

mandatory redemption date”

3.10

“special

mandatory redemption event”

3.10

“special

mandatory redemption price”

3.10

“Subsequent

Transaction”

1.04

“United States”

14.01

“United States

person”

14.01

-35-

Section 1.04          Rules of

Construction.

With respect to the Notes only, the following provisions shall be

included in Section 1.04 of the Base Indenture:

(x)            notwithstanding

anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction,

for purposes of:

(A)   determining

compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, the Notes and the Security Documents that requires the

calculation of any financial ratio or test, including the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio;

(B)   testing

availability under baskets set forth in this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, the Notes and the Security Documents (including

baskets determined by reference to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets, as

applicable); or

(C)   determining

other compliance with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, the Notes and the Security Documents (including the determination

that no Default or Event of Default (or any type of Default or Event of Default) has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom);

in each case, at the option of the

Issuer (the Issuer’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”),

the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder shall be in the case of any Limited Condition Transaction,

the date of (or, in the case of any calculation or any financial ratio or test, with respect to, or as of the last day of, the most recently

ended Test Period) either (x) the execution of the definitive agreement with respect to such Limited Condition Transaction or, if

applicable, the date with respect to which the Issuer or a Subsidiary otherwise becomes obligated to consummate such Limited Condition

Transaction (including as the result of providing irrevocable notice thereof), (y) the public announcement of an intention to make

an offer in respect of the target of such Limited Condition Transaction or (z) the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction

(the “LCT Test Date”), and if, for the Limited Condition Transaction (and the other transactions to be entered into

in connection therewith), the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries would have been permitted to take such action on the relevant LCT Test

Date (on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such action) in compliance with such ratio, test or basket, such ratio, test or basket

shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios,

tests or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would have failed to have been complied with as

a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, test or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, TTM Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior

to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, tests or ratios will not be deemed to have failed to have been

complied with as a result of such fluctuations; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if financial statements

for one or more subsequent Test Periods shall have become available, the Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to re-determine all

such financial ratios or tests, with respect to, or as of the last day of, the most recently ended Test Period on the basis of such financial

statements, in which case such date of redetermination shall thereafter be deemed to be the LCT Test Date for purposes of such baskets,

ratios and financial metrics. If the Issuer has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any

calculation of any ratio, test or basket availability with respect to the incurrence of Liens, Dispositions, mergers or the conveyance,

lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer (each, a “Subsequent Transaction”)

following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated

or the date that the definitive agreement, public announcement or irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated,

revoked or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining whether such Subsequent Transaction

is permitted under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes and the Security Documents, any such ratio, test or basket

shall be required to be satisfied on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection

therewith have been consummated;

-36-

(xi)           notwithstanding

anything to the contrary in this Indenture, so long as an action was taken (or not taken) in reliance upon a basket, ratio or financial

metric that was calculated or determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of a Person based upon financial

information available to such officer at such time and such action (or inaction) was permitted under this Indenture at the time of such

calculation or determination, any subsequent restatement, modification or adjustments made to such financial information (including any

restatement of or modification or adjustment to the financial statements of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or for any other reason) shall

not result in any Default or Event of Default;

(xii)          in

addition, the “integrated transaction doctrine” or any similar legal doctrine or theory is expressly waived by each Holder

by acceptance of any Note. Without limiting the foregoing, each Holder agrees by acceptance of any Note that (a) any series of related

transactions shall be permitted by this Indenture if each individual transaction would be permitted, and (b) any series of related

transactions that are consummated substantially concurrently may be deemed to be consummated in any order determined by the Issuer that

complies with this Indenture with permissibility of each transaction evaluated in light of such order;

(xiii)         the

phrase “commercially reasonable efforts” shall not require the payment of a fee or other amount to any third party, the incurrence

of any expense or liability by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (or any Affiliate thereof) outside its ordinary course of its business

or the taking of any action that the Issuer determines in good faith could adversely affect relationships with third parties; and

(xiv)        with

respect to the Notes only, Sections 1.03, 9.03 and 11.01 of the Base Indenture are hereby deleted.

-37-

Article 2

THE NOTES

With respect to the Notes only, Article 2 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 2.01 Form and

Dating. General. The Notes and the Euro Notes Authentication Agent’s certificate

of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1. The Notes are each a separate “series”

of Notes for the purposes of the Base Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements

required by law, stock exchange rule or usage or this Supplemental Indenture. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute,

and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Supplemental Indenture and the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery

of this Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision

of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall

govern and be controlling.

(b)            Global

Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, including the Global Note Legend

thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. Notes issued in definitive form

shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule

of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. Each Global Note shall represent such outstanding Notes as shall

be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to

time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced

or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase

or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the custodian,

at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06.

(c)            Form of

Initial Notes, Etc. All Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date are to be initially represented by one or more Global Notes.

(d)            Euroclear

and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms

and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream” and “Customer

Handbook” of Clearstream (or, in each case, equivalent documents setting forth the procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream) shall

be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

-38-

Section 2.02          Execution and

Authentication.

An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or electronic

(including Docusign) signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office

at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic

signature of the Euro Notes Authentication Agent. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under

this Supplemental Indenture.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery

of this Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Euro Notes Authentication Agent for authentication;

and the Euro Notes Authentication Agent shall authenticate and deliver (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal

amount of €885,000,000, and (ii) Additional Notes from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amount specified

by the Issuer, in each case specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above, upon a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer

of the Issuer (an “Authentication Order”). Such Authentication Order shall specify the amount and series of Notes

to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether such Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional

Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes and such other information as the Issuer may include or the

Euro Notes Authentication Agent may reasonably request. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered

under this Supplemental Indenture is unlimited.

The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be considered collectively

as a single class for all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture (unless specifically provided herein or the context otherwise requires);

provided that any Additional Notes will not be issued with the same CUSIP, ISIN, Common Code or other identifying number

as the Initial Notes unless such Additional Notes are fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Holders of

the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes will vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or

consent as one class, and none of the Holders of the Initial Notes or the Additional Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as

a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent.

On the Issue Date, the Issuer will issue Initial Notes in the form

of one or more Rule 144A Global Notes and/or one or more Regulation S Global Notes, as provided in Section 2.01(c). Any Notes

offered and sold in reliance on the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Section 4(a)(2) thereunder

or Rule 144A shall be issued as one or more Rule 144A Global Notes. Any Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in

reliance on Regulation S shall be issued as one or more Regulation S Global Notes.

-39-

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the

Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Supplemental

Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent

to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

Section 2.03          Euro Notes Registrar,

Euro Notes Transfer Agent and Euro Notes Paying Agent.

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency in London, England or

New York, New York, where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Euro Notes Registrar”),

an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Euro Notes Paying Agent”) and an office or agency to

act as transfer agent in respect of the Notes (“Euro Notes Transfer Agent”). Until otherwise designated by the Issuer,

the Issuer’s office or agency in New York shall be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. The Euro Notes Registrar

shall keep the Register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or

more additional paying agents. The term “Euro Notes Registrar” includes any co-registrar, the term “Euro

Notes Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term “Euro Notes Transfer Agent” includes

any co-transfer agents. The Issuer may change any Euro Notes Transfer Agent, Euro Notes Paying Agent or Euro Notes Registrar without

notice to any Holder. The Euro Notes Registrar, Euro Notes Transfer Agent or Euro Notes Paying Agent may resign at any time upon not

less than 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Issuer. The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with

any Agent not a party to this Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent

not a party to this Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Euro Notes Transfer Agent, Euro Notes Paying

Agent or Euro Notes Registrar.

The Issuer initially appoints Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch (the

“Common Depositary”) as a common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream.

The Issuer initially appoints Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch to act

as the Euro Notes Authentication Agent, Euro Notes Transfer Agent and Euro Notes Paying Agent and to act as custodian with respect to

the Global Notes.

Section 2.04           Euro Notes Paying

Agent to Hold Money.

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable

at the office of the Euro Notes Paying Agent or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to Holders

at their respective addresses set forth in the Register; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest

with respect to the Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name or held by the nominee of the Common Depositary

shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to accounts specified by the Holder prior to 10:00 a.m., London time, on

each due date of the principal and interest on any Note. The Issuer shall require each Euro Notes Paying Agent other than the Trustee

to agree in writing that the Euro Notes Paying Agent shall hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Euro

Notes Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default

by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Euro Notes Paying Agent to pay

all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Euro Notes Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the

Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Euro Notes Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further

liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Euro Notes Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate fund

for the benefit of Holders all money held by it as Euro Notes Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating

to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Euro Notes Paying Agent for the Notes.

-40-

Section 2.05          Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable

the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Euro Notes Registrar, the Issuer

shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may

request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders.

Section 2.06          Transfer and

Exchange.

(a)           Transfer

and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Common Depositary to a nominee of the

Common Depositary, by a nominee of the Common Depositary to the Common Depositary or to another nominee of the Common Depositary, or

by the Common Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Common Depositary or a nominee of such successor Common Depositary. All Global

Notes shall be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes if:

(i)            the

Issuer delivers to the Trustee notice from Euroclear or Clearstream that it is unwilling to act as a clearing agency;

(ii)           the

Issuer delivers to the Trustee notice from the Common Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Common Depositary

and a successor Common Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Common Depositary;

(iii)          the

Issuer in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and

deliver a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or

(iv)          there

shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or

(iii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Common Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also

may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange

for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10, shall be authenticated

and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided

in this Section 2.06(a); however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) and

(c).

-41-

(b)           Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.

The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes

shall be effected through the Common Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture and the Applicable

Procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer

comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Prior to the expiration of the 40-day distribution

compliance period set forth in Regulation S, beneficial interests in any Regulation S Global Notes may be held only through Euroclear

or Clearstream unless transferred in accordance with Section 2.06(b)(iii)(B). Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes

also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ⅱ) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other

following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i)            Transfer

of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons

who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions

set forth in the Private Placement Legend. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take

delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required

to be delivered to the Euro Notes Transfer Agent to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii)            All

Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial

interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the

Euro Notes Transfer Agent either:

(A)   a

written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Common Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures

of Euroclear and Clearstream directing the Common Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global

Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(B)   instructions

given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream containing information regarding the Participant account

to be credited with such increase; or

(C)   a

written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Common Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures

of Euroclear and Clearstream directing the Common Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial

interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(D)   instructions

given by the Common Depositary to the Euro Notes Transfer Agent containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive

Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (A) above.

-42-

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for

transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable

under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g).

(iii)           Transfer

of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred

to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies

with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Euro Notes Transfer Agent receives the following:

(A)  if

the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver

a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B)  if

the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver

a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv)            Transfer

and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial

interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note

or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange

or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

(A) such

exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and the

Euro Notes Transfer Agent receives the following:

(1)            if

the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest

in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications

in item (1)(ⅰ) thereof; or

(2)            if

the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall

take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form

of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the

Euro Notes Transfer Agent so requests or if the Applicable Procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream so require, an Opinion of Counsel

in form reasonably acceptable to the Euro Notes Transfer Agent to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the

Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order

to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph

(A) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication

Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Euro Notes Authentication Agent shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes

in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph

(A) above.

-43-

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global

Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted

Global Note.

(c)            Transfer

or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(i)            Beneficial

Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global

Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person

who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Euro Notes Transfer Agent of the following

documentation:

(A)  if

the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive

Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(ⅰ) thereof

(provided that any such beneficial interest in Regulation S Global Note shall not be so exchangeable until after the expiration

of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S);

(B)   if

such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the

effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C)   if

such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904

under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D)  if

such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance

with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications

in item (3)(i) thereof;

(E)   if

such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration

requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect

set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(iv) thereof,

if applicable;

(F)   such

beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B

hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(ii) thereof; or

-44-

(G)   if

such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate

to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(iii) thereof;

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable

Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g), and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate

and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued

in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such

name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Euro

Notes Registrar through instructions from the Common Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver

such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial

interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall

be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii)            Beneficial

Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note

may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes

delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

(A)  such

exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and the

Euro Notes Transfer Agent receives the following:

(1)           if

the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note

that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including

the certifications in item (1)(ⅱ) thereof; or

(2)           if

the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall

take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder

in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the

Euro Notes Transfer Agent so requests or if the Applicable Procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream so require, an Opinion of Counsel

in form reasonably acceptable to the Euro Notes Transfer Agent to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the

Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order

to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii)           Beneficial

Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted

Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who

takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii),

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g),

and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive

Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall

be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall

instruct the Euro Notes Registrar through instructions from the Common Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee

shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange

for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

-45-

(d)           Transfer

and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.

(i)            Restricted

Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange

such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes

delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Euro Notes Transfer Agent

of the following documentation:

(A)  if

the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a

certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(ⅱ) thereof;

(B)   if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate

to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C)   if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903

or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications

in item (2) thereof;

(D)  if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act

in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including

the certifications in item (3)(ⅰ) thereof;

(E)   if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration

requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect

set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof,

if applicable;

-46-

(F)   if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth

in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(ⅱ) thereof; or

(G)   if

such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate

to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(ⅲ) thereof,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase

or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note,

in the case of clause (B) above, the Rule 144A Global Note or, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global

Note.

(ii)           Restricted

Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such

Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery

thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A)  such

exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and the

Euro Notes Transfer Agent receives the following:

(1)           if

the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate

from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(ⅲ) thereof; or

(2)           if

the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial

interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications

in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the

Euro Notes Transfer Agent so requests or if the Applicable Procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream so require, an Opinion of Counsel

in form reasonably acceptable to the Euro Notes Transfer Agent to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the

Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order

to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in

this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal

amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii)          Unrestricted

Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such

Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof

in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer,

the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount

of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

-47-

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial

interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been

issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Euro Notes Authentication

Agent shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive

Notes so transferred.

(e)           Transfer

and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance

with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Euro Notes Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.

Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Euro Notes Transfer Agent

the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Euro Notes Transfer

Agent duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any

additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

(i)            Restricted

Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name

of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Euro Notes Transfer Agent receives the following:

(A)  if

the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the

form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B)   if

the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B

hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C)   if

the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor

must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel

required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

-48-

(ii)            Restricted

Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted

Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A)  such

exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and the

Euro Notes Transfer Agent receives the following:

(1)            if

the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from

such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(ⅳ) thereof; or

(2)            if

the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form

of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications

in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), if the

Euro Notes Transfer Agent so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange

or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement

Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii)          Unrestricted

Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person

who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the

Euro Notes Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f)            Legends.

The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture unless

specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture:

-49-

(i)            Private

Placement Legend.

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph

(B) below, each Restricted Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof)

shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS

ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED

INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, AS

DEFINED IN SEC RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3), OR (7), OR (C) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION

WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION

IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION

OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO

THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON

IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES

FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN

RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING

OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE

IS MADE, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT

IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH

A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION

STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME OR BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM

THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR EURO NOTES REGISTRAR’S,

AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF

AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE

OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR

EURO NOTES REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD

WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

(B)   Notwithstanding

the foregoing, any Initial Note and any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii),

(d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof)

shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(ii)           Global

Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF

1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY

INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN

THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES

ACT.

-50-

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE

TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT

TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT

TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION

PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR COMMON

DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE

FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY A

NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH

NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND

ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED

REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS

WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE COMMON DEPOSITARY, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

(g)           Cancellation

and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive

Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be

returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if

any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a

beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall

be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Common Depositary at the direction

of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take

delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and

an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Common Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect

such increase.

(h)           General

Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i)          To

permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive

Notes upon the Issuer’s order or at the Euro Notes Registrar’s request.

-51-

(ii)         A

Holder may transfer or exchange Notes only in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Euro Notes

Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents in connection

with a transfer of Notes. No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive

Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or

similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable

upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.09, 4.07 and 4.08 hereof and Section 9.05 of the Base Indenture).

(iii)         All

Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the

valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Supplemental Indenture, as the

Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(iv)        Neither

the Issuer nor the Euro Notes Transfer Agent will be required (a) to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole

or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (b) to transfer or exchange any Note for a period

of 15 days before the delivery of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and the next succeeding interest

payment date.

(v)         Prior

to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person

in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest

on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vi)        The

Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.

(vii)       All

certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Euro Notes Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06

to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by electronic mail.

(viii)      Each

Holder of a Note agrees to indemnify the Issuer and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or

assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Supplemental Indenture and/or applicable United States Federal

or state securities law.

(ix)        Neither

the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Common Depositary.

-52-

(x)         None

of the Trustee, the Euro Notes Registrar, the Euro Notes Paying Agent or the Euro Notes Transfer Agent shall have any responsibility

or obligation to any beneficial owner of an interest in a Global Note, any Participant or Indirect Participant in Euroclear or Clearstream

or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Common Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream or any nominee or participant

or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any Participant, Indirect

Participant, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Common Depositary) of any notice or the payment of any amount or delivery

of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders

and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders

(which shall be the Common Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note

shall be exercised only through Euroclear or Clearstream, subject to their applicable rules and procedures. The Trustee, Euro Notes

Registrar, Euro Notes Paying Agent and Euro Notes Transfer Agent may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished

by the Common Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream with respect to their Participants and Indirect Participants and any beneficial owners.

(xi)        Neither

the Trustee nor the Euro Notes Registrar or Euro Notes Transfer Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire

as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer

of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Participants or Indirect Participants in any Global Note) other

than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when

expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express

requirements hereof.

Section 2.07          Replacement

Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuer

and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Euro

Notes Authentication Agent, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Euro Notes Authentication

Agent’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is

sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from

any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is an additional legally binding obligation

of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Supplemental Indenture equally and proportionately with all other

Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08          Outstanding

Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated

by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global

Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, and those described in this Section 2.08

as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate

of the Issuer holds the Note.

-53-

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to

be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01

of the Base Indenture, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Euro Notes Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary

or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then

on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09          Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount

of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlled

by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes

of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible

Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

Section 2.10          Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the

Issuer may prepare and the Euro Notes Authentication Agent, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes.

Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate

for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Euro Notes Authentication Agent. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer

shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits

of this Indenture.

Section 2.11          Cancellation.

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.

The Euro Notes Registrar, Euro Notes Transfer Agent and Euro Notes Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to

them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration

of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Notes in its customary manner. The Issuer

may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

-54-

Section 2.12          Defaulted Interest.

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the

Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest,

which interest on defaulted interest shall accrue until the defaulted interest is deemed paid hereunder, to the Persons who are Holders

on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 of the Base Indenture. The

Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Euro Notes Paying Agent in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on

each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date;

provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest.

At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and

at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment

date and the amount of such interest to be paid. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder

of Notes to determine the defaulted interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of defaulted interest

owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the defaulted interest.

Section 2.13          CUSIP/ISIN/Common

Code Numbers.

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP,” “ISIN”

and/or Common Code numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP,” “ISIN” and/or

Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation

is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance

may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect

in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP,” “ISIN”

and/or Common Code numbers.

Section 2.14          FATCA.

The Issuer hereby agrees (i) to give notice to the Trustee upon

becoming aware that any payment under this Indenture will be treated as a withholdable payment, as such term is used in Sections 1471-1474

of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder; and (ii) that the Trustee

shall be entitled to make any withholding or deductions from payments under this Indenture (and shall not be required to pay any additional

amounts with respect to any such withholding or deduction on or in respect of the Notes) to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable

Law.

Section 2.15          Payments in

Euro.

All payments of interest and principal, including payments made upon

any redemption of the Notes, will be payable in Euro. If, on or after the date of issuance of the Notes, Euro is unavailable to the Issuer

due to the imposition of exchange controls or other circumstances beyond the Issuer’s control or if the Euro is no longer being

used by the then member states of the European Economic and Monetary Union that have adopted the Euro as their currency or for the settlement

of transactions by public institutions of or within the international banking community, then all payments in respect of the Notes shall

be made in U.S. dollars until the Euro is again available to the Issuer or so used. In such circumstances, the amount payable on any

date in Euro will be converted into U.S. dollars at the most recently available market exchange rate for euro. Any payment in respect

of the Notes so made in U.S. dollars shall not constitute an Event of Default under the Notes or the Indenture. Neither the Trustee nor

the Euro Notes Paying Agent shall have any responsibility for any calculation or conversion in connection with the foregoing nor shall

the Trustee or the Euro Notes Paying Agent be responsible for determining the unavailability of Euro. For the avoidance of doubt, the

Trustee and Euro Notes Paying Agent may conclusively rely on the determination of the Issuer to pay the Notes and the related Note Guarantees

in U.S. Dollars.

-55-

Article 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

With respect to the Notes only, Article 3 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 3.01          Notices to Trustee.

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption

provisions of Section 3.07, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date,

an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall

occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price; provided

that the Issuer shall notify the Trustee 5 days prior to any such redemption, which notice period may be waived by the Trustee.

Section 3.02 Selection

of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected for

redemption on a pro rata basis, or if the Notes are held in global form, the Notes shall be selected for redemption by the Common Depositary

in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream.

In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed

shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 15 nor more than 30 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee

or the Common Depositary, as applicable from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes

selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes

and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of €100,000 or whole multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof; except that

if all of a Holder’s Notes are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple

of €1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Supplemental Indenture that apply

to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

-56-

Section 3.03          Notice of Redemption.

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09, at least 10 days but

not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer shall transmit or cause to be transmitted, a notice of redemption to each

Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(a)            the

redemption date;

(b)            the

redemption price;

(c)            if

any Note is being redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption

date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of such Note (other than a

Global Note) shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d)            the

name and address of the Euro Notes Paying Agent;

(e)            that

Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Euro Notes Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f)             that,

unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption and redeemed ceases to accrue on

and after the redemption date;

(g)            the

paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being

redeemed;

(h)            that

no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN and/or Common Code number, if any, listed in such

notice or printed on the Notes;

(i)            any

conditions to the Issuer’s obligations to redeem the Notes as contemplated by Section 3.04; and

(j)            the

CUSIP, ISIN and/or Common Code number, if any.

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of

redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Issuer shall have delivered

to the Trustee, at least 30 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as to which the Trustee may agree in its sole discretion),

an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice

as provided in the preceding paragraph.

-57-

Section 3.04          Effect of Notice

of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is transmitted in accordance with Section 3.03,

Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price; provided that any

redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be given prior to the completion of a transaction or event

(including an equity offering, other offering, issuance of indebtedness, a Change of Control or other transaction or event) and any redemption

notice (including the amount of Notes redeemed and conditions precedent applicable to different amounts of Notes redeemed) may, in the

Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related transaction

or event. Any such redemption may be partial as a result of only some of the conditions being satisfied.

If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or

more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such

time (including more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission)

as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion), or such redemption may not occur and

such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its

sole discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed. In addition, the Issuer may provide in such notice that

payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by

another Person.

Section 3.05          Deposit of Redemption

Price.

At or prior to 10:00 a.m., London time, on the redemption date, the

Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Euro Notes Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued

interest on all Notes to be redeemed on such date. The Trustee or the Euro Notes Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any

money deposited with the Trustee or the Euro Notes Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption

price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph,

on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions thereof called for redemption. If a Note

is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest

shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for

redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph,

interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any

interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 of the Base Indenture.

-58-

Section 3.06          Notes Redeemed

in Part.

No Notes of €100,000 principal amount or less shall be redeemed

in part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon the Issuer’s written request, the

Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion

of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07          Optional Redemption.

(a)            On

and after October 15, 2028, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at

the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not

including) the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the

relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on October 15

of the years set forth below:

Period

Redemption Price

2028

103.500 %

2029

101.750 %

2030 and thereafter

100.000 %

(b)            In

addition, prior to October 15, 2028 the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to

time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of

the redemption notice, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the applicable redemption date (subject to the

right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to

or on the redemption date). For the avoidance of doubt, calculation of the Applicable Premium shall not be the duty or obligation of

the Trustee, Euro Notes Registrar, Euro Notes Transfer Agent or any Paying Agent.

(c)            Notwithstanding

the foregoing, at any time and from time to time prior to October 15, 2028, the Issuer may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate

principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes), with an aggregate amount less than

or equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal

amount thereof) equal to 107.000%, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date

(subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date

falling prior to or on the redemption date).

(d)            Notwithstanding

the foregoing, prior to October 15, 2028, the Issuer may redeem during each calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year

being permitted to be carried over to subsequent calendar years, including any amounts previously carried over) commencing with the calendar

year in which the Issue Date occurs up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes initially issued on the Issue Date, plus

the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes originally issued, at its option, from time to time at a redemption price equal

to 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the

redemption date (subject to the right of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest

payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date).

-59-

(e)            At

any time, in connection with any tender offer, exchange offer or other offer to purchase any series of Notes for consideration consisting

of cash, debt securities, or any combination thereof (including pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer), if not less

than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series are purchased or exchanged by the Issuer, or any third

party purchasing, acquiring or exchanging in lieu of the Issuer, then all of the Holders of the Notes of such series will be deemed to

have consented to such tender or other offer, and accordingly the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon notice to Holders

given not more than 30 days following such purchase or exchange, to redeem or exchange all (but not less than all) Notes of such series

that remain outstanding following such purchase or exchange at a price equal to the consideration paid to Holders in such purchase or

exchange (which may be less than par and shall exclude any early tender or exchange premium and any accrued and unpaid interest paid

to any holder in such tender or exchange offer payment), plus, to the extent not included in the tender or exchange offer payment, accrued

and unpaid interest, if any, on such Notes to (but not including) the redemption or exchange date, as applicable (subject to the right

of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on

the redemption date) (such transaction, a “Payoff Transaction”). The Trustee shall have no responsibility for determining

the value of any consideration in, or any other impact from, a Payoff Transaction, evaluating whether such Payoff Transaction or consideration

in connection therewith is permitted under this Indenture or otherwise, liability for cancellation of Notes in connection with a Payoff

Transaction, or, other than in the case of a redemption for cash, causing the delivery of such consideration to Holders or beneficial

owners of the Notes.

(f)            Any

redemption of the Notes may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. The redemption date of

any redemption that is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be delayed

until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion), or such redemption

may not occur and any notice with respect to such redemption may be modified or rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions

shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed

(which may exceed 60 days from the date of the redemption notice in such case). In addition, such notice of redemption may be extended

if such conditions precedent have not been satisfied or waived by the Issuer by providing notice to the noteholders. The Issuer’s

actions and determinations in determining whether one or more conditions precedent have been satisfied shall be conclusive and binding

for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant

to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06. The Issuer will calculate the redemption price and neither the Trustee nor the Euro

Notes Paying Agent will be responsible for verifying or calculating the redemption price.

-60-

Section 3.08          Mandatory Redemption.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.10,

Section 4.07 or Section 4.08 below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to

the Notes.

Section 3.09          Offer to Purchase

by Application of Excess Proceeds.

In the event that the Issuer shall be required to commence an offer

to all Holders to purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.07 (an “Asset Sale Offer”), the Issuer shall follow the

procedures specified below.

The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business

Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer

Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”),

the Issuer shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.07 (the “Offer Amount”)

or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so

purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. On and after the Purchase Date, unless the Issuer defaults

in making such payment, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof purchased.

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on

or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered

at the close of business on such record date.

The Issuer shall send, by first class mail, postage prepaid, or sent

electronically, at least 5 days but not more than 60 days before the Purchase Date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered

address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice

shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset

Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

(a)            that

the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.07 and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer

shall remain open;

(b)            the

Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(c)            that

any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(d)            that,

unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, interest shall cease to accrue on any Notes or portions thereof purchased pursuant

to the Asset Sale Offer on and after the Purchase Date;

-61-

(e)            that Holders electing to have a Note purchased

pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in minimum denominations of €100,000 and in integral multiples

of €1,000 in excess thereof only;

(f)            that

no Note will be purchased in part if less than the minimum denomination of €100,000 of such Note would be left outstanding;

(g)            that

Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled

“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer the Note by book-entry transfer, to

the Issuer, the Common Depositary or the Euro Notes Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the

Purchase Date;

(h)            that

Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Common Depositary or the Euro Notes Paying Agent, as the case

may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the

Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election

to have such Note purchased;

(i)

that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the

Issuer shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the total amount of Notes, Senior Lien Obligations

and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered in connection with an Asset Sale Offer (with adjustments so that only Notes

in denominations of the minimum denomination €100,000 or integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof (or such lower

denomination as may be permitted by Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable)) by lot or by such other method as the applicable Euro

Notes Paying Agent shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements); provided

that the selection of Notes for purchase shall not result in a Holder with a principal amount of Notes less than the minimum

denomination of €100,000 (or such lower denomination as may be permitted by Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable); and

(j)            that

Holders whose Notes (other than Global Notes) were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased

portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful,

accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant

to the Asset Sale Offer or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s

Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.

If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal

amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased. The Issuer, the Common Depositary or the Euro Notes Paying Agent, as the case may

be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount

equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly

issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuer, shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such

Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed

or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase

Date.

-62-

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any

purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

Section 3.10          Special Mandatory

Redemption.

In the event that (i) the closing of the Acquisition

has not occurred on or prior to June 11, 2027 (or such later date to which the End Date (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement)

under the Acquisition Agreement may be extended by the parties thereto), (ii) the Issuer notifies the Trustee in writing that it

will not pursue the Acquisition or (iii) the Acquisition Agreement has been terminated without the consummation of the Acquisition

(each, a “special mandatory redemption event”), the Issuer will be required to redeem (the “Special Mandatory

Redemption”) the Notes in whole at a special mandatory redemption price (the “special mandatory redemption price”)

equal to 101.0% of the initial issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest from and including the date of initial issuance

of such Notes, or the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such Notes, whichever is later, to, but not including, the special

mandatory redemption date. Upon the occurrence of a special mandatory redemption event, the Issuer will promptly (but in no event later

than five Business Days following such special mandatory redemption event) cause notice to be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class

mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the Notes at its registered address (such date of notification to

the holders of the Notes, the “redemption notice date”). The notice will inform holders that the Notes will be redeemed

on the third Business Day following the redemption notice date (such date, the “special mandatory redemption date”)

and that all of the outstanding Notes will be redeemed at the special mandatory redemption price on the special mandatory redemption date

automatically and without any further action by the holders of the Notes. At or prior to 10:00 a.m., London time, on the special mandatory

redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Euro Notes Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the special mandatory redemption price

for the Notes. If such deposit is made as provided in accordance with this Section 3.10, the Notes will cease to bear interest on

and after the special mandatory redemption date.

Section 3.11          Redemption for

Tax Reasons.

If, as a result of any change in, or amendment

to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated under the laws) of the United States (or any taxing authority in the United States),

or any change in, or amendments to, an official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings,

which change or amendment is announced or becomes effective on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum, the Issuer becomes or, based

upon a written opinion of independent counsel selected by the Issuer, there is a substantial probability that the Issuer will become,

obligated to pay additional amounts as described herein under Section 14.01 with respect to the Notes, then the Issuer may at any

time at its option redeem, in whole, but not in part, the Notes on not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption

price equal to 100% of their principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to, but not including, the date

fixed for redemption.

-63-

Article 4

COVENANTS

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agrees to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 4 of the Base Indenture and the following Sections 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08 and 4.09

are hereby added to Article 4 of the Base Indenture:

Section 4.04          Maintenance of

Office or Agency.

The Issuer shall maintain in London, England or

New York, New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Euro Notes Registrar or

co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the

Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location,

and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or

agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made

or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Issuer may also from time to time designate

one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to

time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its

obligation to maintain an office or agency in London, England or New York, New York for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written

notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuer hereby designates Deutsche Bank Trust

Company Americas, at One Columbus Circle, 4th Floor, Mail Stop: NYC01-0417, New York, New York 10019, as one such office or agency of

the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03.

Section 4.05          Legal Existence.

Subject to, and as permitted under, Article 5,

and the ability of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to convert (or similar action) to another form of legal entity under the laws

of the jurisdiction under which the Issuer or such Subsidiary then exists, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary

to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other

existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time

to time) of the Issuer or any such Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve or keep the corporate,

partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Issuer shall determine that the preservation

or keeping thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that

the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

-64-

Section 4.06          Limitation

on Liens.

(a)            The

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

(i)

prior to the Collateral Release Date create any Lien upon any of its Properties securing Consolidated

Indebtedness unless (A) in the case of a Lien on any Collateral, if the obligations secured by such Lien are expressly junior

to the Lien securing the Notes Obligations and subject to a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (B) in the case of a Lien on

assets that are not Collateral, either (x) the Notes Obligations are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to)

the obligations secured by such Lien or (y) such Lien is a Permitted Lien or (C) in the case of a Lien on any Collateral,

such Lien is a Permitted Lien; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness

secured by a Lien on any Excluded Real Property shall not exceed $2,000,000,000 at any time outstanding; or

(ii)            on

and after the Collateral Release Date, create any Lien upon any of its Properties securing Consolidated Indebtedness unless either (A) the

Notes Obligations are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to) the obligations secured by any Lien or (B) such

Lien is a Permitted Lien.

(b)           Any

Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to clause (a)(i)(B)(x) or clause (a)(ii)(A) immediately above

shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge

of the Lien that gave rise to such Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

(c)           Clause

(a)(i)(B)(x) and clause (a)(ii)(A) of this Section 4.06 requires only equal and ratable treatment in the application of

proceeds of Collateral and does not require that the Trustee have any ability to control the Collateral or the enforcement of remedies.

(d)           The

reference to Properties in clause (a)(ii) above means the Principal Properties of the Issuer or any Subsidiary at the time of incurrence

of the Lien.

Section 4.07          Asset

Sales.

Prior to the occurrence of the Collateral Release

Date, the Issuer shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any Disposition of assets having an aggregate Fair Market

Value (measured at the time of the applicable Disposition or entry into a binding agreement with respect to such Disposition) in excess

of the greater of (x) $2,000,000,000 and (y) an Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the

most recently ended Test Period, unless (A) the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, as of the last day of the most recently completed

fiscal quarter of the Issuer for which internal financial statements are available, shall not be greater than 3.25 to 1.00 and (B) the

Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Issuer, shall not be greater than 5.50 to 1.00,

in each case, immediately following such Disposition, on a Pro Forma Basis; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit:

-65-

(a)            Dispositions

of obsolete, depreciated, worn out, damaged or surplus property (including equipment, inventory or Intellectual Property) in the ordinary

course of business or that is no longer useful or economically viable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries,

in each case as determined in good faith by management of the Issuer;

(b)            the

Issuer and its Subsidiaries from making any Disposition so long as at least 75% of the consideration received therefor consists of cash

or Cash Equivalents; provided further that, for purposes of this clause (b):

(i)

the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities (contingent or

otherwise) of the Issuer or any Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes

Obligations), or the release of the Issuer or such Subsidiary from liability with respect thereto in connection with such

Disposition;

(ii)            securities,

notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted into cash or Cash Equivalents,

or that by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (in each case, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents

actually received), within 180 days following the closing of such Disposition; and

(iii)           Designated

Non-Cash Consideration received in connection with such Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value (when taken together with all

other Designated Non-Cash Consideration then outstanding pursuant to this clause (iii)) not to exceed the greater of (x) $750,000,000

and (y) an Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated

on a Pro Forma Basis),

shall, in each case, be deemed to constitute

Cash Equivalents (this clause (b), the “General Asset Sale Basket”);

(c)            licenses,

sublicenses, cross-licenses or other grants of rights in Intellectual Property (including content distribution, exhibition, streaming,

syndication, co-production and similar arrangements), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(d)            Dispositions

of inventory, accounts receivable or other current assets in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any Securitization

Financing not prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture;

(e)            Dispositions

of cash and Cash Equivalents;

(f)            Dispositions

of assets among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(g)            Dispositions

required by or made pursuant to any contractual obligation in existence on the Acquisition Date (or any renewal, extension or replacement

thereof on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuer or such Subsidiary);

-66-

(h)            Dispositions

required by Applicable Law or pursuant to any order or judgment of a Governmental Authority;

(i)

Dispositions of Equity Interests in Joint Ventures or Minority Investments;

(j)

Dispositions in connection with any reorganization, merger, consolidation or other transaction not prohibited

by this Supplemental Indenture;

(k)            Dispositions

of property by a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, so long as such Disposition is made to the owners of Equity Interests

of such Subsidiary ratably in accordance with their ownership interests (or as otherwise required by such Subsidiary’s organizational

documents);

(l)

Dispositions of assets as a result of a casualty event, condemnation, eminent domain or

similar proceeding; and

(m)           Dispositions

to the extent of any exchange of like property for use in any business conducted by the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries to the extent

allowable under Section 1031 of the Code (or any comparable provision of any foreign jurisdiction).

At any time prior to the Collateral Release Date,

if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor disposes of any property or assets constituting Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale

Basket (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), which results in the receipt by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions (such amount of Net Cash Proceeds, the “Excess Proceeds”),

the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale Offer no later than ten Business Days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all

holders of Notes and, if required by the terms of any Senior Lien Obligations and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to all holders of such

Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, to purchase a principal amount equal to the Applicable Percentage

of such Excess Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”) of such Notes, Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations,

as applicable, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Applicable Proceeds, if any, at an offer price, in the case of the

Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness was issued with original

issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser price with respect to such

Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness), to (but not

including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Supplemental Indenture and

the agreement governing such other Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing

obligations with respect to any Disposition by making an Asset Sale Offer at any time prior to the expiration of the Proceeds Application

Period. Any Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the Applicable Proceeds shall not be subject to this Section 4.07 and shall be permitted

to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion.

If any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received in

any Disposition are subject to the application of the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.07, at the option of the Issuer or any

Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may (in lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions)

elect to apply an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds from such Disposition, at its option,

-67-

(a)            to

reinvest in the business of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets

and related rights) used or useful for the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, Capital

Expenditures and related transactions expenses) within 540 days following receipt of such Applicable Proceeds or if the Issuer or any

of the Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest such Applicable Proceeds within 540 days following receipt of

such Applicable Proceeds, no later than 180 days after the end of such 540-day period, or

(b)            to

reduce, redeem, repay or repurchase (i) any Senior Lien Obligations then outstanding, (ii) Pari Passu Lien Obligations (provided

that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall so reduce such Pari Passu Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Issuer will

(A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 or through open market purchases or (B) make

an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth above for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase at a purchase price equal

to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal amount of Notes that would otherwise

be redeemed under subclause (A) above), or (iii) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, in each case within 540 days following

receipt of such Applicable Proceeds;

provided further that the Issuer may elect to deem expenditures

that otherwise would be permissible as a reinvestment of such Applicable Proceeds under clause (a) above or any such prepayment described

in clause (b) above that occurred prior to the receipt of such Applicable Proceeds to have been reinvested in accordance with this

paragraph if such expenditures or prepayment were made no earlier than the earlier of the execution of a definitive agreement or letter

of intent for the Disposition giving rise to such Applicable Proceeds. Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

as a result of a Disposition pursuant to this Section 4.07 of this Supplemental Indenture may be applied to any transaction not prohibited

by this Supplemental Indenture during the 540-day period following their receipt (such 540-day period, as may be extended by clause (a) above,

shall constitute the “Proceeds Application Period”).

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes

and any Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection with an

Asset Sale Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess

Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Senior

Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount

offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall select the applicable Notes (and the Issuer or their agents shall select such Senior

Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable) to be purchased in the manner described in Section 3.09. Upon completion

of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

-68-

To the extent the Applicable Proceeds exceed the

outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and, if required by the terms thereof, the Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu

Lien Obligations, as applicable), the Issuer needs to only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of

Notes (and any such Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), and any additional Excess Proceeds shall not

be subject to this Section 4.07 and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. The Issuer will

comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such

laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the

provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer will comply with

the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Supplemental

Indenture by virtue hereof.

In the event that the Issuer shall be required

to commence an offer to Holders to purchase Notes pursuant to this Section 4.07, it shall follow the procedures specified in Section 3.09.

The provisions under this Section 4.07 relative

to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Disposition may be waived or modified as described

in Article 9 of this Indenture.

Section 4.08          Repurchase

at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.

If a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect

to the Notes occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently sent a redemption notice with respect to all

the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 or Section 3.10, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant

to this Section 4.08 (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”)

equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase,

subject to the right of Holders of record of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment

date falling prior to or on the purchase date. Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send (or

cause to be sent) notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder

of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of Euroclear

and Clearstream, with the following information:

(a)            that

a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 4.08 of this Supplemental Indenture and that all Notes properly tendered

pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

(b)            the

purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 10 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent (the

“Change of Control Payment Date”), except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of a

Change of Control Triggering Event pursuant to this Section 4.08;

-69-

(c)            that

any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(d)            that

unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control

Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(e)            that

Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the

form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed or otherwise in accordance with

the procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior

to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(f)            that

Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to

the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least €100,000 or any

integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof;

(g)            if

such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, stating that the Change of Control Offer is

conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control Triggering Event and shall describe each such condition, and, if applicable, shall

state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60

days after the notice is sent) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied or waived, or that such repurchase may not occur and such

notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the Change of Control

Payment Date, or by the Change of Control Payment Date as so delayed, or such notice or offer may be rescinded at any time in the Issuer’s

sole discretion if the Issuer determines that any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied or waived;

(h)            any

other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a Holder must follow; and

(i)             that

Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes; provided

that the Euro Notes Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the tenth Business Day prior to the expiration

date of the Change of Control Offer, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal

amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes, or a specified portion thereof,

and its election to have such Notes purchased.

While the Notes are in global form and the Issuer

makes an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the

purchase of the Notes or withdraw such election through the facilities of Euroclear and Clearstream, subject to its rules and regulations.

-70-

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of

Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations

are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of

any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable

securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Supplemental Indenture by virtue

thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may rely on any no-action letters issued by the SEC indicating that the staff of the

SEC will not recommend enforcement action in the event a tender offer satisfies certain conditions.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer

will, to the extent permitted by law:

(a)            accept

for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(b)            deposit

with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered

and not validly withdrawn; and

(c)            deliver,

or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee

stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

The Issuer will not be required to make a Change

of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner,

at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Supplemental Indenture applicable to a Change of Control

Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) in

connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer (or any Affiliate of the Issuer) or a third

party has made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash price equal

to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Alternate

Offer.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,

a Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, conditional upon such Change

of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer or

Alternate Offer is made.

A Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer may

be made at the same time as consents are solicited with respect to an amendment, supplement or waiver of this Supplemental Indenture,

Notes, Guarantees and/or Security Documents.

The provisions under this Section 4.08 relating

to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event, including

the definition of “Change of Control,” may be waived or modified with the written consent of Holders of the majority in principal

amount of the Notes then outstanding.

-71-

Section 4.09          Future

Subsidiary Guarantors.

Prior to the occurrence of the Collateral Release

Date, the Issuer will cause any Subsidiary that is an obligor of, or issues a Guarantee with respect to, the Credit Facilities, to, in

each case, within 90 days, (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guaranty Agreement pursuant to which such Subsidiary will Guarantee

payment of the Notes on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this Indenture and (2) grant a Lien on its property and

assets for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, the Holders and the Trustee.

Article 5

SUCCESSORS

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agrees to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 5 of the Base Indenture.

Article 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agree to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 6 of the Base Indenture.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 6.01 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 6.01          Events of Default.

Except where otherwise indicated by the context or where the term is

otherwise defined for a specific purpose, the term “Event of Default” as used in this Indenture with respect to the

Notes shall mean one of the following described events unless it is either inapplicable or it is specifically deleted or modified in a

supplemental indenture:

(1)            a

default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for 30 days;

(2)            a

default in the payment of principal of any Note when due at maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required purchase, upon declaration

of acceleration or otherwise;

(3)            the

failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 60 days after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than

those described in the immediately preceding clauses (1) and (2) above); provided that in the case of a failure to comply

with Section 4.02 of the Base Indenture, such period of continuance of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice

described in this clause (3) has been given; provided further that (x) a default under this clause (3) will not

constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes until the Trustee or the Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding

Notes notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified after receipt of such notice

and (y) a notice of default may not be given with respect to any action taken, and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two

years prior to such notice of default;

-72-

(4)            (I) the

Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute

a Material Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code:

(a)   commences

a voluntary case;

(b)   consents

to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(c)   consents

to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or

(d)   makes

a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(II) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order

or decree under any Bankruptcy Code that:

(a)   is

for relief against the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together,

would constitute a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case;

(b)   appoints

a custodian of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together,

would constitute a Material Subsidiary) or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is

a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or

(c)   orders

the liquidation of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together,

would constitute a Material Subsidiary), and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;

(5)            any

Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that,

taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms

of such Note Guarantee and/or this Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note

Guarantee; and

(6)            a

material portion of the Collateral ceases to be subject to a valid and perfected Lien of the Security Documents (other than in accordance

with the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents) or the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations

in writing under the Security Documents to which it is party.

For the avoidance of doubt, no default or Event of Default will arise

as a result of the occurrence of the Collateral Release Date.

-73-

With respect to the Notes only, clause (1) and

(2) of Section 6.06 of the Base Indenture are hereby replaced with the following:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee

notice that an Event of Default is continuing, and, if such Event of Default is in respect of Section 6.01(3), (5) or (6), such

Holder is not in breach of a Position Representation or Verification Covenant;

(2) Holders or, in the case of Section 6.01(3),

(5) or (6), Directing Holders that are not in breach of a Position Representation or Verification Covenant, of at least 30% in principal

amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy.

Section 6.02    Priorities.

With respect to the Notes and Second Supplemental

Indenture Notes only, Section 6.10 of the Base Indenture is hereby replaced with the following:

Subject to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor

Agreements and Security Documents, if the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture or the Second Supplemental

Indenture from the Issuer (or any Guarantor), it shall pay out the money in the following order:

First: to the payment of all amounts owing

to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in all of its capacities, including all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Trustee

and Collateral Agent in connection with the collection or receipt of such amounts or otherwise;

Second: to the extent such money remain

after the application pursuant to preceding clause “First”, to the Trustee for the payment in full of the other Notes Obligations

and “Notes Obligations” (as defined in this Supplemental Indenture), ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,

according to the amounts due and payable with respect to the Notes Obligations and “Notes Obligations” (as defined in the

this Supplemental Indenture); and

Third: any balance of such money remaining

after the application pursuant to the preceding clauses “First” and “Second”, to the Issuer, its successors or

assigns, or to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date

for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.02.

Article 7

TRUSTEE

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agrees to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 7 of the Base Indenture.

With respect to the Notes only, Sections 7.06 and 7.11 and the last

paragraph of Sections 7.07 and 7.10 of the Base Indenture are hereby deleted.

-74-

With respect to the Notes only, the following Section 7.12 is

hereby added to Article 7 of the Base Indenture:

In carrying out its responsibilities hereunder, the Trustee in each

of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder, shall have all of the rights, protections,

indemnities, limitations of liability and immunities which it possesses under the Indenture. Further, the rights, protections, indemnities,

limitations of liability and immunities given to the Trustee under the Indenture (including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified)

are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as the Euro Notes Authentication Agent, Euro Notes Paying

Agent and Euro Notes Transfer Agent. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Euro Notes Authentication Agent’s

certificate of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness.

The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or of the Notes. The Trustee shall

not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of the Notes or the proceeds thereof.

Article 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agrees to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 8 of the Base Indenture; provided, that all references in Article 8 of the

Base Indenture to (i) “U.S. Government Obligations” shall be replaced by reference to European Government Obligations

and (ii) “U.S. dollars” shall be replaced by reference to Euros.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 8.03 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 8.03          Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option

applicable to this Section 8.03 with respect to the Notes, the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth

in Section 8.04, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Article 4 (other than Sections 4.01, 4.04

or 4.05) with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter,

“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes

of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants,

but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes

shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding

Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any

such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference

in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default

or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be

unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03,

subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01 (3), 6.01(4) (solely with respect to

the Subsidiary Guarantors), 6.01(5) and 6.01(6) shall not constitute Events of Default.

-75-

Article 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer hereby agrees to expressly

subject itself to the provisions of Article 9 of the Base Indenture.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 9.01          Without Consent

of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture,

the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Intercreditor

Agreements, any Note Guarantee, any Security Document, or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note to:

(1)            cure

any ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(2)            to

provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture or

the Security Documents;

(3)            to

provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued

in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described

in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);

(4)            (i) add

a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release any previously added co-issuer of the Notes; provided that a co-issuer

may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise permitted pursuant to this Indenture, (ii) add Guarantees with respect

to the Notes or to add additional Collateral to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees and (iii) add a holding company above the

Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to this Indenture and, at the Issuer’s election, to modify any or all covenants such

that they apply to such new holding company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such

holding company does not own any material assets other than equity interest in the Issuer and (y) prior to the Collateral Release

Date, such holding entity will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the Issuer;

(5)            to

add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or

power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(6)            to

make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any such Holder;

-76-

(7)            to

conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreements or any Security Document to the “Description

of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum;

(8)            to

make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however,

that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities

Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders

to transfer Notes;

(9)            to

release Collateral from the Lien securing the Notes when permitted or required by the Security Documents, this Indenture or the Intercreditor

Agreements;

(10)          to

evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent thereunder pursuant

to the requirements thereof;

(11)

to release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of Article 10; or

(12)          to

make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any accounting change or in the application

thereof.

Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon receipt by the Trustee and

the Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 9.06, the Trustee and the Collateral

Agent shall join with the Issuer in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this

Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee and the Collateral

Agent shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under

this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel under this Section 9.01 shall be required in connection

with the execution and delivery of a supplemental indenture to add Guarantors under this Indenture, substantially in the form attached

as Exhibit E hereto.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 9.02 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 9.02         With Consent

of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02,

this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, the Security Documents, or the Notes may be amended or supplemented

with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without

limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and, subject to Sections

6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived, including by way of

amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without

limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Section 2.08 shall

determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

-77-

However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note

affected thereby, an amendment or waiver may not:

(1)            reduce

the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(2)            reduce

the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any such Note;

(3)            reduce

the principal of or change the maturity date of any such Note;

(4)            change

the provisions applicable to the redemption of any such Note as set forth in Section 3.07 (other than the timing for the notice of

redemption);

(5)            make

any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(6)            impair

the contractual right of any Holder of such Notes to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after

the due dates therefor or impair the right of any Holder of such Notes to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with

respect to such Holder’s Notes (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the amendment, supplement or modification applicable to Sections

4.08, 6.01(3) and 6.01(5) of this Indenture and the related definitions shall be deemed not to impair the contractual right

of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute

suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes); provided, however, that an acceleration

of such Notes may be rescinded and any payment default that resulted from such acceleration may be waived by the Holders of at least the

percentage of aggregate principal amount of the Notes required to amend the covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Note

Guarantee, the breach of which resulted in such acceleration;

(7)            make

any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions; or

(8)            change

the ranking of the Notes.

Notwithstanding the preceding, at any time prior to the Collateral

Release Date, without the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and Second Supplemental

Indenture Notes then outstanding, no amendment or waiver may make any change in any Security Document, the Intercreditor Agreements or

the provisions in this Indenture dealing with Collateral or application of trust proceeds of the Collateral with the effect of releasing

the Liens securing the Obligations in respect of the Notes on all or substantially all of the Collateral or changing the priority of such

Liens.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under

this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent

approves the substance thereof.

Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer may, directly or

indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement

to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered

to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents

relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

-78-

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02

becomes effective, the Issuer is required to transmit to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement

or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to give such notice to all Holders affected thereby, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in

any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, the

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Issuer

with any provision of this Indenture or such Notes.

Article 10

GUARANTEE

With respect to the Notes only, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors

hereby agree to expressly subject themselves to the provisions of Article 10 of the Base Indenture.

With respect to the Notes only, Section 10.02 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 10.02          Limitation

on Liability.

(a)            Any

term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed

hereunder by each Subsidiary Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture,

as it relates to such Subsidiary Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or

similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(b)            A

Note Guarantee by any Subsidiary Guarantor will be, without any further action by any Person, automatically and unconditionally released

and discharged immediately from all obligations under this Article 10:

(i)

at the time of a Collateral Release Date (unless the Issuer elects to maintain the Note Guarantee of a

Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 13.05);

(ii)            at

such time as such Subsidiary Guarantor is not an issuer or guarantor of any Indebtedness for borrowed money (whether by repayment or otherwise)

(other than the Notes, the Credit Facilities and/or other Indebtedness for borrowed money the release or discharge of which would be conditioned

only on the release or discharge of the Note Guarantee, the Credit Facilities and/or other Indebtedness for borrowed money) and ceases

(or substantially concurrently will cease, including any release or discharge that would be conditioned only on the release or discharge

of the Note Guarantee or of the guarantee of other Indebtedness for borrowed money) to be the guarantor of any Credit Facilities (or such

Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations with respect to the Credit Facilities shall cease to exist substantially concurrently with such

release of its Note Guarantee);

-79-

(iii)            upon

the sale, disposition, exchange or transfer (including through merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise) of (i) all or substantially

all of the assets or (ii) any Equity Interests (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the applicable

Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary), of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor if such sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer

is made in a manner not in violation of the terms of this Indenture;

(iv)            if

the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option under Article 8 or if the Issuer’s obligations

under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including as described under Article 12);

(v)            upon

the applicable Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing the Credit

Facilities or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof; or

(vi)            as

described under Article 9.

In addition, the Issuer will have the right, upon delivery of an Officer’s

Certificate to the Trustee, to cause any Subsidiary Guarantor that does not guarantee any Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities (or

substantially concurrently will cease, including any release or discharge that would be conditioned only on the release or discharge of

the Note Guarantee or of the guarantee of other Indebtedness for borrowed money to guarantee any Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities),

and is not otherwise required by the applicable terms of this Indenture to provide a Note Guarantee, to be unconditionally released and

discharged from all obligations under its Note Guarantee, and such Note Guarantee will thereupon immediately, automatically and unconditionally

terminate and be discharged and released and of no further force or effect.

Promptly upon the request and at the expense of the Issuer, the Collateral

Agent and the Trustee shall take such actions reasonably requested by the Issuer, including executing any documents reasonably requested

by the Issuer in order to evidence, reflect or effect such release, discharge and termination in respect of such Note Guarantee under

the Security Documents, as applicable, and to evidence any release of a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, by acceptance of a beneficial ownership

interest in the Notes, each Holder expressly and irrevocably agrees that it will not hinder, or direct the Trustee or the Collateral Agent

to take any action that will hinder, the automatic release of any Note Guarantee provided for by this Section 10.02 to the extent

the Issuer determines in good faith that the applicable transaction is permitted under this Indenture (including, without limitation,

in connection with any disposition to Persons other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor permitted under this Indenture), and each

Holder expressly and irrevocably agrees that the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized to, and shall, take such actions

reasonably requested by the Issuer to release any such Note Guarantee to the extent authorized to do so by this Section 10.02 without

any obligation or requirement to notify or obtain consent from any Holder (and the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not condition

any such actions on providing notice to, or obtaining consent from, the Holders).

-80-

With respect to the Notes only, the following Section 10.08 is

hereby added to Article 10 of the Base Indenture:

Section 10.08    Execution

of Supplemental Indenture for Future Subsidiary Guarantors.

Each Subsidiary and other Person which is required to become a Subsidiary

Guarantor the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture

substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary or other Person shall become a Subsidiary

Guarantor under this Article 10 and shall guarantee the Notes. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental

indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been

duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary or other Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency,

moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles

of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor is a valid and binding obligation

of such Subsidiary Guarantor, enforceable against such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters

as the Trustee may reasonably request.

Article 11

MISCELLANEOUS

With respect to the Notes only, Section 11.13 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 11.13          Table

of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles

and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture and the Base Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be

considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture or the Base Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions.

Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Supplemental Indenture to specific Articles, Sections or clauses refer to Articles,

Sections and clauses contained in this Supplemental Indenture, unless such Article, Section or clause is incorporated herein by reference

to the Base Indenture or no such Article, Section or clause appears in this Supplemental Indenture, in which case such references

refer to the applicable section of the Base Indenture.

-81-

With respect to the Notes only, the following Section 11.18 is

hereby added to Article 11 of the Base Indenture:

Section 11.18          Supplemental

Indenture Controls.

In case any provision of this Supplemental Indenture conflicts with

any provision of the Base Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be controlling, solely with respect

to the Notes.

Article 12

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

With respect to the Notes only, the following are hereby added as Sections

12.03 and Section 12.04 to Article 12 of the Base Indenture:

Section 12.03          Satisfaction

and Discharge of Supplemental Indenture

This Supplemental Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with

respect to the Notes (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes herein expressly provided for),

and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge

of this Supplemental Indenture, when

(1)            either:

(a)            all

Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been

replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust

or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to

the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b)            all

such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(i)

have become due and payable, or

(ii)            will

become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(iii)           are

to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by

the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited

or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or the Euro Notes Paying Agent on its behalf) money, European Government Obligations or any

combination thereof as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount sufficient (in the case of a deposit of any European Government

Obligations, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, delivered

to the Trustee (or the Euro Notes Paying Agent on its behalf)), to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore

delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case

of Notes which have become due and payable) or to the maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;

-82-

(2)            the

Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer with respect to the Notes; and

(3)            the

Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent

herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental

Indenture pursuant to this Article 12, the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee under Section 7.07 of the Base Indenture,

and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 12.03,

the obligations of the Trustee under Section 12.04 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

Section 12.04          Application

of Trust Money.

All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.03

shall be held and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture, to the payment, either

directly or through any Euro Notes Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium,

if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee.

Article 13

COLLATERAL

With respect to the Notes only, Article 13 of the Base Indenture

is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 13.01          Security Documents.

At any time prior to the Collateral Release Date, the due and punctual

payment of the principal, premium (if any) and interest (if any) on, the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether

on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal

of, premium (if any) and interest, if any, on the Notes and performance of all other obligations of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors

to the Holders or the Trustee and the Notes (including, without limitation, the Note Guarantees), according to the terms hereunder or

thereunder, shall be secured as provided in the Security Documents. Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements and the Security

Documents, the Issuer shall, and shall cause the Subsidiary Guarantors to, take any and all actions and make all filings (including the

filing of UCC financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto) required to create and maintain, as security for the

Obligations of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors to the Holders under this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees

and the Security Documents: (i) a legal and valid security interest in and on all of the Collateral, and (ii) a perfected security

interest in the Collateral, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders and the Trustee subject to no Liens other

than Permitted Liens.

-83-

Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, consents and agrees to the

terms of the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral) and

the Intercreditor Agreements, as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and authorizes

and appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (and each successor Trustee and Collateral Agent),

and each Holder authorizes and directs the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents and the Intercreditor

Agreements. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is also appointed pursuant to the Second Supplemental Indenture as the Trustee and the

Collateral Agent for the Holders of the Second Supplemental Indenture Notes and shall act in such capacities for the benefit of the Holders

of the Notes and the Holders of the Second Supplemental Indenture Notes under the same Security Documents and Intercreditor Agreements.

The Holders consent and agree to be bound by the terms of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, as the same may be

in effect from time to time, and agrees to perform their obligations thereunder in accordance therewith.

This Article 13 and the provisions of each other Security Document

are subject to the terms, conditions and benefits set forth therein and the Intercreditor Agreements. The Issuer and each of the Subsidiary

Guarantors consent to, and agree to be bound by, the terms of the Security Documents, as the same may be in effect from time to time,

and to perform their obligations thereunder in accordance therewith.

Section 13.02          Release of Collateral.

The property and other assets of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors

included in the Collateral will be, without any further action by any Person, automatically and unconditionally released from the Liens

securing the Notes under any one or more of the following circumstances:

(1)            in

part, as to any property or assets constituting Collateral, to enable the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to consummate the disposition

of such property or assets (to a Person that is not the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor) to the extent permitted under Section 4.07;

(2)            upon

such property or assets becoming Excluded Property or Excluded Equity Interests;

(3)            as

to the assets owned by a Subsidiary Guarantor, upon such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Note Guarantee being released in accordance with

Section 10.02(b);

(4)            any

Securitization Assets becoming subject to a Securitization Financing permitted by this Supplemental Indenture to the extent required by

the terms of such Securitization Financing or being transferred or purported to be transferred by the Issuer or any Subsidiary in connection

with a Securitization Financing permitted by this Supplemental Indenture;

(5)            as

permitted by the Intercreditor Agreements;

(6)            in

accordance with Article 9;

-84-

(7)            in

accordance with Section 13.05;

(8)            in

whole, upon payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any, on, the Notes and all

other Notes Obligations under this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, and the Security Documents that are due and payable at or prior to

the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any, are paid (including pursuant to Article 12

or through redemption or repurchase of all of the Notes or otherwise); and

(9)            in

whole, upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance pursuant to Article 8.

At the request and expense of the Issuer, the Collateral Agent and,

to the extent reasonably requested, the Trustee will take such actions reasonably requested by the Issuer to evidence the automatic and

unconditional release of Collateral securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the

relevant Intercreditor Agreements and the relevant Security Documents. Each of the releases set forth in this Section 13.02 shall

be effected by the Collateral Agent without the consent of the Holders or any action on the part of the Trustee (unless action is required

by it to evidence such release). In connection with a release of Collateral, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel

to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent will be required and neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any liability for

release given in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, by acceptance of a beneficial ownership

interest in the Notes, each Holder expressly and irrevocably agrees that it will not hinder, or direct the Trustee or the Collateral Agent

to take any action that will hinder, the automatic release of any Collateral provided for by this Section 13.02 to the extent the

Issuer determines in good faith that the applicable transaction is permitted under this Supplemental Indenture (including, without limitation,

in connection with any disposition to Persons other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor permitted under this Supplemental Indenture),

and each Holder expressly and irrevocably agrees that the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized to, and shall, take such

actions requested by the Issuer, and in any event, such other actions as are necessary to give effect to such release, to release any

such Collateral to the extent authorized to do so by this Section 13.02 without any obligation or requirement to notify or obtain

consent from any Holder (and the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not condition any such actions on providing notice to, or obtaining

consent from, the Holders).

Section 13.03          Collateral Agent.

The Collateral Agent shall hold (directly or through co-trustees or

agents), and will be entitled to enforce, all Liens on the Collateral created by the Security Documents.

Except as provided in the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent

shall not be obligated:

(A)            to

act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any Person;

(B)

to foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any Lien; or

-85-

(C)            to

take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the Security Documents, the Liens created thereby or the Collateral.

The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given

to the Trustee under the Indenture, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable

by, the Collateral Agent.

Section 13.04          Further Assurances;

Insurance.

Subject to the limitations set forth in the Security Documents and

the Intercreditor Agreements, the Issuer and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall cause to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause

to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions that may be required or that the Collateral Agent

from time to time may reasonably request (as directed by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding),

to assure, preserve, protect and perfect the security interest in the Collateral and the rights and remedies as contemplated therein.

Section 13.05          Release of Collateral

and Guarantees upon Investment Grade Event.

If on any date following the Acquisition Date, (a) an Investment

Grade Event occurs with respect to the Notes, (b) the terms of all other Senior Lien Obligations, Pari Passu Lien Obligations and

Junior Lien Obligations provide that the Liens on the Collateral securing such Senior Lien Obligations, Pari Passu Lien Obligations and

Junior Lien Obligations shall be, and substantially concurrently are, released, including any release that would be conditioned only on

the release of the Collateral securing such Senior Lien Obligations, Pari Passu Lien Obligations and Junior Lien Obligations, (c) the

Issuer has no greater than $250,000,000 of term B loans outstanding at such time and (d) the Issuer and its Subsidiaries would be

permitted to incur all Liens existing as of such date (after giving effect to the release of the Liens on the Collateral securing the

Notes Obligations and the Liens described in the foregoing clause (b)) as if such Liens were incurred on such date, then, beginning on

that day (such date, the “Collateral Release Date”), the Note Guarantees shall be released (to the extent the guarantees

by the Subsidiary Guarantors of all other Senior Lien Obligations, Pari Passu Lien Obligations and Junior Lien Obligations are also released,

whether or not such other guarantees can be reinstated), the Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes shall be released and the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 4.07 and 4.09 with respect to the Notes. In the event the Collateral and Note Guarantees

are released and Section 4.09 is no longer in effect upon an Investment Grade Event, the Collateral and the Note Guarantees will

not be reinstated upon any subsequent downgrade or withdrawal of the Investment Grade Ratings, even if the Collateral and the Guarantees

are reinstated with respect to other Senior Lien Obligations, Pari Passu Lien Obligations and Junior Lien Obligations; provided that

notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may elect for one or more Subsidiary Guarantors or co-issuers to remain as Subsidiary Guarantors

or co-issuers, as applicable, with respect to the Notes following the Collateral Release Date, and any such election shall not limit or

otherwise affect the release of the Collateral, the release of the Note Guarantees provided by any other Subsidiary Guarantor or co-issuer

or the cessation of the applicability of Sections 4.07 and 4.09 with respect to the Notes, and the Issuer may elect to release any such

retained Subsidiary Guarantor or co-issuer at any time following the Collateral Release Date in its sole and absolute discretion and without

any further requirements under the Indenture.

-86-

Article 14

PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS

Section 14.01          Payment of Additional

Amounts.

(a)           With

respect to the Notes only, the Issuer will, subject to the exceptions and limitations set forth below, pay as additional interest on

the Notes such additional amounts as are necessary in order that the net payment by the Issuer of the principal of and interest on the

Notes to a Holder who is not a United States person, after withholding or deduction for any present or future tax, assessment or other

governmental charge imposed by the United States or a taxing authority in the United States, will not be less than the amount provided

in the Notes to be then due and payable; provided, however, that the foregoing obligation to pay additional amounts shall not apply:

(1)            to

any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that would not have been reported but for the Holder (or the beneficial owner for whose

benefit such Holder holds such Notes), or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of the Holder if the Holder is an estate,

trust, partnership or corporation, or a person holding a power over an estate or trust administered by a fiduciary holder, being considered

as:

(B)            being

or having been engaged in a trade or business in the United States or having or having had a permanent establishment in the United States;

(C)            having

a current or former connection with the United States (other than a connection arising solely as a result of the ownership of the Notes,

the receipt of any payment or the enforcement of any rights hereunder), including being or having been a citizen or resident of the United

States;

(D)            being

or having been a personal holding company, a passive foreign investment company or a controlled foreign corporation for United States

federal income tax purposes or a corporation that has accumulated earnings to avoid United States federal income tax;

(E)            being

or having been a “10-percent shareholder” of the Issuer as defined in section 871(h)(3) of the Code or any successor

provision; or

(F)            being

a bank receiving payments on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade

or business;

(2)            to

any Holder that is not the sole beneficial owner of the Notes, or a portion of the Notes, or that is a fiduciary, partnership or limited

liability company, but only to the extent that a beneficial owner with respect to the Holder, a beneficiary or settlor with respect to

the fiduciary, or a beneficial owner or member of the partnership or limited liability company would not have been entitled to the payment

of an additional amount had the beneficiary, settlor, beneficial owner or member received directly its beneficial or distributive share

of the payment;

-87-

(3)            to

any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that would not have been imposed but for the failure of the Holder or any other person

to comply with certification, identification or information reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or

connection with the United States of the holder or beneficial owner of the Notes, if compliance is required by statute, by regulation

of the United States or any taxing authority therein or by an applicable income tax treaty to which the United States is a party as a

precondition to exemption from such tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

(4)            to

any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed otherwise than by withholding by the Issuer or a Euro Notes Paying Agent

from the payment;

(5)            to

any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that would not have been imposed but for a change in law, regulation, or administrative

or judicial interpretation that becomes effective more than 15 days after the payment becomes due or is duly provided for, whichever occurs

later;

(6)            to

any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, wealth, capital gains or personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or other

governmental charge;

(7)            to

any withholding or deduction that is imposed on a payment to an individual and that is required to be made pursuant to any law implementing

or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, any European Union Directive on the taxation of savings;

(8)            to

any tax, assessment or other governmental charge required to be withheld by any Euro Notes Paying Agent from any payment of principal

of or interest on any Notes, if such payment can be made without such withholding by at least one other Euro Notes Paying Agent;

(9)            to

any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that would not have been imposed but for the presentation by the Holder of any Notes,

where presentation is required, for payment on a date more than 30 days after the date on which payment became due and payable or the

date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later;

(10)          to

any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld solely by reason of the beneficial owner being a bank (i) purchasing

the Notes in the ordinary course of its lending business or (ii) that is neither (A) buying the Notes for investment purposes

only nor (B) buying the Notes for resale to a third-party that either is not a bank or holding the Notes for investment purposes

only;

(11)          to

any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions),

any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of

the Code or any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered

into in connection with the implementation of such sections of the Code; or

-88-

(12)          in

the case of any combination of items (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (11).

(b)           The

Notes are subject in all cases to any tax, fiscal or other law or regulation or administrative or judicial interpretation applicable

to the Notes. Except as specifically provided under this Section 14.01, the Issuer will not be required to make any payment for

any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by any government or a political subdivision or taxing authority of or in any

government or political subdivision.

(c)            As

used under this Section 14.01 and under Section 3.11, the term “United States” means the United States of America,

the states of the United States, and the District of Columbia, and the term “United States person” means any individual who

is a citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a corporation, partnership or other entity created

or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia, any estate the income

of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or any trust, if it (i) is subject to the

primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial

decisions of the trust, or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United

States person.

[Signatures on following page]

-89-

Dated as of October 5, 2026

Paramount Skydance Corporation, as the Issuer

By: /s/ James Morrison

Name: James C. Morrison

Title:   Treasurer

[Signature Page to Supplemental

Indenture]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,

as Trustee

By: /s/ Denise Kellerk

Name: Denise Kellerk

Title:   Vice President

By: /s/ Carol Ng

Name: Carol Ng

Title:   Vice President

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,

as Collateral Agent

By: /s/ Denise Kellerk

Name: Denise Kellerk

Title:   Vice President

By: /s/ Carol Ng

Name: Carol Ng

Title:   Vice President

[Signature

Page to Supplemental Indenture]

EXHIBIT A-1

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF

1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY

INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE

ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES

ACT.

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY

(AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF,

AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS

MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN

WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE

DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE

TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE

OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE

OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY

THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS

CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,

EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE

REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS

MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE

BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE COMMON DEPOSITARY, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]1

1             Include Global Note Legend, if applicable.

A-1-1

[THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE

HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES THAT (A) IT

IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL

ACCREDITED INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SEC RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3), OR (7), OR (C) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY

IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO

SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH

SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR

RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE

144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE

IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR

OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT

IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING

OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR,

FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES

ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME OR BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT

TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S,

OR EURO NOTES REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO

REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE

FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE

TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR EURO NOTE REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF

THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]2

2             Include Private Placement Legend, if applicable.

A-1-2

[Face of Note]

ISIN NO. [   ]3

COMMON CODE [   ]

7.000% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031

No. [    ]

€[                         ]

Paramount Skydance Corporation

promises to pay to [         ] or to registered assigns the principal amount

of [           ] EUROS on October 15, 2031

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

Subject to restrictions set forth in this Note.

3 144A Notes Common Code: 344589895

Reg S Notes Common Code: 344589879

144A Notes ISIN: XS3445898953

Reg S Notes ISIN: XS3445898797

A-1-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument

to be duly executed.

Dated: [                    ]

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

A-1-4

This is one of the Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Supplemental Indenture:

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH,

as Euro Notes Authentication Agent

By:

Authorized Signatory

Dated: [                  ]

A-1-5

[Back of Note]

7.000% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them

in the Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. For the purposes of this Note, “Notes” shall refer

to the 7.000% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031 of the Issuer.

1.

INTEREST. The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 7.000% per

annum from October 5, 2026 until maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and

October 15 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the

next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no

interest has been paid, from October 5, 2026; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest,

and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date,

interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest

Payment Date shall be April 15, 2027. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under

the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is equal to the rate then

in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue

installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent

lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in the period for which interest is being

calculated.

2.

METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who

are registered Holders at the close of business on April 1 and October 1 next preceding the applicable Interest Payment

Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in

Section 2.12 of the Supplemental Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal,

premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Euro Notes Paying Agent, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of

interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that

payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on

all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Euro

Notes Paying Agent. Subject to Section 2.15 of the Supplemental Indenture, such payment shall be in Euros.

3.

EURO NOTES TRANSFER AGENT, EURO NOTES PAYING AGENT AND EURO NOTES REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank

AG, London Branch, will act as Euro Notes Transfer Agent and Euro Notes Paying Agent and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the

Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture, will act as the Euro Notes Registrar. The Issuer may change any Euro Notes Transfer Agent,

Euro Notes Paying Agent or Euro Notes Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any

such capacity.

A-1-6

4.

INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base

Indenture”), among Paramount Skydance Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, as supplemented by

the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), among Paramount

Skydance Corporation, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as

Euro Notes Authentication Agent, Euro Notes Transfer Agent and Euro Notes Paying Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated

in the Supplemental Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture for a

statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental

Indenture, the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5.

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a)

On and after October 15, 2028, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time

or in part from time to time, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and

unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant

record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the redemption date), if redeemed

during the 12-month period commencing on October 15 of the years set forth below:

Period

Redemption Price

2028

103.500%

2029

101.750%

2030 and thereafter

100.000%

(b)

In addition, prior to October 15, 2028, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at

any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the

Applicable Premium as of the date of the redemption notice, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the

applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the

relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the redemption date). For the avoidance of doubt, calculation of the

Applicable Premium shall not be the duty or obligation of the Trustee, Euro Notes Registrar, Euro Notes Transfer Agent or any Paying

Agent.

(c)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time prior to October 15, 2028, the

Issuer may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of

Additional Notes), with an aggregate amount less than or equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a

redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount thereof) equal to 107.000%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if

any, to (but not including) the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive

interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the redemption date).

A-1-7

(d)           Notwithstanding

the foregoing, prior to October 15, 2028, the Issuer may redeem during each calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year

being permitted to be carried over to subsequent calendar years, including any amounts previously carried over) commencing with the calendar

year in which the Issue Date occurs up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes initially issued on the Issue Date, plus

the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes originally issued, at its option, from time to time at a redemption price equal

to 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the

redemption date (subject to the right of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest

payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date).

(e)            If,

as a result of any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated under the laws) of the United States

(or any taxing authority in the United States), or any change in, or amendments to, an official position regarding the application or

interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, which change or amendment is announced or becomes effective on or after the date

of the Offering Memorandum, the Issuer becomes or, based upon a written opinion of independent counsel selected by the Issuer, there is

a substantial probability that the Issuer will become, obligated to pay additional amounts as described under Section 14.01 of the

Indenture with respect to the Notes, then the Issuer may at any time at its option redeem, in whole, but not in part, the Notes on not

less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount, together with accrued

and unpaid interest on the Notes to, but not including, the date fixed for redemption.

6.

MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

(a)            Except

as otherwise provided in Paragraph 7 or 8 below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to

the Notes.

7.

REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a)            If

a Change of Control Triggering Event with respect to the Notes occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently

sent a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer

will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture (the “Change of Control

Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount

thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes

of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the purchase

date. Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send (or cause to be sent) notice of such Change

of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder

appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream describing the

transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date

specified in such notice, pursuant to the procedures required by the Supplemental Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will

not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change

of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Supplemental Indenture

applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such

Change of Control Offer or (ii) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer (or

any Affiliate of the Issuer) or a third party has made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes

validly tendered at a cash price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in

accordance with the terms of the Alternate Offer.

A-1-8

(b)            At

any time prior to the Collateral Release Date, if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor disposes of any property or assets constituting

Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale Basket (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), which results in the

receipt by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) an

Acquisition Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions (such amount

of Net Cash Proceeds, the “Excess Proceeds”), the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale offer pursuant to Section 4.07

of the Supplemental Indenture no later than ten Business Days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all holders of

Notes and, if required by the terms of any Senior Lien Obligations and Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to all holders of such Senior Lien

Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, to purchase a principal amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of such Excess

Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”) of such Notes, Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable,

on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Applicable Proceeds, if any, at an offer price, in the case of the Notes, in cash

in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount,

100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser price with respect to such Senior Lien Obligations

or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness), to (but not including) the date fixed

for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Supplemental Indenture and the agreement governing such

other Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect

to any Disposition by making an Asset Sale Offer at any time prior to the expiration of the application period. Any Net Cash Proceeds

in excess of the Applicable Proceeds shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to

be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s discretion. If any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received in any Disposition are subject

to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture, at the option of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or any Subsidiary

Guarantor may (in lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions) elect to apply an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds

from such Disposition, at its option, (a) to reinvest an amount equal to the Applicable Proceeds in the business of the Issuer or

any of its Subsidiaries, including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets and related rights) used or useful for

the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, Capital Expenditures and related transactions

expenses) within 540 days following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or if the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries enters into a legally

binding commitment to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds within 540 days following receipt of such Applicable Proceeds, no later than 180

days after the end of such 540-day period, or (b) to apply such Applicable Proceeds to reduce, redeem, repay or repurchase (i) any

Senior Lien Obligations then outstanding, (ii) Pari Passu Lien Obligations (provided that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary

Guarantor shall so reduce such Pari Passu Lien Obligations other than the Notes, the Issuer will (A) equally and ratably reduce Obligations

under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 of the Supplemental Indenture or through open market purchases or (B) make an offer

(in accordance with the procedures set forth above for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100%

of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the principal amount of Notes that would otherwise be redeemed

under subclause (A) above), or (iii) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, in each case within 540 days following receipt

of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided, further, that the Issuer may elect to deem expenditures that otherwise would be permissible

as a reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds under clause (a) above or any such prepayment described in clause (b) above that

occurred prior to the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to have been reinvested in accordance with this paragraph if such expenditures

or prepayment were made no earlier than the earlier of the execution of a definitive agreement or letter of intent for the Disposition

giving rise to such Net Cash Proceeds. Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as a result of a Disposition

pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture may be applied to any transaction not prohibited by the Supplemental Indenture

during the 540-day period following their receipt (such 540-day period, as may be extended by clause (a) above, shall constitute

the “Proceeds Application Period”). To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and any Senior Lien Obligations

or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection with an Asset Sale Offer made with Excess

Proceeds is less than the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not

otherwise prohibited by the Supplemental Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu

Lien Obligations, as applicable, tendered or otherwise surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer,

the Issuer shall select the applicable Notes (and the Issuer or its agents shall select such Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien

Obligations, as applicable) to be purchased in the manner as provided in Section 3.09 of the Supplemental Indenture. Upon completion

of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. To the extent the Excess Proceeds

exceed the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and, if required by the terms thereof, the Senior Lien Obligations or

Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), the Issuer needs to only make an Asset Sale Offer up to the outstanding aggregate principal

amount of Notes (and any such Senior Lien Obligations or Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable), and any additional Excess Proceeds

shall not be subject to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture and shall be permitted to be used for any purpose in the Issuer’s

discretion. The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations

to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To

the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer

will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in

the Supplemental Indenture by virtue thereof. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale

Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option

of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse side of the Notes.

A-1-9

8.

SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION. In the event that a special mandatory redemption event occurs, the Issuer will be

required to redeem the Notes in whole at a special mandatory redemption price equal to 101.0% of the initial issue price of the

Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest from and including the date of initial issuance of such Notes, or the most recent date to

which interest has been paid on such Notes, whichever is later, to, but not including, the special mandatory redemption date. Upon

the occurrence of a special mandatory redemption event, the Issuer will promptly (but in no event later than five Business Days

following such special mandatory redemption event) cause notice to be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail,

postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the Notes at its registered address. The notice will inform holders

that the Notes will be redeemed on the third Business Day following the redemption notice date and that all of the outstanding Notes

will be redeemed at the special mandatory redemption price on the special mandatory redemption date automatically and without any

further action by the holders of the Notes. At or prior to 10:00 a.m., London time, on the special mandatory redemption date, the

Issuer will deposit with the Euro Notes Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the special mandatory redemption price for the Notes.

If such deposit is made as provided in accordance with this paragraph 8, the Notes will cease to bear interest on and after the

special mandatory redemption date.

9.

PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS. The Issuer will, subject to the exceptions and limitations set forth in

Section 14.01 of the Supplemental Indenture, pay as additional interest on the Notes such additional amounts as are necessary

in order that the net payment by the Issuer of the principal of and interest on the Notes to a Holder who is not a United States

person, after withholding or deduction for any present or future tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by the United

States or a taxing authority in the United States, will not be less than the amount provided in the Notes to be then due and

payable; provided, however, that the foregoing obligation to pay additional amounts shall not apply under the circumstances set

forth in Section 14.01 of the Supplemental Indenture.

10.           DENOMINATIONS,

TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000

in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. The Euro

Notes Transfer Agent and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents,

and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer and

the Euro Notes Transfer Agent will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn)

for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. The Issuer and the Euro Notes Transfer Agent will not

be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being

redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer and the Euro Notes Transfer Agent will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period

of 15 days before the delivery of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or between record date and payment date.

A-1-10

11.            PERSONS

DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

12.            AMENDMENT,

SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, the

Security Documents or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions, any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Supplemental

Indenture or the Notes may be waived, including by way of amendment, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal

amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer

or exchange offer for, Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend

or supplement the Supplemental Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, any Note Guarantee, any Security Document, or the Notes (i) to

cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations

of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Supplemental Indenture or the Security Documents, (iii) to provide for uncertificated

Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for

purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of

the Code), (iv) to (A) add a Subsidiary Guarantor as a co-issuer of the Notes or to release any previously added co-issuer of

the Notes; provided that a co-issuer may not be released as a Subsidiary Guarantor unless otherwise permitted pursuant to the Supplemental

Indenture, (B) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to add additional Collateral to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees

and (C) add a holding company above the Issuer to the extent not prohibited pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture and, at the Issuer’s

election, to modify any or all covenants such that they apply to such new holding company and its Subsidiaries rather than the Issuer

and its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such holding company does not own any material assets other than equity interest in

the Issuer and (y) prior to the Collateral Release Date, such holding entity will provide a pledge of its equity interest in the

Issuer, (v) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender

any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (vi) to make any change that would provide any additional

rights or benefits to Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder,

(vii) to conform the text of the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreements or any Security

Document to any provision under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum, (viii) to make any amendment

to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however, that

(a) compliance with the Supplemental Indenture as so amended would not result in notes being transferred in violation of the Securities

Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders

to transfer Notes; (ix) to release Collateral from the Lien under the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security

Documents, the Supplemental Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements, (x) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment

under the Supplemental Indenture of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof, (xi) to

release a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of Article 10 of the Supplemental Indenture, or (xii) to make any amendment

to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any accounting change or in the application thereof.

A-1-11

13.           DEFAULTS

AND REMEDIES. Each of the following is an Event of Default: (i) default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued

for 30 consecutive days on the Notes, (ii) default in payment of principal of any Note when due at maturity, upon optional redemption,

upon required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, (iii) the failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

to comply for 60 days after notice with its covenants or other agreements (other than those described in the immediately preceding clauses

(i) and (ii) above); provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 4.02 of the Base Indenture,

such period of continuance of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this clause (ⅲ) has been

given; provided further that (x) a default under this clause (iii) will not constitute an Event of Default with respect

to the Notes until the Trustee or the Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and

the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified after receipt of such notice and (y) a notice of default may not

be given with respect to any action taken, and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of default,

(iv) (I) the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken

together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code: (a) commences a voluntary

case, (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, (c) consents to the appointment of

a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

or (II) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under the Bankruptcy Code that (a) is for relief against

the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute

a Material Subsidiary) in an involuntary case; (b) appoints a custodian of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material

Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) or for all or substantially

all of the property of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken

together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary); or (c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is

a Material Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary), and the order

or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; (v) any Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material

Subsidiary (or Note Guarantees of any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary) ceases

to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and/or the Supplemental Indenture) or

any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under its Note Guarantee; and (vi) a material portion of

the Collateral ceases to be subject to the Liens of the Security Documents (other than in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental

Indenture and the Security Documents) or the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations in writing under the

Security Documents to which it is party.

A-1-12

If an Event of Default arising from (ⅳ) above with respect to

the Issuer occurs and is continuing the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become

due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders of the Notes.

If any other Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and

is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal

of and accrued but unpaid interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount

of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences

with respect to such Notes if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except

non-payment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. Any time

period in the Supplemental Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes may be extended

or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent such actual or alleged Default or Event of Default is the subject of litigation.

Any Noteholder Direction provided by any one or more Directing Holders

must be accompanied by a Position Representation, which representation, in the case of a Default Direction shall be deemed repeated at

all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each Directing

Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, make a Verification Covenant. In any case in which the Holder is the Common

Depositary or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial

owner of the Notes in lieu of the Common Depositary or its nominee, and the Common Depositary shall be entitled to rely on such Position

Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to

acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at

any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides to the Trustee evidence that the Issuer has initiated litigation

in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation,

and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to

such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted

and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter.

A-1-13

If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to

acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to

satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with

respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy

stayed until such time as the Issuer provides the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate that the Verification Covenant has been

satisfied; provided that the Issuer shall promptly deliver such Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee upon becoming aware

that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation (as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee

of the Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant) shall result in such Holder’s

participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and if, without the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes

held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder

Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have

occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default

or Event of Default.

Notwithstanding anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary,

any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar

direction shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

14.           TRUSTEE

DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services

for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

15.           NO

RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any

of their parent companies or subsidiaries, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any

Note Guarantee, any Security Document, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect

of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The

waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive

liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

16.           GOVERNING

LAW. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT

GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION

WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF

NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

A-1-14

17.           AUTHENTICATION.

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

18.           ABBREVIATIONS.

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants

by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A

(= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

19.           CUSIP, ISIN

AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the

Issuer has caused CUSIP, ISIN and/or Common Code numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP, ISIN and/or

Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers

either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification

numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without

charge a copy of the Supplemental Indenture and/or the Base Indenture, as applicable. Requests may be made to the Issuer:

c/o Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

United States

Attention: Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

A-1-15

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: ____________________________________________________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint _____________________________________________________________________

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:______________________________

Your Signature: ___________________________________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:______________________________________________________

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

(or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-1-16

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased

by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¨ Section 4.07             ¨

Section 4.08

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note

purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.08 of the Supplemental Indenture, state the amount you elect to

have purchased:

€ _____________________________

Date:__________________________

Your Signature:_________________________________________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.: ___________________________________________________________

Signature Guarantee*: ___________________________________________________________

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

(or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-1-0

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL

NOTE*

The following exchanges of a part of this Global

Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note

for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note following

such decrease (or

increase)

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is

issued in global form.

A-1-1

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

[Paramount Skydance Corporation]

c/o [Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

United States]

Deutsche

Bank AG, London Branch

21 Moorfields London,

EC2Y 9DB

Tel: +44 20 7545 8000

Email: das-emea@list.db.com

Attention: Trust and Securities Services      Re:    Paramount Skydance Corporation

¨   7.000%

Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031 (ISIN [              ];

Common Code [              ]) (the “Notes”)4

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated

as of October 5, 2026, among Paramount Skydance Corporation (the “Issuer”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company

Americas, as trustee, as supplemented by the [  ] Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Supplemental

Indenture”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Supplemental Indenture.

___________________ (the “Transferor”)

owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of €_____________________________

in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to ___________________________ (the “Transferee”),

as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

¨         1.

Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A.

The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended

(the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive

Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive

Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such

Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting

the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the

United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred

beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed

on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Supplemental Indenture and the Securities Act.

4 144A Notes Common Code:  344589895

Reg S Notes Common Code:  344589879

144A Notes ISIN:  XS3445898953

Reg S Notes ISIN:  XS3445898797

B-1

¨         2.

Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation

S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly,

the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at

the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf

reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or

through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows

that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention

of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act and (iii) the transaction

is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer

in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to

the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive

Note and in the Supplemental Indenture and the Securities Act. If the Transfer of the beneficial interest occurs prior to the expiration

of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S, the transferred beneficial interest will be held immediately

thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream.

¨         3.

Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities

Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable

to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities

Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies

that (check one):

¨           (i) such

Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

¨           (ii) such

Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof; or

B-2

¨            (iii) such

Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus

delivery requirements of the Securities Act; or

¨            (iv) such

Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements

of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it

has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies

with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the

requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the

form of Exhibit D to the Supplemental Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee

(a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the

Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the

transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private

Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Note and/or the Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture and the

Securities Act.

¨         4.

Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

¨            (i) Check

if Transfer is Pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under

the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Supplemental Indenture and any applicable blue sky

securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and

the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed

Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer

be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted

Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture.

¨            (ii) Check

if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or

Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Supplemental Indenture and any

applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental

Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation

of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive

Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global

Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture.

B-3

¨           (iii) Check

if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from

the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the

transfer restrictions contained in the Supplemental Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States

and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in

order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental

Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the

Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein

are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By

Name:

Title:

Dated:

B-4

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1.              The

Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

¨            (a)           a

beneficial interest in the:

¨            (i)            Rule 144A

Global Note (ISIN __________; Common Code _________), or

¨            (ii)           Regulation

S Global Note (ISIN __________; Common Code _________), or

¨            (b)           a

Restricted Definitive Note.

2.             After

the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

¨            (a)           a

beneficial interest in the:

¨            (i)            Rule 144A

Global Note (ISIN __________; Common Code _________), or

¨            (ii)           Regulation

S Global Note (ISIN __________; Common Code _________), or

¨            (iii)          Unrestricted

Global Note (ISIN __________; Common Code _________); or

¨            (b)           a

Restricted Definitive Note; or

¨            (c)

an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture.

B-5

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

[Paramount Skydance Corporation]

c/o [Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

United States]

Deutsche

Bank AG, London Branch

21 Moorfields London,

EC2Y 9DB

Tel: +44 20 7545 8000

Email: das-emea@list.db.com

Attention: Trust and Securities Services        Re:    Paramount Skydance Corporation

¨   7.000%

Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031 (ISIN [                 ];

Common Code [               ])5

(the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated

as of October 5, 2026, among Paramount Skydance Corporation (the “Issuer”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company

Americas, as trustee, as supplemented by the [  ] Supplemental Indenture dated as of [         ],

2026 (the “Supplemental Indenture”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given

to them in the Supplemental Indenture.

__________________________ (the “Owner”)

owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of €____________________________

in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1.            Exchange

of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests

in an Unrestricted Global Note

¨           (i) Check

if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection

with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global

Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s

own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the

Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”),

(iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order

to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired

in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. If the Exchange is from beneficial interest

in a Regulation S Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner further certifies that it is either (x) a

non-U.S. Person to whom Notes would be transferred in accordance with Regulation S or (y) a U.S. Person who purchased Notes in a

transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act.

5 144A Notes Common Code:  344589895

Reg S Notes Common Code:  344589879

144A Notes ISIN:  XS3445898953

Reg S Notes ISIN:  XS3445898797

C-1

¨           (ii) Check

if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of

the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the

Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance

with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the

restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain

compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities

laws of any state of the United States.

¨           (iii) Check

if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s

Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the

beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in

compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities

Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required

in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any

applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. If the Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Regulation S

Global Note to an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner further certifies that it is either (x) a non-U.S. Person to whom Notes

could be transferred in accordance with Regulation S or (y) a U.S. Person who purchased Notes in a transaction that did not require

registration under the Securities Act.

¨           (iv) Check

if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted

Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired

for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions

applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer

contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities

Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any

state of the United States.

C-2

2.           Exchange

of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests

in Restricted Global Notes

¨           (i) Check

if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of

the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the

Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. If the

Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note to a Restricted Definitive Note, the Owner further certifies that it

is either (x) a non-U.S. Person to whom Notes could be transferred in accordance with Regulation S or (y) a U.S. Person who

purchased Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange

in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions

on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Supplemental Indenture and

the Securities Act.

¨           (ii) Check

if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of

the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ¨Rule 144A

Global Note or ¨ Regulation

S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s

own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to

the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky

securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental

Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed

on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Supplemental Indenture and the Securities Act.

C-3

This certificate and the statements contained herein

are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By

Name:

Title:

Dated:

C-4

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

[Paramount Skydance Corporation]

c/o [Paramount Skydance Corporation

1515 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

United States]

Deutsche

Bank AG, London Branch

21 Moorfields London,

EC2Y 9DB

Tel: +44 20 7545 8000

Email: das-emea@list.db.com

Attention: Trust and Securities Services        Re:    Paramount Skydance Corporation

¨ 7.000% Senior Secured

Second Lien Notes due 2031 (ISIN [                ];

Common Code [                ])6

(the “Notes”)

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated

as of October 5, 2026, among Paramount Skydance Corporation (the “Issuer”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company

Americas, as trustee, as supplemented by the [ ] Supplemental Indenture dated as of [         ],

2026 (the “Supplemental Indenture”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given

to them in the Supplemental Indenture.

In connection with our proposed purchase of €____________

aggregate principal amount of:

(i)    ¨          a

beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

(ii)   ¨          a

Definitive Note,

we confirm that:

1.      We

understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth

in the Supplemental Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or

any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended

(the “Securities Act”).

6 144A Notes Common Code:  344589895

Reg S Notes Common Code:  344589879

144A Notes ISIN:  XS3445898953

Reg S Notes ISIN:  XS3445898797

D-1

2.      We

understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest

therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts

for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (a) to

the Issuer or any subsidiary thereof, (b) for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person

we reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act that purchases

for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to which notice is given that the transfer is being made in

reliance on Rule 144A, (c) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States in accordance

with Regulation S and in accordance with the laws applicable to it in the jurisdiction in which such purchase is made, (d) to an

institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) under the Securities

Act that is acquiring the Notes for its own account, or for the account of such an accredited investor, for investment purposes and not

with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, (e) pursuant to a registration

statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration

requirements of the Securities Act, subject to the Issuer’s and the Trustee’s, or Euro Notes Registrar’s, as applicable,

right prior to any such offer, sale or transfer pursuant to clause (c), (d) or (f) to require the delivery of an Opinion of

Counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to each of them, and in each of the foregoing cases, a certificate of transfer

in the form appearing on the other side of the Note completed and delivered by us to the Trustee or Euro Notes Registrar.

3.     We

understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Issuer

such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuer may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale

complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4.     We

are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under

the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits

and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our

or its investment.

5.     We

are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which

is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this

letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings

or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

D-2

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By

Name:

Title:

Dated:

D-3

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”)

dated as of [ ], among [GUARANTOR] (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of Paramount Skydance Corporation (or its successor),

a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a national banking association, as

trustee (the “Trustee”) and collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”) under the Indenture referred

to below.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee

an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”) dated as of October 5, 2026, providing

for the issuance of the Issuer’s Notes

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee,

the Collateral Agent, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good

and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant

and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of Holders as follows:

1.     Defined

Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein

as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “Holders”

as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,”

“hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer

to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2.     Agreement

to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Subsidiary Guarantors (if any), to unconditionally

guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10

of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations

and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture.

3.      Notices.

All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture.

4.      Ratification

of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects

ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental

Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall

be bound hereby.

E-1

5.     Governing

Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT

REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

6.     Trustee

Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7.     Counterparts.

Facsimile, documents executed, scanned and transmitted electronically and electronic signatures, including those created or transmitted

through a software platform or application, shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture and all other

related documents and all matters and agreements related thereto, with such facsimile, scanned and electronic signatures having the same

legal effect as original signatures. The parties agree that this Supplemental Indenture or any other related document or any instrument,

agreement or document necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Supplemental Indenture or the other related

documents or related hereto or thereto (including, without limitation, addendums, amendments, notices, instructions, communications with

respect to the delivery of securities or the wire transfer of funds or other communications) (“Executed Documentation”) may

be accepted, executed or agreed to through the use of an electronic signature in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations

in effect from time to time applicable to the effectiveness and enforceability of electronic signatures. Any Executed Documentation accepted,

executed or agreed to in conformity with such laws, rules and regulations will be binding on all parties hereto to the same extent

as if it were physically executed and each party hereby consents to the use of any third party electronic signature capture service providers

as may be reasonably chosen by a signatory hereto or thereto. When the Trustee acts on any Executed Documentation sent by electronic transmission,

the Trustee will not be responsible or liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from its reliance upon

and compliance with such Executed Documentation, notwithstanding that such Executed Documentation (a) may not be an authorized or

authentic communication of the party involved or in the form such party sent or intended to send (whether due to fraud, distortion or

otherwise) or (b) may conflict with, or be inconsistent with, a subsequent written instruction or communication; it being understood

and agreed that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that Executed Documentation that purports to have been sent by an authorized officer

of a Person has been sent by an authorized officer of such Person. The party providing Executed Documentation through electronic transmission

or otherwise with electronic signatures agrees to assume all risks arising out of such electronic methods, including, without limitation,

the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

8.     Effect

of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

[Signature Pages Follow]

E-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental

Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

[NEW GUARANTOR]

By:

Name:

Title:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY

AMERICAS, as Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

By:

Name:

Title:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY

AMERICAS, as Collateral Agent

By:

Name:

Title:

By:

Name:

Title:

E-3

EX-4.8 — EXHIBIT 4.8

EX-4.8

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex4-8.htm · Sequence: 8

Exhibit 4.8

FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

FOURTH

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of October 6, 2026, among Atlanta Television

Station WUPA Inc., a Delaware corporation, CBS Broadcasting Inc., a New York corporation, CBS DEC INC., a Delaware corporation, CBS

Interactive Media Inc., a Delaware corporation, CBS International Inc., a Delaware corporation, CBS LITV LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company, CBS Mass Media Corporation, a Delaware corporation, CBS Operations Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation, CBS

STUDIOS INC., a Delaware corporation, CBS TELEVISION STATIONS INC., a Delaware corporation, DETROIT TELEVISION STATION WKBD INC., a

Virginia corporation, Los Angeles Television Station KCAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Miami Television Station WBFS

Inc., a Delaware corporation, Paramount Global, a Delaware corporation, Paramount Pictures Corporation, a Delaware corporation,

Philadelphia Television Station WPSG Inc., a Delaware corporation, Pittsburgh Television Station WPCW Inc., a Delaware corporation,

Pluto Inc., a Delaware corporation, Possible Productions Inc., a Delaware corporation, Sacramento Television Stations Inc., a

Delaware corporation, SAN FRANCISCO TELEVISION STATION KBCW INC., a Virginia corporation, SHOWTIME NETWORKS INC., a Delaware

corporation, Skydance Media, LLC, a California limited liability company, The CW Television Stations Inc., a Delaware corporation,

Viacom International Inc., a Delaware corporation, Cable News Network, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Discovery Communications,

LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, DISCOVERY DIGITAL VENTURES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Discovery Global

Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Discovery.com, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Home Box Office, Inc., a

Delaware corporation, Scripps Networks, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, The Cartoon Network, Inc., a Delaware

corporation, Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Turner Network Television, Inc., a Delaware

corporation, Turner Sports, Inc., a Georgia corporation, Warner Bros. Consumer Products Inc., a Delaware corporation,

Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation, Warner Bros. Home Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation, Warner Bros.

International Television Distribution Inc., a Delaware corporation, Warner Bros. Worldwide Television Distribution Inc., a Delaware

corporation, Warner Media, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, WarnerMedia Direct Latin America, LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company, WarnerMedia Direct, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, WarnerMedia Services, LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company, WB Studio Enterprises Inc., a Delaware corporation, and WBD INTERNATIONAL CONTENT, LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company (each, a “New Guarantor” and collectively, the “New Guarantors”), each a

subsidiary of Paramount Skydance Corporation (or its successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), and

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation as trustee (the “Trustee”) under each

Indenture referred to below, collateral agent (the “First Lien Notes Collateral Agent”) under the First

Supplemental Indenture referred to below and collateral agent (the “Second Lien Notes Collateral Agent” and the

First Lien Notes Collateral Agent, the “Collateral Agents”) under the Second Supplemental Indenture and the Third

Supplemental Indenture referred to below.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS the Issuer has

heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture, dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Base

Indenture”), as supplemented by that certain First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 5, 2026 (the

“First Supplemental Indenture”), by and among the Issuer, the First Lien Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee,

that certain Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Second Supplemental

Indenture”), by and among the Issuer, the Second Lien Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee, and that certain Third

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Third Supplemental Indenture” and together with

the First Supplemental Indenture and the Second Supplemental Indenture, each an “Indenture” and together, the

“Indentures”), by and among the Issuer, the Second Lien Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee, providing for the

issuance of the Issuer’s Notes.

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01

of each Indenture, the Trustee, the Collateral Agents and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, are authorized to execute and

deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration

of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of Holders (as defined below) as follows:

1.            Defined

Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in each Indenture or the Base Indenture, as applicable, or in the preamble

or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Supplemental Indenture

shall refer to the “Holders” (as defined in the Base Indenture) of the Notes as defined in each Indenture and the Trustee

acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby”

and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular

section hereof.

2.            Agreement

to Guarantee.

a. Each New Guarantor hereby

agrees, jointly and severally with all other Subsidiary Guarantors, to become a party to the First Supplemental Indenture as a Subsidiary

Guarantor (as defined in the First Supplemental Indenture) and unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes

(as defined in the First Supplemental Indenture) and the First Supplemental Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth

in Article 10 of the First Supplemental Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the First Supplemental Indenture

and such Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the First Supplemental Indenture.

b. Each New Guarantor hereby

agrees, jointly and severally with all other Subsidiary Guarantors, to become a party to the Second Supplemental Indenture as a Subsidiary

Guarantor (as defined in the Second Supplemental Indenture) and unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes

(as defined in the Second Supplemental Indenture) and the Second Supplemental Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set

forth in Article 10 of the Second Supplemental Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Second Supplemental

Indenture and such Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Second Supplemental

Indenture.

c. Each New Guarantor hereby

agrees, jointly and severally with all other Subsidiary Guarantors, to become a party to the Third Supplemental Indenture as a Subsidiary

Guarantor (as defined in the Third Supplemental Indenture) and unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes

(as defined in the Third Supplemental Indenture) and the Third Supplemental Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth

in Article 10 of the Third Supplemental Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Third Supplemental Indenture

and such Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Third Supplemental Indenture.

This Supplemental Indenture

shall constitute a “Guaranty Agreement” under and as defined in each Indenture.

3.            Notices.

All notices or other communications to each New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 11.02 of each Indenture.

4.            Ratification

of Indentures; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indentures. Except as expressly amended hereby, each Indenture is in all respects

ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture

shall form a part of each Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound

hereby.

5.            Governing

Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT

REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

6.            Trustee

Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7.            Counterparts.

Facsimile, documents executed, scanned and transmitted electronically and electronic signatures, including those created or transmitted

through a software platform or application, shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture and all other

related documents and all matters and agreements related thereto, with such facsimile, scanned and electronic signatures having the same

legal effect as original signatures. The parties agree that this Supplemental Indenture or any other related document or any instrument,

agreement or document necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Supplemental Indenture or the other related

documents or related hereto or thereto (including, without limitation, addendums, amendments, notices, instructions, communications with

respect to the delivery of securities or the wire transfer of funds or other communications) (“Executed Documentation”) may

be accepted, executed or agreed to through the use of an electronic signature in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations

in effect from time to time applicable to the effectiveness and enforceability of electronic signatures. Any Executed Documentation accepted,

executed or agreed to in conformity with such laws, rules and regulations will be binding on all parties hereto to the same extent

as if it were physically executed and each party hereby consents to the use of any third party electronic signature capture service providers

as may be reasonably chosen by a signatory hereto or thereto. When the Trustee acts on any Executed Documentation sent by electronic transmission,

the Trustee will not be responsible or liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from its reliance upon

and compliance with such Executed Documentation, notwithstanding that such Executed Documentation (a) may not be an authorized or

authentic communication of the party involved or in the form such party sent or intended to send (whether due to fraud, distortion or

otherwise) or (b) may conflict with, or be inconsistent with, a subsequent written instruction or communication; it being understood

and agreed that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that Executed Documentation that purports to have been sent by an authorized officer

of a Person has been sent by an authorized officer of such Person. The party providing Executed Documentation through electronic transmission

or otherwise with electronic signatures agrees to assume all risks arising out of such electronic methods, including, without limitation,

the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

8.            Effect

of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

[Signature Pages Follow]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties

hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

ATLANTA

TELEVISION STATION WUPA INC.

CBS BROADCASTING INC.

CBS DEC INC.

CBS INTERACTIVE MEDIA INC.

CBS INTERNATIONAL INC.

CBS LITV LLC

CBS MASS MEDIA CORPORATION

CBS OPERATIONS INVESTMENTS INC.

CBS STUDIOS INC.

CBS TELEVISION STATIONS INC.

DETROIT TELEVISION STATION

WKBD INC.

LOS ANGELES TELEVISION

STATION KCAL LLC

MIAMI TELEVISION STATION

WBFS INC.

PARAMOUNT GLOBAL

PARAMOUNT PICTURES CORPORATION

PHILADELPHIA TELEVISION

STATION WPSG INC.

PITTSBURGH TELEVISION

STATION WPCW INC.

PLUTO INC.

POSSIBLE PRODUCTIONS INC.

SACRAMENTO TELEVISION

STATIONS INC.

SAN FRANCISCO TELEVISION STATION KBCW

INC.

SHOWTIME NETWORKS INC.

THE CW TELEVISION STATIONS INC.

VIACOM INTERNATIONAL INC.

By:

/s/ James C. Morrison

Name:

James C. Morrison

Title:

Executive Vice President

and Treasurer

[Signature Page to the Guarantor Supplemental

Indenture]

SKYDANCE MEDIA, LLC

By:

/s/ James C. Morrison

Name:

James C. Morrison

Title:

Treasurer

CABLE NEWS NETWORK, INC.

DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, LLC

DISCOVERY DIGITAL VENTURES, LLC

DISCOVERY.COM, LLC

DISCOVERY GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

HOME BOX OFFICE, INC.

SCRIPPS NETWORKS, LLC

THE CARTOON NETWORK, INC.

TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM,

INC.

TURNER NETWORK TELEVISION, INC.

TURNER SPORTS, INC.

WARNER BROS. CONSUMER PRODUCTS INC.

WARNER BROS. ENTERTAINMENT INC.

WARNER BROS. HOME ENTERTAINMENT INC.

WARNER BROS. INTERNATIONAL

TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION INC.

WARNER BROS. WORLDWIDE TELEVISION

DISTRIBUTION INC.

WARNER MEDIA, LLC

WARNERMEDIA DIRECT LATIN AMERICA,

LLC

WARNERMEDIA DIRECT, LLC

WARNERMEDIA SERVICES, LLC

WB STUDIO ENTERPRISES INC.

WBD INTERNATIONAL CONTENT, LLC

By:

/s/ Fraser Martin Woodford

Name:

Fraser Martin Woodford

Title:

Executive Vice President and Treasurer

[Signature Page to the Guarantor Supplemental

Indenture]

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee

By:

/s/ Denise Kellerk

Name:

Denise Kellerk

Title:

Vice President

By:

/s/ Annie Jaghatspanyan

Name:

Annie Jaghatspanyan

Title:

Director

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as

First Lien Notes Collateral Agent

By:

/s/ Denise Kellerk

Name:

Denise Kellerk

Title:

Vice President

By:

/s/ Annie Jaghatspanyan

Name:

Annie Jaghatspanyan

Title:

Director

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as

Second Lien Notes Collateral Agent

By:

/s/ Denise Kellerk

Name:

Denise Kellerk

Title:

Vice President

By:

/s/ Annie Jaghatspanyan

Name:

Annie Jaghatspanyan

Title:

Director

[Signature Page to the Guarantor Supplemental Indenture]

EX-10.1 — EXHIBIT 10.1

EX-10.1

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex10-1.htm · Sequence: 9

Exhibit 10.1

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION 2025 INCENTIVE

AWARD PLAN

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO PARAMOUNT

SKYDANCE CORPORATION 2025 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN (this “First Amendment”) is made and adopted by the Board of Directors

(the “Board”) of Paramount Skydance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as of October 5,

2026. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Plan (as defined

below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS,

the Company maintains the Paramount Skydance Corporation 2025 Incentive Award Plan (the “Plan”);

WHEREAS,

the Company has entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), dated as of February 27,

2026, by and among the Company, Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc. (“WBD”) and Prince Sub Inc. (“Merger Sub”),

pursuant to which the Company will acquire WBD by virtue of the merger of Merger Sub with and into WBD, with WBD surviving the merger

as the surviving corporation (collectively, the “Transaction”), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth

in the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS,

WBD maintains the Amended and Restated Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the “WBD Stock Plan”),

which was previously adopted by the Board of Directors of WBD and approved by the stockholders of WBD;

WHEREAS,

Section 4.4 of the Plan provides that in the event that a company acquired by the Company, or with which the Company combines, has

equity securities available for grant under a pre-existing plan approved by equityholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition

or combination, the equity securities available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent

appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine

the consideration payable to the equityholders of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under

the Plan and will not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided that Awards using such available shares are not

made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination,

and will only be made to individuals who were not Service Providers prior to such acquisition or combination;

WHEREAS,

pursuant to Section 10.4 of the Plan, the Board may amend the Plan at any time; and

WHEREAS,

in connection with the Transaction, the Company desires to amend the Plan as set forth herein to (i) provide that the shares available

for issuance pursuant to the WBD Stock Plan (as adjusted by the equity award exchange ratio used in the Transaction) may be used for Awards

and issued to certain Service Providers under the Plan following the Closing (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and shall not reduce

the Shares authorized for issuance under the Plan to the extent permitted by the Plan, and (ii) amend the name of the Plan to reflect

the change in the name of the Company from Paramount Skydance Corporation to Skydance Corporation.

NOW,

THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Plan is hereby amended as set forth herein, effective as of, and subject to and contingent

upon the occurrence of, the Closing.

AMENDMENT

1.            The

Plan is hereby amended to change the name of the Plan to the Skydance Corporation 2025 Incentive Award Plan.

2.            Section 11.13

of the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“11.13 “Company”

means Skydance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor.”

3.            The

following new Sections are hereby added to Article XI of the Plan, and each applicable subsequent section of the Plan (and all cross

references thereto) shall be renumbered accordingly:

“11.26 “Legacy

WBD Participant” means a Service Provider who provided services to WBD and/or its subsidiaries immediately prior to the WBD

Closing Date.”

“11.27 “New Company

Participant” means a Service Provider who first commenced providing services to the Company and/or any Subsidiary on or following

the WBD Closing Date, other than any Legacy WBD Participant.”

“11.48 “WBD”

means Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc.”

“11.49 “WBD Closing

Date” means the “Closing Date” as set forth in the WBD Merger Agreement.”

“11.50 “WBD Merger

Agreement” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 27, 2026, by and among the Company, WBD

and Prince Sub Inc., as may be amended from time to time.”

“11.51 “WBD Share

Reserve” means a number of Shares equal to the product of (i) the aggregate number of shares of common stock of WBD which,

as of immediately prior to the closing of the Merger (as defined in the WBD Merger Agreement), remained available for issuance under the

WBD Stock Plan, multiplied by (ii) the Equity Award Exchange Ratio (as defined in the WBD Merger Agreement), rounded down to the

nearest whole Share.”

“11.52 “WBD Stock

Plan” means the Amended and Restated Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan.”

4.            The

following language is hereby added at the end of Section 4.4 of the Plan:

“Without

limiting the generality of the foregoing, in connection with the Merger (as defined in the WBD Merger Agreement), the WBD Share Reserve

may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan, to the extent that grants of

Awards using such Shares (i) are permitted without stockholder approval under the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

(or such other applicable principal securities exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is then listed), (ii) are made

only to individuals who, on or after the WBD Closing Date, are Legacy WBD Participants or New Company Participants, and (iii) are

only granted under the Plan during the period commencing on the WBD Closing Date and ending on June 3, 2034. The WBD Share Reserve

shall be used for purposes of the Plan in accordance with this Section 4.4 and the applicable listing standards and rules issued

by The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, the New York Stock Exchange or such other applicable principal securities exchange or quotation system

on which the Common Stock is then listed.”

5.            This

First Amendment shall be and is hereby incorporated in and forms a part of the Plan.

6.            Except

as expressly provided herein, all terms and provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

2

EX-10.2 — EXHIBIT 10.2

EX-10.2

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex10-2.htm · Sequence: 10

Exhibit 10.2

David Ellison

c/o last address on file

with the Company

Dear Mr. Ellison:

Reference is made to that

certain employment agreement between you and the Company, effective as of August 7, 2025 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized

terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

This letter agreement (this

“Amendment”) amends the Agreement, effective as of the closing of the transaction contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of

Merger dated as of February 27, 2026 among Warner Bros Discovery, Inc., Paramount Skydance Corporation and Prince Sub Inc. (the

“Amendment Effective Date”).

NOW,

THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the

receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.            Contract

Period.

Paragraph 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended to replace

the first sentence with the following:

“The term of your employment hereunder

shall begin on the Effective Date and, unless terminated earlier as set forth herein, shall continue through and including August 7,

2031 (the “Contract Period”).”

2.            Salary.

Paragraph 3(a) of the Agreement

is hereby amended such that, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, your Salary shall be Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) per

year.

3.            Bonus.

Paragraph 3(b) of the Agreement

is hereby amended such that, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, your Target Bonus shall be Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000)

per year (the “Target Bonus”). For purposes of clarity and avoidance of doubt, your Target Bonus for the 2026 fiscal year

shall be blended to reflect your Target Bonus in effect prior to and after the Amendment Effective Date.

4.            Long-Term

Incentive Compensation.

Paragraph 3(c) of the Agreement

is hereby amended to add eligibility for annual equity grants. The current language in Paragraph 3(c) shall be renumbered 3(c)(i) and

the following paragraph shall be added as Paragraph 3(c)(ii):

“In addition to the previously granted

Sign-on Award, for each Company calendar year occurring during the Contract Period (commencing with calendar year 2027), and subject to

approval of the Board or a committee of the Board and your continued employment with the Company through the grant date, you will be eligible

to receive annual equity awards with an aggregate target grant-date value (as determined by the Board or a committee of the Board, as

applicable) of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000); provided, however, that your target annual grant value shall increase to Twenty

Million Dollars ($20,000,000) commencing with calendar year 2031. Upon request by the Company each December or January, beginning

in 2027, you will elect to receive the target grant date value of your annual grants either in (1) 100% RSUs or (2) a combination

of stock options and RSUs. In addition, subject to approval of the Board or a committee of the Board and your continued employment with

the Company through the grant date, upon or as soon as practicable following the Amendment Effective Date, you will be eligible to receive

a one-time award of One Hundred Four Thousand One Hundred Sixty-Seven (104,167) restricted stock units covering shares of Class B

Common Stock of Parent (the “Amendment Award”). The Amendment Award and each annual equity award shall be subject to the terms

and conditions set forth in the Plan and an award agreement in a form provided by Parent evidencing the grant of the Amendment Award or

such annual equity award.”

Paragraph 11(c)(iv) of the Agreement

is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“Any Company equity awards (“Awards”)

granted to you under the Plan and which remain outstanding as of the date of termination (if any) shall vest with respect to the number

of shares of Class B Common Stock subject to the applicable Award that would have vested if you had remained in continued employment

with the Company through the end of the Severance Period (or with respect to such lesser number of shares subject to the Awards that remain

unvested as of the date of termination) upon the date on which the Release becomes effective and irrevocable (and, for clarity, such Awards

shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest pursuant to this paragraph 11(c)(iv) on the date on which the Release becomes effective

and irrevocable and will be forfeited on the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of such termination of employment if such Awards (or

portions thereof) do not vest on or before such date);”

5.            Earned

Bonus upon Death.

Paragraph 13(a) of the Agreement

is hereby amended to add the following after the last sentence:

“In addition to any Accrued Compensation

and Benefits, the Company will pay your designated beneficiary (or, if there is no such beneficiary, your estate) the Earned Bonus to

the extent unpaid as of your death, payable as and when annual bonuses are generally paid to other senior executives of the Company for

the fiscal year preceding the year of your death (but in no event later than March 15th of the fiscal year following your

death).”

6.            Earned

Bonus upon Disability.

Paragraph 14 of the Agreement is hereby

amended to replace the second sentence with the following:

“In the event of such termination

of this Agreement, you shall receive any Accrued Compensation and Benefits and the Company will pay you the Earned Bonus (to the extent

unpaid as of such termination), with such Earned Bonus payable as and when annual bonuses are generally paid to other senior executives

of the Company for the fiscal year preceding the year in which your employment terminates (but in no event later than March 15th

of the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which your employment terminates).”

Except as herein amended,

all other terms and conditions of your Agreement shall remain the same and your Agreement as herein amended shall remain in full force

and effect.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

If the foregoing correctly

sets forth our understanding, please sign and return this letter. This document shall constitute a binding agreement between us only after

it has also been executed by the Company and a fully executed copy has been returned to you.

Very truly yours,

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

/s/ James Joseph Sterner

Name:

James Joseph Sterner

Title:

Chief People Officer

SKYDANCE PRODUCTIONS, LLC

By:

/s/ James Joseph Sterner

Name:

James Joseph Sterner

Title:

Chief People Officer

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

/s/ David Ellison

David Ellison

Dated:

October 6, 2026

EX-10.3 — EXHIBIT 10.3

EX-10.3

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex10-3.htm · Sequence: 11

Exhibit 10.3

Ynon Kreiz

c/o last address on file

with the Company

Dear Mr. Kreiz:

Reference is made to that

certain employment agreement between you and the Company, effective as of October 5, 2026 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized

terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

This letter agreement (this

“Amendment”) amends the Agreement, effective as of the closing of the transaction contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of

Merger dated as of February 27, 2026 among Warner Bros Discovery, Inc., Paramount Skydance Corporation and Prince Sub Inc.

NOW,

THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the

receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.             Long-Term

Incentive Compensation

Paragraph 11(c)(iv) of the Agreement is

hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“Any Company equity awards (“Awards”)

granted to you under the Plan (or any successor equity plan thereto) and which remain outstanding as of the date of termination (if any)

shall vest with respect to the number of Shares subject to the applicable Award that would have vested if you had remained in continued

employment with the Company through the end of the Severance Period (or with respect to such lesser number of shares subject to the Awards

that remain unvested as of the date of termination) upon the date on which the Release becomes effective and irrevocable (and, for clarity,

such Awards shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest pursuant to this paragraph 11(c)(iv) on the date on which the Release becomes

effective and irrevocable and will be forfeited on the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of such termination of employment if such

Awards (or portions thereof) do not vest on or before such date);”

2.            Earned

Bonus upon Death.

Paragraph 13(a) of the Agreement

is hereby amended to add the following after the last sentence:

“In addition to any Accrued Compensation

and Benefits, the Company will pay your designated beneficiary (or, if there is no such beneficiary, your estate) the Earned Bonus to

the extent unpaid as of your death, payable as and when annual bonuses are generally paid to other senior executives of the Company for

the fiscal year preceding the year of your death (but in no event later than March 15th of the fiscal year following your

death).”

3.             Earned

Bonus upon Disability.

Paragraph 14 of the Agreement is hereby

amended to replace the second sentence with the following:

“In the event of such termination

of this Agreement, you shall receive any Accrued Compensation and Benefits and the Company will pay you the Earned Bonus (to the extent

unpaid as of such termination), with such Earned Bonus payable as and when annual bonuses are generally paid to other senior executives

of the Company for the fiscal year preceding the year in which your employment terminates (but in no event later than March 15th

of the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which your employment terminates).”

Except as herein amended,

all other terms and conditions of your Agreement shall remain the same and your Agreement as herein amended shall remain in full force

and effect.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

If the foregoing correctly

sets forth our understanding, please sign and return this letter. This document shall constitute a binding agreement between us only after

it has also been executed by the Company and a fully executed copy has been returned to you.

Very truly yours,

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

/s/ David Ellison

Name:

David Ellison

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

PARAMOUNT GLOBAL

By:

/s/ David Ellison

Name:

David Ellison

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

/s/ Ynon Kreiz

Ynon Kreiz

Dated:

October 6, 2026

EX-10.4 — EXHIBIT 10.4

EX-10.4

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex10-4.htm · Sequence: 12

Exhibit 10.4

Andrew Brandon-Gordon

c/o last address on file

with the Company

Dear Mr. Gordon:

Reference is made to that

certain employment agreement between you and the Company, effective as of August 7, 2025 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized

terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

This letter agreement (this

“Amendment”) amends the Agreement, effective as of the closing of the transaction contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of

Merger dated as of February 27, 2026 among Warner Bros Discovery, Inc., Paramount Skydance Corporation and Prince Sub Inc. (the

“Amendment Effective Date”).

NOW,

THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the

receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.            Contract

Period.

Paragraph 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended to replace

the first sentence with the following:

“The term of your employment hereunder

shall begin on the Effective Date and, unless terminated earlier as set forth herein, shall continue through and including August 7,

2031 (the “Contract Period”).”

2.            Duties

and Reporting.

Paragraph 2 of the Agreement is hereby

amended to replace your title set forth therein such that, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, you shall be President of Parent,

reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Parent. For purposes of clarity and avoidance of doubt,

you will remain a member of the Board following the merger between Warner Bros Discovery, Inc., Paramount Skydance Corporation and

Prince Sub Inc.

Paragraph 11(a)(ii)(B) of the Agreement

is hereby amended by replacing it with the following: “(B) an adverse change in your title or an adverse change in your duties

or responsibilities, including without limitation any requirement that you report to any person(s) other than the Chief Executive

Officer or Co-Chief Executive Officer;”.

Andrew Brandon-Gordon

Page 2

3.            Salary.

Paragraph 3(a) of the Agreement

is hereby amended such that, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, your Salary shall be Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) per

year.

4.            Bonus.

Paragraph 3(b) of the Agreement

is hereby amended such that, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, your Target Bonus shall be Two Million Six Hundred Thousand

Dollars ($2,600,000) per year (the “Target Bonus”). For purposes of clarity and avoidance of doubt, your Target Bonus for

the 2026 fiscal year shall be blended to reflect your Target Bonus in effect prior to and after the Amendment Effective Date.

5.            Long-Term

Incentive Compensation.

Paragraph 3(c) of the Agreement

is hereby amended to add eligibility for annual equity grants. The current language in Paragraph 3(c) shall be renumbered 3(c)(i) and

the following paragraph shall be added as Paragraph 3(c)(ii):

“In addition to the previously granted

Sign-on Award, for each Company calendar year occurring during the Contract Period (commencing with calendar year 2027), and subject to

approval of the Board or a committee of the Board and your continued employment with the Company through the grant date, you will be eligible

to receive annual equity awards with an aggregate target grant-date value (as determined by the Board or a committee of the Board, as

applicable) of One Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,400,000); provided, however, that your target annual grant value shall

increase to Thirteen Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($13,400,000) commencing with calendar year 2031. The Board or such committee

of the Board shall determine in its sole discretion the grant timing, amount and form(s), and such other terms and conditions, applicable

to any such annual equity award. Upon request by the Company each December or January, beginning in 2027, you will elect to receive

the target grant date value of your annual grants either in (1) 100% RSUs or (2) a combination of stock options and RSUs. In

addition, subject to approval of the Board or a committee of the Board and your continued employment with the Company through the grant

date, upon or as soon as practicable following the Amendment Effective Date, you will be eligible to receive a one-time award of Twenty-Nine

Thousand One Hundred Sixty-Seven (29,167) restricted stock units covering shares of Class B Common Stock of Parent (the “Amendment

Award”). The Amendment Award and each annual equity award shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and

an award agreement in a form provided by Parent evidencing the grant of the Amendment Award or such annual equity award.”

Andrew Brandon-Gordon

Page 3

Paragraph 11(c)(iv) of the Agreement

is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“Any Company equity awards (“Awards”)

granted to you under the Plan and which remain outstanding as of the date of termination (if any) shall vest with respect to the number

of shares of Class B Common Stock subject to the applicable Award that would have vested if you had remained in continued employment

with the Company through the end of the Severance Period (or with respect to such lesser number of shares subject to the Awards that remain

unvested as of the date of termination) upon the date on which the Release becomes effective and irrevocable (and, for clarity, such Awards

shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest pursuant to this paragraph 11(c)(iv) on the date on which the Release becomes effective

and irrevocable and will be forfeited on the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of such termination of employment if such Awards (or

portions thereof) do not vest on or before such date).”

The following paragraph is hereby added

to the Agreement as Paragraph 11(f):

“(f) Qualifying Retirement.

Upon your Qualifying Retirement, subject to your timely execution and delivery to the Company and non-revocation of the Release in accordance

with paragraph 11(d) (which paragraph, for clarity, shall apply to the Retirement Acceleration to the same extent as it applies to

the Severance Benefits), any Awards granted to you under the Plan and which remain outstanding as of the date of such Qualifying Retirement

(if any) shall vest in full (to the extent then-unvested) on the date on which the Release becomes effective and irrevocable (and, for

clarity, such Awards shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest pursuant to this paragraph 11(f) on the date on which the Release

becomes effective and irrevocable and will be forfeited on the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of such termination of employment

if such Awards (or portions thereof) do not vest on or before such date) (the “Retirement Acceleration”). For purposes of

this Agreement, “Qualifying Retirement” means (i) a voluntary termination of your employment upon written notice to the

Company (the “Retirement Notice”), with such termination to be effective as of the date on which the Contract Period expires;

provided, that the Retirement Notice must be given at least ninety (90) days (but in no event more than twelve (12) months) prior to the

date on which the Contract Period expires; or (ii) a termination of your employment as a result of the expiration of the Contract

Period due to the Company not extending the Contract Period (provided that, at the time of such expiration, you are willing and able to

continue providing services to the Company on terms and conditions substantially similar to those set forth in this Agreement). For clarity,

a Qualifying Retirement shall not constitute a resignation for Good Reason.

Andrew Brandon-Gordon

Page 4

Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary in this Agreement (and without limiting paragraphs 6 or 17 of this Agreement), if, within three (3) years

following your Qualifying Retirement, you directly or indirectly, (A) except as otherwise agreed to by the Company in writing,

accept or perform any employment, consulting, advisory, or other service relationship on a regular or ongoing basis, which means services

that average more than twenty (20) hours per week or are expected to last more than twelve (12) months (including full-time employment),

in any case, within the entertainment, media, technology or telecommunications industries; or (B) materially violate the provisions

of paragraph 6(a) (which, for clarity, shall apply following a Qualifying Retirement solely for purposes of this paragraph 11(f))

(in each case, other than your ownership or engagement with any restaurant or any services on any non-profit or for-profit board of directors,

trustees, or similar governing body), you shall be required to return to the Company the shares of Class B Common Stock received

by you (for clarity, net of any shares of Class B Common Stock sold to cover applicable withholding taxes (if any)) as a result of

the Retirement Acceleration, together with any cash payments (for clarity, net of any applicable withholding taxes) related to dividend

equivalents thereon; provided, however, to the extent that any such shares of Class B Common Stock were sold by you, you shall remit

to the Company any proceeds realized on the sale of such shares of Class B Common Stock. The last three sentences of paragraph 17(d) of

this Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to this paragraph 11(f).”

6.            Earned

Bonus upon Death.

Paragraph 13(a) of the Agreement

is hereby amended to add the following after the last sentence:

“In addition to any Accrued Compensation

and Benefits, the Company will pay your designated beneficiary (or, if there is no such beneficiary, your estate) the Earned Bonus to

the extent unpaid as of your death, payable as and when annual bonuses are generally paid to other senior executives of the Company for

the fiscal year preceding the year of your death (but in no event later than March 15th of the fiscal year following your

death).”

Andrew Brandon-Gordon

Page 5

7.            Earned

Bonus upon Disability.

Paragraph 14 of the Agreement is hereby

amended to replace the second sentence with the following:

“In the event of such termination

of this Agreement, you shall receive any Accrued Compensation and Benefits and the Company will pay you the Earned Bonus (to the extent

unpaid as of such termination), with such Earned Bonus payable as and when annual bonuses are generally paid to other senior executives

of the Company for the fiscal year preceding the year in which your employment terminates (but in no event later than March 15th

of the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which your employment terminates).”

Except as herein amended,

all other terms and conditions of your Agreement shall remain the same and your Agreement as herein amended shall remain in full force

and effect.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

If the foregoing correctly

sets forth our understanding, please sign and return this letter. This document shall constitute a binding agreement between us only after

it has also been executed by the Company and a fully executed copy has been returned to you.

Very truly yours,

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

/s/ David Ellison

Name:

David Ellison

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

PARAMOUNT GLOBAL

By:

/s/ David Ellison

Name:

David Ellison

Title:

Chief Executive Office

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

/s/ Andrew Brandon-Gordon

Andrew Brandon-Gordon

Dated:

October 6, 2026

EX-10.5 — EXHIBIT 10.5

EX-10.5

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex10-5.htm · Sequence: 13

Exhibit 10.5

Dennis Cinelli

c/o last address on file

with the Company

Dear Mr. Cinelli:

Reference is made to that

certain employment agreement between you and the Company, effective as of January 15, 2026 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized

terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

This letter agreement (this

“Amendment”) amends the Agreement, effective as of the closing of the transaction contemplated by the Agreement and Plan

of Merger dated as of February 27, 2026 among Warner Bros Discovery, Inc., Paramount Skydance Corporation and Prince Sub Inc.

(the “Amendment Effective Date”).

NOW,

THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the

receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.            Contract

Period.

Paragraph 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended to replace

the first sentence with the following:

“The term of your employment hereunder

shall begin on the Effective Date and, unless terminated earlier as set forth herein, shall continue through and including January 15,

2032 (the “Contract Period”).”

2.            Reporting.

Paragraph 2 of the Agreement is hereby

amended to reflect that you shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Parent.

Paragraph 11(a)(ii)(B) of the

Agreement is hereby amended by replacing it with the following: “(B) an adverse change in your title or an adverse change

in your duties or responsibilities, including without limitation any requirement that you report to any person(s) other than the

Chief Executive Officer or Co-Chief Executive Officer;”

3.            Salary.

Paragraph 3(a) of the Agreement

is hereby amended such that, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, your Salary shall be Three Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars

($3,400,000) per year.

Dennis Cinelli

Page 2

4.            Bonus.

Paragraph 3(b) of the Agreement

is hereby amended such that, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, your Target Bonus shall be Two Million Six Hundred Thousand

Dollars ($2,600,000) per year (the “Target Bonus”). For purposes of clarity and avoidance of doubt, your Target Bonus for

the 2026 fiscal year shall be blended to reflect your Target Bonus in effect prior to and after the Amendment Effective Date.

5.            Long-Term

Incentive Compensation.

Paragraph 3(c) of the Agreement

is hereby amended to add eligibility for annual equity grants. The current language in Paragraph 3(c) shall be renumbered 3(c)(i) and

the following paragraph shall be added as Paragraph 3(c)(ii):

“In addition to the previously

granted Sign-on Award, for each Company calendar year occurring during the Contract Period (commencing with calendar year 2027), and

subject to approval of the Board or a committee of the Board and your continued employment with the Company through the grant date, you

will be eligible to receive annual equity awards with an aggregate target grant-date value (as determined by the Board or a committee

of the Board, as applicable) of One Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,250,000); provided, however, that your target

annual grant value shall increase to Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($12,500,000) commencing with calendar year 2031. The

Board or such committee of the Board shall determine in its sole discretion the grant timing, amount and form(s), and such other terms

and conditions, applicable to any such annual equity award. Upon request by the Company each December or January, beginning in 2027,

you will elect to receive the target grant date value of your annual grants either in (1) 100% RSUs or (2) a combination of

stock options and RSUs. In addition, subject to approval of the Board or a committee of the Board and your continued employment with

the Company through the grant date, upon or as soon as practicable following the Amendment Effective Date, you will be eligible to receive

a one-time award of Twenty-Six Thousand Forty-Two (26,042) restricted stock units covering shares of Class B Common Stock of Parent

(the “Amendment Award”). The Amendment Award and each annual equity award shall be subject to the terms and conditions set

forth in the Plan and an award agreement in a form provided by Parent evidencing the grant of the Amendment Award or such annual equity

award.”

Dennis Cinelli

Page 3

Paragraph 11(c)(iv) of the Agreement

is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“Any Company equity awards (“Awards”)

granted to you under the Plan and which remain outstanding as of the date of termination (if any) shall vest with respect to the number

of shares of Class B Common Stock subject to the applicable Award that would have vested if you had remained in continued employment

with the Company through the end of the Severance Period (or with respect to such lesser number of shares subject to the Awards that

remain unvested as of the date of termination) upon the date on which the Release becomes effective and irrevocable (and, for clarity,

such Awards shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest pursuant to this paragraph 11(c)(iv) on the date on which the Release

becomes effective and irrevocable and will be forfeited on the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of such termination of employment

if such Awards (or portions thereof) do not vest on or before such date);”

6.            Earned

Bonus upon Death.

Paragraph 13(a) of the Agreement

is hereby amended to add the following after the last sentence:

“In addition to any Accrued Compensation

and Benefits, the Company will pay your designated beneficiary (or, if there is no such beneficiary, your estate) the Earned Bonus to

the extent unpaid as of your death, payable as and when annual bonuses are generally paid to other senior executives of the Company for

the fiscal year preceding the year of your death (but in no event later than March 15th of the fiscal year following

your death).”

7.            Earned

Bonus upon Disability.

Paragraph 14 of the Agreement is hereby

amended to replace the second sentence with the following:

“In the event of such termination

of this Agreement, you shall receive any Accrued Compensation and Benefits and the Company will pay you the Earned Bonus (to the extent

unpaid as of such termination), with such Earned Bonus payable as and when annual bonuses are generally paid to other senior executives

of the Company for the fiscal year preceding the year in which your employment terminates (but in no event later than March 15th

of the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which your employment terminates).”

Dennis Cinelli

Page 4

Except as herein amended,

all other terms and conditions of your Agreement shall remain the same and your Agreement as herein amended shall remain in full force

and effect.

If the foregoing correctly

sets forth our understanding, please sign and return this letter. This document shall constitute a binding agreement between us only

after it has also been executed by the Company and a fully executed copy has been returned to you.

Very truly yours,

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

/s/ James Joseph Sterner

Name:

James Joseph Sterner

Title:

Chief People Officer

PARAMOUNT GLOBAL

By:

/s/ James Joseph Sterner

Name:

James Joseph Sterner

Title:

Chief People Officer

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

/s/ Dennis Cinelli

Dennis Cinelli

Dated:

October 6, 2026

EX-10.6 — EXHIBIT 10.6

EX-10.6

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex10-6.htm · Sequence: 14

Exhibit 10.6

Makan Delrahim

c/o last address on file

with the Company

Dear Mr. Delrahim:

Reference is made to that

certain employment agreement between you and the Company, effective as of October 6, 2025 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized

terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

This letter agreement (this

“Amendment”) amends the Agreement, effective as of the closing of the transaction contemplated by the Agreement and Plan

of Merger dated as of February 27, 2026 among Warner Bros Discovery, Inc., Paramount Skydance Corporation and Prince Sub Inc.

(the “Amendment Effective Date”).

NOW,

THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the

receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.            Contract

Period.

Paragraph 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended to replace

the first sentence with the following:

“The term of your employment hereunder

shall begin on the Effective Date and, unless terminated earlier as set forth herein, shall continue through and including October 6,

2031 (the “Contract Period”).”

2.            Reporting.

Paragraph 2 of the Agreement is hereby

amended to reflect that you shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Parent.

Paragraph 11(a)(ii)(B) of the

Agreement is hereby amended by replacing it with the following: “(B) an adverse change in your title or an adverse change

in your duties or responsibilities, including without limitation any requirement that you report to any person(s) other than the

Chief Executive Officer or Co-Chief Executive Officer;”

3.            Salary.

Paragraph 3(a) of the Agreement

is hereby amended such that, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, your Salary shall be Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) per

year.

Makan Delrahim

Page 2

4.            Bonus.

Paragraph 3(b) of the Agreement

is hereby amended such that, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, your Target Bonus shall be Two Million Six Hundred Thousand

Dollars ($2,600,000) per year (the “Target Bonus”). For purposes of clarity and avoidance of doubt, your Target Bonus for

the 2026 fiscal year shall be blended to reflect your Target Bonus in effect prior to and after the Amendment Effective Date.

5.            Long-Term

Incentive Compensation.

Paragraph 3(c) of the Agreement

is hereby amended to add eligibility for annual equity grants. The current language in Paragraph 3(c) shall be renumbered 3(c)(i) and

the following paragraph shall be added as Paragraph 3(c)(ii):

“In addition to the previously

granted Sign-on Award, for each Company calendar year occurring during the Contract Period (commencing with calendar year 2027), and

subject to approval of the Board or a committee of the Board and your continued employment with the Company through the grant date, you

will be eligible to receive annual equity awards with an aggregate target grant-date value (as determined by the Board or a committee

of the Board, as applicable) of Four Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,400,000); provided, however, that your target annual

grant value shall increase to Thirteen Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($13,400,000) commencing with calendar year 2031. The Board

or such committee of the Board shall determine in its sole discretion the grant timing, amount and form(s), and such other terms and

conditions, applicable to any such annual equity award. Upon request by the Company each December or January, beginning in 2027,

you will elect to receive the target grant date value of your annual grants either in (1) 100% RSUs or (2) a combination of

stock options and RSUs. In addition, subject to approval of the Board or a committee of the Board and your continued employment with

the Company through the grant date, upon or as soon as practicable following the Amendment Effective Date, you will be eligible to receive

a one-time award of Ninety-One Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-Seven (91,667) restricted stock units covering shares of Class B Common

Stock of Parent (the “Amendment Award”). The Amendment Award and each annual equity award shall be subject to the terms and

conditions set forth in the Plan and an award agreement in a form provided by Parent evidencing the grant of the Amendment Award or such

annual equity award.”

Makan Delrahim

Page 3

Paragraph 11(c)(iv) of the Agreement

is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“Any Company equity awards (“Awards”)

granted to you under the Plan and which remain outstanding as of the date of termination (if any) shall vest with respect to the number

of shares of Class B Common Stock subject to the applicable Award that would have vested if you had remained in continued employment

with the Company through the end of the Severance Period (or with respect to such lesser number of shares subject to the Awards that

remain unvested as of the date of termination) upon the date on which the Release becomes effective and irrevocable (and, for clarity,

such Awards shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest pursuant to this paragraph 11(c)(iv) on the date on which the Release

becomes effective and irrevocable and will be forfeited on the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of such termination of employment

if such Awards (or portions thereof) do not vest on or before such date);”

6.            Earned

Bonus upon Death.

Paragraph 13(a) of the Agreement

is hereby amended to add the following after the last sentence:

“In addition to any Accrued Compensation

and Benefits, the Company will pay your designated beneficiary (or, if there is no such beneficiary, your estate) the Earned Bonus to

the extent unpaid as of your death, payable as and when annual bonuses are generally paid to other senior executives of the Company for

the fiscal year preceding the year of your death (but in no event later than March 15th of the fiscal year following

your death).”

7.            Earned

Bonus upon Disability.

Paragraph 14 of the Agreement is hereby

amended to replace the second sentence with the following:

“In the event of such termination

of this Agreement, you shall receive any Accrued Compensation and Benefits and the Company will pay you the Earned Bonus (to the extent

unpaid as of such termination), with such Earned Bonus payable as and when annual bonuses are generally paid to other senior executives

of the Company for the fiscal year preceding the year in which your employment terminates (but in no event later than March 15th

of the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which your employment terminates).”

Makan Delrahim

Page 4

Except as herein amended,

all other terms and conditions of your Agreement shall remain the same and your Agreement as herein amended shall remain in full force

and effect.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Makan Delrahim

Page 5

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding,

please sign and return this letter. This document shall constitute a binding agreement between us only after it has also been executed

by the Company and a fully executed copy has been returned to you.

Very truly yours,

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

/s/ James Joseph Sterner

Name:

James Joseph Sterner

Title:

Chief People Officer

PARAMOUNT GLOBAL

By:

/s/ James Joseph Sterner

Name:

James Joseph Sterner

Title:

Chief People Officer

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

/s/ Makan Delrahim

Makan Delrahim

Dated:

October 6, 2026

EX-10.7 — EXHIBIT 10.7

EX-10.7

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex10-7.htm · Sequence: 15

Exhibit 10.7

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated as of

October 5, 2026 (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and among Paramount Skydance Corporation, a Delaware corporation

(the “Company”), and BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Apollo Global Securities, LLC, as

representatives (the “Representatives”) of the initial purchasers (the “Initial Purchasers”) listed

in Schedule 1 to the Purchase Agreement, dated September 30, 2026 (the “Purchase Agreement”).

Upon consummation of the Acquisition (as defined

in the Purchase Agreement), Warner Bros. Discovery Inc. (“WBD”), certain subsidiaries of WBD identified in the Purchase

Agreement and certain subsidiaries of the Company identified in the Purchase Agreement (collectively, the “Guarantors”)

will execute and deliver a joinder agreement hereto substantially in the form attached as Annex A hereto (the “Registration Rights

Agreement Joinder”) and shall thereby join this Agreement. The covenants, agreements and acknowledgements of the Company and

the Guarantors under this Agreement shall not be enforceable until the execution and delivery by each of them of the Registration Rights

Agreement Joinder.

The Company and the Representatives are, and, upon

execution and delivery of the Joinders to the Purchase Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), the Guarantors will be parties

to the Purchase Agreement, which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $3,500,000,000 principal amount of

6.300% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2028 (the “2028 First Lien Notes”), $3,500,000,000 principal amount of 6.550%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2029 (the “2029 First Lien Notes”), $6,500,000,000 principal amount of 7.050% Senior

Secured First Lien Notes due 2031 (the “2031 First Lien Notes”), $5,250,000,000 principal amount of 7.550% Senior Secured

First Lien Notes due 2033 (the “2033 First Lien Notes”), $5,250,000,000 principal amount of 7.900% Senior Secured First

Lien Notes due 2036 (the “2036 First Lien Notes”), $1,250,000,000 principal amount of 8.650% Senior Secured First Lien

Notes due 2046 (the “2046 First Lien Notes”), $3,500,000,000 principal amount of 8.750% Senior Secured First Lien Notes

due 2056 (the “2056 First Lien Notes”) and $1,250,000,000 principal amount of 8.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes

due 2066 (the “2066 First Lien Notes” and together with the 2028 First Lien Notes, the 2029 First Lien Notes, the 2031

First Lien Notes, the 2033 First Lien Notes, the 2036 First Lien Notes, the 2046 First Lien Notes and the 2056 First Lien Notes, the “Securities”)

which, pursuant to the terms of the Guarantor Supplemental Indenture (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) will be guaranteed on a senior

secured first lien basis by the Guarantors.

As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter

into the Purchase Agreement, the Company and, upon execution of the Registration Rights Agreement Joinder, the Guarantors have agreed

to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company is a condition

to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties

hereto agree as follows:

1.          Definitions.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Acquisition Date” shall have

the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

“affiliate” shall have the meaning

set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

“Business Day” shall mean any

day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain

closed.

1

“Company” shall have the meaning

set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Company’s successors.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

“Exchange Dates” shall have

the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.

“Exchange Offer” shall mean

the exchange offer by the Company and the Guarantors of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

“Exchange Offer Registration”

shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement”

shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments

and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all

exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

“Exchange Securities” shall

mean senior secured first lien notes issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms substantially

identical to the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in

annual interest rate after the date of issuance thereof for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities

in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

“FINRA” shall mean the Financial

Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

“Free Writing Prospectus” shall

mean each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used

or referred to by the Company in connection with the sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities.

“Guarantees” shall mean the

guarantees of the Securities and guarantees of the Exchange Securities by the Guarantors under the Indenture.

“Guarantors” shall have the

meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include any Guarantor’s successor that Guarantees the Securities until, in each

case, such time as any such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, the

term “Guarantors” excludes any entity whose Guarantee was released (and not since reinstated) in accordance with the Indenture.

“Holders” shall mean the Initial

Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees

who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that, for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 hereof, the term

“Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers.

“Indemnified Person” shall have

the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

“Indemnifying Person” shall

have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture

relating to the Securities dated as of October 5, 2026 between the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee,

as supplemented by the supplemental indentures for each series of Securities and the Guarantor Supplemental Indenture and as the same

may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

2

“Initial Purchasers” shall have

the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Inspector” shall have the meaning

set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv) hereof.

“Issuer Information” shall have

the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

“Majority Holders” shall mean

the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the

consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities owned

directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was

given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; and provided, further, that if the Company shall issue any additional

Securities under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration

Statement, such additional Securities and the Registrable Securities to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one

class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been

obtained.

“Notice and Questionnaire” shall

mean a notice of registration statement and selling security holder questionnaire distributed to a Holder by the Company upon receipt

of a Shelf Request from such Holder.

“Participating Broker-Dealers”

shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“Participating Holder” shall

mean any Holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance

with Section 2(b) hereof.

“Person” shall mean an individual,

partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision

thereof.

“Prospectus” shall mean the

prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement,

including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus

supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement,

and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein.

“Purchase Agreement” shall have

the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Representatives” shall have

the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Registrable Securities” shall

mean the Securities; provided that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement

with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant

to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding or (iii) except in the case of Securities

that otherwise remain Registrable Securities and that are held by the Initial Purchasers and that are ineligible to be exchanged in the

Exchange Offer, when the Exchange Offer is completed.

3

“Registration Default” shall

mean the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not become effective on or prior to

the Target Registration Date, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, has not

become effective on or prior to the Shelf Effectiveness Deadline, (iii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement,

has become effective and thereafter ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case other

than during any suspension permitted under Section 3(d) hereof or to the extent such ineffectiveness or unusability results

from a Holder’s failure to provide information required under Section 3(b) hereof, at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness

Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 120 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period

or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective and thereafter, on more than three

occasions in any 12-month period during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, the Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective or the

Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case other than during any suspension permitted under Section 3(d) hereof

or to the extent such ineffectiveness or unusability results from a Holder’s failure to provide information required under Section 3(b) hereof.

“Registration Expenses” shall

mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without

limitation: (i) all SEC, applicable U.S. and non-U.S. stock exchange or FINRA listing, registration and filing fees, (ii) all

fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements

of counsel for any Underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities),

(iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration

Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities

sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement,

(iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable

securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel

for (A) the Company and the Guarantors and (B), in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable and documented fees

and disbursements of one counsel for the Participating Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Participating Holders holding a

majority of the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities held by such Participating Holders and which counsel may also be

counsel for the Initial Purchasers), but in no event to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate pursuant to this clause (B), and (viii) the

fees and disbursements of the independent registered public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any

special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but

excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders

and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable

Securities by a Holder.

“Registration Rights Agreement Joinder”

shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Registration Statement” shall

mean any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities

pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including post-effective

amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated

by reference therein.

“SEC” shall mean the United

States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities” shall have the

meaning set forth in the preamble.

4

“Securities Act” shall mean

the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

“Shelf Effectiveness Deadline”

shall mean (i) the Target Registration Date if a Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or

Section 2(b)(ii) hereof or (ii) the later of (a) the Target Registration Date and (b) 90 days (or if such 90th

day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) after delivery of a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii) hereof.

“Shelf Effectiveness Period”

shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

“Shelf Registration” shall mean

a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

“Shelf Registration Statement”

shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers all or a portion of the Registrable

Securities (but no other securities unless approved by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating

Holders) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC,

and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus

contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

“Shelf Request” shall have the

meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

“Staff” shall mean the staff

of the SEC.

“Target Registration Date” shall

mean the date which is 730 days from the date hereof (or, if such 730th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

“Trust Indenture Act” shall

mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time.

“Trustee” shall mean the trustee

with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

“Underwriter” shall have the

meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof.

“Underwritten Offering” shall

mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

“WBD” shall have the meaning

set forth in the preamble.

5

2.          Registration

Under the Securities Act. (a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff,

the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration

Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and (ii) keep the Exchange

Offer Registration Statement effective for not less than 20 Business Days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date on

which notice of the Exchange Offer is first sent or given (including electronically or through the facilities of The Depository Trust

Company (“DTC”)). The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration

Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than

60 days after such effective date, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in this Section 2(a). The Exchange

Offer shall be deemed “completed” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (A) the filing and effectiveness

under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange

Offer, (B) the maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a

period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to clause (ii) of this paragraph, and (C) the delivery by the Company

to the Trustee under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of

Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the

Exchange Offer by mailing or otherwise delivering (including by electronic means or, for book-entry Registrable Securities, through the

facilities of DTC in accordance with its applicable procedures) the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal (if applicable)

and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially

the following:

(i)          that

the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn

will be accepted for exchange (subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2(a));

(ii)          the

dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is first sent or given)

(the “Exchange Dates”);

(iii)          that

any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this

Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein;

(iv)          that

any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such

Registrable Security, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal (if applicable), to the institution and at the address and

in the manner specified in the notice, (B) tender such Registrable Security through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”)

or other applicable procedures of DTC, including by causing an agent’s message to be transmitted in lieu of a letter of transmittal

for book-entry Registrable Securities or (C) in the case of certificated Registrable Securities, surrender such Registrable Security

with a letter of transmittal, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

(v)          that

any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by (A) delivering

to the institution and at the address specified in the notice, a letter, facsimile transmission, email or other electronic transmission

setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such

Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with ATOP or

other applicable procedures of DTC for the Registrable Securities.

6

Any requirement under this Section 2(a) to

mail or otherwise deliver any notice, Prospectus, letter of transmittal or other document with respect to book-entry Registrable Securities

shall be satisfied by delivery through DTC or by electronic delivery, including by posting on a website or data site with notice through

DTC.

As a condition to participating in the

Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors that (i) any Exchange Securities to be received

by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has

no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange

Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) it is not an affiliate of the Company or the Guarantors and

(iv) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities

that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent

permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

As soon as practicable after the last Exchange

Date, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(i)          accept

for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and

(ii)          deliver,

or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the

Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount

to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities tendered by such Holder. Settlement may be effected by a decrease in the principal

amount of the applicable global note and a corresponding book-entry credit to the applicable DTC accounts.

The Company and the Guarantors shall use their

commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of

the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer

shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations

of the Staff and that no action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency relating

to the Exchange Offer which, in the Company’s and the Guarantors’ judgment, could reasonably be expected to impair the Company’s

and the Guarantors’ ability to proceed with the Exchange Offer.

(b)          In

the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) hereof

is not available or the Exchange Offer may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate

any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed within

60 days after the date of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (iii) prior to the 20th day following completion

of the Exchange Offer, an Initial Purchaser so requests in writing (a “Shelf Request”) with respect to Securities

that are not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer and that are held by it following completion of the

Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause a Shelf Registration Statement

providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof to be filed and to become effective on or prior to the

Shelf Effectiveness Deadline; provided that no Holder will be entitled to have any Registrable Securities included in any Shelf

Registration Statement, or entitled to use the prospectus forming a part of such Shelf Registration Statement, until such Holder shall

have delivered a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire and provided such other information regarding such Holder to the Company

as is contemplated by Section 3(b) hereof; provided further, the Company may, if permitted by Rule 430B

under the Securities Act, otherwise designate an existing effective registration statement for use by the Holders as a Shelf Registration

Statement, relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods

of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement, and any such existing registration statement,

as so designated, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement.

7

In the event that the Company and the Guarantors

are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Company and the Guarantors

shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant

to Section 2(a) hereof with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined

Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held

by the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer.

The Company and the Guarantors agree to use their

commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the earlier of (i) the earliest

date that is not less than three years after the date of this Agreement and on which all Registrable Securities (except Securities held

by an affiliate of the Company) are no longer subject to any restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act, including restrictions

on transfer pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and (ii) the date on which the Securities cease to be Registrable

Securities (the “Shelf Effectiveness Period”).

(c)          The

Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or

Section 2(b) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes,

if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(d)          An

Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it

has been declared effective by the SEC. A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to

have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective upon filing with the SEC as provided

by Rule 462 under the Securities Act.

If a Registration Default occurs, the interest

rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period beginning on the day immediately

following such Registration Default and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum thereafter, until and including the date such Registration

Default ends, up to a maximum aggregate increase of 0.50% per annum. A Registration Default ends when the Securities cease to be Registrable

Securities or, if earlier, (1) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (i) of the definition thereof, when the Exchange

Offer Registration Statement becomes effective, (2) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (ii) of the definition

thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective or (3) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (iii) or

clause (iv) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective or the Prospectus again becomes

usable. If at any time more than one Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, then, until the next date on which there is

no Registration Default, the increase in interest rate provided for by this paragraph shall apply as if there occurred a single Registration

Default that begins on the date that the earliest such Registration Default occurred and ends on such next date that there is no Registration

Default. Any accrued and unpaid interest (including the additional interest provided for in this Section 2(d)) on any of the Registrable

Securities shall, upon the issuance of an Exchange Security in exchange therefor, cease to be payable to the Holder of such Registrable

Security, but such accrued and unpaid interest (including the additional interest provided for in this Section 2(d)) shall be payable

on the next interest payment date for such Exchange Security to the holder thereof on the related record date.

8

(e)          Without

limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company and, upon the execution and delivery of the Registration

Rights Agreement Joinder by the Guarantors, the Guarantors acknowledge that any failure by the Company or the Guarantors to comply with

their obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial

Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries

precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to

specifically enforce the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof;

provided, however, that the parties hereto agree that the additional interest provided for in this Section 2 is intended to

constitute the sole remedy for monetary damages in connection with any Registration Default.

(f)          Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement shall terminate as to any series of Securities if the Acquisition is not consummated or

if such Securities are redeemed pursuant to any special mandatory redemption under the Indenture. Upon such termination as to a series,

no Registration Default shall occur and no additional interest shall accrue with respect to such series.

3.          Registration

Procedures. (a) In connection with their obligations pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the

Company and, upon the execution and delivery of the Registration Rights Agreement Joinder by the Guarantors, the Guarantors shall use

their commercially reasonable efforts to:

(i)          prepare

and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (A) shall be selected

by the Company and the Guarantors, (B) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities

by the Holders thereof and (C) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and

include (by incorporation by reference or otherwise) all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and cause such

Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

(ii)          prepare

and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration

Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by

any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and keep each

Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(a)(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable

to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities;

(iii)          to

the extent any Free Writing Prospectus is used, file with the SEC any Free Writing Prospectus that is required to be filed by the Company

or the Guarantors with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act and to retain any Free Writing Prospectus not required to be filed;

9

(iv)          in

the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, to a single counsel for

such Participating Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many

copies of each Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating

Holder, counsel or Underwriter, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities

thereunder; and, subject to Section 3(c) hereof, the Company and, upon the execution and delivery of the Registration Rights

Agreement Joinder by the Guarantors, the Guarantors consent to the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus

and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the Participating Holders and any such Underwriters

in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary

prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;

(v)          register

or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating

Holder shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective; cooperate with such Participating

Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably

necessary or advisable to enable each Participating Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities

owned by such Participating Holder; provided that neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to (1) qualify as

a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to

so qualify, (2) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) subject itself to taxation in

any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;

(vi)          notify

counsel for the Initial Purchasers and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Participating Holder and a single counsel for

such Participating Holders promptly and, if requested by any such Participating Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (1) when

a Registration Statement has become effective, when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, when any

Free Writing Prospectus has been filed or when any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed,

(2) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement, Prospectus

or any Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance

by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation

of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Company of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf

Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (4) of

the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Registration

Statement or the related prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes

in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and

(5) of any determination by the Company or any Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any amendment

or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus would be appropriate;

(vii)          obtain

the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution

of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, including by filing an amendment to such Registration

Statement on the proper form, as promptly as practicable and provide prompt notice to each Holder or Participating Holder of the withdrawal

of any such order or such resolution;

10

(viii)          in

the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration

Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless

requested);

(ix)          in

the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the Participating Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates

representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued

in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) as such Participating Holders may

reasonably request at least one Business Day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

(x)          upon

the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(a)(vi)(4) hereof, prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective

amendment to the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free

Writing Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered

(or, to the extent permitted by law, made available) to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus,

as the case may be, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements

therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Company and the Guarantors shall notify

the Participating Holders (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) and the Initial Purchasers and any Participating Broker-Dealers

known to the Company (in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus

as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Participating Holders, such Participating Broker-Dealers and

the Initial Purchasers, as applicable, hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be,

until the Company and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus or the Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to

correct such misstatement or omission;

(xi)          in

the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing

Prospectus or any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, provide

copies of such document to a single counsel for the Participating Holders and make such representatives of the Company and the Guarantors

as shall be reasonably requested by such counsel available for discussion of such document; and the Company and the Guarantors shall not,

at any time after initial filing of a Shelf Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, or any amendment

of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, of which such counsel shall not have previously

been advised and furnished a copy or to which such counsel shall reasonably object;

(xii)          obtain

a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the initial effective date of

a Registration Statement;

(xiii)          cause

the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable

Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required

for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and cause the Trustee to execute,

all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable

the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

11

(xiv)          in

the case of a Shelf Registration that shall involve a disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to an Underwritten Offering, make

available for inspection by a representative of the Participating Holders (an “Inspector”), any Underwriter participating

in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, any attorneys and accountants designated by a majority in aggregate

principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating Holders and any attorneys and accountants designated by such Underwriter,

at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Company and

its subsidiaries, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company and the Guarantors to supply all information

reasonably requested by any such Inspector, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided

that (i) if any such information is identified by the Company or any Guarantor as being confidential or proprietary, each Person

receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information to the

extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of any Inspector,

Holder or Underwriter and (ii) the Company shall in no event be required to provide (or cause its subsidiaries to provide) such assistance

that shall unreasonably interfere with its or its subsidiaries’ business operations;

(xv)          [reserved];

(xvi)          in

the case of a Shelf Registration, if reasonably requested by any Participating Holder, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or

post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Participating Holder as such Participating Holder reasonably requests to

be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Company

has received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing;

(xvii)          in

the case of a Shelf Registration that shall involve a disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to an Underwritten Offering, enter

into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a

majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement) in order to expedite or facilitate

the disposition of such Registrable Securities and in such connection, (1) to the extent reasonably practicable, make such representations

and warranties to the Participating Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company

and its subsidiaries and the Registration Statement, Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and any documents incorporated by reference

or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters

in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested, (2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors

(which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Participating Holders and such Underwriters

and their respective counsel) addressed to each Participating Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily

covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (3) obtain “comfort” letters from the independent registered

public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other registered public accountant of any subsidiary of the

Company or any Guarantor, or of any business acquired by the Company or any Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data

are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each Participating Holder (to the extent permitted by applicable

professional standards) and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type

customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, including but not limited to financial

information contained in any preliminary prospectus, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus and (4) deliver such documents and certificates

as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters,

and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties

of the Company and the Guarantors made pursuant to clause (1) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained

in an underwriting agreement; and

12

(xviii)          so

long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, cause each Guarantor to execute and deliver the Registration Rights Agreement Joinder

on the Acquisition Date.

(b)          In

the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company a

Notice and Questionnaire and such other information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable

Securities as the Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing; provided that each Holder shall deliver

the Notice and Questionnaire within 20 Business Days after receipt of such request; provided, further, that any Holder delivering a Notice

and Questionnaire after such period may be included in the Shelf Registration Statement only by means of a post-effective amendment or

supplement, and the Company shall not be required to file more than one such post-effective amendment or supplement in any fiscal quarter.

No additional interest shall be payable to any Holder for any delay resulting from such Holder’s failure to timely deliver the Notice

and Questionnaire or other information required under this Section 3(b).

(c)          Each

Participating Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the

kind described in Section 3(a)(vi)(3) or Section 3(a)(vi)(4) hereof, such Participating Holder will forthwith discontinue

disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Participating Holder’s receipt of

the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(x) hereof

and, if so directed by the Company and the Guarantors, such Participating Holder will deliver to the Company and the Guarantors all copies

in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Participating Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus and any Free

Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice, and no Participating Holder

shall use a Prospectus unless it is current and has been made available by the Company and the Guarantors.

(d)          If

the Company and the Guarantors shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration

Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which such Shelf Registration Statement shall be maintained effective

pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including

the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or any Free

Writing Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Company and the Guarantors may also give such notice if the Company determines

in good faith that disclosure of material non-public information would be materially detrimental to the Company and its subsidiaries or

that a pending material acquisition, financing, corporate reorganization or other material development has not yet been publicly disclosed.

Each Participating Holder agrees to hold in confidence the fact that it has received such notice and any communication related thereto;

provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to give reasons for such suspension. The Company and

the Guarantors may give any such notice on only three occasions during any 365-day period, any such suspension shall not exceed 60 days

for each suspension, and there shall not be more than 120 days of suspensions in effect during any 365-day period.

13

(e)          The

Participating Holders who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering,

the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an “Underwriter”) that will administer the offering

will be selected by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering and shall be

reasonably acceptable to the Company.

4.          Participation

of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer. (a) The Staff has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities

for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making

or other trading activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within

the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any

resale of such Exchange Securities.

The Company and the Guarantors understand that

it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution

containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without

naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered

by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery

obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus

otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.

(b)          In

light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, upon the written request of the Initial Purchaser, the

Company and the Guarantors agree to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period

ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof)

and (ii) the date on which no Participating Broker-Dealer is required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or

other trading activities (as such period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof), in order to expedite or facilitate

the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above.

The Company and the Guarantors further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver (or, to the extent permitted

by law, make available) such Prospectus during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4.

(c)          The

Initial Purchasers shall have no liability to the Company, any Guarantor or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make

pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof.

14

5.          Indemnification

and Contribution. (a) The Company and, upon the execution and delivery of the Registration Rights Agreement Joinder by the Guarantors,

each Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser and each Holder, their respective affiliates,

directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15

of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including,

without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as

such fees and expenses are reasonably incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement

or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state therein

a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) any untrue

statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer

information” (“Issuer Information”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the

Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein,

in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages

or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance

upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser, or information relating to any Holder furnished to the

Company in writing through the Representatives or any selling Holder, respectively, expressly for use therein. In connection with any

Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company and, upon the execution and delivery of the Registration Rights Agreement

Joinder by the Guarantors, the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers

and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls

such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the

indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus

or any Issuer Information.

(b)          Each

Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Initial Purchasers, the other selling Holders,

each Participating Broker-Dealer and, upon the execution and delivery of the Registration Rights Agreement Joinder by the Guarantors,

the Guarantors, the directors of the Company and the Guarantors, each officer of the Company and the Guarantors who signed the Registration

Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, any Guarantor, any Initial Purchaser, any other selling Holder or any Participating

Broker-Dealer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as

the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out

of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in

conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration

Statement, any Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus or (ii) any breach by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as applicable,

of its obligations under Section 3(c), Section 3(d) or Section 4(b) hereof relating to suspension of dispositions

or delivery or use of a current Prospectus.

15

(c)          If

any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against

any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the

“Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying

Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability

that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture

of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person

shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above.

If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof,

the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and

any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and

shall pay the fees and expenses of such proceeding and of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding,

any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense

of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary;

(ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person;

(iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different

from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any

impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel

would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying

Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses

of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall

be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm (x) for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers

and any control Persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by the Representatives, (y) for any Holder, its

directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (z) in all

other cases shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding

effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying

Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding

the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified

Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement

of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by

the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance

with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person,

effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party

and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional

release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims

that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability

or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d)          If

the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in

respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu

of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result

of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received

by the Company and the Guarantors from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders

from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation

provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative

benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders

on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any

other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other

shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission

or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors or by the Holders and the

parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

16

(e)          The

Company, the Holders and, upon the execution and delivery of the Registration Rights Agreement Joinder by the Guarantors, the Guarantors

agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata

allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take

account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person

as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject

to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action

or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess

of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages

that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled

to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute

pursuant to this Section 5 are several and not joint.

(f)          The

remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available

to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

(g)          The

indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless

of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder

or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantors or the officers or

directors of or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any

sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

6.          General.

(a)          No

Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and, upon the execution and delivery of the Registration Rights Agreement Joinder by the Guarantors,

the Guarantors represent, warrant and agree that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any material respect conflict

with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by the Company

or the Guarantors under any other agreement and (ii) neither the Company nor any Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date

of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent in any material respect with the rights granted to the Holders of

Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts in any material respect with the provisions hereof; provided that (A) with

respect to each Guarantor, the foregoing representations, warranties and agreement are made as of the date of the Registration Rights

Agreement Joinder and (B) with respect to any representations and warranties with respect to WBD and its subsidiaries are made to

the knowledge of the Company after such inquiry as the Company deems appropriate, including the fact that WBD made the representations

and warranties in the Merger Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), taking into account the schedules thereto, unless WBD has

provided notice to the Company that such representations and warranties are not true and correct.

17

(b)          Amendments

and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented,

and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company, the Guarantors and Holders of at

least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement,

waiver or consent have executed a written consent; provided that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure

from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in

writing by such Holder; and provided, further, that no consent of any Holder shall be required for an amendment, modification

or supplement that cures any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency so long as such amendment, modification or supplement does not

adversely affect the Holders in any material respect. Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this

Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by the Company, the Guarantors and the consenting Holders.

(c)          Notices.

All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class

mail, telecopier, email, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address or email

address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which

address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to the Company

and the Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address or email address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such

other address or email address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to

such other Persons at their respective addresses or email addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other

address or email address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications

shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited

in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; when sent by email, if sent before 5:00 p.m. New

York City time on a Business Day and no bounce-back or similar error message is received, and otherwise on the next Business Day; and

on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or

other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

(d)          Successors

and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the

parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing

herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of

the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by

operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and

holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms

and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity

as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder

to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

(e)          Third

Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and, upon

the execution and delivery of the Registration Rights Agreement Joinder by the Guarantors, the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial

Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary

or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.

18

(f)          Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so

executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an

executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission (including in “.pdf”

format) will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. The words “execution,” “signed,”

“signature,” and words of like import in this Agreement or any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and

consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the

same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the

case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National

Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic

Transactions Act.

(g)          Headings.

The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise

affect the meaning hereof.

(h)          Governing

Law. This Agreement, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed

in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(i)          Entire

Agreement; Severability. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and

supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this

Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of

the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected,

impaired or invalidated. The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the

invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the

invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.

[Signature pages follow]

19

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this

Agreement as of the date first written above.

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By

/s/ James Morrison

Name:

James C. Morrison

Title:

Treasurer

[Signature Page to Registration Rights

Agreement]

Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written, for themselves and on behalf of the several Initial Purchasers:

BOFA SECURITIES, INC., as a Representative of the Initial Purchasers

By:

/s/ Scott Tolchin

Name:

Scott Tolchin

Title:

Managing Director

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., as a Representative of the Initial Purchasers

By:

/s/ Adam D. Bordner

Name:

Adam D. Bordner

Title:

Managing Director

APOLLO GLOBAL SECURITIES, LLC, as a Representative of the Initial Purchasers

By:

/s/ Susan Moskovits

Name:

Susan Moskovits

Title:

Vice President

[Signature Page to Registration Rights

Agreement]

Annex

A

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT JOINDER

October 6, 2026

Reference is hereby made to the Registration Rights

Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2026 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), by and among Paramount Skydance

Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and

Apollo Global Securities, LLC, as Representatives of the Initial Purchasers. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein

shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Registration Rights Agreement.

1.          Joinder.

Each of the undersigned hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement and all other

documents it deems fit prior to entering into this joinder agreement (this “Joinder Agreement”), and acknowledges and

agrees to (i) join and become a party to the Registration Rights Agreement as indicated by its signature below; (ii) be bound

by the covenants, representations, warranties and acknowledgments attributable to a Guarantor in the Registration Rights Agreement as

if made by, and with respect to, each Guarantor signatory hereto and (iii) perform all obligations and duties required of a Guarantor

pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

2.          Counterparts.

This Joinder Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which

when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery

of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission (including in “.pdf”

format) will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. Section headings used herein are for convenience

of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and will not affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting,

this Agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in this Joinder

Agreement or any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures

or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually

executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable

law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records

Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

3.          Amendments.

No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Joinder Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any

event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

4.          APPLICABLE

LAW. This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard

to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

[Signature Pages Follow]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed

this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

[EACH GUARANTOR], as a Guarantor

By:

Name:

Title:

EX-10.8 — EXHIBIT 10.8

EX-10.8

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex10-8.htm · Sequence: 16

Exhibit 10.8

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 1 to the CREDIT

AGREEMENT, dated as of October 6, 2026 (this “Amendment”), by and among PARAMOUNT

SKYDANCE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Parent Borrower”), CITIBANK,

N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), the

Dollar Term B-1 Lender (as defined below), the Euro Term B-1 Lender (as defined below) and the Existing Required Lenders (as defined below)

party hereto;

WHEREAS, reference

is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2026 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise

modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”; the

Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment, the “Amended Credit Agreement”),

among, inter alios, the Parent Borrower, each Subsidiary Borrower from time to time party thereto, each Guarantor from time to

time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent;

WHEREAS, pursuant to

that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 27, 2026 (such date, the “Acquisition

Agreement Signing Date”), as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to

time, by and among Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc. (the “Target”), the Parent

Borrower and Prince Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (“Merger

Sub”), the Parent Borrower, directly or indirectly, will acquire the Target and its subsidiaries and Merger Sub will

merge (the “Merger”) with and into the Target on the Closing Date, with Target

being the survivor of such Merger (such transactions, the “Acquisition”);

WHEREAS, in connection

with the Acquisition, the Parent Borrower has notified the Administrative Agent of its intent to obtain Incremental Term Loan Commitments

in an aggregate principal amount of $8,500,000,000 (the “Dollar Term B-1 Loan Commitments”

and the loans thereunder, the “Dollar Term B-1 Loans”) and in an aggregate principal

amount of €850,000,000 (the “Euro Term B-1 Loan Commitments” and the loans

thereunder, the “Euro Term B-1 Loans”), in each case, in the form of an Incremental

Term B Facility utilizing the Permanent Financing Cap pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, upon funding, the

Dollar Term B-1 Loans and the Euro Term B-1 Loans will each be in the form of a new Class of Term Loans that will be separate from

and will not be fungible with any other Term Loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement immediately prior to the effectiveness of this

Amendment, and the proceeds of such Loans will be used to fund a portion of the Acquisition and other Transactions and to pay fees, commissions

and expenses in connection therewith;

WHEREAS, the Parent

Borrower has requested that (a) the Person identified on Schedule 1A hereto (such Person, in such capacity, the “Dollar

Term B-1 Lender”) provide Dollar Term B-1 Loan Commitments in Dollars on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date in the

amount set forth opposite its name under the heading “Dollar Term B-1 Loans” on Schedule 1A hereto pursuant to Section 2.14

of the Credit Agreement, (b) the Person identified on Schedule 1B hereto (such Person, in such capacity, the “Euro

Term B-1 Lender”) provide Euro Term B-1 Loan Commitments in Euros on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date in the amount

set forth opposite its name under the heading “Euro Term B-1 Loans” on Schedule 1B hereto pursuant to Section 2.14

of the Credit Agreement, and (c) Lenders constituting the Required Lenders under the Credit Agreement on the date hereof immediately

prior to giving effect to this Amendment (such Lenders referred to herein as the “Existing Required

Lenders”) consent to certain other changes to the Credit Agreement as set forth in Section 2 of this Amendment;

WHEREAS, the Dollar

Term B-1 Lender has agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Credit Agreement, (a) to provide the

Dollar Term B-1 Loan Commitments in the amount set forth opposite the Dollar Term B-1 Lender’s name on Schedule 1A hereto to the

Parent Borrower on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and (b) subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.2

of the Credit Agreement, to make the Dollar Term B-1 Loans in the amount set forth opposite the Dollar Term B-1 Lender’s name on

Schedule 1A hereto to the Parent Borrower on the Closing Date;

WHEREAS, the Euro Term

B-1 Lender has agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Credit Agreement, (a) to provide the Euro

Term B-1 Loan Commitments in the amount set forth opposite the Euro Term B-1 Lender’s name on Schedule 1B hereto to the Parent Borrower

on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and (b) subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.2 of the Credit

Agreement, to make the Euro Term B-1 Loans in the amount set forth opposite the Euro Term B-1 Lender’s name on Schedule 1B

hereto to the Parent Borrower on the Closing Date;

WHEREAS, the Parent

Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Dollar Term B-1 Lender, the Euro Term B-1 Lender and the Existing Required Lenders have indicated

their willingness to and shall amend, pursuant to Sections 2.14 and 9.8 of the Credit Agreement, certain other terms of the Credit Agreement

(including those in connection with the incurrence of the Dollar Term B-1 Loans and the Euro Term B-1 Loans) as set forth in Section 2

of this Amendment; and

WHEREAS, each of Citibank,

N.A., BofA Securities, Inc., Apollo Global Funding, LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Barclays Capital

Inc., BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Mizuho Bank, Ltd., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., TD Securities

(USA) LLC, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, Truist Securities, Inc., Royal Bank of Canada, NatWest Markets Plc, Citizens Bank,

N.A., PNC Capital Markets LLC and ICBC Standard Bank Plc are acting as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners for this Amendment (in

such capacities, the “Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in

consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1.         Defined

Terms; References. Unless otherwise specifically defined herein, each term used herein which is defined in the Amended Credit Agreement

has the meaning assigned to such term in the Amended Credit Agreement. Each reference to “hereof”, “hereunder”,

“herein” and “hereby” and each other similar reference and each reference to “this Agreement” and

each other similar reference contained in the Credit Agreement shall, after this Amendment becomes effective, refer to the Amended Credit

Agreement. This Amendment is a “Loan Document” as defined under the Amended Credit Agreement.

Section 2.         Amendments

to the Credit Agreement. Effective as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and substantially concurrently with the incurrence

of each of the Dollar Term B-1 Loans and the Euro Term B-1 Loans hereunder by the Parent Borrower,

the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Dollar Term B-1 Lender and the Euro Term B-1 Lender hereby agree that the Credit Agreement

is amended to (i) delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken

text) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: underlined

text) as set forth in the pages of the Credit Agreement attached as Annex A hereto and (ii) amend and restate

the Exhibits to the Credit Agreement in the form attached as Annex B hereto.

-2-

Section 3.         Dollar

Term B-1 Loans; Euro Term B-1 Loans. Effective as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date:

(a)            The

Parent Borrower, the Dollar Term B-1 Lender and the Euro Term B-1 Lender hereby agree that, subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by

the Dollar Term B-1 Lender and the Euro Term B-1 Lender) of the conditions in Section 5 of this Amendment, on the Amendment

No. 1 Effective Date, (i) the Dollar Term B-1 Lender agrees to be bound by the terms of the Loan Documents and to make Dollar

Term B-1 Loans to the Parent Borrower in a single drawing in Dollars in the amounts set forth on Schedule 1A hereto on the Closing

Date and (ii) the Euro Term B-1 Lender agrees to be bound by the terms of the Loan Documents and to make Euro Term B-1 Loans to the

Parent Borrower in a single drawing in Euros in the amounts set forth on Schedule 1B hereto on the Closing Date. Pursuant to Section 2.14

of the Credit Agreement, the Dollar Term B-1 Loans and the Euro Term B-1 Loans, for all purposes under the Credit Agreement and each of

the other Loan Documents, shall each be deemed to constitute a separate Class of Term Loans from, and will not be fungible with,

any other Term Loans under the Credit Agreement.

(b)            Each

of the Dollar Term B-1 Lender and the Euro Term B-1 Lender acknowledges and agrees that upon the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date,

the Dollar Term B-1 Lender and the Euro Term B-1 Lender, respectively, shall be a “Lender” under, and for all purposes of,

the Amended Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof, and shall perform all

the obligations of and shall have all rights of a Lender.

Section 4.         Representations

Correct. By its execution of this Amendment, each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants, as of the date hereof, that each Loan

Party has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its respective obligations under this Amendment (and by extension

the Amended Credit Agreement) and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it

of this Amendment. Each Loan Party has duly executed and delivered this Amendment, and this Amendment (and by extension the Amended Credit

Agreement) constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the

enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement

is sought in equity or at law).

Section 5.         Effectiveness.

This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof (the “Amendment No. 1 Effective

Date”), subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Dollar Term B-1 Lender and the Euro Term B-1 Lender) of the following

conditions:

(a)            the

Administrative Agent shall have received this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Parent Borrower, the

Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Dollar Term B-1 Lender, the Euro Term B-1 Lender and the Existing Required Lenders;

(b)            the

Administrative Agent shall have received an officer’s certificate of the Parent Borrower executed on the Amendment No. 1 Effective

Date containing: (i) copies of the organizational documents of the Parent Borrower (with respect to the articles or certificate of

incorporation or organization (or other similar document)), certified by the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of incorporation or

organization, together with a good standing certificate or like certificate from the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of incorporation

or organization, each dated a recent date prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, (ii) resolutions or other applicable

action of the Parent Borrower, and (iii) an incumbency certificate and/or other certificate of Responsible Officers of the Parent

Borrower, evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer

in connection with this Amendment;

(c)            the

Administrative Agent shall have received, no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date,

all documentation and other information reasonably requested by any Joint Lead Arranger through the Administrative Agent in writing at

least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date to satisfy the requirements of bank regulatory authorities

under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation,

the Patriot Act and, to the extent the Parent Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership

Regulation, a customary FinCEN beneficial ownership certificate; and

-3-

(d)            no

Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

The execution of this Amendment

by the Administrative Agent, the Dollar Term B-1 Lender and the Euro Term B-1 Lender shall constitute confirmation of the effectiveness

of this Amendment and satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in this Section 5 of this Amendment and, thereafter,

the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Parent Borrower in writing of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date,

and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

Section 6.         Acknowledgments

and Confirmations.

(a)            The

Parent Borrower hereby expressly acknowledges the terms of this Amendment and reaffirms, as of the date hereof, (i) the covenants

and agreements contained in each Loan Document (and each joinder to such Loan Documents, as applicable) to which it is a party, including,

in each case, such covenants and agreements as in effect immediately after giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated

hereby and (ii) its guarantee of the Obligations.

(b)            Notwithstanding

the above, the Parent Borrower consents to the amendments of and increases to the Credit Agreement effected by this Amendment and confirms

that (i) its obligations as a Guarantor under the Credit Agreement are not discharged or otherwise affected by those amendments and/or

increases or the other provisions of this Amendment and shall accordingly continue in full force and effect and (ii) the Obligations

so guaranteed shall, after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, extend to the Obligations under the Loan Documents (including under

the Amended Credit Agreement).

Section 7.         Amendment,

Modification and Waiver. After the effectiveness hereof, this Amendment may not be amended, modified or waived except in accordance

with Section 9.8 of the Amended Credit Agreement.

Section 8.         Entire

Agreement. This Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties

hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written

and verbal, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall

not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of any party under,

the Amended Credit Agreement, nor alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements

contained in the Amended Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall

continue in full force and effect. It is understood and agreed that each reference in each Loan Document to the Credit Agreement, whether

direct or indirect, shall hereafter be deemed to be a reference to the Amended Credit Agreement and that this Amendment shall constitute

an Incremental Amendment pursuant to the Amended Credit Agreement and is a Loan Document. This Amendment and the Amended Credit Agreement

shall not constitute a novation of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Section 9.9 of the Amended Credit Agreement shall

apply to this Amendment, mutatis mutandis.

Section 9.         APPLICABLE

LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; JURISDICTION; CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS. Sections 9.7, 9.10 and 9.14 of the Credit Agreement shall

apply to this Amendment, mutatis mutandis.

-4-

Section 10.       Severability.

If any provision of this Amendment is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect in any jurisdiction, the legality, validity

and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations of this Amendment, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction,

shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable

provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable

provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in

any other jurisdiction. Section 9.11 of the Amended Credit Agreement shall apply to this Amendment, mutatis mutandis.

Section 11.      Counterparts;

Electronic Execution. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same

effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. Section 9.12 of the Amended Credit Agreement shall

apply to this Amendment, mutatis mutandis.

Section 12.      Headings.

The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

-5-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused

this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION,

By:

/s/ James C. Morrison

Name: James C. Morrison

Title: Treasurer

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to

the Credit Agreement]

CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent

By:

/s/ Michael Vondriska

Name: Michael Vondriska

Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to

Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement]

CITIBANK,

N.A., as Dollar Term B-1 Lender, Euro Term B-1 Lender and a Lender

By:

/s/

Michael Vondriska

Name:

Michael Vondriska

Title:

Vice President

BANK

OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender

By:

/s/

Jonathan Tristan

Name:

Jonathan Tristan

Title:

Director

ATHENE

ANNUITY AND LIFE COMPANY, as a Lender

By:

Apollo Insurance Solutions Group LP, its investment adviser

By:

Apollo Capital Management, L.P., its sub-adviser

By:

Apollo Capital Management GP, LLC, its General Partner

By:

/s/

William Kuesel

Name:

William Kuesel

Title:

Vice President

Portfolio:

AAIA CATALINA RETAIL MODCO PR6

ATHENE

ANNUITY AND LIFE COMPANY, as a Lender

By:

Apollo Insurance Solutions Group LP, its investment adviser

By:

Apollo Capital Management, L.P., its sub-adviser

By:

Apollo Capital Management GP, LLC, its General Partner

By:

/s/

William Kuesel

Name:

William Kuesel

Title:

Vice President

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to

the Credit Agreement]

Portfolio:

ATHENE ANNUITY AND LIFE COMPANY GENERAL MODCO 4

ATHENE

ANNUITY AND LIFE COMPANY, as a Lender

By:

Apollo Insurance Solutions Group LP, its investment adviser

By:

Apollo Capital Management, L.P., its sub-adviser

By:

Apollo Capital Management GP, LLC, its General Partner

By:

/s/ William Kuesel

Name: William Kuesel

Title: Vice President

Portfolio:

AAIA GENERAL MODCO PR5

ATHENE

ANNUITY AND LIFE COMPANY, as a Lender

By:

Apollo Insurance Solutions Group LP, its investment adviser

By:

Apollo Capital Management, L.P., its sub-adviser

By:

Apollo Capital Management GP, LLC, its General Partner

By:

/s/ William Kuesel

Name: William Kuesel

Title: Vice President

Portfolio:

ATHENE ANNUITY AND LIFE CO- APOLLO MODCO

Apollo

Global Funding, LLC, as a Lender

By:

/s/ Susan Moskovits

Name: Susan Moskovits

Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to

the Credit Agreement]

Deutsche

Bank AG New York Branch, as a Lender

By:

/s/

Phillip Tancorra

Name:

Phillip Tancorra

Title:

Director

By:

/s/

Craig Cheverko

Name:

Craig Cheverko

Title:

Vice President

Wells

Fargo Bank, National Association, as a Lender

By:

/s/

Tracy L. Moosbrugger

Name:

Tracy L. Moosbrugger

Title: Managing Director

JPMorgan

Chase Bank, N.A., as a Lender

By:

/s/

Ryan Zimmerman

Name:

Ryan Zimmerman

Title:

Executive Director

Barclays

Bank PLC, as a Lender

By:

/s/

Sean Duggan

Name:

Sean Duggan

Title:

Director

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to

the Credit Agreement]

BNP Paribas, as a Lender

By:

/s/ David Berger

Name: David Berger

Title: Managing Director

By:

/s/ Melody Moss

Name: Melody Moss

Title: Director

Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as a Lender

By:

/s/ Elizabeth Tosin

Name: Elizabeth Tosin

Title: Authorized Signatory

Mizuho Bank, LTD., as a Lender

By:

/s/ Tracy Rahn

Name: Tracy Rahn

Title: Managing Director

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., as a Lender

By:

/s/ Atu Koffie-Lart

Name: Atu Koffie-Lart

Title: Authorized Signatory

The Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York

Branch, as a Lender

By:

/s/ Allan Kortan

Name: Allan Kortan

Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to

the Credit Agreement]

Sumitomo

Mitsui Banking Corporation, as a Lender

By:

/s/

Port Lau

Name:

Port Lau

Title:

Director

Truist

Bank, as a Lender

By:

/s/

Jim C. Wright

Name:

Jim C. Wright

Title:

Director

Royal

Bank of Canada, as a Lender

By:

/s/

Vincent Tingos

Name:

Vincent Tingos

Title:

Authorized Signatory

National

Westminster Bank plc, as a Lender

By:

/s/

Greg Vickers

Name:

Greg Vickers

Title:

Director

Citizens

Bank, N.A., as a Lender

By:

/s/

Bryan Milinovich

Name:

Bryan Milinovich

Title:

Managing Director

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to

the Credit Agreement]

PNC Bank, National Association, as

a Lender

By:

/s/ Peyman Parhami

Name: Peyman Parhami

Title: Senior Vice President

Industrial and Commercial Bank of

China Limited, New York Branch, as a Lender

By:

/s/ Yu Wang

Name: Yu Wang

Title: Director

By:

/s/ Yuanyuan Peng

Name: Yuanyuan Peng

Title: Executive Director

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to

the Credit Agreement]

SCHEDULE 1A

TO AMENDMENT

Schedule 1A-1

SCHEDULE 1B

TO AMENDMENT

Schedule 1B-1

ANNEX A

TO AMENDMENT

AMENDED CREDIT AGREEMENT

[Attached]

Annex A-1

Execution

VersionAnnex A to Amendment No.1 to the Credit

Agreement

$10,000,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated

as of April 7, 2026

as

amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of October 6, 2026

among

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION,

THE

GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME, THE SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

THE LENDERS NAMED HEREIN,

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,

BOFA SECURITIES, INC.,

CITIBANK, N.A.,

APOLLO GLOBAL FUNDING, LLC,

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., and

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

as Pro

Rata Facilities Joint Lead Arrangers and Pro Rata Facilities

Joint Bookrunners,

CITIBANK,

N.A.,

BOFA

SECURITIES, INC.,

APOLLO

GLOBAL FUNDING, LLC,

DEUTSCHE

BANK SECURITIES INC., WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,

BARCLAYS

CAPITAL INC., BNP PARIBAS SECURITIES CORP., GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

MIZUHO

BANK, LTD., MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., TD SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

SUMITOMO

MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION, TRUIST SECURITIES, INC., ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

NATWEST

MARKETS PLC, CITIZENS BANK, N.A.,

PNC

CAPITAL MARKETS LLC and ICBC STANDARD BANK PLC,

as

Term B-1 Loan Facility Joint Lead Arrangers and Term B-1 Loan Facility Joint Bookrunners,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Syndication Agent

and

APOLLO GLOBAL FUNDING, LLC,

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH, and

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

as Documentation

Agents

Dated as of April 7,

2026

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Article I DEFINITIONS

2

Section 1.1

Defined Terms

2

Section 1.2

Terms Generally

8096

Section 1.3

Currency Equivalents

82100

Section 1.4

Limited Condition Transaction

82101

Section 1.5

Interest Rates; Benchmark Notification

83102

Section 1.6

Classification and Reclassification

84102

Section 1.7

Cashless Rollovers

103

Article II THE CREDITS

84103

Section 2.1

Commitments

84103

Section 2.2

Revolving Credit Loans; Term Loans

85105

Section 2.3

[Reserved]

86105

Section 2.4

Loan Borrowing Procedure

86105

Section 2.5

Repayment of Loans

87105

Section 2.6

Swingline Loans

88108

Section 2.7

Letters of Credit

91111

Section 2.8

Conversion and Continuation Options

96116

Section 2.9

Fees

97117

Section 2.10

Interest on Loans; Term Benchmark Tranches; RFR Tranches; Etc.

98119

Section 2.11

Default Interest

99120

Section 2.12

Alternate Rate of Interest

100121

Section 2.13

Termination and Reduction of Commitments

101122

Section 2.14

Incremental Borrowings

102123

Section 2.15

Prepayments

107129

Section 2.16

Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances

112136

Section 2.17

Indemnity

114138

Section 2.18

Pro Rata Treatment; Funding Matters; Evidence of Debt

114139

Section 2.19

Sharing of Setoffs

116141

Section 2.20

Payments

117141

Section 2.21

Taxes

117142

Section 2.22

Termination or Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances

122146

Section 2.23

Currency Equivalents

123147

Section 2.24

Judgment Currency

124148

Section 2.25

Defaulting Lenders

124149

Section 2.26

Designation of Subsidiary Borrowers

126150

Section 2.27

Extension of Maturity Dates

127151

Section 2.28

Refinancing Amendments

129153

Section 2.29

Permitted Debt Exchanges

153

I

Article III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

130157

Section 3.1

Corporate Existence

130157

Section 3.2

Financial Condition

130157

Section 3.3

Litigation

130158

Section 3.4

No Breach, Etc.

131158

Section 3.5

Corporate Action

131158

Section 3.6

Approvals.

131158

Section 3.7

ERISA

132159

Section 3.8

Taxes

132159

Section 3.9

Investment Company Act

132159

Section 3.10

Environmental

132159

Section 3.11

Material Subsidiaries

132159

Section 3.12

Anti-Corruption Laws, Patriot Act and Sanctions

132160

Section 3.13

Collateral Documents

133160

Section 3.14

Margin Stock.

133160

Article IV CONDITIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS AND LENDING

133160

Section 4.1

Signing Date

133160

Section 4.2

Conditions to Closing Date

134161

Section 4.3

All Subsequent Credit Events

137164

Article V COVENANTS

138165

Section 5.1

Financial Statements

138165

Section 5.2

Legal Existence, Etc.

141168

Section 5.3

Insurance

142169

Section 5.4

Guarantee Obligations and Security Obligations for Personal Property

143170

Section 5.5

Further Assurances

144171

Section 5.6

Use of Proceeds

145172

Section 5.7

Designation of Subsidiaries; Transfer of Property to an Unrestricted Subsidiary

145172

Section 5.8

Prohibition of Fundamental Changes

146173

Section 5.9

Limitation on Liens

147172

Section 5.10

Limitation on Indebtedness

152179

Section 5.11

Transactions with Affiliates

154181

Section 5.12

Restricted Payments

155182

Section 5.13

Dispositions

157184

Section 5.14

Financial Covenants

159186

Section 5.15

Post Closing Obligations

161188

Article VI EVENTS OF DEFAULT

161188

Section 6.1

Events of Default

161188

Section 6.2

Limitations on Remedies; Cures; Qualifications

165192

Section 6.3

Clean-Up Period

167194

Section 6.4

Application of Funds

168195

II

Article VII THE AGENTS

169197

Article VIII GUARANTY

175202

Section 8.1

Guaranty

175202

Section 8.2

Liability of Guarantors Absolute

176203

Section 8.3

Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional

177204

Section 8.4

Reinstatement

178205

Section 8.5

Discharge of Guaranty

178205

Section 8.6

Payments

178205

Section 8.7

General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations

178205

Section 8.8

No Subrogation, etc.

179206

Section 8.9

Keepwell

179206

Article IX MISCELLANEOUS

180206

Section 9.1

Notices

180206

Section 9.2

Survival of Agreement

181207

Section 9.3

Binding Effect

181207

Section 9.4

Successors and Assigns

181207

Section 9.5

Expenses; Limitation of Liability; Indemnity

186215

Section 9.6

Right of Setoff

189218

Section 9.7

APPLICABLE LAW

189218

Section 9.8

Waivers; Amendment

190219

Section 9.9

Entire Agreement

194224

Section 9.10

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

194225

Section 9.11

Severability

195226

Section 9.12

Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents

195226

Section 9.13

Headings

196226

Section 9.14

Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

196226

Section 9.15

Confidentiality

197227

Section 9.16

Termination of Subsidiary Borrower Designation

199229

Section 9.17

Patriot Act Notice

199229

Section 9.18

No Fiduciary Relationship

199229

Section 9.19

Material Non-Public Information

199229

Section 9.20

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions

200230

Section 9.21

Certain ERISA Matters

200230

Section 9.22

Disqualified Lenders and

Net Short Positions

201231

Section 9.23

Marshaling; Payments Set Aside

205235

Section 9.24

Interest Rate Limitation

206236

Section 9.25

Acknowledgment Regarding Any Supported QFCs

206236

Section 9.26

Securitization Undertakings

207237

Section 9.27

Collateral and Guaranty Matters; Exercise of Remedies

208238

Section 9.28

EU Lender Designation

245

III

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A

Administrative Questionnaire

Exhibit B

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit C-1

Form of Borrowing Request

Exhibit C-2

Form of Swingline Borrowing Request

Exhibit C-3

Form of Notice of Designated Letter of Credit

Exhibit C-4

Form of Subsidiary Borrower Designation

Exhibit C-5

Form of Subsidiary Borrower Request

Exhibit D

Confidentiality Agreement

Exhibit E

Form of Issuing Lender Agreement

Exhibit F

Form of Joinder Agreement

Exhibit G-1

Form of Revolving Note

Exhibit G-2

Form of Term Note

Exhibit H

Form of Prepayment Notice

Exhibit I

Form of Certificate of Effectiveness

Exhibit J

Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit K

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

Exhibit L

Auction Procedures

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.1

Commitments

Schedule 1.2(a)

Cash Management Banks

Schedule 1.2(b)

Hedge Banks

Schedule 1.3

Unrestricted Subsidiaries

Schedule 5.5

Existing Liens

Schedule 5.10

Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 5.15

Post Closing Obligations

Schedule 6.1(i)

Judgments

IV

CREDIT AGREEMENT entered into

as of April 7, 2026, by and among PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Parent Borrower”);

each Subsidiary Borrower (as defined herein) from time to time party hereto; each Guarantor (as defined herein) from time to time party

hereto; the lenders whose names appear on Schedule 1.1 hereto or who subsequently become parties hereto as provided herein

(the “Lenders”); and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that

certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 27, 2026 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or

otherwise modified from time to time, the “Acquisition Agreement”) by and among Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation (the “Target”), Parent Borrower and Prince Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned

subsidiary of Parent Borrower (the “Merger Sub”), (a) Parent Borrower will directly or indirectly acquire (the

“Acquisition”) the Target and its subsidiaries (the “Acquired Business”) and (b) as part of

the Acquisition, pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement, Merger Sub will merge (the “Merger”) with and

into the Target, on the Closing Date, with Target being the survivor of such Merger;

WHEREAS, Parent Borrower has

requested that upon satisfaction (or waiver) of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2, the Lenders provide extensions

of credit to it in the form of (a) (i) a senior secured Term A-1 Loan Facility (as defined herein) in an aggregate principal

amount of $2,500,000,000 and (ii) a senior secured Term A-2 Loan Facility (as defined herein) in an aggregate principal amount of

$2,500,000,000 and,

(b) $5,000,000,000 of Revolving Credit Commitments on the Closing Date as a first lien secured credit facility and from time to time,

the Revolving Credit Lenders make Revolving Credit Loans, the Swingline Lenders make Swingline Loans and the Issuing Lenders issue Letters

of Credit, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and,

and (c) a senior secured Term B-1 Loan Facility (as defined herein) comprised of (i) a Dollar Term B-1 Loan tranche in an aggregate

principal amount of $8,500,000,000 and (ii) a Euro Term B-1 Loan tranche in an aggregate principal amount of €850,000,000; and

WHEREAS, Parent Borrower has

requested that the Lenders provide a multi-currency borrowing option under

the Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Dollar equivalent of $1,000,000,000 (except

as reduced pursuant to Section 2.13), which the Lenders will make available to the Borrowers with sub-limits as follows: (a) Euros

(as defined herein), the Dollar equivalent of $500,000,000, (b) Sterling (as defined herein), the Dollar equivalent of $500,000,000,

and (c) Yen (as defined herein), the Dollar equivalent of $300,000,000; and

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the

Loans will be used in accordance with Section 5.6 of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, the applicable Lenders

have indicated their willingness to make Loans, and each Issuing Lender has indicated its willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each

case, on the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth herein;

1

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises

and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto hereby covenant and agree that:

Article I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1         Defined

Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

“ABR Loan”

shall mean (a) any Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate in accordance with the provisions

of Article II and (b) any Swingline Loan. All ABR Loans shall be denominated in Dollars.

“ABR

Term Loan” shall mean any Term Loan which is an ABR Loan.

“ABR Revolving Credit

Loan” shall mean any Revolving Credit Loan which is an ABR Loan.

“Acquired Business”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamblerecitals

hereto.

“Acquisition”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamblerecitals

hereto.

“Acquisition Agreement”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamblerecitals

hereto.

“Acquisition Agreement

Representations” shall mean the representations and warranties made by the Acquired Business with respect to the Acquired Business

in the Acquisition Agreement to the extent a breach of such representations and warranties would result in a failure of a condition precedent

to the Parent Borrower’s obligation to consummate the Acquisition pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement or such failure

gives the Parent Borrower the right (taking into account any notice and cure provisions) to terminate its obligation to consummate the

Acquisition pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement.

“Acquisition Bridge

Facility” shall mean a senior secured 364-day bridge loan credit facility to be incurred by the Parent Borrower in connection

with the Acquisition to the extent Permanent Financings resulting in aggregate proceeds and/or replacement acquisition financing commitments

of at least $49,000,000,000 have not been incurred or issued by the Parent Borrower on or prior to the Closing Date.

“Acquisition Bridge

Facility Joint Lead Arrangers” shall mean, collectively, BofA Securities, Inc., Citibank, N.A. and Apollo Global Funding,

LLC, each in its capacity as joint lead arranger for the Acquisition Bridge Facility.

2

“Acquisition Debt”

shall mean any Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that has been incurred or issued for the purpose

of financing, in whole or in part, an acquisition and any related transactions or series of related transactions (including for the purpose

of refinancing or replacing all or a portion of any related bridge facilities or any pre-existing Indebtedness of the Person(s) or

assets to be acquired); provided that either (a)(i) the release of the proceeds thereof to the Parent Borrower and

its Restricted Subsidiaries is contingent upon the consummation of such acquisition and, pending such release, such proceeds are held

pursuant to an escrow or similar arrangement and (ii) if the definitive agreement (or, in the case of a tender offer or similar transaction,

the definitive offer document) for such acquisition terminates or is terminated prior to the consummation of such acquisition or if such

acquisition is otherwise not consummated by the date specified in the definitive documentation relating to such Indebtedness (as may be

extended pursuant to the terms of such documentation), such proceeds shall be promptly applied to satisfy and discharge all obligations

of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such Indebtedness or (b)(i) such Indebtedness contains a “special

mandatory redemption” provision (or other similar provision) or otherwise permits such Indebtedness to be redeemed or prepaid if

such acquisition is not consummated by the date specified in the definitive documentation relating to such Indebtedness and (ii) if

the definitive agreement (or, in the case of a tender offer or similar transaction, the definitive offer document) for such acquisition

terminates or is terminated prior to the consummation of such acquisition or such acquisition is otherwise not consummated by the date

specified in the definitive documentation relating to such Indebtedness (as may be extended pursuant to the terms of such documentation),

such Indebtedness is so redeemed or prepaid within 90 days of such termination or such specified date, as the case may be.

“Action”

shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.5(c).

“Administrative Agent”

shall mean Citibank, N.A. in its capacity as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement, and any successor thereto

pursuant to Article VII.

“Administrative Agent

Fee Letter” shall mean the Fee Letter with respect to this Agreement, by and between the Parent Borrower and the Administrative

Agent dated as of April 7, 2026 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time).

“Administrative Agent’s

Fees” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.9(d).

“Administrative Agent’s

Office” shall mean Citibank, N.A., One Penns Way, New Castle, DE 19720, Attention Lending Agency.

“Administrative Questionnaire”

shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

“Affected Financial

Institution” shall mean (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.

“Affiliate”

shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly controls, is under common control with or is controlled by

such Person. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, “controlled by”

and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction

of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) no individual shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Borrower solely by reason of his or her

being an officer, director or employee of such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (b) none of Viacom International Inc. (or

its successor), Paramount Global, Skydance Media, LLC, a California limited liability company, any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries

shall be deemed to be Affiliates of each other, unless expressly stated to the contrary.

3

“Affiliated

Debt Fund” means,

(a)            any

Affiliate of a Sponsor that is a bona fide bank, debt fund, distressed asset fund, hedge fund, mutual fund, insurance company,

financial institution or an investment vehicle that is engaged in the business of investing in, acquiring or trading commercial loans,

bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business, and either,

(i)             information

barriers are in place restricting the sharing of information between it and such Sponsor, and

(ii)            its

managers have fiduciary duties to the investors in such fund that are independent of fiduciary duties to investors in such Sponsor, and

(b)            any

investment fund or account of a Permitted Investor managed by third parties (including by way of a managed account, a fund or an index

fund in which a Permitted Investor has invested) that is not organized or used primarily for the purpose of making equity investments.

“Affiliated

Lender” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that is either a Sponsor or an Affiliate of a Sponsor, at such time, excluding in

any case, (a) the Parent Borrower, (b) any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, and (c) any natural person.

“Affiliated

Lender Term B-1 Loan Cap” has the meaning specified in Section 9.4(k)(iii).

“Agents”

shall mean the collective reference to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Joint Bookrunners,

the Documentation Agents and the Syndication Agent.

“Aggregate LC Exposure”

shall mean, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time and (b) the

aggregate amount which has been drawn under Letters of Credit but for which the applicable Issuing Lender or the Revolving Credit Lenders,

as the case may be, have not been reimbursed by the relevant Borrower at such time.

“Agreement”

shall mean this Credit Agreement, as further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

4

“All-In

Yield” means, as to any Indebtedness (or Loans of any Class), as of any date of determination, the yield thereof, whether in

the form of interest rate, margin, OID incurred by any Borrower, upfront fees incurred by any Borrower or an interest rate floor (such

as a Term SOFR Rate floor or ABR floor) as of such date as determined by the Parent Borrower in good faith; provided that when

determining the All-In Yield,

(a)            (i) if

such Indebtedness (or Loans of any Class) is, by its terms, capable of being priced with reference to three month SOFR for Dollar denominated

loans, then All-In Yield shall be measured with reference to such SOFR rate, and (ii) if such Indebtedness (or Loans of any Class)

is not, by its terms, capable of being priced with reference to such SOFR rate, including if such Indebtedness (or Loans of any Class)

is priced with reference to a fixed rate of interest, then for purpose of determining the All-In Yield, such Indebtedness (or Loans of

any Class) shall be deemed to be swapped so that would effectively be priced with reference to such SOFR rate on a customary matched maturity

basis in a customary manner;

(b)            if

such Indebtedness (or Loans of any Class) is priced with reference to a margin that is subject to a leverage-based or other pricing grid,

then for purpose of determining the All-In Yield the margin applicable to such Indebtedness (or Loans of any Class) shall be determined

with reference to such grid as of such date of measurement;

(c)            OID

and similar upfront fees shall be equated to interest rate assuming a 3-year (if such indebtedness is denominated in Euros) life to maturity

or 4-year (if such indebtedness is denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency) life to maturity (or, in each case, if less, the

stated life to maturity of the applicable Indebtedness as of such time); and

(d)            “All-In

Yield” shall not include any arrangement fees, structuring fees, underwriting fees, commitment fees, amendment fees, consent fees,

ticking fees or any other fees similar to the foregoing (regardless of how such fees are computed or to whom paid), fees not paid by a

Loan Party, interest payable in kind, prepayment (or repayment) premiums applicable to such Indebtedness, or the pricing (or other terms)

applicable to any assignments or participations of such Indebtedness (or Loans of any Class) following the initial incurrence thereof.

When

comparing the All-In Yield of any Indebtedness (or Loans of any Class) to the All-In Yield of the applicable Term B-1 Loans (or any other

applicable Indebtedness), as of any date,

(i) if

such Indebtedness (or Loans of any Class) includes an interest rate floor that is greater than the corresponding interest rate floor applicable

to the applicable Term B-1 Loans (or such other applicable Indebtedness),

the amount of such differential will increase the applicable margin with respect to such Indebtedness (or Loans of such Class) for purposes

of determining All-In Yield, but only to the extent an increase in the interest rate floor applicable to the applicable Term B-1 Loans

(or such other applicable Indebtedness) as of such date would cause an increase in the interest rate applicable to such Term B-1 Loans

(or such other applicable Indebtedness) at such time, and in such case, for purposes of applying the provisions of Section 2.14(g)(v),

the interest rate floor (but not the interest rate margin) applicable to such Term B-1 Loans (or such other applicable Indebtedness) shall

be increased to the extent of such differential between interest rate floors; and

5

(ii) if

such Indebtedness (or Loans of any Class) includes an interest rate floor that is lower than the corresponding interest rate floor applicable

to the applicable Term B-1 Loans (or such other applicable Indebtedness),

or does not include an interest rate floor, and, as of the date such date of determination, the applicable interest rate floor with respect

to such Term B-1 Loans (or such other applicable Indebtedness) is the basis for determining its margin, then the amount of such differential

(which shall be deemed to be 0.00% in the case of Indebtedness without an interest rate floor) shall reduce the applicable margin with

respect to such Indebtedness (or Loans of such Class) for purposes of determining All-In Yield.

“Alternate Base Rate”

shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the

Prime Rate in effect on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day), (b) the NYFRB Rate

in effect on such day plus ½ of 1% and (c) the Term SOFR Rate for a one-month Interest Period in effect on such day (or, if

such day is not a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, the immediately preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day)

plus 1.00%; provided that if the Alternate Base Rate as so determined would be less than 1.00%, such rate shall be deemed to be

equal to 1.00% for the purposes of this Agreement. For purposes hereof, “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest

per annum publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New

York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is publicly announced as effective. For purposes of

clause (c) above, the Term SOFR Rate on any day shall be based on the Term SOFR Reference Rate at approximately 5:00 a.m.,

Chicago time, on such day (or any amended publication time for the Term SOFR Reference Rate, as specified by the CME Term SOFR Administrator

in the Term SOFR Reference Rate methodology). If the Alternate Base Rate is being used as an alternate rate of interest pursuant to Section 2.12,

the Alternate Base Rate shall be the greater of the rates referred to in clause (a) and (b) above and shall be

determined without reference to clause (c) above. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate,

the NYFRB Rate or the Term SOFR Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the

Term SOFR Rate, respectively.

“Amendment

No. 1” shall mean that certain Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2026, by and among

the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Term B-1 Lenders.

“Amendment

No. 1 Effective Date” shall mean October 6, 2026.

“Anti-Corruption

Laws” shall mean the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010 and all other similar

laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries concerning or

relating to bribery or corruption.

6

“Apollo”

shall mean, collectively, Apollo Global Funding, LLC, Apollo Capital Management, L.P., on behalf of one or more investment funds, separate

accounts and other entities owned (in whole or in part), controlled, managed and/or advised by it or its affiliates.

“Applicable Commitment

Fee Rate” shall mean, (a) with respect to any date prior to the Closing Date, 0.175% and (b) with respect to any date

on or following the Closing Date, the “Applicable Commitment Fee Rate” on such date as determined in accordance with the Pro

Rata Facilities Pricing Grid.

“Applicable Law”

shall mean, as to any Person, all applicable Laws binding upon such Person or to which such a Person is subject.

“Applicable LC Fee

Rate” shall mean on any day (a) with respect to any Financial Letter of Credit, a rate per annum equal to the Applicable

Margin applicable to Term Benchmark Loans in accordance with the Pro Rata

Facilities Pricing Grid and (b) with respect to any Non-Financial Letter of Credit, a rate per annum equal to 50% of the

rate determined under the preceding clause (a).

“Applicable Margin”

shall mean, as of any date, (a) with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan, RFR Loan or ABR Loan under the Pro Rata Facilities, the

applicable rate per annum in accordance with the Pro Rata Facilities Pricing

Grid set forth in Annex I hereto (the “Pro Rata Facilities

Pricing Grid”) and,

(b) with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan or ABR Loan under the

Dollar Term B-1 Loans, the applicable rate per annum in accordance with the Term B-1 Loan Pricing Grid set forth in Annex II hereto (the

“Term B-1 Loan Pricing Grid”), (c) with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan under the Euro Term B-1 Loans, the

applicable rate per annum in accordance with the Term B-1 Loan Pricing Grid and (d) with respect to any Incremental Loans

(other than the Term B-1 Loans), the rate per annum set forth

in the Incremental Amendment establishing such Incremental Loans.

No

change in the Applicable Margin for Dollar Term B-1 Loans or Euro Term B-1 Loans shall be effective until three Business Days after the

date on which the Administrative Agent shall have received the applicable financial statements and a Compliance Certificate pursuant to

Section 5.1(g) calculating the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio following the first full fiscal quarter following the Closing

Date; provided that until a certified calculation of the Consolidated

Total Net Leverage Ratio is delivered following the first full fiscal quarter following the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.1,

the Applicable Margin with respect to the Dollar Term B-1 Loans and Euro Term B-1 Loans shall be set at the margin in the row labeled

“Level I” in Annex II. At any time the Parent Borrower has not submitted to the Administrative Agent the applicable information

as and when required under Section 5.1(g), the Applicable Margin for Dollar Term B-1 Loans and Euro Term B-1 Loans shall be determined

as if the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio were in excess of 4.00 to 1.00. Within one Business Day of receipt of the applicable information

under Section 5.1(g), the Administrative Agent shall give each Lender facsimile or telephonic notice (confirmed in writing) of the

Applicable Margin in effect from such date. In the event that any financial statement or certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.1

is determined to be inaccurate (at a time prior to the satisfaction of the Termination Conditions), and such inaccuracy, if corrected,

would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an “Applicable Period”) than the Applicable

Margin applied for such Applicable Period, then (a) the Parent Borrower shall promptly (and in any event within five Business Days)

following such determination deliver to the Administrative Agent correct financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.1

for such Applicable Period, (b) the Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period shall be determined as if the Consolidated Total

Net Leverage Ratio were determined based on the amounts set forth in such correct financial statements and certificates and (c) the

Parent Borrower shall promptly (and in any event within ten Business Days) following delivery of such corrected financial statements and

certificates pay to the Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for

such Applicable Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the provisions of this paragraph may be amended or

waived with respect to (i) any Dollar Term B-1 Loans with the consent of only the Parent Borrower and the Required Dollar Term B-1

Lenders (or in the case of the rate specified in the preceding sentence, all affected Lenders of such Class) and (ii) any Euro Term

B-1 Loans with the consent of only the Parent Borrower and the Required Euro Term B-1 Lenders (or in the case of the rate specified in

the preceding sentence, all affected Lenders of such Class).

7

“Appropriate Lender”

shall mean, at any time, with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class.

“ASC” shall

mean the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification.

“Asset Sale Prepayment

Percentage” shall mean,

(a)            100%,

if the Parent Borrower’s First Lien Net Leverage Ratio at the end of the most recently ended Test Period equals or exceeds the Closing

Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.50 to 1.00;

(b)            50%,

if such First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is less than the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.50 to 1.00 but

equals or exceeds the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 1.00 to 1.00; and

(c)            0%,

if such First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is less than the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 1.00 to 1.00.

“Assignment and Acceptance”

shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in

the form of Exhibit B hereto.

“Assuming Lender”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.27(f).

“Attorney Costs”

shall mean all reasonable and documented fees, expenses, charges and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel, which

fees, expenses, charges and disbursements shall be documented in reasonable detail such that the Parent Borrower can determine that such

fees, expenses, charges and disbursements relate to the activities with respect to which reimbursement or indemnification is required

hereunder.

8

“Bail-In Action”

shall mean the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of

an Affected Financial Institution.

“Bail-In Legislation”

shall mean, (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament

and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time

to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of

the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United

Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their Affiliates (other

than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

“Bankruptcy Code”

means Title 11 of the United States Code, as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Bankruptcy Event”

shall mean, with respect to any Person, that such Person becomes the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws, or has otherwise

had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the

reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken

any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment; provided

that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any control of or ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership

interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof so long as such control of or ownership interest does

not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of

judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such governmental authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate,

disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

“Bankruptcy Plan”

means any plan of reorganization, plan of liquidation, agreement for composition, or other type of plan of arrangement or similar dispositive

restructuring plan proposed in or in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

“Benchmark Transition

Event” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(b).

“Beneficial Owner”

shall mean a beneficial owner as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act and the term “beneficially own”

has meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Beneficial Ownership

Regulation” shall mean 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

“Benefit

Plan” shall mean any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of

ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include

(for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of

any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

9

“Board”

shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

“Borrowers”

shall mean, collectively, Parent Borrower and each Subsidiary Borrower.

“Borrowing”

shall mean the borrowing of the same type of Loan pursuant to a single Class by any Borrower from all the Lenders having Commitments

with respect to such Class on a given date (or resulting from a conversion or conversions on such date), having, in the case of Term

Benchmark Loans, the same Interest Period.

“Borrowing Minimum”

shall mean (a) in the case of a borrowing denominated in Dollars, $10,000,000, (b) in the case of a borrowing denominated in

Euros, €5,000,000, (c) in the case of a borrowing denominated in Sterling, £5,000,000, and (d) in the case of a borrowing

denominated in Yen, ¥500,000,000.

“Borrowing Multiple”

shall mean (a) in the case of a borrowing denominated in Dollars, $1,000,000, (b) in the case of a borrowing denominated in

Euros, €1,000,000, (c) in the case of a borrowing denominated in Sterling, £1,000,000, and (d) in the case of a borrowing

denominated in Yen, ¥100,000,000.

“Borrowing Request”

shall mean a notice of Borrowing made pursuant to Section 2.4, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1

hereto.

“Business Day”

shall mean any day (other than a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the State of New York) on which banks are open for

business in New York City; provided that, (a) in relation to Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Sterling, any day (other

than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for business in London, (b) (i) in relation to Revolving Credit Loans denominated

in Yen and (ii) in relation to the calculation or computation of TIBOR, in each case any day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday)

on which banks are open for business in Japan, (c) (i) in relation to Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Euros and (ii) in

relation to the calculation or computation of EURIBOR, in each case any day which is a TARGET Day, (d) in relation to RFR Loans and

any interest rate settings, fundings, disbursements, settlements or payments of any such RFR Loan, or any other dealings in the applicable

currency of such RFR Loan, any such day that is only an RFR Business Day and (e) in relation to Loans referencing the Term SOFR Rate

and any interest rate settings, fundings, disbursements, settlements or payments of any such Loans referencing the Term SOFR Rate or any

other dealings of such Loans referencing the Term SOFR Rate, any such day that is only a U.S. Government Securities Business Day.

“Capital

Expenditures” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities

and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capitalized Leases) by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries

during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on the consolidated statement

of cash flows of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Capital Lease Obligations”

of any Person shall mean, subject to Section 1.2(b), the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any

Capitalized Lease, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person

under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof

at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

10

“Capital Stock”

shall mean any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation,

any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants or options to purchase any

of the foregoing.

“Capitalized Leases”

shall mean all capital or finance leases that have been or are required to be, in accordance with GAAP recorded as capitalized leases;

provided that unless the Parent Borrower elects otherwise, all obligations of any Person that are or would have been treated as

operating leases for purposes of GAAP prior to the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on February 25, 2016 of an

Accounting Standards Update (the “ASU”) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for purposes of all

financial definitions (including the definition of Indebtedness), calculations and deliverables under this Agreement or any other Loan

Document (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) notwithstanding the fact that such obligations

are required in accordance with the ASU or otherwise (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as or to be recharacterized

as capital lease obligations or otherwise accounted for as liabilities in financial statements.

“Captive Insurance

Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary

thereof).

“Cash Collateral”

shall have a meaning correlative to the meaning of “Cash Collateralize” and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral

and other credit support.

“Cash Collateral

Account” shall mean an account held at, and subject to the sole dominion and control of, the Collateral Agent.

“Cash Collateralize”

shall mean, in respect of an Obligation, to provide and pledge (as a first priority perfected security interest) cash collateral in Dollars,

at a location and pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the

applicable Issuing Lender, as applicable (and “Cash Collateralization” has a corresponding meaning).

“Cash Equivalents”

shall mean any of the following types of investments, to the extent owned by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(a)            all

cash, including Dollars, Euros, Sterling, Canadian dollars, Yen, and each Foreign Currency;

(b)            such

other currencies held by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(c)            (i) readily

marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of (A) the

United States, (B) the United Kingdom or (C) any member nation of the European Union, in each case, rated A-2 (or the equivalent

thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, having average maturities of not more than

24 months from the date of acquisition thereof and (ii) securities with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of

acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, or by any political subdivision or

taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory having an investment grade rating from either S&P or Moody’s (or

the equivalent thereof);

11

(d)            (i) time

deposits or demand deposits with, or certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any bank, credit union or other financial

institution (A) that is a Lender (or Affiliate thereof) or (B) that has combined capital and surplus of at least (1) $250,000,000

in the case of U.S. banks, credit unions or other financial institutions and (2) $100,000,000 (or the Dollar equivalent as of

the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks, credit unions or other financial institutions, or (C) that is otherwise

in compliance with any and all applicable statutorily mandated capital requirements applicable to it (any such bank, credit union or other

financial institution meeting the requirements of clause (A), (B) or (C) above being an “Approved

Bank”), or (D) to the extent entitled to the benefit of deposit insurance, including deposit insurance provided by the

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and (ii) any securities entitlements in respect of any of the foregoing;

(e)            repurchase

agreements and repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c) and (d) above

entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above for an Approved

Bank;

(f)            (i) commercial

paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by a Lender (or Affiliate thereof) or an Approved Bank, or in each case, by a parent company

thereof, or (ii) any variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by, a corporation rated A-2 (or the equivalent thereof)

or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case (i) and (ii), with average maturities

of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

(g)            marketable

short-term money market and similar highly liquid funds either (i) having assets in excess of (A) $250,000,000 in the case of

U.S. banks, U.S. credit unions or other U.S. financial institutions or (B) $100,000,000 (or the Dollar equivalent

as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks, non-U.S. credit unions or other non-U.S. financial institutions,

(ii) having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s

nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency) or (iii) with

a Lender (or Affiliate thereof) or Approved Bank;

(h)            investments

with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in mutual funds rated A (or the equivalent thereof) or better

by S&P or A2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;

(i)            instruments

equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above denominated in Euro or any other foreign currency

comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in

any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary

organized in such jurisdiction;

12

(j)             investment

funds (including money market funds) investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through

(h) above or that are entitled to the benefit of (and to the extent covered by) deposit insurance provided by the Federal

Deposit Insurance Corporation or otherwise; and

(k)            solely

with respect to any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, any investment that a Captive Insurance Subsidiary is not prohibited to make in accordance

with Applicable Law.

In the case of investments by any Foreign Subsidiary

that is a Restricted Subsidiary or investments made in a jurisdiction outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also

include (i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (k) above in foreign

obligors, which investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings

from comparable foreign rating agencies and (ii) other short-term investments in accordance with normal investment practices for

cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (a) through (k) above and

in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set

forth in clause (a) or (b) above; provided that such amounts, except amounts used to pay obligations

of any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary denominated in any currency other than Dollars or a Foreign Currency in the ordinary course

of business, are converted into Dollars or a Foreign Currency as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following

the receipt of such amounts.

“Cash Management

Agreement” shall mean any agreement or arrangement governing Cash Management Obligations.

“Cash Management

Bank” shall mean:

(a)            any

Person listed on Schedule 1.2(a);

(b)            any

Person that is (or becomes) an Agent, a Lender or a Joint Lead Arranger or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing, either (i) on the

Closing Date, (ii) at the time it initially provides any Cash Management Services, (iii) within 90 days after the date it initially

provides any Cash Management Services, or (iv) at the time that a Person to whom the Cash Management Services are provided is merged

with the Parent Borrower or becomes or is merged with a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case in this clause (b) whether or

not such Person subsequently ceases to be an Agent, a Lender or a Joint Lead Arranger or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing; or

(c)            any

Person (i) whose long-term senior unsecured debt rating is A/A2 by S&P or Moody’s (or their equivalent) or higher at the

time it initially provides any Cash Management Services or (ii) that has been approved in writing by the Administrative Agent and,

in each case in this clause (c), (A) such Person shall have been designated by the Parent Borrower in writing to the Administrative

Agent as a “Cash Management Bank” for purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (B) such Person shall

have appointed the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent as its agents under the applicable Loan Documents and agreed to be bound

by the provisions of Article VII as a Cash Management Bank pursuant to a writing reasonably satisfactory to the Parent Borrower

and the Administrative Agent.

13

“Cash Management

Obligations” shall mean obligations owed by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Cash Management Bank in

respect of or in connection with any Cash Management Services and designated by the Cash Management Bank and the Parent Borrower in writing

to the Administrative Agent as “Cash Management Obligations”.

“Cash Management

Services” shall mean (ia)

any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, pooling,

netting, overdraft, credit card processing, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer,

supply chain finance services (including, without limitation, trade payable services and supplier accounts receivables purchases) and

similar services, any automated clearing house transfer of funds, and other cash management arrangements and (iib)

any arrangements relating to bilateral letters of credit (including standby and documentary letters of credit, other than any Letters

of Credit) provided to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary by a Cash Management Bank described in clause (b) of the

definition thereof.

“Cashless

Rollover” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.7.

“Causes of Action”

shall mean any and all claims, actions, causes of action, choses in action, suits, debts, damages, dues, sums of money, accounts, reckonings,

bonds, bills, specialties, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, variances, trespasses, judgments, remedies, rights

of set-off, third party claims, subrogation claims, contribution claims, reimbursement claims, indemnity claims, counterclaims, cross-claims,

whether known or unknown, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed or undisputed, whether direct,

indirect, derivative, or otherwise, whether arising before, on, or after the Closing Date, in contract or in tort, in law (whether local,

state, or federal U.S. or non-U.S. law) or in equity, or pursuant to any other theory of local, state, or federal U.S. or

non-U.S. law. For the avoidance of doubt, “Cause of Action” includes: (a) any right of setoff, counterclaim,

or recoupment and any claim for breach of contract or for breach of duties imposed by law or in equity; (b) any claim based on or

relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, tort, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, fraudulent transfer

or fraudulent conveyance or voidable transaction law, violation of local. state, or federal or non-U.S. law or breach of any duty

imposed by law or in equity, including securities laws, negligence, and gross negligence; (c) any claim pursuant to Section 362

or chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code or similar Debtor Relief Law; (d) any claim or defense including fraud, mistake, duress, and

usury, and any other defenses set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code or similar Debtor Relief Law; (e) any state or foreign

law pertaining to actual or constructive fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, or similar claim; and (f) any “lender

liability” or equitable subordination claims or defenses.

“CBR Loan”

shall mean a Revolving Credit Loan that bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Central Bank Rate.

“CBR Spread”

shall mean the Applicable Margin applicable to such Revolving Credit Loan that is replaced by a CBR Loan.

14

“Central Bank Rate”

shall mean, the greater of (A) (i) for any Revolving Credit Loan denominated in (a) Sterling, the Bank of England (or any

successor thereto)’s “Bank Rate” as published by the Bank of England (or any successor thereto) from time to time, (b) Euros,

one of the following three rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion: (1) the fixed rate

for the main refinancing operations of the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto), or, if that rate is not published, the minimum

bid rate for the main refinancing operations of the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto), each as published by the European

Central Bank (or any successor thereto) from time to time, (2) the rate for the marginal lending facility of the European Central

Bank (or any successor thereto), as published by the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto) from time to time or (3) the

rate for the deposit facility of the central banking system of the participating member states of the European Monetary Union, as published

by the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto) from time to time, and (c) Yen, the “short-term prime rate” as

publicly announced by the Bank of Japan (or any successor thereto) from time to time plus (ii) the applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment

and (B) 0.00%.

“Central Bank Rate

Adjustment” shall mean, for any day, for any Revolving Credit Loan denominated in (a) Euros, a rate equal to the difference

(which may be a positive or negative value or zero) of (i) the average of the EURIBOR Rate for the five most recent Business Days

preceding such day for which the EURIBOR Screen Rate was available (excluding, from such averaging, the highest and the lowest EURIBOR

Rate applicable during such period of five Business Days) minus (ii) the Central Bank Rate in respect of Euro in effect on the last

Business Day in such period, (b) Sterling, a rate equal to the difference (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) of

(i) the average of Daily Simple RFR for the five most recent RFR Business Days preceding such day for which SONIA was available (excluding,

from such averaging, the highest and the lowest such Daily Simple RFR applicable during such period of five RFR Business Days) minus (ii) the

Central Bank Rate in respect of Sterling in effect on the last RFR Business Day in such period and (c) Yen, a rate equal to the difference

(which may be a positive or negative value or zero) of (i) the average of the TIBOR Rate for the five most recent Business Days preceding

such day for which the TIBOR Screen Rate was available (excluding, from such averaging, the highest and the lowest TIBOR Rate applicable

during such period of five Business Days) minus (ii) the Central Bank Rate in respect of Yen in effect on the last Business Day in

such period. For purposes of this definition, (x) the term Central Bank Rate shall be determined disregarding clause (B) of

the definition of such term and (y) each of the EURIBOR Rate and the TIBOR Rate on any day shall be based on the EURIBOR Screen Rate

or the TIBOR Screen Rate, as applicable, on such day at approximately the time referred to in the definition of such term for deposits

in the applicable Foreign Currency for a maturity of one month.

“Certain Funds Provisions”

shall mean, with respect to the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 4.2, that:

(a)            the

only representations and warranties the accuracy of which will be a condition to the initial availability of the Pro

RataClosing Date Facilities on the Closing

Date will be, (i) the Acquisition Agreement Representations and (ii) the Specified Representations; provided, (i) that

a failure of an Acquisition Agreement Representation to be accurate will not result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 4.2,

unless such failure results in a failure of a condition precedent to the Parent Borrower’s obligation to consummate the Acquisition

pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement or such failure gives the Parent Borrower the right (taking into account any notice

and cure provisions) to terminate its obligation to consummate the Acquisition pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement; and

(ii) the only representations and warranties made on the Closing Date the inaccuracy of which could result in a default or event

of default under the Pro RataClosing

Date Facilities are the Specified Representations;

15

(b)            the

terms of the Loan Documents contain no conditions to the initial funding of (or provision of commitments under) the Pro

RataClosing Date Facilities other than

the conditions set forth in Section 4.2, and in any event will be in a form such that they do not impair the availability

of the Pro RataClosing

Date Facilities on the Closing Date if such conditions are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.8);

it being understood that, (i) the attachment and perfection of any lien on Collateral (other than (A) Collateral consisting

of personal property in which a valid lien may be created pursuant to Article 9 of the New York UCC and (B) Collateral consisting

of certificated equity interests of the Parent Borrower’s domestic Material Subsidiaries that are also Wholly Owned Subsidiaries,

if any, to which a security interest can be perfected by the delivery of such certificates (to the extent required under the terms of

the Security Agreement) (provided that, with respect to the Target and its Material Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, any such certificates

not delivered on the Closing Date shall be delivered thereafter within ten (10) business days following the Closing Date))

securing the Pro RataClosing

Date Facilities is not a condition precedent to the availability of any Pro RataClosing

Date Facility, will not affect the size of any Pro RataClosing

Date Facility and the failure of any lien on the Collateral to attach or be perfected on the Closing Date will not result in

a default or event of default under any Pro RataClosing

Date Facility, and (ii) if any lien on Collateral securing a secured Pro RataClosing

Date Facility does not attach or become perfected on the Closing Date after the Parent Borrower’s use of commercially

reasonable efforts to do so, such attachment or such perfection will not constitute a condition precedent to the availability of any Pro

RataClosing Date Facility and will not

affect the size of any Pro RataClosing

Date Facility and will not result in a default or event of default under any Pro RataClosing

Date Facility, but will be required within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or such later date as mutually agreed by

the Collateral Agent and the Parent Borrower acting reasonably);

(c)            there

are no conditions (implied or otherwise) to the commitments and agreements hereunder (including compliance with the terms of the Loan

Documents), other than the conditions set forth in Section 4.2, and upon satisfaction (or waiver by the Joint Lead Arrangers)

of such conditions, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender and each other party thereto will execute and deliver

the Loan Document to which it is a party and the initial funding under the Pro RataClosing

Date Facilities will occur; and

(d)            the

execution and delivery by the Target Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which it is required to be a party on the Closing Date shall

be accomplished under escrow arrangements pursuant to which the Target Loan Parties’ signature pages are provided to the Administrative

Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, for each Pro RataClosing

Date Facility before (or coincident with) the time the Acquisition is consummated in accordance with the Acquisition Agreement

(the “Acquisition Effective Time”), and such signature pages (and the Loan Documents and related deliverables

to which the Target Loan Parties are parties) are automatically released from escrow to such Agent concurrently with the Acquisition Effective

Time and the adoption of related authorizing resolutions. The Target Loan Parties’ signature pages may be executed by individuals

that will be officers and/or directors of a Target Loan Parties upon consummation of the Acquisition, whether or not such individuals

are officers and/or directors of such entities prior to the consummation of the Acquisition so long as such individuals are authorized

in such capacity at the time such signature pages are released from the applicable escrow arrangements.

16

“Change of Control”

shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect

sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions,

of all or substantially all properties and assets of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person”

(individually and as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) and Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than another

Loan Party or any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Parent

Borrower, or directly or indirectly controlled by the Permitted Holders; or

(2) that

any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) or Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) constituting a “group”

(as such term is used in Section 13(d) and Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act as

in effect on the Closing Date, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and any Person

acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), becoming the “beneficial owner”

(as defined in Rules 13(d)13d-3

and 13(d)13d-5

under suchthe

Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date),

directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of

the Voting Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower (or Newco or a successor to the Parent Borrower or Newco, if applicable) and the percentage

of aggregate ordinary voting power so held is greater than the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the Equity

Interests of the Parent Borrower (or Newco or a successor to the Parent Borrower or Newco, if applicable) beneficially owned (as defined

in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders; provided

that for the purposes of this definition only, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to

direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract,

proxy or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing;

provided further that in no event shall any transaction or any series of related transactions be deemed to constitute an Event

of Default or constitute a “Change of Control” so long as, upon the consummation of such transaction or such series of related

transactions, the Permitted Holders either (i) are or become the Beneficial Owners, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the

Voting Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower or a NewCo (or a successor to either such entity), as applicable, or (ii) have the ability

to nominate directors to the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such NewCo (or a successor to either such entity), as applicable,

who collectively hold a majority of the voting power of the entire board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such NewCo (or such successor),

as applicable.

Notwithstanding

the preceding or any provision of Rule 13d-3 or 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, (i) a Person or group shall not be deemed to beneficially

own Voting Capital Stock subject to an equity or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, option agreement, warrant agreement or similar

agreement (or voting or option or similar agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Voting Capital Stock

in connection with the transactions contemplated by such agreement, (ii) a Person or group will not be deemed to beneficially own

the Voting Capital Stock of another Person as a result of its ownership of Voting Capital Stock or other securities of such other Person’s

parent entity (or related contractual rights) unless it owns more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Capital Stock entitled

to vote for the election of directors of such parent entity having a majority of the aggregate votes on the board of directors of such

parent entity and (iii) the right to acquire Voting Capital Stock (as long as such Person does not have the right to direct the voting

of the Voting Capital Stock subject to such right) or any veto power in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Capital

Stock will not cause a party to be a Beneficial Owner.

17

“Class”

when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Credit

Loans, Term A-1 Loans, Term A-2 Loans, Dollar Term B-1 Loans, Euro Term

B-1 Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans, Incremental Term Loans or Swingline Loans.

“Clean-Up Period”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.3.

“Closing

Date” shall mean the first date on which all of the conditions precedent in Section 4.2 are satisfied or

waived in accordance with Section 9.8.

“Closing Date Consolidated

Total Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio on the Closing Date on a Pro Forma Basis for

the Transactions determined by the Parent Borrower in good faith on the Closing Date.

“Closing Date Deadline”

shall mean, the earlier of (i) the date the Parent Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that the Acquisition Agreement

is terminated and (ii) the date that is five (5) Business Days after the Warrior Outside Date.

“Closing

Date Facilities” shall mean, collectively, the Pro Rata Facilities and the Term B-1 Loan Facility.

“Closing Date First

Lien Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio on the Closing Date on a Pro Forma Basis for the Transactions

determined by the Parent Borrower in good faith on the Closing Date.

“Closing Date Metric”

shall mean, with respect to any amount based upon TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets, an amount equal to

the equivalent amount of such metric on a Pro Forma Basis for the Transactions determined by the Parent Borrower in good faith on the

Closing Date; for example, a basket equal to the greater of $5,000,000,000 and a Closing Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted

EBITDA shall be modified on the Closing Date to be equal to the greater of $5,000,000,000 and 50% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

if TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA on the Closing Date was $10,000,000,000.

“Closing

Date Refinancings” shall mean (a) the repayment in full of all indebtedness and termination of all commitments under the

Parent Borrower’s Existing Credit Agreement and (b) the repayment in full of all indebtedness and termination of all

commitments under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2024 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented

or otherwise modified from time to time), by and among the Target, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, Bank of America, N.A.,

as administrative agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto, and providing for the release of all guarantees thereunder and

termination of all instruments with respect thereto.

18

“Closing Date Term

A Loans” shall mean, collectively, the Term A-1 Loans and the Term A-2 Loans.

“CME Term SOFR Administrator”

shall mean CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited as administrator of the forward-looking term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)

(or a successor administrator).

“Code”

shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Collateral”

shall mean all of the “Collateral” (or equivalent term) as defined in any Collateral Document and all other property

that is subject or purported to be subject to any Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant

to any Collateral Document, but in any event excluding all Excluded Property, and with respect to Paramount Global, the aggregate value

of assets and property of Paramount Global that constitute Collateral and all of its assets and property that are subject or purported

to be subject to any Lien securing any Permitted Secured Debt shall be limited, automatically and without further action by any Person,

such that such aggregate value does not exceed the Paramount Global Property Cap, as such Paramount Global Property Cap may be amended

pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of the proviso to the definition thereof.

“Collateral Agent”

shall mean Citibank, N.A., acting through such of its Affiliates or branches as it may designate, in its capacity as collateral agent

under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor collateral agent appointed pursuant to the Security Agreement.

“Collateral Documents”

shall mean, collectively, the Security Agreement, each Intellectual Property Security Agreement, each of the collateral assignments, Security

Agreement Supplements, Intellectual Property Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar

agreements delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 5.4, Section 5.5 or Section 5.15,

as applicable, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Collateral

Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

“Collective Rights

and Remedies” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.27(c)(i)(A).

“Commitment”

shall mean, with respect to each Lender, a Revolving Credit Commitment, a Term A Loan

Commitment, a Term B-1 Loan Commitment, an Incremental Revolving Commitment, an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or any combination

thereof, as the context requires.

“Commitment Fees”

shall mean all fees payable pursuant to Section 2.9(a).

19

“Commodity Exchange

Act” shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor

statute.

“Communications

Laws” means the Communications Act of 1934, and the rules, regulations, published orders and published and promulgated policy

statements of the FCC and interpretations thereof by federal courts of competent jurisdiction.

“Company Person”

shall mean any future, current or former officer, director, manager, member, member of management, employee, consultant or independent

contractor of any Borrower, any Subsidiary of any Borrower, any Sponsor or any Parent Entity.

“Comparable

Financing” means any Indebtedness that is (a) in the form of a floating rate broadly syndicated “term loan B”

facility, (b) denominated in (x) US dollars (in the case of the Dollar Term B-1 Loans) or (y) Euro (in the case of the

Euro Term B-1 Loans), and (c) secured by Liens on Collateral that rank pari passu in priority with the Liens that secure the

Term B-1 Loans.

“Compliance Certificate”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.1(g).

“Confidential Information”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.15(a).

“Confidentiality

Agreement” shall mean a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, with such changes as the

Parent Borrower may approve.

“Connection Income

Taxes” shall mean Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise

Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

“Consolidated Adjusted

EBITDA” shall mean, with respect to Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, operating profit (loss),

plus other income (loss), plus interest income, plus depreciation and amortization (including amortization arising from purchase accounting

adjustments under ASC 805, but excluding amortization related to programming rights, prepublication costs, videocassettes and DVDs), excluding:

(a)            gains

(losses) on sales of assets (except (i) gains (losses) on sales of inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and (ii) gains

(losses) on sales of other assets if such gains (losses) are less than $15,000,000 individually and less than $75,000,000 in the aggregate

during such period, net of transaction costs);

(b)            other

non-cash items (including (i) provisions for losses and additions to valuation allowances, (ii) provisions for restructuring,

litigation, regulatory, compliance or investigation matters and environmental reserves and losses on the Disposition of businesses, (iii) pension

settlement charges, (iv) non-cash charges associated with grants of stock options, employee stock purchase plans and other equity-based

compensation awards to employees and directors, in each case expensed in accordance with ASC 718, (v) impairment charges and write-downs,

including content and goodwill impairments, (vi) fair value, mark-to-market and similar non-cash accounting adjustments (including

in respect of contingent consideration) and (vii) non-cash lease expense attributable to right-of-use assets under ASC 842), in each

case regardless of whether such items may recur or represent future cash expenditures;

20

(c)            expenses

incurred in connection with acquisitions, Dispositions or merger transactions (including integration costs, content rationalization costs,

financing fees, amendment and waiver fees and expenses relating to transactions that are not consummated), whether or not accounted for

under ASC 805;

(d)            cash

items associated with provisions for restructuring or other business optimization programs, regulatory, compliance or investigation matters,

litigation (including settlements, judgments and defense costs), environmental reserves and losses on the Disposition of businesses;

(e)            the

operating profit (or loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting;

provided that the income of such Person shall be included to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid or declared

in cash (or converted to cash) to the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, and provided further that losses of any Unrestricted

Subsidiary shall not be deducted;

(f)            the

amount of pro forma “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization,

restructurings, and synergies (including costs to achieve such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies) related to the

Transactions, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings,

operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization, restructurings, and synergies had been realized on the

first day of such period and during the entirety of such period; and

(g)            the

amount of pro forma “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization,

restructurings, and synergies (including costs to achieve such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies) related to business

combinations, acquisitions, mergers or investments of the Parent Borrower that are reasonably identifiable, factually supportable and

projected by the Parent Borrower in good faith to be realized within twenty-four (24) months after such transaction or initiative is consummated

or implemented, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost

savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements, business optimization, restructurings, and synergies had been realized

on the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period; provided that costs to achieve shall not be subject to

the cap set forth below and the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (g) (excluding costs to achieve) shall

not exceed twenty five percent (25%) of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period (calculated after giving effect to such adjustments).

All determinations of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

shall be made by the Parent Borrower in good faith and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. No item shall be added back more than

once in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

21

“Consolidated

Current Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total assets of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries

on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current assets in conformity with GAAP, excluding cash and Cash Equivalents,

amounts related to current or deferred taxes based on income or profits, assets held for sale, loans (permitted) to third parties, pension

assets, deferred bank fees and derivative financial instruments, and excluding the effects of adjustments pursuant to GAAP resulting from

the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated

acquisition.

“Consolidated

Current Liabilities” means, as at any date of determination, the total liabilities of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted

Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current liabilities in conformity with GAAP, excluding (a) the

current portion of any Funded Debt, (b) the current portion of interest, (c) accruals for current or deferred taxes based on

income or profits, (d) accruals of any costs or expenses related to restructuring reserves, (e) Revolving Credit Loans, Swingline

Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations or any other revolving facility, (f) the current portion of any Capitalized Lease Obligation,

(g) deferred revenue arising from cash receipts that are earmarked for specific projects, (h) liabilities in respect of unpaid

earn-outs and (i) the current portion of any other long-term liabilities, and, furthermore, excluding the effects of adjustments

pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation

to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition.

“Consolidated Indebtedness”

shall mean, as at any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of third party Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and its

Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis that would be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet as at such date prepared

in accordance with GAAP consisting of Indebtedness of the type set forth in, without duplication, clauses (a)(i), (ii),

(iii), (iv) and (vi) of the definition thereof, as well as, without duplication, Indebtedness of the

type set forth in clause (b) of the definition thereof (but, in the case of clause (b), only to the extent such guarantee

is reflected as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with

GAAP) to the extent applicable to Indebtedness of the type set forth in clauses (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and

(vi) of the definition thereof; provided that Consolidated Indebtedness will not include Indebtedness in respect of

(a) any Defeased Debt, (b) any letter of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed obligations in respect of drawn letters

of credit (provided that any unreimbursed amount under letters of credit will not be counted as Consolidated Indebtedness until

three Business Days after such amount is drawn), and (c) Indebtedness to the extent it has been cash collateralized or with respect

to which the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary is obligated only as a surety or guarantor; provided further, at any time

after the definitive agreement for any acquisition shall have been executed (or, in the case of an acquisition in the form of a tender

offer or similar transaction, after the offer shall have been launched) and prior to the consummation of such acquisition (or termination

of the definitive documentation in respect thereof), any Acquisition Debt (and the proceeds of such Acquisition Debt) shall be excluded

from the definition of Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio and the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated Interest Expense

attributable to such Acquisition Debt (including any interest income attributable to the proceeds of such Acquisition Debt) shall be excluded

from the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense.

22

“Consolidated Interest

Expense” shall mean, for any Test Period, the sum of:

(a)            cash

interest expense (including that attributable to Capitalized Leases), net of cash interest income, of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted

Subsidiaries with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including all commissions,

discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under

hedging agreements, plus

(b)            non-cash

interest expense resulting solely from the amortization of OID from the issuance of Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted

Subsidiaries (excluding Indebtedness borrowed under this Agreement in connection with and to finance the Transactions) at less than par,

plus

(c)            pay-in-kind

interest expense of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries payable pursuant to the terms of the agreements governing such

debt for borrowed money;

but excluding, (i) amortization of deferred

financing costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and any other amounts of non-cash interest other than referred to

in clause (b) above (including as a result of the effects of acquisition method accounting or pushdown accounting), (ii) non-cash

interest expense attributable to the movement of the mark-to-market valuation of obligations under hedging agreements or other derivative

instruments pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification No. 815-Derivatives and Hedging, (iii) any one-time cash costs

associated with breakage in respect of hedging agreements for interest rates, (iv) commissions, discounts, yield, make whole premium

and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) incurred in connection with any Permitted Securitization Financing or other

receivables financing, (v) any “additional interest” owing pursuant to a registration rights agreement with respect to

any securities, (vi) any payments with respect to make-whole premiums or other breakage costs of any Indebtedness, including any

Indebtedness issued in connection with the Transactions, (vii) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (viii) accretion or

accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (ix) interest expense attributable to a direct or indirect Parent

Entity resulting from push-down accounting, (x) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the

application of recapitalization or purchase accounting, (xi) any interest expense attributable to the exercise of appraisal rights

and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto and with respect to any acquisition

or other investment, all as calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and (xii) any interest expense attributable

to Defeased Debt. Consolidated Interest Expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Parent

Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Hedge Agreements relating to interest rate protection.

“Consolidated

Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any Test Period, the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries

determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such consolidated net income

(to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication:

(a)            the

Net Income for such Test Period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by

the equity method of accounting; provided that the Parent Borrower’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s equity in the Net

Income of such Person shall be included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Borrower for such Test Period up to the aggregate

amount of dividends or distributions or other payments in respect of such equity that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted

into cash) by such Person to the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, in such Test Period, to the extent not already

included therein (subject in the case of dividends, distributions or other payments in respect of such equity made to a Restricted Subsidiary

to the limitations contained in clause (b) below);

23

(b)            solely

with respect to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person during such Test Period

to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not

permitted by operation of the terms of its Organization Documents or any agreement, instrument or requirement of Law applicable to such

Restricted Subsidiary during such Test Period; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount

of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash to such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect

of such Test Period;

(c)            any

gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), realized by such

Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Test Period upon any asset sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests

of any Person (other than any dispositions in the ordinary course of business) by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d)            gains

and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects determined in accordance with GAAP for such Test

Period;

(e)            earnings

(or losses), including any impairment charge, resulting from any reappraisal, revaluation or write-up (or write-down) of assets during

such Test Period;

(f)            (i) unrealized

gains and losses with respect to Hedge Agreements for such Test Period and the application of Accounting Standards Codification 815

(Derivatives and Hedging) and (ii) any after-tax effect of income (or losses) for such Test Period that result from the early extinguishment

of (A) Indebtedness, (B) obligations under any Hedge Agreements or (C) other derivative instruments;

(g)            any

extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gain (or extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual loss), together with any related provision for

taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), recorded or recognized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries

during such Test Period;

(h)            the

cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies

during such Test Period;

(i)            after-tax

gains (or losses) on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations for such Test Period;

24

(j)            effects

of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the inventory,

property and equipment, software, goodwill, other intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue, debt and unfavorable

or favorable lease line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP for such Test Period resulting

from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date and

any Permitted Acquisition or other investment or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, for such Test Period;

(k)            any

non-cash compensation charge or expense for such Test Period, including any such charge or expense arising from the grants of stock appreciation

or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any cash charges or expenses associated with the rollover, acceleration

or payout of Equity Interests by, or to, management of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions;

(l)            (i) Transaction

Expenses incurred during such Test Period and (ii) any fees and expenses incurred during such Test Period, or any amortization thereof

for such Test Period, in connection with any acquisition (other than the Transactions), investment, disposition, issuance or repayment

of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt or equity instrument (in

each case, including any such transaction whether consummated on, after or prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken

but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring costs incurred during such Test Period as a result of any such transaction;

(m)            any

expenses, charges or losses for such Test Period that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with

any investment, acquisition or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement, to the extent

actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Parent Borrower has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or

reimbursement and only to the extent that such amount is in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination

(with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such

365 days); and

(n)            to

the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Parent Borrower has made a determination that there exists

reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a deduction

in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses, charges

or losses for such Test Period with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption.

25

“Consolidated

Revenues” shall mean, the consolidated total revenues of any Person for any specified period determined on a consolidated basis

in accordance with GAAP as set forth on in the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or

(b).

“Consolidated Subsidiary”

shall mean, as to any Person, each Subsidiary of such Person (whether now existing or hereafter created or acquired) the financial statements

of which shall be consolidated with the financial statements of such Person in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated

Tangible Assets” shall mean, as of the date of any determination, the assets of any Person on a consolidated basis, less goodwill

and other intangible assets, as set forth on in the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or

(b).

“Consolidated

Total Assets” shall mean, as of the date of any determination, the assets of any Person on a consolidated basis as set

forth on in the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or (b).

“Consolidated

Total Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a)(i) Consolidated

Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date minus (ii) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted

Cash as of such date to (b) TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

“Consolidated

Working Capital” means, as of any date of determination, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets over Consolidated Current

Liabilities.

“Consolidating Financial

Statement Exception” shall mean and shall apply if the Consolidated Total Assets and the TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of

the Parent Borrower or Parent Entity with respect to which consolidated financial statements are being delivered do not differ from the

Consolidated Total Assets and the TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, respectively, of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries

by more than 2.50%.

“Controlled Foreign

Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957

of the Code.

“Corporate Family

Rating” shall mean the corporate family rating applicable to the Parent Borrower, as assigned by any Rating Agency as of any

date of determination.

“Covered Entity”

shall mean any of the following: (a) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with,

12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (b) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with,

12 C.F.R § 47.3(b); or (c) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with,

12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Credit Agreement

Refinancing Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the form of term loans,

notes or revolving commitments; provided that, except as may be agreed by the Required Lenders:

(a)            such

Indebtedness is incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness), in exchange

for, or to extend, renew, replace or refinance, in whole or in part, Indebtedness that is Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments

or other Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (together, “Refinanced Debt”);

26

(b)            the

aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness on the date such Indebtedness is incurred (or commitments with respect thereto are made)

does not exceed the aggregate principal amount of the Refinanced Debt being exchanged, extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced, plus

(i) unpaid, accrued or capitalized interest, penalties, premiums (including tender premiums) and other amounts payable with respect

to the Refinanced Debt and (ii) underwriting discounts, fees, commissions, costs, expenses and other amounts payable in connection

with such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

(c)            (i) the

scheduled final maturity date of such Indebtedness is no earlier than the scheduled final maturity date of the Refinanced Debt (without

the consent of the Required Facility Lenders or Required Class Lenders with respect to such Refinanced Debt) and (ii) the

Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness (other than a revolving facility) is no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average

Life to Maturity of the Refinanced Debt (without the consent of the Required

Facility Lenders or Required Class Lenders with respect to such Refinanced Debt); provided that this clause (c) shall

not apply to the incurrence of any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness pursuant to the Inside Maturity Exception;

(d)            any

mandatory prepayment of such Indebtedness (other than a revolving facility) may participate on a pro rata basis or a less-than-pro-rata

basis (but not on a greater-than-pro-rata basis) in any mandatory repayments required to be made on any portion of the Refinanced Debt

that remains outstanding pursuant to its terms, it being agreed that (A) repayment of such Indebtedness at maturity is permitted

and (B) any greater-than-pro-rata repayment of such Indebtedness is permitted with the proceeds of a Permitted Refinancing thereof;

and

(e)            (i) to

the extent secured by a Lien on property or assets of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, such Indebtedness shall not be

secured by any Lien on any asset of such Person that does not also secure the Refinanced Debt, except for (A) customary cash collateral

in favor of an agent, letter of credit issuer or similar “fronting” lender, (B) Liens on property or assets applicable

only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date of the Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans (without

the consent of the Required Facility Lenders or Required Class Lenders with respect to such Refinanced Debt), as applicable,

at the time of incurrence, and (C) with

the consent of only the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders, Liens on Excluded Property, and (D) Liens on property or

assets to the extent a Lien on such property or asset is also added for the benefit of the Lenders holding any Refinanced Debt that remains

outstanding for so long as such Liens secure such Indebtedness; and (ii) to the extent guaranteed by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted

Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Person that is not (or is not required to be) a Loan Party, except for (A) guarantees

by Persons applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date of the Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans (without

the consent of the Required Facility Lenders or the Required Class Lenders with respect to such Refinanced Debt), as applicable,

at the time of incurrence and,

(B) with the consent of only the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders,

guarantees by an Excluded Subsidiary and (C) guarantees by any Person that also guarantees any Refinanced Debt that remains

outstanding for so long as such Person guarantees such Indebtedness.

27

Credit Agreement Refinancing

Indebtedness (i) may rank pari passu with or junior in right of payment to any Class of Term Loans and the initial Revolving

Credit Commitments; provided that no Refinanced Debt that is junior in right of payment to any Class of Term Loans and the initial

Revolving Credit Commitments shall be refinanced with Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment

to any Class of Term Loans and the initial Revolving Credit Commitments and (ii) may be Pari Passu Lien Debt, Junior Lien Debt

or unsecured Indebtedness; provided that no Refinanced Debt that is Junior Lien Debt or unsecured Indebtedness shall be refinanced with

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness that is Pari Passu Lien Debt; provided further than any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness

that is Pari Passu Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt shall be subject to an Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement or Junior Lien Intercreditor

Agreement, as applicable. Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be deemed to include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued

in exchange therefor.

“Credit Event”

shall mean the making of any Loan or the issuance of any Letter of Credit hereunder (including the designation of a Designated Letter

of Credit as a “Letter of Credit” hereunder). It is understood that conversions and continuations pursuant to Section 2.8

do not constitute “Credit Events”.

“Cure Expiration Date” shall

have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.14(c).

“Customary Bridge

Loans” shall mean customary bridge loans or other similar arrangements with a maturity date of not longer than one year which

provide for an automatic extension of the maturity date thereof to a date no earlier than the Latest Term A Loan Maturity Date (without

the consent of the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders) or the Latest Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date (without the consent of the Required

Term B-1 Lenders), subject to customary conditions or the exchange or replacement thereof with other Indebtedness; provided

that (a) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any loans, notes, securities or other Indebtedness which are exchanged for or otherwise

replace such bridge loans is not shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Class of the then-existing Term A Loans

(without the consent of the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders) or the

Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B-1 Loans (without the consent of the Required Term B-1 Lenders) and (b) the

final maturity date of any loans, notes, securities or other Indebtedness which are exchanged for or otherwise replace such bridge loans

is no earlier than the Latest Term A Loan Maturity Date (without the consent

of the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders) or the Latest Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date (without the consent of the Required Term B-1 Lenders)

on the date of the incurrence thereof.

“Customary Intercreditor

Agreement” shall mean an intercreditor agreement that is in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Parent Borrower

and the Administrative Agent that the Parent Borrower has determined contains customary terms, which agreement shall provide that the

Liens on the Collateral securing such Indebtedness rank equal or junior in priority to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations

(as applicable), which intercreditor agreement shall be posted to the Lenders not less than five Business Days before the execution thereof

and, if the Required Lenders shall not have objected in writing to the Parent Borrower’s determination that the terms of such intercreditor

agreement are customary within such five Business Day period, then the Required Lenders shall be deemed to have agreed that the terms

thereof are customary and to have consented to such intercreditor agreement and to the Collateral Agents’ execution thereof.

28

“Daily Simple RFR”

shall mean, for any day (an “RFR Interest Day”), an interest rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the sum

of (i) SONIA for the day that is 5 Business Days prior to (i) if such RFR Interest Day is a Business Day, such RFR Interest

Day or (ii) if such RFR Interest Day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately preceding such RFR Interest Day, plus (ii) 0.0326%

per annum, and (b) 0.00%. Any change in Daily Simple RFR due to a change in the applicable RFR shall be effective from and including

the effective date of such change in the RFR without notice to the Parent Borrower.

“Debt Representative”

shall mean, with respect to any series of Indebtedness secured by a Lien that is subject to an Intercreditor Agreement, or is subordinated

in right of payment to all or any part of the Obligations, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar

agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may

be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

“Debtor Relief Laws”

shall mean the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium,

rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions

from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

“Default”

shall mean any event or condition which upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

“Default Right”

has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1,

as applicable.

“Defaulting Lender”

shall mean any Lender that (a) has failed, within three Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund

any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans or (iii) pay over

to the Administrative Agent or any Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above,

such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination

that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied or,

in the case of clause (iii), such payment is the subject of a good faith dispute, (b) has notified any Borrower, the Administrative

Agent or any Lender in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of

its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s

good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding

a Loan cannot be satisfied) or under other agreements generally in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three

Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent or a Lender acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an

authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding

Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans; provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause

(c) upon the receipt by the Administrative Agent or the requesting Lender, as applicable, of such certification in form and substance

satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has, or the parent company or bank of such Lender has, become the subject

of a Bankruptcy Event or a Bail-In Action.

29

“Defeased Debt”

shall mean Indebtedness that has been defeased, satisfied and discharged, with respect to which an irrevocable notice of redemption or

repurchase has been delivered and with respect to which any required deposit has been made in connection with any of the foregoing, in

each case, in accordance with the applicable indenture or other applicable contractual obligation.

“Deliverable Obligation”

shall mean each obligation of the Loan Parties that would constitute a “Deliverable Obligation” under a market standard credit

default swap transaction documented under the ISDA CDS Definitions and specifying any of the Loan Parties as a ‘Reference Entity’.

Each capitalized term used but defined in the preceding sentence has the meaning specified in the ISDA CDS Definitions, as applicable.

“Derivative Instrument”

shall mean with respect to a Person, any contract or instrument to which such Person is a party (whether or not requiring further performance

by such Person), the value and/or cash flows of which (or any portion thereof) are based on the value and/or performance of the Loans

and/or any Deliverable Obligations or “Obligations” (as defined in the ISDA CDS Definitions) with respect to the Loan Parties;

provided that a “Derivative Instrument” will not include any contract or instrument that is entered into pursuant to bona

fide market-making activities.

“Designated Letters

of Credit” shall mean each letter of credit issued by an Issuing Lender that is not a Letter of Credit hereunder at the time

of its issuance and is designated on or after the Closing Date by any Borrower, with the consent of such Issuing Lender, as a “Letter

of Credit” hereunder by written notice to the Administrative Agent in the form of Exhibit C-3.

“Designated Non-Cash

Consideration” shall mean the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted

Subsidiaries in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 5.13 that is designated as “Designated Non-Cash Consideration”

on the date received less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such

Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding

when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of, in each case, in or for cash

(and only to the extent of the cash so received) and in compliance with Section 5.13.

“Discontinued Operations”

shall mean the assets/liabilities and operations classified as “discontinued operations” pursuant to ASC 205-20 or Accounting

Principles Board Opinion No. 30.

“Disposition”

or “Dispose” shall mean the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition by any Person of any of its property,

other than sales, transfers, licenses, leases or other dispositions (a) that constitute a Lien, (b) that constitute a Restricted

Payment (including dividends and distributions with respect to and redemptions or repurchases of Equity Interests), (c) that constitute

an investment by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in, or a transfer of property to, the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary

of the Parent Borrower, (d) that constitute a sale of Equity Interests in, or an issuance of Equity Interests by, the Parent Borrower

or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower in connection with a bona fide joint venture or other similar commercial arrangement

with a third party or (e) that are non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property.

30

“Disqualified

Equity Interests” shall mean, any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is

convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition,

(a)            matures

or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except (i) solely for Qualified Equity Interests

or (ii) as a result of a change of control or asset sale as long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change

of control or asset sale event is subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable

and the termination of the Commitments and the termination, expiration or Cash Collateralization of all Letters of Credit);

(b)            is

redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part (except (i) solely for Qualified Equity Interests or (ii) as

a result of a change of control or asset sale as long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control

or asset sale event is subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and

the termination of the Commitments and the termination, expiration or Cash Collateralization of all Letters of Credit);

(c)            provides

for the scheduled payments of dividends that are required to be made only in cash; or

(d)            is

or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests;

in

each case, (A) other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests and (B) prior to the Latest Maturity Date of the Loans at the

time of issuance of the respective Disqualified Equity Interest; provided that only the portion of Equity Interests that so matures

or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such

date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests (the “Disqualified Portion”); provided further, that if such

Equity Interests are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of any Company Person of the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries

or by any such plan to such Company Person, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because they

may be required to be repurchased by the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory

obligations or as a result of such Company Person’s termination, death or disability; provided, further, that

any class of Equity Interests of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy the Disqualified Portion of its obligations

thereunder by delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interest shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interest.

“Disqualified

Lender” shall mean,

(a)            those

Persons identified in writing by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower or the Sponsor to the Joint Lead Arrangers on or prior to the Signing

Date, including any such Person that the Parent Borrower or the Sponsor has determined (which determination shall be conclusive) is a

competitor of any Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries or the Acquired Business;

31

(b)            those

Persons identified in writing by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower or the Sponsor to the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers,

but in the case of clauses (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) below, prior to from

time to time after the Closing Date with the consent of the

Administrative Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that

the consent of the Administrative Agent shall not be required for any such Person that the Parent Borrower or the Sponsor

has determined (which determination shall be conclusive) that such Person is

either:

(i) a competitor of any Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries or the Acquired Business,

(ii) an investor that engages in private equity investing, mezzanine financing, venture capital investing,

distressed lending or investing, or vulture, take-over or “loan-to-own” lending or similar strategies, including any distressed

debt investor, or is an Affiliate of any such entity, provided that no

fund or account managed, advised or otherwise controlled by Apollo or its Affiliates that is engaged in the making, purchasing, holding

or investing in commercial loans and notes and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business shall constitute a Disqualified

Lender pursuant to this clause (ii),

or; or

(iii) a Person that directly or indirectly (including through an Affiliate or related fund) has asserted (or

is asserting), or has directed (or is directing) any other Person to assert, or has supported (or is supporting) another Person in asserting

(including in any litigation or other proceeding) any claim or theory of liability against the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries, the

Sponsor, or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, advisors, partners or agents (whether or not in their capacities as

such), including relating to the Transactions, the Facilities, the Loan Documents or any transaction not prohibited thereunder, or the

Obligations, or is an Affiliate or any such Person,;

provided,

that the inclusion of any person pursuant to clause (ii) or

(iii) of the immediately preceding proviso as a Disqualified Lender shall be subject to

the reasonable consent of the Joint Lead Arrangers, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

(c)            any

Affiliate of a Person described in the preceding clauses (a) or (b) that (in each case, other than any Affiliates

that are banks, financial institutions, bona fide debt funds or investment vehicles that are primarily

engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in

the ordinary course (except to the extent separately identified under clause (a) or (b) above)), in each case,

is either reasonably identifiable as such on the basis of its name or is identified as such in writing by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower

(A) to the Joint Lead Arrangers on or prior to the Closing Date, or (B) to the Administrative Agent from time to time after

the Closing Date.

32

No Agent shall disclose any

list of Disqualified Lenders to any Person that is not an Affiliate of a Loan Party. The Parent Borrower shall, upon request of any Lender,

identify whether any Person identified by such Lender as a proposed assignee or participant is a Disqualified Lender. The Parent Borrower,

by written notice to the Administrative Agent, may from time to time in its sole discretion permanently or temporarily remove any entity

from the list of Disqualified Lenders, and such entity permanently removed from the list of Disqualified Lenders shall no longer be a

Disqualified Lender for any purpose under any Loan Document, unless subsequently identified in writing in accordance with this definition.

To the extent Persons are identified as Disqualified Lenders in writing after the Closing Date, the inclusion of such Persons as Disqualified

Lenders (or such person becoming a Disqualified Lender) shall not retroactively invalidate prior assignments or participations to such

Person that were made in compliance with applicable assignment or participation provisions; provided that the Parent Borrower shall

have the ability to repay all Loans held by such Persons at par and the other provisions of this Agreement applicable to Disqualified

Lenders shall apply with respect to all Loans held by such Persons.

Notwithstanding

the foregoing, with respect to the Pro Rata Facilities only, (a) the inclusion of any Person pursuant to clauses (b)(ii) or

(b)(iii) above as a Disqualified Lender shall be limited to (i) those Persons identified prior to the Closing Date, in writing

by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower or the Sponsor to the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers and (ii) those Persons

identified after the Closing Date in writing by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower or the Sponsor to the Administrative Agent, subject

to the reasonable consent of the Administrative Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and (b) no

fund or account managed, advised or otherwise controlled by Apollo or its Affiliates that is engaged in the making, purchasing, holding

or investing in commercial loans and notes and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business shall constitute a Disqualified

Lender pursuant to clause (b) above.

“Documentation Agents”

shall mean Apollo Global Funding, LLC, Deutsche Bank AG New York and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

“Dollar Amount”

shall mean, at any time:

(a)            with

respect to any Loan denominated in Dollars, the principal amount thereof then outstanding (or in which such participation is held);

(b)            with

respect to any Letter of Credit Obligation (or any risk participation therein) denominated in Dollars, the amount thereof; and

(c)            with

respect to any other amount (i) if denominated in Dollars, the amount thereof, or (ii) if denominated in any currency other

than Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as applicable,

on the basis of the Foreign Exchange Rate (determined in respect of the most recent

relevant date of determination) for the purchase of Dollars with such currency rate.

“Dollars”

or “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

“Dollar

Term B-1 Lender” shall mean (a) on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Lenders set forth as “Dollar Incremental

Term B-1 Lenders” on Schedule 1 to Amendment No. 1 and (b) at any time after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date,

any Lender that holds Dollar Term B-1 Loans or Dollar Term B-1 Loan Commitments at such time.

33

“Dollar

Term B-1 Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make its portion of the

Dollar Term B-1 Loans to the relevant Borrower (a) on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(iii), in the principal amount

set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 to Amendment No. 1 as in effect on the Amendment No.1 Effective Date, and

(b) any time thereafter pursuant to any Incremental Facility. The aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Term B-1 Loan Commitments

of all of the Lenders as in effect on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and the Closing Date (prior to funding) is $8,500,000,000.

“Dollar

Term B-1 Loan Commitments Upfront Fee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.9(b)(ii).

“Dollar

Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date” shall mean the date that is the seven-year anniversary of the Closing Date, as such date may be

extended pursuant to Section 2.27.

“Dollar

Term B-1 Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a)(iii). Each Dollar Term B-1 Loan shall be

a Term Benchmark Loan or an ABR Loan.

“Domestic Subsidiary”

shall mean any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“ECF

Prepayment Percentage” shall mean,

(a)            50%,

if the Borrower’s First Lien Net Leverage Ratio at the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year (but giving effect to any repayments

of Indebtedness prior to the date a payment is required to be made pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(ii)) exceeds the Closing Date First

Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.25 to 1.00;

(b)            25%,

if such First Lien Net Leverage Ratio equals or is less than the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.25 to 1.00, but exceeds

the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.75 to 1.00; and

(c)            0%,

if such First Lien Net Leverage Ratio equals or is less than the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.75 to 1.00.

“EEA Financial Institution”

shall mean (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country that is subject to the supervision

of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country that is a parent of an institution described

in clause (a) above or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country that is a subsidiary of an

institution described in clause (a) or (b) above and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

“EEA Member Country”

shall mean any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

34

“EEA Resolution Authority”

shall mean any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country

(including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

“Eligible Assignee”

shall mean any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 9.4(b); provided that no Disqualified

Lender shall be an Eligible Assignee.

“Ellison”

shall mean, collectively, (a) The Lawrence J. Ellison Revocable Trust, u/a/d 1/22/88, as amended, Pinnacle Media Ventures, LLC, Pinnacle

Media Ventures II, LLC, Pinnacle Media Ventures III, LLC, Hikouki, LLC, Aozora, LLC and Furaito, LLC; (b) Larry Ellison; (c) David

Ellison; (d) Sayonara, LLC; (e) Skydance Entertainment Group,

LLC; (f) any Family Member of Larry Ellison or David Ellison,;

(eg)

any Affiliate of the foregoing; and (fh)

any Permitted Entity of a Person identified in clause (a), (b), (c), (d) or,

(e), (f), or (g).

“Environmental Laws”

shall mean any and all Federal, state, local and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits,

concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or other governmental restrictions relating to the environment or to emissions,

discharges, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes

into the environment, including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, ground water or land, or otherwise relating to the manufacture,

processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or industrial,

toxic or hazardous substances or wastes.

“Equal Priority Intercreditor

Agreement” shall mean (a) if requested by the Parent Borrower or any provider of Pari Passu Lien Debt, an intercreditor

agreement containing customary terms (including a Customary Intercreditor Agreement) that are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative

Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Parent Borrower or (b) if requested by the Parent Borrower or any provider of Pari Passu Lien

Debt, any Customary Intercreditor Agreement that provides for the equal ranking of Liens with the Liens securing the Obligations. Upon

the request of the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent will execute and deliver such intercreditor agreement

with one or more Debt Representatives for Pari Passu Lien Debt permitted hereunder to be incurred and secured on a pari passu basis with

the Obligations.

“Equity

Contribution” shall mean either (a) the Parent Borrower obtaining gross proceeds from the sale of equityEquity

Interests in the Parent Borrower in an aggregate amount that is not less than $35,000,000,000 or (b) the Target receiving

payment in an amount not less than $35,000,000,000 pursuant to that certain guarantee from The Lawrence J. Ellison Revocable Trust, u/a/d

1/22/88, as amended, and Mr. Lawrence Ellison in favor of the Target, in either case, in connection with the Acquisition.

“Equity Interest”

shall mean with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated)

of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in, including any limited or general partnership interest and any

limited liability company membership interest) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition

or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities) but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt,

any Indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for the foregoing.

35

“ERISA”

shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated

thereunder.

“ERISA Affiliate”

shall mean, with respect to Parent Borrower, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is a member of a group of which

Parent Borrower is a member and which is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

“Erroneous Payment”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

“Erroneous Payment

Subrogation Rights” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

“EU Bail-In Legislation

Schedule” shall mean the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person),

as in effect from time to time.

“EU

Borrowing Request” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.28(c).

“EU

Borrower” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.28(a).

“EU

Funding Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.28(b).

“EU

Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.28(a).

“EU

Lender Provisions” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.28(b).

“EU

Notice” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.28(a).

“EURIBOR Interpolated

Rate” shall mean, at any time, with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Euros and for any Interest Period, the

rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the EURIBOR Screen Rate) which results from interpolating on a linear

basis between: (a) the EURIBOR Screen Rate for the longest period (for which the EURIBOR Screen Rate is available for Euros) that

is shorter than the Impacted EURIBOR Rate Interest Period; and (b) the EURIBOR Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which the

EURIBOR Screen Rate is available for Euros) that exceeds the Impacted EURIBOR Rate Interest Period, in each case, at such time; provided

that, if any EURIBOR Interpolated Rate shall be less than 0.00%, such rate shall be deemed to be 0.00% for the purposes of this Agreement.

“EURIBOR Rate”

shall mean, with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Euros and for any Interest Period, the EURIBOR Screen Rate at approximately

11:00 a.m., Brussels time, two TARGET Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that, if the EURIBOR

Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “Impacted EURIBOR Rate Interest Period”)

with respect to Euros then the EURIBOR Rate shall be the EURIBOR Interpolated Rate.

36

“EURIBOR Screen Rate”

shall mean the euro interbank offered rate administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or any other person which takes over

the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator)

on page EURIBOR01 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate

page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters as of 11:00 a.m. Brussels

time two TARGET Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Administrative

Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Parent Borrower. If the EURIBOR

Screen Rate shall be less than 0.00%, the EURIBOR Screen Rate shall be deemed to be 0.00% for purposes of this Agreement.

“Euros”

or “€” shall mean the single currency of participating member states of the European Monetary Union.

“Euro

Term B-1 Lender” shall mean (a) on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Lenders set forth as “Euro Incremental

Term B-1 Lenders” on Schedule 1 to Amendment No. 1 and (b) at any time after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date,

any Lender that holds Euro Term B-1 Loans or Euro Term B-1 Loan Commitments at such time.

“Euro

Term B-1 Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make its portion of the

Euro Term B-1 Loans to the relevant Borrower (a) on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(iv),

in the principal amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 to Amendment No. 1 as in effect on the Amendment

No.1 Effective Date, and (b) any time thereafter pursuant to any Incremental Facility. The aggregate principal amount of the Euro

Term B-1 Loan Commitments of all of the Lenders as in effect on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and the Closing Date (prior to

funding) is €850,000,000.

“Euro

Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date” shall mean the date that is the seven-year anniversary of the Closing Date, as such date may be

extended pursuant to Section 2.27.

“Euro

Term B-1 Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a)(iv).

“Event of Default”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VI; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice,

the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

“Excess

Cash Flow” means, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of:

(a)            the

sum, without duplication, of:

(i)             Consolidated

Net Income of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus

37

(ii)            an

amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) for such period to the extent deducted in

arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, but excluding any such non-cash charges representing an accrual or reserve for potential cash

items in any future period and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period, plus

(iii)           decreases

in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions or Dispositions by the Parent

Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period, the application of purchase accounting or the reclassification

of items from short term to long term or vice versa), plus

(iv)            an

amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period

(other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, plus

(v)             the

amount deducted as tax expense in determining Consolidated Net Income to the extent in excess of cash taxes paid in such period (including,

without duplication, tax distributions pursuant to Section 5.12(i) and tax distribution reserves set aside or payable), plus

(vi)           cash

receipts in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not otherwise included in such Consolidated Net Income; over

(b)            the

sum, without duplication, of:

(i)             an

amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income (but excluding any non-cash credit

to the extent representing the reversal of an accrual or reserve described in clause (a)(ii) above) and cash charges excluded

by virtue of clauses (a) through (l) (other than clause (g)) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income”,

plus

(ii)            without

duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (b)(xi) below or this clause (b)(ii) in prior periods, the amount

of Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property accrued or made in cash during such period to the extent not financed

with the proceeds of Funded Debt, plus

(iii)           the

aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness (including the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Leases)

of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such prepayments or repayments are not funded with the proceeds of

Funded Debt, excluding (A) all payments of Indebtedness described in Section 2.15(b)(ii)(B) to the extent such payments

reduce the repayment of Term Loans that would otherwise be required by Section 2.15(b)(ii)(B), and (B) any prepayment of revolving

loans to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder, plus

38

(iv)            an

amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Dispositions by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period

(other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and the

net cash loss on Dispositions to the extent otherwise added to arrive at Consolidated Net Income, plus

(v)             increases

in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions or Dispositions by the Parent

Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period, the application of purchase accounting or the reclassification

of items from short term to long term or vice versa), plus

(vi)            cash

payments by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries actually made during such period to the extent not financed with the proceeds

of Funded Debt in respect of any purchase price holdbacks, earn-out obligations, long-term liabilities of the Parent Borrower and the

Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness) to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted

in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period (and so long as there has not been any reduction in respect of such payments in

arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year), plus

(vii)           without

duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clauses (viii) and (xi) below in prior periods, the amount of investments permitted

hereunder, including acquisition transactions (in each case, including costs and expenses related thereto), to the extent that such investments

were not financed with the proceeds of Funded Debt and did not reduce the mandatory prepayment of Term B-1 Loans that would otherwise

be required by Section 2.15(b)(ii), plus

(viii)         the

amount of Restricted Payments actually paid (and permitted to be paid) during such period pursuant to Section 5.12 to the extent

such Restricted Payments were not financed with the proceeds of Funded Debt, plus

(ix)            the

aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent not financed with

the proceeds of Funded Debt during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures

are not expensed during such fiscal year or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income (and so long as there has not been

any reduction in respect of such expenditures in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such period), plus

(x)             to

the extent such were not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period, the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole

or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are made in connection

with any prepayment of any principal of Indebtedness to the extent such prepayment of principal reduced Excess Cash Flow pursuant to clause (b)(iii) above

or reduced the mandatory prepayment required by Section 2.15(b)(ii), plus

39

(xi)            without

duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the

Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts, commitments, or binding purchase orders (to the extent

not financed with the proceeds of Funded Debt, the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period

relating to investments permitted hereunder, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated; provided

that, to the extent the aggregate amount actually utilized to finance such investments permitted hereunder, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions

of intellectual property during any period is less than the Contract Consideration that reduced Excess Cash Flow for the prior period,

the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow for such period, plus

(xii)           the

amount of cash taxes (including penalties and interest) paid or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period,

to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

(xiii)         cash

expenditures in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(xiv)          any

amount related to items that were added to or not deducted from Net Income in calculating Consolidated Net Income or were added to or

not deducted from Consolidated Net Income, in each case to the extent such items represented a cash payment which had not reduced Excess

Cash Flow upon the accrual thereof in a prior Test Period, or an accrual for a cash payment, by the Parent Borrower and its Restricted

Subsidiaries or did not represent cash received by the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case on a consolidated

basis during such Test Period;

provided

that, at the option of the Parent Borrower, any item that meets the criteria of any sub-clause

of this clause (b) after the end of the applicable period and prior to the applicable date of calculation of Excess Cash Flow

for such period may, at the Parent Borrower’s option, be included in the applicable period, but not in any calculation pursuant

to this clause (b) for the subsequent calculation period if such election is made.

“Exchange Act”

shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Exchange Act Report”

shall mean each of the annual report of the Parent Borrower on Form 10-K for the last fiscal year for which financial statements

have last been delivered prior to the Closing Date and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and Reports on Form 8-K of the Parent

Borrower filed with or furnished to the SEC and available on the SEC’s website subsequent to the filing of such Form 10-K,

and prior to the Closing Date, in each case, as amended or supplemented before the Closing Date.

40

“Exchange

Rate” means, on any date with respect to any currency, the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into any other currency,

as set forth at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such date on the applicable Bloomberg page for such currency. In the event

that such rate does not appear on any Bloomberg page, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available

service for displaying the exchange rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent, or, in the event no such service is selected,

such Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the market where

its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about 10:00 a.m., local time, on

such date for the purchase of the relevant currency for delivery two (2) Business Days later; provided that, if at the time

of any such determination, for any reason no such spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent, after consultation with the Parent

Borrower, may use any reasonable method that it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such determination shall be presumed correct

absent manifest error.

“Excluded Accounts”

shall mean any deposit account,

(a)            solely

containing,

(i) funds used or intended to be used for payroll and payroll taxes and other employee benefit payments to

or for the benefit of employees of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary,

(ii) funds used or intended to be used to pay taxes required to be collected, remitted or withheld (including,

federal and state withholding taxes and any employer’s share thereof), and

(iii) funds which any Loan Party or any Subsidiary (A) holds on behalf of another person (other than a

Loan Party or Subsidiary) or (B) holds as an escrow or fiduciary for another person (other than a Loan Party or Subsidiary), or

(b)            used

by the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary solely for disbursements and payments in the ordinary course of business or payroll,

(c)            that

is a zero balance account or otherwise swept into another account on a daily basis,

(d)            that

is subject to cash pooling arrangements, or

(e)            that

is located outside of the United States.

“Excluded

Equity Interest” shall mean,

(a)            any

issued and outstanding Equity Interests in a Foreign Subsidiary or a FSHCO (other than, in the case of any direct subsidiary of a Loan

Party which direct subsidiary is (A) a Controlled Foreign Subsidiary or (B) a FSHCO, 65% of the outstanding Equity Interests

of such Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO);

41

(b)            (1) any

Equity Interests of any person that is not a direct Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party or (2) any

Equity Interests in any other person to the extent (A) with respect to Equity Interests described in clause (1), the Organization

Documents or other agreements with respect to such Equity Interests with other equity holders prohibits or restricts the pledge of such

equity interests, (B) the pledge of such Equity Interests is otherwise prohibited or restricted by (i) Applicable Law which

would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to be pledged or that would require consent

under any contractual obligation existing on the Closing Date or on the date any Subsidiary is acquired (so long as, in respect of such

contractual obligation, such prohibition is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition and except to the extent such prohibition

is overridden by anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code) or (ii) any agreement with a third party (other than

the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) existing on the Closing Date or on the date any Subsidiary is acquired (so long as, in

respect of such contractual obligation, such prohibition is overridden by anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or

(C) would result in a change of control, repurchase obligation or other adverse consequence, in each case of the foregoing sub-clauses

(A), (B) and (C), except to the extent that any such prohibition or restriction would be rendered ineffective under

the Uniform Commercial Code);

(c)            any

Margin Stock;

(d)            any

Equity Interest, if the pledge thereof or the security interest therein could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax

consequences as reasonably determined by the Parent Borrower;

(e)            Equity

Interests in any Immaterial Subsidiary or Excluded Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary that is a Controlled Foreign Subsidiary

or a FSHCO); and

(f)            any

Equity Interest with respect to which the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith in consultation with the Administrative Agent that

the costs of pledging, perfecting or maintaining the pledge in respect of such Equity Interest hereunder shall be excessive in view of

the benefits to be obtained by the secured parties therefrom.

“Excluded

Incremental Facility” means any Indebtedness that either (a) is not a Comparable Financing or (b) is a Comparable

Financing and (i) that does not have a stated final maturity date at the time of incurrence thereof that is earlier than the date

that is six (6) months after the Latest Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date at the time of incurrence thereof, (ii) that together with

all other outstanding Excluded Incremental Facilities incurred in reliance upon this clause (b)(ii) is in an original aggregate principal

amount less than the greater of (A) $5,000,000,000 and (B) a Closing Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA,

(iii) is incurred in connection with any investment permitted hereunder

(including any subsequent refinancing of indebtedness acquired, assumed or incurred in connection with any such investment), (iv) is

incurred in an aggregate principal amount up to the aggregate principal amount of voluntary prepayments (to the extent used to prepay

the same relevant ranking of debt), (v) is Customary Bridge Loans, (vi) is incurred to refinance Indebtedness of the Parent

Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, or (vii) that bears interest as “PIK” interest (to the extent of such “PIK”

interest).

42

“Excluded

Property” shall mean:

(a)             any

asset (including, to the extent applicable, any equipment or inventory owned by a Loan Party that is subject to a Permitted Lien) together

with any rights or interests therein, or any lease, license, franchise, purchase money arrangement, charter, authorization, contract or

agreement to which any Loan Party is a party, together with any rights or interest thereunder, in each case, if and to the extent security

interests therein (A) are prohibited or restricted by or in violation of any Applicable Law, (B) require any governmental (including

regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization or consent of a third party that is not a Loan Party pursuant to any contract

or agreement binding on such asset at the time of its acquisition and not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition (without any

requirement to obtain such consent, approval, license or other authorization), (C) are prohibited or restricted by or in violation

of a term, provision or condition of any lease, license, franchise, charter, authorization, contract or agreement to which such Loan Party

is a party which is binding on such asset at the time of its acquisition and not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition or

create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than a Loan Party), or (D) would result in material adverse

accounting or regulatory consequences, except, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B), (C) and

(D), to the extent that such prohibition or restriction would be rendered ineffective under the applicable anti-assignment provisions

of the Uniform Commercial Code; provided, that the Excluded Property referred to in this clause (a) shall not include

any proceeds of any such asset, lease, license, franchise, charter, authorization, contract or agreement (except to the extent such proceeds

otherwise constitute Excluded Property);

(b)             the

Excluded Equity Interests, any property or asset of any Excluded Subsidiary or any person that is not, and is not required to be, a Loan

Party;

(c)             any

“intent-to-use” trademark applications prior to the filing and acceptance of a “Statement of Use” pursuant to

Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham

Act with respect thereto, to the extent that, and during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would

impair the validity or enforceability of any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law;

(d)             (A) any

leasehold or sub leasehold interest (including any ground lease interest) in real property (with no requirements to deliver landlord lien

waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters), (B) any fee interest in owned real property, (C) any improvements located

on any real property, and (D) any fixtures affixed to any real property, except to the extent perfected by a UCC filing in the jurisdiction

of organization (collectively, “Excluded Real Property”);

(e)            (i) as

extracted collateral, (ii) timber to be cut, (iii) farm products, (iv) manufactured homes and (v) healthcare insurance

receivables, in each case, except to the extent perfected by a UCC filing in the jurisdiction of organization;

(f)             any

particular asset, if the pledge thereof or the security interest therein could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax

consequences as reasonably determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent;

(g)            obligations

the interest of which is wholly exempt from taxes imposed by Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code;

43

(h)            any

asset with respect to which the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith in consultation with the Administrative Agent that the costs

of obtaining, perfecting or maintaining a security interest or pledge shall be excessive in view of the fair market value of such asset

and/or the benefits to be obtained by the Secured Parties therefrom;

(i)             letter-of-credit

rights that are not supporting obligations;

(j)             commercial

tort claims with a value below the greater of $100,000,000 and Closing Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA;

(k)            motor

vehicles, aircraft and other assets subject to certificates of title or ownership (including, without limitation, aircraft, airframes,

aircraft engines or helicopters, or any equipment or other assets constituting a part thereof and rolling stock) in each case, to the

extent a security interest therein cannot be perfected by the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement in the jurisdiction of organization

(or other location of a Loan Party under Section 9-307 of the UCC) of the applicable Loan Party;

(l)            except

to the extent automatically perfected or perfected by filing of a UCC-1 financing statement in the jurisdiction of organization (or other

location of a Loan Party under Section 9-307 of the UCC) of the applicable Loan Party, cash, cash equivalents (including securities

entitlements and related assets) and any deposit account, commodity account or securities account; provided that, the Excluded

Property referred to in this clause (l) shall not include

proceeds of Collateral;

(m)            Securitization

Assets securing a Securitization Financing, including assets that may be temporarily held by a Loan Party (whether or not on a commingled

basis) for the benefit of, or in trust for, a special purpose entity, a Securitization Subsidiary or a finance party in respect of a securitization

whether pursuant to a servicing arrangement or otherwise;

(n)            segregated

cash to secure letter of credit reimbursement obligations to the extent such letters of credit are not prohibited by this Agreement; and

(o)            any

Excluded Accounts.;

and

(p)            any

FCC Authorizations, to the extent (but only to the extent) that at such time the Collateral Agent may not validly possess a security interest

directly therein pursuant to applicable Communications Laws, but the Collateral does include, to the maximum extent permitted by law,

the economic value of the FCC Authorizations, all rights incident or appurtenant to the FCC Authorizations, and the right to receive all

monies, consideration and proceeds derived from or in connection with the sale, assignment or transfer of the FCC Authorizations.

In addition, the Equity Interests

and assets of any Subsidiary will constitute Collateral only to the extent that such Equity Interests or assets can secure the Obligations

and any Permanent Financing not prohibited hereunder in the form of senior secured notes without Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X (or

any other law, rule or regulation) requiring separate financial statements or other financial information of such Subsidiary to be

filed with the SEC (or any other governmental agency). In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X requires or is amended, modified

or interpreted by the SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is

adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements or other financial

information of any such Subsidiary due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests or indebtedness secures the Obligations

and any Permanent Financing not prohibited hereunder in the form of senior secured notes, then such Equity Interests or indebtedness shall

automatically be deemed not to be part of the Collateral. In such event, the Collateral Documents may be amended or modified, without

the consent of any Lender, to the extent necessary to release the security interests on the Equity Interests or indebtedness that are

so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Collateral.

44

Notwithstanding anything herein

to the contrary, Excluded Property shall not include (i) any Proceeds (as defined in the UCC), substitutions or replacements of any

Excluded Property (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would otherwise constitute Excluded Property referred to above)

or (ii) any assets that secure the Acquisition Bridge Facility, any other Permanent Financing or the Existing LC Facility Agreement

or any Permitted Refinancing thereof.

“Excluded Real Property”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Excluded Property”.

“Excluded

Subsidiary” shall mean:

(a)            any

Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Loan Party;

(b)            any

Foreign Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or of any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower;

(c)            any

FSHCO;

(d)            any

Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or a FSHCO;

(e)            any

Subsidiary that is prohibited or restricted by Applicable Law from providing a guaranty or by a binding contractual obligation existing

on the Closing Date or at the time of the acquisition of such subsidiary (and not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition) from

providing a guaranty or if such guaranty would require governmental (including regulatory) or third party (other than the Parent Borrower

or a subsidiary) consent, approval, license or authorization, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been obtained;

(f)            any

special purpose securitization vehicle (or similar entity), including any Securitization Subsidiary created pursuant to a transaction

permitted under this Agreement;

(g)            any

Subsidiary that is a not-for-profit organization;

(h)            any

Captive Insurance Subsidiary;

(i)             any

other Subsidiary with respect to which, as reasonably determined by the Parent Borrower in good faith and in consultation with the Administrative

Agent, the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a guaranty shall be excessive in view of the

benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom;

45

(j)            any

other Subsidiary to the extent the provision of a guaranty by such Subsidiary could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse

tax consequence as reasonably determined by the Parent Borrower in good faith;

(k)            any

Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(l)             any

Immaterial Subsidiary; and

(m)            any

Subsidiary that is an “investment company” (or would be an “investment company” if it were a guarantor) under

the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, whether or not registered or exempt from registration.

provided

that the Parent Borrower, in its sole discretion, may cause any Subsidiary that qualifies as an Excluded Subsidiary under clauses (a) through

(m) above to become a Guarantor in accordance with the definition thereof, subject to completion of any requested “know

your customer” and similar requirements of the Administrative Agent (any such Subsidiary, a “Borrower Designated Guarantor”)

and thereafter such Subsidiary shall not constitute an “Excluded Subsidiary”; provided further that prior to the Investment

Grade Fall-Away Date, no Subsidiary shall be released from its Guarantee solely as a result of such Subsidiary becoming a non-Wholly Owned

Subsidiary pursuant to a transfer of its Equity Interests to any Affiliate of the Parent Borrower unless (x) such transfer is in

connection with a bona fide transaction the primary purpose of which (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) was not to cause

such entity to be released from its Guarantee hereunder or (y) such Subsidiary otherwise qualifies as an Excluded Subsidiary (the

“Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary Provision”).

“Excluded

Swap Obligation” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a

portion of the Guaranty of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or

any Guaranty thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures

Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any

reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (determined after giving

effect to any keepwell, support or other agreement for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all guarantees of such Guarantor’s

Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties) at the time the Guaranty of such Guarantor, or a grant by such Guarantor of a security interest,

becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap,

such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guaranty or security

interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

“Existing Credit

Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2020 (as amended pursuant to Amendment

No. 1 dated as of December 9, 2021, Amendment No. 2 dated as of February 14, 2022, Amendment No. 3 dated as of

March 3, 2023, Amendment No. 4 dated as of August 1, 2024, Amendment No. 5 dated as of May 12, 2025, Amendment

No. 6 dated as of December 18, 2025 and,

Amendment No. 7 dated as of April 7, 2026 and Amendment No. 8 dated as of July 8, 2026, and as further

amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the Closing Date), by and among the Parent Borrower,

the subsidiary borrowers from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, and the lenders from

time to time party thereto.

46

“Existing

Liens” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in 9.8(b)(ix)(A).

“Existing

LC Facility” shall mean the letter of credit facility under the Existing LC Facility Agreement.

“Existing LC Facility

Agreement” shall mean that certain Standby Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated May 17, 2023 (as amended pursuant

to Amendment No. 1 dated as of August 1, 2024, Amendment No. 2 dated as of May 12, 2025, Amendment No. 3 dated

as of December 19, 2025 and Amendment No. 4 dated as of July 8,

2026, and as further amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified on or prior to the Closing

Date), among the Parent Borrower, Deutsche Bank AG New York

Branch, as the letter of credit agent, and the letter of credit issuing banks from time to time party thereto.

“Existing

Liens” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.8(b)(ix)(A).

“Extending Lender”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.27(a).

“Extension Deadline”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.27(a).

“Extension Effective

Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.27(b).

“Extension Request”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.27(a).

“Facilities”

shall mean the Revolving Credit Facility, the Term A-1 Loans, the Term A-2 Loans, the

Term B-1 Loans, any Incremental Revolving Facility, any Incremental Term A Facility, any Incremental Term B Facility, any Refinancing

Term Commitments, Refinancing Revolving Commitments, Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Revolving Loans, as the context may require.

“Fair Market Value”

shall mean, with respect to any asset or property, the price that could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction,

for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the

transaction (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower, whose determination will be conclusive for all purposes under the Loan

Documents).

“Family

Member” shall mean, with respect to any natural person, the spouse, domestic partner or spousal equivalent, parents,

grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings, and lineal descendants of siblings of such natural person. Lineal descendants shall include

adopted persons, but only so long as they are adopted while a minor. Family member shall further include any of such natural person’s

family members as defined in Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

47

“FATCA”

shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is

substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations

thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to current Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code (or any amended or successor version

described above) and any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities (and any related fiscal or regulatory

legislation, rules or official administrative guidance) implementing the foregoing.

“FCC”

means the United States Federal Communications Commission or any successor agency thereto.

“FCC

Authorizations” means licenses, permits and other authorizations issued by the FCC.

“Federal Funds Effective

Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate calculated by the NYFRB based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depository

institutions (as determined in such manner as shall be set forth on the NYFRB’s Website from time to time) and published on the

next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as the federal funds effective rate; provided that if such rate shall be less than zero,

such rate shall be deemed to be zero for all purposes of this Agreement.

“Fees”

shall mean the Commitment Fees, the Administrative Agent’s Fees, the Issuing Lender Fees and the LC Fees.

“Financial Covenant

Cross Default” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c).

“Financial Covenant

Event of Default” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c).

“Financial Covenants”

shall mean each of the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Covenant and the First Lien Net Leverage Covenant, but only to the extent in effect

at such time.

“Financial Letter

of Credit” shall mean any Letter of Credit that, as determined by the Administrative Agent acting in good faith, (a) supports

a financial obligation and (b) qualifies for the 100% credit conversion factor under the applicable Bank for International Settlements

guidelines.

“Financial Officer”

of any corporation shall mean its Chief Financial Officer, its Treasurer, or its Chief Accounting Officer or, in each case, any comparable

officer or any Person designated by any such officer.

“First Lien Net Leverage

Covenant” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.14(a)(ii).

“First

Lien Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated

Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date that is secured by liens on all or any portion of the

Collateral that are pari passu in priority with the liens on Collateral that secure the Pro Rata Facilities and

the Term B-1 Loan Facility minus (ii) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash as of such date to (b) TTM Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA.

48

“Fitch”

shall mean Fitch Ratings Inc. or any successor thereto.

“Fixed

Incremental Amount” shall mean, the sum of,

(a)            (A) the

greater of (1) $5,000 million5,000,000,000

and (2) a Closing Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, plus

(b)            the

aggregate principal amount of any prepayments, redemptions and repurchases (including amounts paid pursuant to “yank-a-bank”

provisions with credit given to the amount actually paid in cash, if acquired below par) of,

or cancellations or terminations of commitments (but only to the extent such commitments were permitted to be drawn under the covenants

hereunder at the time of such cancellation or termination) with respect to any of, the Pro Rata Facilities,

the Term B-1 Loan Facility and other Pari Passu Lien Debt (including

the Existing LC Facility), in each case except, with respect

to any such prepayment, redemption or repurchase, to the extent such prepayments were funded with the proceeds of long-term

indebtedness of a Loan Party (and in the case of any revolving commitments, as long as there is a permanent reduction in such commitments);

plus

(c)            amounts

that refinance the amount of the Acquisition Bridge Facility drawn on the Closing Date, if any, and the amount of Incremental Facilities

incurred hereunder on the Closing Date;

(d)            less,

the outstanding amount of Incremental Facilities and Incremental Equivalent Debt incurred and then outstanding in reliance on the Fixed

Incremental Amount (after giving effect to any reallocation).

“Foreign Currency”

shall mean any currency (including, without limitation, any Multi-Currency, but excluding Dollars) which is readily transferable and readily

convertible by the relevant Lender or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, into Dollars in the London interbank market.

“Foreign

Exchange Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Foreign Currency on a particular date, the rate at which such Foreign Currency

may be exchanged into Dollars last provided (either by publication or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent) by the applicable

Thomas Reuters Corp. (“Reuters”) source on the Business Day (New York City time) immediately preceding the date of

determination or if such service ceases to be available or ceases to provide a rate of exchange for the purchase of Dollars with the Foreign

Currency, as provided by such other publicly available information service which provides that rate of exchange at such time in place

of Reuters as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower, or in the absence

of such agreement, such “Foreign Exchange Rate” with respect to such Foreign Currency shall be determined by reference

to an established third party source reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent.

“Foreign

Subsidiary” shall mean any direct or indirect Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

49

“FSHCO”

shall mean any Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Interests (or, if applicable, Equity Interests

and Indebtedness (including any debt instrument treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes), in each case, and/or cash

and Cash Equivalents held temporarily pending prompt distribution to its owners or contributions to its subsidiaries) of one or more Controlled

Foreign Subsidiaries or other FSHCOs.

“Funded

Debt” means all Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than

one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of such

Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender

or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

“GAAP”

shall mean generally accepted accounting principles.

“General Asset Sale

Basket” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13(b).

“Governmental Authority”

shall mean any Federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body.

“Grant Event”

shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (a) the formation or acquisition by a Loan Party of a new Wholly Owned Subsidiary

(other than an Excluded Subsidiary); (b) the designation in accordance with Section 5.7 of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary

(other than an Excluded Subsidiary) of any Loan Party as a Restricted Subsidiary; (c) any Person (other than an Excluded Subsidiary)

becoming a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Loan Party; (d) any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Loan Party ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary;

or (e) the designation of any Subsidiary that is not already a Loan Party as a Subsidiary Borrower.

“Granting Bank”

shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.4(i).

“Guarantee”

of or by any Person shall mean any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or entered into with the purpose of

guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly,

and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase

or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such

Indebtedness, (b) to purchase Property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the

payment of such Consolidated Indebtedness or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or other financial condition or liquidity

of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness; provided, however, that the term “Guarantee”

shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business.

“Guarantors”

shall mean the Parent Borrower (solely with respect to (i) the Obligations of the other Borrowers and (ii) the Obligations in

respect of any Cash Management Obligations or Secured Hedge Agreement entered into by any other Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary and

not with respect to its direct Obligations as a primary obligor under the Loan Documents) and each Subsidiary Guarantor, and, in each

case, their respective successors and assigns.

50

“Guaranty”

shall mean the guaranty of each Guarantor set forth in Section 8.1.

“Guaranty Release

Event” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.27(a)(iii).

“Hedge Agreement”

shall mean any agreement with respect to (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward

rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond

price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options,

forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency

rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing

(including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master

agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions

of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International

Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master

Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

“Hedge Bank”

shall mean any Person:

(a)           listed

on Schedule 1.2(b);

(b)           that

is (or becomes) an Agent, a Lender or a Joint Lead Arranger or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing, either (i) on the Closing Date,

(ii) at the time it enters into a Hedge Agreement, (iii) within 90 days after the date it enters into a Hedge Agreement, or

(iv) at the time that a Person with a Hedge Agreement is merged with the Parent Borrower or becomes or is merged with a Restricted

Subsidiary (in the case of this clause (iv) with respect to any Hedge Agreements entered into prior to the date of such merger

or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary), in each case in this clause (b) whether or not such Person subsequently

ceases to be an Agent, a Lender or a Joint Lead Arranger or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing; or

(c)           (i) whose

long-term senior unsecured debt rating is A/A2 by S&P or Moody’s (or their equivalent) or higher at the time it enters into

a Hedge Agreement or (ii) that has been approved in writing by the Administrative Agent and, in the case of this clause (c),

(A) such Person shall have been designated by the Parent Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as a “Hedge Bank”

for purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (B) such Person shall have appointed the Administrative Agent and

the Collateral Agent as its agents under the applicable Loan Documents and agreed to be bound by the provisions of Article VII

as a Hedge Bank pursuant to a writing reasonably satisfactory to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

“Identified Transaction”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.27(b).

51

“Immaterial

Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period

for which financial statements have been delivered or are required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or

(b) did not account for more than 10% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries

or more than 10% of Consolidated Revenue of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that if at any time Subsidiaries

that are Excluded Subsidiaries solely because they are Immaterial Subsidiaries account for more than 20% of the Consolidated Tangible

Assets of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or more than 20% of Consolidated Revenue of the Parent Borrower and its

Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered or are

required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b), the Parent Borrower shall within thirty (30)

days after the date by which financial statements for such period were required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement (or such longer

period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) notify the Administrative Agent thereof and shall designate such

Subsidiaries as it may select in its sole discretion to not be “Immaterial Subsidiaries” to the extent necessary to cause

such aggregate thresholds to not be exceeded.

“Incremental Amount”

shall have the meaning assigned to such termspecified

in Section 2.14.

“Incremental

Equivalent Debt” shall mean Indebtedness incurred by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the form of

(a) Pari Passu Lien Debt, (b) Junior Lien Debt, (c) notes, bonds, debentures or loans that are not secured by a Lien on

any portion of the Collateral (this clause (c), “Unsecured Debt”) and/or (d) commitments in respect of

any of the foregoing incurred or implemented in lieu of loans under an Incremental Facility; provided that:

(i) at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness, the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness to

be so incurred does not, together with any Incremental Facilities then outstanding, exceed the Incremental Amount at such time,

(ii) (A) the scheduled final

maturity date of any Incremental Equivalent Debt (other than the Permanent Financings incurred on or prior to the Closing Date or a revolving

facility) will be no earlier than the Latest Term A-2 Loan Maturity Date (without

the consent of the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders) or the Latest Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date (without the consent of the Required

Term B-1 Lenders), and (B) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Incremental Equivalent Debt (other than

a revolving facility) will be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term A-2 Loans (without

the consent of the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders) or the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B Loans (without

the consent of the Required Term B-1 Lenders); provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the incurrence

of any Incremental Equivalent Debt pursuant to the Inside Maturity Exception;

(iii) the scheduled final maturity date of any Incremental Equivalent Debt taking the form of a revolving facility

will be no earlier than the Revolving Credit Maturity Date;

52

(iv) any mandatory prepayment of Incremental Equivalent Debt may participate on a pro rata basis or

a less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis) in any mandatory repayments of the Closing Date Term

A Loans and the Term B-1 Loans, other than (A) any repayment

of such Incremental Equivalent Debt at maturity and (B) any greater than pro rata repayment of such Incremental Equivalent

Debt with the proceeds of a Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(v) (A) to the extent secured by a Lien on assets of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

any Incremental Equivalent Debt shall not be secured by any Lien on any asset of such Person that does not also secure the Pro Rata Facilities,

and the Term B-1 Loan Facility, as applicable

(except (1) customary cash collateral in favor of an agent, letter of credit issuer or similar “fronting” lender, (2) Liens

on assets applicable only to periods after the Term A-2 Loan Maturity Date (without

the consent of the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders) or the Latest Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date (without the consent of the Required

Term B-1 Lenders), (3) with the consent of only the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders, Liens on Excluded Property,

and (34)

any Liens on assets to the extent that a Lien on such asset is also added for the benefit of the Lenders under the Pro Rata Facilities

and the Term B-1 Loan Facility, as applicable for so long as

such Liens secure such Incremental Equivalent Debt); and (B) to the extent guaranteed by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted

Subsidiaries, any such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall not be guaranteed by any such Person that is not (or is not required to be) a

Loan Party (except for (1) for

guarantees by other Persons that are applicable only to periods after Term A-2 Loan Maturity Date and

(2)(without the consent of the Required Pro Rata Facilities

Lenders) or the Latest Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date (without the consent of the Required Term B-1 Lenders), (2) with the consent of

only the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders, guarantees by an Excluded Subsidiary, and (3) guarantees by any such Person

guaranteeing such Incremental Equivalent Debt that also guarantees the Pro Rata Facilities and

the Term B-1 Loan Facility, as applicable, for so long as such Person guarantees such Incremental Equivalent Debt); and

(vi) any Incremental Equivalent Debt constituting Pari Passu Lien Debt shall be subject to an Equal Priority

Intercreditor Agreement, and any Incremental Equivalent Debt constituting Junior Lien Debt shall be subject to a Junior Lien Intercreditor

Agreement.

“Incremental Facility”

shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

“Incremental Revolving

Commitment” shall mean the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund an Incremental Revolving Loan and “Incremental

Revolving Commitments” shall mean such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate.

“Incremental

Revolving Facilities” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

“Incremental

Revolving Loans” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

53

“Incremental Term

A Facility” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

“Incremental Term

A Loan” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

“Incremental Term

B Facility” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

“Incremental Term

B Loan” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

“Incremental

Term Facility” and “Incremental Term Facilities” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

“Incremental

Term Loan” and “Incremental Term Loans” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

“Incremental Term

Loan Commitment” shall mean the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund an Incremental Term Loan and “Incremental

Term Loan Commitments” shall mean such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate.

“Indebtedness”

of any Person shall mean at any date, without duplication,

(a)           (i) any

indebtedness of such Person in respect of borrowed money; (ii) any indebtedness evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures, loan agreements

or similar instruments; (iii) obligations of such Person as issuer, customer or account party under letters of credit or bankers’

acceptances to the extent drawn; (iv) obligations of such Person as a lessee under Capital Lease Obligations; (v) the balance

deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property to the extent the same would be required to be shown as a long-term liability

on the balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; and (vi) any obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified

Equity Interests; and

(b) (i) to the extent

not otherwise included, any Guarantee by such Person of the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a) of another Person

(whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable

instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business and (ii) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the

type referred to in clause (a) of another Person secured by a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any property owned by

such Person, whether or not such obligations are assumed by such Person and whether or not such obligations would appear upon the balance

sheet of such Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness for purposes of this clause (ii) will be the lesser

of the fair market value of such property at such date of determination and the amount of Indebtedness so secured;

provided

that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will be deemed not to include indebtedness, guarantees or obligations that are

(1) contingent obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business unless and until such obligations are non-contingent, (2) trade

payables and commercial guarantees or arrangements related or incidental to the business of the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries,

(3) earn outs, purchase price holdbacks or similar obligations, (4) intercompany liabilities arising in the ordinary course

of business, (5) Permitted Liens, (6) loans and advances made by Loan Parties having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive

of any roll over or extension of terms) (such loans and advances, “Short Term Advances”), (7) Indebtedness of

any direct or indirect Parent Entity appearing on the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP,

(8) with respect to the production, distribution and acquisition of motion pictures or other programming rights, talent or publishing

rights, (9) the net change in the carrying value of Indebtedness relating to fair value hedges in accordance with ASC 815 or (10) financings

by way of sales or transfers of receivables or inventory, which will be accounted for as indebtedness in accordance with ASC 860 and ASC

810.

54

“Indemnified Person”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.5(c).

“Independent Financial Advisor”

means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment

of the Parent Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and that is independent of the Parent Borrower and

its Affiliates.

“Inside Maturity

Exception” shall mean any Indebtedness consisting of (a) Indebtedness incurred in reliance on the Fixed Incremental Amount

and/or,

(b) Customary Bridge Loans if the long-term Indebtedness that such Customary Bridge Loans are to be converted into satisfies the

maturity restrictions otherwise applicable to Incremental Term Facilities as set forth in Section 2.252.14(g),

and (c) with the consent of only the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders, one or more other customary 364-day bridge facilities.

“Intellectual Property”

shall mean the following intellectual property rights, both statutory and common law rights, if applicable: (a) copyrights, registrations

and applications for registration thereof, (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, slogans, domain names, logos, trade dress

and registrations and applications of registrations thereof, (c) patents, as well as any reissued and reexamined patents and extensions

corresponding to the patents and any patent applications, as well as any related continuation, continuation in part and divisional applications

and patents issuing therefrom and (d) trade secrets and confidential information, including ideas, designs, concepts, compilations

of information, methods, techniques, procedures, processes and other know-how, whether or not patentable.

“Intellectual Property

Security Agreement” shall mean, collectively, each intellectual property security agreement delivered pursuant to the Security

Agreement on the Closing Date, together with each Intellectual Property Security Agreement Supplement executed and delivered pursuant

to Section 5.4, Section 5.5 or Section 5.15, as applicable.

“Intellectual Property

Security Agreement Supplement” shall mean, collectively, any intellectual property security agreement supplement entered into

in connection with, and pursuant to the terms of, any Intellectual Property Security Agreement.

“Intercreditor

Agreements” shall mean any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement and any other

Customary Intercreditor Agreement, in each case that may be executed by the Collateral Agent from time to time.

“Interest Coverage

Ratio” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (a) TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Interest

Expense, in each case for the Test Period as of such date.

55

“Interest Payment

Date” shall mean (a) with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and,

in the case of a Term Benchmark Loan with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been

an Interest Payment Date for such Loan had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Loan and,

in addition, the date of any conversion of any Term Benchmark Loan to an ABR Loan, the date of repayment or prepayment of any Term Benchmark

Loan and the applicable Maturity Date, (b) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swingline Loan which is not an Unrefunded Swingline

Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December and the applicable Maturity Date, (c) with respect to any

Swingline Loan (other than an Unrefunded Swingline Loan), the earlier of (i) the day that is five Business Days after such Loan is

made and (ii) the applicable Revolving Credit Maturity Date and (d) with respect to any RFR Loan, (i) each date that is

on the numerically corresponding day in each calendar month that is one month after the borrowing of such Loan (or, if there is no such

numerically corresponding day in such month, then the last day of such month) and (ii) the applicable Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

“Interest Period”

shall mean as to any Term Benchmark Loan, the period commencing on the borrowing date or conversion date of such Loan, or on the last

day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable to such Loan, as the case may be, and ending on the numerically corresponding

day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is 1, 3 or 6 months thereafter, as

the relevantParent

Borrower may elect, ; provided, however, that (i) if any Interest

Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless,

in the case of Term Benchmark Loans only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such

Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothe

Parent Borrower may not select an Interest Period

which would end after the Maturity Date applicable to the relevant Loan. Interest shall accrue from and including that first day of an

Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period.

“Investment Grade

Event” shall mean when the Parent Borrower has achieved a Corporate Family Rating equal to or higher than the following from

at least two of the following three Ratings Agencies: (i) at least Baa3 from Moody’s, (ii) at least BBB- from S&P,

and (iii) at least BBB- from Fitch.

“Investment Grade

Fall-Away Event” shall mean such time on the Business Day following the Closing Date (the “Investment Grade Fall-Away

Date”) on which:

(a)           an

Investment Grade Event occurs;

(b)           no

Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(c)           the

Parent Borrower shall have no term “B” loans (including Term B-1

Loans) outstanding;

(d)           the

Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be in compliance with Sections 5.9 and 5.10 of this Agreement

calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming all Indebtedness and Liens of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries was incurred

on the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date;

56

(e)           the

Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be in compliance with Section 5.7(b)(y) of this Agreement calculated

on a Pro Forma Basis; and

(f)            the

Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower certifying

as to the satisfaction (or concurrent satisfaction) of the foregoing clauses (a) through (e).

“ISDA CDS Definitions”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Net Short Position”.

“Issuing Lender”

shall mean any Revolving Credit Lender designated as an Issuing Lender in an Issuing Lender Agreement executed by such Revolving Credit

Lender, Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent (it being understood that no Revolving Credit Lender shall be obligated to act as

an Issuing Lender); provided, that the Issuing Lender may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued

by any of its Lender Affiliates (in which case the term “Issuing Lender” shall include such Lender Affiliate with respect

to Letters of Credit issued by such Lender Affiliate); provided further, with respect to any Designated Letter of Credit, the term

“Issuing Lender” shall include the Revolving Credit Lender or Lender Affiliate of such Revolving Credit Lender which

issued such Designated Letter of Credit.

“Issuing Lender Agreement”

shall mean an agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, executed by a Revolving Credit Lender, Parent Borrower and

the Administrative Agent pursuant to which such Revolving Credit Lender agrees to become an Issuing Lender hereunder.

“Issuing Lender Fees”

shall mean, as to any Issuing Lender, the fees set forth in the applicable Issuing Lender Agreement.

“Joinder Agreement”

shall mean a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative

Agent, in either case, executed and delivered in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2(a) or Section 5.4(a),

as applicable.

“Joint Bookrunners”

shall mean BofA Securities, Inc., Citibank, N.A., Apollo Global Funding, LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities,

LLC.

“Joint Lead Arrangers”

shall mean BofA Securities, Inc., Citibank, N.A., Apollo Global Funding, LLC, Deutsche Bank

Securities Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.,

collectively, (a) with respect to the Pro Rata Facilities, the Pro Rata Facilities Joint Lead Arrangers and (b) with respect

to the Term B-1 Loan Facility, the Term B-1 Loan Facility Joint Lead Arrangers.

“Joint Venture”

shall mean (a) any Person which would constitute an “equity method investee” of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted

Subsidiaries and (b) any Person in whom the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries beneficially owns any Equity Interest

that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

57

“Junior Financing”

shall mean any Material Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations expressly by its terms.

“Junior Lien Debt”

shall mean any note or loan that is (or will be) secured by Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that are contractually (or otherwise)

junior in priority to the Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that secure the Obligations that secure the Pro Rata Facilities

and the Term B-1 Loan Facility. For the avoidance of doubt,

“Junior Lien Debt” excludes the Term Loans, the Revolving Credit Loans (if any) and the Revolving Credit Commitments,

in each case, as of the Closing Date and includes Obligations that are secured (or intended to be secured) by a Lien that is junior in

priority to Liens securing Pari Passu Lien Debt. A Debt Representative acting on behalf of the holders of Junior Lien Debt shall become

party to, or otherwise subject to the provisions of a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

“Junior Lien Intercreditor

Agreement” shall mean (a) if requested by the Parent Borrower or any provider of Junior Lien Debt, an intercreditor agreement

that effects lien subordination on customary (including a Customary Intercreditor Agreement) terms or containing terms that are reasonably

satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Parent Borrower, or (b) if requested by the Parent Borrower

or any provider of Junior Lien Debt, any other Customary Intercreditor Agreement that effects lien subordination of Liens securing any

Junior Lien Debt to the Liens securing the Obligations. Upon the request of the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral

Agent will execute and deliver such intercreditor agreement with one or more Debt Representatives for Junior Lien Debt not prohibited

hereunder.

“Latest Maturity

Date” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or Commitment

hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any Incremental Loan, any Refinancing Term Loan, any Refinancing

Revolving Loan, or any Maturity Date as extended pursuant to Section 2.27, in each case as extended in accordance with this

Agreement from time to time.

“Latest Term A Loan

Maturity Date” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Term A-1

Loan or Term A-2 Loan hereunder at such time.

“Latest Term A-2

Loan Maturity Date” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to the Term

A-2 Loan hereunder at such time.

“Latest

Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable

to any Term B-1 Loan hereunder at such time.

“Law” shall

mean, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances,

codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities and executive orders, including the binding interpretation or administration

thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative

orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

58

“LC Disbursement”

shall mean any payment or disbursement made by an Issuing Lender under or pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

“LC Exposure”

shall mean, as to each Lender, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of the Aggregate LC Exposure.

“LC Fee”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.9(c).

“LCT Election”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.4.

“LCT Test Date”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.4.

“Lender Affiliate”

shall mean, (a) with respect to any Lender, (i) an Affiliate of such Lender or (ii) any entity (whether a corporation,

partnership, trust or otherwise) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions

of credit in the ordinary course of its business and is administered or managed by a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender and (b) with

respect to any Lender that is a fund which invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit, any other fund that invests in bank

loans and similar extensions of credit and is managed by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment

advisor.

“Lender-Related Person”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.5(b).

“Lenders”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamblerecitals

to this Agreement.

“Lending

Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices or branch of such Lender or any of its Affiliates described as such in

such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices or as a Lender or any of its Affiliates may from time

to time notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent. Unless the context otherwise requires each reference to a Lender or Issuing

Lender shall include its applicable Lending Office.

“Letter of Credit

Obligations” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate of all liabilities at such time of any Loan Party to each Issuing Lender

with respect to Letters of Credit, whether or not any such liability is contingent, including, without duplication, the sum of (a) the

Reimbursement Obligations at such time and (b) the maximum aggregate amount which is, or at any time thereafter may become, available

for drawing under all Letters of Credit then outstanding.

“Letter of Credit

Sublimit” shall mean the greater of (a) $1,000,000,000 and (b) such higher amount as the Parent Borrower, the Required

Revolving Credit Lenders and the applicable Issuing Lender(s) may from time to time agree.

“Letter of Credit

Usage” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the maximum aggregate amount which is, or at any time

thereafter may become, available for drawing under all Letters of Credit then outstanding and (b) the aggregate amount of all Reimbursement

Obligations outstanding at such time.

59

“Letters of Credit”

shall mean letters of credit or bank guarantees issued by an Issuing Lender for the account of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary

pursuant to Section 2.7 (including any Designated Letters of Credit).

“Liabilities”

shall mean any losses, claims (including intraparty claims), demands, damages or liabilities of any kind.

“Lien”

shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other),

security interest or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including,

without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement.

“Lien Release Event”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.27(a)(i).

“Limited Condition

Transaction” shall mean any transaction or action in connection with any acquisition (including by way of merger), investment

(including the assumption or incurrence of Indebtedness), Disposition, Restricted Payment, or repayment, repurchase, defeasance or refinancing

of Indebtedness.

“LLC” shall mean any limited

liability company organized or formed under the laws of any state of the United States.

“LLC Division” shall mean the

statutory division of any LLC into two or more LLCs pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act or any

comparable provision of the limited liability company law of any other state of the United States.

“Loan”

shall mean any loan made by a Lender hereunder.

“Loan Documents”

shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, each Note, the Issuing Lender Agreements, the Administrative Agent Fee Letter, the Guaranty,

the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements, and any Joinder Agreement.

“Loan Parties”

shall mean the Parent Borrower and each Guarantor, including each Subsidiary Borrower.

“Management Stockholders”

shall mean (a) any Company Person who is an investor in a Parent Entity, (b) family members of any of the individuals identified

in the foregoing clause (a), (c) trusts, partnerships or limited liability companies for the benefit of any of the individuals

identified in the foregoing clause (a) or (b), and (d) heirs, executors, estates, successors and legal representatives

of the individuals identified in the foregoing clause (a) or (b).

“Margin Stock”

shall have the meaning set forth in Regulation U of the Board, or any successor thereto.

“Material Acquisition”

shall mean any acquisition of Property or series of related acquisitions of Property (including by way of merger) which (a) constitutes

assets comprising all or substantially all the assets of, or the assets constituting a division or an operating unit of a business of,

or constitutes a majority of the outstanding common stock of, a Person and (b) involves the payment of consideration by Parent Borrower

and its Restricted Subsidiaries (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash consideration consisting of notes

or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash consideration) in excess of $1,000,000,000.

60

“Material Adverse

Effect” shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the Property, business, results of operations or financial condition

of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole)

to perform their material payment obligations under this Agreement, excluding any effects which may result from non-cash charges arising

from ASC 350, ASC 360 and/or ASC 718, as applicable, issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

“Material Disposition”

shall mean any Disposition of Property or series of related Dispositions of Property which yields gross proceeds to Parent Borrower or

any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes

or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash proceeds) in excess of $1,000,000,000.

“Material Indebtedness”

shall mean, as of any date, Indebtedness of the type set forth in clauseclauses

(a)(i), (ii) and (vi) of the definition thereof on such date of any Loan Party in an aggregate principal

amount exceeding the Threshold Amount; provided that in no event shall any of the following be Material Indebtedness (a) Indebtedness

under a Loan Document, (b) obligations relating to any Securitization Financing or receivables financing, (c) Capital Lease

Obligations, (d) obligations under HedingHedge

Agreements and (e) Indebtedness held by a Loan Party or any Indebtedness held by an Affiliate of a Loan Party.

“Material Intellectual

Property Collateral” shall mean all Intellectual Property of the Loan Parties that is material to the business of the Loan Parties,

taken as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) determined

on a Pro Forma Basis for any applicable transaction; provided that “Material Intellectual Property Collateral” shall exclude

(a) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property, (b) any software (including shrink-wrap software), technology infrastructure,

data, databases, or system (whether owned, licensed or leased) that is used by any Borrower, any of the other Loan Parties or any Restricted

Subsidiary primarily for accounting, tax, treasury management, inventory management, logistics management, procurement management, customer

relations management, KPI measurement, human resources, legal, employee benefits, scheduling, communications, content delivery, streaming

technology, digital distribution, or other day-to-day operations of its business, (c) any Intellectual Property that is not registered

or required to be registered under Applicable Law and (d) any Intellectual Property relating to content that is in development, pre-production,

or production and has not yet been commercially released or exploited.

“Material Restricted

Subsidiary” shall mean any Material Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Material Subsidiary”

shall mean any “significant subsidiary” of Parent Borrower as defined in Regulation S-X of the SEC; provided, that

each Subsidiary Borrower shall in any event constitute a Material Subsidiary.

61

“Maturity Date”

shall mean (a) in the case of (i) the Term A-1 Loans, the Term A-1 Loan Maturity Date and,

(ii) the Term A-2 Loans, the Term A-2 Loan Maturity Date, as applicable(iii) the

Dollar Term B-1 Loans, the Dollar Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date, and (iv) the Euro Term B-1 Loans, the Euro Term B-1 Loan Maturity

Date, (b) in the case of the Revolving Credit Loans and the Swingline Loans, the applicable Revolving Credit Maturity

Date, and (c) with respect to any Incremental Term Loans

and Incremental Revolving Commitments, the final maturity date as specified in the applicable Incremental Amendment.

“Maximum

Tender Condition” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.29.

“Merger Sub”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamblerecitals

hereto.

“Minimum

Tender Condition” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.29.

“Minority

Investment” shall mean any Person other than a Subsidiary in which the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owns

any Equity Interests.

“MNPI”

shall mean material information concerning any Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their securities that has not been disseminated

in a manner making it available to investors generally, within the meaning of Regulation FD under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Moody’s”

shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto.

“Multi-Currency”

shall mean Euros, Sterling and Yen.

“Multi-Currency Revolving

Loans” shall mean each Revolving Credit Loan denominated in any Multi-Currency.

“Multi-Currency Sublimit”

shall mean with respect to (a) Euros, the Dollar equivalent of $500,000,000, (b) Sterling, the Dollar equivalent of $500,000,000,

and (c) Yen, the Dollar equivalent of $300,000,000, as the sublimit may be decreased from time to time in accordance with Section 2.13.

“Multiemployer Plan”

shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been made by Parent Borrower or

any ERISA Affiliate of Parent Borrower in the past six years and which is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

“Net Cash Proceeds”

shall mean, with respect to:

(a)           the

Disposition of any asset by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, the excess, if any, of:

(i) the sum of Unrestricted Cash received in connection with such Disposition (including any Unrestricted

Cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received),

over

62

(ii) the sum of,

(A)           the

principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest, breakage costs and other amounts on any (1) Indebtedness that is secured

by the asset subject to such Disposition and required to be repaid in connection with such Disposition (other than Indebtedness under

the Loan Documents, Pari Passu Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt), (2) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties

that is, or will be, repaid in connection with such Disposition and (3) Indebtedness that is secured by Permitted Priority Assets

that is, or will be, repaid in connection with such Disposition,

(B)            the

out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title

insurance premiums, and related search and re-cording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses

and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees) actually incurred by the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection

with such Disposition,

(C)            taxes

or distributions made pursuant to Section 5.12(h) or Section 5.12(i) paid or reasonably estimated to

be payable in connection therewith (including taxes imposed on the distribution or repatriation of any such Net Cash Proceeds),

(D)            in

the case of any Disposition by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof

(calculated without regard to this clause (D)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or

for the account of the Parent Borrower or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof,

(E)            any

reserve for adjustment in respect of (1) the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (2) any

liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other

disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters

or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, it being understood that “Net Cash Proceeds”

shall include the amount of any reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of

any reserve described in this clause (E);

(F)            any

costs associated with unwinding any related Hedge Agreements in connection with such transaction; and

63

(b)           the

sale, incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, the excess, if any, of:

(i) the sum of Unrestricted Cash received in connection with such incurrence or issuance over

(ii) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof, fees (including investment banking

fees, attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting fees and discounts), commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses

and other customary expenses, incurred by the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such sale, incurrence or

issuance.

“Net

Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP (on an unconsolidated

basis) and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

“Net Short Lender”

shall mean at any date of determination, each Lender (other than an Unrestricted Lender) that has a Net Short Position as of such date.

“Net Short Position”

shall mean, with respect to a Lender (other than an Unrestricted Lender), as of a date of determination, the net positive position, if

any, held by such Lender that is remaining after deducting any long position that the Lender holds (i.e., a position (whether as an investor,

lender or holder of Loans, debt obligations and/or Derivative Instruments) where the Lender is exposed to the credit risk of the Loan

Parties) from any short positions (i.e., a position as described above, but where the Lender has a negative exposure to the credit risk

described above). For purposes of determining whether a Lender (other than an Unrestricted Lender) has a Net Short Position on any date

of determination:

(a)           Derivative

Instruments shall be counted at the notional amount (in Dollars) of such Derivative Instrument; provided that, subject to clause (e) below,

the notional amount of Derivative Instruments referencing an index that includes any of the Loan Parties or any bond or loan obligation

issued or guaranteed by any Loan Party shall be determined in proportionate amount and by reference to the percentage weighting of the

component which references any Loan Party or any bond or loan obligation issued or guaranteed by any Loan Party that would be a “Deliverable

Obligation” or an “Obligation” (as defined in the ISDA CDS Definitions) of the Loan Parties;

(b)           notional

amounts of Derivative Instruments in other currencies shall be converted to the Dollar equivalent thereof by such Lender in accordance

with the terms of such Derivative Instruments, as applicable; provided that if not otherwise provided in such Derivative Instrument, such

conversion shall be made in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with generally accepted financial practices and based on the prevailing

conversion rate determined (on a mid-market basis) by such Lender, acting in a commercially reasonable manner, on the date of determination;

(c)           Derivative

Instruments that incorporate either the 2014 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions or the 2003 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions, in each

case as supplemented (or any successor definitions thereto, collectively, the “ISDA CDS Definitions”) shall be deemed

to create a short position with respect to the Loans if such Lender is a protection buyer or the equivalent thereof for such Derivative

Instrument and (A) the Loans are a ‘Reference Obligation’ under the terms of such Derivative Instrument (whether specified

by name in the related documentation, included as a ‘Standard Reference Obligation’ on the most recent list published by Markit,

if ‘Standard Reference Obligation’ is specified as applicable in the relevant documentation or in any other manner) or (B) the

Loans would be a ‘Deliverable Obligation’ or an ‘Obligation’ (as defined in the ISDA CDS Definitions) of the Loan

Parties under the terms of such Derivative Instrument;

64

(d)           credit

derivative transactions or other Derivative Instruments which do not incorporate the ISDA CDS Definitions shall be counted for purposes

of the Net Short Position determination if, with respect to the Loans, such transactions are functionally equivalent to a transaction

that offers such Lender protection in respect of the Loans; and

(e)           Derivative

Instruments in respect of an index that includes any of the Loan Parties or any instrument issued or guaranteed by any of the Loan Parties

shall not be deemed to create a short position, so long as (A) such index is not created, designed, administered or requested by

such Lender and (B) the Loan Parties, and any Deliverable Obligation of the Loan Parties, collectively, shall represent less than

5.0% of the components of such index.

“Net Short Representation”

shall mean, with respect to any Lender (other than an Unrestricted Lender) at any time, a representation (including any deemed representation,

as the case may be) from such Lender to the Parent Borrower that it is not (x) a Net Short Lender at such time or (y) knowingly

and intentionally acting in concert with any of its Affiliates for the express purpose of creating (and in fact creating) the same economic

effect with respect to the Loan Parties as though such Lender were a Net Short Lender at such time.

“NewCo”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.8(b).

“Non-Consenting Lender”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(b).

“Non-Extending Lender”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.27(a).

“Non-Financial Letter

of Credit” shall mean any Letter of Credit that is not a Financial Letter of Credit.

“Non-Lender Fees”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(g)(v).

“Non-U.S. Person”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(f)(ii).

“Non-Wholly Owned

Subsidiary Provision” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Excluded Subsidiary”.

“Note”

shall mean a promissory note made by any Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender to such Borrower, substantially

in the form of Exhibit G-1 or Exhibit G-2, as applicable.

“Notifying

Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.28(a).

65

“NYFRB”

shall mean the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

“NYFRB Rate”

shall mean, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such date and (b) the Overnight Bank

Funding Rate in effect on such date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day); provided that

if none of such rates are published for any day that is a Business Day, the term “NYFRB Rate” shall mean the rate for

a federal funds transaction at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such day received by the Administrative Agent from a federal funds broker

of recognized standing reasonably selected by it; provided further that if the NYFRB Rate, determined as set forth above, shall

be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for all purposes of this Agreement.

“NYFRB’s Website”

shall mean the website of the NYFRB at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.

“Obligations”

shall mean (a) advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document

or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute

or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest, fees and expenses that accrue after the

commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding,

regardless of whether such interest, fees and expenses are allowed claims in such proceeding; (b) obligations of any Loan Party or

Restricted Subsidiary under any Secured Hedge Agreement; and (c) Cash Management Obligations; provided that “Obligations”

shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligations; provided further, (i) obligations of any Loan Party under any Cash Management

Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Collateral Documents only to the extent that, and

for so long as, the other obligations under the Loan Documents are so secured and guaranteed, (ii) the Obligations shall cease to

include obligations of the Loan Parties under Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements on and following occurrence of an

Investment Grade Fall-Away Event, and (iii) any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement

shall not require the consent of holders of obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements or Cash Management Agreements.

“OID” shall

mean original issue discount.

“Organization Documents”

shall mean:

(a)           with

respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents

with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction);

(b)           with

respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and

(c)           with

respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable

agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its

formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable,

any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

66

“Original

Commitment Parties” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Commitment Letter.

“Other Connection

Taxes” shall mean taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent or a Lender (or

Transferee) with the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof

or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from the Administrative Agent or such Lender (or Transferee) having executed,

delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations or received a payment under, received or perfected a security interest under,

engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in

any Loan or Loan Document).

“Other Taxes”

shall mean any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or any other excise or property taxes,

charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration

of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document,

except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to

Section 2.22(b)).

“Outstanding Revolving

Extensions of Credit” shall mean, as to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal

amount of all Revolving Credit Loans made by such Lender then outstanding, (b) such Lender’s LC Exposure at such time and (c) such

Lender’s Swingline Exposure at such time.

“Overnight Bank Funding

Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight eurodollar transactions denominated

in Dollars by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions (as such composite rate shall be determined by the NYFRB as set

forth on the NYFRB’s Website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as an overnight bank

funding rate (from and after such date as the NYFRB shall commence to publish such composite rate); provided that if the Overnight

Bank Funding Rate, determined as set forth above, shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for all purposes of this

Agreement.

“Paramount Global”

shall mean Paramount Global, a Delaware corporation.

“Paramount

Global Indentures” shall mean, collectively,

(a)           the

indenture, dated as of May 15, 1995, among Paramount Global, a Delaware corporation (and (i) with regard to the 1995 Indenture

and the 2008 A&R Indenture, formerly known as CBS Corporation, formerly known as Viacom Inc., (ii) with regard to the 2006 Indenture,

as successor to Viacom Inc., (iii) with regard to the 2017 Indenture, formerly known as CBS Corporation, and (iv) with regard

to the 2020 Indenture, formerly known as ViacomCBS Inc., in each case, the “Issuer”), the guarantor party thereto,

and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (successor trustee to Citibank, N.A., successor to State Street Bank and Trust Company

and successor to The First National Bank of Boston) (the “DB Trustee”) (as supplemented, amended or otherwise modified

to the date hereof, the “1995 Indenture”);

67

(b)           the

indenture, dated as of April 12, 2006 (as supplemented, amended or otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “2006 Indenture”),

between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee (the “BNY Trustee”);

(c)           the

indenture, dated as of June 22, 2001, among the Issuer, the guarantor party thereto, and the BNY Trustee, as the original trustee,

as amended and restated by that certain amended and restated indenture, dated as of November 3, 2008, among the Issuer, the guarantor

party thereto, and the BNY Trustee (as supplemented, amended or otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “2008 A&R Indenture”);

(d)           the

indenture, dated as of November 16, 2017, among the Issuer, the guarantor party thereto, and the DB Trustee (as supplemented, amended

or otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “2017 Indenture”);

(e)           the

indenture, dated as of March 27, 2020, between the Issuer and the DB Trustee (as supplemented, amended or otherwise modified to the

date hereof, the “2020 Indenture”); and

(f)           any

indenture or other agreement governing a Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness under any of the foregoing.

“Paramount Global

Property Cap” shall mean, with respect to any asset and property of Paramount Global that is subject or purported to be subject

to any Lien securing any Permitted Secured Debt, at any time for so long as any Paramount Global Indenture is in effect and includes limitations

on liens substantially the same as set forth therein in effect as of the Signing Date, 15% of the consolidated total assets of Paramount

Global at the end of the most recent accounting period preceding the creation or assumption of such Lien (as provided in each Paramount

Global Indenture) of Paramount Global (reduced by any Attributable Debt (as defined in each such Paramount Global Indenture) with respect

to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction (as defined in each such Paramount Global Indenture) permitted under each Paramount Global Indenture);

provided that, (i) if any of the Paramount Global Indentures have been amended after the date hereof, the Paramount Global Property

Cap shall be changed to the largest amount such that the creation or assumption of liens on assets and property of Paramount Global in

such amount would not require that the notes issued under any Paramount Global Indenture to be equally and ratably secured with the Obligations

pursuant to the Paramount Global Indentures then in effect, and (ii) if all of the notes issued under the Paramount Global Indentures

are equally and ratably secured with the Obligations on the assets and property of Paramount Global, the Paramount Global Property Cap

shall not be applicable.

“Parent Borrower”

shall mean Paramount Skydance Corporation; provided that in the event that any newly-formed domestic entity that does or will,

directly or indirectly, control Paramount Skydance Corporation and which will, directly or indirectly, wholly own Paramount Skydance Corporation

after giving effect to the Transactions (“New Pilot”) is formed, the Parent Borrower shall instead be New Pilot and

Paramount Skydance Corporation shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor.

68

“Pari Passu Lien

Debt” shall mean any notes, bonds, debentures or loans secured (or will be secured) by Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral

that are pari passu in priority with the Liens on all or any portion of the Collateral that secure the Obligations incurred on

the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, “Pari Passu Lien Debt” includes the Term A Loans,

the Term B Loans, the Revolving Credit Loans (if any) and the Revolving Credit Commitments, in each case, as of the Closing

Date, and excludes Obligations that are unsecured or secured (or intended to be secured) by a Lien that is junior in priority to Liens

securing Pari Passu Lien Debt. A Debt Representative acting on behalf of the holders of Pari Passu Lien Debt shall become party to, or

otherwise subject to the provisions of, an Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement.

“Participant Register”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.4(f).

“Patriot Act”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.17.

“Payment Recipient”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

“PBGC”

shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA, or any successor thereto.

“Permanent Financing”

shall mean the issuance by the Parent Borrower of senior secured debt securities and/or senior unsecured debt securities through a public

offering or in a private placement or the borrowing by the Parent Borrower of senior secured term loans (including the Term A Loans) and/or

senior unsecured term loans, or a combination of the foregoing in an amount necessary to finance the Acquisition in lieu of the Acquisition

Bridge Facility or to refinance the Acquisition Bridge Facility.

“Permanent Financing

Cap” shall mean an amount available to be incurred on or prior to the Closing Date equal to (a) $49,000,000,000 minus (b) the

sum of (i) the amount of the Acquisition Bridge Facility drawn on the Closing Date, if any, plus (ii) the aggregate principal

amount of other Permanent Financing (including the Term B-1 Loan Facility)

outstanding on the Closing Date.

“Permanent

Financing Incremental Facilities” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(a).

“Permitted

Debt Exchange” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.29.

“Permitted

Debt Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.29.

“Permitted Entity”

shall mean, with respect to a Person: (a) a Permitted Trust solely for the benefit of (i) such Person, (ii) one or more

Family Members of such Person, and/or (iii) any other Permitted Entity of such Person; (b) any Affiliate of, or general partnership,

limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, or other entity that (i) directly or indirectly controls, is controlled

by, or is under common control with such Person, and/or (ii) is directly or indirectly exclusively owned by one or more Family Members

of such Person; (c) a revocable living trust, which revocable living trust is itself both a Permitted Trust and a Sponsor, (i) during

the lifetime of the natural person grantor of such trust, or (ii) following the death of the natural person grantor of such trust,

solely to the extent that such shares are held in such trust pending distribution to the beneficiaries designated in such trust; and (d) the

personal representative of the estate of such Person upon the death of such Person solely to the extent the executor is acting in the

capacity as a personal representative of such estate.

69

“Permitted

Exchange Debt” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.29.

“Permitted Holders”

shall mean any of the following:

(a)           any

Sponsor; and

(b)           any

group (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as

in effect on the Closing Date) of which the Persons described in clause (a) above are members; provided

that (i) without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, the Persons described in clause (a) above,

collectively, beneficially own at least 50% of Parent Borrower’s Voting Capital Stock and (ii) to the extent that beneficial

ownership of Voting Capital Stock of any member of such group is attributed to one or more other members of such group, each such member

of the group that is by attribution deemed to be the Beneficial Owner of such additional Voting Capital Stock shall also be deemed to

be a Permitted Holder.;

and

(c)           any

Public Company (or Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Public Company) to the extent and until such time as any Person or group (other than

a Permitted Holder under clause (a) or (b)) is deemed to be or become a beneficial owner of Voting Capital Stock of such Public Company

representing more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Capital Stock of such Public Company.

“Permitted InvestorsInvestor”

means (a) a Sponsor, (b) each of the Affiliates and investment managers of a Sponsor, (c) any fund or account managed by

any of the persons described in clause (a) or (b) of this definition, (d) any employee benefit plan of Parent Borrower

or any of its Subsidiaries and any Person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any

such plan, and (e) investment vehicles of members of management of the Parent Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries.

“Permitted Junior

Secured Refinancing Debt” shall mean any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness that is Junior Lien Debt.

“Permitted Lien”

shall mean any lien not prohibited by Section 5.9.

“Permitted Pari Passu

Secured Refinancing Debt” shall mean any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness that is Pari Passu Lien Debt.

“Permitted Priority

Assets” shall mean property or assets described in, or that secured by a Lien permitted by, Sections 5.9(d)(iii), 5.9(d)(vi),

5.9(d)(vii), 5.9(d)(viii), 5.9(d)(ix), 5.9(d)(x), 5.9(d)(xii),

5.9(d)(xvi) or,

5.9(d)(xxi), 5.9(d)(xxii), 5.9(d)(xxv), or 5.9(d)(xxvii) in

each case, as each such section is in effect on the Closing Date.

70

“Permitted Refinancing”

shall mean, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness

of such Person; provided that

(a)           the

principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of

the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest

and premium (including tender premiums) thereon, plus OID and upfront fees plus other fees and expenses reasonably

incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any

existing commitments unutilized thereunder,

(b)           other

than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted and incurred pursuant to Section 5.10(h),

such modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final

maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity

of, the Consolidated Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed or extended; provided that this clause (b) shall

not apply to the incurrence of any Permitted Refinancing pursuant to the Inside Maturity Exception,

(c)           such

Indebtedness shall not be incurred or guaranteed by any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary other than a Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary

that was an obligor of the Indebtedness being exchanged, extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced and no additional Loan Parties or Restricted

Subsidiaries shall become liable for such Indebtedness;

(d)           if

such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed, or extended is Junior Financing or Junior Lien Debt,

(i) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed, or extended is

subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal, or extension is

subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation

governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed or extended,

(ii) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed, or extended is

unsecured, such modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal or extension is either (A) unsecured or (B) secured

only by Permitted Liens (provided that such incurrence will thereafter count in the calculation of any remaining basket capacity

thereunder, while such Indebtedness remains outstanding);

(iii) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed, or extended is

secured by Liens, (A) such modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal or extension is either (1) unsecured or

(2) secured only by Permitted Liens, provided that if such Indebtedness is Pari Passu Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt, a Debt

Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness has become party to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of

(1) if such Indebtedness is Pari Passu Lien Debt, an Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement or (2) if such Indebtedness is Junior

Lien Debt, a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (B) to the extent that such Liens are subordinated to the Liens securing the

Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal or extension is secured by Liens that are subordinated to

the Liens securing the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation (including any

intercreditor or similar agreements) governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, replaced, refunded, replaced, renewed or extended;

and

71

(iv) such modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal or extension is incurred by the Person

who is the obligor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed or extended and no additional obligors

become liable for such Indebtedness;

(e)           if

such Indebtedness is secured by assets of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(i) such Indebtedness shall not be secured by Liens on any assets of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted

Subsidiary that are not also subject to, or would be required to be subject to pursuant to the Loan Documents, a Lien securing the Obligations

(except (1) Liens on property or assets applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence and (2) any

Liens on property or assets to the extent that a Lien on such property or asset is also added for the benefit of the Lenders); and

(ii) if such Indebtedness is Pari Passu Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt, a Debt Representative acting on behalf

of the holders of such Indebtedness has become party to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of (A) if such Indebtedness is

Pari Passu Lien Debt, an Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement or (B) if such Indebtedness is Junior Lien Debt, a Junior Lien Intercreditor

Agreement; and

(f)            in

the case of any Permitted Refinancing in respect of any Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt or any Permitted Junior Secured

Refinancing Debt, in each case, such Permitted Refinancing is secured by Liens on assets of Loan Parties that are subject to an Equal

Priority Intercreditor Agreement or Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

Permitted Refinancing will be deemed to include

any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

“Permitted Reorganization”

shall mean any transaction,

(a)           undertaken

to effect a corporate reorganization (or similar transaction or event) for operational or efficiency purposes, or

(b)           related

to tax planning or tax reorganization,

72

in each case, as determined

in good faith by the Parent Borrower and entered into after the Closing Date; provided that, (i) no Event of Default is continuing

immediately prior to such transaction and immediately after giving effect thereto and (ii) the Parent Borrower has determined in

good faith that, after giving effect to such transaction, the security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral (taken as a whole) and

the Guarantees of the Obligations (taken as a whole), in each case would not be materially impaired as a result thereof, and such transaction

would not otherwise be materially adverse to the Lenders.

“Permitted Secured

Debt” shall mean, collectively, Junior Lien Debt and Pari Passu Lien Debt.

“Permitted

Securitization Financing” shall mean any Securitization Financing that meets the following conditions:

(a)           such

Permitted Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate

economically fair and reasonable to the Parent Borrower and any applicable Securitization Subsidiary, as determined by the Parent Borrower

in good faith;

(b)           all

sales, transfers and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related assets are made at fair market value; and

(c)           the

financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof, including any Standard Securitization Undertakings, shall

be market terms, as determined by the Parent Borrower in good faith.

“Permitted

Trust” shall mean a bona fide trust where each trustee is a Sponsor or a professional in the business of providing trustee

services, including private professional fiduciaries, trust companies, and bank trust departments.

“Person”

shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited liability company

or other entity, or any government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Plan”

shall mean any employee pension benefit plan as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to

the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code and which is maintained for employees of Parent Borrower or any ERISA

Affiliate.

“Planned

Expenditures” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.15(b)(ii).

“Platform”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.19(b).

“Pledged Debt”

shall mean any promissory notes required to be pledged by the Loan Parties for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured

Parties pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement.

73

“Pledged Equity”

shall mean any Equity Interests required to be pledged by the Loan Parties for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured

Parties pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement.

“Prepayment Notice”

shall mean the prepayment notice with respect to a Loan, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit H or such or such other

form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as

shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower.

“Pricing Grid”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Applicable Margin”.

“Pricing

Level” shall mean any applicable pricing level in the table set forth in the Pricing Grid, as determined by the Corporate

Family Rating.

“Prime Rate”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Alternate Base Rate”.

“Pro

Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma Effect” shall mean, with respect to the calculation of any test, financial

ratio, basket or covenant under this Agreement, including the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio

and the calculation of Consolidated Total Assets, Consolidated Tangible Assets, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and TTM Consolidated Adjusted

EBITDA, of any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as of any date, that pro forma effect will be given to the Transactions,

any acquisition, merger, consolidation, investment, any issuance, incurrence, assumption or repayment (mandatory or voluntary) or redemption

of Indebtedness (including Indebtedness issued, incurred or assumed or repaid or redeemed as a result of, or to finance, any relevant

transaction and for which any such test, financial ratio, basket or covenant is being calculated) (but excluding the identifiable proceeds

of any Indebtedness being incurred substantially simultaneously therewith or as part of the same transaction or series of related transactions

for purposes of netting cash to calculate the applicable ratio), any issuance or redemption of preferred stock or disqualified stock,

all sales, transfers and other dispositions or discontinuance of any Subsidiary, line of business, division, segment or operating unit

or any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary or of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary,

in each case that have occurred during the Test Period of such Person being used to calculate such test, financial ratio, basket or covenant,

or subsequent to the end of the Test Period but prior to such date of calculation or prior to or in connection with the event for which

a determination under this definition is made, as if each such event occurred on the first day of the Test Period.

For purposes of making any

computation referred to above:

(a)           if

any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall

be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date for which a determination under this definition is made had been the applicable rate

for the entire period (taking into account any Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreements applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedge

Agreement or Cash Management Agreements have a remaining term of the lesser of (i) 12 months or more and (ii) the remaining

time to the scheduled maturity date of such underlying Indebtedness);

74

(b)           interest

on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting

officer, in his or her capacity as such and not in his or her personal capacity, of the Parent Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit

in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP;

(c)           interest

on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank

offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional

rate chosen as the Parent Borrower may designate;

(d)           interest

on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily

balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period; and

(e)           to

the extent not already covered above, any such calculation may include adjustments calculated in accordance with Regulation S-X under

the Securities Act.

“Pro Rata Facilities”

shall mean the Revolving Credit Facility, the Term A-1 Loan Facility and the Term A-2 Loan Facility.

“Pro

Rata Facilities Joint Lead Arrangers” shall mean, collectively, BofA Securities, Inc.,

Citibank, N.A., Apollo Global Funding, LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.,

and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

“Pro Rata Facilities

Lenders” shall mean the Revolving Credit Lenders, Term A-1 Lenders and the Term A-2 Lenders.

“Pro

Rata Facilities Pricing Grid” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Applicable Margin”.

“Pro

Rata Facilities Upfront Fees” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.9(b)(i).

“Prohibited Proceeding”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.27(c)(i)(C).

“Property”

shall mean any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible,

including, without limitation, Capital Stock.

“PTE”

shall mean a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may

be amended from time to time.

“Public

Company” means any Person with a class or series of Voting Capital Stock that is traded on a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter

market.

75

“Qualified ECP Guarantor”

means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guarantee or

grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an

“eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another

person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under §1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of

the Commodity Exchange Act.

“Qualified Equity

Interests” shall mean any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

“Qualifying Acquisition”

shall mean any acquisition of Property or series of related acquisitions of Property (including by way of merger) which involves the payment

of consideration by the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of

non-cash consideration consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash consideration)

in excess of $5,000,000,000.

“Rating Agencies”

shall mean S&P, Moody’s and Fitch.

“Ratio Incremental

Amount” shall mean such amount as would not result in:

(a)           with

respect to Incremental Facilities secured by a Lien on Collateral that is pari passu with the Liens on such Collateral securing the Pro

Rata Facilities and the Term B-1 Loan Facility, the Parent

Borrower’s First Lien Net Leverage Ratio exceeding 0.50x above the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio or, in

each caseif incurred in connection with

an investment, such ratio prior to such incurrence, in each case,

as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered or (at the

Parent Borrower’s election) are internally available;

(b)           with

respect to Incremental Facilities secured by a Lien on all or a portion of the Collateral that is junior in priority to the Liens on such

Collateral securing the Pro Rata Facilities and the Term B-1 Loan Facility,

the Parent Borrower not being in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the Financial Covenants; or

(c)           with

respect to Incremental Facilities not secured by a Lien on any portion of the Collateral, either (A) the Parent Borrower not being

in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the Financial Covenants or (B) the Parent Borrower’s Interest Coverage Ratio for the

applicable Test Period being less than 2.00 to 1.00 or, if incurred in

connection with an investment, the Interest Coverage Ratio prior to such incurrence,

in each case, as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements have

been delivered or (at the Parent Borrower’s election) are internally available, in each case

of ; or

(d)           in

each case of clause (a) or (c)(ii) above, with the consent of only the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders, the Parent Borrower’s

First Lien Net Leverage Ratio or Interest Coverage Ratio, as applicable, in each case prior to such incurrence, as of the last day of

the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered or (at the Parent Borrower’s

election) are internally available;

76

(c) in

each case of clauses (a), (b) and

(c) through (d),

calculated on a Pro Forma Basis and excluding the cash proceeds to the Parent Borrower of any then proposed Incremental Facility for netting

purposes andonly,

excluding the effect of any substantially concurrent incurrence under the Fixed Incremental Amount, and with respect to any revolving

or delayed draw Incremental Facility, at the Parent Borrower’s option either assuming that such facility is fully drawn on the date

that the commitments therefor are established or, in lieu thereof, testing at the time of incurrence thereof.

“RedBird”

shall mean, collectively, (a) RB Tentpole LP (so long as RB Tentpole LP is managed or controlled by Affiliates of RedBird

Capital Partners Management LLC), (b) RedBird Capital Partners Fund IV (Master), L.P., (c) any Affiliates of RedBird Capital

Partners Management LLC (including any investment vehicle managed and controlled by RedBird Capital Partners Management LLC) and (d) any

Permitted Entity of a Person identified in clause (a), (b) or (c).

“Refinanced Debt”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness”.

“Refinancing

Amendment” shall mean an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) the Parent Borrower and any applicable

Subsidiary Borrower, (b) the Administrative Agent, and (c) each Lender and Eligible Assignees who will become Lenders that agrees

to provide any portion of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness being incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.28.

“Refinancing

Commitments” shall mean any Refinancing Term Commitments or Refinancing Revolving Commitments.

“Refinancing

Loans” shall mean any Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Revolving Loans.

“Refinancing

Revolving Commitments” shall mean one or more Classes of Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing

Amendment.

“Refinancing

Revolving Loans” shall mean one or more Classes of Revolving Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

“Refinancing

Term Commitments” shall mean one or more Classes of Term Loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

“Refinancing

Term Loans” shall mean one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

“Register”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.4(d).

“Registered Equivalent

Notes” shall mean, with respect to any notes originally issued in a Rule 144A or other private placement transaction under

the Securities Act, substantially identical notes (having the same Guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant

to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

77

“Regulated Entity”

shall mean (a) any swap dealer registered with the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission or security-based swap dealer registered

with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as applicable; or (b) any commercial bank with a consolidated combined capital

and surplus of at least $5,000,000,000 that is (i) a U.S. depository institution the deposits of which are insured by the Federal

Deposit Insurance Corporation; (ii) a corporation organized under section 25A of the U.S. Federal Reserve Act of 1913; (iii) a

branch, agency or commercial lending company of a foreign bank operating pursuant to approval by and under the supervision of the Board

under 12 C.F.R. part 211; (iv) a non-U.S. branch of a foreign bank managed and controlled by a U.S. branch referred to

in clause (iii); or (v) any other U.S. or non-U.S. depository institution or any branch, agency or similar office

thereof supervised by a bank regulatory authority in any jurisdiction.

“Regulation D”

shall mean Regulation D of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

“Regulation U”

shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

“Regulation X”

shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

“Reimbursement Obligations”

has the meaning specified in Section 2.7(g).

“Related Parties”

shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents

and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

“Release Actions”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.27(b).

“Release Certificate”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.27(b).

“Release Date”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.27(b).

“Release/Subordination

Event” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.27(a)(ii).

“Remaining Non-Loan

Party Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(k).

“Remaining Secured

Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.9(d)(xxiii).

“Removal Effective

Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

“Repricing

Event” means:

(a)           the

incurrence by any Borrower or any other Loan Party of any broadly syndicated, floating rate, term “B” loans denominated in

U.S. dollars, including any new or additional Term Loans under this Agreement, whether incurred directly or by way of the conversion of

the Dollar Term B-1 Loans or the Euro Term B-1 Loans, as applicable, into a new tranche of replacement Term Loans under this Agreement,

(i) having an All-In Yield (excluding any Non-Lender Fees) that is less than the All-In Yield (excluding any Non-Lender Fees) for

such Term B-1 Loans, and (ii) the proceeds of which are used to prepay (or, in the case of a conversion, deemed to prepay or replace),

in whole or in part, the outstanding principal of the applicable Term B-1 Loans; or

78

(b)           any

effective reduction in the Applicable Margin applicable to the Dollar Term B-1 Loans or the Euro Term B-1 Loans, as applicable (e.g.,

by way of amendment, waiver or otherwise);

provided

that a Repricing Event shall not include any event described in clause (a) or (b) above

that (i) is not consummated for the primary purpose of lowering the Applicable Margin applicable to the Dollar Term B-1 Loans or

the Euro Term B-1 Loans, as applicable (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower), or (ii) is consummated in connection

with a Change of Control or a Transformative Transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, (A) any reduction in margin or fees pursuant

to a leveraged-based or other applicable “step-down” that may, from time to time, be applicable to a Facility shall not constitute

a Repricing Event and (B) any assignment of Loans to a Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 9.4(m) shall

not constitute a Repricing Event.

“Repricing

Premium” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.9(g).

“Required Class Lenders”

shall mean, at any time, with respect to any Class of Loans or Commitments, Lenders holding more than 50% of the sum of (a) the

aggregate unused Commitments of all Lenders such Class of at such time, plus (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount

of the Loans of such Class at such time, subject to the provisions of Section 2.25 with

respect to any Defaulting Lenderand Section 9.22.

“Required

Dollar Term B-1 Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Dollar Term B-1 Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the sum

of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Term B-1 Loans at such time, plus (b) any unfunded Commitments

in respect of an Incremental Facility consisting of Dollar Term B-1 Loans at such time, in each case, subject to the provisions of Section 2.25

and Section 9.22.

“Required

Euro Term B-1 Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Euro Term B-1 Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the sum of (a) the

outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Euro Term B-1 Loans at such time, plus (b) any unfunded Commitments in respect of an

Incremental Facility consisting of Euro Term B-1 Loans at such time, in each case, subject to the provisions of Section 2.25 and

Section 9.22; provided that, for purposes of this definition, the outstanding principal amount of, and any unfunded Commitments

in respect of, any Euro Term B-1 Loans shall be determined using the Dollar equivalent calculated based on the Exchange Rate for the purchase

of Dollars with Euros as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day.

79

“Required Facility

Lenders” shall mean, at any time, with respect to any Facility, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the sum of

(a) the Total Credit Exposures of all Lenders under such Facility at such time, plus (b) the aggregate unfunded Commitments

in respect of such Facility at such time, in each case, subject to the provisions of Section 2.25 with

respect to any Defaulting Lenderand Section 9.22.

“Required Lenders”

shall mean, at any time, Lenders holding more than 50% of the Total Credit Exposures of all Lenders, subject to the provisions of Section 2.25

with respect to any Defaulting Lenderand

Section 9.22.

“Required Pro Rata

Facilities Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the sum of (a) the aggregate

Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders at such time, plus (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Term A Loans,

plus (c) any unfunded Commitments in respect of an Incremental Facility consisting of Term A Loans at such time, in each case, subject

to the provisions of Section 2.25 with respect to any Defaulting Lenderand

Section 9.22.

“Required Revolving

Credit Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Revolving Credit Lenders whose respective Total Revolving Facility Percentages aggregate

more than 50%, subject to the provisions of Section 2.25 with respect to any Defaulting

Lenderand Section 9.22.

“Required

Term B-1 Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Term B-1 Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the sum of (a) the

outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Term B-1 Loans at such time, plus (b) any unfunded Commitments in respect of an Incremental

Facility consisting of Term B-1 Loans at such time, in each case, subject to the provisions of Section 2.25 and Section 9.22;

provided that, for purposes of this definition, the outstanding principal amount of, and any unfunded Commitments in respect of,

any Term B-1 Loans denominated in Euros shall be determined using the Dollar equivalent calculated based on the Exchange Rate for the

purchase of Dollars with Euros as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day.

“Resignation Effective

Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

“Resolution Authority”

shall mean an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

“Responsible Officer”

of any corporation shall mean any executive officer or Financial Officer of such corporation and any other officer or similar official

thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such corporation in respect of this Agreement (or, in the case of matters

relating to ERISA, any officer responsible for the administration of the pension funds of such corporation).

“Restricted Payment”

shall mean any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Capital Stock or other

Equity Interest of the Parent Borrower (in each case, solely to a holder of Equity Interests in such Person’s capacity as a holder

of such Equity Interests other than dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests)

of the Parent Borrower), or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit,

on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Capital Stock or other Equity

Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Parent Borrower’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Person

thereof), including any normal-course issuer bids by the Parent Borrower.

80

“Restricted Subsidiary”

shall mean each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Subsidiary Borrowers shall at all time constitute

Restricted Subsidiaries for so long as they remain Subsidiary Borrowers.

“Reuters”

shall mean, as applicable, Thomson Reuters Corp., Refinitiv, or any successor thereto.

“Revolving Commitment

Utilization Percentage” shall mean on any day the percentage equivalent to a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the

aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans, Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans, and (b) the denominator

of which is the Total Revolving Commitment (or, on any day after termination of the Commitments, the Total Revolving Commitment in effect

immediately preceding such termination).

“Revolving Credit

Commitments” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant

to Section 2.1(b), to make, refund or acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.6 and to

issue or participate in Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.7, as set forth on Schedule 1.1, as such Lender’s

Commitment may be permanently terminated, reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.13 and Section 2.14,

as applicable, changed pursuant to Section 9.4 or extended pursuant to Section 2.27. The aggregate principal amount

of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all of the Lenders as in effect on the Signing Date and the Closing Date is $5,000,000,000.

“Revolving Credit

Facility” shall mean the Revolving Credit Commitments, including any Incremental Revolving Facilities, and the extensions of

credit made thereunder.

“Revolving Credit

Lender” shall mean, at any time, a Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment, outstanding Revolving Credit Loans or participation

interests in outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans at such time.

“Revolving Credit

Loans” shall mean the revolving loans made by the Lenders to any Borrower pursuant to Section 2.4. Each Revolving

Credit Loan shall be a Term Benchmark Loan, a RFR Loan or an ABR Loan.

“Revolving Credit

Maturity Date” shall mean, the date that is the five-year anniversary of the Closing Date, as such date may be extended pursuant

to Section 2.27.

“Revolving Credit

Percentage” of any Lender at any time shall mean the percentage of the aggregate Commitments (or, following any termination

of all the Commitments, the Commitments most recently in effect) represented by such Lender’s Commitment (or, following any such

termination, the Commitment of such Lender most recently in effect); provided that, for the purposes of calculating the Revolving

Credit Percentages only, the term “Commitment” shall not include any commitment of a Lender to make Swingline Loans

or to issue Letters of Credit.

81

“Revolving Facility

Exposure” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit

Loans made by such Lender then outstanding, (b) such Lender’s LC Exposure at such time and (c) such Lender’s Revolving

Credit Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Loans outstanding at such time.

“RFR” shall

mean, for any RFR Loan denominated in Sterling, SONIA.

“RFR Business Day”

shall mean, for any RFR Loan denominated in Sterling, any day except for (a) a Saturday, (b) a Sunday or (c) a day on which

banks are closed for general business in London.

“RFR Interest Day”

shall have the meaning specified in the definition of “Daily Simple RFR”.

“RFR Loan”

shall mean any Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to Daily Simple RFR.

“RFR Revolving Credit

Loan” shall mean any Revolving Credit Loan which is a RFR Loan. A RFR Revolving Credit Loan shall be a Multi-Currency Revolving

Loan.

“S&P”

shall mean Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, or any

successor thereto.

“Same Day Funds”

shall mean disbursements and payments in immediately available funds.

“Sanctioned Person”

shall mean for any period during the term of this Agreement, any Person named and existing during such period on (a) OFAC’s

List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or any entity that is 50% or more owned by such Person or Persons or (b) any

similar list maintained by any applicable European Union, United Nations Security Council or United Kingdom sanctions authority.

“Sanctions”

shall mean economic sanctions imposed, administered or enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of

the Treasury (“OFAC”) or similar economic sanctions imposed, administered or enforced by (a) the U.S. Department

of State, (b) the United Nations Security Council, (c) the European Union or (d) His Majesty’s Treasury of the United

Kingdom.

“SEC” shall

mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Hedge Agreement”

shall mean any Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary, on the one hand, and any Hedge

Bank, on the other hand, and (other than in respect of any Hedge Agreement with the Administrative Agent or its Affiliates) designated

in a writing by the Hedge Bank and the Parent Borrower to the Administrative Agent as a “Secured Hedge Agreement.”

Such designation shall be irrevocable and a single designation shall be effective for any Hedge Agreement or other transaction entered

into pursuant to a single Master Agreement.

“Secured Hedge Obligations”

shall mean obligations under any Secured Hedge Agreement.

82

“Secured Parties”

shall mean, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, each Issuing Lender, each Swingline Lender, each

Hedge Bank under each Secured Hedge Agreement, each Cash Management Bank owed Cash Management Obligations and each co-agent or sub-agent

appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Article VII.

“Securities Act”

shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Securitization Assets”

shall mean any Securitization Receivable Assets and any Securitization Operating Assets.

“Securitization Financing”

shall mean any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant

to which the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary

(in the case of a transfer by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer

by a Securitization Subsidiary or a transfer by a Loan Party in the context of a receivables financing), or may grant a security interest

or Lien in, any Securitization Assets of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including all

collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization

Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets that are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests

are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets as determined by the Parent

Borrower in good faith.

“Securitization Operating

Assets” shall mean intellectual property assets, contract rights, physical assets (including vehicles or real estate and other

assets identified by the Parent Borrower) and the proceeds thereof and any Securitization Receivable Assets that may be related thereto

which the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith are of the type customarily transferred or that are required to be transferred,

or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted or are required to be granted, in connection with securitizations of

operating assets or revenue streams relating thereto.

“Securitization Receivable

Assets” shall mean, any accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams, other rights to payment (including with respect

to rights of payment pursuant to the terms of any Joint Venture), all collateral securing such accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue

streams or rights to payment, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable,

royalty or other revenue streams or rights to payment, all proceeds of such accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams or rights

to payment and other assets (including contract rights) which the Parent Borrower has determined are of the type customarily transferred

(or that are required to be transferred) or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted or are required to be granted

in connection with securitizations of accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams or rights to payment and which are sold, transferred

or otherwise conveyed by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Securitization Subsidiary or to a financing institution,

in each case, in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing.

83

“Securitization Subsidiary”

shall mean a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Permitted Securitization

Financing in which the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower makes an investment and to which the Parent Borrower or

any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) that engages in no activities other than in

connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights

(contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business,

and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization

Subsidiary, and

(a)           no

portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Parent Borrower or

any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, other than another Securitization Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other

than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings) or (ii) is recourse

to the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or any of their respective assets, other than another Securitization

Subsidiary or its assets, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of

the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, directly or indirectly,

contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(b)           with

which none of the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any

material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Parent Borrower reasonably believes to be no

less favorable to the Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates

of the Parent Borrower; and

(c)           to

which none of the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any

obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating

results;

it being agreed that a Securitization

Asset consisting of an obligation of or to any Affiliate of a Loan Party shall not result in non-compliance with any of the foregoing

provisions.

“Security Agreement”

shall mean, that certain Security Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, executed in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit

of the Secured Parties, by the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or

otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, together with each other Security Agreement Supplement, guaranty

and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 5.4.

“Security Agreement

Supplement” shall mean, collectively, any security agreement supplement entered into in connection with, and pursuant to the

terms of, the Security Agreement.

“Signing Date”

shall mean the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.1 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.8(b)),

which date is April 7, 2026.

84

“SOFR”

shall mean a rate equal to the secured overnight financing rate as administered by the SOFR Administrator.

“SOFR Administrator”

shall mean the NYFRB (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).

“Solvent”

and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value

of the assets of such Person, on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, exceeds its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent

or otherwise, on a consolidated basis, (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person, on a consolidated basis

with its Subsidiaries, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of its debts and other liabilities,

subordinated, contingent or otherwise, on a consolidated basis, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured, (c) such

Person, on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, is able to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise,

on a consolidated basis, as such liabilities become absolute and matured and (d) such Person, on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries,

is not engaged in, and is not about to engage in, business for which it has unreasonably small capital. The amount of any contingent liability

at any time shall be computed as the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual and matured liability.

“SONIA”

shall mean, with respect to any Business Day, a rate per annum equal to the Sterling Overnight Index Average for such Business Day published

by the SONIA Administrator on the SONIA Administrator’s Website on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

“SONIA Administrator”

shall mean the Bank of England (or any successor administrator of the Sterling Overnight Index Average).

“SONIA Administrator’s

Website” shall mean the Bank of England’s website, currently at http://www.bankofengland.co.uk, or any successor source

for the Sterling Overnight Index Average identified as such by the SONIA Administrator from time to time.

“SPC” shall

have the meaning specified in Section 9.4(i).

“Specified Currency

Availability” shall mean the Multi-Currency Sublimit with respect to the relevant Multi-Currency less the Dollar equivalent

of the aggregate principal amount of all Multi-Currency Revolving Loans denominated in such Multi-Currency outstanding on the date of

borrowing.

“Specified Equity Contribution”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.14(c).

“Specified Event

of Default” shall mean an Event of Default resulting under Section 6.1(a), (f), (g) or (h).

“Specified Loan Party”

means any Loan Party that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor.

85

“Specified Representations”

shall mean the representations and warranties of the Parent Borrower and the Guarantors set forth in Section 3.1(a), Section 3.2(c),

Section 3.4 (with respect to the charter documents of the Parent Borrower or any Guarantor, as applicable, as in effect upon

consummation of, or immediately after consummation of, the Acquisition), Section 3.5 (only as to execution, delivery and performance

of this Agreement and the extensions of credit hereunder), Section 3.9, Section 3.12 (only as to the portions

thereof that relate to the USA PATRIOT Act and the last sentence thereof), Section 3.13 (subject to Permitted Liens and the

Certain Funds Provisions) and Section 3.14.

“Sponsors”

shall mean, collectively, (a) Ellison, (b) RedBird and (c) any direct and indirect investors of the Persons identified

in clauses (a) or (b) through any permitted equity syndication process consummated prior to the Closing Date.

“Spot Rate”

shall mean, at any date, the Administrative Agent’s or applicable Lender’s, as the case may be (or, for purposes of determinations

in respect of the Aggregate LC Exposure related to Letters of Credit issued in a Foreign Currency, the Issuing Lender’s or Issuing

Lenders’, as the case may be), spot buying rate for the relevant Foreign Currency against Dollars as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London

time) on such date for settlement on the second Business Day.

“Standard Securitization

Undertakings” shall mean representations, warranties, covenants (including repurchase obligations) and indemnities entered into

by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary that the Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has determined in good faith are

customary for “non-recourse” accounts receivables financings or factoring or securitization financings.

“Stated Amount”

shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit at any time, the aggregate amount available to be drawn thereunder at such time (regardless

of whether any conditions for drawing could then be met).

“Sterling”

or “£” shall mean British Pounds Sterling, the lawful currency of the United Kingdom on the Signing Date.

“Subsequent Transaction”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.4.

“Subsidiary”

shall mean, for any Person (the “Parent”), any corporation, partnership or other entity of which shares of Voting Capital

Stock sufficient to elect a majority of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership

or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such

corporation, partnership or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) are at the

time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the Parent or one or more of its Subsidiaries or by the Parent and one or more of its

Subsidiaries. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement

shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower.

“Subsidiary Borrower”

shall mean any Subsidiary of Parent Borrower (a) which is designated as a Subsidiary Borrower by Parent Borrower in accordance with

Section 2.26, (b) which has delivered to the Administrative Agent a Subsidiary Borrower Request and (c) whose designation

as a Subsidiary Borrower has not been terminated pursuant to Section 9.16.

86

“Subsidiary Borrower

Designation” shall mean a designation, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-4, which may be delivered by Parent Borrower

and approved by Parent Borrower and shall be accompanied by a Subsidiary Borrower Request.

“Subsidiary Borrower

Obligations” shall mean, with respect to each Subsidiary Borrower, the unpaid principal of and interest on the Loans made to

such Subsidiary Borrower (including, without limitation, interest, fees and expenses accruing after the maturity of the Loans made to

such Subsidiary Borrower and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency,

reorganization or like proceeding, relating to such Subsidiary Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest,

fees and expenses is allowed in such proceeding) and all other obligations and liabilities of such Subsidiary Borrower to the Administrative

Agent or to any Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred,

which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement (but not in its capacity as a Subsidiary Guarantor).

“Subsidiary Borrower

Request” shall mean a request, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-5, which is received by the Administrative Agent

in connection with a Subsidiary Borrower Designation.

“Subsidiary Guarantor”

shall mean each Domestic Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (other than an Excluded Subsidiary), including each Subsidiary Borrower.

“Swap Obligations”

shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes

a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

“Swingline Borrower”

shall mean, collectively, the Parent Borrower, Paramount Global and any other Subsidiary Borrower designated as a “Swingline Borrower”

by the Parent Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent; provided, that, unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative

Agent, no more than one Subsidiary Borrower may be a Swingline Borrower at any one time. Only a Subsidiary Borrower which is a U.S. Person

may be a Swingline Borrower.

“Swingline Commitment”

shall mean, (a) with respect to any Swingline Lender, the Commitment of such Lender to make Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.6,

as designated in accordance with Section 2.6(g) and as set forth on Schedule 1.1 or in the agreement pursuant

to which such Lender is designated as, and agrees to become, a Swingline Lender, and (b) in the aggregate, $300,000,000.

“Swingline Exposures”

shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount at such time of the outstanding Swingline Loans. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender

at any time shall mean the sum of (a) its Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Loans outstanding at such time (excluding,

in the case of any Lender that is a Swingline Lender, Swingline Loans made by it and outstanding at such time to the extent that the other

Lenders shall not have funded their participations in such Swingline Loans), adjusted to give effect to any reallocation under Section 2.25

of the Swingline Exposure of Defaulting Lenders in effect at such time, and (b) in the case of any Lender that is a Swingline Lender,

the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans made by such Lender and outstanding at such time to the extent that the other Lenders

shall not have funded their participations in such Swingline Loans.

87

“Swingline Lender”

shall mean (a) Citibank, N.A. and (b) any other Revolving Credit Lender designated from time to time by the Parent Borrower,

and approved by such Revolving Credit Lender, as a “Swingline Lender” pursuant to Section 2.6(g).

“Swingline Loan”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.6(a).

“Swingline Percentage”

of any Swingline Lender at any time shall mean the percentage of the aggregate Swingline Commitments represented by such Swingline Lender’s

Swingline Commitment.

“Syndication Agent”

shall mean Bank of America, N.A.

“T2” means

the real time gross settlement system operated by the Eurosystem, or any successor system.

“Target”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamblerecitals

hereto.

“Target Bridge Credit

Agreement” shall mean that certain Non-Investment Grade Leveraged Bridge Loan Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2025 by and

among Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc., WarnerMedia Holdings, Inc., the lenders party thereto, the other parties party thereto and

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent.

“TARGET Day”

shall mean any day on which T2 (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system, if any, determined by the

Administrative Agent, after consultation with the Parent Borrower, to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments

in Euro.

“Target Debt Payment/LM

Transactions” shall mean the following transactions:

(a)           the

Target shall have (i) either (A) eliminated the obligation to commence an Exchange Offer (as defined in the Acquired Business’s

Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement, dated as of June 9, 2025) with respect to each series of the Acquired Business’s

Amended Notes (as defined in the Acquired Business’s Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement, dated as of June 9,

2025) (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified prior to the Closing Date, the “Target

Notes”) as a result of the repayment or repurchase of such Target Notes and/or the payment of the $100 per $1,000/€100

per €1,000 premium contemplated by the Acquired Business’s Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement, dated as of

June 9, 2025, or (B) entered into transactions with respect to the Target Notes as necessary to permit the incurrence of the

Acquisition Bridge Facility, the Pro RataClosing

Date Facilities and the other Permanent Financing on the terms contemplated hereunder; provided that such transactions shall

not result in the Target Notes being (x) secured on a pari passu basis with the Acquisition Bridge Facility, the Pro

RataClosing Date Facilities and/or any

other Permanent Financing that is secured on a first lien basis, (y) secured by any assets not constituting Collateral or (z) guaranteed

by any entities that are not Loan Parties; and(b) the Target shall have either (i) repaid in full of all indebtedness and terminated

all commitments under the Target Bridge Credit Agreement or (ii) entered into such transactions with respect to the Target Bridge

Credit Agreement as may be necessary to permit the incurrence of the Acquisition Bridge Facility, the Pro

RataClosing Date Facilities and the other

Permanent Financing on the terms contemplated hereunder (it being understood that such transactions may result in the indebtedness under

the Target Bridge Credit Agreement and indebtedness that refinances such indebtedness being secured on a pari passu basis with the Acquisition

Bridge Facility, the Pro RataClosing

Date Facilities and/or any Permanent Financing that is secured on a first lien basis).

88

“Target Loan Parties”

shall mean the Acquired Business and each Subsidiary of the Acquired Business.

“Tax Group”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(i).

“Taxes”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).

“Term A Loan Facility”

shall mean, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of the Term A Loans of all Lenders outstanding at such time.

“Term A Loans”

shall mean the Term A-1 Loans, the Term A-2 Loans and any Incremental Term Loans in the form of term “A” loans. Each Term

A Loan shall be a Term Benchmark Loan or an ABR Loan.

“Term A-1 Lender”

shall mean (a) on the Signing Date, the Lenders set forth as Term A-1 Lenders on Schedule 1.1 and (b) at any time

after the Signing Date, any Lender that holds Term A-1 Loans or Term A-1 Loan Commitments at such time.

“Term A-1 Loan Commitment”

shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make its portion of the Term A-1 Loans to the relevant Borrower

(a) on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i), in the principal amount set forth opposite such Lender’s

name on Schedule 1.1 as in effect on the Signing Date and (b) any time thereafter pursuant to any Incremental Facility.

The aggregate principal amount of the Term A-1 Loan Commitments of all of the Lenders as in effect on the Signing Date and the Closing

Date (prior to funding) is $2,500,000,000.

“Term A-1 Loan Facility”

shall mean, at any time, (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of the Term A-1 Loan Commitments and (b) thereafter,

the aggregate principal amount of the Term A-1 Loans of all Lenders outstanding at such time.

“Term A-1 Loan Maturity

Date” shall mean the date that is the three-year anniversary of the Closing Date, as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 2.27.

“Term A-1 Loans”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i). Each Term A-1 Loan shall be a Term Benchmark Loan or an

ABR Loan.

“Term A-2 Lender”

shall mean (a) on the Signing Date, the Lenders set forth as Term A-2 Lenders on Schedule 1.1 and (b) at any time

after the Signing Date, any Lender that holds Term A-2 Loans or Term A-2 Loan Commitments at such time.

89

“Term A-2 Loan Commitment”

shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make its portion of the Term A-2 Loans to the relevant Borrower

(a) on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(ii), in the principal amount set forth opposite such Lender’s

name on Schedule 1.1 as in effect on the Signing Date and (b) any time thereafter pursuant to any Incremental Facility.

The aggregate principal amount of the Term A-2 Loan Commitments of all of the Lenders as in effect on the Signing Date and the Closing

Date (prior to funding) is $2,500,000,000.

“Term A-2 Loan Facility”

shall mean, at any time, (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of the Term A-2 Loan Commitments and (b) thereafter,

the aggregate principal amount of the Term A-2 Loans of all Lenders outstanding at such time.

“Term A-2 Loan Maturity

Date” shall mean the date that is the five-year anniversary of the Closing Date, as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 2.27.

“Term A-2 Loans”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a)(ii). Each Term A-2 Loan shall be a Term Benchmark Loan or an

ABR Loan.

“Term B Loans”

shall mean anythe

Term B-1 Loans and any other Incremental Term Loans in the form of term “B” loans.

“Term

B-1 Lender” shall mean collectively, the Dollar Term B-1 Lenders and Euro Term B-1 Lenders.

“Term

B-1 Loan Commitment” shall mean either a Dollar Term B-1 Loan Commitment or a Euro Term B-1 Loan Commitment.

“Term

B-1 Loan Facility” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of the Term B-1 Loans of all Lenders outstanding

at such time.

“Term

B-1 Loan Facility Joint Lead Arrangers” shall mean, collectively, Citibank, N.A., BofA Securities, Inc., Apollo Global

Funding, LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Goldman

Sachs Bank USA, Mizuho Bank, Ltd., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., TD Securities (USA) LLC, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation,

Truist Securities, Inc., Royal Bank of Canada, NatWest Markets Plc, Citizens Bank, N.A., PNC Capital Markets LLC and ICBC Standard

Bank Plc.

“Term

B-1 Loan Pricing Grid” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Applicable Margin”.

“Term

B-1 Loans” shall mean collectively, the Dollar Term B-1 Loan and the Euro Term B-1 Loans.

“Term Benchmark Loan”

shall mean (a) any Revolving Credit Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Term SOFR Rate, the EURIBOR Rate

or the TIBOR Rate or (b) any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Term SOFR Rate or

the EURIBOR Rate.

90

“Term Benchmark Revolving

Credit Loan” shall mean any Revolving Credit Loan which is a Term Benchmark Loan. Subject to the limitations contained herein,

a Term Benchmark Revolving Credit Loan may be a Multi-Currency Revolving Loan.

“Term Benchmark Term

Loan” shall mean any Term Loan which is a Term Benchmark Loan.

“Term Benchmark Tranche”

shall mean the collective reference to Term Benchmark Loans denominated in the same currency made by the Lenders, the then current Interest

Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Term Benchmark Loans shall

originally have been made on the same day).

“Term

Facility” shall mean the Term A-1 LoansLoan

Facility, the Term A-2 Loans and anyLoan

Facility, the Term B-1 Loan Facility and any other Incremental Term Facilities.

“Term Loans”

shall mean the Term A-1 Loans, the Term A-2 Loans, the Term B-1 Loans,

and any other Incremental Term Loans.

“Term SOFR Determination

Day” shall have the meaning assigned to such term under the definition of Term SOFR Reference Rate.

“Term SOFR Rate”

shall mean, with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Dollars and for any tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period,

the Term SOFR Reference Rate at approximately 5:00 a.m., Chicago time, two U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to the

commencement of such tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period, as such rate is published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator;

provided that if the Term SOFR Rate as so determined would be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to zero for

the purposes of this Agreement.

“Term SOFR Reference

Rate” shall mean, for any day and time (such day, the “Term SOFR Determination Day”), with respect to any

Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Dollars and for any tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period, the rate per annum published

by the CME Term SOFR Administrator and identified by the Administrative Agent as the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR. If by 11:00

am (New York City time) on such Term SOFR Determination Day, the “Term SOFR Reference Rate” for the applicable tenor has not

been published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator and a Benchmark Transition Event with respect to the Term SOFR Rate has not occurred,

then, so long as such day is otherwise a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, the Term SOFR Reference Rate for such Term SOFR

Determination Day will be the Term SOFR Reference Rate as published in respect of the first preceding U.S. Government Securities

Business Day for which such Term SOFR Reference Rate was published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator, so long as such first preceding

U.S. Government Securities Business Day is not more than three (3) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such

Term SOFR Determination Day.

“Termination Date”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.27(a)(i)(A).

“Test

Period” shall mean, at any time, the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower ended

on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period) in respect of which financial statements have been or are required to be delivered

pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or (b).

91

“Threshold Amount”

shall mean the greater of (a) $1,000,000,000 and (b) a Closing Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

“TIBOR Interpolated

Rate” shall mean, at any time, with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Yen and for any Interest Period, the rate

per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the TIBOR Screen Rate) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

(a) the TIBOR Screen Rate for the longest period (for which the TIBOR Screen Rate is available for Yen) that is shorter than the

Impacted TIBOR Rate Interest Period; and (b) the TIBOR Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which the TIBOR Screen Rate is available

for Yen) that exceeds the Impacted TIBOR Rate Interest Period, in each case, at such time; provided that, if any TIBOR Interpolated

Rate shall be less than 0.00%, such rate shall be deemed to be 0.00% for the purposes of this Agreement.

“TIBOR Rate”

shall mean, with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Yen and for any Interest Period, the TIBOR Screen Rate at approximately

11:00 a.m., Japan time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that, if the TIBOR Screen

Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “Impacted TIBOR Rate Interest Period”) with respect

to Yen then the TIBOR Rate shall be the TIBOR Interpolated Rate.

“TIBOR Screen Rate”

shall mean the Tokyo interbank offered rate administered by the Ippan Shadan Hojin JBA TIBOR Administration (or any other person which

takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on page DTIBOR01 of the Reuters screen

(or, in the event such rate does not appear on such Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen

that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate as selected by the

Administrative Agent after consultation with the Parent Borrower) as of 11:00 a.m. Japan time two Business Days prior to the commencement

of such Interest Period. If the TIBOR Screen Rate shall be less than 0.00%, the TIBOR Screen Rate shall be deemed to be 0.00% for purposes

of this Agreement.

“Total Credit Exposure”

shall mean, as to any Lender at any time, the unused Commitments of such Lender at such time, the outstanding Loans of such Lender at

such time and such Lender’s LC Exposure and participations in Swingline Loans at such time.

“Total Multi-Currency

Sublimit” shall mean $1,000,000,000, as such sublimit may be decreased from time to time in accordance with Section 2.13.

“Total Revolving

Commitment” shall mean at any time the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments in effect at such time.

“Total Revolving

Facility Exposure” shall mean at any time the aggregate amount of the Revolving Facility Exposures at such time.

“Total Revolving

Facility Percentage” shall mean, as to any Lender at any time, the quotient (expressed as a percentage) of (a) such Lender’s

Commitment (or (i) for the purposes of acceleration of the Loans pursuant to Section 6.1 or (ii) if the Commitments

have terminated, such Lender’s Revolving Facility Exposure) and (b) the aggregate of all Lenders’ Commitments (or (i) for

the purposes of acceleration of the Loans pursuant to Section 6.1 or (ii) if the Commitments have terminated, the Total

Revolving Facility Exposure).

92

“Total Specified

Currency Availability” shall mean with respect to Multi-Currency Revolving Loans, the Dollar equivalent of $1,000,000,000 (as

decreased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.13) less the Dollar equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all

Multi-Currency Revolving Loans then outstanding.

“Transaction

Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the

Transactions, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including any amortization

thereof in any period.

“Transactions”

shall mean, collectively, (a) the Acquisition, the other related transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement and the financing

thereof, (b) the Equity Contributions, (c) the Closing Date Refinancings, (d) the Target Debt Payment/LM Transactions,

and (e) the payment of fees, commissions and expenses in connection with the foregoing.

“Transferee”

shall mean any assignee or participant described in Section 9.4(b) or (f).

“Transformative

Transaction” means (a) any transaction or event that would result in a Change of Control, (b) any acquisition or similar

investment by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) that is either (A) not permitted by the terms of any Loan Document

immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition or (B) if permitted by the terms of the Loan Documents immediately prior

to the consummation of such acquisition, would not provide the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries with adequate flexibility under

the Loan Documents for the continuation and/or expansion of their combined operations following such consummation, as reasonably determined

by the Parent Borrower acting in good faith or (ii) the purchase price in respect of which is no less than $2,500,000,000 and (c) any

Disposition by the Borrowers or the Restricted Subsidiaries the proceeds in respect of which is no less than $5,000,000,000.

“TTM

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Parent

Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements have been

delivered or are required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b).

“Type”

when used in respect of any Loan, shall refer to the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan is determined. For purposes hereof,

“Rate” shall mean the Term SOFR Rate, the EURIBOR Rate or the TIBOR Rate, the Alternate Base Rate and the RFR Rate.

“UK Financial Institution”

shall mean any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United

Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated

by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates

of such credit institutions or investment firms.

93

“UK Resolution Authority”

shall mean the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial

Institution.

“Uniform Commercial

Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof as the same may from time to time be in effect

in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction,

to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

“Unrefunded Swingline

Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.6(d).

“Unrestricted

Cash” shall mean unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held or owned by, credited to the account of, or otherwise reflected

as an asset on the balance sheet of, the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

“Unrestricted Lender”

shall mean any Regulated Entity, any Revolving Credit Lender as of the Closing Date, any Joint Lead Arranger or any of their respective

Affiliates (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any participants of any such Persons unless such participants constitute an Unrestricted

Lender).

“Unrestricted Subsidiary”

shall mean (a) on the Closing Date, each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower listed on Schedule 1.3, except to the extent

redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 5.7, (b) any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower

designated by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.7 subsequent

to the Closing Date, except to the extent redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with such Section 5.7 and

(c) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the foregoing clause (a) or (b); provided

that no Borrower shall be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless released from its obligations as a Borrower in accordance with

this Agreement concurrently with or after satisfaction of all applicable conditions to such designation in accordance with Section 5.7.

“Unsecured Debt”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Incremental Equivalent Debt”.

“Upfront Fees”

shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.9(b).

“U.S.”

or “United States” shall mean the United States of America, its fifty states and the District of Columbia.

“U.S. Government

Securities Business Day” shall mean any day except for (i) a Saturday, (ii) a Sunday or (iii) a day on which

the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the

entire day for purposes of trading in United States government securities.

“U.S. Person”

shall mean a Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

94

“Voting Capital Stock”

shall mean securities or other ownership interests of a corporation, partnership or other entity having by the terms thereof ordinary

voting power to vote in the election of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership

or other entity (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency).

“Warrior Outside

Date” shall mean the date that is the “End Date” as defined in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the date

executed and as such date may be extended in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the date executed.

“Weighted Average

Life to Maturity” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(a)           the

sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other

required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated

to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by

(b)           the

then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness;

provided

that for purposes of determining the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of (A) any Refinanced Debt, (B) any Indebtedness that

is being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, or (C) any Term Loans for purposes of incurring any other

Indebtedness (in any such case, the “Applicable Indebtedness”), the effects of any amortization payments or other prepayments

made on such Applicable Indebtedness (including the effect of any prepayment on remaining scheduled amortization) prior to the date of

the applicable modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, extension or incurrence shall be disregarded.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary”

shall mean any Subsidiary of which all shares of Voting Capital Stock (other than, in the case of a corporation, directors’ qualifying

shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Parent (as defined in the definition of “Subsidiary”).

“Works”

means motion pictures, video, television, interactive or multi-media programming, audio-visual works, sound recordings, books and other

literary or written material, any software, copyright or other intellectual property related thereto, acquired directly or indirectly

by purchase, business combination, production, creation or otherwise, any component of the foregoing or rights therein or with respect

thereto, of every kind and character, and all improvements thereon, products and proceeds thereof and revenues derived therefrom.

“Write-Down and Conversion

Powers” shall mean, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA

Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion

powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable

Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution

or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations

of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised

under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related

to or ancillary to any of those powers.

95

“Yen” or

“¥” shall mean the lawful currency of Japan.

Section 1.2     Terms

Generally.

(a)           The

definitions in Section 1.1 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context

may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The

words “

(b)           Certain

Words, Phrases and References. For all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,

(i)           the

words “herein”, “hereto”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used

in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof;

(ii)          references

in this Agreement to an Exhibit, Schedule, Article, Section, clause or sub-clause refer (A) to the appropriate Exhibit or Schedule

to, or Article, Section, clause or sub-clause in this Agreement or (B) to the extent such references are not present in this Agreement,

to the Loan Document in which such reference appears;

(iii)        the

words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall,

except where the context otherwise requires, be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of,

and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require.;

(iv)         the

term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements

and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form;

(v)          the

phrase “permitted by” and the phrase “not prohibited by” shall be

synonymous, and any transaction not specifically prohibited by the terms of the Loan Documents shall be deemed to be permitted by the

Loan Documents;

(vi)         the

phrase “commercially reasonable efforts” shall not require the payment of a fee or other amount to any third party or the

incurrence of any expense or liability by a Loan Party (or Affiliate) outside its ordinary course of its business;

(vii)        the

phrase “in good faith” when used with respect to a determination made by a Loan Party shall mean that such determination was

made in the prudent exercise of its commercial judgment and shall be deemed to be conclusive if fully disclosed in writing (in reasonable

detail) to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and neither the Administrative Agent nor the Required Lenders have objected to such

determination within five (5) Business Days of such disclosure to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders;

96

(viii)      the

term “cash” and “currency” shall, in each case, include all fiat and other currencies;

(ix)         the

phrases “ordinary course of business” and “consistent with past practice”

shall each mean an action that is taken by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (or an officer, director or employee of such

Person) that is not inconsistent with the manner in which the businesses of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has previously

been operated or the manner in which the directors or officers of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary have previously exercised

their business judgment or would expect to exercise their business judgment, including in connection with events that are unusual or infrequent

in nature, in each case, as determined by the Parent Borrower in good faith;

(x)          “indebtedness

in respect of borrowed money”, “indebtedness for borrowed money” and similar phrases shall mean debt in respect of which

the primary obligor thereof was entitled to a payment (or entitled to direct a payment) of cash or Cash Equivalents on the date of borrowing

thereof by the applicable obligee thereof, and it shall exclude all obligations in respect of leases, purchase price of any property,

Guarantees, Hedge Agreements, Equity Interests and other items that are not Indebtedness; and

(xi)         in

the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and

including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through”

means “to and including”.

(c)           (b) Except

as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP in effect from time

to time. The parties hereto agree, however, that in the event that any change in accounting principles from those used in the preparation

of Parent Borrower’s financial statements referred to in Section 3.2 is, after the Signing Date, occasioned by the promulgation

of rules, regulations, pronouncements, opinions and statements by or required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or Accounting

Principles Board or the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or successors thereto or agencies with similar functions)

and such change materially affects the calculation of a Financial Covenant or any standard or term contained in this Agreement, the Administrative

Agent and Parent Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such Financial Covenant, standards or terms found in this Agreement (other

than in respect of financial statements to be delivered hereunder) so that, upon adoption of such changes, the criteria for evaluation

of Parent Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ financial condition shall be substantially the same after such change as if such

change had not been made; provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9.8,

(i) any such amendments shall not become effective for purposes of this Agreement unless approved by the Required Lenders (or, with

respect to a Financial Covenant, the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders) and (ii) if Parent Borrower and the Required Lenders (or,

with respect to a Financial Covenant, the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders) cannot agree on such an amendment, then the calculations

under such Financial Covenant, standards or terms shall continue to be computed without giving effect to such change in accounting principles.

Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and

all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to (i) any election under ASC 825,

The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, or any successor thereto (including pursuant to the Accounting Standards

Codification) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary at “fair value”,

as defined therein, (ii) any net change in the carrying value of Indebtedness relating to fair value hedges in accordance with ASC

815 and (iii) any change in accounting for leases pursuant to GAAP resulting from the adoption of Financial Accountings Standards

Board Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842).

97

(c) For

the purposes of calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any Test Period, (i) if during such Test Period the Parent Borrower

or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such Test Period shall be

reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the Property which is the subject of such

Material Disposition for such Test Period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (if negative) attributable

thereto for such Test Period; (ii) if during such Test Period the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made a

Material Acquisition, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such Test Period shall be calculated after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto

(including to give effect to any adjustments to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as set forth in the definition thereto as a result of the

incurrence or assumption of any Indebtedness in connection therewith) as if such Material Acquisition (and the incurrence or assumption

of any such Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of such Test Period; and (iii) if during such Test Period any Person that subsequently

became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such

Test Period shall have entered into any Disposition or acquisition that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (i) or

(ii) above if made by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary during such Test Period, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

for such Test Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day

of such Test Period. For the purposes of this paragraph, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Material Disposition or

Material Acquisition, the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good

faith by a Financial Officer of the Parent Borrower. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and the incurrence or assumption

thereof is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect

on the last day of the relevant Test Period had been the applicable rate for the entire relevant Test Period (taking into account any

interest rate protection agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such interest rate protection agreement has a remaining term in

excess of 12 months).

(d)           Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary in this Section 1.2 or in any classification under GAAP of any Person, business, assets or operations

in respect of which a definitive agreement for the disposition thereof has been entered into as Discontinued Operations, no Pro Forma

Effect shall be given to any Discontinued Operations (and the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA attributable to any such Person, business,

assets or operations shall not be excluded for any purposes hereunder) until such disposition shall have been consummated.

98

(e) For

all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, references to “assets”

shall be deemed to refer to “Property,” and references to “Property” shall be deemed to include assets, in each

case unless the context otherwise requires.

(e)           Subject

to the provisions set forth in Section 1.4, in the event that the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs (including

by assumption or guarantees) or repays (including by redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment) any Indebtedness included in

the calculations of the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio, as the

case may be, (i) during the applicable Test Period or (ii) subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period and prior to

or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated

Total Net Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or repayment of

Indebtedness, to the extent required, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period with respect to leverage

ratios or the first day of such Test Period with respect to the Interest Coverage Ratio.

(f)            Each

Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is required to be joined as a Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.4 shall, until the completion

of such joinder, be deemed for the purposes of Sections 5. 9, 5.10, 5.11, 5.12, and 5.13 of this Agreement to be a Loan Party from and

after the later of the Closing Date, the date of formation of such Subsidiary or the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary.

(g)           (f) Notwithstanding

anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary (including any provision stating that a notice is irrevocable),

any notice, certificate, election, request or other communication delivered pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document may

be made conditional upon the satisfaction (or waiver) of any condition specified therein.

(g) The

phrase “permitted by” and the phrase “not prohibited by”

shall be synonymous, and any transaction not specifically prohibited by the terms of the Loan Documents shall be deemed to be permitted

by the Loan Documents.

(h) The phrases “ordinary course of business” and “consistent with

past practice” shall each mean an action that is taken by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (or an officer, director

or employee of such Person) that is not inconsistent with the manner in which the businesses of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary

has previously been operated or the manner in which the directors or officers of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary have previously

exercised their business judgment or would expect to exercise their business judgment, including in connection with events that are unusual

or infrequent in nature, in each case, as determined by the Parent Borrower in good faith.

99

Section 1.3             Currency

Equivalents.

(a)            .

For purposes of determining the Revolving Facility Exposures and the Outstanding Revolving Extensions of Credit,

amounts of Loans and Letters of Credit denominated in currencies other than Dollars will be converted to Dollar amounts as provided in

Section 2.23.

(b)            No

Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred under a Loan Document solely as a result of changes in rates of currency

exchange occurring after the time any applicable action (including any incurrence of a Lien or Indebtedness or the making of an investment)

so long as such action (including any incurrence of a Lien or Indebtedness) was permitted hereunder when made.

(c)            For

purposes of determining compliance with Sections 5.9 and 5.10 with respect to any amount of Lien or Indebtedness in a currency other

than Dollars, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of currency exchange

occurring after the time such Lien or Indebtedness is incurred (so long as such Lien or Indebtedness, at the time incurred, made or acquired,

was permitted hereunder).

(d)            For

purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, where the permissibility of a transaction or determinations of required actions

or circumstances depend upon compliance with, or are determined by reference to, amounts stated in Dollars, any requisite currency translation

(i) with respect to Loans or Commitments, shall be based on the Exchange Rate and (ii) with respect to any other amounts, shall

be based on the rate of exchange between the applicable currency and Dollars as reasonably determined by the Parent Borrower, in each

case in effect on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of such transaction or determination (subject to clauses (e) and

(f) below) and shall not be affected by subsequent fluctuations in exchange rates.

(e)            For

purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar-equivalent principal

amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the Exchange Rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness

was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt (or, in the case of an LCT Election,

on the date of the applicable LCT Test Date); provided that, if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness

denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated

at the Exchange Rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been

exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Indebtedness so refinanced does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness

being refinanced. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if

incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the Exchange Rate that is in effect

on the date of such refinancing.

(f)            For

purposes of determining the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio,

including Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA when calculating such ratios, all amounts denominated in a currency other than Dollars will be

converted to Dollars for any purpose (including testing the any financial maintenance covenant) at the effective rate of exchange in

respect thereof reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Parent Borrower for the applicable Test Period for which such

measurement is being made, and will reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Hedge Agreements

permitted hereunder for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the

Dollar equivalent of such Indebtedness.

100

Section 1.4             Limited

Condition Transaction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document, in connection with any action being taken in

connection with a Limited Condition Transaction (other than the making of any Revolving Credit Loan or issuance of any Letter of Credit

by any Lender unless otherwise agreed by such Lender), for purposes of:

(a)            determining

compliance with any provision of any Loan Document that requires the calculation of any financial ratio or test, including the First Lien

Net Leverage Ratio, Interest Coverage Ratio and Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any financial

ratio set forth in Section 2.14); or

(b)            testing

availability under baskets set forth in any Loan Document (including baskets determined by reference to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA,

TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets, as applicable); or

(c)            determining

other compliance with any Loan Document (including the determination that representations and warranties are true and correct (other than

the Specified Representations) and that no Default or Event of Default (or any type of Default or Event of Default) has occurred, is continuing

or would result therefrom);

in

each case, at the option of the Parent Borrower (the Parent Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited

Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder

shall be made in the case of any Limited Condition Transaction, at the time of (or, in the case of any calculation or any financial

ratio or test, with respect to, or as of the last day of, the most recently ended Test Period at the time of) either (x) the execution

of the definitive agreement with respect to such Limited Condition Transaction or, if applicable, the date with respect which the Parent

Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary otherwise becomes obligated to consummate such Limited Condition Transaction, (y) the public

announcement of an intention to make an offer in respect of the target of such Limited Condition Transaction or (z) the consummation

of such Limited Condition Transaction (the “LCT Test Date”), and if, for the Limited Condition Transaction (and the

other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith), the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been

permitted to take such action on the relevant LCT Test Date (on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such action) in compliance with

such ratio, test or basket, such ratio, test or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the

Parent Borrower has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, tests or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the

LCT Test Date would have failed to have been complied with as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, test or basket, including due

to fluctuations in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Parent Borrower

or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such

baskets, tests or ratios will not be deemed to have failed to have been complied with as a result of such fluctuations; provided,

that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if financial statements for one or more subsequent Test Periods shall have become

available, the Parent Borrower may elect, in its sole discretion, to re-determine all such financial ratios or tests, with respect to,

or as of the last day of, the most recently ended Test Period on the basis of such financial statements, in which case such date of redetermination

shall thereafter be deemed to be the LCT Test Date for purposes of such baskets, ratios and financial metrics. If the Parent Borrower

has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any calculation of any ratio, test or basket availability

with respect to the incurrence of Consolidated Indebtedness or Liens, the making of any Restricted Payments, mergers or the conveyance,

lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Borrower (each, a “Subsequent Transaction”)

following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or

the date that the definitive agreement, public announcement or irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated,

revoked or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining whether such Subsequent Transaction

is permitted under any Loan Document, any such ratio, test or basket shall be required to be satisfied on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such

Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Consolidated Indebtedness and

the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

101

Section 1.5             Interest

Rates; Benchmark Notification. The interest rate on a Loan may be derived from an interest rate benchmark that may be discontinued

or is, or may in the future become, the subject of regulatory reform. Upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, Section 2.12(b) provides

a mechanism for determining an alternative rate of interest. The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for,

and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission, performance or any other matter related to any interest

rate used in this Agreement, or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate thereof, including without

limitation, whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate will be similar

to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, the existing interest rate being replaced or have the same volume or liquidity

as did any existing interest rate prior to its discontinuance or unavailability. The Administrative Agent and its affiliates and/or other

related entities may engage in transactions that affect the calculation of any interest rate used in this Agreement or any alternative,

successor or alternative rate and/or any relevant adjustments thereto, in each case, in a manner adverse to Parent Borrower. The Administrative

Agent may select information sources or services in its reasonable discretion to ascertain any interest rate used in this Agreement,

any component thereof, or rates referenced in the definition thereof, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall

have no liability to Parent Borrower, any Lender or any other person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect,

special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages, costs, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise and whether

at law or in equity), for any error or calculation of any such rate (or component thereof) provided by any such information source or

service.

Section 1.6             Classification

and Reclassification. It is understood and agreed that any Lien, Disposition, Restricted Payment, Consolidated Indebtedness or transactions

with Affiliates need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of Permitted Lien, Disposition, Restricted Payment, Consolidated

Indebtedness or transactions with Affiliates under Sections 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, 5.12 and 5.13, respectively,

but may instead be permitted in part under any combination thereof (it being understood that the Parent Borrower may utilize amounts

under any category that is subject to any financial ratio or test (and such amounts, the “Incurrence-Based Amounts”),

including the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio or Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, prior to amounts under any other category (amounts

under such other categories, the “Fixed Amounts”)). For purposes of determining compliance at any time with Sections 5.9,

5.10, 5.11, 5.12 and 5.13, in the event that any Lien, Disposition, Restricted Payment, Consolidated Indebtedness

or transactions with Affiliates meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of transactions or items permitted pursuant to

any clause of such Sections 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, 5.12 and 5.13, the Parent Borrower, in its

sole discretion, may, from time to time, classify or reclassify such transaction or item (or portion thereof) and will only be required

to include the amount and type of such transaction (or portion thereof) in any one category; provided that (a) reclassifications

of any utilization of the Incremental Amount shall occur automatically to the extent set forth in the definition thereof and (b) reclassifications

of any utilization of any Fixed Amount in respect of any Lien, Disposition, Restricted Payment, Consolidated Indebtedness or transactions

with Affiliates incurred, made or consummated shall automatically be deemed incurred, made or consummated pursuant to an applicable Incurrence-Based

Amount from and after the first date on which such Lien, Disposition, Restricted Payment, Consolidated Indebtedness or transactions with

Affiliates could be incurred, made or consummated pursuant to such Incurrence-Based Amount.

102

Section 1.7             Cashless

Rollovers. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, to the extent that any Lender extends the

maturity date of, or refinances, refunds, replaces, renews or extends, any of its then existing Loans with any other Indebtedness (including

loans incurred under any other Facility), to the extent such refinancing, Indebtedness, replacement, renewal or extension is effected

by means of a “cashless roll” by such Lender (a “Cashless Rollover”), such refinancing, refunding, replacement,

renewal or extension shall be deemed to comply with any requirement hereunder or any other Loan Document that there be a payment be made

“in Dollars”, “in immediately available funds”, “in Cash” or any other similar requirement and shall

be permitted by the Loan Documents; provided only that such other Indebtedness (including any loans incurred under any other Facility)

is permitted to be incurred by the Loan Documents.

Article II

THE CREDITS

Section 2.1             Commitments.

(a)            Term

Loan Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth,

(i)            each

Term A-1 Lender severally agrees to make its portion of a term loan (collectively, the “Term A-1 Loans”) to the relevant

Borrower in Dollars on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed such Lender’s Term A-1 Loan Commitment. Amounts repaid on the

Term A-1 Loans may not be reborrowed. The Term A-1 Loans may consist of ABR Loans or Term Benchmark Loans, or a combination thereof, as

further provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Closing Date has not occurred prior to the Closing Date Deadline, then

all Term A-1 Loan Commitments hereunder shall immediately and automatically terminate at the Closing Date Deadline, and

103

(ii)            each

Term A-2 Lender severally agrees to make its portion of a term loan (collectively, the “Term A-2 Loans”) to the relevant

Borrower in Dollars on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed such Lender’s Term A-2 Loan Commitment. Amounts repaid on the

Term A-2 Loans may not be reborrowed. The Term A-2 Loans may consist of ABR Loans or Term Benchmark Loans, or a combination thereof, as

further provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Closing Date has not occurred prior to the Closing Date Deadline, then

all Term A-2 Loan Commitments hereunder shall immediately and automatically terminate at the Closing Date Deadline.,

(iii)           each

Term B-1 Lender severally agrees to make its portion of a term loan (collectively, the “Dollar Term B-1 Loans”) to

the relevant Borrower in Dollars on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed such Lender’s Dollar Term B-1 Loan Commitment. Amounts

repaid on the Dollar Term B-1 Loans may not be reborrowed. The Dollar Term B-1 Loans may consist of ABR Loans or Term Benchmark Loans,

or a combination thereof, as further provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Closing Date has not occurred prior to the

Closing Date Deadline, then all Dollar Term B-1 Loan Commitments hereunder shall immediately and automatically terminate at the Closing

Date Deadline, and

(iv)            each

Term B-1 Lender severally agrees to make its portion of a term loan (collectively, the “Euro Term B-1 Loans”) to the

relevant Borrower in Euros on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed such Lender’s Euro Term B-1 Loan Commitment. Amounts repaid

on the Euro Term B-1 Loans may not be reborrowed. The Euro Term B-1 Loans shall consist of Term Benchmark Loans, as further provided herein.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Closing Date has not occurred prior to the Closing Date Deadline, then all Euro Term B-1 Loan Commitments

hereunder shall immediately and automatically terminate at the Closing Date Deadline.

(b)            Revolving

Loan Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth,

each Revolving Credit Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make Revolving Credit Loans in Dollars or in any Multi-Currency to

the relevant Borrower, at any time and from time to time on and after the Closing Date and until the earlier of (a) the Business

Day immediately preceding the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and (b) the termination of the Commitment of such Revolving Credit Lender,

in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment.

Each Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Credit Loans on and after the Closing Date and prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity

Date, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Closing Date has not occurred

prior to the Closing Date Deadline, then all Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder shall immediately and automatically terminate at the

Closing Date Deadline.

104

Section 2.2             Revolving

Credit Loans; Term Loans.

(a)            Each

Revolving Credit Loan shall be made to the relevant Borrower by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit

Commitments, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.4. Each Term A-1 Loan shall be made to the relevant

Borrower by the Term A-1 Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Term A-1 Loan Commitments, in accordance with the procedures

set forth in Section 2.4. Each Term A-2 Loan shall be made to the relevant Borrower by the Term A-2 Lenders ratably in accordance

with their respective Term A-2 Loan Commitments, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.4. Each

Dollar Term B-1 Loan shall be made to the relevant Borrower by the Dollar Term B-1 Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective

Dollar Term B-1 Loan Commitments, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.4. Each Euro Term B-1 Loan shall be made

to the relevant Borrower by the Euro Term B-1 Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Euro Term B-1 Loan Commitments, in

accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.4. The Revolving Credit Loans, Term A-1 Loans or,

Term A-2 Loans or Term B-1 Loans shall be made in amounts

equal to (i) in the case of Term Benchmark Loans and RFR Revolving Credit Loans, the applicable Borrowing Minimum or an integral

multiple of the applicable Borrowing Multiple in excess thereof and (ii) in the case of ABR Loans, $5,000,000 or an integral multiple

of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or (A) in the case of Revolving Credit Loans, an aggregate principal amount equal to the remaining

balance of the available Total Revolving Commitment or, if less, (B) with respect to Multi-Currency Revolving Loans, the lesser

of (1) the Specified Currency Availability with respect to such currency and (2) the Total Specified Currency Availability).

(b)            Each

Lender shall make each Loan (other than a Swingline Loan, as to which this Section 2.2 shall not apply, and

a Multi-Currency Revolving Loan and a Euro Term B-1

Loan) to be made by it on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Administrative

Agent in New York, New York, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time (or, in connection with an ABR Loan to be made on the same

day on which a notice is submitted, 12:30 p.m., New York City time) and the Administrative Agent shall promptly but in no event later

than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, credit the amounts so received to the general deposit account of the relevant Borrower with the Administrative

Agent. Each Lender shall make each Multi-Currency Revolving Loan and

each Euro Term B-1 Loan to be made by it on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the

Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, not later than in the case of any Multi-Currency Revolving Loan denominated

in Euros, Sterling or Yen or any Euro Term B-1 Loan, 12:00

noon, New York City time, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly but in no event later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, credit

the amounts so received to the general deposit account of the relevant Borrower with the Administrative Agent.

Section 2.3             [Reserved].

Section 2.4             Loan

Borrowing Procedure.

(a)            Borrowing

Mechanics for Term A Loan.

(i)            In

order to request a Term A Loan, the relevant Borrower shall hand deliver, facsimile

or electronically mail to the Administrative Agent a Borrowing Request not

later than (a) in the case of a Term Benchmark Term Loan denominated in Dollars, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City

time, three U.S. Government Securities Business Days before a proposed borrowing. Such notice shall

be irrevocable, (b) in the case of a Multi-Currency

Term Loan, 1:00 p.m., New York City time, four Business Days before a proposed borrowing (or, in the case of a Multi-Currency Term Loan

denominated in Sterling, five Business Days) and (c) in the case of an ABR Term Loan, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time,

on the day of a proposed borrowing. Any such notice delivered prior to the Closing Date shall be deemed to be conditioned on consummation

of the Transactions and shall specify (A) that the Term A Loan

then being requested is to be a Term Benchmark Term ALoan,

Multi-Currency Term Loan or an ABR Term A Loan, (B) the date of

such Term A Loan (which shall be a Business Day) and the amount thereof and,

(C) in the case of a Term Benchmark Term A Loan, the Interest Period with

respect thereto. and

(D) in the case of a Multi-Currency Term Loan, the currency in which such Term Loan shall be denominated; provided that notwithstanding

the foregoing, Borrowing Requests with respect to Term Loans to be funded on the Closing Date may be provided to the Administrative Agent

not later than 1:00 p.m. New York City Time two U.S. Government Securities Business Days (in the case of Term Benchmark Term Loans)

or Business Days (in the case of all other Term Loans) before their proposed borrowing.

105

(ii)            Following

receipt of a Borrowing Request, the Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.4(a) and

of each Lender’s pro rata share of the applicable Term A Loans. In the case

of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Term A Loan

available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m.,

New York City time, on the Business Day specified in the applicable Borrowing Request. Upon satisfaction of the applicable

conditions set forth in Section 4.1, Section 4.2 or Section 4.3, as applicable, the Administrative

Agent shall make all funds so received available to the relevant Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either

by (A) crediting the account of such Borrower on the books of the Administrative Agent with the amount of such funds or (B) wire

transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent

by such Borrower.

(iii)            The

failure of any Lender to make the Term A Loan to be made by it as part of any

Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Term A

Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make

the Term A Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

(b)            Borrowing

Mechanics for Revolving Credit Loans.

(i)            In

order to request a Revolving Credit Loan, the relevant Borrower shall hand deliver, facsimile or electronically mail to the Administrative

Agent a Borrowing Request (a) in the case of a Term Benchmark Revolving Credit Loan denominated in Dollars, not later than 1:00 p.m.,

New York City time, three U.S. Government Securities Business Days before a proposed borrowing, (b) in the case of a Multi-Currency

Revolving Loan, 1:00 p.m., New York City time, four Business Days before a proposed borrowing (or, in the case of a Multi-Currency Revolving

Loan denominated in Sterling, five Business Days) and (c) in the case of an ABR Revolving Credit Loan, not later than 1:00 p.m.,

New York City time, on the day of a proposed borrowing. Such notice shall be irrevocableAny

such notice delivered prior to the Closing Date shall be deemed to be conditioned on the consummation of the Transactions and

shall in each case specify (i) whether the Revolving Credit Loan then being requested is to be a Term Benchmark Revolving Credit

Loan, a RFR Revolving Credit Loan or an ABR Revolving Credit Loan, (ii) the date of such Revolving Credit Loan (which shall be a

Business Day) and the amount thereof; (iii) in the case of a Term Benchmark Revolving Credit Loan, the Interest Period with respect

thereto; and (iv) in the case of a Multi-Currency Revolving Loan, the currency in which such Loan shall be denominated.

106

(ii)            Following

receipt of a Borrowing Request, the Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.4

and of each Lender’s pro rata share of the applicable Revolving Credit Loans. In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender

shall make the amount of its Revolving Credit Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s

Office not later than 1:00 p.m. (or, in the case of a Borrowing of ABR Revolving Credit Loans, 3:00 p.m.).

New York City time, on the Business Day specified in the applicable Borrowing Request. Upon satisfaction of the applicable

conditions set forth in Section 4.1, Section 4.2, Section 4.3 or Section 2.14, as applicable,

the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the relevant Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative

Agent either by (A) crediting the account of such Borrower on the books of the Administrative Agent with the amount of such funds

or (B) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative

Agent by such Borrower; provided however, that if, on the date the Borrowing Request with respect to such Borrowing is given by

such Borrower, there are Swingline Loans outstanding or Reimbursement Obligations outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall

be applied, first, to the payment in full of any such Reimbursement Obligations, second, to the payment in full of any such

Swingline Loans and third, to the relevant Borrower as provided above.

(iii)            The

failure of any Lender to make the Revolving Credit Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender

of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Revolving Credit Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible

for the failure of any other Lender to make the Revolving Credit Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

Section 2.5             Repayment

of Loans.

(a)            The

Borrowers shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Appropriate Lenders:

(i)            on

the last Business Day of each fiscal quarter (commencing with the thirteenth fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date) an aggregate

principal amount of the Term A-2 Loans equal to 1.25% of the original principal amount of the Term A-2 Loans outstanding on the Closing

Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments or assignments, including prepayments in accordance

with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.15), and

107

(ii)            on

the last Business Day of each fiscal quarter (commencing with the thirteenth fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date), an aggregate

principal amount of the Dollar Term B-1 Loans equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the Dollar Term B-1 Loans outstanding

on the Closing Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments or assignments, including prepayments

in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.15), and

(iii)            (ii) on

the Maturity Date for each Class of Term Loans, including the Term A-1 Loans and,

the Term A-2 Loans, the Dollar Term B-1 Loans and the Euro Term B-1 Loans,

the aggregate principal amount of all such Term Loans outstanding on such date.

(b)            Each

Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans made to it, in each case on the applicable Revolving

Credit Maturity Date (or such earlier date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate in accordance herewith). Each Loan

shall bear interest from and including the date thereof on the outstanding principal balance thereof as set forth in Section 2.10.

For the avoidance of doubt, subject to Article VIII, each Borrower’s obligations hereunder are and shall be the several

obligations of such Borrower and shall not be the joint and several obligations of the other Borrowers.

Section 2.6             Swingline

Loans.

(a)            Subject

to the terms and conditions hereof and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Swingline Lender agrees,

severally and not jointly, at any time and from time to time on and after the Closing Date and until the earlier of the Business Day immediately

preceding the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the termination of the Swingline Commitment of such Swingline Lender, to make loans (“Swingline

Loans”) in Dollars to any Swingline Borrower bearing interest at a rate equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable

Margin in an aggregate principal amount (in the case of this clause (ii)) not to exceed such Swingline Lender’s Swingline

Commitment; provided, that after giving effect to each Swingline Loan, (A) the Total Revolving Facility Exposure shall not

exceed the Total Revolving Commitment then in effect and (B) the Outstanding Revolving Extensions of Credit of any Revolving Credit

Lender shall not exceed such Revolving Credit Lender’s Commitment unless, in the case of a Swingline Lender, such Swingline Lender

shall otherwise consent. The aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Swingline Loans of any Swingline Lender shall not exceed such

Swingline Lender’s Swingline Commitment and in no event shall the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Swingline Loans

exceed the aggregate Swingline Commitments then in effect. Each Swingline Loan shall be made by the Swingline Lenders ratably in accordance

with their respective Swingline Percentages. The Swingline Loans shall be made in a minimum aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or

an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or an aggregate principal amount equal to the remaining balance of the available

Swingline Commitments). Each Swingline Lender shall make the portion of each Swingline Loan to be made by it available to any Swingline

Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of such Swingline Borrower with the Administrative Agent or a wire transfer,

at the expense of such Swingline Borrower, to an account designated in writing by such Swingline Borrower, in each case by 3:30 p.m.,

New York City time, on the date such Swingline Loan is requested to be made pursuant to paragraph (b) below, in immediately

available funds. Each Swingline Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans on or after the Closing Date and prior to the

Revolving Credit Maturity Date (or such earlier date on which all of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate in accordance herewith)

on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth herein.

108

(b)            The

relevant Swingline Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent written, facsimile or electronic mail notice substantially in the form

of Exhibit C-2 no later than 2:30 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Such notice shall be delivered

on a Business Day, shall be irrevocable and shall refer to this Agreement and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business

Day) and amount of such Swingline Loan. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the Swingline Lenders of any notice received from

any Swingline Borrower pursuant to this paragraph (b).

(c)            In

the event that any Swingline Loan shall be outstanding for more than five Business Days, the Administrative Agent shall, on behalf of

the relevant Swingline Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act on its behalf), request

each Revolving Credit Lender, including the Swingline Lenders, to make an ABR Revolving Credit Loan in an amount equal to such Revolving

Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of the principal amount of such Swingline Loan. Unless an event described in Article VI,

paragraph (f), (g) or (h)  has occurred and is continuing, each Lender will make the proceeds of its Revolving Credit Loan available

to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lenders at the office of the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 noon, New

York City time, in funds immediately available on the Business Day next succeeding the date such notice is given. The proceeds of such

Revolving Credit Loans shall be immediately applied to repay the Swingline Loans.

(d)            A

Swingline Lender that has made an Swingline Loan to a Borrower may at any time and for any reason, so long as Revolving Credit Loans have

not been made pursuant to Section 2.6(c) to repay such Swingline Loan as required by said Section, by written notice

given to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon New York City time on any Business Day, require the Lenders to acquire participations

on such Business Day in all or a portion of such unrefunded Swingline Loans (the “Unrefunded Swingline Loans”), and

each Lender severally, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that it shall purchase an undivided participating interest in such Swingline

Loan in an amount equal to the amount of the Revolving Credit Loan which otherwise would have been made by such Revolving Credit Lender

pursuant to Section 2.6(c), which purchase shall be funded by the time such Revolving Credit Loan would have been required

to be made pursuant to Section 2.6(c). In the event that the Lenders purchase undivided participating interests pursuant to

the first sentence of this paragraph (d), each Lender shall immediately transfer to the Administrative Agent, for the account of

such Swingline Lender, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participation. Any Lender holding a participation in an Unrefunded

Swingline Loan may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing

by the relevant Swingline Borrower to such Revolving Credit Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Revolving Credit Lender had made

a Loan directly to such Swingline Borrower in the amount of such participation.

109

(e)            Whenever,

at any time after any Swingline Lender has received from any Revolving Credit Lender such Revolving Credit Lender’s participating

interest in an Swingline Loan, such Swingline Lender receives any payment on account thereof, such Swingline Lender will promptly distribute

to such Revolving Credit Lender its participating interest in such amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to

reflect the period of time during which such Revolving Credit Lender’s participating interest was outstanding and funded); provided,

however, that in the event that such payment received by such Swingline Lender is required to be returned, such Revolving Credit

Lender will return to such Swingline Lender any portion thereof previously distributed by such Swingline Lender to it.

(f)            Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each Lender’s obligation to make the Revolving Credit Loans referred to in Section 2.6(c) and

to purchase and fund participating interests pursuant to Section 2.6(d) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall

not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right

which such Revolving Credit Lender or any Swingline Borrower may have against any Swingline Lender, any Swingline Borrower or any other

Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default (other than an Event of

Default described in Article VI, paragraph (f), (g) or (h), in the case of each Lender’s obligation

to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.6(c)) or the failure to satisfy any of the conditions specified in Article IV;

(iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (iv) any breach

of this Agreement by any Borrower or any Lender; or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar

to any of the foregoing.

(g)            Upon

written, facsimile or electronic mail notice to the Swingline Lenders and to the Administrative Agent, Parent Borrower may at any time

terminate, from time to time in part reduce, or from time to time (with the approval of the relevant Swingline Lender) increase, the Swingline

Commitment of any Swingline Lender. At any time when there shall be fewer than ten Swingline Lenders, Parent Borrower may appoint from

among the Lenders a new Swingline Lender, subject to the prior consent of such new Swingline Lender and prior notice to the Administrative

Agent, so long as at no time shall there be more than ten Swingline Lenders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement,

(i) if any Swingline Loans shall be outstanding at the time of any termination, reduction, increase or appointment pursuant to the

preceding two sentences, the Swingline Borrowers shall on the date thereof prepay or borrow Swingline Loans to the extent necessary to

ensure that at all times the outstanding Swingline Loans held by the Swingline Lenders shall be pro rata according to the respective

Swingline Commitments of the Swingline Lenders and (ii) in no event may the aggregate Swingline Commitments exceed $300,000,000.

On the date of any termination or reduction of the Swingline Commitments pursuant to this paragraph (g), the Swingline Borrowers

shall pay or prepay so much of the Swingline Loans as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to such termination or reduction,

(i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Swingline Loans of any Swingline Lender will not exceed the Swingline Commitment

of such Swingline Lender and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swingline Loans will not exceed the aggregate

Swingline Commitments.

110

(h)            Each

Swingline Borrower may prepay any Swingline Loan in whole or in part at any time without premium or penalty; provided, that such

Swingline Borrower shall have given the Administrative Agent written, facsimile or electronic mail notice (or telephone notice promptly

confirmed in writing or by facsimile or electronic mail) of such prepayment not later than 10:30 a.m., New York City time, on the Business

Day designated by such Swingline Borrower for such prepayment; and provided further, that each partial payment shall be in an

amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000. Each notice of prepayment under this paragraph (h) shall specify the prepayment

date and the principal amount of each Swingline Loan (or portion thereof) to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable and shall commit such Swingline

Borrower to prepay such Swingline Loan (or portion thereof) in the amount stated therein on the date stated therein. All prepayments

under this paragraph (h) shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the principal amount being prepaid to the date of payment.

Each payment of principal of or interest on Swingline Loans shall be allocated, as between the Swingline Lenders, pro rata in

accordance with their respective Swingline Percentages.

Section 2.7             Letters

of Credit.

(a)            Subject

to the terms and conditions hereof and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Issuing Lender agrees,

at any time and from time to time on or after the Closing Date until the earlier of (i) the fifth Business Day preceding the Revolving

Credit Maturity Date or the Revolving Credit Maturity Date for the Commitments of such Issuing Lender hereunder (as applicable) and (ii) the

termination of the Commitments in accordance with the terms hereof, to issue and deliver or to extend the expiry of Letters of Credit

for the account of any Borrower in an aggregate outstanding undrawn amount which does not exceed the maximum amount specified in the

applicable Issuing Lender Agreement; provided, that (A) in no event shall the Aggregate LC Exposure exceed the Letter of

Credit Sublimit at any time; provided that the Letter of Credit Sublimit may be increased from time to time as agreed between

the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (B) after giving effect to each issuance of a Letter of Credit, (1) the

Total Revolving Facility Exposure shall not exceed the Total Revolving Commitment then in effect and (2) the Outstanding Revolving

Extensions of Credit of any Lender shall not exceed such Revolving Credit Lender’s Commitment unless, in the case of a Swingline

Lender, such Swingline Lender shall otherwise consent. Each Letter of Credit (i) shall be in a form approved in writing by the applicable

Borrower and the applicable Issuing Lender and (ii) shall permit drawings upon the presentation of such documents as shall be specified

by such Borrower in the applicable notice delivered pursuant to paragraph (c) below. The Lenders agree that, subject to compliance

with the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.3, any letter of credit issued by an Issuing Lender may be designated

as a Letter of Credit hereunder from time to time on or after the Closing Date pursuant to the procedures specified in the definition

of “Designated Letters of Credit”.

(b)            Unless

Cash Collateralized or backstopped pursuant to arrangements reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Lender, each Letter of Credit

shall by its terms expire not later than the fifth Business Day preceding the Revolving Credit Maturity Date for the Commitments of the

applicable Issuing Lender hereunder (as applicable). Any Letter of Credit may provide for the renewal thereof for additional periods (which

shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in the preceding sentence). Each Letter of Credit shall by its terms provide for

payment of drawings in Dollars or in a Foreign Currency; provided, that a Letter of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency may

not be issued if, after giving effect thereto, the Dollar equivalent (calculated on the basis of the applicable Foreign

Exchange Rate) of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in Foreign Currencies then outstanding

would exceed the Dollar equivalent of $200,000,000, as determined by the Administrative Agent acting in good faith.

111

(c)            The

applicable Borrower may submit requests for the issuance of Letters of Credit in a form reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing

Lender and shall give the applicable Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent written, facsimile or electronic mail notice not later

than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days (or such shorter period as shall be acceptable to such Issuing Lender) prior to

any proposed issuance of a Letter of Credit. Each such notice shall refer to this Agreement and shall specify (i) the date on which

such Letter of Credit is to be issued (which shall be a Business Day) and the face amount of such Letter of Credit, (ii) the name

and address of the beneficiary, (iii) whether such Letter of Credit is a Financial Letter of Credit or a Non-Financial Letter of

Credit (subject to confirmation of such status by the Administrative Agent), (iv) whether such Letter of Credit shall permit a single

drawing or multiple drawings, (v) the form of the documents required to be presented at the time of any drawing (together with the

exact wording of such documents or copies thereof), (vi) the expiry date of such Letter of Credit (which shall conform to the provisions

of paragraph (b) above) and (vii) if such Letter of Credit is to be in a Foreign Currency, the relevant Foreign Currency.

The Administrative Agent shall give to each Lender prompt written, facsimile or electronic mail advice of the issuance of any Letter of

Credit. Each determination by the Administrative Agent as to whether or not a Letter of Credit constitutes a Financial Letter of Credit

shall be conclusive and binding upon the applicable Borrower and the Lenders. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and

conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by

the applicable Borrower to, or entered into by the applicable Borrower with, the applicable Issuing Lender relating to any Letter of Credit,

the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(d)            By

the issuance of a Letter of Credit and without any further action on the part of the applicable Issuing Lender or the Lenders in respect

thereof, the applicable Issuing Lender hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Lender, a participation

in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage at the time of any drawing thereunder

of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit, effective upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit. In addition, the applicable Issuing

Lender hereby grants to each Revolving Credit Lender, and each Revolving Credit Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Lender, a participation

in each Designated Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage at the time of any drawing

thereunder of the stated amount of such Designated Letter of Credit, effective on the date such Designated Letter of Credit is designated

as a Letter of Credit hereunder. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally

agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Issuing Lender, in accordance with paragraph (f) below,

such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of each unreimbursed LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Lender.

(e)            Each

Lender acknowledges and agrees that its acquisition of participations pursuant to paragraph (d) above in respect of Letters

of Credit shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (i) any

setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Credit Lender or the applicable Borrower may have against

any Issuing Lender, any Borrower or any other Person, for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default

or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the conditions specified in Article IV; (iii) any adverse change

in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the applicable Borrower; (iv) any breach of this Agreement by any Borrower or any Lender;

or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

112

(f)            On

the date on which it shall have ascertained that any documents presented under a Letter of Credit appear to be in conformity with the

terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Lender shall give written, facsimile or electronic mail notice to

the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent of the amount of the drawing and the date on which payment thereon has been or will

be made. If the applicable Issuing Lender shall not have received from the applicable Borrower the payment required pursuant to paragraph

(g) below by 12:00 noon, New York City time, two Business Days after the date on which payment of a draft presented under

any Letter of Credit has been made, such Issuing Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly notify

each Lender, specifying in the notice to each Lender such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of such LC Disbursement.

Each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such second Business Day, such Revolving

Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of such LC Disbursement (which obligation shall be expressed in Dollars only), which

the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Lender. The Administrative Agent will promptly remit to each Lender

such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of any amounts subsequently received by the Administrative Agent from

the applicable Borrower in respect of such LC Disbursement; provided, that (i) amounts so received for the account of any

Lender prior to payment by such Revolving Credit Lender of amounts required to be paid by it hereunder in respect of any LC Disbursement

and (ii) amounts representing interest at the rate provided in paragraph (g) below on any LC Disbursement for the period

prior to the payment by such Revolving Credit Lender of such amounts shall in each case be remitted to the applicable Issuing Lender.

(g)            If

an Issuing Lender shall pay any draft presented under a Letter of Credit, the applicable Borrower shall pay to such Issuing Lender an

amount equal to the amount of such draft (the “Reimbursement Obligations”) before 12:00 noon, New York City time, on

the second Business Day immediately following the date of payment of such draft, together with interest (if any) on such amount at a rate

per annum equal to the interest rate in effect for ABR Loans (or, in the case of Foreign Currency denominated Letters of Credit, the rate

which would reasonably and customarily be charged by such Issuing Lender on outstanding loans denominated in the relevant Foreign Currency)

from (and including) the date of payment of such draft to (but excluding) the date on which such Borrower shall have repaid, or the Lenders

shall have refunded, such draft in full (which interest shall be payable on such second Business Day and from time to time thereafter

on demand until such Borrower shall have repaid, or the Lenders shall have refunded, such draft in full). In the event that such drawing

shall be refunded by the Lenders as provided in Section 2.7(f), the applicable Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent,

for the account of the Lenders, quarterly on the last day of each March, June, September and December, interest on the amount so

refunded at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate in effect for ABR Loans from (and including) the date of such refunding to (but

excluding) the date on which the amount so refunded by the Lenders shall have been paid in full in Dollars by such Borrower. Each payment

made to an Issuing Lender by the applicable Borrower pursuant to this paragraph shall be made at such Issuing Lender’s address for

notices specified herein in lawful money of (x) the United States of America (in the case of payments made on Dollar-denominated

Letters of Credit) or (y) the applicable foreign jurisdiction (in the case of payments on Foreign Currency-denominated Letters of

Credit) and in immediately available funds. The obligation of the applicable Borrower to pay the amounts referred to above in this paragraph

(g) (and the obligations of the Lenders under paragraphs (d) and (f) above) shall be absolute, unconditional

and irrevocable and shall be satisfied strictly in accordance with their terms irrespective of:

(i)            any

lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any Issuing Lender Agreement or of the obligations of any Borrower under

this Agreement or any Issuing Lender Agreement;

113

(ii)            the

existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which any Borrower or any other Person may at any time have against the beneficiary

under any Letter of Credit, the Agents, any Issuing Lender or any Lender (other than the defense of payment in accordance with the terms

of this Agreement or, as it pertains to the Borrowers only, a defense based on the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of

the applicable Issuing Lender) or any other Person in connection with this Agreement or any other transaction;

(iii)            any

draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement

therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; provided, as it pertains to the Borrowers only, that payment by the applicable

Issuing Lender under such Letter of Credit against presentation of such draft or document shall not have constituted gross negligence,

willful misconduct or bad faith by the applicable Issuing Lender;

(iv)            payment

by the applicable Issuing Lender under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document which does not comply in any

immaterial respect with the terms of such Letter of Credit; provided, as it pertains to the Borrowers only, that such payment shall

not have constituted gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith by the applicable Issuing Lender; or

(v)            any

other circumstance or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, as it pertains to the Borrowers

only, that such other circumstance or event shall not have been the result of gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the

applicable Issuing Lender.

It is understood that in making any payment under

a Letter of Credit (x) such Issuing Lender’s exclusive reliance on the documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit

as to any and all matters set forth therein, including reliance on the amount of any draft presented under such Letter of Credit, whether

or not the amount due to the beneficiary thereof equals the amount of such draft and whether or not any document presented pursuant to

such Letter of Credit proves to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect, if such document on its face appears to be in order,

and whether or not any other statement or any other document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit proves to be forged or invalid

or any statement therein proves to be inaccurate or untrue in any respect whatsoever, and (y) any noncompliance in any immaterial

respect of the documents presented under a Letter of Credit with the terms thereof shall, in either case, not, in and of itself, be deemed

gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Issuing Lender.

114

(h)            (i) Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, for purposes of calculating any LC Fee payable in respect of any Business Day, the

Administrative Agent shall convert the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency into

an amount of Dollars based upon the relevant Foreign Exchange Rate in effect for

such day. If on any date the Administrative Agent shall notify the applicable Borrower that, by virtue of any change in the Foreign

Exchange Rate of any Foreign Currency in which a Letter of Credit is denominated, the Total Revolving Facility Exposure

shall exceed the Total Revolving Commitment then in effect, then, within three Business Days after the date of such notice, such Borrower

shall prepay the Revolving Credit Loans and/or the Swingline Loans to the extent necessary to eliminate such excess. Each Issuing Lender

which has issued a Letter of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency agrees to notify the Administrative Agent of the average daily outstanding

amount thereof for any period in respect of which LC Fees are payable and, upon request by the Administrative Agent, for any other date

or period. For all purposes of this Agreement (except as otherwise set forth in Section 2.23), determinations by the Administrative

Agent of the Dollar equivalent of any amount expressed in a Foreign Currency shall be made on the basis of Foreign

Exchange Rates reset monthly (or on such other periodic basis as shall be selected by the Administrative Agent in

its sole discretion) and shall in each case be conclusive absent manifest error.

(ii)            Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.7, prior to demanding any reimbursement from the Lenders pursuant to

Section 2.7(f) in respect of any Letter of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency, the relevant Issuing Lender shall

convert the obligation of the applicable Borrower under Section 2.7(g) to reimburse such Issuing Lender in such Foreign

Currency into an obligation to reimburse such Issuing Lender (and, in turn, the Lenders) in Dollars. The amount of any such converted

obligation shall be computed based upon the relevant Foreign Exchange Rate (as

quoted by the Administrative Agent to such Issuing Lender) in effect for the day on which such conversion occurs.

(iii)            From

and after the Closing Date, each Letter of Credit issued under the Existing Credit Agreement shall be deemed to have been issued under

this Agreement.

(i)            Cash

Collateral Account. At any time and from time to time (i) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default,

the Administrative Agent, at the direction or with the consent of the Required Lenders, may require Parent Borrower, to deliver to the

Administrative Agent such Dollar Amount of cash as is equal to 102% of the aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit at any time

outstanding (whether or not any beneficiary under any Letter of Credit shall have drawn or be entitled at such time to draw thereunder)

and (ii) to the extent any amount of a required prepayment under Section 2.15(b)(i) remains after prepayment of

all outstanding Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations and termination of the Commitments, as contemplated by Section 2.15(d),

the Administrative Agent will retain such amount as may then be required to be retained, such amounts in each case under clauses (i) and

(ii) above to be held by the Administrative Agent in a Cash Collateral Account. The Parent Borrower hereby grants (or, if

registration thereof is required in any applicable jurisdiction, shall grant) to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing

Lenders and the Revolving Credit Lenders, a Lien upon and security interest in the Cash Collateral Account and all amounts held therein

from time to time as security for Letter of Credit Usage, and for application to the Parent Borrower’s Letter of Credit Obligations

as and when the same shall arise. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of

withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest on the investment of such amounts in Unrestricted Cash, which investments shall

be made at the direction of the Parent Borrower (unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in which case the determination

as to investments shall be made at the option and in the discretion of the Administrative Agent), amounts in the Cash Collateral Account

shall not bear interest. Interest and profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. In the event of a drawing,

and subsequent payment by the applicable Issuing Lender, under any Letter of Credit at any time during which any amounts are held in the

Cash Collateral Account, the Administrative Agent will deliver to such Issuing Lender an amount equal to the Reimbursement Obligation

created as a result of such payment (or, if the amounts so held are less than such Reimbursement Obligation, all of such amounts) to reimburse

such Issuing Lender therefor. Any amounts remaining in the Cash Collateral Account after the expiration of all Letters of Credit and reimbursement

in full of each Issuing Lender for all of its obligations thereunder shall be held by the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the

Borrowers, to be applied against the Obligations in such order and manner as the Administrative Agent may direct. If the Parent Borrower

is required to provide Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.7(i), such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid)

shall be returned to the Parent Borrower on demand, provided that after giving effect to such return (A) the sum of (1) the

aggregate principal dollar amount of all Revolving Credit Loans outstanding at such time and (2) the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage

at such time would not exceed the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments at such time and (B) no Event of Default shall have occurred

and be continuing at such time. If any Borrower is required to provide Cash Collateral as contemplated by Section 2.15(d),

such amount shall be returned to the relevant Borrower on demand; provided that, after giving effect to such return, all outstanding

Letters of Credit shall have expired and each Issuing Lender shall have been reimbursed in full for all of its obligations thereunder.

If the Parent Borrower is required to provide Cash Collateral as a result of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied

as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Parent Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

115

Section 2.8             Conversion

and Continuation Options.

(a)            The

Parent Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Term Benchmark Revolving Credit Loans or Term Loans that are Term Benchmark Loans

denominated in Dollars (or, subject to Section 2.10(f), a portion thereof) to ABR Loans on the last day of an Interest Period

with respect thereto by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election. The Parent Borrower may elect from

time to time to convert ABR Revolving Credit Loans or Term Loans that are ABR Loans (subject to Section 2.10(f)) to Term

Benchmark Loans denominated in Dollars by giving the Administrative Agent at least three Business Days’ prior irrevocable notice

of such election. Any such notice of conversion to Term Benchmark Loans shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor.

Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. All or any part of outstanding Term

Benchmark Revolving Credit Loans, Term Loans that are Term Benchmark Loans and ABR Loans may be converted as provided herein; provided,

that no Revolving Credit Loan or Term Loan may be converted into a Term Benchmark Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is

continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such

a conversion.

116

(b)            Any

Term Benchmark Revolving Credit Loans or Term Loans that are Term Benchmark Loans (or, subject to Section 2.10(f), a portion

thereof) may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Parent Borrower

giving irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, not less than three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest

Period with respect thereto, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans; provided, that no Term

Benchmark Revolving Credit Loans or Term Loans that are Term Benchmark Loans may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred

and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit

such a continuation; and provided further, that if the Parent Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above

in this paragraph or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Term Benchmark Loans shall be automatically

converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period (in the case of Multi-Currency Revolving Loans, such Loans

shall be converted to Dollars at the Foreign Exchange Rate on such date before

being converted to ABR Revolving Credit Loans). Upon receipt of any notice from a Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.8(b),

the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower

upon the determination in accordance with this Section 2.8(b), by it or the Required Lenders, not to permit such a continuation.

Section 2.9             Fees.

(a)            Commitment

Fees.

(i)            Pre-Closing

Commitment Fees. Prior to the Closing Date, the Parent Borrower will pay, or cause to be paid, commitment fees to the Administrative

Agent for the ratable account of (subject to the provisions of Section 2.25 with respect to any Defaulting Lenders) (A) each

Lender under each Term A Loan Facility calculated at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate on the daily average

undrawn commitments of such Lender under such Term A Loan Facility, accruing during the period commencing on August 5, 2026 to (but

excluding), and shall be due and payable on, the earlier to occur of (x) the Closing Date and (y) the date of termination of

the commitments with respect to such Term A Loan Facility, and (B) each Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility calculated at

a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate on the daily average undrawn commitments of such Lender under the Revolving

Credit Facility, accruing during the period commencing on December 31, 2026 to (but excluding), and shall be due and payable on,

the earlier to occur of (x) Closing Date and (y) the termination of the commitments with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility.

(ii)            On

and after the Closing Date, the Parent Borrower shall pay commitment fees on the average daily unused portion of the Revolving Credit

Facility calculated at the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate, calculated based upon the actual number of days elapsed over a 360-day year

payable quarterly in arrears.

117

(b)            Upfront

Fees.

(i)            (b) As

consideration for each Lender’s agreement to provide Commitments in respect of the Pro Rata Facilities on the Signing Date, the

Parent Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of each Lender under the Pro Rata Facilities as of

the Signing Date, upfront fees (the “Pro Rata Facilities Upfront

Fees”) in an amount equal to (iA)

with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitments, 0.20% of the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments

on the Signing Date, (iiB)

with respect to the Term A-1 Loan Commitments, 0.30% of the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Term A-1 Loan Commitments

on the Signing Date, and (iiiC)

with respect to the Term A-2 Loan Commitments, 0.30% of the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Term A-2 Loan Commitments

on the Signing Date; provided that (AI)

the Pro Rata Facilities Upfront Fees payable to each Lender

shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the aggregate amount of any fees, credits or fee allocations that such Lender (or any

of its Affiliates) has agreed, whether pursuant to a fee letter, allocation arrangement or otherwise, to credit, allocate or apply against

such Upfront Fees in favor of the Parent Borrower on or prior to the Signing Date, (BI)

the Parent Borrower shall only be required to pay the net amount, if any, after giving effect to such reduction, and (CII)

the Parent Borrower shall not be required to make any separate cash payment in respect of any portion of the Upfront Fees that has been

satisfied through such reduction. The Pro Rata Facilities Upfront

FeeFees

will be earned on the Signing Date and due and payable in full on the earlier of (ix) the

Closing Date and (iiy)

the Closing Date Deadline.

(ii)            As

consideration for each Lender’s agreement to provide Commitments in respect of the Dollar Term B-1 Loan Commitments and fund Dollar

Term B-1 Loans on the Closing Date, the Parent Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of each Lender

under the Dollar Term B-1 Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date, upfront fees (the “Dollar Term B-1 Loan Commitments Upfront

Fee” and, together with the Pro Rata Facilities Upfront Fees, collectively, the “Upfront Fees”) in an amount

equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Dollar Term B-1 Loan Commitments on the Closing Date. The Dollar

Term B-1 Loan Commitments Upfront Fee will be earned on the Closing Date and due and payable in full on the earlier of (I) the Closing

Date and (II) the Closing Date Deadline.

(c)            The

Parent Borrower will pay (i) each Issuing Lender a fronting fee to be agreed between the Parent Borrower and such Issuing Lender

and (ii) the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders a letter of credit participation fee (the “LC Fee”) equal to

the Applicable LC Fee Rate, in each case, on the undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit.

(d)            The

Parent Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the administrative agent’s fees (“Administrative

Agent’s Fees”) provided for in the Administrative Agent Fee Letter at the times provided therein.

(e)            Except

as otherwise provided in Section 2.25 hereof with respect to any Defaulting Lender, each Borrower agrees to pay to each Issuing

Lender, through the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the applicable Issuing Lender Fees, including, without limitation, a fronting

fee at a rate to be determined by the relevant Borrower and the relevant Issuing Lender with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by

such Issuing Lender payable on the 15th day of each April, July, October and January to such Issuing Lender for the period from

and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to, but not including, the termination date of such Letter of Credit.

118

(f)            All

Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate,

among the relevant Lenders or to the Issuing Lenders. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances (other than

to correct errors in payment).

(g)            With

respect to the Term B-1 Loans, at the time of the effectiveness of any Repricing Event that is consummated during the period commencing

on the Closing Date and ending on the day immediately prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Closing Date, the Parent

Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Lender with the applicable Term B-1 Loans that are

either repaid, converted or subjected to a pricing reduction in connection with such Repricing Event (including each Lender that withholds

its consent to such Repricing Event and is replaced as a Non-Consenting Lender under Section 2.22(b)), a fee in an amount equal

to 1.00% (the “Repricing Premium”) of (i) in the case of a Repricing Event described in clause (a) of the

definition thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all applicable Term B-1 Loans prepaid (or converted) in connection with such Repricing

Event and (ii) in the case of a Repricing Event described in clause (b) of the definition thereof, the aggregate principal

amount of all applicable Term B-1 Loans outstanding on such date that are subject to an effective pricing reduction pursuant to such

Repricing Event. Such fees shall be earned, due and payable upon the date of the effectiveness of such Repricing Event. Any waiver of

the Repricing Premium shall require the consent of only the Required Facility Lenders holding the applicable Term B-1 Loans that would

otherwise be subject to the Repricing Premium.

Section 2.10             Interest

on Loans; Term Benchmark Tranches; RFR Tranches; Etc.

(a)            Subject

to the provisions of Section 2.11, (i) Term Benchmark Loans shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual

number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days or, in the case of Term Benchmark Loans denominated in Yen, a year of 365 days) at a rate

per annum equal to (x) in the case of each Term Benchmark Term Loan, the Term SOFR Rate or

EURIBOR Rate, as applicable, for the Interest Period in effect for such Loan plus the Applicable Margin and (y) in the

case of each Term Benchmark Revolving Credit Loan, the Term SOFR Rate, the EURIBOR Rate or the TIBOR Rate, as applicable, for the Interest

Period in effect for such Loan plus the Applicable Margin and (ii) RFR Loans shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual

number of days elapsed over a year of 365 days) at a rate per annum equal to Daily Simple RFR plus the Applicable Margin. The Term SOFR

Rate, the EURIBOR Rate or the TIBOR Rate, as applicable, for each Interest Period or the Daily Simple RFR, as the case may be, shall be

determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall

promptly advise the relevant Borrower and each Lender of such determination and, in the case of RFR Loans, the Administrative Agent shall

advise the relevant Borrower and each Lender of the applicable rate no less than one Business Days before the relevant Interest Payment

Date on which such interest shall be paid.

119

(b)            Subject

to the provisions of Section 2.11, ABR Loans shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed

over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, when determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all

other times) at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin. The Alternate Base Rate shall be determined

by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(c)            Interest

on each Loan shall be payable on each applicable Interest Payment Date.

(d)            Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each borrowing, conversion, continuation, repayment and prepayment of Term Benchmark Revolving

Credit Loans and Term Benchmark Term Loans hereunder and each selection of an Interest Period hereunder in respect of Term Benchmark Revolving

Credit Loans and Term Benchmark Term Loans shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the applicable Borrowing Multiple

and not less than the applicable Borrowing Minimum. Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, in no event shall there be more

than 25 Term Benchmark Tranches outstanding at any time.

(e)            If

no election as to the Type of Revolving Credit Loan or Term Benchmark Term Loans, as applicable, is specified in any notice of borrowing

with respect thereto, then the requested Loan shall be an ABR Loan, unless such request is for a Revolving Credit Loan denominated in

a Multi-Currency. If no Interest Period with respect to a Term Benchmark Revolving Credit Loan or Term Benchmark Term Loans, as applicable,

is specified in any notice of borrowing, conversion or continuation, then the relevant Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest

Period of one month’s duration.

Section 2.11             Default

Interest. (a) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity,

by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is equal to the rate that would otherwise

be applicable thereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.10 plus 2%, (b) if any amount (other than principal of

any Loan) payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration

or otherwise), then upon the request of the Required Lenders (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief

with respect to the Parent Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent or

any Lender) such amount shall thereafter bear interest at an interest rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable

Margin plus 2% and (c)  if all or a portion of any LC Disbursement, any interest payable on any Loan or LC Disbursement or any Fee

or other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue

amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate otherwise applicable to ABR Loans pursuant to Section 2.10(b) plus

2%, in each case, with respect to clauses (a), (b) and (c) above, from the date of such non-payment until

such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).

120

Section 2.12             Alternate

Rate of Interest.

(a)            If

(i) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) (A) prior

to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Term Benchmark Loan denominated in any currency, that by reason of circumstances affecting

the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Term SOFR Rate, the EURIBOR Rate or the TIBOR Rate,

as applicable, for such Interest Period (including because the applicable screen rate is not available or published on a current basis)

or (B) at any time, that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Daily Simple RFR with respect to any RFR

Loan denominated in Sterling, or (ii) the Required Lenders shall have determined and shall have notified the Administrative Agent

that (A) prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Term Benchmark Loan denominated in any currency, that the Term SOFR

Rate, the EURIBOR Rate or the TIBOR Rate, as applicable, determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and

fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining Term Benchmark Loans during

such Interest Period or (B) at any time, that the Daily Simple RFR with respect to any RFR Loan denominated in Sterling will not

adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such borrowing, the Administrative

Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written, facsimile or electronic mail notice of such determination to the Borrowers

and the Lenders. In the event of any such determination, until the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as applicable, shall

have advised other relevant parties hereto that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any request by

a Borrower for a Term Benchmark Revolving Credit Loan or Term Benchmark Term Loan, in each case, denominated in Dollars pursuant to Section 2.4

to be made after such determination shall be deemed to be a request for an ABR Loan, (ii) any request by a Borrower for a Multi-Currency

Revolving Loan or a Term Benchmark Term Loan denominated in Euros to

be made after such determination shall be deemed to be a request for an ABR Loan in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Dollar

equivalent (as determined by the Foreign Exchange Rate on such date) of the relevant

Multi-Currency, (iii) any request by a Borrower for conversion into or a continuation of a Term Benchmark Revolving Credit Loan or

Term Benchmark Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.8 to be made after such determination shall have no force and effect (in the

case of a requested conversion) or shall be deemed to be a request for a conversion into an ABR Loan (in the case of a requested continuation);

provided, that any request for a conversion of a Multi-Currency Revolving Loan or

a Term Benchmark Term Loan denominated in Euros shall be deemed to be a request for a conversion into an ABR Loan in an aggregate

principal amount equal to the Dollar equivalent (as determined by the Foreign Exchange

Rate on such date) of the relevant Multi-Currency and (iv) any outstanding affected RFR Loans denominated in any Foreign Currency

shall, at the relevant Borrower’s election, (A) bear interest at the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Foreign Currency

plus the CBR Spread; provided that the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Foreign Currency can be determined by the Administrative

Agent, (B) be converted into ABR Loans denominated in Dollars (in an amount equal to the Dollar equivalent of such Foreign Currency)

immediately or (C) be repaid in full on the next Business Day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders

hereunder shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

121

(b)            If

at any time the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), or the Parent

Borrower or the Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent (with, in the case of the Required Lenders, a copy to the Parent Borrower)

that the Parent Borrower or the Required Lenders (as applicable) have determined that (i) the circumstances set forth in paragraph

(a) of this Section 2.12 have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary, (ii) the circumstances

set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 2.12 have not arisen but the supervisor for the administrator of the

relevant rate or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a

specific date after which such rate shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans or (iii) syndicated loans currently

being executed, or that include language similar to that contained in this Section 2.12, are being executed or amended (as

applicable) to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace such rate (each, a “Benchmark Transition Event”),

then the Administrative Agent and Parent Borrower shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to the applicable rate that

gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans denominated

in Dollars in the United States at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest

and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable (but, for the avoidance of doubt, such related changes shall not

include a reduction of the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate or Applicable Margin); provided that, if such alternate rate of interest

shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary

in Section 9.8, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement

so long as the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within 10 Business Days of the date a copy of such amendment is provided

to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that the Required Lenders object to such amendment.

Section 2.13             Termination

and Reduction of Commitments.

(a)            Upon

at least three Business Days’ prior irrevocable written, facsimile or electronic mail notice to the Administrative Agent, Parent

Borrower may at any time in whole permanently terminate, or from time to time in part permanently reduce, the Commitments; provided,

however, that (i) each partial reduction of the Commitments shall be in a minimum principal amount of $5,000,000 and in integral

multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (ii) no such termination or reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments shall be made

if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Credit Loans made on the effective date thereof, (x) the

Outstanding Revolving Extensions of Credit of any Lender would exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect unless,

in the case of a Swingline Lender, such Swingline Lender shall otherwise consent or (y) the Total Revolving Facility Exposure would

exceed the Total Revolving Commitment then in effect. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant

to this Section 2.13(a).

(b)            Except

as otherwise provided in Section 2.22, (i) each

reduction in the Term A Loan Commitments or Revolving Credit Commitments

hereunder shall be made ratably among the Lenders holding such Class of Commitments in accordance with their respective Term

A Loan Commitments or Revolving Credit Commitments, and (ii) each

reduction in the Term B-1 Loan Commitments hereunder may either be made ratably among the Lenders holding such Class of Commitments

in accordance with their respective Term B-1 Loan Commitments or non-ratably (with the consent of only the applicable Lender subject to

the requirements of Section 2.15(a)(iii)(B) for non-ratable prepayments of Term B-1 Loans). Parent Borrower agrees

to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Lenders,

on the date of termination or reduction of the Commitments, the Commitment Fees on the amount of the Commitments so terminated or reduced

accrued through the date of such termination or reduction.

122

(c)            Upon

a decrease, pursuant to Section 2.13(a) or Section 2.13(b), in the Revolving Credit Commitments, Parent Borrower

may decrease the Total Multi-Currency Sublimit and/or the Multi-Currency Sublimit with respect to any or all Multi-Currencies, in each

case in a minimum principal amount of the Dollar equivalent of $5,000,000 and in integral multiples of the Dollar equivalent of $1,000,000

in excess thereof. No such termination or reduction shall be made if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving

Credit Loans made on the effective date thereof, (i) the Multi-Currency Sublimit with respect to each applicable Multi-Currency would

be less than the Multi-Currency Revolving Loans outstanding in such Multi-Currency at such time or (ii) the Total Multi-Currency

Sublimit would be less than the outstanding principal amount of Multi-Currency Revolving Loans at such time.

(d)            Unless

previously terminated, the Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date; provided that the

foregoing will not release any Revolving Credit Lender from any such obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrowers, or acquire

or fund participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans, in each case that was required to be performed on or prior to the Revolving

Credit Maturity Date. Unless previously terminated, the Term A-1 Loan Commitments shall terminate on the earlier of the Closing Date

and the Termination Date. Unless previously terminated, the Term A-2 Loan Commitments shall terminate on the earlier of the Closing Date

and the Termination Date. Unless previously terminated, the Term B-1

Loan Commitments shall terminate on the earlier of the Closing Date and the Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

if the Closing Date has not occurred prior to the Closing Date Deadline, then all Term A-1 Loan Commitments, Term A-2 Loan Commitments,

Term B-1 Loan Commitments and Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder shall immediately and automatically terminate at the

Closing Date Deadline.

Section 2.14             Incremental

Borrowings.

(a)            The

Parent Borrower (or, subject to the satisfaction of customary know-your-customer requirements of the Administrative Agent and the relevant

lenders under the applicable Incremental Facility and/or any Subsidiary Borrower) shall have the right at any time and from time to time,

on one or more occasions, by notice to the Administrative Agent, (i) at any time on or prior to the Closing Date, add one or more

additional tranches of Term Loans constituting Permanent Financing subject to the Permanent Financing Cap (the “Permanent Financing

Incremental Facilities”) and (ii) after the Closing Date, (A) increase the aggregate principal amount of any outstanding

tranche of Term A Loans or Term B Loans (such increase, an “Incremental Increase”) or add one or more additional tranches

of Term A Loans or Term B Loans (including in the form of a delayed draw term facility) under the Loan Documents (such tranches, an “Incremental

Term A Facility” or “Incremental Term B Facility”, respectively, and together, the “Incremental

Term Facilities”; and the term loans made thereunder, the “Incremental Term A Loan” or “Incremental

Term B Loan”, respectively, and together, the “Incremental Term Loans”) or (B) increase the aggregate

principal amount of Revolving Credit Commitments or add one or more additional revolving loan facilities (including letter of credit

and swingline facilities) under the Loan Documents (the “Incremental Revolving Facilities” and the revolving loans

and other extensions of credit made thereunder, the “Incremental Revolving Loans”; each such increase or tranche pursuant

to clauses (i) and (ii), an “Incremental Facility” and the loans or other extensions of credit

made thereunder, the “Incremental Loans”).

(b)            Ranking.

Incremental Facilities (i) may rank either pari passu or junior in right of payment with the Pro Rata Facilities and

the Term B-1 Loan Facility, and (ii) may either be unsecured or secured by a Permitted Lien (including by Liens on the

Collateral that are pari passu with or junior in priority to Liens that secure any of the Facilities).

123

(c)            Size

and Currency. The aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities on any date that Indebtedness thereunder is first incurred

(or at the election of the relevant Borrower, the date that commitments with respect thereto are received in the case of a revolving or

delayed draw facility), together with the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Equivalent Debt and other Incremental Facilities outstanding

on such date, will not exceed, an amount equal to,

(i)            the

Permanent Financing Cap, plus

(ii)            the

Fixed Incremental Amount, plus

(iii)            the

Ratio Incremental Amount,

as of any date of measurement, the sum of the

Permanent Financing Cap, the Fixed Incremental Amount and the Ratio Incremental Amount on such date, (the “Incremental Amount”).

Calculation of the Incremental Amount shall be made on Pro Forma Basis and evidenced by a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the

relevant Borrower demonstrating such calculation in reasonable detail. Each Incremental Facility will be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000

and in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $10,000,000 (or such lesser minimum amount approved by the Administrative Agent

in its reasonable discretion); provided that such amount may be less than such minimum amount or integral multiple amount if such

amount represents all the remaining availability under the Incremental Amount at such time. Any Incremental Facility may be denominated

in Dollars or in any Foreign Currency (and in the case of any Foreign Currency, the Dollar Amount thereof as of the date of incurrence

(or, in the case of an LCT Election, as of the applicable LCT Test Date) shall be controlling for purposes of determining compliance with

the Incremental Amount, and the minimum amount and integral multiples shall be a Dollar Amount of $10,000,000 or $1,000,000, respectively

(or, in each case, such lesser minimum amount approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion)).

(d)            Incremental

Lenders. Incremental Facilities may be provided by any existing Lender (it being understood that no existing Lender shall have an

obligation to make, or provide commitments with respect to, an Incremental Loan) or by any Eligible Assignees who will become Lenders.

While existing Lenders may (but are not obligated to unless invited to and so elect) participate in any syndication of an Incremental

Facility and may (but are not obligated to unless invited to and so elect) become lenders with respect thereto, the existing Lenders will

not have any right to participate in any syndication of, and will not have any right of first refusal or other right to provide all or

any portion of, any Incremental Facility or Incremental Loan except to the extent the Parent Borrower and the arrangers thereof, if any,

in their discretion, chose to invite or include any such existing Lender (which may or may not apply to all existing Lenders and may or

may not be pro rata among existing Lenders). Final allocations in respect of Incremental Facilities will be made by the Parent Borrower

together with the arrangers thereof, if any, in their discretion, on the terms permitted by this Section 2.14; provided

that the lenders providing the Incremental Facilities will be reasonably acceptable to (i) the Parent Borrower, (ii) the Administrative

Agent and (iii) solely with respect to any Incremental Revolving Facility, each Issuing Lender and each Swingline Lender (but, in

the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), only to the extent such Person otherwise would have a consent right to an assignment

of such loans or commitments to such lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). For

the avoidance of doubt, any Affiliated Lender that provides any Incremental Term B Loans shall be subject to the limitations on Affiliated

Lenders set forth in Section 9.4(k) (including the Affiliated Lender Term B-1 Loan Cap, as applicable).

124

(e)            Incremental

Facility Amendments; Use of Proceeds. Each Incremental Facility will become effective pursuant to an amendment (each, an “Incremental

Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by any Borrower under such Incremental

Facility, Parent Borrower and each Person providing such Incremental Facility. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender

as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Amendment. Incremental Amendments may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such

amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary, advisable or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of

the Parent Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.14 and, to the

extent practicable, as may be necessary or advisable to make an Incremental Loan fungible (including for U.S. federal income tax purposes)

with other Loans (subject to the limitations under sub-clause (g) of this Section 2.14). Without limiting

the foregoing, an Incremental Amendment may (i) extend or add “call protection” to any existing tranche of Term Loans

and (ii) amend the schedule of amortization payments relating to any existing tranche of Term Loans, including amendments to Section 2.5(a) (provided

that any such amendment shall not decrease any amortization payment to any Lender that would have otherwise been payable to such Lender

prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Incremental Amendment), in the case of each clause (i) and (ii),

so that such Incremental Term Loans and the applicable existing Term Loans form the same Class of Term Loans. Each of the parties

hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as applicable,

will be amended to the extent necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Facility and the Incremental Term Loans

evidenced thereby. Incremental Amendments may be amended with the consent of only the Parent Borrower and each Person providing such Incremental

Facility to include terms that could have originally been included in such Incremental Amendment. This Section 2.14 shall

supersede any provisions in Section 9.8 to the contrary. The Borrowers may use the proceeds of the Incremental Loans for any

purpose not prohibited by this Agreement.

(f)            Conditions.

The availability of

(i)            Incremental

Facilities pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be subject solely to the following conditions, subject to Section 1.4,

measured on the date of the initial borrowing under such Incremental Facility:

(A)            no

Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, provided that the condition set forth in this clause (A) may

be waived or not required (other than with respect to Specified Events of Default) by the Persons providing such Incremental Facilities

if the initial borrowing thereunder will be incurred in connection with any acquisition (including the

Acquisition and including by way of merger), investment (including the assumption or incurrence of Indebtedness), Disposition,

or repayment, repurchase, defeasance or refinancing of Indebtedness ; and

125

(B)            each

of the representations and warranties made by each Borrower in Article III shall be true and correct in all material respects

(except for representations and warranties that are already qualified by materiality, which representations and warranties shall be true

and correct in all respects) immediately prior to, and after giving effect to, the incurrence of such Incremental Facility, except to

the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date in which case such representations and warranties shall

be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, provided that the condition set forth in this clause (B) may

be waived or not required by the Persons providing such Incremental Facilities if the initial borrowing thereunder will be incurred in

connection with an investment.

(ii)            Permanent

Financing Incremental Facilities shall be subject solely to conditions, subject to Section 1.4, measured on the Closing Date

substantially the same as, and no more onerous from the perspective of the Parent Borrower than, those conditions set forth in Section 4.1

and Section 4.2, but which shall be updated to reflect the Permanent Financing Incremental Facilities.

(g)            Terms.

Each Incremental Amendment will set forth the amount and terms of the relevant Incremental Facility. The terms of each Incremental Facility

will be as agreed between any Borrower under such Incremental Facility, Parent Borrower and the Persons providing such Incremental Facility;

provided that:

(i)            the

scheduled final maturity date of (A) any Incremental Term Facility will be no earlier than the scheduled final maturity date for

the Latest Term A-2 Loan Maturity Date (without

the consent of the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders) or the Latest Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date (without the consent of the Required

Term B-1 Lenders); provided that this clause (i) shall not apply to the incurrence of any Incremental

Term Loans pursuant to the Inside Maturity Exception and (B) any Incremental Revolving Facility will be no earlier than the Revolving

Credit Maturity Date (without the consent of the Required Revolving Credit

Lenders);

(ii)            the

Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Incremental Term Facility will be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity

of the Term A-2 Loans (without the consent of the Required Pro Rata Facilities

Lenders) or the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B-1 Loans (without the consent of the Required Term B-1 Lenders);

provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the incurrence of any Incremental Term Loans pursuant to the Inside

Maturity Exception;

(iii)            any

mandatory prepayment of Incremental Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or a less than pro rata basis (but not

on a greater than pro rata basis) in any mandatory repayments of the Closing Date Term A Loans and

the Term B-1 Loans, other than (A) any repayment of such Incremental Term Loans at maturity and (B) any greater than

pro rata repayment of such Incremental Term Loans with the proceeds of a Permitted Refinancing thereof;

126

(iv)            (A) to

the extent secured by a Lien on assets of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiary, any such Incremental Facility shall

not be secured by any Lien on any asset of such Person that does not also secure the Pro Rata Facilities,

as applicable, (except (1) customary cash collateral in favor of an agent,

letter of credit issuer or similar “fronting” lender, (2) Liens on assets applicable only to periods after the Term A-2

Loan Maturity Date and (3(without

the consent of the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders) or the Latest Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date (without the consent of the Required

Term B-1 Lenders), (3) with the consent of only the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders, Liens on Excluded Property, and (4) any

Liens on assets to the extent that a Lien on such asset is also added for the benefit of the Lenders under the Pro Rata Facilities and

the Term B-1 Loan Facility, as applicable for so long as such Liens secure such Incremental Facility);

and (B) to the extent guaranteed by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any such Incremental Facility shall

not be guaranteed by any such Person that is not (or is not required to be) a Guarantor (except for

(1) for guarantees by other Persons that are applicable only to

periods after the Term A-2 Loan Maturity Date and (2)(without

the consent of the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders) or the Latest Term B-1 Loan Maturity Date (without the consent of the Required

Term B-1 Lenders), (2) with the consent of only the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders, guarantees by an Excluded Subsidiary, and

(3) guarantees by any such Person guaranteeing such Incremental Term Facilities or Incremental Revolving Facilities, as

applicable, that also guarantees the Pro Rata Facilities and the Term

B-1 Loan Facility, as applicable, for so long as

such Person guarantees such Incremental Facility);

(v)            the

all-in yieldAll-In

Yield (excluding any fees payable to any lead arranger, bookrunner, manager or similar person (or its affiliates) in connection

with the commitment or syndication thereof, ticking fees, unused line fees, fees of the type not paid or payable generally by or on behalf

of any Borrower under such Incremental Facility to lenders in the syndication thereof, fees not paid or payable by or on behalf of such

Borrower to all lenders and any structuring, amendment, consent, commitment, arrangement and underwriting fees and other similar fees,

collectively, the “Non-Lender Fees”) applicable to any Incremental Term Facility, or any Incremental Revolving Facility,

will be determined by the relevant Borrower and the lenders providing such Incremental Facility; provided

that, unless otherwise agreed by the Required Dollar Term B-1 Lenders or the Required Euro Term B-1 Lenders, as applicable (which may

be given before or after incurrence of the applicable Incremental Term B Loans), in the event that the All-In Yield applicable to any

Incremental Term B Loans (other than any Excluded Incremental Facility) incurred during the first six (6) months following the Closing

Date exceeds the All-In Yield for the Dollar Term B-1 Loans or Euro Term B-1 Loans, as applicable, by more than 100 basis points, then

the interest rate margins for the Dollar Term B-1 Loans or Euro Term B-1 Loans, as applicable, shall be increased to the extent necessary

so that the All-In Yield for the Dollar Term B-1 Loans or Euro Term B-1 Loans, as applicable, is equal to the All-In Yield for the Incremental

Term B Loans minus 100 basis points (the “MFN Provision”);

(vi)            each

Incremental Increase shall be on the same terms (other than OID and upfront fees and Non-Lender Fees) and pursuant to the same documentation

applicable to the facility which is being increased; and

127

(vii)            except

as otherwise set forth herein, all other terms of any Incremental Facility shall be on terms and pursuant to documentation to be determined

by the Parent Borrower and the providers of such Incremental Facility (it being understood that to the extent that any financial maintenance

covenant is added for the benefit of any Incremental Facility that is

a term loan “A” facility, such financial maintenance covenant shall also be added for the benefit of any corresponding

existingthen-existing Pro Rata Facility

(but not any other Facility, including the Term B-1 Loan Facility and

any other Incremental Term B Loan Facility) that has the benefit of a financial maintenance covenant prior to the incurrence of such Incremental

Facility, and no consent shall be required therefor from the Administrative Agent or any Lender); provided that the

operational and agency provisions applicable to each Incremental Facility shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(h)            Adjustments

to Revolving Credit Loans. Upon each increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.14,

(i)            each

Revolving Credit Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each

lender providing a portion of such increase (each an “Incremental Revolving Facility Lender”), and each such Incremental

Revolving Facility Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Revolving Credit Lender’s

participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit and outstanding Swingline Loans such that, after giving effect to each such

deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding participations hereunder in Letters of

Credit and participations hereunder in Swingline Loans held by each Revolving Credit Lender will equal the percentage of the aggregate

Revolving Credit Commitments of all Lenders represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments; and

(ii)            if,

on the date of such increase, there are any Revolving Credit Loans outstanding, such Revolving Credit Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness

of such Incremental Revolving Facility be prepaid from the proceeds of Incremental Revolving Loans made hereunder (reflecting such increase

in Revolving Credit Commitments), which prepayment shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the Revolving Credit Loans being prepaid

and any costs incurred by any Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with Section 2.10.

(i)            Notwithstanding

anything herein to the contrary, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree and acknowledge that (i) the terms of any Permanent Financing

Incremental Facility shall be as determined solely by the Parent Borrower, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the lenders thereunder and the

Incremental Amendment with respect to such Permanent Financing Incremental Facilities shall only require the consent of the lenders providing

such Permanent Financing Incremental Facility (and not the consent of any other Lender) and (ii) this Agreement and the other Loan

Documents may be amended to incorporate all terms of any such Permanent Financing Incremental Facility in a manner that is not adverse

to the Pro Rata Facilities Lenders and the Term B-1 Lenders (which,

for the avoidance of doubt, may include, without limitation, changes to the covenants, the addition of mandatory prepayments and modifications

to the assignment provisions as relate to such Permanent Financing Incremental Facility) solely with the consent of the Parent Borrower,

the Joint Lead Arrangers and the lenders providing such Permanent Financing Incremental Facility.

128

The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby

agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement

shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to this Section 2.14.

Section 2.15             Prepayments.

(a)            Optional.

(i)            On

and after the Closing Date, the relevant Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans of

any Class, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (except

as set forth in Section 2.9(g) with respect to Term B-1 Loans, as applicable), upon giving irrevocable written, facsimile

or electronic mail notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written, facsimile or electronic mail notice) to the Administrative

Agent: (i) before 3:00 p.m., New York City time, two Business Days prior to prepayment, in the case of Term Benchmark Loans and RFR

Loans, and (ii) before 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on to the date of such prepayment, in the case of ABR Loans. Such notice shall

specify the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Term Benchmark Loans, RFR Loans, ABR Loans or a combination

thereof, and, if of a combination thereof, the amount allocable to each,

and may be conditioned on the occurrence of any transaction or event. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent

shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on

the date specified therein, together with (except in the case of ABR Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Each

partial prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to a whole multiple of the Borrowing Multiple

applicable to the currency in which such Revolving Credit Loans are denominated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in

this Agreement, the relevant Borrower may rescind, in whole or in part, any notice of prepayment delivered pursuant to this Section 2.15(a)(i),

if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all or a portion of the applicable Facility which refinancing shall not be

consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.

(ii)            The

amount of any voluntary prepayment of Term Loans of any Class shall be applied to scheduled principal payments due with respect to

such Term Loans following such prepayment (including any amortization payments) in a manner determined by the Parent Borrower and notified

to the Administrative Agent, and absent notice of such determination being given to the Administrative Agent, in direct order of maturity

of such principal payments.

129

(iii)            Notwithstanding

anything in any Loan Document to the contrary (including Section 2.19) as an alternative to any ability to make an assignment

that may be permitted by the Loan Documents,

(A)            any

Borrower may voluntarily prepay the outstanding Loans of a Defaulting Lender or a Disqualified Lender on a non-pro rata basis.;

and

(B)            any

Borrower shall be permitted to make voluntary prepayments of any Term B-1 Loans held by any Lender on a non-pro rata basis at,

above or below par (with respect to any such prepayment at or below par, with the consent of only such Lender, and may do so only with

such consent and, with respect to any other prepayments, without the consent of any Person), including through open market purchases,

bilateral arrangements, privately negotiated arrangements, exchange offers (including for cash, other property, Equity Interests or other

Indebtedness), and other transactions with one or more Lenders, in each case, so long as (1) no Specified Event of Default has occurred

and is continuing, or would result immediately after giving effect to any such prepayment, and (2) no proceeds of Revolving Loans

are utilized to finance such prepayment pursuant to this clause (B), and

(C)            any

Borrower may voluntarily prepay Term B Loans of one or more Classes below par on a non-pro rata basis in accordance with the auction

procedures set forth on Exhibit L;

provided

that any assignment of Loans pursuant to Section 9.4(m) shall be deemed not

to constitute a voluntary prepayment; provided only that such assignments shall be applied to scheduled principal payments pursuant

to clause (ii) above as if they were voluntary prepayments.

(b)            Mandatory.

(i)            Asset

Sales. On and after the Closing Date, if the Parent Borrower or any Loan Party Disposes of,

(A)            with

respect to the Closing Date Term A Loans, the Term B-1 Loans and other Term Loans (unless such prepayment is not required pursuant to

the terms of such other Term Loans), any property or assets constituting Collateral pursuant to the General Asset Sale Basket

(other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), and

(B)            which

results in the receipt by the Parent Borrower or any Loan Party of Net Cash Proceeds, the Parent Borrower shall prepay on or prior to

the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date

of the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds in excess of the greater of (x) $5,000,000,000 and (y) a Closing Date Metric percentage

of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any transaction or series of related transactions, subject to Section 2.15(b)(iii) and

Section 2.15(b)(iv), an aggregate principal amount of Closing Date Term A Loans,

Term B-1 Loans and any other Term Loans (unless such prepayment is not required pursuant to the terms of such other Term Loans)

equal to the Asset Sale Prepayment Percentage of such Net Cash Proceeds realized or received; provided that if at the time that

any such prepayment would be required, the Parent Borrower is required to repay or repurchase or to offer to repurchase or repay other

Pari Passu Lien Debt pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness with the proceeds of such Disposition (such

Pari Passu Lien Debt required to be repaid or repurchased or to be offered to be so repaid or repurchased, “Other Applicable

Indebtedness”), then the Parent Borrower may apply such Net Cash Proceeds on a pro rata basis (or less than pro rata

basis) to the prepayment of the Term Loans and to the repayment or repurchase of Other Applicable Indebtedness, and the amount of

prepayment of the Term Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant to this Section 2.15(b)(i) shall be reduced

accordingly (for purposes of this proviso, pro rata

basis shall be determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness

at such time, with it being agreed that the portion of such net proceeds allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness shall not exceed

the amount of such net proceeds required to be allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining

amount, if any, of such net proceeds shall be allocated to the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof); provided further that

to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such indebtednessIndebtedness

repurchased or prepaid, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within ten Business Days after the date of such rejection)

be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof; provided further that no prepayment shall be required

pursuant to this Section 2.15(b)(i) with respect to such portion of such Net Cash Proceeds that the Parent Borrower intends

to or may reinvest in accordance with this Section 2.15(b)(i).

130

If any Net Cash Proceeds realized

or received in any Disposition are subject to the application of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15(b)(i), at the

option of the Parent Borrower or any Loan Party, the Parent Borrower or any Loan Party may (in lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to

the foregoing provisions) elect,

(A) (I) to

reinvest an amount equal to all or any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds in the business of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,

including in any assets (including, without limitation, content assets and related rights) used or useful for the business of the Parent

Borrower and its Subsidiaries (which shall be include, without limitation, Capital

Expenditures and related transactions expenses) within 540 days following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or if the Parent Borrower

or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds within 540 days following

receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, no later than 180 days after the end of such 540-day period; provided that if any portion of

such amount is not so reinvested by such dates, subject to Section 2.15(b)(ii) and Section 2.15(b)(iv) an

amount equal to the Asset Sale Prepayment Percentage of such portion of such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied within five (5) Business

Days after such dates to the prepayment of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness as set forth above, or

(B) (II) to

apply such Net Cash Proceeds to repay Indebtedness of non-Loan Parties or make optional repayments of Term A Loans or

Term B-1 Loans open to all Lenders on a pro rata basis at not less than par within 540 days following receipts of such Net

Cash Proceeds;

131

provided

further, that the Parent Borrower may elect to deem expenditures that otherwise would be permissible as a reinvestment of such

Net Cash Proceeds under clause (A) above or any such prepayment described in clause (B) above that occurred

prior to the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to have been reinvested in accordance with this paragraph if such expenditures or prepayment

were made no earlier than the earlier of the execution of a definitive agreement or letter of intent for the Disposition giving rise to

such Net Cash Proceeds. Without limiting the obligation of the Parent Borrower set forth in this Section 2.15(b)(i) with

respect to a potential mandatory prepayment of Loans, Net Cash Proceeds received by the Parent Borrower or any Loan Party as a result

of a Disposition described in this Section 2.15(b)(i) may be applied to any transaction not prohibited by the Loan Documents

during the 540-day period following their receipt.

(ii)            Excess

Cash Flow. Within five (5) Business Days after the date on which a Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered pursuant

to Section 5.1(g) in respect of the audited financial statements that are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b),

commencing with the first full fiscal year ending after the Closing Date, the Parent Borrower shall, subject to Section 2.15(b)(iii) and

Section 2.15(b)(iv), prepay an aggregate principal amount of Term B-1 Loans equal to:

(A)            the

ECF Prepayment Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, if any, for the fiscal year covered by such financial statements, minus

(B)            the

sum of

(a)            all

voluntary prepayments of Term Loans and any other Pari Passu Lien Debt (including (A) those made through debt buybacks by the Parent

Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and in the case of below-par repurchases, in an amount equal to the discounted amount actually

paid in cash in respect of such below-par repurchase, and (B) cash payments by the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.22

or other applicable “yank-a-bank” provisions (solely to the extent the applicable Term Loans or other Pari Passu Lien Debt

is retired instead of assigned));

(b)            all

voluntary payments and prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans and any other revolving facility, Letters of Credit or other similar facility,

in each case if and to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent reduction in commitments;

(c)            all

voluntary prepayments, repurchases and redemptions of Junior Lien Debt (including those made through debt buybacks and in the case of

below-par repurchases in an amount equal to the discounted amount actually paid in cash in respect of such below-par repurchase);

(d)            all

voluntary prepayments, repurchases and redemptions of Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries that is (I) secured

by Liens on Excluded Property, (II) secured by Liens on assets that are not Collateral, or (III) unsecured (including those

made through debt buybacks and in the case of below-par repurchases in an amount equal to the discounted amount actually paid in cash

in respect of such below-par repurchase);

132

(e)            to

the extent the Parent Borrower elects not to have such amounts reduce Excess Cash Flow, the amount of Capital Expenditures or acquisitions

of intellectual property, reorganizations, restructurings and costs-saving initiatives, and capitalized software expenditures accrued

or made in cash during such period to the extent not financed with the proceeds of Funded Debt;

(f)            to

the extent the Parent Borrower elects not to have such amounts reduce Excess Cash Flow, the amount of investments permitted hereunder,

including acquisition transactions (in each case, including costs and expenses related thereto), made during such period to the extent

not financed with the proceeds of Funded Debt; and

(g)            cash

payments in respect of purchase price holdbacks, earn-out obligations and other long-term liabilities, reductions in other debt (including

Capitalized Leases), cash taxes in excess of amounts actually deducted from Consolidated Net Income, rental payments and tax payments;

in

each case of the foregoing, made during such fiscal year and, at the option of the Parent Borrower, (A) made prior to the date of

such Excess Cash Flow prepayment (without duplication in any other Excess Cash Flow period), (B) which are committed, planned or

budgeted to be made during such fiscal year or prior to the date of such Excess Cash Flow prepayment, or (C) (1) with respect

to clauses (e) and (f) above, that are committed, planned or budgeted to be made within the following 24 months and (2) with

respect to clauses (a) through (d) and (g) above, cash expenditures that are committed, planned or budgeted to be made

within the following 12 months (this clause (C), “Planned Expenditures”); provided that

A. no such prepayments will be required if the amount

of such payment would be equal to or less than the greater of (a) $5,000,000,000 and (b) a Closing Date Metric percentage of

TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, and only amounts in excess of such threshold will be subject to prepayment under this Section 2.15(b)(ii).

B. if any such prepayment is less than $0, the amount

by which such payment is less than zero shall be carried forward to succeeding fiscal years to be deducted from the amount required to

be prepaid pursuant to this Section 2.15(b)(ii); and

133

C. if at the time that any such prepayment would be required,

any Borrower is required to repay or repurchase or to offer to repurchase or repay Pari Passu Lien Debt pursuant to the terms of the documentation

governing such Indebtedness with all or a portion of such Excess Cash Flow (such Pari Passu Lien Debt required to be repaid or repurchased

or to be offered to be so repaid or repurchased, “Other Applicable ECF Indebtedness”), then the Parent Borrower may

apply such Excess Cash Flow on a pro rata basis to the prepayment of the Term B-1 Loans and to the repayment or re-purchase of

Other Applicable ECF Indebtedness, and the amount of prepayment of the Term B-1 Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant

to this Section 2.15(b)(ii) shall be reduced accordingly (for purposes of this proviso, pro rata basis shall be determined

on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term B-1 Loans and Other Applicable ECF Indebtedness at such time, with

it being agreed that the portion of Excess Cash Flow allocated to the Other Applicable ECF Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of

such Excess Cash Flow required to be allocated to the Other Applicable ECF Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining

amount, if any, of such net proceeds shall be allocated to the Term B-1 Loans in accordance with the terms hereof).

(iii)            (ii) Application

of Payments. (A) Except as may otherwise be set forth in any Refinancing Amendment or any Incremental Amendment, each prepayment

of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(i) shall be applied ratably to each Class of Term Loans then outstanding,

(B) with respect to each Class of Loans (other than Revolving Credit Loans or Swingline Loans), each prepayment pursuant to

clause (i) of this Section 2.15(b) shall be applied to remaining scheduled installments of principal

thereof following the date of prepayment as directed by the Parent Borrower and specified in the notice of prepayment (and absent such

direction, in direct order of maturity of the remaining installments under the applicable Class of Loans), and (C) each such

prepayment shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective pro rata shares of such prepayment.

(iv)            (iii) Foreign

and Tax Considerations. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 2.15(b),

(A)            to

the extent that any or all of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Disposition by a Foreign Subsidiary (or a Domestic Subsidiary of a Foreign

Subsidiary) giving rise to a prepayment event pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(i) (a “Foreign Disposition”)

are prohibited or delayed by applicable local law from being repatriated to the United States, the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds so

affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in this Section 2.15(b) but may

be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary so long as the applicable local law will not permit repatriation to the United States,

and

(B)            to

the extent that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation to the United States of any or all of the Net Cash

Proceeds of any Foreign Disposition of a Foreign Subsidiary would have material adverse tax consequences (relative to the relevant Foreign

Disposition and taking into account any foreign tax credit or benefit actually realized in connection with such repatriation) with respect

to such Net Cash Proceeds, the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at

the times provided herein and may instead be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary.

134

(v)            (iv) Mandatory

Prepayment Procedures; Declining Lenders. The Parent Borrower shall give notice to the Administrative Agent of any mandatory prepayment

of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.15(b) by 11:00 a.m. at least three Business Days (or such shorter period as reasonably

agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior to the date on which such payment is due. Such notice shall state that the Parent Borrower is

offering to make or will make such mandatory prepayment on or before the date specified in Section 2.15(b), as the case may

be (each, a “Prepayment Date”). Once given, such notice shall be irrevocable (provided that the Parent Borrower

may rescind any notice of prepayment if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all or any portion of the applicable

Facility or been made in connection with a Disposition, which refinancing or Disposition shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be

delayed) and all amounts subject to such notice shall be due and payable on the Prepayment Date (except as otherwise provided in Section 2.15(b)(iii) and

in the last sentence of this Section 2.15(b)(iv)). Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative

Agent shall immediately give notice to each Lender of the prepayment, the Prepayment Date and of such Lender’s pro rata share of

the prepayment. Each Lender may elect (in its sole discretion) to decline all (but not less than all) of its pro rata share of any mandatory

prepayment by giving notice of such election in writing to the Administrative Agent by 11:00 a.m., on the date that is one Business Day

after the date of such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent regarding such prepayment. If a Lender fails to

deliver a notice of election declining receipt of its pro rata share of such mandatory prepayment to the Administrative Agent within the

time frame specified above, any such failure will be deemed to constitute an acceptance of such Lender’s pro rata share of the total

amount of such mandatory prepayment of Term Loans. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall

immediately notify the Parent Borrower of such election. Any amount so declined by any Lender shall be retained by the Parent Borrower

and the Restricted Subsidiaries and/or applied by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in any manner not inconsistent

with the terms of this Agreement.

(c)            Application

of Prepayment Amounts. In the event that the obligation of the Parent Borrower to prepay the Loans shall arise pursuant to Section 2.15(b),

the Parent Borrower shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Closing Date Term A Loans,

the Term B-1 Loans and other Term Loans in the amount of such prepayment obligation within the applicable time periods specified

in Section 2.15(b), with such prepayment to be applied in the manner set forth in Section 2.15(b)(ii). Each payment

or prepayment pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.15(b) shall be applied ratably among the Lenders of each Class holding

the Loans being prepaid, in proportion to the principal amount held by each, and shall be applied as among the Closing Date Term A Loans,

the Term B-1 Loans and other Term Loans being prepaid, (A) first, to prepay all ABR Loans and (B) second, to the

extent of any excess remaining after application as provided in clause (A) above, to prepay all Term Benchmark Loans (and as

among Term Benchmark Loans, (1) first to prepay those Term Benchmark Loans, if any, having Interest Periods ending on the date of

such prepayment, and (2) thereafter, to the extent of any excess remaining after application as provided in clause (1) above,

to prepay any Term Benchmark Loans in the order of the expiration dates of the Interest Periods applicable thereto).

135

(d)            Interest

Period Deferrals. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Section 2.15, so long as no Event of Default shall

have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Term Benchmark Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.15 prior

to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, in lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 2.15 in respect of

any such Term Benchmark Loan, prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Parent Borrower may, in its sole discretion,

deposit an amount sufficient to make any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder together with accrued interest to the

last day of such Interest Period into a Cash Collateral Account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative

Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such

amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.15. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance

of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Parent

Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with the relevant provisions

of this Section 2.15.

Section 2.16             Reserve

Requirements; Change in Circumstances.

(a)            Notwithstanding

any other provision herein, if after the Signing Date any change in Applicable Law or regulation (including any change in the reserve

percentages provided for in Regulation D) or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with

the interpretation or administration thereof shall subject any Lender to any taxes on its loans, commitments, or other obligations, or

its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto (other than (i) Taxes as defined in Section 2.21(a),

(ii) Taxes described in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the definition of Taxes in Section 2.21

and (iii) Connection Income Taxes), or shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement

against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended by such Lender, or shall impose on such Lender or the London

interbank market any other condition (other than taxes) affecting this Agreement or any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan made by such

Lender (including any assessment or charge on or with respect to the Commitments, Loans, deposits or liabilities incurred to fund Loans,

assets consisting of Loans (but not unrelated assets) or capital attributable to the foregoing), and the result of any of the foregoing

shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of maintaining its Commitment or making or maintaining any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan

or Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest

or otherwise) in respect of any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan or Letter of Credit by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material,

then the relevant Borrower agrees to pay to such Lender as provided in paragraph (c) below such additional amount or amounts

as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

136

(b)            If

any Lender or any Issuing Lender shall have determined that the adoption after the Signing Date of any law, rule, regulation or guideline

regarding capital adequacy or liquidity, or any change in any law, rule, regulation or guideline regarding capital adequacy or liquidity,

or in the interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged

with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender (or any lending officeLending

Office of such Lender) or Issuing Lender or any Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company with any request or

directive regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable

agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s capital or on the

capital of such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made

by such Lender or the LC Exposure of such Lender or Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender pursuant hereto to a level below that

which such Lender or Issuing Lender or such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such

applicability, adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s policies and the

policies of such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity) by an amount

deemed by such Lender or Issuing Lender to be material, then from time to time the relevant Borrower agrees to pay to such Lender or Issuing

Lender as provided in paragraph (c) below such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Lender

or such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c)            A

certificate of each Lender or Issuing Lender setting forth such amount or amounts as shall be necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing

Lender as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) above, as the case may be, and the basis therefor in reasonable detail

shall be delivered to the relevant Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The relevant Borrower shall pay each Lender

or Issuing Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 30 days after its receipt of the same.

(d)            Except

as provided in this paragraph, failure on the part of any Lender or Issuing Lender to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction

in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital with respect to any period shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s

or Issuing Lender’s right to demand compensation with respect to any other period. The protection of this Section 2.16

shall be available to each Lender and Issuing Lender regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the

law, rule, regulation, guideline or other change or condition which shall have occurred or been imposed so long as it shall be customary

for Lenders or Issuing Lenders affected thereby to comply therewith. No Lender or Issuing Lender shall be entitled to compensation under

this Section 2.16 for any costs incurred or reductions suffered with respect to any date unless it shall have notified the

relevant Borrower that it will demand compensation for such costs or reductions under paragraph (c) above not more than 90

days after the later of (i) such date and (ii) the date on which it shall have become aware of such costs or reductions. Notwithstanding

any other provision of this Section 2.16, no Lender or Issuing Lender shall demand compensation for any increased cost or

reduction referred to above if it shall not at the time be the general policy or practice of such Lender or Issuing Lender (as the case

may be) to demand such compensation in similar circumstances under comparable provisions of other credit agreements, if any. In the event

any Borrower shall reimburse any Lender or Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section 2.16 for any cost and such Lender or Issuing

Lender (as the case may be) shall subsequently receive a refund in respect thereof, such Lender or Issuing Lender (as the case may be)

shall so notify such Borrower and, upon its request, will pay to such Borrower the portion of such refund which such Lender or Issuing

Lender (as the case may be) shall determine in good faith to be allocable to the cost so reimbursed. The covenants contained in this Section 2.16

shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

137

(e)            For

purposes hereof, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives

thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning capital adequacy

or liquidity promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar

authority) or United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be

changes in law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (ia)

and (iib)

of this Section 2.16(e)2.16

after the Signing Date, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, promulgated or issued.

Section 2.17             Indemnity.

Each Borrower agrees to indemnify upon written demand (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) each Lender against such Lender’s

ratable share of any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket loss or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits or margin) described

below, actually incurred by any such Lender as a result of (a) any failure by such Borrower to borrow, continue or convert any Loan

hereunder after irrevocable notice of such borrowing, continuation or conversion has been given pursuant to Article II, (b) any

payment, prepayment or conversion of a Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan, as applicable, made to such Borrower required by any other provision

of this Agreement or otherwise made, whatever the circumstances may be that give rise to such payment, prepayment or conversion, or any

transfer of any such Loan pursuant to Section 2.22 or 9.4(b), on a date other than the last day of the Interest Period

applicable thereto or, in the case of RFR Loans, the Interest Payment Date applicable thereto, or (c) if any breakage is incurred,

any failure by a Borrower to prepay a Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan on the date specified in a notice of prepayment; provided,

that any such written demand for indemnification made by any Lender to any Borrower pursuant hereto shall be accompanied by such Lender’s

reasonably detailed calculation of such amount to be indemnified (provided that such calculation will not in an way require disclosure

of confidential or price-sensitive information or any other information the disclosure of which is prohibited by law). The reasonable

and documented out-of-pocket loss or expense for which such Lender shall be indemnified under the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.17

shall be equal to the excess, if any, as set forth in such notice by such Lender, of (i) its reasonable and documented cost of obtaining

the funds for the Loan being paid, prepaid, converted or not borrowed, continued, prepaid or converted (assumed to be the relevant rate

in the case of Term Benchmark Loans) for the period from the date of such payment, prepayment, conversion or failure to borrow, continue,

prepay or convert to (x) in the case of Term Benchmark Loans, the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (or, in the case

of a failure to borrow, continue, prepay or convert, the Interest Period for such Loan which would have commenced on the date of such

failure) and (y) in the case of RFR Loans, the next succeeding Interest Payment Date over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably

determined by such Lender) that would be realized by such Lender in reemploying the funds so paid, prepaid, converted or not borrowed,

continued, prepaid or converted for such period or Interest Period, as the case may be; provided, however, that such amount

shall not include any loss of a Lender’s anticipated profits or margin or spread over its cost of obtaining funds as described

above. Any such written notice delivered to relevant Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.17 shall be accompanied by a duly

executed certificate of such Lender setting forth such amount or amounts actually incurred by such Lender (with calculations in reasonable

detail setting forth the basis for such amount or amounts). Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, no Lender may make any demand under

this Section 2.17 (i) with respect to the “floor” applicable to a Term Benchmark Loan or (ii) in connection

with any prepayment of interest on Term Loans. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans

and all other amounts payable hereunder.

138

Section 2.18             Pro

Rata Treatment; Funding Matters; Evidence of Debt.

(a)            Except

as required under Section 2.22 or as otherwise permitted hereunder

(including pursuant to Sections 2.15(a)(iii), 2.27, 2.28 and 2.29), each payment or prepayment of principal of any Revolving

Credit Loan or any Class of Term LoanLoans,

each payment of interest on any Revolving Credit Loan or any Term Loan, each payment of LC Fees, each payment of Commitment Fees on any

Commitments and each reduction of the Commitments of any Class of

Loans, shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders of

such Class of Loans in accordance with their respective Commitments (or, if such Commitments shall have expired or been

terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their outstanding Revolving Credit Loans or Term Loans, as applicable);

provided that “non-consenting” Lenders may be repaid on a non-pro rata basis in connection with an Extension

Offer pursuant to Section 2.27, a Refinancing Amendment pursuant to Section 2.28 or a Permitted Debt Exchange pursuant to Section 2.29,

and Disqualified Lenders may be repaid on a non-pro rata basis. Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lender’s

portion of any Loan to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round such Lender’s percentage of such

Loan to the next higher or lower whole Dollar amount. An assignment or

participation of a Loan shall not be deemed to be a payment or prepayment.

(b)            Unless

the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the relevant borrowing date that such Lender will not make

available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of a borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender

has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such borrowing in accordance with this Agreement and the Administrative

Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the relevant Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the

extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, each of such Lender and the relevant Borrower

agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day

from the date such amount is made available to such Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in

the case of such Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to the relevant Loan and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the

Federal Funds Effective Rate. If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute

such Lender’s Loan as part of such borrowing for the purposes of this Agreement; provided, that such repayment shall not

release such Lender from any liability it may have to such Borrower for the failure to make such Loan at the time required herein.

(c)            The

failure of any Lender to make any Loan shall not in itself relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood,

however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan required to be made by such other Lender).

139

(d)            Each

Lender may at its option make any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Lender Affiliate of such

Lender to make such Loan; provided, that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the relevant Borrower to

repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e)            Each

Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness to such Lender resulting

from each Loan made by it from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time

to time under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Loan

made hereunder, the relevant Borrower with respect to each

Loan, the Type of each Loan and each Interest Period, if any, applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due

and payable or to become due and payable from each Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by

the Administrative Agent hereunder from any Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof. The entries made in the accounts maintained

pursuant to this paragraph (e) shall, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, be prima facie evidence of the existence

and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative

Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of any Borrower to repay the Loans

in accordance with their terms. In the event of any conflict between the

accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the

accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

(f)            In

order to expedite the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each Subsidiary Borrower shall be deemed, by its execution and delivery

of a Subsidiary Borrower Request, to have appointed Parent Borrower to act as agent on behalf of such Subsidiary Borrower for the purpose

of (i) giving any notices contemplated to be given by such Subsidiary Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation,

borrowing notices, prepayment notices, continuation notices and conversion notices and (ii) paying on behalf of such Subsidiary Borrower

any Subsidiary Borrower Obligations owing by such Subsidiary Borrower; provided, that each Subsidiary Borrower shall retain the

right, in its discretion, to directly give any or all of such notices or make any or all of such payments.

(g)            The

Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders upon receipt of any Subsidiary Borrower Designation and Subsidiary Borrower Request.

The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Swingline Lenders upon receipt of any designation of a Subsidiary Borrower as a Swingline

Borrower.

(h)            Upon

the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Parent

Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a Note payable to such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender,

to such Lender and its registered assigns), which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans of a particular Class in addition to such

records.

140

Section 2.19             Sharing

of Setoffs. Except to the extent that this Agreement provides for payments to be allocated to Revolving Credit Loans or Swingline

Loans, as the case may be, each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise of a right of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim

against any Borrower, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code or other security or interest arising

from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any Debtor Relief Laws, or by any other means (other than pursuant

to any provision of this Agreement, including a payment, prepayment,

assignment or participation permitted by this Agreement), obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any

category of its Loans or such Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of any

LC Disbursementof any Class as a

result of which the unpaid principal portion of such Class of Loans

or the unpaid portion of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of the LC Disbursements

shall be proportionately less than the unpaid principal portion of suchthe

Loans or the unpaid portion of the Revolving Credit Percentage of the LC Disbursements ofof

such Class of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value,

and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in such Loans or

the Revolving Credit Percentage of the LC Disbursements ofof

such Class of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of suchthe

Loans of such Class and participations in such Loans

held by each Lender or the Revolving Credit Percentage of LC Disbursements and participations in

LC Disbursementsof such Class held

by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all such

Loans or LC Disbursementsof

such Class then outstanding as the principal amount of suchthe

Loans or the Revolving Credit Percentage of LC Disbursementsof

such Class of each Lender prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to

the principal amount of all such Loans or LC Disbursementsof

such Class outstanding prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided,

however, that, if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.19 and the

payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent

of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest, unless the Lender from which such payment

is recovered is required to pay interest thereon, in which case each Lender returning funds to such Lender shall pay its pro rata

share of such interest. The provisions of this paragraph shall not

be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by any Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement

as in effect from time to time (including Sections 2.15(a)(iii), 2.27, 2.28 and 9.4(m)), (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as

consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant permitted hereunder

or (C) any payment received by such Lender not in its capacity as a Lender. Any Lender holding a participation in a Loan

or LC Disbursement deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with

respect to any and all moneys owing by any Borrower to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had made a Loan directly

to such Borrower or issued a Letter of Credit for the account of such Borrower in the amount of such participation. For purposes of clause

(ii)(A) of the definition of Taxes in Section 2.21, a participation acquired by an existing Lender pursuant to this

Section 2.19 shall be treated as having been acquired on the earlier date(s) on which such Lender acquired the applicable

interest in the Commitment(s) or Loan(s) to which such participation relates.

Section 2.20             Payments.

(a)            Except

as otherwise expressly provided herein, each Borrower shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Loan or any Fees

or other amounts) hereunder without setoff or counterclaim and shall make each such payment not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time,

on the date when due in Dollars to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, in immediately available funds.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Borrower shall make each payment with respect to any Loan denominated in any Foreign Currency (including

principal of or interest on any such Loan or other amounts) hereunder without setoff or counterclaim and shall make each such payment

not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date when due in the relevant Foreign Currency to the Administrative Agent at the

Administrative Agent’s Office, in immediately available funds.

141

(b)            Whenever

any payment (including principal of or interest on any Loan or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder shall become due, or otherwise would

occur, on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day (it being understood that such

extension of time shall not be included in the computation of interest or Fees in any case).

Section 2.21             Taxes.

(a)            Any

and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Loan Parties hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made, in

accordance with Section 2.20, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts,

duties, assessments, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings (including backup withholding), and all liabilities with respect thereto,

in each case in the nature of a tax, imposed by or on behalf of any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax

or penalties applicable thereto, excluding (i) net income taxes, branch profits taxes and franchise taxes, in each case imposed

on the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or Transferee) (A) as a result of such Administrative Agent or any Lender (or Transferee)

being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending

officeLending Office located in, the jurisdiction

imposing such tax or, (B) that are Other Connection Taxes, (ii) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding taxes

imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant

to a law in effect on the date on which (A) such Lender acquires such interest in the applicable Commitment or, if such Lender did

not fund an applicable Loan pursuant to a prior Commitment, on the date such Lender acquires the applicable interest in such Loan (other

than pursuant to an assignment request by any Borrower under Section 2.22(b)) or (B) such Lender changes its lending

officeLending Office, except in each case

to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.21, amounts with respect to such taxes were payable either to such Lender’s

assignor immediately before such Lender acquired the applicable interest in the applicable Loan or Commitment or to such Lender immediately

before it changed its lending officeLending

Office, (iii) any taxes imposed by reason of the Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s (or such Transferee’s)

failure to comply with Section 2.21(f), and (iv) any withholding taxes that are imposed by reason of FATCA (all such

nonexcluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, assessments, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding) and liabilities

being hereinafter referred to as “Taxes”). If any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent shall be required by Applicable

Law to deduct any Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable to any Agent or any Lender (or Transferee) hereunder or

under any other Loan Document, (i) the sum payable shall be increased by the amount necessary so that after all required deductions

have been made (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.21) such Agent and such Lender

(or Transferee) shall receive an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) Loan Party

or the Administrative Agent shall make such deductions and (iii) such Loan Party or the Administrative Agent shall pay the full

amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority or other Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law.

142

(b)            The

Parent Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law.

(c)            The

Loan Parties shall indemnify each Lender (or Transferee) and the Administrative Agent for the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including

any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by the applicable jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.21) paid by such Lender

(or Transferee) or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising

therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted by the relevant taxing

authority or other Governmental Authority. Such indemnification shall be made within 30 days after the date such Lender (or Transferee)

or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, makes written demand therefor.

(d)            Whenever

any Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by any Loan Party, within 30 days thereafter the Parent Borrower shall send to the Administrative

Agent for its own account or for the account of the relevant Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an official receipt received

by such Loan Party showing payment thereof (or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent).

(e)            Without

prejudice to the survival of any other agreement contained herein, the agreements and obligations contained in this Section 2.21

shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the termination

of this Agreement and the payment in full of the principal of and interest on all Loans made hereunder and of all other amounts payable

hereunder.

(f)

(i)            Each

Lender (or Transferee) that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a participant,

to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased) two properly completed and duly executed copies of U.S. Internal

Revenue Service Form W-9 certifying that such Lender (or Transferee) is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax, or any subsequent

versions thereof or successors thereto. Such form shall be delivered by each such Lender (or Transferee) promptly after it becomes a party

to this Agreement (or, in the case of any participant, promptly after the date such participant purchases the related participation).

In addition, each such Lender (or Transferee) shall deliver such form promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously

delivered by such Lender (or Transferee).

143

(ii)            Each

Lender (or Transferee) that is not a U.S. Person (such Lender (or Transferee), a “Non-U.S. Person”) shall deliver

to Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a participant, to the Lender from which the related participation

shall have been purchased) two properly completed and duly executed copies of (1) U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN

or W-8BEN-E, (2) U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, (3) in the case of a Non-U.S. Person claiming exemption

from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio

interest”, U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E and a certificate substantially in the form

attached hereto as Exhibit K (a “Non-Bank Certificate”) representing that such Non-U.S. Person is not a “bank”

for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, is not a 10-percent shareholder (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of

the Code) of such Borrower, is not a controlled foreign corporation related to such Borrower (within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of

the Code) and no payments under any Loan Documents are effectively connected with such Non-U.S. Person’s conduct of a trade or business

in the United States), (4) if a Non-U.S. Person is not the beneficial owner, U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY,

together with a withholding statement, Non-Bank Certificate and the applicable underlying U.S. Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN,

W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-9 (or other applicable successor forms) for each of its beneficial owners, as applicable (provided that, if the

Non-U.S. Person is a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and not a participating Lender), and one or more direct or indirect

partners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the Non-Bank Certificate may be provided by such Non-U.S. Person on behalf of

such direct or indirect partner(s)), or (5) any other documentation prescribed by Applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption

from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed

by Applicable Law or, in each case, any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto. Such documentation shall be delivered by each

Non-U.S. Person promptly after it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of any participant, promptly after the date such

participant purchases the related participation). In addition, each Non-U.S. Person shall deliver such documentation promptly upon

the obsolescence or invalidity of any documentation previously delivered by such Non-U.S. Person.

(iii)            If

a payment made to a Lender (or Transferee) under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA

if such Lender (or Transferee) were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in

Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender (or Transferee) shall deliver to Parent Borrower and

the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased),

at the time or times prescribed by Applicable Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Parent Borrower and the Administrative

Agent, such documentation prescribed by Applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and

such additional documentation reasonably requested by Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for Parent Borrower

and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender (or Transferee) has complied

with such Lender’s (or Transferee’s) obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from

such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.21(f)(iii), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA

after the date of this Agreement.

144

(iv)            The

Administrative Agent (including any successor Administrative Agent) shall deliver to Parent Borrower on or before the date on which it

becomes the Administrative Agent under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Parent Borrower)

(i) if it is a U.S. Person, two duly completed and executed copies of IRS Form W-9 (or any successor form) or (ii) if it

is not a U.S. Person, (x) two duly completed and executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI with respect to any amounts payable to the

Administrative Agent for its own account and (y) two duly completed and executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY with respect to any

amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of Lenders, certifying that it is a “U.S. branch,” and that it

is using such form as evidence of its agreement with Parent Borrower to be treated as a U.S. Person with respect to such payments. The

Administrative Agent agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered pursuant to this Section 2.21(f)(iv) expires

or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall promptly update such form or certification or promptly notify Parent Borrower

in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so.

(g)            A

Lender (or Transferee) that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of any withholding tax with respect to payments under any Loan

Document shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a participant, to the Lender from which

the related participation shall have been purchased), at the time or times reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Administrative

Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by Applicable Law as will permit such payments to be made without

withholding or at a reduced rate. In addition, any Lender (or Transferee), if reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Administrative

Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Administrative

Agent as will enable the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender (or Transferee) is subject

to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Each Lender (or Transferee) shall promptly deliver such documentation upon

the obsolescence or invalidity of any documentation previously delivered by such Lender (or Transferee), or promptly notify Parent Borrower

and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased)

in writing at any time it determines that it is not legally eligible to provide any previously delivered documentation. Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary in this Section 2.21(g), the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (for the avoidance

of doubt, other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.21(f)) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable

judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially

prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender. Each Lender (or Transferee) hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to deliver

to the Loan Parties and to any successor Administrative Agent any documentation provided by such Lender (or Transferee) to the Administrative

Agent pursuant to this Section 2.21.

(h)            [Reserved].

145

(i)            If

the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or Transferee) determines that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which

it has been indemnified by any Loan Party pursuant to this Section 2.21 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant

to this Section 2.21), it shall pay to the Parent Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity

payments made by such Loan Party under this Section 2.21 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund),

net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including taxes) of the Administrative Agent or such Lender (or Transferee) and without

interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). The Parent Borrower, upon

the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender (or Transferee), shall repay to the Administrative Agent or such Lender (or Transferee)

the amount paid over pursuant to this Section 2.21(i) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant

Governmental Authority) in the event that the Administrative Agent or such Lender (or Transferee) is required to repay such refund to

such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.21(i), in no event will the Administrative

Agent or any Lender (or Transferee) be required to pay any amount to the Parent Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.21(i) the

payment of which would place the Administrative Agent or such Lender (or Transferee) in a less favorable net after-tax position than the

Administrative Agent or such Lender (or Transferee) would have been in if the Tax or Other Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise

to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect

to such Tax or Other Tax had never been paid. This Section 2.21(i) shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent

or any Lender (or Transferee) to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential)

to any Borrower or any other Person.

(j)            Each

Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.21(a) with respect to

such Lender, it will, if requested by the relevant Loan Party in writing, use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect of any such event,

including by designating another applicable lending officeLending

Office for any Loan affected by such event and by completing and delivering or filing any tax-related forms that such Lender

is legally eligible to deliver and that would reduce or eliminate any amount of Taxes required to be deducted or withheld or paid by the

Loan Party; provided that (i) any such designation or completion, delivery or filing would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed

cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender in any material economic, legal or regulatory respect and (ii) nothing

in this Section 2.21(j) shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of any Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant

to Section 2.21(a).

(k)            For

the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 2.21, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Lender or Swingline

Lender.

Section 2.22             Termination

or Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances.

(a)            Any

Lender (or Transferee) claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.16 or Section 2.21 shall

use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions) to file any certificate or document requested by any Borrower

or to change the jurisdiction of its applicable lending officeLending

Office if the making of such a filing or change would avoid the need for or reduce the amount of any such additional amounts

which may thereafter accrue and would not, in the sole good faith determination of such Lender (or Transferee), be otherwise disadvantageous

to such Lender (or Transferee).

146

(b)            In

the event that (i) any Lender shall have delivered a notice or certificate pursuant to Section 2.16, (ii) any Borrower

shall be required to make additional payments to any Lender under Section 2.21, (iii) any Lender (a “Non-Consenting

Lender”) shall withhold its consent to any amendment described in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 9.8(b) as

to which consents have been obtained from the Required Lenders, Required Facility Lenders, or Required Class Lenders, as applicable,

(iv) any Lender shall be or become a Defaulting Lender,

or (v) any Lender delivers a Notice of Objection pursuant to Section 2.26, Parent Borrower shall have the right, at

its own expense, upon notice to such Lender (or Lenders) and the Administrative Agent, (i) to terminate the Commitments of such

Lender (except in the case of clause (iii) above) or (ii) to require such Lender (or, in the case of clause (iii) above,

each Non-Consenting Lender) to transfer and assign without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in

Section 9.4) all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more other financial institutions acceptable

to Parent Borrower (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) and the Administrative Agent, which approval in each case

shall not be unreasonably withheld, which shall assume such obligations; provided, that (A) in the case of any replacement

of Non-Consenting Lenders, each assignee shall have consented to the relevant amendment, (B) no such termination or assignment shall

conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any Governmental Authority, and (C) the Borrowers or the assignee (or

assignees), as the case may be, shall pay to each affected Lender in immediately available funds on the date of such termination or assignment

the principal of and interest accrued to the date of payment on the Loans made by it hereunder and all other amounts accrued for its

account or owed to it hereunder.

Section 2.23             Currency

Equivalents.

(a)            The

Administrative Agent shall determine the Dollar equivalent of each Multi-Currency Revolving Loan as of the first day of each Interest

Period applicable thereto and, in the case of any such Interest Period of more than three months, at three-month intervals after the first

day thereof. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Borrowers and the Lenders of the Dollar equivalent so determined

by it. Each such determination shall be based on the Spot Rate (i) on the date of the related Borrowing Request, for purposes of

the initial determination of such Multi-Currency Revolving Loan, and (ii) on the fourth Business Day prior to the date on which such

Dollar equivalent is to be determined, for purposes of subsequent determinations.

(b)            The

Administrative Agent shall determine the Dollar equivalent of the Aggregate LC Exposure related to each Letter of Credit issued in a Foreign

Currency as of the date of the issuance thereof, at three-month intervals after the date of issuance thereof and as of the date of each

drawing thereunder. Each such determination shall be based on the Spot Rate (i) on the date of the related notice of any proposed

issuance of a Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.7(c), in the case of the initial determination of such Letter of Credit,

(ii) on the second Business Day prior to the date as of which such Dollar equivalent is to be determined, in the case of any subsequent

determination with respect to an outstanding Letter of Credit and (iii) on the second Business Day prior to the related drawing thereunder,

in the case of any determination as to a drawing thereunder.

147

(c)            If

after giving effect to any such determination of a Dollar equivalent with respect to Letters of Credit, the Dollar equivalent thereof

exceeds $200,000,000, Parent Borrower shall, or shall cause the applicable Subsidiary Borrowers to, within five Business Days, (i) cause

to be reduced (or, at the relevant Borrower’s option, Cash Collateralized) outstanding Letters of Credit in Foreign Currencies to

eliminate such excess, or (ii) in each case, take such other action to the extent necessary to eliminate any such excess. If after

giving effect to any such determination of a Dollar equivalent with respect to Multi-Currency Revolving Loans, the Dollar equivalent thereof

exceeds (A) the Multi-Currency Sublimit for any currency or (B) the Total Multi-Currency Sublimit, Parent Borrower shall, or

shall cause the relevant Subsidiary Borrowers to, within five Business Days, prepay outstanding Multi-Currency Revolving Loans so that

the Specified Currency Availability for each currency is greater than or equal to zero and so that the Total Specified Currency Availability

is greater than or equal to zero or take such other action to the extent necessary to eliminate any such excess.

(d)            Notwithstanding

the foregoing, if at any time (i) the Revolving Commitment Utilization Percentage is greater than 110%, Parent Borrower shall, or

shall cause the relevant Subsidiary Borrowers to, within five Business Days prepay outstanding Multi-Currency Revolving Loans, cause to

be reduced (or, at the relevant Borrower’s option, cash collateralize) outstanding Letters of Credit in Foreign Currencies or take

such other action to the extent necessary to eliminate any such excess, or (ii) the Dollar equivalent of the outstanding Multi-Currency

Revolving Loans is greater than 110% of (A) the Multi-Currency Sublimit for any currency or (B) the Total Multi-Currency Sublimit,

Parent Borrower shall, or shall cause the relevant Subsidiary Borrowers to, within five Business Days, prepay outstanding Multi-Currency

Revolving Loans so that the Specified Currency Availability for each currency is greater than or equal to zero and so that the Total Specified

Currency Availability is greater than or equal to zero or take such other action to the extent necessary to eliminate any such excess.

(e)            If

any prepayment of a Multi-Currency Revolving Loan occurs pursuant to this Section 2.23 on a day which is not the last day

of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, Parent Borrower shall, or shall cause the applicable Subsidiary Borrowers to,

pay to the Lenders such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 2.17.

Section 2.24             Judgment

Currency.

(a)            (a) If,

for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due from any Borrower hereunder in the currency

expressed to be payable herein (the “specified currency”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the

fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking

procedures in the relevant jurisdiction the Administrative Agent could purchase the specified currency with such other currency on the

Business Day immediately preceding the day on which the final judgment is given.

(b)            The

obligations of each Borrower in respect of any sum due to any Lender or the Administrative Agent (the “Applicable Creditor”)

hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the specified currency in which such sum is stated to be due hereunder,

be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Applicable Creditor of any sum adjudged to be so due

in such other currency the Applicable Creditor may in accordance with normal banking procedures in the relevant jurisdiction purchase

the specified currency with such other currency. If the amount of the specified currency so purchased is less than the sum originally

due to such Applicable Creditor in the specified currency, the applicable Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively

do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Applicable Creditor against such loss, and if

the amount of the specified currency so purchased exceeds (i) the sum originally due to the Applicable Creditor in the specified

currency and (ii) any amounts shared with other Lenders as a result of allocations of such excess as a disproportionate payment

to such Lender as compared to such Lender’s Total Revolving Facility Percentage the Applicable Creditor agrees to remit such excess

to the applicable Borrower.

148

Section 2.25             Defaulting

Lenders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, if any Lender becomes a

Defaulting Lender then, upon notice to such effect by the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be given promptly after the Administrative

Agent determines that any Lender shall have become a Defaulting Lender, including as a result of being advised thereof by Parent Borrower),

until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the following provisions

shall apply:

(a)            Commitment

Fees shall cease to accrue, and shall cease to be payable, on the unused portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment while such

Defaulting Lender remains a Defaulting Lender.

(b)            The

Commitment and outstanding extensions of credit of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders

or other requisite Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver); provided

that any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender shall require the consent

of such Defaulting Lender (in such case, to the extent such Defaulting Lender is an affected Lender).

(c)            All

or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure at such time (other than the portion thereof attributable to Swingline

Loans made by such Defaulting Lender in its capacity as a Swingline Lender) and LC Exposure shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting

Lenders in accordance with their pro rata shares (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) of the Total

Revolving Commitment, but only to the extent such reallocation would not result in the Outstanding Revolving Extensions of Credit of any

non-Defaulting Lender (including the portion of the Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender to be reallocated to such non-Defaulting

Lender) exceeding such non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment (unless, in the case of a non-Defaulting Lender that is a Swingline Lender,

such non-Defaulting Lender shall otherwise consent). Subject to Section  9.20, no reallocation hereunder shall constitute

a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting

Lender, including any claim of a non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following

such reallocation.

(d)            If

the LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender is reallocated pursuant to subparagraph (c) above, then the LC Fee payable to the Lenders

shall be adjusted in accordance with such reallocation.

(e)            If

the reallocation described in clause (c) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, then one or more Borrowers shall

within three Business Days following written notice by the Administrative Agent, do one or both (at such Borrower’s election) of

the following in an amount necessary to allow the reallocation described in clause (c) above to be fully effected within the

limit of the non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments: (x) prepay the portion of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline

Loans allocated to such Defaulting Lender at such time and/or (y) Cash Collateralize, without prejudice to any right or remedy available

to it hereunder or under Applicable Law, for the benefit of the Issuing Lenders one or more Borrower’s obligations corresponding

to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (in each case, as determined after giving effect to any partial reallocation

pursuant to clause (c) above) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding or such Defaulting Lender remains a Defaulting

Lender.

149

(f)             If

a Borrower Cash Collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to clause (e) above,

such Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure

during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is Cash Collateralized.

(g)            The

Administrative Agent may adjust the allocation of payments hereunder to ensure that a Defaulting Lender does not receive payment in respect

of any Loan or LC Disbursement that it did not fund or to reflect any of the actions or adjustments referred to herein.

In the event that the Administrative Agent, each

Borrower, the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Lender agree that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused

such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender (it being agreed that the furnishing of a back-up standby letter of credit an amount equal to 102%

of the face amount of such outstanding Letters of Credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to such

Issuing BankLender,

or the depositing of Cash Collateral into a cash collateral account in an amount equal to 102% of the face amount of such outstanding

Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender shall be deemed to be an adequate remedy to such Issuing Lender), then (A) the aggregate

principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion

of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans (other than Swingline Loans) and

participations in unreimbursed Letter of Credit disbursements of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be

necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its pro rata share and (B) any Cash Collateral provided

by any Borrowers under clause (e) above with respect to such Lender’s LC Exposure shall be released by the Issuing

Lenders and returned to such Borrowers. The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender set forth in this Section 2.25

are in addition to other rights and remedies that each Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender

may have against such Defaulting Lender.

Section 2.26           Designation

of Subsidiary Borrowers. Parent Borrower may at any time and from time to time designate any Subsidiary as a Subsidiary Borrower

by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Subsidiary Borrower Designation executed by such Subsidiary and Parent Borrower. As soon

as practicable upon receipt thereof, the Administrative Agent will post a copy of such Subsidiary Borrower Designation to the Lenders

on IntraLinks, SyndTrak, DebtDomain or another website accessible to all Lenders. Each Subsidiary Borrower Designation shall become effective

on the date ten Business Days after it has been posted by the Administrative Agent (subject to the receipt by any Lender of any information

under the Patriot Act, the Beneficial Ownership Regulation (in the case of a non-U.S. Subsidiary Borrower only) and other “know-your-customer”

laws reasonably requested by it not later than the third Business Day after the posting date of such Subsidiary Borrower Designation),

unless prior thereto, in the case of a Subsidiary that is organized in a non-U.S. jurisdiction, the Administrative Agent shall have

received written notice from any Lender that it is unlawful under Federal or applicable state or foreign law for such Lender to make

Loans or otherwise extend credit to or do business with such Subsidiary, directly or through a Lender Affiliate, as provided herein (a

“Notice of Objection”), in which case such Subsidiary Borrower Designation shall not become effective until such time

as such Lender withdraws such Notice of Objection or ceases to be a Lender hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9.8

or elsewhere in this Agreement, upon the effectiveness of a Subsidiary Borrower Designation as provided in the preceding sentence and

the applicable Subsidiary complying with the requirements of Section 5.4 hereof, the applicable Subsidiary shall for all

purposes of this Agreement be a Subsidiary Borrower and a party to this Agreement.

150

Section 2.27           Extension

of Maturity Dates.

(a)            Extension

Requests. Parent Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the applicable Lenders), request

an extension of any Maturity Date then in effect (an “Extension Request”). Within ten (10) Business Days after

the receipt of such Extension Request (or such later date as Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall agree) (the “Extension

Deadline”), each Lender under the relevant Class shall notify the Administrative Agent and Parent Borrower promptly (but

in any event no later than the Extension Deadline) in writing whether or not it consents to such Extension Request (which consent may

be given or withheld in such Lender’s sole and absolute discretion) (each Lender agreeing to an Extension Request, an “Extending

Lender” and each Lender declining to agree to an Extension Request, a “Non-Extending Lender”). Any Lender

with a then-effective Commitment or outstanding Loan, as applicable, may consent to an Extension Request irrespective of whether such

Lender previously had not been an Extending Lender with respect to a previous Extension Request. Any Lender not responding within the

above specified time period shall be deemed not to have consented to such Extension Request. The Administrative Agent shall promptly

notify Parent Borrower and the Lenders of the Lenders’ responses.

(b)            For

each Extension Request, if so consented to, (i) the applicable Maturity Date, as to Extending Lenders (irrespective of whether such

Lender previously had been a Non-Extending Lender), shall be extended to the maturity date set forth in the Extension Request (such existing

applicable Maturity Date being the “Extension Effective Date”) and (ii) the applicable Maturity Date, as to any

Non-Extending Lender (provided that the Commitment or outstanding Loans, as applicable, of such Non-Extending Lender is not assumed

in accordance with Section 2.27(f) on or prior to the applicable Extension Effective Date), shall remain the Maturity

Date in effect for such Non-Extending Lender prior to the Extension Effective Date.

(c)            In

the event of any such extension, the Commitment of each Non-Extending Lender that has not been replaced as provided in Section 2.27(f) shall

terminate on the applicable Maturity Date in effect prior to any such extension, and the outstanding principal balance of all Loans,

accrued and unpaid interest and other fees payable hereunder to such Non-Extending Lender shall become due and payable on such Maturity

Date. Thereafter, the aggregate Commitments effective as of such Maturity Date shall be deemed equal to the Commitments of the Extending

Lenders and the Assuming Lenders in respect of such extension.

151

(d)            Notwithstanding

the foregoing, the extension of any Maturity Date pursuant to this Section 2.27 shall not be effective with respect to any

Lender unless (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the Extension Effective Date and immediately after giving

effect to such extension and (ii) the representations and warranties set forth in Article III are true and correct in

all material respects on and as of the Extension Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate

to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier

date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.27(d), the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.2,

Section 3.3 and Section 3.11 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 5.1;

provided that the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.13 shall be excluded on and following the

Investment Grade Fall-Away Date. As a condition precedent to each such extension, Parent Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative

Agent a certificate of Parent Borrower dated as of the Extension Effective Date signed by a Responsible Officer of Parent Borrower certifying

as to compliance with this Section 2.27(d).

(e)            Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary in this Section 2.27, no Revolving Credit Maturity Date may be extended with respect to any Issuing

Lender without the prior written consent of such Issuing Lender (it being understood and agreed that, in the event any Issuing Lender

shall not have consented to any such extension, (i) such Issuing Lender shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of

an Issuing Lender hereunder through the applicable existing Revolving Credit Maturity Date and thereafter shall have no obligation to

issue, amend, extend or renew any Letter of Credit (but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits hereunder as to Letters of Credit

issued prior to such time) and (ii) Parent Borrower shall cause the Aggregate LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued

by such Issuing Lender to be zero no later than the day on which such Aggregate LC Exposure would have been required to have been reduced

to zero in accordance with the terms hereof without giving effect to the effectiveness of the extension of the applicable existing Revolving

Credit Maturity Date pursuant to this Section 2.27 (and, in any event, no later than such existing Revolving Credit Maturity

Date) together with any accrued interest thereon, on the existing Revolving Credit Maturity Date).

(f)             If

there are any Non-Extending Lenders, Parent Borrower shall have the right to arrange for one or more Extending Lenders or new Lenders

that will agree to an extension of the applicable Maturity Date (each new Lender an “Assuming Lender”) to assume,

effective as of the Extension Effective Date, any Non-Extending Lender’s entire Commitment or outstanding Loans, as applicable,

and all of the obligations of such Non-Extending Lender under this Agreement thereafter arising, without recourse to or warranty by,

or expense to, such Non-Extending Lender; provided however that:

(i)            all

additional cost reimbursements, expense reimbursements and indemnities payable to such Non-Extending Lender, and all other accrued and

unpaid amounts owing to such Non-Extending Lender hereunder, as of the effective date of such assignment shall have been paid to such

Non-Extending Lender; and

(ii)            with

respect to any such Assuming Lender, any applicable processing and recordation fee required under Section 9.4(b) for

such assignment shall have been paid,

152

provided

further that such Non-Extending Lender’s rights under Sections 2.16, 2.17, 2.21 and 9.5,

and its indemnification obligations under Article VII, shall survive such assignment as to matters occurring prior to the

date of assignment. At least one Business Day prior to the applicable Extension Effective Date, (x) each such Assuming Lender, if

any, shall have delivered to Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, duly executed by such Assuming

Lender, such Non-Extending Lender, Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (y) each such Extending Lender shall have delivered

confirmation in writing satisfactory to Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent as to the increase in the amount of its Commitment

or Loan, as applicable. Upon the payment or prepayment of all amounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above,

each such Assuming Lender, as of the Extension Effective Date, will be substituted for such Non-Extending Lender under this Agreement

and shall become a Lender for all purposes of this Agreement with the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder, without any further

acknowledgment by or the consent of the other Lenders, and the obligations of each such Non-Extending Lender hereunder shall, by the

provisions hereof, be released and discharged.

(g)            In

connection with any extension of any Maturity Date under this Section 2.27, the Administrative Agent and Parent Borrower

may, without the consent of any Lender or Issuing Lender, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may

be necessary, advisable or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent and Parent Borrower, to give effect to the provisions

of this Section 2.27. This Section 2.27 supersedes any provisions in Section 9.8 to the contrary.

Section 2.28           Refinancing

Amendments.

(a)            Refinancing

Loans. The Borrowers may obtain, from any Lender or any Eligible Assignees who will become Lenders, Credit Agreement Refinancing

Indebtedness in respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, in the form of Refinancing Loans or Refinancing

Commitments made pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment; provided that, Liens securing Refinancing Loans must be permitted by Section 5.9.

(b)            Refinancing

Amendments. The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment will be subject only to the satisfaction on the date thereof of such conditions

as may be requested by the providers of applicable Refinancing Loans. The Borrowers will promptly notify the Administrative Agent (which

will promptly notify each Lender) as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Amendment. Upon effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment,

this Agreement will be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary, advisable or appropriate to reflect the existence

and terms of the Refinancing Loans incurred pursuant thereto (including any amendments necessary, advisable or appropriate to treat the

Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans subject thereto as Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Revolving Loans, respectively).

(c)            Required

Consents. Any Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any Person other than the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers and

the Persons providing the applicable Refinancing Loans, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may

be necessary, advisable or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and such Borrowers, to effect the provisions

of this Section 2.28; provided that the operational and agency provisions contained in any Refinancing Amendment shall

be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and such Borrowers. This Section 2.28 supersedes any provisions in

Section 2.19 or Section 9.8 to the contrary; provided further, however, that any Refinancing Loans or Refinancing

Commitments shall be applied to refinance, on a pro rata basis, the applicable Class(es) of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans at par.

(d)            Providers

of Refinancing Loans. Refinancing Loans may be provided by any existing Lender (it being understood that no existing Lender shall

have an obligation to make all or any portion of any Refinancing Loan) or by any Eligible Assignees who will become Lenders. The lenders

providing the Refinancing Loans will be reasonably acceptable to the (i) Borrowers and (ii) the Administrative Agent, only

to the extent such Person otherwise would have a consent right to an assignment of such loans or commitments to such lender, such consent

not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

Section 2.29           Permitted

Debt Exchanges.

(a)            Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, a “Permitted Debt Exchange Offer”)

made from time to time by the Parent Borrower to all Lenders (other than, with respect to any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer that constitutes

an offering of securities, any Lender that, if requested by the Parent Borrower, is unable to certify that it is (i) a “qualified

institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), (ii) an institutional “accredited investor”

(as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act) or (iii) not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Rule 902 under

the Securities Act)) with outstanding Loans of a particular Class, the Parent Borrower may from time to time consummate one or more exchanges

of such Loans for Indebtedness (in the form of notes or term loans) (such Indebtedness, “Permitted Exchange Debt” and each

such exchange, a “Permitted Debt Exchange”), so long as the following conditions are satisfied:

(i)            each

such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made on a pro rata basis to the Lenders of the applicable Class(es) (other than, (x) with

respect to any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer that constitutes an offering of securities, any Lender that, if requested by the Parent

Borrower, is unable to certify that it is (i) a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under

the Securities Act), (ii) an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act)

or (iii) not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Rule 902 under the Securities Act) or (y) any Lender that, if

requested by the Parent Borrower, is unable to certify that it can receive the type of Permitted Exchange Debt being offered in connection

with such Permitted Debt Exchange) of each applicable Class based on their respective aggregate principal amounts of outstanding

Loans under each such Class;

153

(ii)            Permitted

Exchange Debt (x) may rank pari passu with or junior in right of payment to any Class of Term Loans and the initial Revolving

Credit Commitments and (y) may be Pari Passu Lien Debt, Junior Lien Debt or unsecured Indebtedness; provided further than

any Permitted Exchange Debt that is Pari Passu Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt shall be subject to an Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement

or Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable;

(iii)            the

aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of such Permitted Exchange Debt shall not exceed the aggregate principal

amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Loans so refinanced, except by an amount equal to any (x) unpaid, accrued or capitalized

interest, penalties, premiums (including tender premiums) and other amounts payable with respect to such Loans and (y) underwriting

discounts, fees, commissions, costs, expenses and other amounts payable, in each case, in connection with such Permitted Debt Exchange;

(iv)            (i) the

scheduled final maturity date of such Permitted Exchange Debt is no earlier than the scheduled final maturity date of the Class or

Classes of Loans being exchanged (without the consent of the Required Facility Lenders or Required Class Lenders with respect to

such Class or Classes of Loans being exchanged) and (ii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness (other

than a revolving facility) is no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Class or Classes of Loans being

exchanged (without the consent of the Required Facility Lenders or Required Class Lenders with respect to such Class or Classes

of Loans being exchanged); provided that this clause (iii) shall not apply to the incurrence of any Permitted Exchange

Debt pursuant to the Inside Maturity Exception;

(v)            any

mandatory prepayment of such Permitted Exchange Debt (other than a revolving facility) may participate on a pro rata basis or a less-than-pro-rata

basis (but not on a greater-than-pro-rata basis) in any mandatory repayments required to be made on any portion of the Class or

Classes of Loans being exchanged that remains outstanding pursuant to its terms, it being agreed that (A) repayment of such Permitted

Exchange Debt at maturity is permitted and (B) any greater-than-pro-rata repayment of such Permitted Exchange Debt is permitted

with the proceeds of a Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(vi)            (i) to

the extent secured by a Lien on property or assets of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, such Permitted Exchange Debt

shall not be secured by any Lien on any asset of such Person that does not also secure the Class or Classes of Loans being exchanged,

except for (A) customary cash collateral in favor of an agent, letter of credit issuer or similar “fronting” lender,

(B) Liens on property or assets applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date of the Term Loans or Revolving Credit

Loans (without the consent of the Required Facility Lenders or Required Class Lenders with respect to such Class or Classes

of Loans being exchanged), as applicable, at the time of incurrence, (C) with the consent of only the Required Pro Rata Facilities

Lenders, Liens on Excluded Property, and (D) Liens on property or assets to the extent a Lien on such property or asset is also

added for the benefit of the Lenders holding any Class or Classes of Loans being exchanged that remains outstanding for so long

as such Liens secure such Permitted Exchange Debt; and (ii) to the extent guaranteed by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary,

such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Person that is not (or is not required to be) a Loan Party, except for (A) guarantees

by Persons applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date of the Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans (without the consent

of the Required Facility Lenders or the Required Class Lenders with respect to such Class or Classes of Loans being exchanged),

as applicable, at the time of incurrence, (B) with the consent of only the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders, guarantees by an

Excluded Subsidiary and (C) guarantees by any Person that also guarantees any Refinanced Debt that remains outstanding for so long

as such Person guarantees such Indebtedness;

154

(vii)            all

Loans exchanged under each applicable Class by the Parent Borrower pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange shall automatically be

cancelled and retired by the Parent Borrower on date of the settlement thereof (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, any applicable

exchanging Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, or such other form as may be reasonably

requested by the Administrative Agent, in respect thereof pursuant to which the respective Lender assigns its interest in the Loans being

exchanged pursuant to the Permitted Debt Exchange to the Parent Borrower for immediate cancellation), and accrued and unpaid interest

on such Loans shall be paid to the exchanging Lenders on the date of consummation of such Permitted Debt Exchange, or, if agreed to by

the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the next scheduled Interest Payment Date with respect to such Loans (with such interest

accruing until the date of consummation of such Permitted Debt Exchange);

(viii)            if

the aggregate principal amount of all Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) of a given Class tendered by Lenders in respect

of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Loans which exceeds the

principal amount thereof of the applicable Class actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Loans

of such Class offered to be exchanged by the Parent Borrower pursuant to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer, then the Parent Borrower

shall exchange Loans under the relevant Class tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum based on the respective principal

amounts so tendered, or, if such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall have been made with respect to multiple Classes without specifying

a maximum aggregate principal amount offered to be exchanged for each Class, and the aggregate principal amount of all Loans (calculated

on the face amount thereof) of all Classes tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender

being permitted to tender a principal amount of Loans which exceeds the principal amount thereof actually held by it) shall exceed the

maximum aggregate principal amount of Loans of all relevant Classes offered to be exchanged by the Parent Borrower pursuant to such Permitted

Debt Exchange Offer, then the Parent Borrower shall exchange Loans across all Classes subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer tendered

by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts so tendered;

(ix)            all

documentation in respect of such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be consistent with the foregoing, and all written communications generally

directed to the Lenders in connection therewith shall be in form and substance consistent with the foregoing and made in consultation

with the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent; and

155

(x)            any

applicable Minimum Tender Condition or Maximum Tender Condition, as the case may be, shall be satisfied or waived by the Parent Borrower.

Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary herein, no Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Loans or Commitments exchanged pursuant

to any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer.

(b)            With

respect to all Permitted Debt Exchanges effected by the Parent Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.18, such Permitted Debt Exchange

Offer shall be made for not less than $25,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Loans, provided that subject to the foregoing

the Parent Borrower may at its election specify (A) as a condition (a “Minimum Tender Condition”) to consummating any

such Permitted Debt Exchange that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the

Parent Borrower’s discretion) of Loans of any or all applicable Classes be tendered and/or (B) as a condition (a “Maximum

Tender Condition”) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that no more than a maximum amount (to be determined and specified

in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the Parent Borrower’s discretion) of Loans of any or all applicable Classes will

be accepted for exchange. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby acknowledge and agree that the provisions of Sections 2.13,

2.15 and 2.19 do not apply to the Permitted Debt Exchange and the other transactions contemplated by this Section 2.29 and hereby

agree not to assert any Default or Event of Default in connection with the implementation of any such Permitted Debt Exchange or any

other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.29.

(c)            In

connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, (i) the Parent Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business

Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof; provided that,

failure to give such notice shall in no way affect the effectiveness of any Permitted Debt Exchange consummated in accordance with this

Section 2.29 and (ii) the Parent Borrower, in consultation with the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably, shall establish

such procedures as may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.29; provided that the terms

of any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall provide that the date by which the relevant Lenders are required to indicate their election

to participate in such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be not less than five (5) Business Days following the date on which the Permitted

Debt Exchange Offer is made. The Parent Borrower shall provide the final results of such Permitted Debt Exchange to the Administrative

Agent no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed date of effectiveness for such Permitted Debt Exchange (or such

shorter period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to conclusively

rely on such results.

(d)            The

Parent Borrower shall be responsible for compliance with, and hereby agrees to comply with, all applicable securities and other laws

in connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, it being understood and agreed that (i) neither the Administrative Agent nor any

Lender assumes any responsibility in connection with the Parent Borrower’s compliance with such laws in connection with any Permitted

Debt Exchange and (ii) each Lender shall be solely responsible for its compliance with any applicable “insider trading”

laws and regulations to which such Lender may be subject under the Exchange Act.

156

Article III

REPRESENTATIONS

AND WARRANTIES

Each Loan Party, to the extent

applicable to it, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as of the Closing Date,

and as of the time of each subsequent Credit Event solely to the extent expressly required by Article IV, that:

Section 3.1             Corporate

Existence. (a) Each Borrower and each Guarantor is a corporation, partnership or other entity duly organized and validly existing

under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; and (b) each Borrower and each Material Restricted Subsidiary (i) has

all requisite corporate or other power, and has all material governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals, necessary

to own its assets and carry on its business in all material respects as now being conducted, except where the failure to have any of

the foregoing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) is qualified to do business in all

material jurisdictions in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except where failure so

to qualify would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.2             Financial

Condition.

(a)            As

of the Closing Date, to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Consolidated

Subsidiaries as at the end of the fiscal year for which financial statements have last been delivered prior to the Closing Date, and

the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income for the fiscal year ended on such date, heretofore

furnished to each of the Lenders (or made available to the Lenders through access to a web site, including, without limitation, www.sec.gov),

fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at such date

and the results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP (as in effect on the Closing Date (or the date of

preparation)), except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(b)            Except

as disclosed in any Exchange Act Report filed prior to the Closing Date or otherwise disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent

prior to the Closing Date, no Material Adverse Effect has occurred since the end of the fiscal year for which financial statements have

last been delivered prior to the Closing Date.

(c)            The

Parent Borrower, together with its Subsidiaries on a combined basis, is Solvent as of the Closing Date.

157

Section 3.3             Litigation.

Except as disclosed in any Exchange Act Report filed prior to the Closing Date or otherwise disclosed in writing to the Administrative

Agent prior to the Closing Date, there are no legal or arbitral proceedings, or any proceedings by or before any Governmental Authority,

pending or (to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower) overtly threatened in writing against the Parent Borrower or any of its Material

Restricted Subsidiaries which have resulted in a Material Adverse Effect (it being agreed that any legal or arbitral proceedings which

have been disclosed in any Exchange Act Report, whether overtly threatened in writing, pending, resulting in a judgment or otherwise,

shall not, in and of itself, be deemed to result in a Material Adverse Effect unless and until a final, non-appealable judgment for the

payment of money shall have been recorded against the Parent Borrower or any Material Restricted Subsidiary by any Governmental Authority

having jurisdiction, and all stays of execution have expired or been lifted).

Section 3.4             No

Breach, Etc. None of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated and compliance

with the terms and provisions hereof will conflict with or result in a breach of any organizational documents of any Borrower or any

Guarantor, or any Applicable Law, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority, or any material agreement or

instrument relating to Material Indebtedness to which the Parent Borrower or any Guarantor is a party or by which any of them is bound,

or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than a Permitted

Lien) upon any of the assets of the Parent Borrower or any Guarantor pursuant to the terms of any such agreement or instrument

relating to Material Indebtedness, except where any such conflict, or

breach or default would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse

Effect. Neither the Parent Borrower nor any of its Material Restricted Subsidiaries is in default under any of its material contractual

obligations, except where such default would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.5             Corporate

Action. Each Borrower and each Guarantor has all necessary corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver

and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; the execution and delivery by each Borrower and each Guarantor

of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the performance by each Borrower and each Guarantor of this Agreement and the other

Loan Documents, have been (or will, by the time required to be) duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action

on such Borrower’s and Guarantor’s part; this Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been duly and validly executed

and delivered by each Borrower and each Guarantor; and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute legal, valid and binding

obligations of each Borrower and each Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be limited

by (a) Debtor Relief Laws or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) the

application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at

law).

Section 3.6             Approvals.(a)           No

material authorizations, approvals or consents of, and no filings or registrations with, any Governmental Authority are required for

the execution, delivery or performance by each Borrower and each Guarantor of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, except for,

(a)            on

and after the Closing Date, filings necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured

Parties;

(b)            the

approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings that have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and

are in full force and effect (except to the extent not required to be obtained, taken, given or made or in full force and effect pursuant

to the Collateral Documents); and

158

(c)            those

approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make is not reasonably

expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.7             ERISA.

The Parent Borrower and, to its knowledge, its ERISA Affiliates have fulfilled their respective obligations under the minimum funding

standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan and are in compliance in all material respects with the currently applicable

provisions of ERISA and the Code, except where any failure or non-compliance would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material

Adverse Effect.

Section 3.8             Taxes.

The Parent Borrower and its Material Restricted Subsidiaries, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, have filed all United States Federal

income tax returns and all other material tax returns which are required to be filed by or in respect of them and have paid or caused

to be paid (including any such taxes in the capacity of a withholding agent) all taxes shown as due on such returns (taking into account

valid extensions), except (a) those being contested in good faith in appropriate proceedings and for which reserves have been provided

in accordance with GAAP or Section 5.2 or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so has not resulted in, or would

not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.9             Investment

Company Act. No Borrower or Guarantor is required to be registered as an “investment company” within the meaning

of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section 3.10           Environmental.

Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Parent

Borrower nor any of its Material Restricted Subsidiaries has received any written notice of violation of Environmental Laws with regard

to any of its or its Material Restricted Subsidiaries’ Properties or business.

Section 3.11           Material

Subsidiaries. The list of Subsidiaries set forth in the annual report of the Parent Borrower on Form 10-K most recently filed

with the SEC prior to the Closing Date was complete and correct in all material respects with respect to Material Subsidiaries as of

the date such Form 10-K was filed.

159

Section 3.12           Anti-Corruption

Laws, Patriot Act and Sanctions Since April 24, 2019, the Parent Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and

procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance by the Parent Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors,

officers and employees with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, the PATRIOT Act, and applicable Sanctions, as amended, and the regulations

thereunder. The Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries have, since April 24, 2019, conducted their businesses in compliance in all

material respects with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, the PATRIOT Act, and applicable Sanctions, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

None of the Parent Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, any director, officer or employee

of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that will act in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established

hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. No Loan will be borrowed or Letter of Credit issued (A) for the purpose of an offer, payment, promise

to pay or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of applicable Anti-Corruption

Laws or the PATRIOT Act or (B) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating unauthorized transactions with any Sanctioned

Person in violation of applicable Sanctions. No transactions undertaken by the Parent Borrower or any of the other Loan Parties hereunder

will be undertaken in violation of applicable Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

Section 3.13           Collateral

Documents. Prior to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, except as otherwise contemplated hereby or under any other Loan Documents,

the provisions of the Collateral Documents, together with such filings and other actions required to be taken hereby or by the applicable

Collateral Documents or contemplated by the Collateral Documents (including the delivery to Collateral Agent of any Pledged Debt and

any Pledged Equity required to be delivered pursuant to the applicable Collateral Documents), are effective to create in favor of the

Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a legal, valid and enforceable perfected Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) on

all right, title and interest of the Parent Borrower and the applicable Subsidiary Guarantors, respectively, in the Collateral described

therein.

Section 3.14           Margin

Stock. None of the Transactions will result in a violation by a Loan Party of Regulations U or X of the Federal Reserve, and no part

of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any

purpose that results in a violation by a Loan Party of Regulations U or X of the Federal Reserve.

Article IV

CONDITIONS

OF EFFECTIVENESS AND LENDING

Section 4.1             Signing

Date. The effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 9.8) of

the following conditions:

(a)            Credit

Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have received this Agreement (including Schedule 1.1, but excluding all other schedules

hereto, which shall be received as of the Closing Date), executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Parent Borrower,

the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender listed on Schedule 1.1.

(b)            Officer’s

Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received an officer’s certificate of the Parent Borrower executed on the Signing

Date containing:

(i)             copies

of the organizational documents of the Parent Borrower (with respect to the articles or certificate of incorporation or organization

(or other similar document)), certified by the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, together with

a good standing certificate or like certificate from the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, each

dated a recent date prior to the Signing Date,

(ii)            resolutions

or other applicable action of the Parent Borrower, and

160

(iii)            an

incumbency certificate and/or other certificate of Responsible Officers of the Parent Borrower, evidencing the identity, authority and

capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement.

(c)            KYC.

The Administrative Agent shall have received, no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Signing Date, all documentation

and other information reasonably requested by any Pro Rata Facilities

Joint Lead Arranger through the Administrative Agent in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Signing

Date to satisfy the requirements of bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering

rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act and, to the extent the Parent Borrower qualifies as a “legal

entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, a customary FinCEN beneficial ownership certificate.

Upon satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with

Section 9.8) of each of the conditions set forth in this Section 4.1, the Administrative Agent shall deliver

a certificate of effectiveness in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I to the Parent Borrower confirming such satisfaction (or

waiver in accordance with Section 9.8) and confirming the Signing Date and, thereafter, the Administrative Agent shall promptly

notify the Lenders in writing of the Signing Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

Section 4.2             Conditions

to Closing Date. The commitments of the Lenders and the availability and initial funding of the Pro

RataClosing Date Facilities on the Closing

Date are, in each case, subject solely to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Acquisition Bridge Facility Joint Lead Arrangers) of the

following conditions precedent (subject in all respects to the Certain Funds Provisions):

(a)            Credit

Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Joinder Agreement with respect to each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower

on the Closing Date prior to giving effect to the Transactions that (x) is not an Excluded Subsidiary and (y) is not already

a party to this Agreement as a Guarantor, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each such Subsidiary.

(b)            Officer’s

Certificate. Confirmation from the Parent Borrower (in the form of an officer’s certificate) to the Administrative Agent that:

(i)             the

Acquisition shall have either (x) been consummated or (y) will be consummated in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition

Agreement substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing under (or provision of commitments under) the Pro

RataClosing Date Facilities; and

161

(ii)            since

its execution, the Acquisition Agreement has not been amended, supplemented, waived or modified pursuant to its terms in a manner that

in the aggregate (when taken as a whole) is materially adverse to the LendersOriginal

Commitment Parties, in their respective capacities as such, without the consent of the Acquisition Bridge Facility Joint Lead

Arrangers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that each Acquisition Bridge Facility

Joint Lead Arranger shall be deemed to have consented to such amendment, supplement, waiver or modification unless it shall object in

writing thereto within three (3) Business Days of being notified of such amendment, supplement, waiver or modification; provided,

further, that an amendment, supplement, waiver or modification of the Acquisition Agreement (solely to the extent that such amendment,

supplement, waiver or modification relates to the purchase price) that does not increase the cash purchase price thereunder to be paid

on the Closing Date (unless any such increase is funded by an increase to the Equity Contribution) or that has the effect of reducing

the purchase price thereunder, will, in each case, be deemed not to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders and any such

reduction will reduce the commitments in respect of the senior secured bridge loan credit facility contemplated in connection with the

Acquisition on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

(c)            Concurrent

Transactions. Confirmation from the Parent Borrower (in the form of an officer’s certificate) to the Administrative

AgentOriginal Commitment Parties that

the Equity Contribution, the Closing Date Refinancings and the Target Debt Payment/LM Transactions shall have been made, consummated

or occurred, as applicable, prior to, or shall be made or consummated substantially concurrently with or promptly following, the initial

availability and borrowing under the Pro RataClosing

Date Facilities; provided that the Closing Date Refinancings and/or the Target Debt Payment/LM Transactions may be

consummated with the proceeds of the initial funding of the Term A-1 Loan Facility and/or,

the Term A-2 Loan Facility and/or the Term B-1 Loan Facility.

(d)            No

Company Material Adverse Effect. A Company Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the date

originally executed) shall not have occurred on or after the date of the Acquisition Agreement that would result in the failure of a

condition precedent to the Parent Borrower’s obligation to consummate the Acquisition under the Acquisition Agreement or that would

give the Parent Borrower the right (taking into account any notice and cure provisions) to terminate the Parent Borrower’s obligations

pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement.

(e)            Financial

Statements. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) audited consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements

of operations and comprehensive income (in the case of the Parent Borrower), operations and comprehensive (loss) income (in the case

of the Target), statement of equity of each of the Parent Borrower and the Target, and cash flows of each of the Parent Borrower and

the Target for the last three full fiscal years ended at least 60 days prior to the Closing Date and (ii) unaudited consolidated

balance sheets and related condensed statements of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows (in the case of the

Parent Borrower) and related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, equity and cash flows (in the case

of Target) of each of the Parent Borrower and the Target for each subsequent fiscal quarter ended at least 40 days prior to the Closing

Date (other than the fourth fiscal quarter of any fiscal year), which are prepared in accordance with GAAP; it being understood that,

with respect to such financial information for each such fiscal year and fiscal quarter, such condition shall be deemed satisfied through

the filing by the Parent Borrower or the Target of its annual report on Form 10-K or quarterly report on Form 10-Q with respect

to such fiscal year or fiscal quarter; it being agreed that a late filing of any such report shall not affect the satisfaction of the

condition in this clause (e).

162

(f)            Security

Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have received the Security Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer

of the Parent Borrower and each Guarantor, pursuant to which a lienLien

is granted on the Collateral securing the Obligations in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties,

and pursuant to which suchthe

Collateral Agent thereunder is authorized to file customary “all asset”

UCC-1 financing statements with respect thereto.

(g)            Collateral.

Subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, the Administrative Agent shall have received the Collateral consisting of certificates, if any,

representing the Pledged Equity required to be delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement and the Security Agreement.

(h)            Opinion

of Counsel. The Administrative Agent shall have received an opinion of each of (A) Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel to

the Loan Parties, and (B) such local or special counsel to the Loan Parties in each material jurisdiction as may be reasonably requested

by the Administrative Agent and agreed by Parent Borrower.

(i)            Secretary’s

Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received an officer’s certificate of each Loan Party other than the Parent

Borrower executed on the Closing Date containing (i) certification of organizational documents and appropriate authorizing resolutions,

(ii) customary good standing certificates for each of the Loan Parties and (iii) a customary incumbency certificate from officers

of each of the Loan Parties executing this Agreement or a Joinder Agreement hereto.

(j)            Borrowing

Request. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request on

or prior to the Closing Date, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Parent Borrower, in accordance with

Section 2.4, which (if delivered prior to the Closing Date) shall

be deemed to be conditioned on the consummation of the Transactions.

(k)            Solvency

Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer (or other officer with

reasonably equivalent responsibilities) of the Parent Borrower in form of Exhibit J hereto certifying that the Parent Borrower

and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis are Solvent after giving effect to the Transactions.

(l)            Representations

and Warranties. The Acquisition Agreement Representations and the Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material

respects (without duplication of any materiality qualification included in the terms of any such representation or warranty) on and as

of the Closing Date; provided that to the extent that the Acquisition Agreement Representations and the Specified Representations

specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be accurate in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualification

included in the terms of any such representation or warranty) as of such earlier date; provided further that no breach of the

Acquisition Agreement Representations shall constitute a failure to satisfy this condition (l) unless such breach is materially

adverse to the interests of the Lenders (in their capacities as such).

(m)            Section 6.1(g).

No event of the type described in Section 6.1(g) shall have occurred and be continuing.

163

(n)            Payment

of Fees and Expenses.  Payment of fees and expenses due to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers,

and in the case of expenses and legal fees, to the extent invoiced in reasonable detail at least two (2) business days prior to

the Closing Date and required to be paid on the Closing Date; it being agreed that such fees and expenses may be paid with the proceeds

of the initial funding of one or more Facilities.

Without limiting the generality

of the provisions set forth in Article VII of this Agreement, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions

specified in this Section 4.2, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved

or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable

or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing

Date specifying its objection thereto.

Section 4.3             All

Subsequent Credit Events. After the Closing Date, the obligation of each Lender to make each Loan, and the obligation of each Issuing

Lender to issue each Letter of Credit, are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a)            The

Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request for, or notice of, such Credit Event if and as required by Article II;

(b)            Subject

to Sections 1.4 and 2.14(f), each of the representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in this Agreement and

the other Loan Documents (other than those in Sections 3.2(a) and 3.2(c) and on and following the Investment

Grade Fall-Away Date, Sections 3.2(b), 3.3 and 3.13) shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as

of the date of such Credit Event with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations

and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all

material respects as of such earlier date; provided that any representation that is qualified as to “materiality”,

“Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein)

in all respects on and as of such respective date.

(c)            Subject

to Sections 1.4 and 2.14(f), at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Credit Event, no Default or Event

of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(d)            After

giving effect to such Credit Event, (i) with respect to Revolving Credit Loans, (A) the Outstanding Revolving Extensions of

Credit of each Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment then in effect unless, in the case of a Swingline Lender, such

Swingline Lender shall otherwise consent and (B) the Total Revolving Facility Exposure shall not exceed the Total Revolving Commitment

then in effect, and (ii) with respect to Multi-Currency Revolving Loans, (A) the outstanding Multi-Currency Revolving Loans

in a particular Multi-Currency shall not exceed the Multi-Currency Sublimit for such currency and (B) the aggregate outstanding

Multi-Currency Revolving Loans shall not exceed the Total Multi-Currency Sublimit.

164

Each Credit Event shall be deemed to constitute

a representation and warranty by the Parent Borrower on the date of such Credit Event as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and

(c) of this Section 4.3.

Article V

COVENANTS

The

Parent Borrower and each of the Guarantors covenants and agrees with each Lender that, from and after the Closing Date and as

long as the Commitments shall be in effect or the principal of or interest on any Loan shall be unpaid, or there shall be any Aggregate

LC Exposure, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:

Section 5.1             Financial

Statements. The Parent Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution by the Administrative Agent

to each of the Lenders (other than a Disqualified Lender):

(a)            within

60 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly fiscal periods of each fiscal year of the Parent Borrower, consolidated statements

of operations and cash flows of the Parent Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period and for the period from the beginning

of the respective fiscal year to the end of such period, and the related consolidated balance sheet as at the end of such period, setting

forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding consolidated figures for the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year,

accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Parent Borrower which certificate shall state that such financial statements

fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries

in accordance with GAAP as at the end of, and for, such period, subject to customary year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(b)            within

120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent Borrower, consolidated statements of operations and cash flows of the Parent

Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such year and the related consolidated balance sheet as at the end of such year, setting

forth in comparative form the corresponding consolidated figures for the preceding fiscal year, and accompanied by an opinion thereon

of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall (xi) state

that such consolidated financial statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Parent

Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of, and for, such fiscal year and (yii)

not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than a “going concern” qualification,

explanatory paragraph or emphasis or exception

that is solely with respect to, or resulting solely from, (iA)

an upcoming maturity date under the Facilities or any other Material Indebtedness occurring within one (1) year from the time such

report is delivered, (iiB)

any actual or prospective default of any financial covenant or (iiiC)

activities, operations, financial results or liabilities of any Person other than the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries);

(c)            promptly

after a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower knows that any Default or Event of Default has occurred, a notice of such Default

or Event of Default describing it in reasonable detail and, together with such notice or as soon thereafter as possible, a description

of the action that the Parent Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

165

(d)            within

30 days after a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower knows that any of the events or conditions specified below with respect to

any Plan or Multiemployer Plan have occurred or exist which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, a statement

signed by a senior financial officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth details respecting such event or condition and the action,

if any, which the Parent Borrower or, to the extent such information is reasonably available to Parent Borrower, its ERISA Affiliate

proposes to take with respect thereto (and copy of any report or notice required to be filed with or given to the PBGC by the Parent

Borrower or, to the extent such report or notice is reasonably available to Parent Borrower, an ERISA Affiliate with respect to such

event or condition):

(i) any reportable event, as defined

in Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan, as to which the PBGC has not by

regulation waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such

event; provided, that a failure to meet the minimum funding standards of Section 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA

shall be a reportable event regardless of the issuance of any waiver in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of

ERISA;

(ii) the filing under Section 4041

of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan or the termination of any Plan;

(iii) the institution by the PBGC

of proceedings under Section 4042(a) of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee under Section 4042(b) of

ERISA to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Parent Borrower

or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer

Plan;

(iv) the complete or partial withdrawal

by the Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate under Section 4203

or 4205 of ERISA from a Multiemployer Plan, or the receipt by the Parent

Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of notice from a Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to

Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A of ERISA;

(v) the institution of a proceeding

by a fiduciary of any Multiemployer Plan against the Parent Borrower

or any ERISA Affiliate to enforce Section 515 of ERISA, which proceeding is not dismissed within 30 days; and

(vi) a failure to make a required

installment or other contribution payment with respect to a Plan (within the meaning of Section 430(k) of the Code), in which

case the notice required hereunder shall be provided within 10 days after the due date for filing notice of such failure with the PBGC;

(e)            promptly

after a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower knows that any change has occurred in the Corporate Family Rating by any Rating Agency,

a notice describing such change;

166

(f)            simultaneously

with the delivery of each set of financial delivered pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above, such supplemental financial information

(which need not be audited) as is necessary to eliminate the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries, subject to the Consolidating

Financial Statement Exception, subject to the Consolidating Financial Statement Exception;

and

(g)            no

more than five (5) Business Days after the delivery of each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (a) or

(b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Parent Borrower (a “Compliance Certificate”) (i) to

the effect that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or, if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, describing

it in reasonable detail and describing the action that the Parent Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto), and

(ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the computations (including any pro forma calculations as described in Section 1.2(c))

necessary to determine whether the Parent Borrower is in compliance with the Financial Covenants as of the end of the respective quarterly

fiscal period or fiscal year. In addition, on the Closing Date, the Parent Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent for prompt

further distribution by the Administrative Agent to each of the Lenders (other than a Disqualified Lender) a Compliance Certificate setting

forth in reasonable detail the Parent Borrower’s good faith computations of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, the Closing Date

First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and the Closing Date Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, in each case, on a Pro Forma Basis for the

Transactions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations

in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.1 may be satisfied with respect to financial information

of the Parent Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (i) by furnishing the applicable financial statements of any Person of

which the Parent Borrower is a Subsidiary (such Person, a “Parent Entity”) or (ii) by filing the Parent Borrower’s

or a Parent Entity’s Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable(A) with

respect to obligations in paragraph (a) of this Section 5.1, Form 10-Q or, if a Form 10-Q is not required to be filed

with the SEC, Form 10-S and (B) with respect to obligations in paragraph (b) of this Section 5.1, Form 10-K,

with the SEC by the deadlines applicable to such filings (after giving effect to any extension thereof permitted by the SEC) (if later

than the deadlines set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.1); provided that

with respect to each of clauses (i) and (ii), (A) to the extent such information relates to a Parent Entity,

such information is accompanied by such supplemental financial information (which need not be audited) as is necessary to eliminate the

accounts of such Parent Entity and each of its Subsidiaries, other than the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, subject to the Consolidating

Financial Statement Exception. Any financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall not be

required to contain purchase accounting adjustments to the extent it is not practicable to include any such adjustments in such financial

statements.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein,

nothing in any Loan Document (including Section 5.2(e) below) shall

require any Borrower any of its Subsidiaries to provide information (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial

proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure is prohibited by Applicable Law, (iii) that is subject to attorney

client or similar or other legal privilege or constitutes attorney work product, (iv) the disclosure of which is restricted by any

contractual obligation not entered into primarily and specifically for the purpose of qualifying for the exclusion in this clause

(iv), (v) to the extent disclosure would reasonably be expected to result in violation or other breach of any third-party confidentiality

agreements or (vi) that relates to an investigation by an Governmental Authority to the extent either (A) such information

is identifiable to a particular individual or (B) the information is not factual in nature (the limitations set forth in this paragraph,

the “Disclosure Limitations”).

167

Section 5.2             Legal

Existence, Etc.

(a)            The

Parent Borrower will, and will cause each of its Material Restricted Subsidiaries to, preserve and maintain its legal existence; provided

that

(i)             nothing

in this Section 5.2 shall prohibit any transaction expressly permitted under Section 5.4 or Section 5.11,

(ii)            the

legal existence of any Restricted Subsidiary may be terminated if, in the good faith judgment of the board of directors or the Chief

Financial Officer of the Parent Borrower, such termination would not result reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect,

(iii)           nothing

in this Section 5.2 shall apply with respect to any Immaterial Subsidiary, and

(b)            The

Parent Borrower will, and will cause each of its Material Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with the requirements of all Applicable

Laws, rules, regulations and orders of Governmental Authorities (including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws) if failure to

comply with such requirements or obligations would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c)            The

Parent Borrower will, and will cause each of its Material Restricted Subsidiaries to pay and discharge all taxes, assessments, governmental

charges, levies or other obligations of whatever nature imposed on it or on its income or profits or on any of its Property prior to

the date on which penalties attach thereto, except (i) for any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or other obligation the payment

of which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and against which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance

with GAAP or (ii) to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(d)            The

Parent Borrower will, and will cause each of its Material Restricted Subsidiaries to maintain all its Property used or useful in its

business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty or condemnation excepted, all as in the judgment of

the Parent Borrower or such Material Restricted Subsidiary may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may

be properly and advantageously conducted at all times (provided that the Parent Borrower or such Material Restricted Subsidiary

shall not be required to maintain any such Property if either (i) the failure to maintain any such Property is, in the judgment

of the Parent Borrower or such Material Restricted Subsidiary, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Parent Borrower or such

Material Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material

Adverse Effect); and

168

(e)            The

Parent Borrower will, and will cause each of its Material Restricted Subsidiaries to (i) maintain appropriate books of records in

which entries are made of all dealings and transactions material to the Parent Borrower and its Material Restricted Subsidiaries, taken

as a whole, in relation to its business and activities and (ii) subject to applicable lawApplicable

Law, permit representatives of the Administrative Agent or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any Lender

(in each case, which representatives shall be reasonably acceptable to the Parent Borrower), upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and

inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with

its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing)

no more than once per fiscal year of the Parent Borrower; provided that such designated representatives agree to any reasonable

confidentiality obligations proposed by the Parent Borrower, including, but not limited to, confidentiality obligations agreed to by

the Lenders under or in connection with this Agreement; provided further that (A) the rights of the Administrative Agent

and Lenders shall be subject to the Disclosure Limitations, (B) the Administrative Agent and Lenders shall cause their representatives

to use their commercially reasonable efforts to avoid any interruption of the normal business operations of the Parent Borrower or its

Subsidiaries, (C) the Administrative Agent shall give the Parent Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with

the Parent Borrower'sBorrower’s

independent public accountants, and (D) such obligations shall in all events be subject to the rights of lessees or sublessees and

to any restrictions or limitations in any applicable lease, sublease, contractual obligation or other written occupancy arrangement to

which any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary is bound.

Section 5.3             Insurance.

The Parent Borrower will, and will cause each of its Material Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep insured by insurers that the Parent

Borrower believes are financially sound and reputable at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed or with a Captive Insurance

Subsidiary property of a character usually insured by corporations engaged in the same or similar business and similarly situated against

loss or damage of the kinds and in the amounts consistent with prudent business practice and carry such other insurance as is consistent

with prudent business practice (it being understood that self-insurance shall be permitted to the extent consistent with prudent business

practice). Prior to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, subject to Section 5.15, the Parent Borrower shall use commercially

reasonable efforts to ensure that at all times the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be named as an additional

insured with respect to any general liability policies having a policy cap in excess of the Threshold Amount maintained by the Parent

Borrower and each Guarantor and the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and shall be named as loss payee with respect

to the property insurance in excess of the Threshold Amount maintained by the Parent Borrower and each Guarantor to the extent covering

Collateral; provided (a) that, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (i) all proceeds from

insurance policies shall be paid to the Parent Borrower or the applicable Guarantor, (ii) to the extent the Collateral Agent receives

any proceeds, the Collateral Agent shall turn over to the Parent Borrower any amounts received by it as an additional insured or loss

payee under any property insurance maintained by the Parent Borrower and its Material Restricted Subsidiaries, and (iii) the Collateral

Agent agrees that the Parent Borrower and/or its applicable Material Restricted Subsidiaries shall have the sole right to adjust or settle

any claims under such insurance and (b) this Section 5.3 shall not be applicable to (i) business interruption insurance,

workers’ compensation policies, employee liability policies or directors and officers policies, (ii) policies to the extent

the Collateral Agent cannot have an insurable interest therein or is unable to be named as an additional insured or loss payee thereunder

or (iii) the extent unavailable from the relevant insurer after the Parent Borrower’s use of its commercially reasonable efforts.

169

Section 5.4             Guarantee

Obligations and Security Obligations for Personal Property. Prior to an Investment Grade Fall-Away Event, subject to any applicable

limitation in any Loan Document (including Section 5.5), the Parent Borrower will take the following actions within 90 days

of the occurrence of any Grant Event (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion):

(a)            cause

the Restricted Subsidiary subject of the Grant Event to join this Agreement as a Guarantor, which may be accomplished by executing a

Joinder Agreement;

(b)            cause

the Restricted Subsidiary subject of the Grant Event to execute and deliver the Security Agreement (or a supplement thereto), which may

be accomplished by executing a Security Agreement Supplement;

(c)            cause

the Restricted Subsidiary subject of the Grant Event to execute and deliver any applicable Intellectual Property Security Agreements

with respect to registered intellectual property that it owns and that constitutes Collateral;

(d)            cause

the Restricted Subsidiary subject of the Grant Event (and any Loan Party of which such Restricted Subsidiary is a direct Subsidiary)

to (Ai)

deliver any and all certificates representing its Equity Interests (to the extent certificated and, with respect to any such Person that

is not a corporation if such Person has “opted into” Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code) that constitute Collateral

and are required to be delivered pursuant to the Security Agreement, accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments

of transfer executed in blank (or any other documents customary under local law), and (Bii)

deliver all instruments evidencing Indebtedness held by such Restricted Subsidiary that constitute Collateral and are required to be

delivered pursuant to the Security Agreement, endorsed in blank, to the Collateral Agent (or such other Person as may be contemplated

by any applicable Intercreditor Agreement); and

(e)            upon

the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, take and cause the Restricted Subsidiary the subject of the Grant Event and each

direct or indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this Agreement

that directly holds Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary to take such customary actions as may be necessary in the reasonable

opinion of the Administrative Agent to vest in the Collateral Agent (or in any representative of the Collateral Agent designated by it)

perfected Liens (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary and the personal property and fixtures

of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent required by the Loan Documents, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with

their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by the Debtor Relief Laws or any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,

reorganization, winding-up, or composition or readjustment of debts, and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement

is sought in equity or at law);

170

provided

that, (A) without limiting the obligations set forth above, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent will consult in good

faith with the Parent Borrower to reduce any stamp, filing or similar taxes imposed as a result of the actions described in the foregoing

provisions and (B) notwithstanding the foregoing, the documentation required by this Section 5.4 in respect of one or

more Restricted Subsidiaries that become the subject of a Grant Event during any fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the Parent Borrower

may be delivered on an “omnibus” basis for multiple new Restricted Subsidiaries at one time, and may, at the election of

the Parent Borrower, be executed and delivered on the date on which financial statements are next required to be delivered pursuant to

Section 5.1(a) or Section 5.1(b).

Section 5.5             Further

Assurances. Prior to an Investment Grade Fall-Away Event, subject to Section 5.4 and any applicable limitations in any

Collateral Document, promptly upon the reasonable request by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, the Parent Borrower will,

and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries to (a) correct any material defect or error that

may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Collateral Document or other document or instrument

relating to any Collateral and (b) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register

any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent

may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Collateral Documents.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any

Loan Document, neither the Parent Borrower, nor any other Loan Party will be required, nor shall the Administrative Agent or the Collateral

Agent be authorized,

(a)            to

perfect security interests in the Collateral other than by,

(i)            “all

asset” filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the office of the secretary of state (or similar central filing office)

of the relevant state(s);

(ii)            filings

in (A) after the occurrence and during continuation of an Event of Default and upon written request by the Administrative Agent

(at the direction of Required Lenders), the United States Patent and Trademark Office with respect to any U.S. registered and applied-for

patents and trademarks and (B) the United States Copyright Office of the Library of Congress with respect to copyright registrations

and applications, in each case of each of (A) and (B), constituting Material Intellectual Property Collateral; and

(iii)            delivery

to the Collateral Agent (or a bailee or other agent of the Collateral Agent) to be held in its possession of all Collateral consisting

of (A) certificates representing certificated equity securities and (B) material promissory notes and other material instruments,

in each case constituting Collateral in the manner provided in the Collateral Documents;

(b)            to

enter into any control agreement, lockbox or similar arrangement with respect to any deposit account, securities account, commodities

account or other bank account, or otherwise take or perfect a security interest with control other than as contemplated in clause

(a)(iii) above;

171

(c)            to

enter into or deliver any mortgages with respect to any real property;

(d)            to

take any action with respect to perfecting a Lien with respect to letters of credit, letter of credit rights, commercial tort claims,

chattel paper or assets subject to a certificate of title or similar statute (in each case, other than the filing of customary “all

asset” UCC-1 financing statements) or to deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels, bailee letters, collateral access letters or

similar documents;

(e)            no

notice to or consent of any Governmental Authority under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act (or any similar Law) shall be required;

and

(f)            (i) to

take any action (A) in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or (B) required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction to create,

perfect or maintain any security interest or otherwise, including any intellectual property registered in any non-U.S. jurisdiction

(it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction

or any requirement to make any filings in any foreign jurisdiction, including with respect to foreign intellectual property) and (ii) to

enter into any source code escrow agreements or obligation to apply for the registration of any Intellectual Property.

Section 5.6             Use

of Proceeds. On and after the Closing Date, each Borrower:

(a)            will

use the proceeds of the Closing Date Term A Loans and the Term B-1 Loans

to finance the Transactions and the payment of fees, costs and expenses related thereto; and

(b)            will

use the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans and will use the Letters of Credit for general corporate purposes, including supporting

transactions not prohibited hereunder, including to refinance the Existing Credit Agreement;

provided,

that neither any Agent nor any Lender shall have any responsibility as to the use of any of such proceeds.

Section 5.7             Designation

of Subsidiaries; Transfer of Property to an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(a)            Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary in Section 9.8 or elsewhere in this Agreement, the Parent Borrower may at any time and from time

to time on or after the Closing Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any

Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary by written notice to the Administrative Agent; provided that:

(i)             prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date,

(A)           immediately

after such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(B)            no

Restricted Subsidiary may be a Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (and any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is acquired

or formed after the date of designation shall automatically be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary); and

172

(C)            immediately

after such designation, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of such date, would not exceed

0.25 to 1.00 greater than the Closing Date Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio; and

(ii)            on

or following the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, immediately after such designation, all Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not, in the

aggregate, account for more than either (x) 15% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries

or (y) 15% of Consolidated Revenue of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period

for which financial statements have been delivered or are required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or

(b), in each case, on a Pro Forma Basis.

The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary

as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary

and its Subsidiaries existing at such time.

(b)            In

addition, the transfer (or exclusive license) of any Property from the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Unrestricted

Subsidiary shall require that immediately after such transfer,

(x) prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of such date, would

not exceed 0.25 to 1.00 greater than the Closing Date Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio; and

(y) on

or following the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, all Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not, in the aggregate, account for more than either

(i) 15% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (ii) 15% of Consolidated Revenue

of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements

have been delivered or are required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b), in each case, on

a Pro Forma Basis.

Section 5.8           Prohibition

of Fundamental Changes. The Parent Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, merge or consolidate

with any Person, or effect an LLC Division. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.8:

(a)            any

Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower may be merged or consolidated with or into: (i) the Parent Borrower, if the Parent

Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) any other such Restricted Subsidiary or person who will become

a Restricted Subsidiary;

173

(b)            the

Parent Borrower may merge or consolidate with or into any other Person if (i) either (A) the Parent Borrower is the continuing

or surviving corporation or (B) the corporation formed by such consolidation or into which or under which the Parent Borrower is

merged (such person, a “NewCo”) shall be a corporation organized under the laws of the United States of America, any

State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume the obligations of the Parent Borrower, as applicable, hereunder

pursuant to a written agreement and shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent such agreement and a certificate of a Responsible

Officer and an opinion of counsel to the effect that such merger or consolidation complies with this Section 5.8(b), and

(ii) after giving effect thereto and to any repayment of Loans to be made upon consummation thereof (it being expressly understood

that no repayment of Loans is required solely by virtue thereof), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(c)            nothing

in this Section 5.8 shall prohibit any Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 5.13;

(d)            nothing

in this Section 5.8 shall prohibit the granting of Liens permitted pursuant to Section 5.9;

(e)            nothing

in this Section 5.8 shall prohibit the making Restricted Payments permitted pursuant to Section 5.12;

(f)            any

merger or consolidation the purpose of which is to reincorporate or reorganize a Restricted Subsidiary in another jurisdiction shall

be permitted;

(g)            any

Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Person in order to effect an investment or other transaction not prohibited

by the Loan Document;

(h)            the

Transactions shall be permitted; and

(i)            any

Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower may consummate an LLC Division; provided that if any such LLC Division is of a Subsidiary Borrower

either (i) the Loans made to such Subsidiary Borrower shall be repaid or (ii) a resulting LLC of such LLC Division shall comply

with Section 2.26 with respect to becoming a Subsidiary Borrower.

Section 5.9             Limitation

on Liens.

(a)            The

Parent Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create any Lien upon any of its Properties to

secure the payment of any Consolidated Indebtedness (each such Lien, a “Subject Lien”), unless:

(i)            prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, (A) (x) in the case of a Subject Lien on any Collateral, if the obligations secured

by such Subject Lien are expressly junior to the Lien securing the Obligations and subject to a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and

(y) in the case of a Subject Lien on assets of a Loan Party that are not Collateral, the Obligations are equally and ratably secured

with (or on a senior basis to) the obligations secured by such Subject Lien or (B) in the case of a Subject Lien on any Collateral

or any assets of a Loan Party that are not Collateral, such Subject Lien is a Permitted Lien; or

(ii)            on

and following the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, either (A) the Obligations are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior

basis to) the obligations secured by such Subject Lien or (B) such Subject Lien is a Permitted Lien.

174

(b)            Any

Lien created for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to clause (a)(ii) above shall be automatically and unconditionally

released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Subject Lien that gave rise to the obligation to so secure the Obligations;

and

(c)            With

respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness,

such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness; provided that such Increased Amount shall

not require utilization of any additional basket capacity relating to such Lien. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness

shall mean any increase in the amount of such Consolidated Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of

accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the

same terms, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely

as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness.

(d)            Each

of the following shall be a “Permitted Lien”:

(i)             (A) prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, Liens pursuant to any Loan Document and (B) on and after the Investment Grade Fall-Away

Date, Liens pursuant to any Loan Document to the extent all Obligations under the Loan Documents are secured by such Liens;

(ii)            prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, (A) Liens existing on the Closing Date and, to the extent securing Indebtedness in excess

of $150,000,000, listed on Schedule 5.5 delivered by the Parent Borrower on the Closing Date and (B) any Lien securing

the renewal, extension or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by clause (A) above that does not extend

to Indebtedness other than that which is being renewed, extended or refunded;

(iii)           (A) purchase

money Liens or purchase money security interests upon or in any Property acquired or held by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary

of the Parent Borrower to secure the purchase price of such Property or to secure Indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing

the acquisition of such Property and (B) any Lien securing the renewal, extension or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any

Lien permitted by clause (A) above that does not extend to Indebtedness other than that which is being renewed, extended

or refunded;

(iv)           (A) Liens

existing on Property at the time of its acquisition (other than any such Lien created in contemplation of such acquisition) and (B) any

Lien securing the renewal, extension or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by clause (A) above that

does not extend to Indebtedness other than that which is being renewed, extended or refunded;

(v)            (A) Liens

on Property of Persons which become or became Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness existing, with respect to any such Person,

on the date such Person becomes or became a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any such Lien created in contemplation of such Person becoming

a Restricted Subsidiary) and (B) any Lien securing the renewal, extension or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted

by clause (A) above that does not extend to Indebtedness other than that which is being renewed, extended or refunded;

175

(vi)           Liens

on Securitization Assets securing or transferred pursuant to any Permitted Securitization Financing;

(vii)          Prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, Liens on assets of non-Loan Parties;

(viii)         Statutory

or common law Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens,

or other customary Liens (other than in respect of Indebtedness) in favor of landlords, so long as, in each case, such Liens arise in

the ordinary course of business and secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than ninety (90) days or, if more than ninety (90)

days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate

actions, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(ix)           Liens

arising from judgments or orders for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 6.1(i);

(x)            (A) Liens

for taxes, assessments or governmental charges that are not overdue for a period of more than ninety (90) days or that are being contested

in good faith and by appropriate actions diligently conducted and for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance

with GAAP or that are not expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (B) Liens for property taxes on property the Parent

Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries has decided to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment or charge is to such property;

(xi)           easements,

rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning and building code restrictions and plan agreements, development agreements and contract

zoning agreements), encroachments, survey exceptions, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines,

gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, reservations of rights, servitudes, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and

title defects affecting real property that, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the

business of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the use of the property for its intended purpose;

(xii)          leases,

licenses, subleases or sublicenses (including Works) granted to others in the ordinary course of business (including any other agreement

under which the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has granted rights to end users to access and use the Parent Borrower’s

or any Restricted Subsidiary’s products, technologies, facilities or services) which do not interfere in any material respect with

the business of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

176

(xiii)         (A) pledges

or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, health, disability or employee benefits,

unemployment insurance and other social security laws or similar legislation or regulation or other insurance-related obligations (including

in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) and (B) pledges, deposits and Liens

on cash in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations

in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance

to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xiv)         Liens

and subrogation rights arising from the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and operating leases, statutory

obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure

health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(xv)          purported

Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or similar public filings;

(xvi)         Liens

(A) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208 or 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on the items in the course of

collection, (B) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course

of business and not for speculative purposes and (C) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of

law encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of setoff) and that are within the

general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(xvii)        Liens

(A) in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with

the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business and (B) on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds thereof

of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or documentary letters of credit issued

or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or such other goods in the

ordinary course of business;

(xviii)       prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, (A) Liens securing Pari Passu Lien Debt, so long as the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, determined

on a Pro Forma Basis as of the date of the incurrence of such Pari Passu Lien Debt, would not exceed either (x) 0.50 to 1.00 greater

than the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio or (y) if such Pari Passu Lien Debt is incurred in connection with an

investment, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio in effect immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction calculated on a Pro

Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period or, at the Parent Borrower’s election, as of the last day of the most recently

ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements are internally available, provided that such Indebtedness shall

be subject to an Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement, and (B) any Lien securing a Permitted Refinancing of the Pari Passu Lien

Debt secured pursuant to clause (A) above that does not extend to Indebtedness other than that which is being renewed, extended

or refunded;

177

(xix)          prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, (A) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Acquisition Bridge Facility and

any Permanent Financing incurred pursuant to Section 5.10(b) and (B) any Lien securing a Permitted Refinancing

of the Acquisition Bridge Facility and/or Permanent Financing secured pursuant to clause (A) above that does not extend to

Indebtedness other than that which is being renewed, extended or refunded, provided that in each case, such Indebtedness shall be subject

to an Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement or Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement to the extent secured by Liens on the Collateral

ranking pari passu or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations;

(xx)           Liens

on assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties securing Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties,

including Liens on the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiaries (except those Equity Interests held by Loan Parties), in each

case securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(xxi)          Liens

incurred in connection with the cash collateralization of letters of credit or Hedge Agreements designed to hedge against the Parent

Borrower’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s exposure to interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks

incurred not for speculative purposes;

(xxii)         Liens

securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 5.10(h); provided that such Liens do not at any time encumber any property

other than the property whose acquisition, construction or improvement was financed by such Indebtedness and the Indebtedness secured

thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets;

(xxiii)        Liens

(A) on cash earnest money deposits made by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter

of intent or purchase agreement relating to an Investmentinvestment

not prohibited hereunder or (B) incurred in connection with escrow arrangements or other agreements relating to any acquisition

or Investmentinvestment

not prohibited hereunder;

(xxiv)       on

and following the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, Liens securing Indebtedness incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower

in an aggregate principal amount, when taken together (without duplication) with the aggregate principal amount of Remaining Non-Loan

Party Debt then outstanding, not to exceed, on a Pro Forma Basis, the greater of (A) an amount equal to 5% of Consolidated Tangible

Assets and (B) a dollar amount calculated based upon the Closing Date Metric equal to 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (the amount

of Indebtedness secured pursuant to this clause (xxiv), the “Remaining Secured Debt”);

(xxv)        Liens

created in favor of a producer or supplier of television programming or films over distribution revenues and/or distribution rights which

are allocable to such producer or supplier under related distribution agreements;

178

(xxvi)       prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, (A) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Incremental Equivalent Debt and

any Permitted Exchange Debt incurred pursuant to Section 5.10(g) and (B) any Lien securing a Permitted Refinancing of

any Incremental Equivalent Debt and/or Permitted Exchange Debt secured pursuant to clause (A) above that does not extend to Indebtedness

other than that which is being renewed, extended or refunded, provided that in each case, such Indebtedness shall be subject to an Equal

Priority Intercreditor Agreement or Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement to the extent secured by Liens on the Collateral ranking pari

passu or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations;

(xxvii)      (xxvi) Liens

consisting of or related to the sale, transfer, distribution, or financing of Works or intellectual property or other rights with respect

thereto or with groups who may receive tax benefits or other third-party investors in connection with the financing and/or distribution

of Works in the ordinary course of business and the granting to Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of rights to distribute such

Works; provided, however, that no such Lien shall attach to any asset or right of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries

(other than (1) the Works which were sold, transferred to or financed by groups who may receive tax benefits or third-party investors

in question or the proceeds arising therefrom and (2) the stock or equity interests of a Subsidiary substantially all of the assets

of which consist of such Works and related proceeds); Liens on satellite transponders and all property rights therein and the products,

revenues and proceeds therefrom which secure obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition, utilization or operation of such

satellite transponders or the refinancing of any such obligations; and

(xxviii)    (xxvii) Liens

over any bank account used in the ordinary course of business and granted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized, incorporated or formed

under the laws of the Netherlands as part of a bank'sbank’s

standard terms and conditions, including the terms and conditions of the Dutch Banks’ Association (Nederlandse vereniging voor

banken) or similar terms and conditions.;

;

provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, the aggregate principal

amount of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any Excluded Real Property pursuant to this Section 5.9 hereof shall not exceed

$2,000,000,000 at any time outstanding.

Section 5.10           Limitation

on Indebtedness. (x) Prior to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, the Parent Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of

its Restricted Subsidiaries, to incur any Indebtedness and (y) on and following the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, the Parent

Borrower shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties, to incur any Consolidated Indebtedness, in each

case except:

(a)            prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, (i) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Incremental

Facility and Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Borrower under this Agreement (including backed-up commercial paper)), (ii) Cash Management

Agreements and (iii) Secured Hedge Agreements, in each case, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

179

(b)            prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, (i) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Acquisition Bridge Facility on the Closing Date,

(ii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Permanent Financings (other than pursuant to Incremental Facilities under this Agreement)

on or prior to the Closing Date; and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(c)            (i) Indebtedness

of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date or that is acquired by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted

Subsidiary after the Closing Date to the extent such Indebtedness was outstanding immediately prior to such acquisition and was not incurred

in anticipation thereof and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(d)            any

Indebtedness owing by Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries

(including any intercompany Indebtedness created by the declaration of any dividend (including a note payable dividend) by any Restricted

Subsidiary to Parent Borrower or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries);

(e)            prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, Indebtedness; provided that the Parent Borrower shall be in compliance with the Financial

Covenants on a Pro Forma Basis immediately following the incurrence of such Indebtedness, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(f)            prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, (i) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and, to the extent in excess of $150,000,000,

set forth on Schedule 5.10 and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(g)            prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, Incremental Equivalent Debt,

Permitted Exchange Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(h)            (i) Indebtedness

incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations

and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets; provided, that such Indebtedness is incurred

prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and the principal amount of such

Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (ii) any Permitted

Refinancing thereof;

(i)            Permitted

Securitization Financing and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(j)            Indebtedness

consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums and (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in

each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(k)            on

and following the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, Indebtedness incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (other

than any Restricted Subsidiary is a Loan Party) in an aggregate principal amount, when taken together (without duplication) with the

aggregate principal amount of Remaining Secured Debt then outstanding, not to exceed, on a Pro Forma Basis, the greater of (i) an

amount equal to 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets and (ii) a dollar amount calculated based upon the Closing Date Metric equal

to 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (the amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (k), the “Remaining

Non-Loan Party Debt”);

180

(l)            Indebtedness

consisting of or relating to the sale, transfer, distribution, or financing of motion pictures, video and television programs, sound

recordings, books or rights with respect thereto or with groups who may receive tax benefits or other third-party investors in connection

with the financing and/or distribution of such motion pictures, video and television programing, sound recordings or books in the ordinary

course of business and the granting to Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of rights to distribute such motion pictures, video

and television programming, sound recordings or books; and

(m)            Indebtedness

arising between Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to a declaration of joint and several liability used for

purposes of Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code (and any residual liability under such declaration arising pursuant to Section 2:404(2) of

the Dutch Civil Code) or any equivalent arrangement in any other relevant jurisdiction.

Section 5.11           Transactions

with Affiliates. Except for transactions contemplated by any agreement entered into on or prior to the Closing Date, the Parent Borrower

shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction with any Affiliate involving aggregate

payments or consideration in excess of greater of (a) $100,000,000 and (b) a Closing Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA in any fiscal year, unless such transaction is not materially less favorable to the Parent Borrower or such Restricted

Subsidiary than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate (or in the event

there are no comparable transactions involving persons who are not Affiliates of the Parent

Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary to apply for comparative purposes, on terms that, taken as a whole, the Parent Borrower

has determined to be fair to the Parent Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary); provided that the foregoing shall not

prohibit:

(a)            transactions

among the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b)            transactions

with Unrestricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, so long

as such transactions are fair to the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the good faith determination of senior management

or the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower;

(c)            transactions

pursuant to or in connection with any Permitted Securitization Financing (including servicing arrangements and intercompany arrangements

related thereto);

(d)            the

payment of reasonable and customary management, consulting, monitoring, advisory, transaction, director, indemnification and similar

fees and expenses to Sponsors, Management Stockholders or their respective Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted under Section 5.12;

(e)            transactions

involving the issuance of Equity Interests, contributions to equity or other customary equity related transactions;

(f)             employment,

severance, retention, compensation, benefits and equity-based arrangements with officers, directors, employees or consultants of the

Parent Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business or approved by the Board

of Directors (or a committee thereof);

181

(g)            licenses,

content distribution arrangements and other Intellectual Property or content related transactions entered into in the ordinary course

of business;

(h)            transactions

in which the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter

from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from

a financial point of view; and

(i)             transactions

otherwise not prohibited under this Agreement.

Section 5.12           Restricted

Payments. Prior to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, the Parent Borrower will not make any Restricted Payment with respect to

the Parent Borrower’s Equity Interests; provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:

(a)            Restricted

Payments so long as immediately following such Restricted Payment the Parent Borrower shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with

the Financial Covenants;

(b)            declaration

and payment of dividends by the Parent Borrower on its Capital Stock in an amount not to exceed an annualized amount equal to $0.20 per

share per fiscal year, so long as no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the declaration

of such dividend;

(c)            declaration

and payment of Restricted Payments payable in the form of Equity Interests of such Person, or with the proceeds received after the Closing

Date of any offering or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of, or capital contribution to, such Person,

in each case, excluding proceeds of Specified Equity Contributions;

(d)            (i) Restricted

Payments made in connection with, or with proceeds received in connection with, the Transactions, including pursuant to any working capital

or other purchase price adjustment included in the Acquisition Agreement and (ii) Restricted Payments made pursuant to legally binding

written contracts or signed letters of intent in existence on the Closing Date;

(e)            to

the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the entry into and consummation of transactions expressly permitted by any provision of

Section 5.8 (other than a merger or consolidation involving the Parent Borrower and other than clause (e) thereof) or

Section 5.11 (other than clauses (a), (b), (d) or (h) thereof);

(f)             [reserved];

(g)            Restricted

Payments consisting of Equity Interests in, Indebtedness of, or other securities of, or investments in, any Unrestricted Subsidiary

(other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary the assets of which consist solely of cash or Cash Equivalents contributed by the Parent Borrower

and/or any Restricted Subsidiary);

(h)            Restricted

Payments the proceeds of which will be used to pay franchise taxes, and other fees and expenses, required to maintain any Parent Entity’s

corporate or legal existence;

182

(i)             with

respect to any taxable period for which the Parent Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries are members of a consolidated, combined, affiliated,

unitary or similar tax group for U.S. federal and/or applicable state, local or foreign income tax purposes (a “Tax Group”)

of which a Parent Entity is the common parent, Restricted Payments to permit any such Parent Entity to pay any such U.S. federal and/or

applicable state, local or foreign income taxes of such Tax Group for such taxable period that are attributable to the taxable income

of the Parent Borrower and/or the applicable Subsidiaries; provided that, (1) the amount of such payments made in respect of such

taxable period in the aggregate shall not exceed the amount of any such U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign income taxes that the

Parent Borrower and/or its applicable Subsidiaries would have paid for such taxable period had the Parent Borrower and/or such Subsidiaries,

as applicable, been a stand-alone corporate taxpayer or a stand-alone corporate Tax Group for all applicable taxable periods and (2) the

amount of such payments made in respect of an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be permitted only to the extent that cash distributions were

made by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Parent Borrower or any Loan Party for such purpose;

(j)             the

Parent Borrower may pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of any Parent

Entity held by any Management Stockholder, including pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option

or profits interest plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any separation, stock subscription,

shareholder or partnership agreement) with any current or former employee, director, consultant or distributor of the Parent Borrower

or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, the aggregate among of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this Section 5.12(j) after

the Closing Date shall not exceed:

(i)            an

amount not to exceed the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries

after the Closing Date; plus

(ii)            to

the extent contributed in cash to the common Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower, the proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests

of any Parent Entity, in each case to a Person that is or becomes a Management Stockholder that occurs after the Closing Date; plus

(iii)            the

amount of any cash bonuses or other compensation otherwise payable to any future, present or former Company Person that are foregone

in return for the receipt of Equity Interests of Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; plus

(iv)            payments

made in respect of withholding or other similar taxes payable upon repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement of Equity

Interests of Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option

or profits interest plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement;

(k)            Restricted

Payments (i) made in connection with the payment cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests in connection with any dividend, split

or combination thereof or any investment or other transaction not prohibited by the Loan Documents or (ii) to honor or in connection

with any conversion request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and to make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection

therewith;

183

(l)             Restricted

Payments made in connection with repurchases of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower (i) deemed to occur on the exercise, vesting

or settlement of options or warrants or similar rights by the delivery of Equity Interests in satisfaction of the exercise price of such

options or (ii) in consideration of withholding or similar taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director or

officer (or any spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing),

including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options or the vesting of any equity awards;

(m)           payments

or distributions to satisfy dissenters rights (including in connection with or as a result of the exercise of appraisal rights and the

settlement of any claims or actions, whether actual, contingent or potential) pursuant to or in connection with a merger, amalgamation,

consolidation, transfer of assets or other transaction not prohibited by the Loan Documents;

(n)            payments

or distributions of a Restricted Payment within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at the date of declaration such Restricted

Payment would not have been prohibited hereunder;

(o)            Restricted

Payments (not consisting of cash or Cash Equivalents) made in lieu of fees or expenses (including by way of discount), in each case in

connection with any Permitted Securitization Financing or receivables financing permitted under Section 5.10;

(p)            the

Parent Borrower may (i) redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire in whole or in part any Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower

(“Treasury Equity Interests”), in exchange for, or with the proceeds (to the extent contributed to the Parent Borrower

substantially concurrently) of the sale or issuance (other than to the Parent Borrower) of, other Equity Interests or rights to acquire

its Equity Interests (“Refunding Equity Interests”) and (ii) declare and pay dividends on any Treasury Equity

Interests out of any such proceeds; and

(q)            Restricted

Payments constituting or otherwise made in connection with or relating to any Permitted Reorganization; provided that if immediately

following such Permitted Reorganization and the transactions to be consummated in connection therewith, any distributed asset ceases

to be owned by the Parent Borrower on a Pro Forma Basis, the applicable portion of such Restricted Payment must be otherwise permitted

under another provision of this Section 5.12 (and constitute utilization of such other Restricted Payment exception or capacity).

Section 5.13           Dispositions.

Prior to the occurrence of the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, the Parent Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted

Subsidiaries to, make any Disposition of assets having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured at the time of the applicable Disposition

or entry into a binding agreement with respect to such Disposition) in excess of the greater of (x) $2,000,000,000 and (y) a

Closing Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period, unless, the Parent Borrower

would be in compliance with the Financial Covenants immediately following such Disposition, on a Pro Forma Basis; provided that

the foregoing shall not prohibit:

(a)            Dispositions

of obsolete, depreciated, worn out, damaged or surplus property (including equipment, inventory or Intellectual Property) in the ordinary

course of business or that is no longer useful or economically viable in the conduct of the business of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted

Subsidiaries, in each case as determined in good faith by management;

184

(b)            the

Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from making any Disposition so long as (i) such Disposition is consummated for Fair

Market Value and (ii) at least 75% of the consideration received therefor consists of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided

further that, for purposes of this clause (b):

(i)             the

assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted

Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations), or the release of the Parent

Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from liability with respect thereto in connection with such Disposition,

(ii)            securities,

notes or other obligations received by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted into cash

or Cash Equivalents, or that by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (in each case, to the extent of

the cash or Cash Equivalents actually received), within 180 days following the closing of such Disposition, and

(iii)           Designated

Non-Cash Consideration received in connection with such Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value (when taken together with all

other Designated Non-Cash Consideration then outstanding pursuant to this clause (iii)) not to exceed the greater of (x) $750,000,000

and (y) a Closing Date Metric percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated

on a Pro Forma Basis),

shall, in each case, be deemed to constitute Cash Equivalents for

purposes of this clause (b) (this clause (b), the “General Asset Sale Basket”);

(c)            licenses,

sublicenses, cross-licenses or other grants of rights in Intellectual Property (including content distribution, exhibition, streaming,

syndication, co-production and similar arrangements), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(d)            Dispositions

of inventory, accounts receivable or other current assets in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any Permitted Securitization

Financing;

(e)            Dispositions

of cash and Cash Equivalents (including in connection with Restricted Payments permitted under Section 5.12);

(f)            Dispositions

of assets among the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(g)            Dispositions

required by or made pursuant to any contractual obligation in existence on the Closing Date (or any renewal, extension or replacement

thereof on terms not materially less favorable to the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary);

185

(h)            Dispositions

required by Applicable Law or pursuant to any order or judgment of a Governmental Authority;

(i)             Dispositions

of Equity Interests in Unrestricted Subsidiaries, Joint Ventures or Minority Investments;

(j)             Dispositions

in connection with any Permitted Reorganization, merger, consolidation or other transaction expressly permitted under this Agreement;

(k)            Dispositions

of property by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, so long as such Disposition is made to the owners of Equity

Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary ratably in accordance with their ownership interests (or as otherwise required by such Restricted

Subsidiary’s Organization Documents);

(l)             Dispositions

of assets as a result of a casualty event, condemnation, eminent domain or similar proceeding;

(m)           Dispositions

to the extent of any exchange of like property for use in any business conducted by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries

to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code; and

(n)            Dispositions

of property to an Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as, immediately after such Disposition the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio would

not exceed the Closing Date Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio by more than 0.25 to 1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis.

Section 5.14           Financial

Covenants.

(a)            Without

the consent of the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders, the Parent Borrower, will not permit:

(i)            the

Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Parent Borrower beginning with the first full

fiscal quarter ended after the Closing Date, to be greater than (A) prior to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, 5.50 to 1.00 and

(B) on and following the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, 4.50 to 1.00 (the “Consolidated Total Net Leverage Covenant”),

or

(ii)            prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Parent Borrower

beginning with the first full fiscal quarter ended after the Closing Date, to be greater than 3.25 to 1.00 (the “First Lien

Net Leverage Covenant”).

To the extent required to

be tested with respect to any fiscal quarter pursuant to the preceding sentence, compliance with this Section 5.14(a) shall

be tested on the date that the Compliance Certificate for the applicable fiscal quarter is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and

not prior to such date.

186

(b)            Financial

Covenants Adjustments for Qualifying Acquisitions. Following the consummation of a Qualifying Acquisition occurring no earlier than

the end of the eighth full fiscal quarter after the Closing Date, if the Parent Borrower shall so elect by a notice delivered to the

Administrative Agent within 60 days after the end of the fiscal period in which the consummation of such Qualifying Acquisition occurs

or in connection with the delivery of a Compliance Certificate, whichever is sooner (provided, however that no Default

or Event of Default may be declared under this Section 5.14 nor shall be deemed to have occurred for the period commencing

at the end of such fiscal quarter and until such election is made),

(i)            the

Consolidated Total Net Leverage Covenant shall be increased to (A) prior to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, 6.00 to 1.00 and

(B) on and following an Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, 5.00 to 1.00, and

(ii)            prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, the First Lien Net Leverage Covenant shall be increased to 3.75 to 1.00,

in each case, at the end of and for

the fiscal quarter during which such Qualifying Acquisition shall have been consummated and at the end of and for each of the following

three consecutive fiscal quarters.

Following

any election under this Section 5.14(b), the Parent Borrower may not make a subsequent election until after (A) the

required Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio level has returned to (x) prior to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, 5.50

to 1.00 or (y) on and following the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, 4.50 to 1.00; and (B) if prior to the Investment Grade

Fall-Away Date, the required First Lien Net Leverage Ratio level has returned to 3.25 to 1.00, in each case, for at least two consecutive

fiscal quarters following such election.

(c)            Cure

Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5.14, in the event that the Consolidated Total

Net Leverage Ratio or First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is greater than the amount set forth in this Section 5.14 on the last

day of any applicable fiscal quarter, the proceeds of any equity contribution made to the Parent Borrower (other than an equity contribution

made in exchange for the receipt of Disqualified Equity Interests), in each case, received after the last day of the applicable period

for which TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is being measured and on or prior to the day that is fifteen (15) Business Days after the

day on which the Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered for such period (such date, the “Cure Expiration Date”)

will, at the request of the Parent Borrower, be included in the calculation of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA solely for the purposes

of determining compliance with the Financial Covenants set forth in this Section 5.14 at the end of such period and any subsequent

period that includes a fiscal quarter in such period (any such equity contribution, a “Specified Equity Contribution”);

provided that,

(i)             no

Revolving Credit Lender shall be required to make any new extension of credit under a Loan Document, and no Issuing Lender shall be required

to issue, increase the face amount of, or extend any Letter of Credit, during the fifteen Business Day period referred to above if the

Parent Borrower has not received the proceeds of such Specified Equity Contribution prior to or concurrently with such extension, issuance

or increase;

187

(ii)            the

Parent Borrower shall not be permitted to so request that a Specified Equity Contribution be included in the calculation of TTM Consolidated

Adjusted EBITDA with respect to any fiscal quarter unless, after giving effect to such requested Specified Equity Contribution, there

would be at least two fiscal quarters in the previous four fiscal quarter period in which no Specified Equity Contribution has been made;

(iii)           no

more than five Specified Equity Contributions will be made in the aggregate;

(iv)           the

amount of any Specified Equity Contribution will be no greater than the minimum amount required to cause the Parent Borrower to be in

compliance with the Financial Covenants; and

(v)            any

proceeds of Specified Equity Contributions will be disregarded for all other purposes under the Loan Documents (including calculating

TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for purposes of determining leverage-based basket levels, pricing and other items governed by reference

to TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA);

there shall be no reduction in Indebtedness pursuant

to a cash netting provision with the proceeds of any Specified Equity Contribution for purposes of determining compliance with the Financial

Covenants set forth in this Section 5.14 for the fiscal quarter for which such Specified Equity Contribution was made.

(d)            The

Financial Covenants are not applicable to the Term B-1 Loan Facility, and the default in the performance of a Financial Covenant will

not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to such Facility prior to a Financial Covenant Cross Default.

Section 5.15           Post

Closing Obligations. Within the time periods (as each may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) specified

on a Schedule 5.15 delivered on the Closing Date, provide such Collateral Documents and complete such undertakings as are

set forth on Schedule 5.15 hereto.

Article VI

EVENTS

OF DEFAULT

Section 6.1             Events

of Default. From and after the Closing Date, in case of the happening of any of the following events (“Events of Default”);

(a)            (i) any

Borrower shall default in the payment when due of any principal of any Loan, (ii) any Borrower shall default in the payment when

due of any interest on any Loan, or (iii) any Borrower shall default in the payment when due of any reimbursement obligation in

respect of any LC Disbursement or any Fee and, in the case of the above clauses (ii) or (iii), such default shall

continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days;

(b)            (i) any

Specified Representation made or deemed made on the Closing Date shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect

as of the time made or deemed made; or (ii) after the Closing Date, (A) any representation, warranty or certification made

or deemed made herein (or in any modification or supplement hereto), in each case, by any Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

or (B) any certificate furnished to any Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions hereof, shall (in the case

of clauses (ii)(A) or (ii)(B)) prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the time made,

deemed made or furnished, and such representation or warranty (in the case of clauses (ii)(A) or (ii)(B)) shall remain

untrue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Parent Borrower;

188

(c)            (i) The

Parent Borrower shall default in the performance of a Financial Covenant (a “Financial Covenant Event of Default”);

provided that a Financial Covenant Event of Default shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default (A) prior to the

Cure Expiration Date and (B) with respect to any Facility (including anythe

Term B-1 Loan Facility and any other Incremental Term B Facility) other than a Pro Rata Facility unless (1) such Financial

Covenant is, by its terms, applicable to any such other Facility, in which case, it shall constitute a Default or an Event of Default

only to the extent set forth by such terms, or (2) the applicable Pro Rata Facility Lenders have terminated all Revolving Credit

Commitments, declared all Pro Rata Facility Loans to be immediately due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof, and have commenced

the exercise of remedies under the Loan Documents with respect thereto, and such termination and declaration has not been rescinded (a

“Financial Covenant Cross Default”) or (ii) any Borrower shall default in the performance of any of its obligations

under Section 5.6;

(d)            Any

Loan Party shall default in the performance of any of its other obligations under this Agreement and, in each case, such default shall

continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to the Parent Borrower by the Administrative Agent

or the Required Lenders (through the Administrative Agent);

(e)            The

Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party shall,

(i)             fail

to pay at final maturity any Material Indebtedness, or

(ii)            fail

to make any payment (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) regardless of amount, due in respect of, or fail to observe or perform

any other term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in any agreement or instrument evidencing or governing, any Material Indebtedness

if the effect of any failure referred to in this clause (ii) has caused such Indebtedness to become due prior to its

stated maturity;

it being agreed that this clause (e) shall

not apply to (A) any failure if it has been remedied, cured or waived, or if any such any such acceleration has been rescinded prior

to the exercise of any furthermaterial

remedies by holders thereof, in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Material Indebtedness; (B) to any secured Indebtedness

that becomes due as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition (including as a result of a casualty or condemnation event) of

property or assets securing such Indebtedness; (C) any failure to observe or perform any covenant that requires compliance with

any measurement of financial or operational performance (including any Financial Covenant) that

may give rise to an event described in this Section 6.1(e)(ii) until a Financial

Covenant Cross Default occursthe holders of such

Material Indebtedness have terminated all commitments with respect thereto, declared all obligations thereunder to be due and payable

and commenced remedies with respect thereto as a result of such breach with respect to such Indebtedness; or (D) to a

“change of control” put right;

189

(f)             the

Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party shall admit in writing its inability, or be generally unable, to pay its debts as such debts

become due;

(g)            The

Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a

receiver, trustee or liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its Property, (ii) make a general assignment for the

benefit of its creditors, (iii) commence a voluntary case under the Debtor Relief Laws (as now or hereafter in effect), (iv) file

a petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, or composition

or readjustment of debts, (v) fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed

against it in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Debtor Relief Law, or (vi) take any corporate action

for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(h)            a

proceeding or a case shall be commenced in respect of the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Parties, without the application or consent

of the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party, in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking (i) its liquidation, reorganization,

dissolution or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment of its debts, (ii) the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian,

liquidator or the like of the Parent Borrower or Loan Party or of all or any substantial part of its assets or (iii) similar relief

in respect of the Parent Borrower or such Loan Party under the Debtor Relief Laws, and such proceeding or case shall continue undismissed,

or an order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for

a period of ninety (90) or more days; or an order for relief against the Parent Borrower or such Loan Party shall be entered in an involuntary

case under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Debtor Relief Law;

(i)            subject

to Schedule 6.1(i), a final, enforceable, and non-appealable judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of the Threshold

Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance or another indemnity obligation) shall be rendered by one or more

courts, administrative tribunals, or other bodies having jurisdiction against the Parent Borrower and/or any of the other Loan Parties

and the same shall not be satisfied, bonded, vacated, paid or discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge), or a stay

of execution thereof shall not be procured, within ninety (90) days from the date of entry thereof and the Parent Borrower or the relevant

Loan Party shall not, within said period of ninety (90) days, or such longer period during which execution of the same shall have been

stayed, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal;

(j)            an

event or condition specified in Section 5.1(e)5.1(d) shall

occur or exist with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan and, as a result of such event or condition, together with all other such

events or conditions, the Parent Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate shall incur or shall be reasonably likely to incur a liability to a

Plan, a Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC (or any combination of the foregoing) which would constitute a Material Adverse Effect;

(k)            prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, the guarantee by the Guarantors contained in Section 8.1 shall cease, for any reason,

to be in full force and effect, except (i) as otherwise permitted by, or as a result of a transaction not prohibited by, the Loan

Documents or (ii) upon the release of such Guarantor as provided for under the Loan Document or in accordance with its terms;

190

(l)            prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, any Lien purported to be created under any Collateral Document shall cease to be a valid and

perfected Lien, except (i) as permitted by, or as a result of a transaction not prohibited by, the Loan Documents, (ii) as

a result of the sale or other disposition of the applicable Collateral to a Person that is not a Loan Party in a transaction permitted

under this Agreement or (iii) as a result of the failure to maintain possession of any Collateral delivered to the Collateral Agent

under the Collateral Documents, (iv) as a result of the failure by the Collateral Agent to make a filing under the Uniform Commercial

Code, including as a result of UCC continuation statements not being filed by the Collateral Agent, or (v) as a result of acts or

omissions of a Secured Party; or

(m)           a

Change of Control shall have occurred;

(i)            then,

and only in every such event occurring after the Closing Date (other than an event with respect to the Parent Borrower described in paragraphs

(f), (g) or (h) above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative

Agent and/or the Collateral Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders (or the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders, with

respect to any Event of Default above resulting from any Loan Party’s failure to perform or observe a

Financial Covenant set forth in Section 5.14) shall, by written notice to the Parent Borrower, take any or all

of the following actions, at the same or different times:

(A)          only

to the extent an Event of Default is outstanding and continuing at such time, terminate forthwith the Commitments,

(B)           only

to the extent an Event of Default is outstanding and continuing at such time, declare the Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due

and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest

thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of each Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become forthwith due and payable,

without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower, anything

contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding,

(C)           require

that the Parent Borrower deposit cash with the Administrative Agent, in an amount equal to the Aggregate LC Exposure, as collateral security

for the repayment of any future LC Disbursements, and

(D)           exercise

other rights and remedies available under the Loan Documents or Applicable Law; and

(ii)            and

in any event upon the occurrence of a proceeding under any applicable Debtor Relief Law and an Event of Default with

respect to any Borrower described in paragraph (f), (g) or (h) above,

191

(A)          if

such Borrower is the Parent Borrower, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding,

together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of each Borrower accrued hereunder, shall

automatically become due and payable and the Parent Borrower shall be required to deposit cash with the Administrative Agent, in an amount

equal to the Aggregate LC Exposure, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under the Letters of Credit; and

(B)           if

such Borrower is a Subsidiary Borrower, the principal of the Loans made to such Subsidiary Borrower then outstanding, together with accrued

interest thereon and all other liabilities of such Subsidiary Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable

and such Subsidiary Borrower shall be required to deposit cash with the Administrative Agent, in an amount equal to the outstanding Letters

of Credit issued to such Subsidiary Borrower, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under the Letters of Credit,

in each case without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower,

anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section 6.2             Limitations

on Remedies; Cures; Qualifications.

(a)            Financial

Covenants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document, if the Parent Borrower fails to comply with a Financial

Covenant:

(i)            such

failure shall not result in a Default or an Event of Default until the Cure Expiration Date and then only to the extent not cured pursuant

to Section 5.14(c); and

(ii)            the

Pro Rata Facilities Lenders and the Administrative Agent, as applicable, may not take any of the actions set forth in the Loan Documents

until after the Cure Expiration Date and then only to the extent a cure has not been effected pursuant to Section 5.14(c).

(b)            Net

Short Representations. Any notice of Default, Event of Default or acceleration provided to the Parent Borrower by the Administrative

Agent on behalf of, or at the request or direction of, one or more Lenders that have expressly requested that such notice be given to

the Parent Borrower must be accompanied by a written Net Short Representation from each such Lender (other than an Unrestricted Lender)

delivered to the Parent Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent); provided that (A) in the absence of any such

written Net Short Representation, each such Lender shall be deemed to have represented and warranted to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative

Agent that it is not a Net Short Lender (it being understood and agreed that the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be

entitled to rely conclusively on each such representation and deemed representation) and (B) no Net Short Representation shall be

required to be delivered during the pendency of a Default or Event of Default caused by a bankruptcy or similar insolvency proceeding.

192

(c)            Staleness.

The Agents and the Lenders may not, and each agrees not to, take any of the actions set forth in a Loan Document on any date in respect

of a Default or Event of Default (or an alleged Default or Event of Default) if such Default or Event of Default (or alleged Default

or Event of Default) relates to actions taken, actions that have not been taken, or other circumstances, in each case, that first arose

more than 24 months prior to initial the disclosure of such actions or circumstances as contemplated by clause (A) below; provided

that (A) that any such actions or circumstances have been disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in reasonable detail

and (B) any such Default or Event of Default (or alleged Default or Event of Default) shall be deemed cured for all purposes under

the Loan Documents as of such date.

(d)            Continuing

Defaults. With respect to any Default or Event of Default, the words “exists,” “continuing” and similar expressions

with respect thereto shall mean that such Default or Event of Default has occurred and has not yet been cured or waived. If any Default

or Event of Default occurs due to,

(i)             the

failure by any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary to take any action by a specified time or

the existence of (or non-existence of) a particular set of facts or circumstances, such Default or Event of Default shall

be deemed to have been cured at the time, if any, that the applicable Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary subsequently takes such action

or such set of facts or circumstances ceasing to exist (or existing),

as applicable, or

(ii)            the

taking of any action by any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary that is not then permitted by the terms of this Agreement or any other

Loan Document, such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to be cured on the earlier to occur of (1) the date on which such

action would have been permitted under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents if such action had been taken at such time or (2) the

date on which such action is unwound or otherwise modified to the extent necessary for such revised action to not have been prohibited

by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

provided

that, with respect to a Default or Event of Default for a failure to comply with Section 5.1(c), the foregoing shall not

apply if the Parent Borrower knowingly failed to provide notice required pursuant to Section 5.1(c).

(e)            Administrative

Agent Notice. Upon, or prior to, taking any of the actions set forth in a Loan Document with respect to any Default or Event of Default,

whether or not at the request or at the direction of any group of Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall deliver a notice of Default,

Event of Default or acceleration, as applicable, to the Parent Borrower, which notice shall indicate whether such action is being taken

at the request or direction of any Lender or group of Lenders and the identity of each such Lender or member of such group.

(f)            Related

Defaults and Events of Default. If any Default or Event of Default occurs and is subsequently cured or waived (a “Cured

or Waived Default”), any other Default or Event of Default resulting from or relating to the Cured or Waived Default (including

any Default or Event of Default arising in connection with the making or deemed making of any representation or warranty, a failure to

provide notice, the taking of any action (or the failure to take any action) by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the circumstances

giving rise to the Cured or Waived Default), in each case, which subsequent Default or Event of Default would not have arisen had the

Cured or Waived Default or such circumstances not occurred, shall be deemed to be cured automatically upon, and simultaneous with, the

cure or waiver of the Cured or Waived Default with the same effect as if such subsequent Default or Event of Default had never occurred,

so long as at the time of such representation, warranty or action, (x) no

Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower had actual knowledge of the events

underlying such Cured or Waived Default, or (y) a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower had actual knowledge of such events

underlying such Cured or Waived Default and did not at such time, in its good faith judgment, believe such events would constitute a

Default or Event of Default.

193

(g)            Billing;

Administrative Errors and Delays. The Administrative Agent shall provide, or shall cause to be provided, to the relevant Borrower

invoices in reasonable detail for principal, interest, premium (if any), fees, and other amounts payable under the Loan Documents prior

to the dates such amounts are due. The failure by a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary to pay, when and as required to be paid pursuant

to the terms of the Loan Documents, any amount of principal, interest, fee, or other amount will not result in a Default or Event of

Default if such failure to pay is the result of or relates to an administrative or billing error by an Agent or delivery of an incorrect

invoice by an Agent and, in each case, such payment is made within five (5) Business

Days of the later of (as applicable) the discovery of, and a Responsible Officer of the relevant Borrower becoming aware of, such administrative

or billing error or the delivery of a corrected invoice. Any such failure to pay shall not be treated as a “Default” or an

“Event of Default” for any purposes under any Loan Document until the expiration of such five (5) Business

Days.

(h)            Extensions

and Stays. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (i) any court of competent

jurisdiction may (A) extend or stay any grace period set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document prior to an actual or

alleged Default becoming an actual or alleged Event of Default or (B) stay the exercise of remedies by any Agent, any Affiliate

of Agent and the officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, attorney-in-fact, partners, trustees, advisors and other representatives

of the Agent and of the AgentAgent’s

Affiliates or other Person (if any) contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or otherwise upon the occurrence of an

actual or alleged Event of Default, and (ii) the ability to terminate commitments, declare an Obligation to be immediately due and

payable or pursue any other remedies in connection with an alleged Default or Event of Default shall be stayed during pendency of any

litigation proceedings concerning such alleged Default or Event of Default.

Section 6.3             Clean-Up

Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, during the period commencing on the

Closing Date and ending on the date that is ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (the “Clean-Up Period”):

(a)            any

breach or default of any representation or warranty under Article III or any other Loan Document relating to the

Acquired Business made by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a funding of any Loans or issuance

of Letter of Credit hereunder after the Closing Date by reason of any matter or circumstance relating to the Acquired Business; or

(b)           any

Default or Event of Default arising by reason of any matter or circumstance related to the Acquired Business,

(b) will

be deemed not to be a breach of representation or warranty or Default or Event of Default (as the case may be) if the circumstances giving

rise thereto:

194

(i)             are

capable of remedy and reasonable steps are being taken to remedy such breach, inaccuracy or Default by the Parent Borrower or any of

its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ii)            have

not been procured by or approved by the Parent Borrower; and

(iii)           would

not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

If the relevant circumstances are continuing

on or after the date immediately following the end of the Clean-Up Period, there shall be a breach of representation or warranty or Default

or Event of Default, as the case may be, notwithstanding the above (and without prejudice to the rights and remedies of the Lenders as

set forth herein).

Section 6.4             Application

of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 6.1 upon the occurrence and during the continuance of

an Event of Default (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable as set forth in Section 6.1),

any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.25 and in accordance with

Sections 2.15 and 2.19, as applicable, be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First,

to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and

disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Section 2.202.21

and amounts owing in respect of (xa)

the preservation of Collateral or the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral or (yb)

with respect to enforcing the rights of the Secured Parties under the Loan Documents) payable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral

Agent in their respective capacities as such;

Second,

to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable

to the Lenders (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders (including fees and time charges for attorneys

who may be employees of any Lender)) under the Loan Documents and amounts payable under Section 2.202.21,

ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third,

to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and other Obligations (provided that,

with respect to Obligations under any Secured Hedge Agreement, to the extent of any fees, premiums and scheduled periodic payments due

thereunder), ratably among the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders, the Cash Management Banks and the Hedge Banks in proportion to the respective

amounts described in this clause Third payable to them; provided that following the occurrence of an Investment Grade Fall-Away

Event, no amounts pursuant this provision shall be payable to the Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks;

195

Fourth,

to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and constituting any unwind or breakage payment,

termination payment or any other payments (other than fees, premiums and scheduled periodic payments) under Secured Hedge Agreements

and obligations of the Loan Parties then owing under Cash Management Agreements and to Cash Collateralize that portion of the Obligations

comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized by the Borrowers pursuant

to Section 2.7, in each case, ratably among the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders, the Cash Management Banks and the Hedge Banks

in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; provided that following the occurrence of

an Investment Grade Fall-Away Event, no amounts pursuant this provision shall be payable to the Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks;

and

Last,

the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Parent Borrower or as otherwise required

by Law.

Notwithstanding the foregoing,

(A) Obligations arising under Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements shall be excluded from the application of

payments described above (i) if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such supporting

documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case

may be, and (ii) following the occurrence of an Investment

Grade Fall-Away Event. Each Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank not a party to this Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by

the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent

pursuant to the terms of Article VII for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto and (B) amounts

received from any Loan Party shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Loan Party.

It is understood and agreed

by each Loan Party and each Secured Party that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall have no liability for any determinations

made by it in this Section 6.4, in each case except to the extent resulting from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful

misconduct of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in

a final and non-appealable decision). Each Loan Party and each Secured Party also agrees that the Administrative Agent and the Collateral

Agent may (but shall not be required to), at any time and in its sole discretion, and with no liability resulting therefrom, petition

a court of competent jurisdiction regarding any application of Collateral in accordance with the requirements hereof, and the Administrative

Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to wait for, and may conclusively rely on, any such determination.

196

Article VII

THE AGENTS

In order to expedite the

transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each Agent is hereby appointed to act as Agent on behalf of the Lenders. Each of the Lenders

and the Issuing Lenders hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf

and to exercise such powers as are specifically delegated to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent by the terms and provisions

hereof and the other Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent

is hereby expressly and irrevocably authorized by the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders, without hereby limiting any implied authority,

(a) to receive on behalf of the Lenders and Issuing Lenders all payments of principal of and interest on the Loans and the LC Disbursements

and all other amounts due to the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders hereunder, and promptly to distribute to each Lender and Issuing Lender

its proper share of each payment so received, (b) to give notice on behalf of each of the Lenders to the Borrowers of any Event

of Default specified in this Agreement of which the Administrative Agent has actual knowledge acquired in connection with its agency

hereunder and (c) to distribute to each Lender and Issuing Lender copies of all notices, financial statements and other materials

delivered by any Borrower pursuant to this Agreement as received by the Administrative Agent. Each reference to the “Administrative

Agent” in this Article VII shall be deemed to include the Collateral Agent where applicable.

Neither any Agent nor any

of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable as such for any action taken or omitted by any of them except for its

or their own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith, or be responsible for any statement, warranty or representation herein

or the contents of any document delivered in connection herewith, or be required to ascertain or to make any inquiry concerning the performance

or observance by any Borrower of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement or the creation, perfection

or priority of Liens on the Collateral. The Agents shall not be responsible to the Lenders for the due execution, genuineness, validity,

enforceability or effectiveness of this Agreement or other instruments or agreements. None of the Agents or the Borrowers shall be subject

to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and

no provision in the Loan Documents and no course of dealing between the parties hereto shall be deemed to create any fiduciary duty owing

to any Agent, any Lender, any Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any of their respective Affiliates, by any party hereto. The Administrative

Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or refraining from acting, in accordance with written instructions signed by the

Required Lenders (or, when expressly required hereby, all the Lenders) and, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, such instructions

and any action or inaction pursuant thereto shall be binding on all the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall,

in the absence of knowledge to the contrary, be entitled to rely on any instrument or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine

and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons. Neither the Agents nor any of their directors, officers,

employees or agents shall have any responsibility to any Borrower on account of the failure of or delay in performance or breach by any

Lender or Issuing Lender of any of its obligations hereunder or to any Lender or Issuing Lender on account of the failure of or delay

in performance or breach by any other Agent, any other Lender or Issuing Lender or any Borrower of any of their respective obligations

hereunder or in connection herewith. The Administrative Agent may execute any and all duties hereunder by or through agents or employees

and shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of legal counsel selected by it with respect to all matters arising hereunder and shall

not be liable for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel.

197

The Administrative Agent

shall also act as the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a Lender, Issuing

Lender (if applicable) and a potential Cash Management Bank party to a Cash Management Agreement and/or a potential Hedge Bank party

to a Secured Hedge Agreement) hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of (and to hold

any security interest, charge or other Lien created by the Collateral Documents for and on behalf of or in trust for) such Lender for

purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the

Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent

as Collateral Agent (and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Article VII

for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for

exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all

provisions of this Article VII (including as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the Collateral Agent under

the Loan Documents) and Section 9.5 as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto and all references to Administrative Agent

in this Article VII shall, where applicable, be read as including a reference to the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality

of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent as Collateral Agent to execute any and all documents

(including releases, payoff letters and similar documents, including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the Lien Release Event

and Guaranty Release Event on the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties

with respect thereto (including any intercreditor agreement), as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement

and the Collateral Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders (including in its capacities

as a Lender, Issuing Lender (if applicable) and a potential Cash Management Bank party to a Cash Management Agreement and/or a potential

Hedge Bank party to a Secured Hedge Agreement).

Neither the Administrative

Agent nor any of its Related Parties have any duty or obligation to any Lender or participant or any other Person to inspect the properties

or books of any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries or to ascertain or inquire into (i) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness

or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection

or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents or (ii) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral.

The Lenders and the Issuing

Lenders hereby acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no duty to take any discretionary action permitted to be taken

by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement unless it shall be requested in writing to do so by the Required Lenders.

The Administrative Agent

may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders and the Borrowers. Upon receipt of any such notice

of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrowers and subject to consent of the Parent Borrower

(such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United

States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the

Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice

of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders and the Parent Borrower) (the “Resignation

Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) on behalf of the Lenders and the

Issuing Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that in no event

shall any successor Administrative Agent be a Defaulting Lender. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall

become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

198

If the Person serving as Administrative

Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted

by Applicable Law, by notice in writing to the Parent Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation

with the Parent Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have

accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders and the Parent Borrower)

(the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice

on the Removal Effective Date.

With effect from the Resignation

Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged

from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held

by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative

Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (ii) except

for any indemnity payments or other amounts then owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and

determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the Issuing

Lenders directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon

the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested

with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity

payments or other amounts owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent as of the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective

Date, as applicable), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder

and under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor

Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor.

After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions

of this Article VII and Section 9.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent,

its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them (A) while

the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent and (B) after such resignation or removal for as

long as any of them continues to act in any capacity hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, (1) acting

as collateral agent or otherwise holding any collateral security on behalf of any of the Secured Parties and (2) in respect of any

actions taken in connection with transferring the agency to any successor Administrative Agent.

Any resignation by or removal

of Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall also constitute its resignation as Swingline Lender.

If Citibank, N.A. resigns as Swingline Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swingline Lender provided for hereunder with respect

to Swingline Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders

to make ABR Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swingline Loans. Upon the appointment by the Borrowers of a successor Swingline

Lender hereunder (which successor shall in all cases be a Lender other than a Defaulting Lender), (i) such successor shall succeed

to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Swingline Lender and (ii) the retiring

Swingline Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.

199

With respect to the Loans

made by them and their LC Exposure hereunder, the Agents in their individual capacity and not as Agents shall have the same rights and

powers as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though they were not Agents, and the Agents and their affiliates may accept deposits

from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any Affiliate

thereof as if they were not Agents.

Each Lender and Issuing Lender

agrees (i) to reimburse the Administrative Agent in the amount of its pro rata share (based on its Total Revolving

Facility PercentageCredit Exposure or,

after the date on which the Loans shall have been paid in full, based on its Total Revolving Facility

PercentageCredit Exposure immediately prior

to such date) of any reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses incurred for the benefit of the Lenders or the Issuing Lenders by the Administrative

Agent, including reasonable counsel fees and compensation of agents and employees paid for services rendered on behalf of the Lenders

or the Issuing Lenders, which shall not have been reimbursed by or on behalf of any Borrower and (ii) to indemnify and hold harmless

the Administrative Agent and any of its directors, officers, employees or agents, in the amount of such pro rata share, from and

against any and all liabilities, taxes, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements

of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against it in its capacity as Administrative Agent in

any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by it under this Agreement, to the extent the same

shall not have been reimbursed by or on behalf of Parent Borrower; provided, that no Lender or Issuing Lender shall be liable to

the Administrative Agent or any such director, officer, employee or agent for any portion of such liabilities, taxes, obligations, losses,

damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the gross negligence, willful misconduct

or bad faith of the Administrative Agent or any of its directors, officers, employees or agents.

To the extent required by

any Applicable Law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding

tax. If the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly

withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate documentation was

not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances

that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason), such Lender shall indemnify

the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Parent Borrower (solely to

the extent required by this Agreement) and without limiting the obligation of the Parent Borrower to do so) fully for all amounts paid,

directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, together with all expenses

incurred, including legal expenses, allocated staff costs and any out of pocket expenses, whether or not such tax was correctly or legally

imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply

any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise against any amount due

to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this paragraph, the term “Lender”

includes any Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender.

200

Each Lender and Issuing Lender

acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender or Issuing Lender and based on such documents

and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and

Issuing Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or Issuing Lender

and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking

or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

None of the Documentation

Agents, the Syndication Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Joint Bookrunners or any managing agent shall have any duties, liabilities

or responsibilities hereunder in its capacity as such.

If the Administrative Agent

notifies a Lender, Issuing Lender or Secured Party, or any Person who has received funds on behalf of a Lender, Issuing Lender

or Secured Party (any such Lender, Issuing Lender, Secured Party or other recipient (other than a Loan Party), a “Payment

Recipient”) that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion that any funds received by such Payment Recipient

from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates were erroneously transmitted to, or otherwise erroneously or mistakenly received

by, such Payment Recipient (whether or not known to such Lender, Issuing Lender, Secured Party or other Payment Recipient on its

behalf) (any such funds, whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise,

individually and collectively, an “Erroneous Payment”) and demands the return of such Erroneous Payment (or a portion

thereof), such Erroneous Payment shall at all times remain the property of the Administrative Agent and shall be segregated by the Payment

Recipient and held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, and such Lender, Issuing Lender or Secured Party shall (or,

with respect to any Payment Recipient who received such funds on its behalf, shall cause such Payment Recipient to) promptly, but in no

event later than two (2) Business Days thereafter, return

to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made, in same

day funds (in the currency so received), together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Erroneous

Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Payment Recipient to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in same

day funds at the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on

interbank compensation from time to time in effect. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Payment Recipient under this paragraph

shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. If a Payment Recipient receives any payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest,

fees, distribution or otherwise and does not receive a corresponding payment notice or payment advice, such payment, prepayment or repayment

shall be presumed to be in error absent written confirmation from the Administrative Agent to the contrary.

Each Lender, Issuing

Lender or Secured Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off, net and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to

such Lender, Issuing Lender or Secured Party under any Loan Document, or otherwise payable or distributable by the Administrative

Agent to such Lender, Issuing Lender or Secured Party from any source, against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under immediately

preceding paragraph or under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement.

201

The parties hereto agree that

(x) irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent may be equitably subrogated, in the event that an Erroneous Payment (or portion

thereof) is not recovered from any Payment Recipient that has received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) for any reason, the

Administrative Agent shall be subrogated to all the rights and interests of such Payment Recipient (and, in the case of any Payment Recipient

who has received funds on behalf of a Lender, Issuing BankLender

or Secured Party, to the rights and interests of such Lender, Issuing BankLender

or Secured Party, as the case may be) under the Loan Documents with respect to such amount (the “Erroneous Payment Subrogation

Rights”) and (y) an Erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Obligations owed

by the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party; provided that this paragraph shall not be interpreted to increase (or accelerate the due

date for), or have the effect of increasing (or accelerating the due date for), the Obligations of any Borrower relative to the amount

(and/or timing for payment) of the Obligations that would have been payable had such Erroneous Payment not been made by the Administrative

Agent; provided, further, that for the avoidance of doubt, immediately preceding clauses (x) and (y) shall not apply to the

extent any such Erroneous Payment is, and solely with respect to the amount of such Erroneous Payment that is, comprised of funds received

by the Administrative Agent from any Borrower for the purpose of making such Erroneous Payment.

The parties hereto agree that

an Erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Obligations owed by any Borrower or any other Loan

Party, except, in each case, to the extent such Erroneous Payment is, and solely with respect to the amount of such Erroneous Payment

that is, comprised of funds received by the Administrative Agent from any Borrower or any other Loan Party for the purpose of making such

Erroneous Payment.

To the extent permitted by

applicable law, no Payment Recipient shall assert any right or claim to an Erroneous Payment, and hereby waives, and is deemed to waive,

any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative

Agent for the return of any Erroneous Payment received, including without limitation waiver of any defense based on “discharge for

value” or any similar doctrine.

Each party’s obligations,

agreements and waivers under the preceding five paragraphs shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent,

any transfer of rights or obligations by, or the replacement of, a Lender or Issuing Lender, the termination of the Commitments and/or

the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations (or any portion thereof) under any Loan Document.

Article VIII

GUARANTY

Section 8.1       Guaranty.

The Guarantors jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranty to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit

of the Secured Parties, the due and punctual payment in full of all Obligations now existing or hereafter arising when the same will

become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that

would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a) or

other applicable Debtor Relief Law).

202

Section 8.2       Liability

of Guarantors Absolute. Each Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, independent and unconditional

and will not be affected by any circumstance which constitutes a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor or surety other than payment

in full of the Obligations. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, each Guarantor agrees as follows:

(a)       the

Guaranty is a guaranty of payment when due and not of collectability;

(b)       the

Guaranty is a primary obligation of each Guarantor and not merely a contract of surety;

(c)       the

obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Borrowers and the obligations of any other guarantor

(including any other Guarantor) of the obligations of the Borrowers, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against

such Guarantor whether or not any action is brought against the Borrowers or any of such other guarantors and whether or not the Borrowers

are joined in any such action or actions;

(d)       payment

by any Guarantor of a portion, but not all, of the Obligations will in no way limit, affect, modify or abridge any Guarantor’s liability

for any portion of the Obligations which has not been paid. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, when the Secured Parties

are pursuing its rights and remedies under this Article VIII against any Guarantor, the Secured Parties may, but shall be

under no obligation to, pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against any other Guarantor or any other Person or against any

collateral security or guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Secured Parties

to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from any other Guarantor or any such other Person or to realize upon

any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of any Guarantor or any such other Person

or of any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve any other Guarantor of any liability under this Article VIII,

and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Secured Parties

against any Guarantor; and

(e)       any

Secured Party, upon such terms as it deems appropriate (subject to the provisions of the Loan Documents), without notice or demand and

without affecting the validity or enforceability hereof or giving rise to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination

of any Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time may (i) renew, extend, accelerate, increase the rate of interest

on, or otherwise change the time, place, manner or terms of payment of the Obligations; (ii) settle, compromise, release or discharge,

or accept or refuse any offer of performance with respect to, or substitutions for, the Obligations or any agreement relating thereto

and/or subordinate the payment of the same to the payment of any other obligations; (iii) request and accept other guaranties of

the Obligations and take and hold security for the payment hereof or the Obligations; (iv) release, surrender, exchange, substitute,

compromise, settle, rescind, waive, alter, subordinate or modify, with or without consideration, any security for payment of the Obligations,

any other guaranties of the Obligations, or any other obligation of any Person (including any other Guarantor) with respect to the Obligations;

(v) enforce and apply any security now or hereafter held by or for the benefit of such Secured Party in respect hereof or the Obligations,

or exercise any right or remedy that such Secured Party may have against any such security, in each case as consistent with this Agreement

and consistent with the Collateral Documents.

203

To

the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law and except for the termination or release of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder

in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including pursuant to Section 9.27 (but without prejudice to Section 8.4),

each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary Borrower or any other

Guarantor or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Parent

Borrower, any Subsidiary Borrower or any other Guarantor, in each case, other than the satisfaction of the conditions to the Termination

Date or the defense of payment in full of the Obligations. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any

defense arising out of any such election by any Secured Party with respect to the Obligations even though such election operates, pursuant

to applicable Law, to impair or postpone the exercise of any right of reimbursement, contribution or subrogation or other right or remedy

of such Guarantor against the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary Borrower or any other Guarantor, as the case may be, or again any security;

provided that any such rights may be exercised following the satisfaction of the conditions to the Termination Date. To the fullest

extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any and all suretyship defenses; provided, however,

that nothing herein shall be deemed to waive any defense arising from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of a Secured

Party, or to create any independent primary obligation of any Guarantor other than as expressly set forth in this Article VIII.

Section 8.3       Guarantee

Absolute and Unconditional. Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the

Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Secured Parties upon the Guaranty or acceptance of the Guaranty; the Obligations

shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon

the Guaranty; and all dealings between any Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Secured Parties, on the other, shall likewise be conclusively

presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the Guaranty. Each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand

for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon such Guarantor or any other Guarantor with respect to the Obligations. The

Guaranty shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity

or enforceability of this Agreement, the Obligations or any collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect

thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Secured Parties, (b) the legality under applicable requirements of law of repayment

by the relevant Borrower of the Obligations or the adoption of any requirement of law purporting to render any Obligations null and void,

(c) any defense, setoff or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance by the applicable Borrower) which may at

any time be available to or be asserted by any Guarantor against the Secured Parties, or (d) any other circumstance whatsoever (with

or without notice to or knowledge of any Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge

of any Guarantor for any of the Obligations, or of any Guarantor under the Guaranty, in bankruptcy or in any other instance.

204

Section 8.4       Reinstatement.

The Guaranty shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any

of the Obligations are rescinded, avoided or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Secured Parties upon or in connection with

the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of any Guarantor or upon or as a result of the appointment of

a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or

otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

Section 8.5       Discharge

of Guaranty. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if, in compliance with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents

(including Section 9.27), (a) all of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its successors in interest

hereunder is sold, disposed of or otherwise transferred to any Person (other than any other Loan Party) or (b) upon a Guaranty Release

Event of the Subsidiary Guarantor, such Guarantor will, upon the consummation of such sale, disposition or other transfer (including

by merger or consolidation) or upon a Guaranty Release Event with respect to such Subsidiary Guarantor, automatically be discharged and

released, without any further action by any Secured Party or any other Person, effective as of the time of such sale, disposition or

other transfer or such Guaranty Release Event, from its obligations under the Guaranty and the other Loan Documents, including its obligations

to pledge and grant any Collateral owned by it pursuant to any Collateral Document and, in the case of the sale of all of the Equity

Interests of such Guarantor to any Person (other than any other Loan Party), the pledge of such Equity Interests to the Collateral Agent

pursuant to the Collateral Documents will be released, and the Collateral Agent will take, and the Secured Parties hereby irrevocably

authorize the Collateral Agent to take, such actions as are necessary or desirable to effect each discharge and release described in

this Section 8.5 in accordance with the relevant provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents.

Section 8.6       Payments.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that any payments in respect of the Obligations pursuant to this Article VIII will be paid to

the Administrative Agent without setoff or counterclaim in Dollars at the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 9.1.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payments in respect of the Obligations pursuant to this Article VIII with respect to any

Loan denominated in any Foreign Currency (including principal of or interest on any such Loan or other amounts) hereunder shall be made

without setoff or counterclaim to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, in the relevant Foreign Currency

and in immediately available funds.

Section 8.7       General

Limitation on Guarantee Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in any action or proceeding involving any state

corporate limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable Debtor Relief Law or other Applicable Law affecting

the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 8.1 would otherwise be held or determined

to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its

liability under Article VIII, then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability will,

without any further action by such Guarantor, any Loan Party or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest

amount that is valid and enforceable, not void or voidable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such

action or proceeding.

205

Section 8.8       No

Subrogation, etc.No Subrogation, etc. Upon payment

or payments made by any Guarantor of any Obligations, or any setoff or application of funds of any Guarantor by the Administrative Agent

or any Lender, all rights of such Guarantor against the Parent Borrower or any Guarantor arising as a result thereof by way of right

of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subordinate and junior in right of payment

to the payments owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by the Guarantors on account of the Obligations until the conditions

to the Termination Date have been satisfied. If any amount shall be paid to the Parent Borrower or any Guarantor in violation of the

foregoing restrictions on account of (a) such subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or similar right or (b) any

such indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or any Guarantor, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties

and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited against the payment of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured,

in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 8.9       Keepwell.

Each Qualified ECP Guarantor at the time the Guaranty in this Article VIII by such Qualified ECP Guarantor becomes effective with

respect to any Swap Obligation, hereby severally, and not jointly, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide

such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each Specified Loan Party to honor all of its Obligations under this

Agreement in respect of Swap Obligations (other than Excluded Swap Obligations), but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of

such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such Qualified ECP Guarantor’s obligations and undertakings under

this Section 8.9 or otherwise under this Agreement, as it relates to such Specified Loan Party, voidable under applicable

law (including Debtor Relief Laws), and not for any greater amount. The obligations and undertakings of each Qualified ECP Guarantor

under this Section 8.9 shall remain in full force and effect until the earlier of (i) the date on which the Obligations

have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full and (ii) the date on which no Swap Obligations remain outstanding. Each Qualified

ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 8.9 constitute, and this Section 8.9 shall be deemed to constitute, a

“keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each Specified Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of

the Commodity Exchange Act.

Article IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1       Notices.

Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing (or, where permitted to be made by telephone, shall be confirmed

promptly in writing) and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed, electronically mailed or sent by facsimile

as follows:

(a)       if

to the Parent Borrower, to it at 1515 Broadway, New York, NY 10036, Attention: General Counsel (Email: ParamountGlobalLegalNotices@paramount.com,

Website: https://ir.paramount.com/);

(b)       if

to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, to it at Citibank, N.A., One Penns Way, New Castle, DE 19720, Attention Lending Agency

(Facsimile No.: (646) 291-5066, Email: USAgencyServicing@citi.com);

206

(c)       if

to any Issuing Lender, to it at the address for notices specified in the applicable Issuing Lender Agreement;

(d)       if

to a Lender, to it at its address (or facsimile number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire or in the Assignment and Acceptance

pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto; and

(e)       if

to a Subsidiary Borrower, to it at its address set forth in the relevant Subsidiary Borrower Request.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of Parent

Borrower, any other Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender and any Lender may, in its discretion, provide any notice,

report or other information to be provided under this Agreement to a Lender (i) by electronic mail to the electronic mail address

provided by such Lender in its Administrative Questionnaire and/or (ii) through access to a web site (including any Internet or

intranet website). All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement

shall be deemed to have been given on (A) the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by facsimile

or electronic mail (except that, if not received during normal business hours for the recipient, the next Business Day for the recipient),

(B) the date of posting if given by web site access, (C) the date of such telephone call, if permitted by the terms hereof

and if promptly confirmed in writing, or (D) on the date five Business Days after dispatch by registered mail if mailed, in each

case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 9.1 or in accordance with the

latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 9.1. Any party hereto may change its address,

electronic mail address or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by written notice to the Borrowers and the

Administrative Agent.

Section 9.2       Survival

of Agreement. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto or in connection

herewith shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Agents and the Lenders and shall survive the execution and delivery of this

Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder, regardless of any investigation made by the Agents or

the Lenders or on their behalf.

Section 9.3       Binding

Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Borrower, each Agent and each Lender and their respective

permitted successors and assigns, except that Parent Borrower

shall not have the right to assign its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

Section 9.4       Successors

and Assigns.

(a)       Whenever

in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such

party, and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of each Borrower, each Guarantor, any Agent or any Lender that are

contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

(b)       Prior

the initial funding of the Loans on the Closing Date, each Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its interests,

rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment) subject to (x) the consent of the Parent

Borrower, (y) except in the case of an assignment of Commitments in respect of the Pro Rata Facilities to a Pro Rata Facilities Lender

or a Lender Affiliate of a Pro Rata Facilities Lender, the consent of the Administrative Agent and (z) satisfaction of the conditions

set forth in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the proviso to the succeeding sentence. Following the initial funding of the Loans

on the Closing Date, each Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this

Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment or the Loans at the time owing to it); provided, however, that such

assignment meets the below conditions:

207

(i)       except

in the case of an assignment of the Pro Rata Facilities to a Pro Rata Facilities Lender or a Lender Affiliate of a Pro Rata Facilities

Lender or assignments of any other Facility to a Lender or a Lender Affiliate, the consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required (which

consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), unless if a Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time

of such assignment; provided that the Parent Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any assignment of Term A Loans if the Parent

Borrower does not respond within ten (10) Business Days of a written request for its consent with respect to such assignment,

(A)       except

in the case of an assignment to a Lender or a Lender Affiliate, the consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required (which consent

shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); andprovided

however, that the consent of the Administrative Agent shall not be required for any assignment to an Affiliated Lender or a Person

that upon effectiveness of an assignment would be an Affiliated Lender, except for the separate consent rights of the Administrative Agent

pursuant to Section 9.4(k)(iv); and

(B)       except

in the case of an assignment to a Lender or a Lender Affiliate, with respect to assignments of Revolving Credit Loans and/or Revolving

Credit Commitments, the consent of each Issuing Lender and each Swingline Lender will be required (which consent shall not be unreasonably

withheld or delayed).

(ii)       (A) except

in the case of assignments to any Person that is a Lender prior to giving effect to such assignment, the amount of the aggregate Commitments

and/or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect

to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than (x) in

the case of Term B Loans, $5,000,000 (or, if applicable, the Dollar equivalent thereof) (or such lesser amount as may be agreed by the

Administrative Agent) or (y) otherwise, $10,000,000 (or, if applicable, the Dollar equivalent thereof) (or such lesser

amount as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) and (B) the amount of the aggregate Commitments and/or Loans retained by any

assigning Lender (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative

Agent) shall not be less than (x) in the case of Term B Loans, $5,000,000

(or, if applicable, the Dollar equivalent thereof) (or such lesser amount as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) or (y) otherwise,

$10,000,000 (or, if applicable, the Dollar equivalent thereof) (or such lesser amount as may be agreed by the Administrative

Agent), unless (in the case of clause (A) or (B) above) the assigning Lender’s Commitment and Loans are

being reduced to $0 pursuant to such assignment,

208

(iii)       the

assignor and assignee shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and

recordation fee of $3,500 (unless waived by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion), and

(iv)       the

assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire. Upon acceptance and

recording pursuant to Section 9.4(e), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, which

effective date shall be at least five (5) Business Days

after the execution thereof (or any lesser period to which the Administrative Agent and Parent Borrower may agree), (A) the assignee

thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and

obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned

by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance

covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease

to be a party hereto (but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.16, 2.17, 2.21 and 9.5,

as well as to any Fees accrued for its account hereunder and not yet paid)).

Each

partial assignment of Term Loans shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and

obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Term Loans assigned, and each partial assignment of Revolving Credit Commitments

and/or Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations

under this Agreement with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitments and/or Revolving Credit Loans being assigned, except that this paragraph

shall not (A) apply to the Swingline Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swingline Loans or (B) prohibit any

Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis. Notwithstanding

the foregoing, any Lender or Issuing Lender assigning its rights and obligations under this Agreement may maintain any Letters of Credit

made or issued by it outstanding at such time, and in such case shall retain its rights hereunder in respect of any Loans or Letters of

Credit so maintained until such Loans or Letters of Credit have been repaid or terminated in accordance with this Agreement. Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary contained herein, no such assignment shall be made to a Disqualified Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or a

natural person or, in the case of the Term A-1 Loans, the Term A-2 Loans, the Revolving Credit Loans and the Revolving Credit Commitments,

the Parent Borrower or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

(c)       By

executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to

confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal

and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim created by such assigning Lender, (ii) except

as set forth in clause (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility

with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other instrument or

document furnished pursuant hereto, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement

or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or the financial condition of Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries

or the performance or observance by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other

instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter

into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies

of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 3.2 and 5.1 and such other documents and information

as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (v) such

assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Agent or Lender and

based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking

or not taking action under this Agreement; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action

as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof,

together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance

with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

209

(d)       The

Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of each Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of

each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments

of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the

“Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error and each Borrower, the

Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a

Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection

by any Borrower and any Lender (only with respect to its own interest) at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior

notice.

(e)       Upon

its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire

completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred

to in paragraph (b) above and, if required, the written consent of Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Issuing

Lender to such assignment, the Administrative Agent shall (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information

contained therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to Parent Borrower.

(f)       Each

Lender may without the consent of any Borrower, the Agents, any Issuing Lender or any Swingline Lender sell participations to one or more

banks, other financial institutions or other entities, in each case, that is not a Disqualified Lender, in all or a portion of its rights

and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided, however,

that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible

to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating banks, financial institutions or other

entities shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.16, 2.17 and 2.21

to the same extent as if they were Lenders (provided, that additional amounts payable to any Lender pursuant to Section 2.21

shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold any such participations), and (iv) the Borrowers, the Agents and the other Lenders

shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement,

and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of each Borrower relating to the Loans and the Letters of Credit

and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers

decreasing any fees payable hereunder or the amount of principal of or the rate at which interest is payable on the Loans or LC Disbursements,

extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for the payment of interest on the Loans or LC Disbursements or of LC Fees

or Commitment Fees, increasing the amount of or extending the Commitments or releasing the guarantee contained in Section 8.18.1,

in each case to the extent the relevant participant is directly affected thereby). Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting

solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of each Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each

participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under

this Agreement (the “Participant Register”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest

error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for

all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its

capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining any Participant Register. Upon

request of the Parent Borrower, the applicable Lender shall confirm in writing to the Parent Borrower that no owner of any participation

in such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement is a Disqualified Lender.

210

(g)       Any

Lender or participant may, in connection with any permitted assignment

or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 9.4, disclose to the assignee or participant

or proposed assignee or participant any information relating to any Borrower furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of such Borrower;

provided, that, prior to any such disclosure of information designated by such Borrower as confidential, each such assignee or

participant or proposed assignee or participant shall execute a Confidentiality Agreement (or enter into confidentiality undertakings

substantially similar to those in Exhibit D hereto) whereby such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to the exceptions set

forth therein) to preserve the confidentiality of such confidential information. A copy of each such Confidentiality Agreement executed

by an assignee shall be promptly furnished to Parent Borrower.

(h)       Notwithstanding

the limitations set forth in paragraph (b) above, (i) any Lender may at any time assign or pledge all or any portion

of its rights under this Agreement to a Federal Reserve Bank and (ii) any Lender which is a “fund” may at any time assign

or pledge all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure such Lender’s indebtedness, in each case without the prior

written consent of any Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Lender; provided, that each such assignment shall be made

in accordance with Applicable Law and no such assignment shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder. In order to facilitate

any such assignment, each Borrower shall, at the request of the assigning Lender, duly execute and deliver to the assigning Lender a Note

or Notes evidencing the Loans made to such Borrower by the assigning Lender hereunder.

211

(i)       Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Bank”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle

(an “SPC”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Bank to the Administrative Agent and the

relevant Borrower, the option to provide to such Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Bank would otherwise be obligated

to make to such Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided, that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any

SPC to make any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such

Loan, the Granting Bank shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall

utilize the Commitment of the Granting Bank to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Bank. Each party hereto

hereby agrees that no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which

shall remain with the Granting Bank). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive

the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial

paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPC

any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof.

In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.4, any SPC may (i) with notice to,

but without the prior written consent of, the relevant Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lenders and without paying any

processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Bank or to any financial institutions (consented

to by such Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Lender) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account

of such SPC to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating

to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to

such SPC. This Section 9.4 may not be amended without the written consent of any SPC which has been identified as such by

the Granting Bank to the Administrative Agent and the relevant Borrower and which then holds any Loan pursuant to this paragraph (i).

(j)       No

Borrower shall assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder without the prior consent of all the Lenders; provided that

Parent Borrower may assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder (excepting its rights and duties pursuant to Section 8.1)

to any Subsidiary Borrower and any Subsidiary Borrower may assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder to Parent Borrower

or to any other Subsidiary Borrower, in each case without the prior consent of the Lenders unless such assignment would adversely affect

the Lenders; provided further, that any Borrower may assign or delegate any of its rights and duties hereunder pursuant to a merger

or consolidation permitted by Section 5.8(a), (c) or (d) without the prior consent of the Lenders.

(k)       Any

Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations with respect to the Term B-1 Loans under this Agreement

(including under Incremental Facilities) to a Person who is or will become, after such assignment, an Affiliated Lender (including any

Affiliated Debt Fund), including (without limitation) through (i) Dutch auctions open to all Lenders in accordance with the procedures

set forth on Exhibit L or (ii) open market purchases, bilateral arrangements, privately negotiated arrangements, exchange offers

(including for cash, property or other Indebtedness), and other transactions with one or more Lenders, in each case, on a non-pro rata

basis, in each case subject to the following limitations applicable to Affiliated Lenders that are not Affiliated Debt Funds:

212

(i)       Such

Affiliated Lenders (other than an Affiliated Debt Fund) (A) will not receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative

Agent or any Lender except to the extent such materials are made available to the Parent Borrower and will not be permitted to attend

or participate in conference calls or meetings attended solely by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, other than the right to receive

notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant

to Article II, (B) will not receive the advice of counsel provided solely to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, and (C) may

not challenge the attorney-client privilege between the Administrative Agent and counsel to the Administrative Agent or between the Lenders

and counsel to the Lenders;

(ii)       the

Assignment and Acceptance will include either (A) a representation by the applicable Affiliated Lender acquiring or disposing of

Term B-1 Loans in such assignment that, as of the date of any such purchase or sale, it is not in possession of material non-public information

with respect to the Parent Borrower, its Subsidiaries or their respective securities or (B) a statement by the applicable Affiliated

Lender acquiring or disposing of Term Loans in such assignment that it either has not or cannot make the representation set forth in the

foregoing clause (A), it being agreed that a customary “big boy” provision (such as those contained in standard LSTA trade

confirmations) will satisfy this clause (ii); and

(iii)       (A) the

aggregate principal amount of Term B-1 Loans held by all Affiliated Lenders that are not Affiliated Debt Funds shall not exceed 25% of

the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term B-1 Loans at the time of purchase or assignment (such percentage, the “Affiliated

Lender Term B-1 Loan Cap”) and (B) unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Required Facility Lenders, regardless of

whether consented to by the Administrative Agent, no assignment which would result in Affiliated Lenders that are not Affiliated Debt

Funds holding Term Loans with an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Affiliated Lender Term B-1 Loan Cap, shall in either case

be effective with respect to such excess amount of the Term Loans (and such excess assignment shall be void ab initio); provided

that, for purposes of calculating the Affiliated Lender Term B-1 Loan Cap and determining compliance with this clause (iii), the principal

amount of any Term B-1 Loans denominated in Euros shall be determined using the Dollar equivalent as determined by the Exchange Rate;

(iv)       as

a condition to each assignment pursuant to this clause (k) (A) the Administrative Agent shall have been provided a notice

in the form of Exhibit D-2 to this Agreement in connection with each assignment to an Affiliated Lender or an Affiliated Debt Fund

or a Person that upon effectiveness of such assignment would constitute an Affiliated Lender or an Affiliated Debt Fund and (B) the

Administrative Agent shall have consented to such assignment (which consent shall not be withheld unless the Administrative Agent reasonably

believes that such assignment would violate clause (iii) above).

213

Each

Affiliated Lender and each Affiliated Debt Fund agrees to notify the Administrative Agent promptly (and in any event within ten Business

Days) if it acquires any Person who is also a Lender, and each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent promptly (and in any event

within ten Business Days) if it becomes an Affiliated Lender or an Affiliated Debt Fund. Such notice shall contain the type of information

required and be delivered to the same addressee as set forth in Exhibit D-2.

(l)       Voting

Limitations. Notwithstanding anything in Section 9.8 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary for

purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders or “Required Facility Lenders”, “Required Class Lenders”

or “Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders” have,

(i)       consented

(or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document

or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law commenced by or against the Parent Borrower

or any other Loan Party;

(ii)       otherwise

acted on any matter related to any Loan Document; or

(iii)       directed

or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under

any Loan Document,

in

each case, that does not require the consent of a specific Lender, each Lender or each affected Lender, or does not affect such Affiliated

Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund in a disproportionately adverse manner as compared to other Lenders holding similar obligations,

(A)       Affiliated

Lenders that are not Affiliated Debt Funds will be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as non-affiliated Lenders voting on such

matters; and

(B)       Affiliated

Debt Funds may not in the aggregate account for more than 49.9% of the outstanding Loans in any calculation of Required Lenders, and any

amount in excess of 49.9% will be subject to the limitation set forth in Section 9.4(k).

(m)       Assignments

to Parent Borrower, etc. Any Lender may, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom,

assign (pursuant to a cash sale, an exchange for non-cash consideration or any other transaction as may be agreed by the Parent Borrower

or any of its Subsidiaries) all or a portion of its rights and obligations with respect to the Term B-1 Loans and the Term B-1 Loan Commitments

under this Agreement to the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including (without limitation) through one or more (i) Dutch

auctions open to all Lenders in accordance with the procedures set forth on Exhibit L or (ii) open market purchases, bilateral

arrangements, privately negotiated arrangements, exchange offers (including for cash, property or other Indebtedness), and other transactions,

on a non-pro rata basis, in each case subject to the following limitations, provided that:

214

(i)       if

the assignee is the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, upon such assignment, transfer or contribution,

the applicable assignee shall automatically be deemed to have contributed or transferred the principal amount of such Term Loans, plus

all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the Parent Borrower for cancellation as contemplated by clause (ii) below; or

(ii)       if

the assignee is the Parent Borrower (including through contribution or transfers set forth in clause (i) above or Section 11.07(l)(ii)),

(1) the principal amount of such Term Loans, along with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, so contributed, assigned or transferred

to the Parent Borrower shall be deemed automatically cancelled and extinguished on the date of such contribution, assignment or transfer

and (2) the Parent Borrower shall promptly provide notice to the Administrative Agent of such contribution, assignment or transfer

of such Term Loans, and the Administrative Agent, upon receipt of such notice, shall reflect the cancellation of the applicable Term Loans

in the Register; provided that no proceeds of the Revolving Credit Facility shall be utilized to make such assignments pursuant

to this clause (m).

Section 9.5       Expenses;

Limitation of Liability; Indemnity.

(a)       (a) Expenses.

The Parent Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse:

(i)       the

Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers, promptly after receipt of a written request, for all reasonable

and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with (i) the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration

of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) any amendment, modification or waiver hereof or thereof (whether or not the

transactions contemplated thereby are consummated); provided that, in the case of legal fees and expenses, such reimbursement shall

be limited to the Attorney Costs of one primary counsel representing the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Joint Lead

Arrangers taken as a whole and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction material to the interests of

such Persons taken as a whole (which may be a single local counsel acting in multiple such jurisdictions); and

(ii)       the

Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses

incurred in connection with the investigation, enforcement or protection of their rights and remedies under this Agreement or the other

Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor

Relief Law); provided that, in the case of legal fees and expenses, such reimbursement shall be limited to the Attorney Costs of

(A) one law firm representing the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders taken as a whole,

(B) one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction material to the interests of such Persons taken as a whole (which may be a single

local counsel acting in multiple such jurisdictions), and (C) solely in the case of any actual or reasonably perceived conflict of

interest that prevents a single law firm from representing all such Persons (where the Persons affected by such conflict have informed

the Parent Borrower in writing of such conflict), one additional conflicts counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for each affected group

of such Persons similarly situated taken as a whole.

215

(b)       Limitation

of Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, no Borrower or Loan Party shall assert, and the Parent Borrower and

each other Loan Party hereby waives, any claim against each Agent, Issuing Lender, Lender or any of their respective Related Parties

(each, a “Lender-Related Person”) for any liability to any Loan Party for any damages arising from the use or misuse

by others of information or materials obtained through electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission systems (including

the Internet). No party hereto shall assert, and each such party waives, any liability to any other party hereto for any indirect, special,

punitive or consequential damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of this

Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that nothing in this

Section 9.5(b) shall limit the Parent Borrower’s indemnification obligations under Section 9.5(c) to

the extent such damages are included in a third-party claim with respect to which an Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification

hereunder.

(c)       Indemnity.

To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Parent Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Agent, each Lender,

each Issuing Lender, each Joint Lead Arranger and each of their respective affiliates and controlling persons, and brokers, trustees,

administrators, managers, advisors and representatives, including accountants, auditors, and legal counsel of such Person and of such

Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, partners, agents and representatives of each of the foregoing

and their respective successors and permitted assigns (each, an “Indemnified Person”) from and against any and all

losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (joint or several) arising out of, resulting from or in connection with this Agreement,

any other Loan Document, the Facilities, the Transactions or the use of proceeds of the Loans or Letters of Credit, or any claim, dispute,

litigation, investigation or proceeding (each, an “Action”) relating to any of the foregoing, regardless of whether

any Indemnified Person is a party thereto and whether or not such Action is brought by any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates, equity

holders, creditors or any other persons, and to reimburse each Indemnified Person, promptly after receipt of a written request, for any

reasonable and documented out of pocket legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending,

or providing evidence in or preparing to serve or serving as a witness in any such Action; provided that:

(i)       The

foregoing indemnity shall not apply to any Indemnified Person with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses to

the extent (A) resulting from the willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence of such Indemnified Person or any of its Related

Indemnified Persons, or (B) arising from a material breach of such Indemnified Person’s obligations under any Loan Document,

in each case as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non appealable judgment.

216

(ii)       Indemnified

Liabilities shall be limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the Attorney Costs of one counsel representing all Indemnified

Persons taken as a whole and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction material to the interests of the

Indemnified Persons taken as a whole (which may be a single local counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions), and solely in the case of

any actual or reasonably perceived conflict of interest between Indemnified Persons that

prevents a single law firm from representing all such Persons (where the Indemnified Persons affected by such conflict inform

the Parent Borrower of such conflict), one additional counsel in each relevant material jurisdiction for each group of affected Indemnified

Persons similarly situated taken as a whole.

(iii)       Indemnified

Liabilities shall not include any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses arising from any dispute solely among Indemnified Persons

or any of their Related Indemnified Persons, other than claims against an Indemnified Person in its capacity as, or in fulfilling its

role as, the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Lender or another Agent under the Facilities and other than any claims arising out of any

act or omission on the part of the Parent Borrower or any of its Affiliates.

(iv)       Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary, the Parent Borrower shall have no obligation to indemnify any Indemnified Person for income or similar taxes

imposed on such Indemnified Person with respect to fees or other compensation received by such Indemnified Person in connection with the

Facilities; provided that this clause shall not limit the Parent Borrower’s obligations with respect to withholding taxes

or other Taxes expressly governed by the Loan Documents.

(v)       The

Parent Borrower shall not be liable for any settlement, of any Action effected without its prior written consent (such consent not to

be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that, if settled with such consent or if there is a final judgment, the Parent Borrower

shall indemnify the applicable Indemnified Persons in accordance with this Section 9.5(c). No Loan Party shall, without the

prior written consent of the affected Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any Action with respect to which indemnification could

be sought hereunder unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person from all liability and

(B) contains no admission of fault or wrongdoing by such Indemnified Person.

For purposes of this Section 9.5(c),

“Related Indemnified Person” means, with respect to any Indemnified Person, any controlling person or controlled affiliate

of such Indemnified Person and the respective directors, officers, employees or agents thereof in each case acting at the direction of

such Indemnified Person in connection with the negotiation, syndication or administration of the Facilities.

(d)       The

provisions of this Section 9.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement, the repayment of the Loans and the termination

of the Commitments. Any Indemnified Person shall promptly refund any amounts paid pursuant to this Section 9.5 to the extent

it is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable judgment that such Indemnified Person was not

entitled to indemnification hereunder. All amounts payable under this Section 9.5 shall be paid within a reasonable time after

written demand therefor. This Section 9.5 shall not apply with respect to taxes other than any taxes that represent losses,

claims, damages, liabilities or expenses arising from any non-tax claim. The Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby acknowledge

that the Administrative Agent and/or any Lender may receive a benefit, including a discount, credit or other accommodation, from any of

such counsel based on the fees such counsel may receive on account of their relationship with the Administrative Agent and/or such Lender,

including fees paid pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

217

Section 9.6       Right

of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Agent and each Lender is hereby authorized at any time

and from time to time, without notice to any Loan Party or to any other Person (other than the Parent Borrower and the Administrative

Agent), to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional

or final) (other than those in any special purpose account, such as a payroll, trust, tax and fiduciary account) at any time held and

other indebtedness at any time owing by such Agent or Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower or Loan Party against

any of and all the Obligations of such Borrower or other Loan Party then due and owing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document

to such Agent or Lender; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (i) all

amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions

of Section 2.19 and Section 2.25 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from

its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and Lenders, and (ii) the Defaulting Lender

shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting

Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. Each Lender agrees to notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly

after any such set-off and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and

application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all set off rights (and any similar rights, including bankers’ liens),

including pursuant to this section, are expressly waived with respect to Excluded Accounts and each Lender agrees not to exercise such

rights. The rights of each Agent and each Lender under this Section 9.6 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including

other rights of setoff) which such Agent or Lender may have.

Section 9.7       APPLICABLE

LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER (INCLUDING ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT

LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY DETERMINATIONS WITH RESPECT TO JUDGMENT INTEREST) AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL

BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, provided, that (a) the interpretation

of the definition of “Company Material Adverse Effect” (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) (and whether or not a Company

Material Adverse Effect has occurred, including for purposes of Section 4.2), (b) the determination of the accuracy

of any Acquisition Agreement Representations and whether as a result of any inaccuracy of any Acquisition Agreement Representations there

has been a failure of a condition precedent set forth in Section 4.2, and (c) the determination of whether the Acquisition

has been consummated in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement will, in each case, be governed by, and construed and

interpreted in accordance with, the laws governing the Acquisition Agreement as applied to the Acquisition Agreement, without giving

effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

218

Section 9.8       Waivers;

Amendment.

(a)       No

failure or delay of any Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document

shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance

of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power.

The rights and remedies of the Agents, the Issuing Lenders and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative

and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent

to any departure by any Loan Party from any such provision shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph

(b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which

given. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar

or other circumstances. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any

Default, regardless ofor

whether any Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b)       Neither

this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except (x) in the

case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement in writing entered into by the Borrowers and the Required Lenders (or, with respect to

any waiver, amendment or modification to any Financial Covenant or the definitions used therein for the purposes thereof, solely the Required

Pro Rata Facilities Lenders) (subject to Section 2.25(b)Section 2.25(b) with

respect to any Defaulting Lender) or as contemplated by Section 2.12(b); provided,

that any waiver, amendment or modification contemplated in clause (viii) below shall only require the consent of the Borrowers

and the Required Class Lenders or Required Facility Lenders, as applicable or (y) in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant

to an agreement in writing entered into by the Agents and Loan Parties that are party to such Loan Document; provided, however,

that no such agreement, in the case of either clause (x) or (y),

shall:

(i)       reduce

the amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, or reduce the stated amount of any LC Disbursement, interest or fee payable

hereunder or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Commitment of

any Lender, in each case without the prior written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (except as set forth in Section 2.27);

provided, however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend SectionSections

2.11(a) and (b);

(ii)       amend,

modify or waive any provision of this Section 9.8(b), or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of “Required

Lenders”, “Required Facility Lenders”, “Required Class Lenders”, or consent to the

assignment or delegation by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (except

(A) by the Parent Borrower (excepting its rights and duties pursuant to Section 8.1) to any Subsidiary Borrower or (B) by

any Subsidiary Borrower to the Parent Borrower or to any other Subsidiary Borrower and as set forth in Section 9.4(j)), in

each case without the prior written consent of all the Lenders;

219

(iii)       reduce

the percentage specified in the definition of “Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders”,

“Required Term B-1 Lenders”, “Required Dollar Term B-1 Lenders”, “Required Euro Term B-1 Lenders”

or “Required Revolving Credit Lenders,” in each case without the prior written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

(iv)       amend,

modify or waive Section 2.18(a) in a manner that would alter the pro rata allocation of payments required thereby

without the prior written consent of all the Lenders;

(v)       amend,

modify or waive Section 6.4 without the prior written consent of all the Lenders;

(vi)       amend,

modify or waive any provision of Article VII without the prior written consent of each Agent affected thereby; provided

further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline

Lenders or the Issuing Lenders hereunder in such capacity without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Swingline

Lender directly affected thereby or each Issuing Lender directly affected thereby, as the case may be;

(vii)       prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, other than in connection with a transfer or other transaction permitted (or not prohibited) under

the Loan Documents, (x) release Liens on all or substantially all of the Collateral securing any Facility or (y) release the

Guarantors that collectively provide all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranty from the Guaranty with respect to any Facility,

in each case, without the written consent of each Lender under such Facility, it being agreed that a subordination of Liens on the Collateral

shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 9.8(b)(vii);

(viii)       amend,

modify or waive any term or provision which directly affects Lenders under one or more Classes or Facilities and does not directly affect

Lenders under any other Class or Facility (including, without limitation, the mandatory

prepayments required pursuant to Section 2.15(b)(ii), the Repricing Premium pursuant to Section 2.9(g), the MFN Provision pursuant

to Section 2.14(g)(v), and conditions to credit extensions pursuant to Section 4.3), in each case, without

the written consent of the Required Class Lenders or Required Facility Lenders, under such applicable Class or Facility (and

in the case of multiple Classes or Facilities which are affected, with respect to any such Class or Facility, such consent shall

be effected by the Required Class Lenders or Required Facility Lenders of each such Class or Facility, subject to the other

clauses of this Section 9.8); provided that the waivers described in this clause (viii) shall not require

the consent of any Lenders other than the Required Class Lenders or the Required Facility Lenders under such Class or Classes

or Facility or Facilities; and

(ix)       prior

to the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, other than in connection with a transaction not prohibited by the Loan Documents as in effect

on the Closing Date or as otherwise contemplated by the Loan Documents as in effect on the Closing Date (including in connection with

a Release/Subordination Event), contractually subordinate,

220

(A)       the

Liens on all or substantially all of the Collateral with respect to which the Collateral Agent would otherwise have a perfected first

priority Lien securing a Facility (“Existing Liens”) to the Liens securing, or

(B)       all

or substantially all of the Obligations with respect to a Facility in right of payment to,

in either case, other Indebtedness for

borrowed money provided by Lenders or their Affiliates (including any exchange of existing Indebtedness that results in another Class of

Indebtedness for borrowed money; any such other Indebtedness to which such Liens securing any of the Obligations or such Obligations,

as applicable, are so subordinated, “Senior Indebtedness”), in each case, unless each adversely affected Lender under

the applicable Facility has been (or will be) offered an opportunity to fund or otherwise provide or acquire its pro rata share

of such Senior Indebtedness on the same economic terms received by the Lenders (or their Affiliates) providing such Senior Indebtedness;

provided that:

(x)       such

economic terms shall not include backstop and similar fees incurred, and the reimbursement of counsel fees and other expenses incurred,

in connection with the negotiation of the transactions in connection with which the Senior Indebtedness is to be (or was) incurred,

(y)       such

offer shall be a written document delivered to each adversely affected Lender that describes the material economic terms pursuant to which

the Senior Indebtedness is to be (or was) provided,

(z)       such

offer shall remain open to each adversely affected Lender for a period of not less than five Business Days (which period may be commenced

following the funding of such Senior Indebtedness),

(aa)       the

pro rata share of Senior Indebtedness to which each adversely affected Lender shall be entitled shall be based on the amount of

Loans that are adversely affected held by each Lender and calculated immediately prior to any applicable amendment or incurrence of Senior

Indebtedness,

(bb)       any

such adversely affected Lender may designate any of its Affiliates to provide such Senior Indebtedness on its behalf, and

(cc)       Senior

Indebtedness shall not include any of the following:

(1)       Capitalized

Leases, purchase money Indebtedness and Indebtedness secured by Permitted Priority Assets,

(2)       any

“debtor-in-possession” facility that has been approved by a court of competent jurisdiction following notice and a hearing

under applicable Debtor Relief Law,

221

(3)       any

Indebtedness incurred pursuant to an asset-based loan facility, factoring, securitization or other similar facility the incurrence of

which is either permitted by the Loan Documents as in effect on the Closing Date, and

(4)       any

such Indebtedness with respect to which the subordination provisions apply to one or more Classes or Facilities and not any other Class or

Facility and are consented to by the applicable Required Class Lenders or the Required Facility Lenders (for the avoidance of doubt,

(x) the Revolving Credit Facility shall not be considered part of the same Facility or Class as any Term Facility and (y) neither

the Term A-1 Loans nor the,

Term A-2 Loans or the Term B-1 Loans shall be considered to

part of the same Facility or Class as any Incremental Term Loans unless such Incremental Term Loans constitute an increase to the

existing Term A-1 Loans or,

Term A-2 Loans or Term B-1 Loans, as applicable).

It

is understood and agreed that the consent of the Required Lenders shall not be required for the amendments, waivers or consents set forth

above (pursuant to Section 9.8(b)) or otherwise, if the consents set forth in the preceding clause of this Section shall

have been obtained.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary

herein, (i) (A) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Issuing Lenders in addition to the

Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Issuing Lenders under this Agreement or any Issuing Lender Agreement relating

to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (B) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by

the Swingline Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swingline Lender under this Agreement;

and (C) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders

required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan

Document and (ii) this Agreement may be amended and restated without the consent of any Lender (but with the consent of the Borrowers

and the Administrative Agent) if, upon giving effect to such amendment and restatement, such Lender shall no longer be a party to this

Agreement (as so amended and restated), the Commitments of such Lender shall have terminated, such Lender shall have no other commitment

or other obligation hereunder and shall have been paid in full all principal, interest and other amounts owing to it or accrued for its

account under this Agreement.

(c)       Notwithstanding

the provisions of Section 9.8(a) or Section 9.8(b), (i) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents

may be amended (or amended and restated) to correct or clarify any error, ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, in each case,

in any provision of a Loan Documents that is identified by the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent, without the consent of any

Lender and (ii) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended (or amended and restated) to correct or clarify any error,

ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency in any provision of a Loan Document that is identified by the Parent Borrower and the Required

Lenders (it being agreed that any such determination or identification by Required Lenders of an error, ambiguity, omission, defect or

inconsistency shall be conclusive), without the consent of any other Person.

222

(d)       Intercreditor

Agreement. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.8(a) or Section 9.8(b), no Lender or Issuing Lender consent is required

to effect any amendment or supplement to an Intercreditor Agreement or any other intercreditor agreement that is,

(i)       for

the purpose of adding the holders of Pari Passu Lien Debt, Junior Lien Debt, Incremental Equivalent Debt, Permitted Pari Passu Secured

Refinancing Debt, Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt or other Indebtedness unless such other Indebtedness and any related Liens

(including the priority of such Liens) are prohibited by Section 5.9 and Section 5.10 (or a Debt Representative with respect

to any such Indebtedness with respect to which it is a representative or agent) as parties thereto, as expressly contemplated by the terms

of such intercreditor agreement (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable

intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing), or

(ii) expressly

contemplated by this Agreement (including pursuant to a Release/Subordination Event or Section 9.27), an Intercreditor Agreement

or any other intercreditor agreement.

(e)       Financial

Covenants. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.8(a) or Section 9.8(b), unless and until a Financial Covenant Cross

Default has occurred and remains continuing, the consent of only the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders shall be necessary to, and upon

the occurrence and continuance of a Financial Covenant Cross Default, the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to (i) waive

or consent to any Financial Covenant Event of Default or amend or modify the terms of, or waive or consent to any Default or Event of

Default with respect to, Section 5.14 (including the related definitions as used in such Section, but not as used in other Sections

of this Agreement) and no such amendment, modification, waiver or consent shall be permitted (1) without the consent of the Required

Pro Rata Facilities Lenders (unless and until a Financial Covenant Cross Default has occurred) and (2) without the consent of the

Required Lenders (upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Financial Covenant Cross Default) or (ii) amend this sentence.

Notwithstanding that, upon the occurrence of a Financial Covenant Cross Default, the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary

to waive or consent to any Default or Event of Default resulting from a Financial Covenant Event of Default as set forth in the immediately

preceding sentence, only the consent of the Required Pro Rata Facilities Lenders shall be necessary to (a) amend or modify the terms

and provisions of Section 5.14(a) and/or Section 5.14(c) (in each case, whether or not a Financial Covenant Cross

Default has occurred) and/or (b) amend this sentence,

223

(f)       Certain

Amendments to Guaranty and Collateral Documents. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.8(a) or Section 9.8(b), the

Guaranty, the Collateral Documents and related documents executed by the Parent Borrower and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection

with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together

with this Agreement, amended and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Parent Borrower without the

need to obtain the consent of any Lender if such amendment or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice

of local counsel, (ii) to cure ambiguities or defects (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower)

or (iii) to cause such Guaranty, Collateral Document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(g)       Rules for

Specific Lenders.

(i)       Defaulting

Lenders. No Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment,

waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders, the Required Lenders, the Required Facility Lenders or each

affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (A) the Commitment

of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Defaulting Lender and (B) any waiver, amendment

or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely

than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

(i)       Disqualified

Lenders. Disqualified Lenders shall be subject to the provisions of Section 9.22.

(h)       Affiliated

Lenders. Affiliated Lenders shall be subject to the provisions of Section 9.4(k).

Section 9.9       Entire

Agreement.

(a)       This

Agreement (together with the other Loan Documents, the Issuing Lender Agreements, the Subsidiary Borrower Designations, the Subsidiary

Borrower Requests) constitutes the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any previous agreements

or understandings, oral or written, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement. Nothing

in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto any rights, remedies, obligations

or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b)       Without

limitation of the preceding clause (a), the only payment provisions, conditions to any borrowing, mandatory prepayments, representations

and warranties, covenants, events of default and guarantee and collateral provisions applicable to each Borrower, the other Loan Parties

and Restricted Subsidiaries are those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, it being agreed that any and

all implied covenants and other similar provisions that may exist in law or in equity and that may be applicable to such Persons including

any implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing are expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law.

224

(c)       Without

limitation of the foregoing, neither any Affiliate of any Loan Party (other than each Borrower, the Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries),

nor any of their respective managers, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, partners, members, agents or representatives has made

or is making, any representation or warranty whatsoever, express or implied, at law or in equity, to any Agent, Lender or other Secured

Party with respect to the Loans or the Obligations, and no such Person shall be liable in respect of (i) the accuracy or completeness

of any information provided to any Agent, Lender or other Secured Party or their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees,

stockholders, partners, members or representatives, (ii) any term or condition applicable to Borrowers, Loan Parties and Restricted

Subsidiaries set forth in the Loan Documents or any transaction or series of transactions permitted thereby or (iii) with respect

to the Obligations.

Section 9.10       WAIVER

OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE

TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR

ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). THE

SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO

THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND

STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED,

EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES

THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS,

THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.10, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO

THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN ITS RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH PARTY HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS

AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS

FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING

(OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 9.10 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO),

AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS HERETO OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS

OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS MADE HEREUNDER. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE

FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

225

Section 9.11       Severability.

In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect

in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein, or of such provision or

obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith

negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as

close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction

shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this

Section 9.11, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders

shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

Section 9.12       Counterparts;

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents.

(a)       This

Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which constitute

an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute but one contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature

page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging (including in .pdf or .tif format) means shall be effective as delivery

of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

(b)       The

words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance,

in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or in any amendment

or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records

in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the

use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any Applicable Law, including the

Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other

similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

Section 9.13       Headings.

Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this

Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 9.14       Jurisdiction;

Consent to Service of Process.

(a)       Each

party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its Property, to the exclusive jurisdiction and

venue of the courts of the State of New York sitting in New York City in the borough of Manhattan and of any United State Federal court

sitting in the borough of Manhattan, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding (whether in tort, contract,

law or equity) arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment,

and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding

may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties

hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by

suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Each Subsidiary Borrower designates and directs Parent Borrower at its offices

at 1515 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, as its agent to receive service of any and all process and documents on its behalf in any

legal action or proceeding (whether in tort, contract, law or equity) referred to in this Section 9.14 in the State of New

York and agrees that service upon such agent shall constitute valid and effective service upon such Subsidiary Borrower and that failure

of Parent Borrower to give any notice of such service to any Subsidiary Borrower shall not affect or impair in any way the validity of

such service or of any judgment rendered in any action or proceeding (whether in tort, contract, law or equity) based thereon.

226

(b)       Each

Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which

it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding (whether in tort, contract, law or equity) arising

out of or relating to this Agreement or to any other Loan Document in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto

hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance

of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c)       Each

party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.1. Nothing

in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Applicable Law.

Section 9.15       Confidentiality.

(a)       Each

of the Lenders, Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lenders and Joint Lead Arrangers (each, a “Bound Entity”)

agrees to keep confidential and not to disclose the Confidential Information (as defined below) in accordance with its customary procedures

(and to cause its affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives to keep confidential and not to disclose) and,

at the request of Parent Borrower (except as provided below or if such Bound Entity is required to retain any Confidential Information

(as defined below) pursuant to customary internal or banking practices, bank regulations or Applicable Law), promptly to return to Parent

Borrower or destroy the Confidential Information and all copies thereof, extracts therefrom and analyses or other materials based thereon,

except that such Bound Entity shall be permitted to disclose Confidential Information (i) to such of its officers, directors, employees,

agents, affiliates and representatives as need to know such Confidential Information in connection with such Bound Entity’s participation

in this Agreement, each of whom shall be informed by such Bound Entity of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and

shall agree to be bound by the terms of this Section 9.15; provided, that in no event shall such disclosure be made

to any Disqualified Lender; (ii) to the extent required by Applicable Laws and regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process

or requested by any Governmental Authority or agency having jurisdiction over such Bound Entity; provided, however, that,

except in the case of disclosure to bank regulators or examiners in accordance with customary banking practices, if legally permitted,

written notice of each instance in which Confidential Information is required or requested to be disclosed shall be furnished to Parent

Borrower not less than 30 days prior to the expected date of such disclosure or, if 30 days’ notice is not practicable under the

circumstances, as promptly as practicable under the circumstances; (iii) to the extent such Confidential Information (A) is

or becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement, (B) becomes available to such Bound Entity on

a non-confidential basis from a source other than a party to this Agreement or any other party known to such Bound Entity to be bound

by an agreement containing a provision similar to this Section 9.15 or (C) was available to such Bound Entity on a non-confidential

basis prior to this disclosure to such Bound Entity by a party to this Agreement or any other party known to such Bound Entity to be

bound by an agreement containing a provision similar to this Section 9.15; (iv) as permitted by Section 9.4(g);

(v) to the extent Parent Borrower shall have consented prior to such disclosure in writing; (vi) to any other party hereto

(it being understood that in no event shall such disclosure be made to any Disqualified Lender); (vii) in connection with the exercise

of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document

or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder; (viii) subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as restrictive

than those of this Section 9.15 (it being understood that in no event shall such disclosure be made to any Disqualified Lender),

to (A) any bona fide assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations

under this Agreement (provided that any such prospective assignee is identified to the Parent

Borrower prior to such disclosure), (B) any actual or prospective party (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transactions

relating to the Parent Borrower and its Obligations (provided that any such prospective counterparty is identified to the Parent

Borrower prior to such disclosure), or (C) to the extent required by a potential or actual insurer or reinsurer in connection

with providing insurance, reinsurance or credit risk mitigation coverage under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference

to this Agreement (provided that any such prospective counterparty is identified to the Parent

Borrower prior to such disclosure); or (ix) on a confidential basis to (A) any rating agency in connection with

rating the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Revolving

Credit Facility or (B) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers

with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility.

227

As used in this Section 9.15, “Confidential

Information” shall mean any materials, documents or information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary

thereof relating to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or their respective businesses in connection with this Agreement designated

by or on behalf of such Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof as confidential; it being understood that all information received from any

Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof after the date hereof shall be deemed confidential unless such information is clearly identified

at the time of delivery as not being confidential.

(b)       Each

Bound Entity (i) agrees that, except to the extent the conditions referred to in subclause (A), (B) or (C) of

clause (iii) of paragraph (a) above have been met and as provided in paragraph (c) below, (A) it

will use the Confidential Information only in connection with its participation in this Agreement and (B) it will not use the Confidential

Information in connection with any other matter or in a manner prohibited by any law, including, without limitation, the securities laws

of the United States and (ii) understands that breach of this Section 9.15 might seriously prejudice the interest of

the Borrowers and that the Borrowers are entitled to equitable relief, including an injunction, in the event of such breach.

228

(c)       Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.15, each Agent and each Lender shall be entitled to retain all Confidential

Information for so long as it remains an Agent or a Lender to use solely for the purposes of servicing the credit and protecting its rights

hereunder.

Section 9.16       Termination

of Subsidiary Borrower Designation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9.8 or elsewhere in this Agreement,

the Parent Borrower may from time to time deliver a subsequent Subsidiary Borrower Designation with respect to any Subsidiary Borrower,

countersigned by such Subsidiary Borrower, for the purpose of terminating such Subsidiary Borrower’s designation as such, so long

as, on the effective date of such termination, all Subsidiary Borrower Obligations in respect of such Subsidiary Borrower shall have

been paid in full. In addition, if on any date a Subsidiary Borrower shall cease to be a Subsidiary, all Subsidiary Borrower Obligations

in respect of such Subsidiary Borrower shall automatically become due and payable on such date and no further Loans may be borrowed by

such Subsidiary Borrower hereunder.

Section 9.17       Patriot

Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act and each Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any other party) hereby

notifies the Borrowers that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26,

2001 (the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrowers, which

information includes the name and address of the Borrowers and other information that will allow such Lender or such Agent, as applicable,

to identify the Borrowers in accordance with the Patriot Act and, to the extent applicable, the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Section 9.18       No

Fiduciary Relationship. Parent Borrower, on behalf of itself, the Subsidiary Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries, agrees that in

connection with all aspects of the transactions contemplated hereby and any communications in connection therewith, the Borrowers, the

Subsidiaries and their Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agents, the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders and their affiliates, on the other

hand, will have a business relationship that does not create, by implication or otherwise, any fiduciary duty on the part of the Agents,

the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders or their affiliates, and no such duty will be deemed to have arisen in connection with any such transactions

or communications.

Section 9.19       Material

Non-Public Information.

(a)       Each

Lender acknowledges that all information, including requests for waivers and amendments, furnished by any Borrower or any other Loan Party

or the Administrative Agent pursuant to or in connection with, or in the course of administering, this Agreement will be syndicate-level

information, which may contain MNPI. Each Lender represents to each Borrower, each other Loan Party and the Administrative Agent that

(i) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of MNPI and that it will handle MNPI in accordance with such procedures

and Applicable Law, including Federal, state and foreign securities laws, and (ii) it has identified in its Administrative Questionnaire

a credit contact who may receive information that may contain MNPI in accordance with its compliance procedures and Applicable Law, including

Federal, state and foreign securities laws.

229

(b)       Each

Borrower and each Lender acknowledges that, if information furnished by any Borrower pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement

is being distributed by the Administrative Agent through IntraLinks/IntraAgency, SyndTrak, DebtDomain or another website or other information

platform (the “Platform”), the Administrative Agent shall only post information furnished by any Borrower pursuant

to or in connection with this Agreement on that portion of the Platform as is designated for representatives of Lenders that are willing

to receive MNPI unless such Borrower has indicated such information does not contain MNPI.

(c)       Upon

written request by the Administrative Agent, each Borrower agrees to specify whether any information furnished by such Borrower to the

Administrative Agent pursuant to, or in connection with, this Agreement contains MNPI.

Section 9.20       Acknowledgement

and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any

other agreement, arrangement or understanding among the parties hereto, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected

Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and

Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a)       the

application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder

that may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and

(b)       the

effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable, (i) a reduction in full or in part or cancelation

of any such liability, (ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in

such Affected Financial Institution, its parent entity, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it,

and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability

under any Loan Document or (iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down

and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.

Section 9.21       Certain

ERISA Matters.

(a)       Each

Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the

date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative

Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of

the following is and will be true:

(i)       such

Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise) of one or more Benefit

Plans with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters

of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement,

(ii)       the

transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent

qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts),

PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption

for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined

by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and

performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement,

230

(iii)       (A) such

Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE

84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate

in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation

in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements

of sub-sections (b) through (g) and (k) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender,

the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation

in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iv)       such

other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and

such Lender.

(b)       In

addition, unless either (1) sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with

respect to a Lender or (2) a Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in

the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became

a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases

being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of

the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party, that the Administrative Agent is not a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender

involved in such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit,

the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent

under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related hereto or thereto).

Section 9.22       Disqualified

Lenders and Net Short Positions.

(a)       Replacement

of Disqualified Lenders and Net Short Lenders.

(i)       To

the extent that any assignment or participation is made or purported to be made to a Disqualified Lender or

Net Short Lender (notwithstanding the other restrictions in this Agreement with respect to Disqualified Lenders and

Net Short Lenders), or if any Lender or participant becomes a Disqualified Lender

or Net Short Lender, in each case, without limiting any other provision of the Loan Documents,

(A)       upon

the request of the Parent Borrower, such Disqualified Lender or Net Short

Lender shall be required immediately (and in any event within five (5) Business

Days) to assign all or any portion of the Loans and Commitments then owned by such Disqualified Lender or

Net Short Lender (or held as a participation) to another Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender or another Disqualified Lender

or Net Short Lender), assignee or any Borrower; provided

that no such assignment shall be effective (A) without the express consent of the Parent Borrower

(which may be provided, withheld or conditioned in its sole direction) and (B) unless and until, in addition

to the other applicable conditions thereto set forth herein,

the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon

distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or sub-participations,

or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable

pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Disqualified Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor

hereby irrevocably consent), to (1) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Disqualified Lender to the

Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders, the Swingline Lender and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (2) acquire

(and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans,

231

(B)       the

Borrowers shall have the right to (x1)

prepay all or any portion of the Loans and Commitments then owned by such Disqualified Lender or

Net Short Lender (or held as a participation) without any premium or penalty, and if applicable, terminate the Commitments

of such Disqualified Lender or Net Short Lender, in whole or

in part, or (y2)

declare any participation to a Disqualified Lender null and void; provided that this clause (y2)

shall not apply to participations held by a Person who became a Disqualified Lender after it acquired its participations in compliance

with the applicable participation provisions of this Agreement, unless

such Disqualified Lender acquired a participation in violation of this Agreement,

(C)       any

such assignment or prepayment shall be made in exchange for an amount equal to the lesserleast

of (x1)

the face principal amount of the Loans so assigned or participated,

(y2)

the amount that such Disqualified Lender paid to acquire such Commitments and/or Loans or

participations, and (z3)

the then quoted trading price for such Loans or participations (as determined

by the Parent Borrower in good faith), in each case without interest thereon (it being understood that if the effective date

of any such assignment is not an interest payment date, such assignee shall be entitled to receive on the next succeeding interest payment

date interest on the principal amount of the Loans so assigned that has accrued and is unpaid from the interest payment date last preceding

such effective date (except as may be otherwise agreed between such assignee and the Borrowers)); provided that any such assignment

or prepayment of Loans or participations held by a Person who became a Disqualified Lender after it acquired itssuch

Loans or participations in compliance with the applicable assignments or participation provisions of this Agreement shall be made at the

face principal amount of the Loans or participations so assigned or prepaid, unless

such Disqualified Lender acquired Loans or Commitments in violation of this Agreement, and

232

(D)       the

Borrowers shall be entitled to seek specific performance in any applicable court of law or equity to enforce this Section 9.22.

In addition, in connection with any such assignment, (x1)

if such Disqualified Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or

any other documentation necessary or appropriate (in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent or the Parent Borrower,

which determination shall be conclusive) to reflect such replacementassignment

by the later of (1I)

the date on which the replacementassignee

Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (2II)

the date as of which such Disqualified Lender shall be paid by the assignee Lender (or, at its option, the Parent Borrower) the amount

required pursuant to this section, then such Disqualified Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance

and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Parent Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such

Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Disqualified Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall record

such assignment in the Register,;

(y2)

each Lender and participant (whether or not then a party hereto)

agrees to disclose to the Parent Borrower the amount that the applicable Disqualified Lender

or participant, as applicable, paid to acquire Commitments

and/or Loans from such Lenderand/or

participations; and (z3)

each LenderPerson

that is a Disqualified Lender agrees to disclose to the Parent Borrower the amount it paid to acquire the Commitments and/or Loans and/or

participations held by it.

(b)       Amendments,

Consents and Waivers under the Loan Documents. No Disqualified Lender and

no Net Short Lender shall have the right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent pursuant to Section 9.8

or under any Loan Document. In connection with any determination as to whether the requisite Lenders (including whether the Required Lenders

or Required Facility Lenders) have provided any amendment,

waiver or consent pursuant to Section 9.8 or under any other Loan Document (without

the express written consent of the Parent Borrower, to be provided or withheld in its discretion):

(i)       Disqualified

Lenders and Net Short Lenders shall not be considered, and

(ii)       Disqualified

Lenders and Net Short Lenders shall be deemed to have consented

to any such amendment, waiver or consent with respect to its interest as a Lender in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with

respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Disqualified Lenders or

Net Short Lenders, as applicable, and

(iii)       any

amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders, the Required Lenders,

the Required Facility Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than

Disqualified Lenders or Net Short Lenders with respect to such

matter by Lenders who are not Disqualified Lenders; and or

Net Short Lenders, as applicable;

provided

that (A) the Commitment of any Disqualified Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Disqualified Lender

and (B) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects

any Disqualified Lender or Net Short Lender other than any

Disqualified Lender that became a Disqualified Lender as a result of acquiring Loans or Commitments in violation of this Section 9.22

or the assignment provisions of this Agreement more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Disqualified

Lender or Net Short Lender.

233

Each Lender that delivers

a written consent to any amendment, waiver or consent pursuant to Section 9.8 or under any other Loan Document shall concurrently

deliver (or in the absence of any written Net Short Representation will be deemed to have delivered, concurrently with providing such

consent) to the Parent Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a Net Short Representation.

(c)       Except

as otherwise provided in Section 9.22(b)(ii), no Disqualified Lenders shall have the right to, and each such Person covenants

and agrees not to, instruct the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Person in respect of the exercise of remedies with

respect to the Loans or other Obligations. Further, no Disqualified Lender that purports to be a Lender or participant (notwithstanding

any provisions of this Agreement that may have prohibited such Disqualified Lender from becoming a Lender or participant) shall be entitled

to any of the rights or privileges enjoyed by the other Lenders with respect to voting (other than to the extent provided in Section 9.22(b)),

and shall be deemed for all purposes to be, at most, a Defaulting Lender until such time as such Disqualified Lender no longer owns any

Loans or Commitments.

(d)       The

provisions of this Section 9.22 shall apply and survive with respect to each Lender and participant notwithstanding that any

such Person may have ceased to be a Lender or participant hereunder or this Agreement may have been terminated.

(e)       Administrative

Agent.

(i)       The

Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely conclusively on any Net Short Representation delivered, provided or made (or deemed delivered,

provided or made) to it in accordance with this Agreement, shall have no duty to inquire as to or investigate the accuracy of any Net

Short Representation, verify any statements in any officer’s certificate delivered to it, or otherwise make any calculations, investigations

or determinations with respect to any Derivative Instruments or Net Short Positions or any Person. The Administrative Agent shall have

no liability to the Parent Borrower, any Lender or any other Person in acting in good faith on any notice of Default or acceleration.

(ii)       The

Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for monitoring or enforcing the list of Disqualified Lenders or for any

assignment or participation to a Disqualified Lender.

(iii)       The

Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce,

compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Lenders or

Net Short Lenders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (A) be obligated

to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or participant or prospective Lender or participant is a Disqualified Lender

or Net Short Lender, (B) have any liability with respect

to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of confidential information (including Confidential Information),

to any Disqualified Lender or Net Short Lender, or (C) have

any liability with respect to or arising out of the voting in any amendment or waiver to any Loan Document by any Disqualified Lender

or Net Short Lender.

234

(f)       Each

Disqualified Lender agrees that, upon any Borrower’s request, it will confirm whether it has received any Confidential Information.

If it has received any Confidential Information, such Disqualified Lender (i) will inform such Borrower, with specificity, what Confidential

Information it has received, (ii) agree that it will use (and

has) used)

such Confidential Information solely for the purpose of evaluating its ownership of Loans (or participations) and that it has not (and

will not) use such Confidential Information for any other purpose, and (iii) upon such Borrowers’ request, destroy all Confidential

Information in its possession and provide written confirmation of such destruction to such Borrower.

(g)       Notwithstanding

anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, each Disqualified Lender hereby agrees that, if a proceeding under

any Debtor Relief Law shall be commenced by or against the Borrowers or any other Loan Party at a time when such Lender is a Disqualified

Lender, such Disqualified Lender irrevocably agrees (i) not to vote in any such proceeding, (ii) if such Disqualified Lender

does vote in such proceeding notwithstanding the restriction in the foregoing clause (i), such vote will be deemed not to be in

good faith and shall be “designated” pursuant to Section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision

in any other Debtor Relief Laws), and such vote shall not be counted in determining whether the applicable class has accepted or rejected

such Bankruptcy Plan in accordance with Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision in any other Debtor

Relief Laws), and (iii) not to contest any request by any party for a determination by a court of competent jurisdiction effectuating

the foregoing clause (ii). Each Disqualified Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being

couple with an interest) as such Disqualified Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Disqualified

Lender and in the name of such Disqualified Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action

and execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this

Section, including to ensure that any vote of such Disqualified Lender’s on any proceeding is withdrawn or otherwise not counted.

The Lenders and each Disqualified Lender agree and acknowledge that the provisions set forth in this clause (g) constitute

a “subordination agreement” as such term is contemplated by, and utilized in, Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code

and, as such, would be enforceable for all purposes in any case where the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary has filed for protection

under any Debtor Relief Law applicable to the Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable.

Section 9.23       Marshaling;

Payments Set Aside. None of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender, the Collateral Agent or any Lender shall be under any obligation

to marshal any assets in favor of the Loan Parties or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. To

the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrowers is made to any Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender (or to the Administrative

Agent, on behalf of any Lender or any Issuing Lender), or any Agent or any Lender enforces any security interests or exercises its right

of setoff, and such payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared

to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such

Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor

Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied

and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment

or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred and (b) each Lender and each Issuing Lender severally

agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid

by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum

equal to the NYFRB Rate from time to time in effect.

235

Section 9.24       Interest

Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid

under the Loan Documents with respect to any of the Obligations, shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted

by Applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds

the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded

to the Borrowers. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum

Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense,

fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate,

allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

If the rate of interest under this Agreement at any time exceeds the Maximum Rate, the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder

shall bear interest at the Maximum Rate until the total amount of interest due hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have

been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect. In addition, if when

the Loans made hereunder are repaid in full the total interest due hereunder (taking into account the increase provided for above) is

less than the total amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement

had at all times been in effect, then to the extent permitted by law, the relevant Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent an

amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest paid and the amount of interest which would have been paid if the Maximum

Rate had at all times been in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of the Lenders and the Borrowers to conform

strictly to any applicable usury laws.

Section 9.25       Acknowledgment

Regarding Any Supported QFCs.

(a)       To

the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise (including the Guaranty), for any Hedge Agreement

or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support”, and each such QFC, a “Supported

QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with

the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC

and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact

be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):

236

In the event a Covered Entity

that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special

Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in

or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support)

from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution

Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the

laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes

subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply

to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no

greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the

Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it

is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights

of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

Section 9.26       Securitization

Undertakings. Each Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and

one day after the payment in full of all the obligations of any applicable Securitization Subsidiary in connection with and under a Permitted

Securitization Financing, (i) the Collateral Agent and other Secured Parties shall not be entitled, whether before or after the

occurrence of any Event of Default, to (A) institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, any such Securitization

Subsidiary any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under the laws of the United States or any

State thereof, (B) transfer and register the capital stock of any such Securitization Subsidiary or any other instrument evidencing

any equity interest in any such Securitization Subsidiary in the name of the Collateral Agent or a Secured Party or any designee or nominee

thereof, (C) foreclose such security interest regardless of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted

Subsidiary, (D) exercise any voting rights granted or appurtenant to such capital stock of any such Securitization Subsidiary or

any other instrument evidencing any equity interest in any such Securitization Subsidiary or (E) enforce any right that the holder

of any such equity interest of any Securitization Subsidiary might otherwise have to liquidate, consolidate, combine, collapse or disregard

the entity status of any such Securitization Subsidiary and (ii) the Collateral Agent and other Secured Parties hereby waive and

release any right to require (A) that any Securitization Subsidiary be in any manner merged, combined, collapsed or consolidated

with or into the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including by way of substantive consolidation in a bankruptcy case or

(B) that the status of any Securitization Subsidiary as a separate entity be in any respect disregarded. Each Lender, the Administrative

Agent and the Collateral Agent agree and acknowledge that any agent or trustee acting on behalf of the holders of securitization indebtedness

of any Securitization Subsidiary is an express third party beneficiary with respect to this Section 9.26 and such agent shall

have the right to enforce compliance by the Secured Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, and the Collateral Agent with this

Section.

237

Section 9.27       Collateral

and Guaranty Matters; Exercise of Remedies.

(a)       Lien

Release Events; Release/Subordination Events; Guaranty Release Events. Each Agent, each Lender (including in its capacities as a potential

Cash Management Bank and a potential Hedge Bank), each Issuing Lender and each other Secured Party irrevocably authorizes the Administrative

Agent and Collateral Agent to be its agent for and its representative with respect to the Guaranty, the Collateral and the Collateral

Documents, and each agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document:

(i)       Liens

on any property granted to or held by an Agent or in favor of any Secured Party under any Loan Document or otherwise will be automatically

and immediately released, and each Secured Party irrevocably authorizes and directs the Agents to enter into, and each agrees that it

will enter into, the necessary or advisable documents requested by the Parent Borrower and associated therewith, upon the occurrence of

any of the following events (each, a “Lien Release Event”),

(A)       the

occurrence of the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date;

(B)       the

payment in full in cash of all the Obligations (other than (1) Cash Management Obligations, Secured Hedge Obligations and contingent

obligations in respect of which no claim has been made and (2) obligations in respect of Letters of Credit that have been backstopped

or cash collateralized on terms satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Lender), termination of all Commitments and termination or Cash

Collateralization of all Letters of Credit (the date on which all such conditions are satisfied, the “Termination Date”);

(C)       a

transfer of the property subject to such Lien as part of, or in connection with, a transaction that is permitted (or not prohibited) by

the terms of the Loan Documents to any Person that is not a Loan Party;

(D)       with

respect to property owned by any Guarantor or with respect to which any Guarantor has rights, the release of such Guarantor from its obligations

under its Guaranty pursuant to a Guaranty Release Event;

(E)       the

approval, authorization or ratification of the release of such Lien by the Required Lenders or by such percentage of the Lenders as may

be required pursuant to Section 9.8;

(F)       such

property becoming an Excluded Property or Excluded Equity Interest; and

(G)       any

Securitization Assets becoming subject to a Permitted Securitization Financing or being transferred or purported to be transferred by

the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing;

(ii)       upon

the request of the Parent Borrower (such request, the “Release/Subordination Event”) it will (A) release or (if

requested by the Parent Borrower) subordinate any Lien granted to or held by any Secured Party under any Loan Document on any Permitted

Priority Asset included in the Collateral, it being agreed that any such subordination shall (if requested by a Loan Party) be on such

customary terms as may be proposed by the holder (or proposed holder) of the Lien on the Permitted Priority Asset or such other terms

as may be acceptable to the Collateral Agent or such other terms as may be required by the senior creditor party to any applicable subordination

agreement and/or (B) execute and deliver a customary “no interest” letter or similar letter with respect to any Permitted

Priority Asset and/or any Excluded Property;

238

(iii)       a

Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically and immediately released from its obligations under the Guaranty upon (A) occurrence of

the Investment Grade Fall-Away Date, (B) such Subsidiary Guarantor ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, or (C) such

Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an Excluded Subsidiary (clauses (A)-(C), each a “Guaranty Release Event”),

in each case, as a result of a transaction or designation not prohibited hereunder or under the terms of the other Loan Documents, and

each Secured Party irrevocably authorizes and directs the Agents to enter into, and each Agent agrees it will enter into, the necessary

and advisable documents requested by the Parent Borrower to release (or acknowledge the release of) such Subsidiary Guarantor from

its obligations under the Guaranty; provided that any release of a Subsidiary Borrower shall be subject to Section 9.16; and

(iv)       Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary in this Section 9.27, the release of a Guaranty by a Subsidiary Guarantor and the release of a Lien

on assets of a Subsidiary Guarantor securing the Obligations (including pursuant to Section 8.5), in each case, solely as

a result of such Subsidiary Guarantor becoming a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Loan Party, shall be subject to

the Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary Provision.

(b)       Release

Actions; Release Certificates. Each Agent, each Lender and each other Secured Party agrees that it will promptly take such action

and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower (such actions and such execution, the “Release

Actions”), at the Parent Borrower’s sole cost and expense, in connection with a Lien Release Event, Release/Subordination

Event or Guaranty Release Event and that such actions are not discretionary. Without limitation, the Release Actions may include, as applicable,

(a) executing (if required) and delivering to the Loan Parties (or any designee of the Loan Parties) any such lien releases, mortgage

releases or assignments of mortgages, discharges of security interests, pledges and guarantees and other similar discharge or release

documents, in each case, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, as are reasonably requested by a Loan Party in connection

with the release or assignment, as of record, of the Liens (and all notices of security interests and Liens previously filed) the subject

of a Lien Release Event or Release/Subordination Event or the release of any applicable Guarantee in connection with a Guaranty Release

Event and (b) delivering to the Loan Parties (or any designee of the Loan Parties) all instruments evidencing pledged debt and all

equity certificates and any other collateral previously delivered in physical form by the Loan Parties to a Secured Party.

In connection with any Lien

Release Event, Release/Subordination Event, Guaranty Release Event or Release Action, each of the Collateral Agent and the Administrative

Agent shall be entitled to rely and shall rely exclusively on an officer’s certificate of the Parent Borrower (the “Release

Certificate”) confirming that (a) such Lien Release Event, Subordination/Release Event or a Guaranty Release Event, as

applicable, has occurred or will upon consummation of one or more identified transactions (an “Identified Transaction”)

occur, (b) the conditions to any such Lien Release Event, Subordination/Release Event or Guaranty Release Event have been satisfied

or will be satisfied upon consummation of an Identified Transaction, and (c) that any such Identified Transaction is permitted by

(or not prohibited by) the Loan Documents. The Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent will be fully exculpated from any liability

and shall be fully protected and shall not have any liability whatsoever to any Secured Party as a result of such reliance or the consummation

of any Release Action. A Release Certificate may be delivered in advance of the consummation of any applicable Identified Transaction.

239

Each Lender and each Secured

Party irrevocably authorizes and irrevocably directs the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent to take the Release Actions and

consents to reliance on the Release Certificate. The Secured Parties agree not to give any Agent any instruction or direction inconsistent

with the provisions of this Section 9.27, and each Secured Party expressly and irrevocably agrees that it will not hinder

or direct the Agents to take any action that will hinder the automatic release of any security interest, Lien or Guaranty provided for

by this Section 9.27 (including, without limitation, any refusal to release liens, return possessory collateral, execute and/or

file release documentation or take any other reasonably requested actions to documents or effectuate the release of Liens on Collateral,

in each case, at the Parent Borrower’s sole cost and expense). Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be

responsible for, or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into, any statement in a Release Certificate, the compliance of any Identified

Transaction with the terms of a Loan Document, any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the

Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Collateral Agent’s Lien thereon, or contained in any certificate prepared

or delivered by any Loan Party in connection with the Collateral or compliance with the terms set forth above or in a Loan Document, nor

shall the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any

portion of the Collateral. Without limitation of any other provision set forth in the Loan Documents or Applicable Law, each Secured Party

agrees that a Release Certificate provided to the Collateral Agent or to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be an authenticated

demand from a debtor duly delivered under Section 9-513(c)(1) of the UCC with respect to the Collateral described therein and

that the Loan Parties shall be deemed to have the rights provided by Section 9-509 of the UCC with respect to any such demand and

such Collateral and the financing statements and amendments related thereto; provided that for purposes of the Loan Documents and

the Collateral Agent’s obligations under 9-513(c) of the UCC with respect to such Collateral and such financing statements

and amendments, the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties agree that the applicable time period set forth in Section 9-513(c) shall

be deemed to be ten (10) Business Days.

Each relevant Agent, each

Lender and each other Secured Party agrees that following its receipt of an applicable Release Certificate (a) it will take all Release

Actions promptly upon request of the Parent Borrower and in any event not later than the date that is (i) the fifth Business Day

following the date such Release Certificate is delivered to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the date any applicable Identified

Transaction described in the Release Certificate is consummated (such later date, the “Release Date”), (b) in

the event any Release Action has not been taken by the Release Date, each Loan Party (or any designee of a Loan Party) (i) is hereby

authorized take such Release Action on the Secured Parties’ behalf and (ii) is hereby irrevocably appointed (such appointment

being coupled with an interest) as such Agent’s and Secured Party’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and

stead of such Agent and Secured Party and in the name of such Secured Party, to take such actions and to execute such instruments and

releases that the Loan Parties may deem reasonably necessary or advisable to consummate a Release Action. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

nothing set forth in this Section 9.27 shall relieve or release any Loan Party from any liability resulting from a Default

or Event of Default that results from an Identified Transaction or misrepresentation or omission in any Release Certificate.

240

Notwithstanding anything to

the contrary in Section 9.8 or elsewhere in this Agreement, any release of Collateral or Guarantors, or any other action taken

pursuant to this Section 9.27, shall be effective in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.27 and shall

not require any consent of any Lender except as expressly provided herein.

(c)       Enforcement;

Collective Action.

(i)       Collective

Actions. Each Agent, each Lender (including in its capacities as a potential Cash Management Bank and a potential Hedge Bank), each

Issuing Lender and each other Secured Party irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to be its sole and

exclusive agent for, and its sole and exclusive representative with respect to, enforcement of the Loan Documents and all rights and remedies

related to the Transactions and the Obligations. Without limitation of the foregoing, each lender and each Secured Party agrees that,

notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document:

(A)       the

Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent will have the sole and exclusive right and ability (exercisable only at the direction of

the Required Lenders or in its discretion),

(x)       to

exercise all rights and remedies of each Lender, each other Secured Party and any other Person arising under, in connection with, or pertaining

to the Loan Documents, the Transactions or the Obligations, including with respect to any breach of a representation or warranty, affirmative

covenant, negative covenant, financial covenant, any implied covenant (including any implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing)

or any other similar implied obligations and any rights of a Lender or other Secured Party as a creditor under Applicable Law or to bring

any Cause of Action relating to the Loan Documents, the Transactions or the Obligations, and including in connection with any amendment,

modification, waiver or restatement of, any restructuring or restructuring transaction related to or undertaken in connection with, or

any interpretation of the provisions of, any Loan Document or Obligation;

(y)       to

exercise any rights of self-help or other rights or Causes of Action available under Applicable Law or in equity against any Loan Party,

any Restricted Subsidiary, any direct or indirect holder of an Equity Interest in a Loan Party, any Affiliate of the foregoing Persons

and their respective directors, officers, or employees, in each case, with respect to or arising out of or in connection with the Obligations

or the Loan Documents (including with respect to any derivative claims); and

241

(z)       to

assert or allege the existence or occurrence of, or support or participate in any other Person asserting or alleging the existence of,

any Default or Event of Default or any other Cause of Action related to the Loan Documents, the Transactions or the Obligations against

any Loan Party or any other Person;

(collectively,

the “Collective Rights and Remedies”);

(B)       the

authority to enforce, assert or allege any Collective Right and Remedy is vested exclusively in, and all Causes of Action, actions and

proceedings at law or in equity in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative

Agent (other than with respect to the Collateral Documents) or the Collateral Agent (with respect to the Collateral Documents) in accordance

with this Article IX. for the benefit of all the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders and no Lender or other Secured Party shall

have any right individually to enforce, assert or allege (and each agrees not to individually enforce, assert or allege) any of such Collective

Rights and Remedies, including to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document

or enforce rights or remedies thereunder, it being understood and agreed that Collective Rights and Remedies, including all powers, rights

and remedies under this Agreement and under any of the other Loan Documents, may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent or the

Collateral Agent, as applicable, for the benefit of the Lenders and the

other Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral

Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in accordance with the terms thereof, and each

Secured Party agrees to commence, support or participate in actions or proceedings relating to the Obligations only in a manner consistent

with the foregoing provisions; and neither any Lender nor any other Secured Party will (and each such Person will take such actions as

may be required or advisable so that none of its Affiliates will) initiate, support or participate in any action, proceeding, or other

Cause of Action relating to the Loan Documents, the Transactions or the Obligations, judicial or otherwise, in connection with a Collective

Right and Remedy, or otherwise initiate, support or participate in the exercise a Collective Rights and Remedy, other than,

(x)       through

the Required Lenders’ direction of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent in exercising such rights and remedies;

(y)       any

LenderSecured

Party exercising a right of set-off;

(z)       any

Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in

its capacity as an Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents;

(aa)       any

LenderSecured

Party filing proofs of claim on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor

Relief Law; and

242

(bb)       the

Administrative Agent, or the Collateral Agent exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in

its capacity as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents;

(collectively,

the “Independent Lender Rights and Remedies”);

(C)       if

(notwithstanding the foregoing) any Lender or any Secured Party (or any of their respective Affiliates) initiates, supports or participates

in any action, proceeding or other Cause of Action, judicial or otherwise, in violation of this Agreement (including this clause (C),

such a proceeding, a “Prohibited Proceeding”) then the Lender or Secured Party that initiates, supports or participates

such an action, proceeding or Cause of Action (or that is an Affiliate of the Person doing so) shall immediately cause such action, proceeding

or Cause of Action to be dismissed (with prejudice);

(D)       for

the avoidance of doubt, (I) unless a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent (and

each other Secured Party) agrees that it shall not take any of the actions described in a Loan Document (including as set forth in Article VI)

or bring any other action or proceeding or support any cause of action under or with respect to the Loan Documents or the Obligations,

(II) the Administrative Agent and each Secured Party each agrees that the remedies set forth in the Loan Documents with respect to

a Default or an Event of Default shall be the exclusive remedies available with respect to a breach of a Loan Document (including any

Default or Event of Default) and it will not support any cause or action sounding in specific performance, recission, or restitution with

respect to any such breach, and (III) no premium in respect of the Obligations shall be payable as a result of any Default or Event

of Default, except as may be expressly set forth in this Agreement;

(E)       prior

to taking any action with respect to Collective Rights and Remedies, to the extent required by the Administrative Agent or Collateral

Agent and at the request thereof to the applicable Lenders, the Lenders instructing the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall

post cash indemnity with the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and their respective

Related Parties, of not less than the sum of (I) all fees, costs and expenses that the Administrative Agent determines, in its sole

discretion, could foreseeably be incurred in connection with such action and (II) the amount of any claims, obligations or liability,

via counter-claims or otherwise, that either the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent determines, in its sole discretion, could

foreseeably be awarded to the defendants in connection with such action. Such cash indemnity shall either be deposited directly with the

Administrative Agent or deposited with a third-party escrow agent, subject to terms and conditions as determined by the Administrative

Agent in its sole discretion, in each case, prior to the commencement of such action; and

(F)       the

foregoing provisions may be pleaded as a full and complete defense to any Prohibited Proceeding and may be used as a basis for an injunction

against any action, suit or other proceeding (without any need to post a bond or other indemnity), and each of the Loan Parties and the

Secured Parties confirms that the foregoing provisions of this clause (F) are a material provision of the

Loanthis Agreement and in light of their

agreed salutary purpose and effect are not intended to be construed strictly or read narrowly; and.

243

(ii)       Forbearance.

The Required Lenders (or the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent, acting at the direction of the Required Lenders) shall be

entitled (A) to agree on behalf of all Lenders and all other Secured Parties to forebear from the exercise of any or all of the rights

and remedies available under a Loan Document, any other document or agreement governing or related to an Obligation or Applicable Law

to a Lender or any other Secured Party in connection with the Obligations (including in connection with any and all Defaults, Events of

Default or other breaches of a Loan Document or other such document) and may, in their discretion, subject any such forbearance to such

conditions as they deem appropriate and (B) to agree to any amendment to or waiver of any provision of a Loan Document or other such

document providing for or relating to any such right or remedy (including any provisionnotice

requirements, grace periods and other provisions of Article IXVI).

(iii)       Credit

Bidding. Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, each Agent, each Lender and each Secured

Party hereby agree that in the event of a foreclosure or similar enforcement action by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant

to a public or private sale or other disposition (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 363(k), Section 1129(b)(2)(a)(ii) or

otherwise of the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Debtor Relief Law), only the Collateral Agent (except with respect to a “credit

bid” pursuant to Section 363(k), Section 1129(b)(2)(a)(ii) or otherwise of the Bankruptcy Code) may be the purchaser

or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition, and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative

of Lenders and other Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities), shall be entitled,

upon instructions from the Required Lenders, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all

or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such sale or disposition, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account

of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale or other disposition.

(d)       Cost/Benefit

Determinations. No provision of any Loan Documents shall require the creation, perfection or maintenance of pledges of or security

interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance or abstracts with respect to, any Excluded Property and any other particular assets,

if and for so long as, in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent (which shall be conclusive if confirmed by the Required Lenders),

the cost of creating, perfecting or maintaining such pledges or security interests in such other particular assets or obtaining title

insurance or abstracts in respect of such other particular assets is excessive in view of the fair market value of such assets or the

practical benefit to the Lenders afforded thereby.

(e)       Extensions

of Deadlines. The Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation or perfection of security interests in or the obtaining

of title insurance and surveys with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the creation or perfection

of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Parent

Borrower, that creation or perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise

be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

244

(f)       Enforcement

by Third Parties. The foregoing provisions of this Section 9.27 may be enforced against any Secured Party by the Required

Lenders, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, any Borrower or any Affiliate of any Borrower, and each Secured Party expressly

acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of this Section 9.27 shall be available as a defense of any Borrower or any Affiliate

of any Borrower in any action, proceeding or remedial procedure, with any such Affiliates being express third party beneficiaries of such

provisions. Each Secured Party, whether or not a party hereto, will be deemed by its acceptance of the benefits of the Collateral and

of the Guarantees of the Obligations to have agreed to the provisions of this Section 9.27.

Section 9.28       EU

Lender Designation

(a)       EU

Lender Designation. To the extent any Commitment or extension of credit hereunder is contemplated to any Borrower in an EEA Member

Country within the meaning of Article 21c of Directive (EU) 2024/1619 amending Directive (EU) 2013/36 (each such Borrower, an “EU

Borrower”), each Lender, in its capacity as a Lender and, where applicable, as an Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender (the “Notifying

Lender”), may identify one or more Lending Offices established in an EEA Member Country (each, an “EU Lender”)

to make Commitments and extensions of credit to one or more EU Borrowers by delivering a notice (the “EU Notice”) to

the Administrative Agent and Parent Borrower duly executed by the Notifying Lender and its corresponding EU Lender identifying one or

more EU Borrowers for which the EU Notice shall apply. The EU Notice may bifurcate Commitments to the EU Borrowers among different EU

Lenders and EU Borrowers in a single EU Notice, provided such notice identifies each applicable EU Lender and its corresponding

EU Borrower. An EU Notice delivered on the date on which an EU Borrower is added as a Subsidiary Borrower under this Agreement shall be

deemed simultaneous with the Notifying Lender’s provision of a signature page to this Agreement, and a Notifying Lender providing

a signature page to this Agreement may either (A) deliver the EU Notice simultaneously with such execution or (B) note

on its signature page that it is executing as both a Lender and a Notifying Lender and appointing the corresponding EU Lender, which

shall countersign as EU Lender under this Section 9.28. The EU Notice shall designate the applicable EU Lender as the party responsible

for making such Commitments and extensions of credit to the identified EU Borrower under this Section 9.28 and shall include the

information required by the Administrative Questionnaire and any tax compliance certificates required under this Agreement. No consent

of the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender is required to deliver or revoke any EU Notice.

Upon delivery of the applicable EU Notice or revocation notice delivered pursuant to the terms of this Section 9.28, the Administrative

Agent shall annotate the Register (or other list of Lenders) to identify each Notifying Lender’s EU Lenders and any revocations,

and any Commitment schedule shall be deemed annotated to reflect each applicable EU Lender’s Commitment to the applicable EU Borrower.

For the avoidance of doubt, no Lender is required to deliver an EU Notice or otherwise utilize the provisions of this Section 9.28

nor deliver the EU Notice for all EU Borrowers hereunder.

245

(b)       Effect

of Notice. Upon execution and delivery of an EU Notice: (i) the EU Lender shall be deemed a Lender and, where applicable, an

Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents with respect to Commitments and extensions of credit to

the applicable EU Borrower (and for avoidance of doubt the Notifying Lender shall not be deemed to hold any Commitment or extension of

credit to the applicable EU Borrower), (ii) the Notifying Lender’s other Commitments, if any, to other Borrowers shall remain

in full force and effect, and (iii) the EU Lender shall be subject to, afforded and extended any and all rights, obligations and

duties arising as a Lender or, where applicable, Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender in respect of Commitments or extensions of credit

to the applicable EU Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. The rights, obligations and duties described in clause (iii) above

shall severally include, without limitation, (A) the obligations to make any and all Commitments or extensions of credit to such

EU Borrower, on a ratable basis as among the EU Lenders holding Commitments to such EU Borrower, and provide any other related funding

services such EU Borrower requests pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement required by a Lender or, where applicable, Issuing

Lender or Swingline Lender in connection with such Commitment or extension of credit (the “EU Funding Obligations”)

and (B) the obligation to comply with the terms hereof and to receive the contractual rights and ability to exercise the remedies

conferred hereunder (clauses (A) and (B) collectively, the “EU Lender Provisions”).

(c)       Administration

Through Notifying Lender. By delivery of the EU Notice (i) the EU Lender shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable

Laws, exercise all EU Lender Provisions other than its EU Funding Obligations through the Notifying Lender, and hereby irrevocably appoints

the Notifying Lender as its agent under this Agreement to administer such provisions on its behalf and (ii) the Parent Borrower and

Administrative Agent shall treat the Notifying Lender and any corresponding EU Lender as a single Lender for all purposes hereunder (including,

but not limited to, calculation of Commitments, delivery of payments and notices, Defaulting Lender determinations, and voting), except

for purposes of the EU Funding Obligations, which shall not be performed by the Notifying Lender and the parties shall not be treated

as a single Lender for purposes of such EU Funding Obligations. Any notice from the Administrative Agent with respect to an EU Borrower

for which an EU Lender has been appointed shall be deemed made to the applicable EU Lender; the Notifying Lender shall promptly forward

each such notice (an “EU Borrowing Request”) to the EU Lender, identifying the amount for the applicable EU Borrower’s

account, and the EU Lender shall fund it in accordance with the terms thereof. For purposes of Section 3.8 and the definition of

Defaulting Lender, a Notifying Lender and its EU Lender shall be treated as a single Lender; any replacement under Section 2.22 shall

replace both, and a default by either shall render both Defaulting Lenders.

(d)       Payments.

The Administrative Agent shall endeavor to remit all payments from an EU Borrower for which an EU Lender has been appointed (including

prepayments, premiums, interest, and penalties) directly to the applicable EU Lender. If any such funds are received by the Notifying

Lender, it shall promptly turn them over to any such applicable EU Lender; provided that delivery to the Notifying Lender in compliance

with the terms hereof shall discharge the applicable EU Borrower’s obligations with respect to the relevant extension of credit

as if paid directly to the EU Lender.

246

(e)       Revocation.

Upon delivery to the Parent Borrower and Administrative Agent of a revocation notice signed by both the Notifying Lender and its applicable

EU Lender and identifying one or more EU Borrowers for which revocation is applicable, the identified EU Lender shall cease to hold the

applicable Commitments to each such identified EU Borrower, shall no longer be deemed a Lender hereunder with respect to each such identified

EU Borrower or under the other Loan Documents, and shall be released from its obligations under this Agreement with respect to each such

identified EU Borrower; provided that it shall retain the benefits of Sections 2.22 and 9.5 with respect to facts and circumstances

arising prior to such release.

(f)       Funding

Cap. In no event shall a Notifying Lender and its applicable EU Lenders be required to fund extensions of credit in an aggregate amount

exceeding the initial Commitment set forth on Schedule 1.1 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.

[Remainder of the page left blank intentionally.]

247

ANNEX B

TO AMENDMENT

AMENDED EXHIBITS

[Attached]

Annex B-1

EX-10.10 — EXHIBIT 10.10

EX-10.10

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex10-10.htm · Sequence: 17

Exhibit 10.10

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION,

HARBOR LIGHTS ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

AND

THE OTHER PARTIES

LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO

Dated as of October 6, 2026

TABLE OF

CONTENTS

Page

Article I DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

1

Section 1.01

Definitions

1

Article II REGISTRATION RIGHTS

4

Section 2.01

Company Registration

4

Section 2.02

Demand Registration Rights; Demand Shelf Takedowns

7

Section 2.03

Resale Shelf Registration

9

Section 2.04

Selection of Underwriters

9

Section 2.05

Priority on Registrations

9

Section 2.06

Registration Procedures

10

Section 2.07

Registration Expenses

14

Section 2.08

Indemnification

15

Section 2.09

1934 Act Reports

17

Section 2.10

Holdback Agreements

17

Section 2.11

Blackout Periods

18

Section 2.12

Participation in Registrations

18

Section 2.13

Other Registration Rights

18

Section 2.14

Rule 144

19

Section 2.15

Further Assurance

19

Article III MISCELLANEOUS

19

Section 3.01

Notices

19

Section 3.02

Binding Effect; Benefits; Entire Agreement

20

Section 3.03

No Waiver

20

Section 3.04

Amendment

20

Section 3.05

Assignability

20

Section 3.06

Applicable Law

21

Section 3.07

Specific Performance

21

Section 3.08

Severability

22

Section 3.09

Section and Other Headings; Interpretation

22

Section 3.10

Counterparts

22

Schedule

I: Additional Holders

Exhibit

A: Form of Signature Page and Joinder Agreement

i

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of October 6, 2026, amends and restates

in its entirety the registration rights agreement, dated as of August 7, 2025, by and among (i) Paramount Skydance Corporation,

a Delaware corporation (“Company”), (ii)  Harbor Lights Entertainment, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“Harbor

Lights”), Pinnacle Media Ventures, LLC, Pinnacle Media Ventures II, LLC, Pinnacle Media Ventures III, LLC, RB Tentpole Holdings

LP, Huang River Investment Limited, RB SKD AIV B, LP, RB Maverick LLC, Sayonara, LLC and Skydance Entertainment Group, LLC (collectively,

the “Original RRA Parties”), in each case, that hold shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of

the Company (“Class A Common Shares”), Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Class

B Common Shares” and together with the Class A Common Shares, the “Common Shares”) or certain warrants to

subscribe for Class B Common Shares (“Warrants”). This Agreement is being entered into among the Company, the Original

RRA Parties and each of The Lawrence J. Ellison Revocable Trust, u/a/d 1/22/88, as amended (the “Trust”), RB Tentpole

LP, RB Tentpole Holdings II LP, RB Tentpole Holdings III LP, The Public Investment Fund, L’Imad 1st SPV 2 Exempt RSC LTD, QIA TMT

Holding LLC and BPV I, LLC (each, a “New Investor” and, collectively the “New Investors”) and certain

other parties to which the New Investors assigned the right to subscribe for PIPE Shares (as defined below) (“Syndication Holders”),

in each case, whose signatures appear on Schedule I hereto, in connection with the closing of the acquisition by the Company of

Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc. (the “Acquisition”) in order to provide certain registration rights to the New Investors

and Syndication Holders in connection with their purchase of Class B Common Shares acquired pursuant to the assignment to the New Investors

of rights to subscribe for Class B Common Shares (the “PIPE Shares”) pursuant to the Subscription Agreements dated

February 27, 2026, entered into by each of the Trust, Mr. Lawrence J. Ellison and RedBird Capital Partners Fund IV (Master), L.P.

In consideration of the mutual

covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby

acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto mutually agree as follows:

Article

I

DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

Section

1.01                      Definitions.

(a)

The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

“1933 Act”

means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“1934 Act”

means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1

“Affiliate”

of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control

with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the

power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities,

by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing;

provided, that (i)“Affiliate” shall not include any portfolio company of any specified Person and (ii) with respect

to the Company, “Affiliates” means the Company and any Person that is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

“Board of Directors”

means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Business Day”

means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are

authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

“Commission”

means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Demand

Holders” means, as applicable individually or collectively, as the context so requires, Harbor Lights, Pinnacle Media Ventures,

LLC, Pinnacle Media Ventures II, LLC, Pinnacle Media Ventures III, LLC, RB Tentpole Holdings LP, RB SKD AIV B LP, RB Maverick LLC, Sayonara,

LLC, Skydance Entertainment Group, LLC and each New Investor, and, to the extent the Demand Registration Rights set forth in Section

2.02 are assigned to one or more Permitted Transferees pursuant to Section 2.02(e), each such Permitted Transferee.

“Holder”

means any holder from time to time of Common Shares or Warrants that is either a party to this Agreement or has executed a Joinder Agreement

to become a party hereto pursuant to the terms hereof, including, as of the date of this Agreement, the Original RRA Parties, the New

Investors and the Syndication Holders.

“Joinder Agreement”

means a joinder agreement to this Agreement, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

“Permitted Transferee”

means, with respect to a Holder, (i) any Affiliate of such Holder, (ii) any purchaser or distributee of at least $50 million of Registrable

Securities or (iii) such Holder’s immediate family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such

Holder’s immediate family members.

“Person”

means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, limited liability entity, an association, a trust or any other entity or organization,

including a government, a political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

“Principal Holder”

means the Original RRA Parties and the New Investors, and any of their respective Permitted Transferees, and Permitted Transferees thereof,

in each case, to which the registration rights of a Principal Holder are assigned pursuant to Section 3.05. For the avoidance of doubt,

Syndication Holders are not Principal Holders with respect to PIPE Shares.

2

“Registrable Securities”

means (i) (x) with respect to the Original RRA Parties or their Permitted Transferees, any and all Class B Common Shares held by, or issuable

to, any such Holder from time to time (including, without limitation, the Class B Common Shares issuable to such Holder (a) upon conversion

of Class A Common Shares and (b) upon the exercise of Warrants) and (y) with respect to the New Investors and the Syndication Holders,

or their respective Permitted Transferees, any PIPE Shares acquired by such New Investor or Syndication Holder at the closing of the Acquisition

and (ii) with respect to any Holder, any other common securities issued and issuable therefor or with respect thereto, whether by way

of stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, subdivision or reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, distribution

or similar event (it being understood that, for purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be a Holder of Registrable Securities

whenever such Person in its sole discretion has the right to then acquire or obtain from the Company any Registrable Securities, whether

or not such acquisition or other transfer has actually been effected). As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall

cease to constitute Registrable Securities when (1) a registration statement with respect to the offering of such securities by the holder

thereof shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred or disposed of by

such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, (2) such securities have been sold pursuant to a Rule 144 Transfer, (3) such securities

shall have been repurchased by the Company or ceased to be outstanding, or (4) such Holder (x) is able to dispose of all of its Registrable

Securities pursuant to Rule 144 without volume limitation or other restrictions on transfer thereunder and without the requirement for

the Company to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1), and, (y) only if such Holder is a Principal Holder, holds, together with its Affiliates,

less than 1% of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding.

“Requisite Holders”

means holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities represented by all Holders, calculated on an as converted basis.

“Rule 144”

means Rule 144 under the 1933 Act (or any successor Rule).

“Rule 144 Transfer”

means any transfer for value conducted in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor rule promulgated thereafter by the Commission).

(b)

The following terms are defined in the respective Sections set opposite each such term below:

Term

Section

Acquisition

Preamble

Additional Investors

Section 3.05

Advice

Section 2.06

Agreement

Preamble

automatic shelf registration statement

Section 2.03

Blackout Period

Section 2.11

Block Trade

Section 2.02(a)

Class A Common Shares

Preamble

Class B Common Shares

Preamble

Common Shares

Preamble

Company

Preamble

Demand Registration

Section 2.02(a)

Controlling Holder

Section 2.02(b)

FINRA

Section 2.06(o)

Grace Period

Section 2.03

Incidental Demand Holder

Section 2.02(a)

Initiating Holder(s)

Section 2.02(a)

Lock-up Restrictions

Section 2.02(a)

Marketed Shelf Offering

Section 2.01(b)

New Investor

Preamble

Non-Marketed Shelf Offering

Section 2.01(b)

Harbor Lights Event

Section 3.05

Opt-Out Request

Section 3.01

Original RRA Parties

Preamble

Piggyback Holder

Section 2.01(a)

Piggyback Shelf Registration

Section 2.01(b)

Piggyback Offering

Section 2.01(a)

PIPE Shares

Preamble

Registration

Section 2.06

Request Notice

Section 2.02(a)

Revoking Holder

Section 2.02(c)

Shelf Registration

Section 2.01(b)

Shelf Registration Statement

Section 2.01(b)

Syndication Holders

Preamble

Warrants

Preamble

3

Article

II

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section

2.01                      Company

Registration.

(a)

Right to Piggyback on Registered Offerings other than Shelf Registrations. Subject to Section 2.01(d) and Section

2.05, if at any time or from time to time, the Company proposes to file a registration statement (other than pursuant to Section

2.01(b) or Section 2.02, for which the terms of participation in such registrations are set forth therein) for its own account,

or for the benefit of holders of any of its securities (other than a registration statement (i) on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar

successor forms or another form used for a purpose similar to the intended use for such forms or (ii) in connection with any dividend

or distribution reinvestment or similar plan) with respect to an offering of securities pursuant to the 1933 Act (a “Piggyback

Offering”), then as soon as reasonably practicable, but not less than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the filing of (x)

any preliminary prospectus relating to such Piggyback Offering pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the 1933 Act, (y) any prospectus relating

to such Piggyback Offering pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the 1933 Act (if no preliminary prospectus is used), other than, in each case

of clause (x) or (y), any preliminary prospectus or prospectus relating to such Piggyback Offering for which notice was previously given

pursuant to this Section 2.01(a), or (z) such registration statement, as the case may be, the Company shall give written notice

of such proposed Piggyback Offering to Principal Holders of Registrable Securities and such notice shall offer such Principal Holders

the opportunity to include in such Piggyback Offering such number of Registrable Securities as each such Principal Holder may request.

Each such Principal Holder shall have ten (10) Business Days after receiving such notice to request in writing to the Company the inclusion

of its Registrable Securities in the Piggyback Offering. Upon receipt of any such request for inclusion from a Principal Holder received

within the specified time (each, a “Piggyback Holder”), the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to effect the

registration in any registration statement described in this Section 2.01(a) of any Registrable Securities requested to be included

on the terms set forth in this Agreement. If no request for inclusion from a Principal Holder is received within the specified time, such

Principal Holder shall have no further right to participate in such Piggyback Offering. Prior to any Piggyback Offering (or in the case

of an underwritten Piggyback Offering, the launch of such underwritten Piggyback Offering), any Principal Holder shall have the right

to withdraw its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.01(a)

by giving written notice to the Company, which withdrawal shall be irrevocable and, following which withdrawal, such Principal Holder

shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the Piggyback Offering as to which such withdrawal was made. No registration

of Registrable Securities effected under this Section 2.01(a) shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect any registration

upon demand under Section 2.02.

4

(b)

Right to Piggyback on Shelf Registrations. If at any time or from time to time, the Company proposes to file a shelf registration

statement (other than pursuant to Section 2.02, for which the terms of participation in such registrations are set forth therein)

for a delayed or continuous offering pursuant to Rule 415 under the 1933 Act or any successor rule thereto (such shelf registration, a

“Shelf Registration”, and such registration statement, a “Shelf Registration Statement”), then the

Company shall give each Principal Holder of Registrable Securities fifteen (15) Business Days’ written notice prior to filing a

Shelf Registration Statement and, upon the written request of any Principal Holder, received by the Company within ten (10) Business Days

of such notice, the Company shall include in such Shelf Registration Statement a number of Common Shares equal to the aggregate number

of Registrable Securities requested to be included (or, to the extent permitted, without naming any requesting Principal Holder as a selling

stockholder and including only a generic description of the Principal Holder of such securities). Upon receipt of any such request for

inclusion from such Principal Holder received within the specified time, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to effect the registration

in any registration statement described in this Section 2.01(b) of any Registrable Securities requested to be included on the terms

set forth in this Agreement. If no request for inclusion from a Principal Holder is received within the specified time, such Principal

Holder shall have no further right to participate in such Shelf Registration. Any Shelf Registration in which the Principal Holders participate

shall be called a “Piggyback Shelf Registration”. Prior to the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, any

Principal Holder shall have the right to withdraw its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in such Shelf Registration Statement

pursuant to this Section 2.01(b) by giving written notice to the Company, which withdrawal shall be irrevocable and, following

which withdrawal, such Principal Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the Piggyback Shelf Registration

as to which such withdrawal was made. No registration of Registrable Securities effected under this Section 2.01(b) shall relieve

the Company of its obligations to effect any registration upon demand under Section 2.02. If the Company or any holder of securities

(other than pursuant to a Demand Registration in Section 2.02, for which the terms of participation in such registrations are set

forth therein) elects to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, then the Company shall provide each Principal

Holder of Registrable Securities ten (10) Business Days’ notice in connection with any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to

a Shelf Registration Statement that includes a customary “road show” (including an “electronic road show”) or

other substantial marketing effort by the Company and any underwriters (a “Marketed Shelf Offering”) or five (5) Business

Days’ notice in connection with any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement that is not structured

as a Marketed Shelf Offering (a “Non-Marketed Shelf Offering”) and, upon the written request of any Principal Holder,

received by the Company within five (5) calendar days of such notice in connection with a Marketed Shelf Offering, or within two (2) Business

Days of such notice in connection with any Non-Marketed Shelf Offering, the Company shall include a number of Common Shares in such sale

equal to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by such Principal Holder, subject to Section 2.05.

5

(c)

Continued Effectiveness. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement continuously

effective under the 1933 Act (including, if necessary, by renewing or refiling a Shelf Registration Statement prior to expiration of the

existing Shelf Registration Statement or by filing with the Commission a post-effective amendment or a supplement to the Shelf Registration

Statement or any document incorporated therein by reference or by filing any other required document or otherwise supplementing or amending

the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the

Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities or blue sky laws, or any rules and

regulations thereunder) in order to permit the prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by Holders until the earlier of (i) the

date as of which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or another Registration Statement

filed under the 1933 Act (but in no event prior to the applicable period referred to in Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act and Rule 174 thereunder)

and (ii) the date as of which such securities cease to be Registrable Securities. The Company will use reasonable best efforts as promptly

as reasonably practicable to become and remain eligible to use Form S-3. In the event that Form S-3 is not available for the registration

of the resale of Registrable Securities hereunder, the Company shall (i) register the resale of the Registrable Securities on a continuous

basis on another appropriate form reasonably acceptable to the Holders, including a Form S-1, and (ii) undertake to register the Registrable

Securities on Form S-3 promptly after such form is available; provided, that the Company shall maintain the effectiveness of the

Registration Statement then in effect until such time as a Registration Statement on Form S-3 covering the Registrable Securities has

been declared effective by the SEC.

(d)

Delay or Abandonment of Registration or Offering. The Company shall have the right to delay, terminate or withdraw any Piggyback

Shelf Registration or Piggyback Offering prior to the effectiveness of such registration or the completion of such offering whether or

not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration or offering. In the case of the delay, termination or

withdrawal referred to in the immediately preceding sentence, all expenses incurred in connection with such Piggyback Shelf Registration

or Piggyback Offering shall be borne entirely by the Company as set forth in Section 2.07 and no such delay shall relieve the Company

of its obligations to effect any registration hereunder.

6

Section

2.02                      Demand

Registration Rights; Demand Shelf Takedowns.

(a)

Right to Demand. Following the Grace Period, any Demand Holder may request a Demand Registration (as defined below) (x)

for any Original RRA Party that is a Demand Holder, at any time and from time to time, and (y) for any New Investor, at any time and from

time to time on or following the date that is 180 days after the date of the closing of the Acquisition (or earlier if the restrictions

under any of the lock-up agreements (the “Lock-up Restrictions”) entered into in connection with the issuance of the

PIPE Shares are waived, either in their entirety or for the specific purpose of permitting such earlier Demand Registration (as defined

below), in each case with a corresponding waiver to permit any Incidental Demand Holders that are also subject to such Lock-up Restrictions

to participate in such Demand Registration in accordance with the terms hereof), by making a written request (a “Request Notice”

and the sender(s) of such request the “Initiating Holder(s)”), which Request Notice will specify the aggregate number

of Registrable Securities to be registered and will also specify the intended methods of disposition thereof, to the Company for registration

with the Commission under and in accordance with the provisions of the 1933 Act of the offer and sale of all or part of the Registrable

Securities then owned by such Demand Holder (a “Demand Registration”), including without limitation, in the form of

a takedown of Registrable Securities from an existing Shelf Registration. For the avoidance of doubt, any Initiating Holder may deliver

a Request Notice up to twelve (12) Business Days prior to the expiration of any applicable Lock-up Restrictions so long as any registration

statement relating to such Request Notice is not required to be filed until after the expiration of the termination of the Lock-up Restrictions

applicable to such Initiating Holder. A registration pursuant to this Section 2.02 will be on such appropriate form of the Commission

as shall be selected by the Initiating Holder(s) and be reasonably acceptable to the Company and shall permit the intended method or methods

of distribution specified by the Initiating Holder(s), including, as applicable, a distribution to, and resale by, the partners or Affiliates

of such Demand Holder. A Demand Registration may be in the form of a block or bought trade (a “Block Trade”), including

as an underwritten Block Trade so long as the Company is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement at the time of such Block Trade.

Upon receipt by the Company of a Request Notice to effect a Demand Registration the Company shall within five (5) Business Days after

the receipt of the Request Notice, notify the Principal Holders of Registrable Securities of such request and such Principal Holders shall

have the option to include their Registrable Securities in such Demand Registration pursuant to this Section 2.02. Subject to Section

2.05, the Company will include in such Demand Registration all other Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to

register by each such Principal Holder of Registrable Securities (each, an “Incidental Demand Holder”), pursuant to

this Section 2.02 by written request given to the Company by such Incidental Demand Holders within five (5) Business Days after

the giving of such written notice by the Company to such Incidental Demand Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Initiating Holder(s)

wish to engage in a Block Trade off of an effective Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 (either through filing an automatic shelf

registration statement or through a take-down from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement), then notwithstanding the foregoing

time periods, the Initiating Holder(s) only need to notify the Company of the Block Trade three (3) Business Days prior to the day such

offering is to commence and the Company shall promptly notify the other Principal Holders of Registrable Securities that did not initiate

the Block Trade. Such Principal Holders must elect whether or not to participate in such Block Trade within two (2) Business Days of such

notice, and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its reasonable best efforts (including co-operating with such Principal

Holders with respect to the provision of necessary information) to facilitate such Block Trade; provided, that the Initiating Holder(s)

requesting such Block Trade shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Company and the underwriters prior to making

such request in order to facilitate preparation of offering documents related to the Block Trade. Upon receipt of any Request Notice,

the Company will deliver any notices required by this Section 2.02 and (i) use its reasonable best efforts to effect the prompt

registration under the 1933 Act of the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Demand Holder

as contained in the Request Notice and (ii) include all other Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register

by the Piggyback Holders and Incidental Demand Holders, all to the extent required to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities

so to be registered in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition of each seller of such Registrable Securities. Notwithstanding

the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than an aggregate of four (4) Demand Registrations in any calendar year.

The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration in any ninety (90)-day period following the later of (i) the effective

date of a previous Demand Registration or (ii) the closing of any Demand Registration constituting an underwritten offering.

7

(b)

Underwritten Demand Registrations. If the Initiating Holder(s) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by

its request by means of an underwritten public offering, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their Request Notice; provided

the Company shall not be obligated to effectuate any Demand Registration (including a Block Trade) on an underwritten basis unless such

offering is reasonably expected to result in aggregate gross cash proceeds (without regard to any underwriting discount or commission)

in excess of $50 million. In connection with a Demand Registration by more than one Demand Holder or by a Demand Holder and Incidental

Demand Holders, the Demand Holder holding the highest number of Registrable Securities to be included in such Demand Registration shall

be referred to as the “Controlling Holder” in connection with such Demand Registration.

(c)

Revocation. Each Demand Holder that delivered a Request Notice to the Company pursuant to Section 2.02(a) may, at

any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to such Demand Registration (or in the case of an underwritten

Demand Registration, the launch of such underwritten offering), revoke such request by providing a written notice thereof to the Company

(the “Revoking Holder”) and the aborted registration shall not be deemed to be a Demand Registration for purposes of

Section 2.02. The Revoking Holder shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any of its expenses incurred in connection

with such attempted registration. Subject to Section 2.06, neither the Company nor the Demand Holders shall have any obligation

to keep any other Holders informed as to the status or expected timing of the launch of any offering.

(d)

Effective Registration. A registration will not count as a Demand Registration if: (i) the Controlling Holder provides a

written notice to the Company that in its good faith judgment the registration should be withdrawn following effectiveness due to a material

adverse change in the Company or a material change in the trading price of the Company’s shares; (ii) such Registration is interfered

with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or other governmental agency or court for any reason

and the Company fails to promptly have such stop order, injunction or other order or requirement removed, withdrawn or resolved to the

Controlling Holder’s satisfaction; (iii) the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement or purchase agreement

entered into in connection with the registration relating to any such demand are not satisfied; or (iv) such Demand Registration is fully

withdrawn pursuant to Section 2.11.

(e)

Assignability of Demand Registration Rights. The Demand Registration rights offered to the Demand Holders pursuant to this

Section 2.02 are only assignable by Demand Holders to a Permitted Transferee of such Demand Holders and subject to the limitations

applicable to such Demand Holder herein, and any such assignment must be effected in the manner set forth in Section 3.05.

8

Section

2.03                      Resale

Shelf Registration(a).

The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to (i) file by the 71st calendar day following the date which is four

(4) Business Days after the date of the closing of the Acquisition (such period, the “Grace Period”) a registration

statement on Form S-1 or Form S-3 (which, if permitted, shall be an “automatic shelf registration statement” as defined in

Rule 405 under the 1933 Act (an “automatic shelf registration statement”)) to register for resale from time to time

the Registrable Securities of the Holders then outstanding on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, (ii) to

promptly thereafter cause the Commission to declare such registration statement effective and (iii) to maintain the effectiveness of such

registration statement in accordance with Section 2.01(c). In addition, at such time as the Company becomes eligible to file a

registration statement on Form S-3, the Company shall, subject to the Grace Period above, file a registration statement on Form S-3 (which,

if permitted, shall be an automatic shelf registration statement) to register for resale from time to time the resale of Class B Common

Shares issuable upon the exercise of Warrants held by any Holder. The “Plan of Distribution” section of such resale shelf

registration shall permit all lawful means of disposition of Registrable Securities, including firm-commitment underwritten public offerings,

block trades, agented transactions, sales directly into the market, purchases or sales by brokers, derivative transactions, short sales,

stock loan or stock pledge transactions, hedging transactions and sales not involving a public offering by its pledgees, assignees, donees,

transferees or successors-in-interest.

Section

2.04                      Selection

of Underwriters. The Controlling Holder shall have the right

to select any managing underwriter(s) in connection with any Demand Registration; provided, that such managing underwriter(s) shall be

reasonably acceptable to the Company.

Section

2.05                      Priority

on Registrations. If the managing underwriter or underwriters

of an underwritten offering executed pursuant to the terms hereof advise the Company in writing that in its or their opinion the number

of securities proposed to be sold in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold, or adversely affects the price at which the securities

are to be sold, in such offering, the Company will include in such offering only the number of securities which, in the opinion of such

underwriter or underwriters, can be sold in such offering without such adverse effect. To the extent such offering includes securities

of more than one Holder, or the Company and one or more Holders, the securities so included in such offering shall be apportioned as follows:

(a)

In the case of any registration of securities under the 1933 Act initiated by the Company for its own account, allocations shall

be made: first, to the Company; second, to the Piggyback Holders exercising their right to participate in a Piggyback Offering

with any cutbacks applied on a pro rata basis among the Holders calculated on the total number of Registrable Securities owned

by each such Holder that such Holder of Registrable Securities shall have requested to be included therein

as compared to the total number of shares requested to be included by all such Holders in such Registration; and third,

to all other holders exercising piggyback registration rights that have been granted by the Company, with any cutbacks applied on a pro

rata basis among each other or as they may otherwise agree in writing.

9

(b)

In the case of a Demand Registration, allocations shall be made: first, to the Holders, with any cutbacks applied pro rata

among the Holders calculated on the total number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder that such Holder of Registrable

Securities shall have requested to be included as compared to the total number of shares requested to be included by all such

Holders in such Registration; second, to the Company; and third, to all other holders exercising piggyback registration

rights granted by the Company, with any cutbacks applied on a pro rata basis among such other holders or as they may otherwise

agree in writing.

(c)

In the case of a registration initiated by any Person (other than the Company or a Demand Holder) exercising demand registration

rights granted hereafter by the Company (if any), allocations shall be made: first, to the Holders, with any cutbacks applied pro

rata among the Holders calculated on the total number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder that such Holder of Registrable

Securities shall have requested to be included as compared to the total number of shares requested to be included by all

such Holders in such Registration; second, to such initiating Person and to any other holders exercising pari passu registration

rights that have been granted by the Company allocated as such Persons have agreed among themselves; third, to the Company; and

fourth, to all other holders exercising piggyback registration rights granted by the Company, with any cutbacks applied on a pro

rata basis among such other holders or as they may otherwise agree in writing.

Section

2.06                      Registration

Procedures. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations

of the Company and any underwriter or underwriters to take any action pursuant to this Article II that each Principal Holder requesting

inclusion in any Piggyback Offering or Demand Registration (each, a “Registration”) or any Holder being included on any resale

shelf registration pursuant to Section 2.03 shall furnish to the Company such information or selling stockholder questionnaires regarding

such Holder, the Registrable Securities held by it, the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities, and such agreements

regarding indemnification, disposition of such securities and other matters referred to in this Article II as the Company shall reasonably

request and as shall be reasonably required in connection with the action to be taken by the Company; provided that (x) no Holder shall

be required to make any representations or warranties to, or agreements with, the Company other than representations and warranties regarding

such Holder and such Holder’s ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering and its intended

method of distribution and only to the extent such representations, warranties or agreements shall also be made by the Holders of a majority

of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement and (y) any liability of any such Holder under any underwriting agreement

relating to such Registration shall be limited to an amount equal to the net amount (after deducting underwriters’ discounts and

commissions) received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration. With respect to any registration

which includes Registrable Securities held by a Holder, the Company will, subject to Section 2.01 through 2.05 promptly:

(a)

prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement on the appropriate form prescribed by the Commission and use its

reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable thereafter and to be maintained

in effect in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, further, that before filing a registration statement

or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (excluding any filings required to be made pursuant to the 1934 Act in the reasonable

determination of the Company), the Company will furnish to the Holders covered by such registration statement and their counsel, and the

underwriter or underwriters, if any, copies of or drafts of all such documents proposed to be filed, at least five (5) Business Days prior

to the filing thereof, which documents will be subject to the reasonable review of such Holders and their counsel, and underwriters. Each

Holder will have the opportunity to object to any information pertaining to such Holder that is contained therein and the Company will

make the corrections reasonably requested by such Holder with respect to such information prior to filing any registration statement or

amendment thereto or any prospectus or any supplement thereto; provided, however, that the Company will not file any registration

statement or amendment thereto (excluding any filings required to be made pursuant to the 1934 Act in the reasonable determination of

the Company) or any prospectus or any supplement thereto to which any Holders or the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object. In

no event shall any Holder be identified as a statutory underwriter in the registration statement unless in response to a comment or request

from the staff of the Commission or another regulatory agency; provided, however, that if the Commission requests that a

Holder be identified as a statutory underwriter in the registration statement, such Holder will have an opportunity to withdraw from the

registration statement;

10

(b)

prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to such registration statement and any documents

required to be incorporated by reference therein as may be necessary to keep the registration statement effective; cause the prospectus

to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act;

and comply with the provisions of the 1933 Act applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered

by such registration statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof

set forth in such registration statement or supplement to the prospectus;

(c)

furnish to such Holder, without charge, such number of conformed copies of the registration statement and any post-effective amendment

thereto, as such Holder may reasonably request, and such number of copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and

any amendments or supplements thereto, and any documents incorporated by reference therein as the Holder or underwriter or underwriters,

if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the securities being sold by such Holder (it being understood

that the Company consents in writing to the use by the Holder covered by the registration statement and the underwriter or underwriters,

if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the securities covered by the prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto

of the prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto that is prepared by the Company);

(d)

promptly notify such Holder, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, when

the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement (as

then in effect) contains any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein

(in the case of the prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading

and, as promptly as practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the Commission and furnish a supplement or amendment to such prospectus

so that, as thereafter delivered to the investors of such securities, such prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material

fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made,

not misleading;

11

(e)

in the case of an underwritten offering, enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting and lock-up agreements in

customary form and for such time periods as do not exceed the time periods applicable to the Holders participating in such underwritten

offering) and make members of senior management of the Company available on a basis reasonably requested by the underwriters to participate

in any electronic “road show” and other customary marketing activities (including one-on-one meetings with prospective purchasers

of the Registrable Securities) and cause to be delivered to the underwriters reasonable opinions of counsel to the Company in customary

form, covering such matters as are customarily covered by opinions for an underwritten public offering as the underwriters may reasonably

request;

(f)

make available, for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant

to a registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and

other records, pertinent corporate documents of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, managers, employees and

independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent

that are necessary to be reviewed by such person in connection with the preparation of such registration statement; provided, however,

that each Holder agrees to use reasonable best efforts to coordinate any such review through a single firm of counsel (except for instances

where the proviso in the last sentence of Section 2.07(a) applies);

(g)

if requested, use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be delivered, in the case of an underwritten offering, at the time of

the pricing of such offering and at the time of delivery of any Registrable Securities sold pursuant thereto, “cold comfort”

letters from the Company’s independent certified public accountants addressed to each underwriter, if any, stating that such accountants

are independent public accountants within the meaning of the 1933 Act and the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission

thereunder, and otherwise in customary form and covering such financial and accounting matters as are customarily covered by letters of

the independent certified public accountants delivered in connection with primary or secondary underwritten public offerings, as the case

may be;

(h)

provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective

date of the registration statement;

(i)

use its reasonable best efforts to cause all securities included in such registration statement to be listed, by the date of the

first sale of securities pursuant to such registration statement, on any national securities exchange, quotation system or other market

on which the Class B Common Shares are then listed or proposed to be listed by the Company;

(j)

make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement, which need not be audited, satisfying the provisions of

Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of the twelve (12)-month period beginning with the first

month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the registration statement, which statement shall

cover said twelve (12)-month period;

12

(k)

after the filing of a registration statement, (i) promptly notify each Holder covered by such registration statement of any stop

order issued or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission and of the receipt by the Company of any notification

with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the applicable securities or blue sky

laws of any jurisdiction and (ii) take all reasonable actions to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the

registration statement or the qualification of any Registrable Securities at the earliest possible moment;

(l)

if requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters or such Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective

amendment such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters or such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein, including

with respect to the number of shares being sold by such Holder to such underwriter or underwriters, the purchase price being paid therefor

by such underwriter or underwriters and with respect to any term of the underwritten offering of the securities to be sold in such offering;

and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after being notified of

the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(m)

on or prior to the date on which the registration statement is declared effective, use its reasonable best efforts to register

or qualify, and cooperate with such Holder, the underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their counsel in connection with the registration

or qualification of, the securities covered by the registration statement for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of

each state and other jurisdiction of the United States as such Holder or managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, requests in writing,

to use its reasonable best efforts to keep each such registration or qualification effective, including through new filings, or amendments

or renewals, do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in all such jurisdictions of the Registrable

Securities covered by the applicable registration statement; provided that the Company will not be required to qualify generally

to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of

process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then otherwise subject;

(n)

cooperate with such Holder and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery

of certificates or DRS or other book-entry statements (in each case not bearing any restrictive legends) representing securities to be

sold under the registration statement, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing

underwriter or underwriters, if any, may request;

(o)

use reasonable best efforts to cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority,

Inc. (“FINRA”);

(p)

to the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) at the time any Request

Notice is submitted to the Company pursuant to Section 2.02 which requests that the Company file an automatic shelf registration

statement, the Company shall file an automatic shelf registration statement that covers those Registrable Securities which are requested

to be registered. If the Company does not pay the filing fee covering Registrable Securities at the time the automatic shelf registration

statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold; and

13

(q)

otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary or reasonably advisable to effect

the registration, marketing and sale of such Registrable Securities contemplated by this Agreement.

The

Holders, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.06(d)

will forthwith discontinue disposition of the securities until the Holders’ receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended

prospectus contemplated by Section 2.06(d) or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that

the use of the prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings which are incorporated by

reference in the prospectus, and, if so directed by the Company, each Holder will, or will request the managing underwriter or underwriters,

if any, to, deliver to the Company (at the Company’s sole expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s

possession, of the prospectus covering such securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

Section

2.07                      Registration

Expenses.

(a)

In the case of any Registration, the Company shall bear (i) all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance

with this Agreement, including all Commission and stock exchange or FINRA registration and filing fees and expenses, fees and expenses

of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications

of the Registrable Securities), rating agency fees, printing expenses, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, all fees and expenses

incurred in connection with any “road show” for underwritten offerings, including all costs of travel, lodging and meals,

all transfer agent’s and registrar’s fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified

public accountants and any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities (but not including

any underwriting discounts or commissions, or transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities by a Holder)

and (ii) reasonable and documented fees and expenses of one (1) counsel representing all Holders selling Registrable Securities under

such Registration, with the counsel representing the Holders in connection with such Registration or sale chosen by the Controlling Holder,

if applicable, or otherwise holders of a majority of the number of Registrable Securities included in such Registration by such Holders);

provided, however, that the Company shall bear the reasonable and documented fees and expenses attributable to one (1) additional

outside counsel for each selling stockholder that is a Principal Holder selling in excess of $100 million of Registrable Securities in

any such Registration or offering.

(b)

The obligation of the Company to bear the expenses described in Section 2.07(a) and to reimburse the Holders for the expenses

described in Section 2.07(a) shall apply irrespective of whether a registration, once properly demanded, if applicable, becomes

effective, is withdrawn or suspended or revoked, or is converted to another form of registration and irrespective of when any of the foregoing

shall occur.

14

Section

2.08                      Indemnification.

(a)

Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law,

each Holder, its officers, directors, employees, stockholders, members, general and limited partners, Affiliates and agents and each Person

who controls (within the meaning of the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act) the Holder, including any general partner or manager of any thereof,

against all losses, claims, damages, Actions, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements) arising out

of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in or incorporated by reference in any registration

statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, any “issuer free writing prospectus”

(as defined in Rule 433 under the 1933 Act), any written communication undertaken in reliance on either Section 5(d) of, or Rule 163B

under, the 1933 Act, and any road show, in an offering of Registrable Securities in which such Holder participates, or in any document

incorporated by reference therein or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or

necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, in light of the circumstances under

which they were made) not misleading, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in the information conveyed

to any purchaser at the time of the sale to such purchaser, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required

to be stated therein, or (iii) any violation by the Company of any federal, state, common or other law, rule or regulation applicable

to the Company in connection with such registration, including the 1933 Act, any state securities or “blue sky” laws or any

rule or regulation thereunder in connection with such registration, except in each case insofar as the same are made in reliance on and

in strict conformity with any information with respect to such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for

use therein. The Company may, if requested, also indemnify underwriters (as such term is defined in the 1933 Act), their officers and

directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) to the same extent as provided above with

respect to the indemnification of the Holders, pursuant to the terms of an underwriting agreement.

(b)

Indemnification by the Holders. In connection with any registration statement in which a Holder is participating, each such

Holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information with respect to such Holder as the Company reasonably requests for use

in connection with any registration statement or prospectus covering the Registrable Securities of such Holder and to the extent permitted

by law agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers and agents and each Person who controls (within the

meaning of the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act) the Company and any other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses

arising out of or based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or any omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein

or necessary to make the statements in the registration statement or prospectus or preliminary prospectus (in the case of the prospectus

or preliminary prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent,

that such untrue statement or omission is made in reliance on and in conformity with the written information or signed affidavit with

respect to such Holder so furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in the registration statement or prospectus; provided,

however, that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders and the liability of each

such Holder shall be in proportion to and limited to the net amount (after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions) received

by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration statement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

The Company and the Holders hereby acknowledge and agree that, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by the applicable Holders,

the only information furnished or to be furnished to the Company for use in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable

Securities or in any amendment, supplement or preliminary materials associated therewith are statements specifically relating to (a) the

beneficial ownership of Registrable Securities by such Holder and its Affiliates and (b) the name and address of such Holder.

15

(c)

Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice

to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s

reasonable judgment there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are in addition to

or may conflict with those available to the indemnifying party with respect to such claim or unless such representation would present

a conflict of interest, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the

indemnified party. The failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability hereunder

with respect to the action, except to the extent that such indemnifying party is materially prejudiced by the failure to give such notice;

provided, however, that any such failure shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any other liability which it may

have to any other party. No indemnifying party in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the written consent

of such indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, consent to entry of any judgment

or enter into any settlement unless such judgment or settlement (i) includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant

or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation and (ii) does not include

any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such indemnified party. An indemnifying

party shall not be liable under this Section 2.08 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to

the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification

or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action)

unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by such indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,

conditioned or delayed. An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated

to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim,

unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified

party which are in addition to or may conflict with those available to any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim,

in which event the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel; provided,

however, that such number of additional counsel must be reasonably acceptable to the indemnifying party.

(d)

Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provided for in Section 2.08(a) and Section 2.08(b) is

unavailable to an indemnified party as contemplated by Section 2.08(a) and Section 2.08(b), then the indemnifying party

shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion

as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, but also the

relative fault of the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. In no event

shall the liability of any selling Holder be greater in amount than the amount of the net proceeds (after deducting underwriters’

discounts and commissions) received by such Holder upon such sale or the amount for which such indemnifying party would have been obligated

to pay by way of indemnification if the indemnification provided in Section 2.08(b) had been available. No Person guilty (as determined

in a final non-appealable judgment) of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution

from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

16

Section

2.09                      1934

Act Reports. The Company agrees that it shall use reasonable

best efforts to file all reports required to be filed by it pursuant to the 1934 Act to the extent the Company is required to file such

reports. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may deregister any class of its equity securities under Section 12 of the 1934 Act

or suspend its duty to file reports with respect to any class of its securities pursuant to Section 15(d) of the 1934 Act if it is then

permitted to do so pursuant to the 1934 Act and rules and regulations thereunder.

Section

2.10                      Holdback

Agreements.

(a)

Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the 1933 Act for its own account (other than on Form

S-4, S-8 or any similar successor form or another form used for a purpose similar to the intended use of such forms) in an underwritten

offering or is required to use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the 1933 Act

pursuant to a request by or on behalf of a Demand Holder pursuant to Section 2.02 in connection with an underwritten offering,

in each case, in which such Holder participates, if requested by such managing underwriter, each such Holder of Registrable Securities

agrees to execute a holdback agreement in customary form, consistent with the terms of this Section 2.10(a) and, in any case, on

terms no less favorable to the Holders than the holdback agreements executed by the Company’s directors and executive officers;

provided such holdback period shall in no event be longer than three (3) days prior to and ninety (90) days after the date of the

pricing of such underwritten offering; provided, further, if any Holder is released from its holdback period by the underwriters

prior to the end of the applicable holdback period, then each other Holder shall be similarly released to the same extent and on a pro

rata basis.

(b)

Upon the request of the managing underwriter, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause each of its directors

and executive officers to agree to enter into a holdback agreement in customary form in connection with an underwritten Demand Registration

covering the same period as to which the Company and any selling securityholders in such offering are subject.

17

Section

2.11                      Blackout

Periods. Upon giving written notice to the Holders of Registrable

Securities (which notice shall not, without the prior written consent of any Holder, disclose to such Holder any material non-public information),

the Company shall be entitled to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or any amendment thereto or

suspend the Holders’ use of any prospectus or any supplement thereto if the Company determines in good faith in its sole discretion

that the filing or maintenance of a registration statement would, if not so deferred, (a) require the Company to disclose material

information that would not otherwise be required to be disclosed at that time and that the accuracy of such information has yet to be

determined by the Company or is the subject of an ongoing investigation or inquiry or (b) materially adversely interfere with, or jeopardize

the success of, any pending or proposed material transaction, including any material debt or equity financing, any material acquisition

or disposition, any material recapitalization or reorganization or any other material transaction, whether due to commercial reasons,

a desire to avoid premature disclosure of information or any other reason, in each case as certified in a certificate of the Chief Executive

Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company; provided that any Demand Holder may withdraw all or a portion of its Demand Registration

without it counting as a Demand Registration; provided, further, that (i) the Company may not delay the filing or effectiveness of, or

suspend, any registration statement for longer than forty-five (45) consecutive calendar days (such period, a “Blackout Period”)

or in excess of ninety (90) days in any consecutive 12-month period, and (ii) the Company may not file any registration statement during

a Blackout Period (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar successor forms or another form used for a purpose similar to the

intended use for such forms).

Section

2.12                      Participation

in Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Registration

hereunder which is underwritten unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell its securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements

approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements, and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of

attorney, underwriting agreements and other documents customarily required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and provides

such written information concerning itself as may be required for registration, including for inclusion in any registration statement;

provided that such Holder shall be required to complete and execute such documents and provide such written information only to the extent

the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities participating in such Registration shall also be required to complete and execute

such documents and provide such written information.

Section

2.13                      Other

Registration Rights. The Company represents that, as of the

date hereof, it has not granted to any Person the right to request or require the Company to register any equity securities issued by

any Company, other than as set forth herein. The Company will not grant any Person any registration rights with respect to the Common

Shares that would have priority over, or that are equal in priority to, the Registrable Securities, without prior written consent of the

Requisite Holders.

18

Section

2.14                      Rule

144. The Company will use reasonable best efforts to take such

action as any Holder may reasonably request to make available adequate current public information with respect to the Company meeting

the current public information requirements of Rule 144(c) under the 1933 Act, and shall use reasonable best efforts to take such further

action as any Holder may reasonably request to the extent required to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration

under the 1933 Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or

(ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. Promptly upon request, the Company shall deliver to any Holder

a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section

2.14 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the 1934 Act. Subject to the foregoing, the

Company shall cooperate with such Holder to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates or DRS or other book-entry

statements (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing securities to be so sold within such exemption from registration, and enable

such securities to be in such denominations as the selling Holders may request. If the Common Shares or Warrants held by any Holder are,

in the opinion of counsel to the Company, eligible for removal of the restrictive legend for Rule 144 Transfers, pursuant to an effective

registration statement or otherwise, then at Holder’s request, the Company shall request its transfer agent to remove any remaining

restrictive legend set forth on such securities, provided that the Company and its transfer agent have timely received from Holder and

any broker-dealer in custody of such securities customary representation and other documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company

and the transfer agent in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no opinion shall be required to be delivered before a sale

in connection with a Rule 144 Transfer unless such Registrable Securities are not subject to the volume, public information or holding

period requirements of Rule 144. The Company further agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to execute and deliver such customary

documentation as a Permitted Pledgee of the Common Shares may reasonably request in connection with a pledge of any Common Shares to such

Permitted Pledgee by a Holder (including, if requested by a Holder and subject to such Holder and the Permitted Pledgee providing representations

and undertakings in customary form reasonably acceptable to the Company, such documentation as may be reasonably necessary to have the

Common Shares and the Common Shares issued upon exercise of Warrants (as may be specified by such Holder) issued with an unrestricted

CUSIP and transferable through the facilities of The Depositary Trust and Clearing Corporation to facilitate such pledge, in each case

subject to applicable law, the policies and procedures of the applicable transfer agent and reasonable representations and agreements

of the Permitted Pledgee). As used herein, “Permitted Pledgee” means a nationally recognized bank or broker dealer.

Section

2.15                      Further

Assurance. Each Holder hereby agrees to take any and all reasonable

actions required to be taken hereunder to ensure the performance by it of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

Article

III

MISCELLANEOUS

Section

3.01                      Notices.

All notices, consents, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including email, facsimile or similar

writing) and shall be given to such party at its address, email or facsimile number set forth on the signature pages hereof or in the

relevant Joinder Agreement or such other address, email address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify in writing to

the General Counsel of the Company for the purpose by notice to the party sending such communication. Each such notice, request or other

communication shall be effective (i) if given by email or facsimile, when such message is transmitted to the address or number specified

on the signature pages to this Agreement or any Joinder Agreement, (ii) if delivered by overnight courier, the earlier of the first Business

Day following the date sent by such overnight courier or upon receipt, (iii) if given by mail, three (3) Business Days after such communication

is deposited in the mails registered or certified, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid, or (iv) if

given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified on the signature pages to this Agreement or any Joinder Agreement. Each

Holder shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to elect to not receive any notice that the Company or any other Holders

otherwise are required to deliver pursuant to this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written statement signed by such Holder that

it does not want to receive any notices hereunder (an “Opt-Out Request”); in which case and notwithstanding anything to the

contrary in this Agreement the Company and other Holders shall not be required to, and shall not, deliver any notice or other information

required to be provided to Holders hereunder to the extent that the Company or such other Holders reasonably expect would result in a

Holder acquiring material non-public information. An Opt-Out Request may state a date on which it expires or, if no such date is specified,

shall remain in effect indefinitely. A Holder who previously has given the Company an Opt-Out Request may revoke such request at any time,

and there shall be no limit on the ability of a Holder to issue and revoke subsequent Opt-Out Requests; provided that each Holder shall

use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the administrative burden on the Company arising in connection with any such Opt-Out Requests.

19

Section

3.02                      Binding

Effect; Benefits; Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall be

binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Nothing

in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the parties to this Agreement or

their respective successors or permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or

any provision contained herein. This Agreement and the other agreements referred to in this Agreement embody the complete agreement and

understanding among the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes and preempts any

prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter

of this Agreement in any way.

Section

3.03                      No

Waiver. No action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including

any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with

any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision

of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by any party to exercise

any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver

of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.

Section

3.04                      Amendment.

This Agreement may not be amended, restated or modified, or any provision waived, in any respect except by a written instrument executed

by the Company and each Holder (with such Holder’s consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

Section

3.05                      Assignability.

Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by either

the Company or any Holder except as otherwise expressly stated hereunder or with the prior written consent of each other party. Notwithstanding

the foregoing, any Holder’s registration rights and related obligations may, without the need for consent, be assigned, in whole

or in part, by a Holder to a Permitted Transferee, in each case, in connection with the transfer of at least $10 million of Registrable

Securities; provided, however, that such transfer to such Permitted Transferee is not for value (or if for value, such transfer is of

at least $25 million of Registrable Securities). Any such assignment permitted hereunder shall be effected hereunder only if, within a

reasonable time after such transfer, (i) the Company is furnished with written notice of the name and address of such Permitted Transferee

and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred, and (ii) such Permitted Transferee delivers a

Joinder Agreement to the Company. In connection with any event or transaction, or series of related events or transactions, that results

in the merger, dissolution or liquidation of Harbor Lights, or the transfer or distribution of all or substantially all of the assets

(inclusive of shares of the Company held by Harbor Lights) of Harbor Lights (any of the foregoing, a “Harbor Lights Event”),

persons who are not already Holders and who receive, as a result of the Harbor Lights Event, shares of the Company previously held by

Harbor Lights (following such receipt, “Additional Investors”) shall, by execution and delivery of a Joinder Agreement or

other documentation as may be reasonably requested, succeed to all of the rights and obligations of “Holders” and such transferred

shares shall thereafter be “Registrable Securities” in accordance with the definition thereof. The Company shall promptly

amend or, if permitted, file a prospectus supplement, with respect to the resale registration statement described in Section 2.03

to add the Registrable Securities held by such Permitted Transferees or Additional Investors to such resale shelf registration statement,

or file a new registration statement registering the resale or Registrable Securities held by such Permitted Transferees or Additional

Investors and will in each case use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Commission to declare such registration statement effective.

20

Section

3.06                      Applicable

Law. This Agreement and all disputes or controversies arising

out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the

internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the laws of any other jurisdiction that might be applied because of the conflicts

of laws principles of the State of Delaware. Each of the parties irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding arising out of

or relating to this Agreement or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect hereof brought by any other party or its successors

or assigns may be brought and determined by the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably

submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid court for itself and with respect to its property, generally and unconditionally,

with regard to any such action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (and

agrees not to commence any action, suit or proceeding relating thereto except in such courts). Each of the parties further agrees to accept

service of process in any manner permitted by such court. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees

not to assert, by way of motion or as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to

this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (a) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named

courts for any reason other than the failure lawfully to serve process, (b) that it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction

of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such court (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment,

attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise) and (c) to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (i)

the suit, action or proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, (ii) the venue of such suit, action or proceeding

is improper or (iii) this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts.

Section

3.07                      Specific

Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage

would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were

otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches

of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any state or federal court (this being

in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity), and each party hereto agrees to waive in any action for

such enforcement the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate. The Company shall reimburse such Holder for the reasonable costs

of and expenses for counsel for such Holder incurred in connection with any such proceeding if such Holder is the prevailing party in

any such proceeding.

21

Section

3.08                      Severability.

If any provision of this Agreement is declared by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, all other

provisions of the Agreement will not be affected and will remain in full force and effect.

Section

3.09                      Section

and Other Headings; Interpretation. The section and other headings

contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever

the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to

be followed by the words “without limitation”. The term “or” is not exclusive and shall have the meaning represented

by the term “and/or”. The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which

a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if”. Whenever the context requires, any pronouns

used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms.

Section

3.10                      Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together

shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. A facsimile, Portable Document Format (PDF) or other reproduction of this Agreement

may be executed by one or more parties hereto, and an executed copy of this Agreement may be delivered by one or more parties hereto by

facsimile, PDF or similar instantaneous electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can

be seen, and such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party

hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, PDF or other reproduction hereof.

[Signature Pages Follow]

22

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned

have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

PARAMOUNT

SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

/s/ Stephanie Kyoko McKinnon

Name:

Stephanie Kyoko McKinnon

Title:

General Counsel and Secretary

[Signature

Page to Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement]

HARBOR

LIGHTS ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

By:

/s/ Julie B. Heinzelman

Name:

Julie B. Heinzelman

Title:

Vice President

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Registration Rights

Agreement]

Schedule I

Principal Holders

Syndication Holders

EXHIBIT A

EX-10.11 — EXHIBIT 10.11

EX-10.11

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex10-11.htm · Sequence: 18

Exhibit 10.11

Form

of LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

This lockup agreement

(this “Agreement”) is hereby entered into by and among [

] (collectively, the

“Parties” and each, individually, a “Party”) and Paramount Skydance Corporation (the

“Company”) as of October 6, 2026 (the “Effective Date”) in connection with (a) the

acquisition by the Company of Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc. (the “Acquisition”) and (b) those certain

Subscription Agreements, dated as of February 27, 2026, entered into by the Trust, Mr. Lawrence J. Ellison and RedBird

Capital Partners Fund IV (Master), L.P. (the “Subscription Agreements”), relating to the purchase in connection

with the Acquisition of shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “Class B

Common Stock”), a portion of which right to purchase shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to the Subscription

Agreements was subsequently assigned to certain of the Parties.

Without the prior written

consent of the Company (which may be withheld or given in its sole discretion), each Party hereby agrees that during the period commencing

on the Effective Date and continuing through the date that is 180 days following the Effective Date (the “Lock-Up Period”),

it will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract

to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose

of, directly or indirectly, any of the shares of Class B Common Stock or any interest in, or securities convertible into or exercisable

or exchangeable for shares of Class B Common Stock, in each case, received by such Party pursuant to the Subscription Agreements

(or, in the case of any transferee that executes a joinder to this Agreement, received by such transferee from a Party in a Transfer permitted

by clauses (b) through (e) below) (such securities, the “Lock-Up Securities”) or (2) enter into any

swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such Party’s

Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of shares

of Class B Common Stock, in cash or otherwise (any such transaction, a “Transfer”). The restrictions described

in clause (1) and (2) above are hereinafter referred to as the “Transfer Restrictions.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing,

the Transfer Restrictions shall not apply to:

(a) Transfers of Class B Common Stock acquired other than pursuant to the Subscription Agreements (including,

without limitation, in open market transactions);

(b) the pledge, mortgage, hypothecation or granting of any security interest in Lock-Up Securities by a Party

(or Managed Vehicle (as defined below)) as collateral or security pursuant to any margin loan or other bona fide financing arrangement

between such Party (or Managed Vehicle) and one or more banks, financial or other lending institutions (including any transfer of Lock-Up

Securities in connection with the foreclosure upon, or taking of possession of, such Lock-Up Securities by the lenders in accordance with

the terms thereof);

1

(c) Transfers by any Party of Lock-Up Securities to any trusts or other bona fide estate planning vehicles

for the direct or indirect benefit of the beneficial owner of such Lock-Up Securities or his or her immediate family, to a trustor or

beneficiary of such trust or other bona fide estate planning vehicle or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust or other bona fide

estate planning vehicle;

(d) Transfers by any Party of Lock-Up Securities to an entity (including, without limitation, any partnership,

limited liability company, corporation, trust, governmental or other entity) that directly or indirectly, including through one or more

intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Party (a “Permitted Transferee”),

provided that any transaction whereby, directly or indirectly, a Permitted Transferee ceases to control, be controlled by, or be

under common control with, the Party that originally held the Lock-Up Securities, shall be deemed to be a Transfer that is subject to

the Transfer Restrictions; or

(e) (i) Transfers by any Party of Lock-Up Securities to investment funds or other investment vehicles

now or hereafter managed by, or that are controlled by or under common control with, one or more general partners of such Party or its

affiliates (the “Managed Vehicles”), (ii) indirect transfers of Lock-Up Securities resulting from the transfer

of any interest in any Managed Vehicle to any person or persons, provided that such Party, or an affiliate of such Party, remains

such Managed Vehicle’s general partner or otherwise continues to control such Managed Vehicle, and provided further, that

the direct ownership by such Managed Vehicle of the Lock-Up Securities does not change as a result of such transfer;

provided

that, in the case of each of (b) through (e) (except for (e)(ii) above), each transferee of the Lock-Up Securities executes

a joinder to this Agreement as if such transferee were party hereto.

Nothing herein shall restrict

any Party from making a demand or request for inclusion of its Lock-Up Securities in any registration statement pursuant to any registration

rights agreement between the Company and such Party, provided that the Company will have no obligation to publicly file or amend

a registration statement or publicly file a prospectus supplement, in each case, relating to such demand or request during the Lock-Up

Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement will relieve the Company of its obligation pursuant to section 2.03 of

the amended and restated registration rights agreement, dated October 6, 2026, by and among the Company, the Parties and the other

parties thereto.

2

Each Party agrees and consents

to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of such Party’s

Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the Transfer Restrictions. Each Party acknowledges that the Lock-Up Securities will bear

a legend reflecting the Transfer Restrictions.

Each Party further understands

that this Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon such Party’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted

assigns.

This Agreement shall be governed

by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

This Agreement may be executed

in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the

same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including .pdf or any electronic signature complying with

the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and any

counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

3

Very truly yours,

[                                      ]

Accepted:

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

By:

Name: Stephanie Kyoko McKinnon

Title: General Counsel and Secretary

4

EX-99.1 — EXHIBIT 99.1

EX-99.1

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex99-1.htm · Sequence: 19

Exhibit 99.1

PARAMOUNT COMPLETES ACQUISITION

OF WARNER BROS. DISCOVERY, CREATING A NEW GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT LEADER, SKYDANCE

· The combination builds on the storied history

of two of the world’s most recognizable entertainment companies, forming a single creative powerhouse.

· The combined company, Skydance, brings together

two major film studios, two global streaming services, premier television assets including CBS, HBO, and Paramount’s and WBD’s

cable networks, two of the industry’s most recognized news networks, CBS News and CNN, and a leading content portfolio that includes

live sports, a deep programming library and expansive collection of iconic brands and franchises.

· Together, Paramount and WBD will deliver enhanced

output commitments, including a minimum of 30 high-quality theatrical films per year and 180+ television shows and series.

· Skydance aims to build the next-generation

global media and entertainment company powered by creativity and technology. We are creative-first, audience focused, tech-forward, globally

scaled.

· Storytelling anchors the combined company’s

growth strategy – expanding opportunities for the world’s leading creative talent and widening choice for consumers across

every entertainment vertical.

· Disciplined execution and an owner-operator model

underpin the strategy, targeting at least $6 billion in run-rate synergies within three years.

Los Angeles, CA and New York, NY

October 6, 2026 – Skydance Corporation (f/k/a Paramount Skydance Corporation) (NYSE: SKYD) (“Paramount”)

today announced the completion of its acquisition of Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc. (NASDAQ: WBD) (“WBD”), creating a combined

company, named “Skydance.” The company brings together two major film studios, two global streaming services, a premier television

portfolio including CBS, HBO, and Paramount’s and WBD’s cable networks, two of the industry’s most recognized news networks,

CBS News and CNN, and a portfolio of live sports including CBS Sports and TNT Sports, as well as a deep programming library and expansive

collection of brands and franchises. The transaction closed following receipt of all required regulatory approvals under the merger agreement

and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. Skydance Class B shares will begin trading today on the New York Stock Exchange

(NYSE) under the new ticker symbol "SKYD."

Under the terms of the agreement, WBD shareholders received an amount

in cash equal to $31.01666668 per share. WBD shares have ceased trading on NASDAQ, effective today.

The completed transaction unites two of media and entertainment’s

most storied companies, each with a history spanning more than a century, giving the combined business a rare legacy to build on. The

aim of the combined company is to build the next-generation global media and entertainment company powered by creativity and technology.

1

Storytelling will drive the combined company’s growth, bringing

creative visions to life for audiences in more than 200 countries and territories and creating greater opportunities for workers across

the entertainment industry. Skydance starts from a position of strength: the most diverse film and television library of any studio, the

largest theatrical output in the industry, 200+ million streaming subscribers across platforms, an iconic broadcast network, an unmatched

sports portfolio, and a franchise portfolio spanning Top Gun and Harry Potter to White Lotus and SpongeBob SquarePants.

From this foundation, Skydance is committed to delivering for the creative community and consumers, with at least 30 theatrical films

annually, each with a minimum 45-day theatrical window, and already boasts 180+ television shows. Across TV and streaming, Skydance will

also continue to support the independent production sector by commissioning content from independent studios and licensing its own content

to third parties, creating more opportunities and more jobs for creatives, both in front of and behind the camera.

David Ellison, Chairman and CEO of Skydance, said: “Today is

a historic day, not just for Skydance but for our entire industry. From the start, our ambition was to bring these two storied studios

together and create a stronger competitor, with the talent, resources, and reach to tell great stories in every genre, on every platform,

for audiences everywhere. Now that ambition is a reality. We’re grateful to everyone who made this possible – the employees,

creative talent, and production teams of both companies, who worked tirelessly to get us here and inspire audiences around the world every

day, as well as the advisors and partners who guided this transaction to completion. Our focus now turns to the future: building a company

that empowers creatives, entertains audiences and rewards shareholders. We couldn’t be more excited to get to work.”

Gerry Cardinale, Founder and Managing Partner of RedBird Capital

and a Skydance Board Director, said: “This is a defining moment for the industry. By applying our owner-operator model to Paramount

and WBD’s unmatched portfolio of iconic franchises, premium original programming, and live sports rights, we can protect that legacy

while building for a media landscape that’s undergoing transformational change. David, our Co-CEO Ynon Kreiz, and the rest of our

world-class Skydance team have the vision and track record to lead through this change. We’re proud to back them as we build a stronger

Hollywood, expand opportunities for talent, and create long-term value for our shareholders.”

At the same time, consumers can expect greater innovation from a

company built with technology at its core, including significant improvements to its direct-to-consumer streaming products, which will

unify into a single service over time.

The transaction received unanimous approval from competition authorities

covering nearly 70 jurisdictions worldwide, reflecting recognition of the deal’s pro-competitive nature and the benefits it brings

to consumers and creatives alike. The combination will strengthen competition and expand consumer choice, both on Skydance’s own

platforms and across the broader industry.

The combined company is built on a strong financial foundation that positions it to capitalize on growth opportunities, deliver on its

commitments, and drive shareholder value. Skydance is one of the largest media and entertainment companies in the world, with nearly $70

billion in revenue. We are targeting $6 billion-plus in run-rate synergies over the next three years. Applying the same operational playbook that allowed Paramount to exceed

its synergy targets following the Skydance-Paramount merger, the synergy savings will come primarily from technology, integration and

procurement, marketing and real estate rationalization. That will make the company leaner and more nimble, freeing it to grow its investment

in the stories, creators and technology that matter most while reducing net leverage to its 3.0x target by the end of 2029.

2

Powered by best-in-class content, streaming scale and technological

edge, the combined company expects to generate more than $10 billion in free cash flow by 2030 – reducing leverage while funding

growth and investment. Its pro forma content spend of more than $30 billion for the last twelve-month period will be disciplined and strategic,

prioritizing audience reach and long-term value creation.

WBD’s common stock has ceased trading on the Nasdaq Exchange,

effective today. The Ellison Family holds the largest equity stake in Skydance (NYSE: SKYD), and the Ellison Family and RedBird Capital

Partners (“RedBird”) together are the sole holders of Paramount Class A Common Stock, including 100% of the combined company’s

voting shares.

As previously stated, the transaction included $47 billion of new

equity investment in Class B Common Stock, led by the Ellison Family, RedBird, Public Investment Fund (PIF), L’IMAD, Qatar Investment

Authority (QIA) and LionTree, which was priced at $12.00 per share. The debt financing for the transaction was led by Bank of America,

Citigroup and Apollo.

Advisors

Centerview Partners LLC

and RedBird Advisors acted as lead financial advisors to Paramount, and Bank of America Securities, Citi, M. Klein & Company and LionTree

Advisors also acted as financial advisors. Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP and Latham & Watkins LLP acted as legal counsel

to Paramount. Latham & Watkins LLP also acted as legal counsel to the investor consortium, including the Ellison Family.

Allen & Company, J.P. Morgan and Evercore served as

financial advisors to WBD and Wachtell Lipton, Rosen & Katz and Debevoise & Plimpton LLP served as legal counsel.

Barclays Capital acted as financial advisors to the Special

Committee of the Board of Directors of Paramount and Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton LLP served as legal counsel.

About Skydance

Skydance is a next-generation global media and entertainment

company, composed of three business segments: Studios, Direct-to-Consumer, and TV Media. Skydance's portfolio unites legendary brands,

including Paramount, Warner Bros., HBO and HBO Max, Paramount+, Pluto TV, CBS, CNN, CBS Sports, TNT Sports, Nickelodeon, Cartoon Network,

MTV, Food Network, BET, HGTV, and Comedy Central.

3

Cautionary Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

This communication contains

“forward-looking statements” regarding the completed acquisition of WBD and the integration, synergies, financial and leverage

targets, strategy, impact on competition, and other go-forward matters of the combined company. The reader is cautioned not to rely on

these forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current expectations of future events. If underlying assumptions prove

inaccurate or known or unknown risks or uncertainties materialize, actual results could vary materially from the expectations and projections

of Paramount or WBD. Risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to: risks that the expected benefits, synergies and opportunities

of the completed acquisition may not be realized or may take longer to realize than expected; risks and costs associated with the integration

of the business of WBD, including the ability to integrate successfully and to achieve anticipated synergies and financial targets; risks

that the combined company may not achieve the expected run-rate synergies, net leverage, free cash flow or other financial goals described

in this press release within the expected timeframes or at all; potential disruption to business operations and relationships as a result

of the completed acquisition and ongoing integration; the risk of stockholder litigation relating to the acquisition of WBD; risks related

to Paramount’s streaming business; the adverse impact on Paramount’s advertising revenues as a result of changes in consumer

behavior, advertising market conditions and deficiencies in audience measurement; risks related to operating in highly competitive and

dynamic industries; the unpredictable nature of consumer behavior, as well as evolving technologies and distribution models; risks related

to Paramount’s decisions to invest in new businesses, products, services and technologies, and the evolution of Paramount’s

business strategy; the potential for loss of carriage or other reduction in, or the impact of negotiations for, the distribution of Paramount’s

content; damage to Paramount’s reputation or brands; losses due to asset impairment charges for goodwill, content and long-lived

assets, including finite-lived intangible assets; liabilities related to discontinued operations and former businesses; increasing scrutiny

of, and evolving expectations for, sustainability initiatives; evolving business continuity, cybersecurity, privacy and data protection

and similar risks; challenges in protecting and maintaining Paramount’s intellectual property rights; domestic and global political,

economic and regulatory factors affecting Paramount’s business generally or the completed acquisition of WBD; the inability to hire

or retain key employees or secure creative talent; disruptions to Paramount’s operations as a result of labor disputes; risks and

costs associated with the integration of, and Paramount’s ability to integrate, the businesses of Paramount Global, Paramount, Skydance

and WBD successfully and to achieve anticipated synergies, including in the amounts or on the timelines anticipated to realize such synergies;

litigation relating to the transactions contemplated by the transaction agreement entered into on July 7, 2024, between Paramount Global

and Skydance Media, LLC, potentially resulting in substantial costs; volatility in the price of Paramount’s Class B common stock;

the effect Paramount’s dual-class capital structure and the concentrated ownership may have on the price of its Class B common stock

or business; risks related to a private sale of a controlling interest in Paramount, including that Paramount’s stockholders may

not realize any change of control premium on shares of Paramount’s Class B common stock and that Paramount may become subject to

the control of a presently unknown third party; risks associated with Paramount’s status as a “controlled company” under

NYSE rules, including its exemption from certain corporate governance requirements; risks associated with the lack of voting rights of

Paramount’s Class B common stock; risks that anti-takeover provisions in Paramount’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation

(“Charter”) and amended and restated bylaws, and under Delaware law, could deter, delay, or prevent a change of control; risks

that exclusive forum provisions in Paramount’s Charter could limit a stockholder’s choice of forum for certain claims and

discourage lawsuits against Paramount’s directors and officers; risks that corporate opportunity provisions in Paramount’s

Charter could permit certain persons to pursue competitive opportunities that might otherwise be available to Paramount; risks associated

with Paramount’s holding company structure, including its dependence on distributions from its subsidiaries to meet tax obligations

and other cash requirements; risks related to the combined company’s ability to incur substantially more debt and its ability

to meet the financial and other covenants contained in the agreements governing its substantial indebtedness; risks relating to the combined

company’s ability to deleverage the business in accordance with management’s targets, including risks arising from assumptions,

uncertainties and contingencies that may affect our ability to reduce indebtedness; risks relating to management’s ability to execute

on its strategic plan and improve the combined company’s financial profile and cash flows from operations; and risks relating to

any capital or other financing the combined company may have to raise in order to reduce its indebtedness following the acquisition of

WBD. A further list and description of these risks, uncertainties and other factors and the general risks associated with the respective

businesses of Paramount and WBD can be found in Paramount’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025,

filed with the SEC on February 25, 2026, as amended by Paramount’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A, filed with the SEC on April 24,

2026, as superseded by, and solely to the extent set forth in, Paramount’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May

13, 2026, Paramount’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2026, filed with the SEC on August 4,

2026, including in the sections captioned “Cautionary Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 1A. Risk

Factors,” and Paramount’s subsequent filings with the SEC, and WBD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year

ended December 31, 2025, filed with the SEC on February 27, 2026, WBD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended

June 30, 2026, filed with the SEC on August 6, 2026, in each case, including in the sections captioned “Cautionary Note Concerning

Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” and WBD’s subsequent filings with the SEC, including

filings related to the acquisition of WBD. Copies of these filings, as well as subsequent filings, are available online at www.sec.gov,

https://ir.paramount.com/sec-filings/paramount, https://ir.corporate.discovery.com/financials/sec-filings, as applicable, or on request

from Paramount or WBD. Neither Paramount nor WBD undertakes to update any forward-looking statement as a result of new information or

future events or developments, except as required by law. We are not able to reconcile forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures because

we are unable without unreasonable efforts to accurately estimate the individual adjustments for such reconciliations, as applicable,

or to quantify the probable significance of these items at this time.

4

Skydance

Media Contacts:

Melissa Zukerman / Laura Watson

msz@paramount.com

/ laura.watson@paramount.com

Brunswick Group

ParamountSkydance@brunswickgroup.com

Gagnier Communications

Dan Gagnier

dg@gagnierfc.com

Investor Contacts:

Kevin Creighton / Logan Thomas

kevin.creighton@paramount.com

/ logan.thomas@paramount.com

5

EX-99.2 — EXHIBIT 99.2

EX-99.2

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex99-2.htm · Sequence: 20

Exhibit 99.2

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS

Summary of the Transactions

Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc. Acquisition

On October 6, 2026, Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation (“WBD”), Paramount Skydance Corporation (“Paramount” or the “Company”) and

Prince Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Paramount (“Merger Sub”) completed the transactions

contemplated by the previously disclosed Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 27, 2026, among WBD, the Company and

Merger Sub (the “WBD Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which, Merger Sub merged with and into WBD, with WBD surviving as a wholly

owned subsidiary of Paramount (the “Acquisition”). On October 6, 2026, immediately following the Effective Time (as defined

below) and subsequent to the date of the financial statements included herein, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation (the

“charter amendment”) to, among other things, change its name to Skydance Corporation. As a result, references herein to “Paramount”,

“Paramount Skydance Corporation” or the “Company” refer, prior to such charter amendment, to Paramount Skydance

Corporation, and following such charter amendment, to Skydance Corporation.

The Acquisition will be accounted for as a business

combination under ASC 805, Business Combinations, with the Company identified as the accounting acquirer. In identifying the Company

as the accounting acquirer, management considered the structure of the Acquisition and other actions contemplated by the WBD Merger Agreement,

relative outstanding voting and equity interests, and the composition of the post-Acquisition board of directors. No single factor was

the sole determinant in the overall conclusion that Paramount is the accounting acquirer; rather all factors were considered in arriving

at such conclusion.

At the effective time of the Acquisition (the

“Effective Time”), each share of WBD Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than

shares of WBD Common Stock cancelled for no consideration in accordance with the WBD Merger Agreement or as to which appraisal rights

have been properly exercised) was converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to $31.00, without interest, plus the Ticking

Consideration (collectively, the “Merger Consideration”). The “Ticking Consideration” is an amount in cash equal

to $0.00277778 multiplied by the number of calendar days elapsed after September 30, 2026 to and including the closing date of the

Acquisition. For purposes of these pro forma financial statements, total cash consideration paid to WBD common stockholders is estimated

at $78.0 billion, calculated based on WBD Common Stock outstanding as of July 23, 2026, and including the applicable Ticking Consideration

based on the October 6, 2026 closing date of the Acquisition. In addition, cash payments at closing of approximately $1.1 billion

are estimated with respect to vested WBD equity awards as described under “Treatment of Equity Awards” below. See Note 3 for

additional details regarding the purchase consideration. Certain Equity Investors (as defined herein) subscribed for additional shares

of Paramount Class B Common Stock in the PIPE transactions (each as defined herein) in the amount required to cover such Ticking

Consideration.

Treatment of Equity Awards

Stock Options

At the Effective Time:

· Each stock option outstanding to purchase shares of WBD Common

Stock granted under any WBD stock plan that is (x) vested as of the Effective Time or (y) held by a former employee or service

provider of WBD, was cancelled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash, without interest, equal to the product obtained

by multiplying (i) the excess if any, of the Merger Consideration over the per share exercise price for such vested stock option

by (ii) the total number of shares of WBD Common Stock subject to such vested stock option.

· Each stock option (whether vested or unvested) with an exercise

price equal to or in excess of the Merger Consideration was cancelled without consideration.

· Each unvested stock option with an exercise price below the

Merger Consideration was assumed by Paramount and automatically converted into the contingent right to receive an amount in cash, without

interest, equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the excess of the Merger Consideration over the per share exercise price

for such unvested stock option by (ii) the total number of shares of WBD Common Stock subject to such unvested stock option immediately

prior to the Effective Time, and remains subject to generally the same terms and conditions (including any applicable terms relating

to accelerated vesting upon qualifying terminations of employment and timing and form of payment) that applied to the corresponding unvested

stock option immediately prior to the Effective Time.

-1-

Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”),

including Performance-Based RSUs (“PRSUs”)

At the Effective

Time:

· Each WBD RSU that was vested in accordance with its terms or that was held by a non-employee member of

the board of directors of WBD as of the Effective Time was cancelled and converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration

with respect to each share of WBD Common Stock underlying such vested WBD RSU, with the number of shares of WBD Common Stock subject to

such vested WBD RSU granted with performance-based vesting conditions determined as described below.

· Each WBD RSU that was outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and that is not a vested WBD

RSU, was assumed by Paramount and automatically converted into the contingent right to receive an amount in cash, without interest, equal

to the product of (i) the Merger Consideration, multiplied by (ii) the total number of shares of WBD Common Stock subject to

such unvested WBD RSU immediately prior to the Effective Time, and remains subject to generally the same terms and conditions (including

any applicable terms relating to accelerated vesting upon qualifying terminations of employment and timing and form of payment) that applied

to the corresponding unvested WBD RSU immediately prior to the Effective Time.

· The total number of unvested WBD RSUs with performance-based

vesting conditions expected to vest was determined by assuming (i) in respect of such unvested WBD RSUs for which the applicable

performance period was completed prior to the Effective Time, actual performance, and (ii) in respect of such unvested WBD RSUs

for which the applicable performance period was not completed prior to the Effective Time, achievement at the greater of (x) target

performance and (y) actual performance extrapolated through the end of the applicable performance period based on actual performance

through the Effective Time, determined by the board of directors of WBD or a committee thereof in good faith and consistent with past

practice.

Deferred and Notional Equity Units

At the Effective Time:

· Each deferred stock unit (“DSU”) that was outstanding

immediately prior to the Effective Time was assumed by Paramount and automatically converted into the right to receive an amount in cash,

without interest, equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the Merger Consideration by (B) the number of shares of

WBD Common Stock subject to such DSU immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “WBD DSU Consideration”), with such WBD

DSU Consideration remaining subject to the same terms and conditions that applied to the corresponding DSU immediately prior to the Effective

Time.

· Each notional investment unit with respect to shares of WBD

Common Stock (a “WBD Notional Unit”) subject to WBD’s Non-Employee Directors Deferral Plan and WBD’s Supplemental

Retirement Plan (each, a “WBD DC Plan”) that was outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time was assumed by Paramount

and automatically converted into a notional unit with respect to a number of shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per

share (“Paramount Class B Common Stock”), of Paramount (a “Paramount Notional Unit”) equal to the product

obtained by multiplying (A) the Equity Award Exchange Ratio (as defined below) by (B) the number of shares of WBD Common Stock

subject to such WBD Notional Unit immediately prior to the Effective Time, with each such Paramount Notional Unit remaining subject to

the same terms and conditions that applied to the corresponding WBD Notional Unit immediately prior to the Effective Time (including

with respect to timing and form of payment), as set forth in the applicable WBD DC Plan. The “Equity Award Exchange Ratio”

was determined by dividing (i) the Merger Consideration by (ii) the per share volume-weighted average trading price of Paramount

Class B Common Stock for the fifteen consecutive trading days ending on (and including) the trading day that was three trading days

prior to the closing date of the Acquisition.

-2-

Financing

The Company utilized a combination of equity financing

and debt financing to fund the Acquisition. The Company entered into equity subscription agreements (“Subscription Agreements”)

providing for up to $46.7 billion plus Ticking Consideration (and certain other additional amounts as defined in the WBD Merger Agreement

if required) of equity financing from affiliates of The Lawrence J. Ellison Revocable Trust and $250.0 million from RedBird Capital Partners

Fund IV (Master), L.P. (collectively the “Equity Investors”), pursuant to a private placement of Paramount Class B Common

Stock (such private placement format being referred to herein as a private investment in public equity, or “PIPE”, arrangement).

The Equity Investors assigned their subscription

rights under the Subscription Agreements (the “Equity Syndication”) to a group of institutional investors (each, an "Equity

Syndication Party"), comprising affiliates of the Equity Investors, The Public Investment Fund, L'Imad 1st SPV 2 Exempt RSC LTD (an

investment vehicle of L'Imad Holding, an Abu Dhabi sovereign wealth fund), QIA TMT Holding LLC (an investment vehicle of the Qatar Investment

Authority), and LionTree Investment Fund, L.P. The aggregate allocations covered the full amount committed by the Equity Investors. At

closing, the Company issued to each Equity Syndication Party a number of newly issued nonvoting shares of Paramount Class B Common

Stock equal to its allocated amount divided by the Syndication Purchase Price, defined as the average of the daily volume-weighted average

prices (“VWAP”) of Paramount Class B Common Stock for the 20 trading days up to, and including, the third business day

prior to the closing of the Acquisition, subject to a ceiling of $16.02 per share and a floor of $12.00 per share (the “Syndication

Purchase Price”). Based on the Syndication Purchase Price of $12.00 per share the Company issued an aggregate amount of approximately

3,918 million shares of Paramount Class B Common Stock to the Equity Syndication Parties.

Each share of Paramount Class B Common Stock

(excluding shares held by any Equity Investor or affiliate thereof, certain Company subsidiaries and the Paramount Global 401(k) Plan

and the Paramount Global Master Trust (collectively, the “Benefit Plans”)) as of the record date of October 5, 2026 will

receive, without payment of any consideration, one 10-year warrant (each, a “Warrant”) for each share held, exercisable at

an initial exercise price per share equal to the Syndication Purchase Price of $12.00 and subject to customary anti-dilution and fundamental

change make-whole adjustments. Beginning on the third anniversary of issuance, the Company may call the Warrants for early expiration

if the closing price of Paramount Class B Common Stock equals or exceeds $30.00 for at least 20 trading days in any 30 consecutive

trading day period and warrant holders will have until such early expiration date to exercise their Warrants. The Company expects to distribute

the Warrants on or about October 13, 2026.

In addition, the Company previously entered into

committed debt financing arrangements, including the Pro Rata Credit Agreement, which provided for (i) $2.5 billion of three-year

Term A-1 loans (“Term A-1 Loan Facility”), (ii) $2.5 billion of five-year Term A-2 loans (“Term A-2 Loan Facility”)

and (iii) $5.0 billion of five-year revolving credit commitments, as well as a $49.0 billion 364-day senior secured bridge term loan

facility (the “Bridge Commitments”). The Bridge Commitments were intended as contingent financing and no borrowings were made

under the Bridge Commitments in connection with the closing of the Acquisition. In lieu of the Bridge Commitments, the Company funded

the Acquisition with the New Permanent Financing (as defined below), which consisted of additional secured credit facilities and secured

capital markets indebtedness across the investment grade and non-investment grade markets as described below. The New Permanent Financing,

together with borrowings under the Pro Rata Credit Agreement, is included in the Company’s post-closing capital structure and was

incurred in the form of first lien and second lien indebtedness, including term loan borrowings and secured notes (collectively, the “Acquisition

Financing Transactions”). The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements reflect the issuance of the New Permanent

Financing.

The Acquisition Financing Transactions include

(i) $9.5 billion of seven-year Term B Loans (“Term B Loans”), (ii) $30.0 billion of New First Lien Secured Notes

(“New First Lien Secured Notes”), and (iii) $12.4 billion of New Second Lien Secured Notes (“New Second Lien Secured

Notes”), in an aggregate amount of $51.9 billion (the “New Permanent Financing”), in addition to the $5.0 billion Term

A loans under the Pro Rata Credit Agreement.

On October 6, 2026, the Company entered into Credit Agreement Amendment No. 1 to the Pro Rata Credit Agreement and pursuant to this agreement

obtained the Term B Loans, consisting of (i) $8.5 billion of seven-year U.S. dollar denominated term B loans (the “Dollar Term B

Loans”) and (ii) €850 million of seven-year Euro term B loans (the “Euro Term B Loans”). The Dollar Term B Loans

bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate per annum equal to either the Alternative Base Rate (as defined in the Pro Rata

Credit Agreement) or the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) plus a margin based on the Company’s Consolidated

Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Pro Rata Credit Agreement) that ranges between 1.75% and 1.50% for Alternative Base Rate loans

and 2.75% and 2.50% for Term SOFR Rate loans. The Euro Term B Loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Euro Interbank Offered

Rate (“EURIBOR”) plus a margin based on the Company’s Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio that ranges between 2.75%

and 2.50%.

The New First Lien Secured Notes, issued on October 5,

2026, consist of (i) $3.5 billion of 6.300% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2028 (the “2028 First Lien Notes”), (ii) $3.5

billion of 6.550% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2029 (the “2029 First Lien Notes”), (iii) $6.5 billion of 7.050%

Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2031 (the “2031 First Lien Notes”), (iv) $5.25 billion of 7.550% Senior Secured First

Lien Notes due 2033 (the “2033 First Lien Notes”), (v) $5.25 billion of 7.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2036

(the “2036 First Lien Notes”), (vi) $1.25 billion of 8.650% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2046 (the “2046

First Lien Notes”), (vii) $3.5 billion of 8.750% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2056 (the “2056 First Lien Notes”)

and (viii) $1.25 billion of 8.900% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2066 (the “2066 First Lien Notes”), (collectively,

the “New First Lien Secured Notes”).

-3-

The New Second Lien Secured Notes, issued on October 5, 2026,

consist of (i) $6.0 billion of 8.250% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031 (the “2031 Second Lien Dollar Notes”)

(ii) €885 million of 7.000% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2031 (the “2031 Second Lien Euro Senior Secured Notes”),

(iii) $4.0 billion of 8.875% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2034 (the “2034 Second Lien Notes”) and (iv) $1.4

billion of 9.125% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2036 (the “2036 Second Lien Notes”) (collectively, the “New Second

Lien Secured Notes”). In connection with the 2031 Euro Second Lien Senior Secured Notes, the Company has entered into a cross currency

swap with a notional amount of $994 million to convert the notes to USD at a fixed coupon rate of 8.82%. Other than as described in Note

5, the effect of the cross currency swap is not reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

The Company used the proceeds of the New Permanent

Financing, together with the net proceeds of the PIPE arrangement, borrowings under the Pro Rata Credit Agreement and cash on hand, to

finance the Acquisition, the repayment of certain existing debt and to pay fees, costs and expenses related thereto. On October 6, 2026, the Company repaid all loans and terminated all credit commitments outstanding under its Amended and Restated Credit

Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2020. The termination of this agreement and associated repayment of outstanding revolving credit facility

borrowings, which totaled $1.8 billion at June 30, 2026, are not reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

On June 4, 2026, WBD entered into seven-year

$13.0 billion term loans (“WBD Dollar Term Loans”) and seven-year €1.7 billion term loans (the “WBD Euro Term Loans”

and together with the WBD Dollar Term Loans, the “WBD Term Loans”). The proceeds were used to repay the $15.0 billion bridge

facility that WBD had outstanding on March 31, 2026. The WBD Term Loans were repaid in full in connection with the closing of the

Acquisition with a portion of the proceeds from the New Permanent Financing. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements

reflect the settlement of the WBD Term Loans.

The Company also intends to refinance and terminate

WBD’s $4.0 billion accounts receivable securitization program (of which $3.9 billion was utilized as of June 30, 2026) within

close proximity to the closing of the Acquisition (or shortly thereafter). For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined

financial statements, the Company has reflected the termination of the securitization facility and the related repurchase of accounts

receivable as if they were completed at closing.

In connection with the execution of the WBD Merger

Agreement, Paramount paid the termination fee of $2.8 billion (the “Netflix Termination Fee”) due to Netflix, Inc. under

the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 19, 2026, by and among WBD, Netflix, Inc., Nightingale

Sub, Inc., and New Topco 25, which was terminated prior to the execution of the WBD Merger Agreement. The Netflix Termination Fee

is reflected in Paramount’s historical balance sheet at June 30, 2026.

Exchange Offers and Tender Offers

In connection with the Acquisition, the Company

is offering to exchange any and all of the Exchange Offer WBD Notes (defined below) for the applicable series of newly issued second lien

secured notes to be issued by the Company (the “Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes”) (each offer to exchange, an “Exchange

Offer” and together, the “Exchange Offers”). The Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes will be fully and unconditionally

guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis by certain of the Company’s wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that

are obligors under the Pro Rata Credit Agreement, subject to certain customary exceptions, and will be secured, subject to certain limitations

and exceptions and customary permitted liens, on a second priority basis, equally and ratably with all parity lien indebtedness of the

Company and related guarantors. In certain circumstances when, among other things, the Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes are rated investment

grade by two out of three rating agencies, the liens securing the Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes and related guarantees may be automatically

released.

The Exchange Offer WBD Notes were issued by Discovery

Communications, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “DCL Issuer”), and Discovery Global Holdings, Inc. (formerly

WarnerMedia Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “DGH Issuer” and, together with the DCL Issuer, the “Existing

WBD Issuers”).

The consideration offered in the Exchange Offers

(i) per $1,000 in aggregate principal amount of U.S. dollar-denominated Exchange Offer WBD Notes tendered and (ii) per €1,000

in aggregate principal amount of Euro-denominated Exchange Offer WBD Notes tendered, in each case, is summarized below:

-4-

WBD’s Notes to be

Exchanged (the “Exchange

Offer WBD Notes”)

Issuer of

Exchange Offer

WBD Notes

Aggregate Principal Amount of Notes

Validly

Delivered in Consent Solicitations

and Eligible to Participate in the

Exchange Offers

(amount in millions)

Second Lien Secured

Exchange Notes Offered

4.125% Senior Notes due 2029

DCL Issuer

$655.8

6.250% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2029

3.625% Senior Notes due 2030

DCL Issuer

$914.2

4.875% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2030

5.000% Senior Notes due 2037

DCL Issuer

$453.3

5.000% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2037

6.350% Senior Notes due 2040

DCL Issuer

$438.1

6.350% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2040

4.950% Senior Notes due 2042

DCL Issuer

$130.4

4.950% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2042

4.875% Senior Notes due 2043

DCL Issuer

$141.6

4.875% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2043

5.200% Senior Notes due 2047

DCL Issuer

$3.2

5.200% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2047

5.300% Senior Notes due 2049

DCL Issuer

$247.9

5.300% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2049

4.054% Senior Notes due 2029

DGH Issuer

$1,353.8

6.304% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2029

4.279% Senior Notes due 2032

DGH Issuer

$2,691.8

4.904% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2032

5.050% Senior Notes due 2042

DGH Issuer

$4,104.7

5.050% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2042

5.141% Senior Notes due 2052

DGH Issuer

$949.9

5.141% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2052

4.302% Senior Notes due 2030

DGH Issuer

€234.4

5.802% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2030

4.693% Senior Notes due 2033

DGH Issuer

€316.6

5.068% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2033

Concurrently with the Exchange Offers, the Company

is offering to purchase for cash (the “Tender Offers”) the aggregate principal amount of notes eligible to participate in

the Tender Offers. Specifically, the Company is offering to purchase (i) the DCL Issuer’s $1.234 billion aggregate principal

amount of 3.950% Senior Notes due 2028 and (ii) the DGH Issuer’s $1.189 billion aggregate principal amount of 3.755% Senior

Notes due 2027 (the “Tender Offer WBD Notes”). The Exchange Offers and Tender Offers expire on October 6, 2026 and are

expected to settle promptly following the closing of the Acquisition.

For purposes of these pro forma financial

statements, it is assumed that 100% of the $12.7 billion principal amount of Exchange Offer WBD Notes eligible to participate in the

Exchange Offers and 100% of the $2.423 billion of the Tender Offer WBD Notes subject to Tender Offers will, in each case, be

exchanged or tendered, as applicable, in full in the applicable Exchange Offer or Tender Offers. The ultimate aggregate principal

amount of Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes exchanged for Exchange Offer WBD Notes in the Exchange Offers and the amount of Tender Offer WBD Notes tendered in the Tender Offers are subject to change

based on the ultimate results of such Exchange Offers and Tender Offers, including as a result of market conditions or other factors

outside of the Company’s control, and the Company can make no assurances that the Exchange Offers and Tender Offers will be

consummated in accordance with such assumptions.

Completed Skydance Transactions and NAI Transaction

On August 7, 2025, pursuant to a transaction

agreement dated July 7, 2024, Paramount Global and Skydance Media, LLC (“Skydance”) became wholly owned subsidiaries

of Paramount Skydance Corporation (the “Skydance Transactions”). Substantially concurrently with the closing of the Skydance

Transactions, Pinnacle Media Ventures, LLC, Pinnacle Media Ventures II, LLC and Pinnacle Media Ventures III, LLC, each entities controlled

by the Ellison Family (as defined below), and RB Tentpole Holdings LP (the “NAI Equity Investors”) acquired 100% of the equity

interests of Harbor Lights Entertainment, Inc. (f/k/a National Amusements, Inc. (“NAI”)), from NAI’s shareholders

under a purchase and sale agreement and, through their ownership of NAI, the NAI Equity Investors indirectly received an aggregate of

31.5 million shares of Class A common stock and 32.0 million shares of Class B common stock of Paramount Skydance Corporation

(the “NAI Transaction”). Following the closing of the Skydance Transactions and the NAI Transaction, entities controlled by

the Ellison Family indirectly hold approximately 77.5% of the Class A common stock of Paramount Skydance Corporation through their

collective approximate 77.5% ownership interest in NAI, which was renamed Harbor Lights Entertainment Inc., and as a result the Ellison

Family is the controlling stockholder and ultimate parent (“Ultimate Parent”) of Paramount. For the purpose of determining

the controlling ownership of Paramount, the Ellison family is comprised of Lawrence J. Ellison and David Ellison (the “Ellison Family”).

David Ellison is the son of Lawrence J. Ellison, and Lawrence J. Ellison and David Ellison are accordingly considered immediate family

members.

-5-

In connection with the Skydance Transactions,

PIPE investors, including the NAI Equity Investors, made an investment of $6.0 billion into Paramount Skydance Corporation in exchange

for 400 million shares of Class B common stock at $15.00 per share and the NAI Equity Investors received, in connection with their

PIPE investment, an aggregate of 200 million five-year warrants exercisable at $30.50 per share (subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments).

Approximately $4.5 billion of the PIPE proceeds were used to satisfy electing stockholders’ cash consideration in connection with

a cash-stock election offered to Paramount Global stockholders, with the remaining approximately $1.5 billion provided to Paramount Skydance

Corporation. As further described in Note 1, Paramount’s financial results for the year ended December 31, 2025 are presented

in two distinct periods to indicate a new basis of accounting established for Paramount Global’s net assets upon the closing of

the Skydance Transactions and NAI Transaction. The periods prior to August 7, 2025 include only Paramount Global and are identified

as “Predecessor”, and the periods beginning on August 7, 2025 reflect Paramount Skydance Corporation and are identified

as “Successor”.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial

Statements

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined

financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X and are presented to illustrate the effects

of the completed Skydance Transactions and NAI Transaction and the Acquisition, collectively, the “Transactions”.

The unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance

Sheet as of June 30, 2026 combines the historical consolidated balance sheet of Paramount as of June 30, 2026 and the historical

consolidated balance sheet of WBD as of June 30, 2026, giving effect to the Acquisition as if it had occurred on June 30, 2026.

The unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Statement

of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2026 combines the historical Consolidated Statement of Operations of Paramount for

the six months ended June 30, 2026 and the historical Consolidated Statement of Operations of WBD for the six months ended June 30,

2026, and gives effect to the Acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2025.

The unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Statement

of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 combines the Adjusted Combined Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31,

2025 of Paramount and the historical Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 of WBD, giving effect

to the Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2025.

The Adjusted Combined Statement of Operations

of Paramount reflects the combination of (i) the historical consolidated Statement of Operations of Paramount Global (Predecessor)

for the period from January 1, 2025 through August 6, 2025 (ii) the historical results of Skydance for the same period

(iii) the historical consolidated Statement of Operations of Paramount Skydance Corporation from August 7, 2025 to December 31,

2025 (Successor) and (iv) the effects of the Skydance Transactions and NAI Transaction as if they had closed on January 1, 2025.

As a result of the pushdown of the Ultimate Parent’s basis, the net assets of Paramount Global were recorded at their fair value

as of the close of the Skydance Transactions and NAI Transaction. No adjustments to the August 7, 2025 to December 31, 2025

Successor period are necessary, as the impacts from the Skydance Transactions and NAI Transaction are included in Paramount’s historical

results for this period.

The impact of the Acquisition, including the committed

equity financing, on the outstanding shares and equity of Paramount is discussed in Note 5 and Note 8.

The pro forma transaction accounting adjustments

to adjust WBD’s net assets to preliminary estimates of fair value are based on information available to the Company as of the date

of this filing. The fair value estimates made herein may differ materially based upon the finalization of appraisals and other valuation

analyses, which is expected no later than one year from the closing date of the Acquisition. These unaudited pro forma condensed combined

financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only and do not necessarily reflect the operating results or financial position

that would have occurred if the Transactions had been consummated on the dates indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of the results

of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date. Accordingly, such information should not be relied

upon as an indicator of future performance, financial condition or liquidity. Additionally, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined

financial statements do not give effect to revenue synergies, operating efficiencies or cost savings that may be achieved with respect

to the combined company. Actual results may differ materially from the assumptions within the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed

combined financial statements.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial

statements should be read in conjunction with the following materials:

· The accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed

combined financial statements;

-6-

· The Company’s historical unaudited consolidated financial statements

and the notes thereto contained in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30,

2026, filed on August 4, 2026, and the historical audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto for Paramount

Global (Predecessor) for the period from January 1, 2025 to August 6, 2025 and Paramount Skydance Corporation (Successor) as

of December 31, 2025 and for the period from August 7, 2025 to December 31, 2025 contained in Paramount’s Current

Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 13, 2026;

· Skydance’s historical unaudited condensed consolidated

financial statements for the six-month period ended and as of June 30, 2025 contained in the Company’s Form 8-K/A filed

October 23, 2025; and

· WBD’s historical unaudited consolidated financial statements

and the notes thereto contained in WBD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2026,

filed on August 6, 2026 and also incorporated by reference in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K with which

these pro forma financial statements are filed, and the historical audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto contained

in WBD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, filed on February 27, 2026 and previously

incorporated by reference in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2026.

-7-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE

SHEET

AT JUNE 30, 2026

(In millions)

Pro Forma Adjustments

Paramount

Skydance

Corp.

WBD

Adjusted (2)

WBD Transaction

Accounting

Adjustments

Financing

Adjustments (5)

Pro Forma

Assets

Current Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 1,627

$ 3,369

$ (93,772

) (3a)

$ 56,426

(5a)

$ 7,888

(3,900

) (8d)

(2,423

) (5d)

(22

) (5c)

(384

) (5e)

46,967

(5g)

Receivables, net

6,178

4,952

2,763

(4)

—

13,893

Programming and other inventory

1,655

377

—

—

2,032

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

1,560

3,751

—

—

5,311

Total current assets

11,020

12,449

(94,909

)

100,564

29,124

Property and equipment, net

2,216

6,652

(215

) (4g)

—

8,653

Programming and other inventory

15,641

19,335

4,858

(4)

—

39,834

Goodwill

2,034

25,861

29,427

(4a)

—

57,322

Intangible assets, net

5,649

25,922

14,177

(4)

—

45,748

Operating lease assets

1,033

2,663

16

(4k)

—

3,712

Deferred income tax assets

1,347

620

—

—

1,967

Advance consideration for WBD acquisition

2,800

—

(2,800

) (4)

—

—

Other assets

2,671

3,746

1,001

(4h), (8d)

(41

) (5c)

7,377

Total Assets

$ 44,411

$ 97,248

$ (48,445

)

$ 100,523

$ 193,737

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Current Liabilities:

Accounts payable

$ 511

$ 1,060

$ (49

) (4)

$ —

$ 1,522

Accrued expenses

2,158

4,907

(2,464

) (4)

—

4,601

Participants’ share and royalties payable

2,606

3,529

—

—

6,135

Accrued programming and production costs

1,801

2,114

(559

) (4)

—

3,356

Deferred revenues

1,486

1,514

—

—

3,000

Debt

665

1,493

—

—

2,158

Other current liabilities

1,373

1,526

560

(4)

—

3,459

Total current liabilities

10,600

16,143

(2,512

)

—

24,231

Long-term debt

14,491

30,530

(18,659

) (4c)

56,426

(5a)

80,323

(2,424

) (5d)

(41

) (5c)

Participants’ share and royalties payable

1,437

2,356

—

—

3,793

Pension and postretirement benefit obligations

1,169

177

—

—

1,346

Deferred income tax liabilities

68

5,579

5,860

(9a)

—

11,507

Operating lease liabilities

1,046

3,126

—

—

4,172

Programming obligations

581

1,411

—

—

1,992

Other liabilities

2,209

3,931

54

(4)

—

6,194

Paramount stockholders’ equity:

Class A Common Stock

—

27

(27

) (4f)

—

—

Class B Common Stock

1

—

—

4

(5g)

5

Additional paid-in-capital

13,307

56,022

(56,022

) (4f)

46,963

(5g)

60,270

Treasury stock

—

(8,244 )

8,244

(4f)

—

—

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

(1,544 )

(14,279 )

40,271

(4f), (8d)

1

(5d)

(2,299 )

(25,861

) (4a)

(22

) (5c)

(481

) (8b)

(384

) (5e)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

7

(688 )

688

(4f)

—

7

Total Paramount stockholders' equity

11,771

32,838

(33,188

)

46,562

57,983

Noncontrolling interests

1,039

1,157

—

—

2,196

Total Equity

12,810

33,995

(33,188

)

46,562

60,179

Total Liabilities and Equity

$ 44,411

$ 97,248

$ (48,445

)

$ 100,523

$ 193,737

The accompanying notes are an integral part of

these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

-8-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT

OF OPERATIONS

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2026

(In millions, except per share amounts)

Pro Forma Adjustments

Paramount

Skydance

Corp.

WBD

Adjusted (2)

WBD

Transaction

Accounting

Adjustments

Financing

Adjustments (5)

Pro Forma

Revenues

$ 14,260

$ 17,610

$ (222

) (4)

$ —

$ 31,648

Costs and expenses:

Operating

9,298

9,760

284

(4)

—

19,342

Selling, general and administrative

2,854

4,298

(136

) (4)

—

7,016

Netflix Termination Fee

—

2,800

(2,800

) 3a(5)

—

—

Depreciation and amortization

726

2,385

1,117

(4)

—

4,228

Restructuring, transaction-related items and other corporate matters

291

599

—

—

890

Total costs and expenses

13,169

19,842

(1,535

)

—

31,476

Operating income (loss)

1,091

(2,232 )

1,313

—

172

Interest expense, net

(426 )

(1,036 )

518

(4)

(2,146

) (5f)

(3,090 )

Loss on extinguishment of debt

—

(102 )

—

—

(102 )

Other items, net

(58 )

(44 )

—

—

(102 )

Earnings (loss) before income taxes and equity in (loss) earnings of investee companies

607

(3,414 )

1,831

(2,146

)

(3,122 )

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes

(275 )

653

244

(9c)

537

(9c)

1,159

Equity in (loss) earnings of investee companies, net of tax

(116 )

17

—

—

(99 )

Net earnings (loss) (Paramount and noncontrolling interests)

216

(2,744 )

2,075

(1,609

)

(2,062 )

Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests

(7 )

(23 )

—

—

(30 )

Net earnings (loss) attributable to Paramount

$ 209

$ (2,767 )

$ 2,075

$ (1,609

)

$ (2,092 )

Net earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Paramount:

Basic

$ .19

$ (.42 )

Diluted

$ .19

$ (.42 )

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

Basic

1,113

3,918

(10)

5,031

Diluted

1,119

3,912

(10)

5,031

The accompanying notes are an integral part of

these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

-9-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT

OF OPERATIONS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025

(In millions, except per share amounts)

Pro Forma Adjustments

Paramount

Skydance Corp.

Adjusted (6)

WBD

Adjusted (2)

WBD

Transaction

Accounting

Adjustments

Financing

Adjustments (5)

Pro Forma

Revenues

$ 29,394

$ 37,296

$ (558)

(4)

$ —

$ 66,132

Costs and expenses:

Operating

20,347

21,853

740

(4)

—

42,940

Programming charges

41

—

—

—

41

Selling, general and administrative

6,136

8,284

11

(4)

—

14,431

Depreciation and amortization

1,469

5,684

1,301

(4)

—

8,454

Impairment charges

157

—

—

—

157

Restructuring, transaction-related items and other corporate matters

1,453

698

515

(4)

22

(5c)

2,697

9

(5d)

Total costs and expenses

29,603

36,519

2,567

31

68,720

Gain (loss) on dispositions

35

(39 )

—

—

(4 )

Operating income (loss)

(174 )

738

(3,125

)

(31

)

(2,592 )

Interest expense, net

(760 )

(1,879 )

881

(4)

(4,677

) (5f)

(6,435 )

Gain (loss) from investments

(40 )

6

—

—

(34 )

Gain on extinguishment of debt

—

2,945

—

10

(5d)

2,955

Other items, net

(51 )

(147 )

—

—

(198 )

Earnings (loss) before income taxes and equity in loss of investee companies

(1,025 )

1,663

(2,244

)

(4,698

)

(6,304 )

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

319

(896 )

435

(9c)

1,175

(9c)

1,033

Equity in loss of investee companies, net of tax

(275 )

(18 )

—

—

(293 )

Net earnings (loss) (Paramount and noncontrolling interests)

(981 )

749

(1,809

)

(3,523

)

(5,564 )

Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests

(490 )

(24 )

—

—

(514 )

Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

—

2

—

—

2

Net earnings (loss) attributable to Paramount

$ (1,471 )

$ 727

$ (1,809

)

$ (3,523

)

$ (6,076 )

Net loss per common share attributable to Paramount (basic and diluted):

Class B common stockholders - Receiving Warrants

$ 4.48

Common stockholders - Other

$ (1.80 )

Common stockholders - All

$ (1.34 )

$ (1.21 )

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (basic and diluted):

Class B common stockholders - Receiving Warrants

470

(10)

470

Common stockholders - Other

1,099   (6j)

3,448

(10)

4,547

Common stockholders - All

1,099   (6j)

3,918

(10)

5,017

The accompanying notes are an integral part of

these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

-10-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

1) BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed

combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X and do not include all of the information

and note disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

Pro forma financial information illustrates the effects of a particular transaction (or transactions) and is based on historically determined

amounts. The historical financial statements of Paramount, Skydance, and WBD have been adjusted in the accompanying unaudited pro forma

condensed combined financial statements to reflect transaction accounting adjustments that depict the estimated accounting effects of

the Transactions in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

At the time Paramount Global and Skydance became

subsidiaries of Paramount Skydance Corporation, the Ellison Family controlled both Paramount Global and Skydance (and was the “Ultimate

Parent” of each), and as a result, the Skydance Transactions were accounted for as a transaction between entities under common

control. As a transaction between entities under common control, the net assets were combined at the Ultimate Parent’s basis, which

for Paramount Global was deemed to be the estimated fair value as of August 7, 2025, the date of the closing of the NAI Transaction,

which was the point at which the Ellison Family obtained control of Paramount Global. As a result, the net assets of Paramount Global

were recorded at their fair value as of this date. Since the net assets of Skydance were already at the Ultimate Parent’s basis,

no adjustment to the fair value of net assets was necessary, and Skydance was combined with Paramount Global’s net assets at the

Ultimate Parent’s basis as of this date. The pushdown of the Ultimate Parent’s basis resulted in a new basis of accounting

for Paramount Global’s net assets, which made the results of operations not comparable between the periods before and after the

Skydance Transactions and the NAI Transaction. Accordingly, Paramount’s financial results for the year ended December 31,

2025 are presented in two distinct periods. The periods prior to August 7, 2025 include only Paramount Global and are identified

as “Predecessor”, and the periods beginning on August 7, 2025 reflect Paramount Skydance Corporation and are identified

as “Successor”. See Note 6.

The unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance

Sheet as of June 30, 2026 combines the historical consolidated balance sheet of Paramount as of June 30, 2026, and the historical

consolidated balance sheet of WBD as of June 30, 2026, giving effect to the Acquisition as if it had occurred on June 30, 2026.

These pro forma financial statements reflect assumptions and adjustments set forth in the accompanying explanatory notes.

The unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Statement

of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2026 combines the historical Consolidated Statements of Operations of Paramount

and WBD, as if the Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2025.

The unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Statement

of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 combines the Adjusted Combined Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31,

2025 of Paramount and the historical Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 of WBD giving effect

to the Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2025. The Adjusted Combined Statement of Operations of Paramount reflects

the combination of (i) the historical consolidated Statement of Operations of Paramount Global (Predecessor) for the period from

January 1, 2025 through August 6, 2025 (ii) the historical results of Skydance for the same period (iii) the historical

consolidated Statement of Operations of Paramount Skydance Corporation from August 7, 2025 to December 31, 2025 (Successor)

and (iv) the effects of the Skydance Transactions and NAI Transaction as if they had closed on January 1, 2025. As a result

of the pushdown of the Ultimate Parent’s basis, the net assets of Paramount Global were recorded at their fair value as of the

close of the Skydance Transactions and NAI Transaction. No adjustments to the August 7, 2025 to December 31, 2025 Successor

period are necessary, as the impacts from the Skydance Transactions and NAI Transaction are included in Paramount’s historical

results for this period.

In addition, the historical financial statements

of WBD and the historical Skydance results for the period from January 1, 2025 through August 6, 2025 have been adjusted to

align with the Company’s presentation in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements (See Notes 2 and 6).

-11-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

The preparation of the unaudited pro forma condensed

combined financial statements incorporates various assumptions and estimates, including those related to the preliminary purchase price

allocation of WBD. The pro forma transaction accounting

adjustments to adjust WBD’s net assets to preliminary estimates of fair value are based on information available to the Company

as of the date of this filing. The fair value estimates made herein may differ materially based upon the finalization of appraisals and

other valuation analyses, which is expected no later than one year from the closing date of the Acquisition. These unaudited pro forma

condensed combined financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only and do not necessarily reflect the operating results

or financial position that would have occurred if the Transactions had been consummated on the dates indicated, nor are they necessarily

indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date.

Accordingly, such information should not be relied

upon as an indicator of future performance, financial condition or liquidity. Additionally, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined

financial statements do not give effect to revenue synergies, operating efficiencies or cost savings that may be achieved with respect

to the combined company. Actual results may differ materially from the assumptions within the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed

combined financial statements.

2) PRESENTATION OF HISTORICAL WARNER BROS. DISCOVERY

The historical financial information of WBD included

in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements reflects certain reclassifications to conform to the Company’s

presentation, which are presented in the tables below.

Balance Sheet Reclassifications

At June 30, 2026

Historical WBD

Reclassification

Adjustments

WBD, Adjusted

Assets

Current Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 3,369

$ —

$ 3,369

Receivables, net

4,952

—

4,952

Programming and other inventory

—

377

377

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

4,218

(467 )

3,751

Total current assets

12,539

(90 )

12,449

Film and television content rights and games

19,245

(19,245 )

—

Property and equipment, net

6,652

—

6,652

Programming and other inventory

—

19,335

19,335

Goodwill

25,861

—

25,861

Intangible assets, net

25,922

—

25,922

Operating lease assets

—

2,663

2,663

Deferred income taxes

—

620

620

Other noncurrent assets

7,029

(7,029 )

—

Other assets

—

3,746

3,746

Total Assets

$ 97,248

$ —

$ 97,248

-12-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

At June 30, 2026

Historical WBD

Reclassification

Adjustments

WBD, Adjusted

Liabilities and Equity

Current Liabilities:

Accounts payable

$ 1,060

$ —

$ 1,060

Accrued liabilities

12,076

(12,076 )

—

Accrued expenses

—

4,907

4,907

Participants' share and royalties payable

—

3,529

3,529

Accrued programming and production costs

—

2,114

2,114

Deferred revenues

1,514

—

1,514

Current portion of debt

1,493

(1,493 )

—

Debt

—

1,493

1,493

Other current liabilities

—

1,526

1,526

Total current liabilities

16,143

—

16,143

Noncurrent portion of debt

30,530

(30,530 )

—

Long-term debt

—

30,530

30,530

Participants' share and royalties payable

—

2,356

2,356

Pension and postretirement benefit obligations

—

177

177

Deferred income taxes

5,579

(5,579 )

—

Deferred income tax liabilities, net

—

5,579

5,579

Operating lease liabilities

—

3,126

3,126

Programming obligations

—

1,411

1,411

Other noncurrent liabilities

11,001

(11,001 )

—

Other liabilities

—

3,931

3,931

Stockholders’ equity:

Class A common stock

27

—

27

Additional paid-in-capital

56,022

—

56,022

Treasury stock

(8,244 )

—

(8,244 )

Accumulated deficit

(14,279 )

—

(14,279 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

(688 )

(688 )

Total Parent stockholders’ equity

32,838

—

32,838

Noncontrolling interests

1,157

—

1,157

Total Equity

33,995

—

33,995

Total Liabilities and Equity

$ 97,248

$ —

$ 97,248

-13-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

Statements of Operations Reclassifications

Six Months Ended June 30, 2026

Historical

WBD

Reclassification

Adjustments

WBD, Adjusted

Revenues

$ 17,610

$ —

$ 17,610

Costs and expenses:

Costs of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

9,264

(9,264 )

—

Operating

—

9,760

9,760

Selling, general and administrative

5,039

(741 )

4,298

Netflix Termination Fee

2,800

—

2,800

Depreciation and amortization

2,385

—

2,385

Restructuring and other charges

317

(317 )

—

Restructuring, transaction-related items and other corporate matters

—

599

599

Impairments and loss on dispositions

37

(37 )

—

Total costs and expenses

19,842

—

19,842

Operating loss

(2,232 )

—

(2,232 )

Interest expense, net

(1,092 )

56

(1,036 )

Loss on extinguishment of debt

(102 )

—

(102 )

Earnings from equity investees, net

23

(23 )

—

Other (expense) income, net

12

(12 )

—

Other items, net

—

(44 )

(44 )

Loss before income taxes

(3,391 )

(23 )

(3,414 )

Benefit from income taxes

—

653

653

Income tax benefit (expense)

647

(647 )

—

Equity in earnings of investee companies, net of tax

—

17

17

Net loss

(2,744 )

—

(2,744 )

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

(23 )

—

(23 )

Net loss available to Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc.

$ (2,767 )

$ —

$ (2,767 )

-14-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

Year Ended December 31, 2025

Historical

WBD

Reclassification

Adjustments

WBD, Adjusted

Revenues

$ 37,296

$ —

$ 37,296

Costs and expenses:

Costs of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

20,885

(20,885 )

—

Operating

—

21,853

21,853

Selling, general and administrative

9,418

(1,134 )

8,284

Depreciation and amortization

5,684

—

5,684

Restructuring and other charges

399

(399 )

—

Restructuring, transaction-related items and other corporate matters

—

698

698

Impairments and loss on dispositions

172

(172 )

—

Total costs and expenses

36,558

(39 )

36,519

Loss on dispositions

—

(39 )

(39 )

Operating income

738

—

738

Interest expense, net

(2,085 )

206

(1,879 )

Gain from investment

—

6

6

Gain on extinguishment of debt

2,945

—

2,945

Loss from equity investees, net

(24 )

24

—

Other (expense) income, net

65

(65 )

—

Other items, net

—

(147 )

(147 )

Income before income taxes

1,639

24

1,663

Provision for income taxes

—

(896 )

(896 )

Income tax benefit (expense)

(890 )

890

—

Equity in loss of investee companies, net of tax

—

(18 )

(18 )

Net income

749

—

749

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

(24 )

—

(24 )

Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

2

—

2

Net income attributable to Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc.

$ 727

$ —

$ 727

3) PRELIMINARY PURCHASE PRICE ALLOCATION

Estimated Total Aggregate Acquisition Consideration

Pursuant to the WBD Merger Agreement, on October 6,

2026, all of WBD’s outstanding common shares were converted into the right to receive $31.00 per share, plus the applicable Ticking

Consideration.

-15-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

(3a) The estimated preliminary purchase consideration is calculated as follows:

Preliminary Purchase Consideration (in millions except per share amounts)

Amount

Common stock outstanding (1)

2,514

Per share cash purchase price

$ 31

Cash paid to WBD’s shareholders before Ticking Consideration

77,948

Ticking Consideration paid to WBD’s shareholders (2)

42

Total cash paid to WBD’s shareholders inclusive of Ticking Consideration

77,990

Add: Cash paid related to pre-combination portion of replacement awards (3)

1,074

Add: Settlement of indebtedness (4)

14,708

Total cash consideration

93,772

Add: Netflix termination fee (5)

2,800

Add: Liabilities assumed related to pre-combination portion of replacement awards (3)

614

Less: Settlement of pre-existing relationships (6)

—

Total preliminary purchase consideration

$ 97,186

(1) The amount of estimated shares of WBD Common Stock is based

on 2,510,703,314 shares of WBD Common Stock issued and outstanding as of July 23, 2026, per WBD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q

for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2026, as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2026, adjusted for 3,737,162 WBD PRSUs that

were vested, but not distributed at that date.

(2) Reflects $42 million of Ticking Consideration paid to holders

of outstanding WBD Common Stock under the terms of the WBD Merger Agreement, based on the Acquisition closing date of October 6,

2026.

(3) Reflects $1.1 billion in estimated cash payments to holders

of vested WBD stock options, RSUs, and PRSUs, and $614 million in estimated liabilities related to holders of unvested WBD stock options,

RSUs, and PRSUs that were converted into the contingent right to receive cash-based awards of Paramount, with $560 million recorded within

“Other current liabilities” and $54 million within “Other liabilities” on the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined

Balance Sheet. Such estimated cash payments and estimated liabilities each include $1 million of Ticking Consideration based on the Acquisition

closing date of October 6, 2026.

(4) Reflects the settlement of the amounts outstanding at June 30,

2026 on the $13.0 billion WBD Dollar Term Loans and €1.7 billion WBD Euro Term Loans totaling $14.7 billion. The adjustment to remove

the $14.7 billion in term loans from the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet is reflected net of deferred issuance costs

of $0.2 billion.

(5) The $2.8 billion termination fee paid to Netflix by Paramount,

on behalf of WBD, in connection with the execution of the WBD Merger Agreement has been treated as purchase consideration. Accordingly,

pro forma adjustments have been recorded to the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet to (i) eliminate Paramount’s

prepaid asset related to the termination fee and (ii) remove WBD’s accrued liability associated with the obligation. In addition,

an adjustment has been recorded to the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the six months ended June 30,

2026 to eliminate the expense recognized by WBD in its historical financial statements related to the termination fee.

-16-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

(6) Settlement of pre-existing relationships are comprised of

receivables due from WBD of approximately $222 million and payables due to WBD and accrued programming liabilities related to WBD, of

$41 million and $181 million, respectively.

(3b) The accounting for the Acquisition, including the preliminary

purchase consideration, is based on provisional amounts, and the associated purchase accounting is not final. The preliminary allocation

of the purchase price to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities is based upon a preliminary estimate of fair values, which leveraged

publicly available benchmarking information as well as a variety of other assumptions Paramount believes are reasonable under the circumstances.

Actual results may differ materially from the assumptions within the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

The following table summarizes the preliminary purchase

price allocation as of the date of the Acquisition, including the effects of intercompany eliminations which are reflected in Note 4:

Preliminary Purchase Price Allocation

Estimated

Fair Value

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 3,369

Receivables, net

4,729

Programming and other inventory

24,570

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

3,751

Property and equipment, net

6,437

Goodwill (1)

55,288

Intangible assets, net

40,099

Operating lease assets

2,679

Deferred income taxes

620

Other assets

4,085

Total assets acquired

$ 145,627

Accounts payable

$ 1,052

Accrued expenses

2,107

Participants’ share and royalties payable

5,885

Accrued programming and production costs

1,736

Deferred revenues

1,514

Debt

13,364

Deferred income taxes

11,455

Operating lease liabilities

3,126

Programming obligations

1,411

Pension and postretirement benefit obligation

177

Other liabilities

5,457

Total liabilities assumed

$ 47,284

Noncontrolling interests

1,157

Total preliminary purchase consideration

$ 97,186

(1) Goodwill represents the difference between

the total preliminary purchase consideration and the estimated fair value of WBD’s

net assets based on the preliminary fair value estimates assumed herein.

-17-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

4) WARNER BROS. DISCOVERY TRANSACTION ACCOUNTING ADJUSTMENTS

Balance Sheet Pro Forma Adjustments

At June 30, 2026

WBD Transaction Accounting Adjustments

Transaction

Accounting

Adjustments

Intercompany

Transactions (7)

Total

Assets

Current Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

$ (97,672 )

3a, 8d

$ —

$ (97,672 )

Receivables, net

2,986

3a(6), 8d

(223 )

2,763

Total current assets

(94,686 )

(223 )

(94,909 )

Programming and other inventory

4,979

4i

(121 )

4,858

Property and equipment, net

(215 )

4g

—

(215 )

Goodwill

29,405

4a

22

29,427

Intangible assets, net

14,177

4b

—

14,177

Operating lease assets

16

4k

—

16

Advance consideration for WBD acquisition

(2,800 )

3a(5)

—

(2,800 )

Deferred income tax assets

—

—

—

Other assets

1,001

4h, 8d

—

1,001

Total Assets

$ (48,123 )

$ (322 )

$ (48,445 )

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Current Liabilities:

Accounts payable

$ (41 )

3a(6)

$ (8 )

$ (49 )

Accrued expenses

(2,464 )

3a(5), 8a, 8d

—

(2,464 )

Accrued programming and production costs

(181 )

3a(6)

(378 )

(559 )

Other current liabilities

560

3a(3)

—

560

Total current liabilities

(2,126 )

(386 )

(2,512 )

Long-term debt

(18,659 )

4c

—

(18,659 )

Deferred income tax liabilities

5,796

9a

64

9a

5,860

Other liabilities

54

3a(3)

—

54

Stockholders’ equity:

—

Class A common stock

(27 )

4f

—

(27 )

Additional paid-in-capital

(56,022 )

4f

—

(56,022 )

Treasury stock

8,244

4f

—

8,244

Accumulated deficit

13,929

4f, 8b, 8d

—

13,929

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

688

4f

—

688

Total stockholders’ equity

(33,188 )

—

(33,188 )

Total Equity

(33,188 )

—

(33,188 )

Total Liabilities and Equity

$ (48,123 )

$ (322 )

$ (48,445 )

-18-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

Statements of Operations Pro Forma Adjustments

Six Months Ended June 30, 2026

WBD Transaction Accounting Adjustments

Transaction

Accounting

Adjustments

Intercompany

Transactions (7)

Total

Revenues

$ —

$ (222 )

$ (222 )

Costs and expenses:

Operating

504

4j

(220 )

284

Selling, general and administrative

(105 )

4k, 8c, 8d

(31 )

(136 )

Netflix Termination Fee

(2,800 )

3a(5)

—

(2,800 )

Depreciation and amortization

1,117

4d

—

1,117

Restructuring, transaction-related items and other corporate matters

—

—

—

Total costs and expenses

(1,284 )

(251 )

(1,535 )

Operating income

1,284

29

1,313

Interest expense, net

518

5f

—

518

Earnings (loss) before income taxes and equity in (loss) earnings of investee companies

1,802

29

1,831

Provision for income taxes

251

9c

(7 )

9c

244

Net earnings (loss)

2,053

22

2,075

Net earnings (loss) attributable to Paramount

$ 2,053

$ 22

$ 2,075

Year Ended December 31, 2025

WBD Transaction Accounting Adjustments

Transaction

Accounting

Adjustments

Intercompany

Transactions (7)

Total

Revenues

$ —

$ (558 )

$ (558 )

Costs and expenses:

Operating

1,300

4j

(560 )

740

Selling, general and administrative

82

4k, 8c, 8d

(71 )

11

Depreciation and amortization

1,301

4d

—

1,301

Restructuring, transaction-related items and other corporate matters

515

8a

—

515

Total costs and expenses

3,198

(631 )

2,567

Operating loss

(3,198 )

73

(3,125 )

Interest expense, net

893

5f

(12 )

881

Earnings (loss) before income taxes and equity in loss of investee companies

(2,305 )

61

(2,244 )

Provision for income taxes

451

9c

(16 )

9c

435

Net earnings (loss)

(1,854 )

45

(1,809 )

Net earnings (loss) attributable to Paramount

$ (1,854 )

$ 45

$ (1,809 )

-19-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

(4a) Reflects the following adjustments to goodwill related to the

Acquisition and elimination of intercompany transactions:

Pro Forma

Adjustment

Reversal of historical WBD goodwill

$ (25,861 )

(4f)

Preliminary purchase consideration

97,186

(3a)

Reverse WBD historical liability for Netflix Termination Fee

(2,800 )

(3a(5))

Settlement of WBD Term Loans

(14,467 )

(5b)

Effect of preliminary fair value adjustment to acquired intangible assets

(14,177 )

(4b)

Effect of preliminary fair value adjustment to assumed debt

(4,192 )

(4c)

Effect of preliminary fair value adjustment to acquired property and equipment

215

(4g)

Effect of preliminary fair value adjustment to acquired investments

(339 )

(4h)

Effect of preliminary fair value adjustment to acquired programming assets

(4,979 )

(4i)

Effect of preliminary fair value adjustment to acquired leases

(16 )

(4k)

Tax effects of Acquisition

5,812

(4e), (9a)

Reversal of historical WBD equity, net of historical goodwill reversal

(6,977 )

(4f)

Transaction accounting adjustments

29,405

Elimination of intercompany transactions

22

(7)

Total pro forma adjustment

$ 29,427

(4b) The pro

forma adjustment reflects the estimated incremental fair value of WBD’s intangible assets of $14.2 billion. Estimated amortization

of the intangible assets is recognized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives. The estimated amortization

period, estimated fair values, and related pro forma adjustments for the incremental amortization expense are presented in the table below.

Estimated

Straight-Line

Amortization Period

Fair Value

Six Months

Ended June 30,

2026

Year Ended

December 31,

2025

Trade names

10 - 15 years

$ 9,040

$ 306

$ 610

Franchises

15 years

11,650

388

777

Character rights

15 years

1,785

60

119

Affiliate relationships

5 - 13 years

10,649

796

1,588

Technology

3.5 years

1,850

264

529

Subscriber relationships

2.5 years

1,600

320

640

Advertisers (relationship & backlog)

2 years

3,525

880

1,763

Total

$ 40,099

$ 3,014

$ 6,026

Less: historical amortization

1,822

4,605

Pro forma adjustment

$ 1,192

$ 1,421

The estimated

fair value of acquired intangibles was determined as outlined below:

· The estimated value of franchises was determined using the multi-period excess earnings method.

· The estimated value of affiliate relationships was determined using the multi-period excess earnings method.

· The estimated value of developed technology was determined using the cost approach.

· The estimated value of character rights was determined using the multi-period excess earnings method.

· The estimated value of trade names was determined using the relief from royalty method.

· The estimated value of advertiser relationships was determined using the with-and-without method.

· The estimated value of subscriber relationships was determined using the cost approach.

-20-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

(4c) Adjustment

includes the fair market value step down of outstanding debt of $4.2 billion and the settlement of WBD’s existing $14.7 billion

WBD Term Loans net of $241 million in remaining deferred issuance costs related to the WBD Term Loans, which is described further in Note

5.

(4d) The pro

forma adjustments to “Depreciation and amortization” on the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations

reflect (i) incremental amortization expense related to the intangible assets of $1,192 million and $1,421 million for the six months

ended June 30, 2026 and year ended December 31, 2025, respectively, and (ii) a reduction in depreciation expense related

to property and equipment of $75 million and $120 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and year ended December 31,

2025, respectively. A 10% change in the valuation of finite-lived intangible assets and property and equipment would result in a corresponding

increase or decrease in depreciation and amortization expense of approximately $342 million and $683 million for the six months ended

June 30, 2026 and year ended December 31, 2025, respectively, based on the estimated useful lives described herein.

(4e) The estimated

tax impacts of the pro forma adjustments to adjust WBD’s net assets to preliminary estimates of fair value in the unaudited pro

forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet and the related adjustments in the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations

are reflected using the estimated statutory tax rates of the combined company. See Note 9.

(4f) The pro

forma adjustments reflect the removal of WBD’s historical equity balances, net of the $25.9 billion reversal of historical WBD goodwill,

including common stock, additional paid-in-capital, retained earnings, and other components of equity. This reflects the adjustments to

remeasure WBD’s net assets at fair value as of the acquisition date.

(4g) The balance

sheet pro forma adjustment reflects the estimated fair value step down of WBD’s property and equipment of $0.2 billion. The estimated

depreciation period, estimated fair values, and related pro forma adjustments for depreciation expense are presented in the table below.

Estimated

Straight-Line

Depreciation Period

Fair Value

Six Months Ended

June 30, 2026

Year Ended

December 31, 2025

Total property and equipment

1 - 27 years

$ 6,437

$ 403

$ 807

Less: historical depreciation

478

927

Pro forma adjustment

$ (75 )

$ (120 )

(4h) The pro

forma adjustment reflects the estimated incremental fair value of certain unconsolidated investments held by WBD of $0.3 billion.

(4i) The pro

forma adjustment reflects the estimated incremental fair value of WBD’s programming assets of $5.0 billion. The pro forma adjustment

to recognize net incremental content amortization expense has been computed with the assumption that the programming assets will be amortized

over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis, the revenue forecast model or sum of the years’ digits method, as the

Company continues to evaluate the pattern of the economic benefit.

(4j) The pro

forma adjustments to “Operating expenses” on the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations of $0.5 billion

and $1.3 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and year ended December 31, 2025, respectively, reflect the net incremental

amortization expense related to the programming assets. A 10% change in the valuation of programming assets would result in a corresponding

increase or decrease in expense of approximately $50 million and $130 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and year ended

December 31, 2025, respectively.

(4k) The pro

forma adjustments reflect an increase to “Operating lease assets” for the fair value adjustment to acquired leases with favorable

market conditions of $16 million, and the resulting increase to "Selling, general and administrative expenses" of $1 million

and $2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and year ended December 31, 2025, respectively.

For all other assets and liabilities and noncontrolling

interests the book value was deemed to approximate fair value, and therefore no fair value adjustments were recorded.

-21-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

5) FINANCING RELATED ADJUSTMENTS

Debt Financing Adjustments

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial

information reflects the financing transactions completed in connection with the Acquisition, including the issuance of debt and the repayment

and refinancing of existing indebtedness, as well as the Exchange Offers and Tender Offers, which are expected to settle promptly following

the closing of the Acquisition. Specifically, these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements reflect (i) the issuance

of the $2.5 billion Term A-1 Loans and $2.5 billion Term A-2 Loans, (ii) the issuance of $51.9 billion of New Permanent Financing,

(iii) the issuance of $12.7 billion of Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes in exchange for certain Exchange Offer WBD Notes pursuant

to the Exchange Offers (assuming 100% participation in the Exchange Offers), (iv) the purchase of $2.4 billion of Tender Offer WBD

Notes for cash pursuant to the Tender Offers (assuming 100% participation in the Tender Offers), (v) the reduction of the Bridge

Commitments to $0 as a result of the New Permanent Financing, and (vi) the settlement of WBD’s existing $14.7 billion WBD Term

Loans. The pro forma adjustments do not reflect the impact of any future refinancings or changes in capital structure that may occur following

the consummation of the Acquisition.

Balance Sheet Pro Forma Adjustments

Debt

Issuance (5a)

Repayment of

WBD Term

Loans (5b)

Exchange

Offers (5c)

Tender

Offers (5d)

Pro Forma

Adjustment

New 3-year Term A-1 Loans

$ 2,492

$ 2,492

New 5-year Term A-2 Loans

2,492

2,492

New 7-year Term B Loans

9,390

9,390

New First Lien Secured Notes

29,749

29,749

New Second Lien Secured Notes

12,303

12,303

Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes

10,625

10,625

Existing WBD Long-term Debt

(14,467 )

(10,666 )

(2,424 )

(27,557 )

Pro forma adjustment to debt

$ 39,494

(5a) The adjustments

reflect the impact of the issuance of the $2.5 billion Term A-1 Loans and $2.5 billion Term A-2 Loans, $9.5 billion Term B Loans, $30.0

billion New First Lien Secured Notes and $12.4 billion New Second Lien Secured Notes, net of debt issuance costs of $0.4 billion and discounts

of $0.1 billion. The proceeds of the New Permanent Financing were used to fund the Acquisition and accordingly, $56.4 billion of cash

proceeds were reflected on the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet in connection with the issuance of debt.

(5b) The adjustment reflects a transaction

accounting adjustment related to the settlement of the $13.0 billion WBD Dollar Term Loans and the €1.7 billion WBD Euro Term Loans

net of $0.2 billion in remaining deferred issuance costs related to the WBD Term Loans. The transaction accounting adjustment to debt

on the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet also includes a fair market value step down of $4.2 billion on WBD’s

existing long-term debt, which is not reflected in the table above. See Note 4c.

(5c) The adjustments

reflect the impact of the Exchange Offers, specifically the $41 million of payments to bondholders in May 2026 in connection with

the Exchange Offers, and the assumption that 100% of the Exchange Offer WBD Notes eligible to participate in the Exchange Offers will

be exchanged in full in the applicable Exchange Offer. The Company expects to account for the Exchange Offers as debt modifications in

accordance with ASC 470, Debt, because all key terms of the Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes are expected to be materially consistent

with the current terms. Accordingly, the payments to the bondholders are reflected as a reduction in the carrying value. The carrying

value of the Exchange Offer WBD Notes immediately prior to completion of the Exchange Offers and the fair value of the Second Lien Secured

Exchange Notes has been assumed to be equal to the estimated fair value of the Exchange Offer WBD Notes assumed in the Acquisition. Estimated

third-party expenses of $22 million are included within “Restructuring, transaction-related items and other corporate matters”.

-22-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

(5d) The adjustments

reflect the impact of the Tender Offers, specifically the purchase of (i) the DCL Issuer’s $1.2 billion aggregate principal

amount of 3.950% Senior Notes due 2028 with a carrying amount of $1.230 billion immediately prior to extinguishment, and (ii) the

DGH Issuer’s $1.2 billion aggregate principal amount of 3.755% Senior Notes due 2027 with a carrying amount of $1.194 billion immediately

prior to extinguishment, assuming 100% of such notes subject to the Tender Offers will be tendered in the applicable Tender Offer. The

estimated cash consideration for the Tender Offer WBD Notes subject to the Tender Offers of $2.4 billion was determined based on a fixed-spread

pricing formula linked to the yield on the applicable Reference Treasury Security determined as of June 30, 2026. The estimated gain

on extinguishment of debt of $10 million is reflected on the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the year

ended December 31, 2025. Estimated payments to bondholders and third-party expenses of $9 million are included within “Restructuring,

transaction-related items and other corporate matters”.

(5e) The adjustment

reflects the cash paid for certain commitment fees associated with the Bridge Commitments and the write-off of those fees, as the Bridge

Commitments were reduced to $0 by the New Permanent Financing.

Statements

of Operations Pro Forma Adjustments

(5f) The adjustments

reflect the following increases (decreases) to Interest expense, net:

Six Months

Ended June 30,

2026

Year Ended

December 31,

2025

Estimated interest expense on new financing (1)

Financing adjustments

$ 2,108

$ 4,199

Elimination of historical interest expense on WBD bridge facility and term loans (2)

Transaction accounting adjustments

(615 )

(647 )

Adjustment of historical interest expense on debt subject to fair market value step down (3)

Transaction accounting adjustments

110

(165 )

Elimination of historical interest expense on WBD loans settled through the Tender Offers (4)

Transaction accounting adjustments

(52 )

(160 )

Adjustment to historical interest expense on WBD loans subject to the Exchange Offers (5)

Transaction accounting adjustments

39

79

Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs (6)

Financing adjustments

38

478

Total adjustments to Interest expense, net

$ 1,628

$ 3,784

Total financing adjustments

$ 2,146

$ 4,677

Total transaction accounting adjustments

$ (518 )

$ (893 )

(1) Represents the additional interest expense

in connection with the Term A-1 Loans, Term A-2 Loans, Term B Loans, New First Lien Secured Notes and New Second Lien Secured Notes.

Interest expense for the 2031 Second Lien Euro Senior Secured Notes has been calculated based on the USD cross currency swap fixed coupon

rate of 8.82%.

The interest rates on the Term A-1

Loans and Term A-2 Loans are calculated using SOFR adjusted for a margin and are initially estimated to be approximately 5.94%.

The interest rates on the Term B Loans

are calculated using SOFR + 2.75% and EURIBOR + 2.75% and are initially estimated to be approximately 6.53% and 5.07%, respectively.

-23-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined

financial statements reflect interest rates of 7.48% and 8.60% for the New First Lien Secured Notes and New Second Lien Secured Notes,

respectively, based on the weighted average cost of such indebtedness.

A sensitivity analysis on interest

expense with respect to the variable rate Term A-1 Loans, Term A-2 Loans and Term B Loans for the six months ended June 30, 2026

and the year ended December 31, 2025 has been performed to assess the effect of a change of 0.125% of the hypothetical interest rate.

A change in the interest rate of 0.125% would result in a change in estimated interest expense of $9 million and $18 million for the six

months ended June 30, 2026 and year ended December 31, 2025, respectively. A change in interest rate of 1% would result in a

change in estimated interest expense of $72 million and $145 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and year ended December 31,

2025, respectively.

(2) Represents the elimination of historical interest expense associated

with WBD’s $15.0 billion bridge facility and the elimination of historical interest expense associated with the $13.0 billion WBD

Dollar Term Loans and €1.7 billion WBD Euro Term Loans.

(3) In July 2025, WBD made a significant principal payment

to reduce debt. The adjustment to interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 reflects a $493 million reduction in interest

expense resulting from the composition of debt outstanding as of June 30, 2026 compared with the debt outstanding within the historical

period, offset by a $328 million increase in interest expense resulting from the accretion of the fair value step down of assumed debt.

(4) Represents elimination of historical interest expense related

to historical WBD debt repurchased as a result of the Tender Offers, assuming that 100% of the Tender Offer WBD Notes eligible to participate

in the Tender Offers will be tendered in the applicable Tender Offer.

(5) For purposes of these pro forma financial statements, the Company

has assumed 100% of the Exchange Offer WBD Notes eligible to participate in the Exchange Offers will be exchanged in the applicable Exchange

Offer. This adjustment represents the incremental interest expense associated with the difference in coupon rates between the Exchange

Offer WBD Notes eligible to participate in the Exchange Offers and the Second Lien Secured Exchange Notes.

(6) Represents amortization of issuance costs and discounts associated

with new debt issued by the Company and the write-off of deferred issuance costs associated with the Bridge Commitments as the Bridge

Commitments were reduced to $0 by the New Permanent Financing.

Transaction accounting adjustments on the unaudited

pro forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 also include a $12 million intercompany

elimination.

Equity Financing

Adjustments

Concurrently with the execution of the WBD Merger

Agreement, Paramount entered into the Subscription Agreements pursuant to which the Equity Investors committed to purchase shares of Paramount

Class B Common Stock in a PIPE financing. Pursuant to the Equity Syndication, the Equity Investors assigned their subscription rights

to a group of institutional investors (each an Equity Syndication Party), comprising affiliates of the Equity Investors, The Public Investment

Fund, L'Imad 1st SPV 2 Exempt RSC LTD (an investment vehicle of L'Imad Holding, an Abu Dhabi sovereign wealth fund), QIA TMT Holding LLC

(an investment vehicle of the Qatar Investment Authority), and LionTree Investment Fund, L.P. The aggregate allocations cover the full

amount committed by the Equity Investors. At closing, the Company issued to each Equity Syndication Party a number of newly issued shares

of nonvoting Paramount Class B Common Stock equal to its allocated amount divided by the Syndication Purchase Price for aggregate

gross proceeds sufficient, together with other sources of financing, to fund the Merger Consideration and transaction-related payments.

(5g) In connection with the Acquisition, the pro forma adjustment

reflects a net increase in cash of $46.97 billion, representing $47 billion of proceeds from the PIPE financing, inclusive of $44 million

of additional PIPE proceeds related to the $44 million of Ticking Consideration, partially offset by approximately $47 million of issuance

costs. The pro forma financial statements reflect the issuance of approximately 3.9 billion shares of Paramount Class B Common Stock

at $0.001 par value, with the excess proceeds recorded as additional paid-in-capital based on the Syndication Purchase Price of $12.00

per share.

-24-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

6) PRESENTATION OF ADJUSTED PARAMOUNT

The Adjusted Combined Statement of Operations

of Paramount reflects the combination of (i) the historical consolidated Statement of Operations of Paramount Global (Predecessor)

for the period from January 1, 2025 through August 6, 2025 (ii) the historical results of Skydance for the same period

(iii) the historical consolidated Statement of Operations of Paramount Skydance Corporation from August 7, 2025 to December 31,

2025 (Successor) and (iv) the effects of the Skydance Transactions and NAI Transaction as if they had closed on January 1, 2025.

As a result of the pushdown of the Ultimate Parent’s basis described in Note 1, the net assets of Paramount Global were recorded

at their fair value as of the close of the Skydance Transactions and NAI Transaction. No adjustments to the August 7, 2025 to December 31,

2025 Successor period are necessary, as the impacts from the Skydance Transactions and NAI Transaction are included in Paramount’s

historical results for this period.

-25-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

The historical financial information of Skydance

included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements reflects certain reclassifications to conform to the Company’s

presentation.

Year Ended December 31, 2025

Historical

Predecessor

Successor

Skydance

Adjustments to

Paramount

Paramount

Global (1)

Paramount

Skydance

Corp. (2)

Adjusted

Skydance

Media, LLC (3)

Transaction

Accounting

Adjustments (1)

Paramount

Global Historical

Basis (1)

Skydance

Corp.

Adjusted

Revenues

$ 16,622

$ 12,269

$ 554

$ (51 )

6a

$ —

$ 29,394

Costs and expenses:

Operating

11,287

8,408

724

(72 )

6b

—

6i

20,347

Programming charges

—

41

—

—

—

41

Selling, general and administrative

3,526

2,594

16

—

—

6,136

Depreciation and amortization

204

590

1

—

674

6e

1,469

Impairment charges

157

—

—

—

—

157

Restructuring, transaction-related items, and other corporate matters

454

731

268

—

—

1,453

Total costs and expenses

15,628

12,364

1,009

(72 )

674

29,603

Gain on dispositions

35

—

—

—

—

35

Operating income (loss)

1,029

(95 )

(455 )

21

(674 )

(174 )

Interest expense, net

(433 )

(302 )

(8 )

14

6c

(31 )

6f

(760 )

Loss from investments

—

(40 )

—

—

—

(40 )

Other items, net

(92 )

(39 )

—

—

80

6g

(51 )

Earnings (loss) before income taxes and equity in loss of investee companies

504

(476 )

(463 )

35

(625 )

(1,025 )

Benefit from income taxes

79

40

—

47

6d

153

6h

319

Equity in loss of investee companies, net of tax

(171 )

(104 )

—

—

—

(275 )

Net earnings (loss) (Paramount and noncontrolling interests)

412

(540 )

(463 )

82

(472 )

(981 )

Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests

(447 )

(46 )

3

—

—

(490 )

Net loss attributable to Paramount

$ (35 )

$ (586 )

$ (460 )

$ 82

$ (472 )

$ (1,471 )

(1) Represents the historical results of Paramount Global and pro forma adjustments for the period from January 1,

2025 to August 6, 2025.

(2) Represents the historical results for the period from August 7, 2025 through December 31, 2025.

(3) Represents the historical results of Skydance for the period from January 1, 2025 to August 6,

2025, derived from the historical books and records of Skydance.

(6a) The pro forma adjustment to “Revenues” reflects

a reduction of $51 million primarily for Skydance’s co-participant share of revenues for feature film and television productions

with Paramount that would have been eliminated upon consolidation if the Skydance Transactions had occurred on January 1, 2025.

-26-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

(6b) “Operating expenses” has been adjusted for the impact

of intercompany transactions between Paramount and Skydance, including elimination of Paramount’s participation expenses related

to Skydance’s proportionate share of revenue for co-production titles, recorded on a gross basis by Paramount and adjustments to

the historical amortization of production costs that would have been recorded for co-production titles had Paramount and Skydance been

a combined entity during the Predecessor period.

(6c) The transaction accounting adjustment to “Interest expense,

net” reflects the impact of the repayment of outstanding borrowings under Skydance’s revolving credit facility in connection

with the closing of the Skydance Transactions. Interest expense would have decreased by $14 million if the Skydance Transactions and

NAI Transaction had occurred on January 1, 2025.

(6d) The transaction accounting adjustment to “Benefit from

income taxes” reflects an increase to the tax benefit of $47 million for the inclusion of Skydance in Paramount’s consolidated

income tax calculation for the Predecessor period.

(6e) The pro forma adjustment to “Depreciation and amortization”

reflects the impact from the changes to Paramount Global’s historical basis applied as if the Skydance Transactions and NAI Transaction

had occurred on January 1, 2025. The adjustment of $674 million principally reflects net incremental amortization expense related

to identified finite-lived intangible assets.

(6f) The pro forma adjustment of $31 million to “Interest expense,

net” reflects the amortization of the fair value adjustment to debt, partially offset by the removal of the amortization of debt

issuance costs as the unamortized debt issuance costs relating to Paramount Global’s debt were reversed in connection with recording

the debt at fair value.

(6g) The pro forma adjustment of $80 million to “Other items,

net” reflects the reversal of the amortization of net actuarial losses for Paramount Global’s pension and other postretirement

benefit plans. Paramount Global’s historical equity accounts were reversed in connection with the pushdown of the Ultimate Parent’s

basis.

(6h) The pro forma adjustment of $153 million to “Benefit from

income taxes” for the year ended December 31, 2025 reflects the tax impacts of the pro forma adjustments to Paramount Global’s

basis as if the Skydance Transactions and NAI Transaction had occurred on January 1, 2025.

(6i) The unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations

do not include any pro forma adjustments to “Operating expenses” as a result of recording Paramount Global’s programming

assets at their estimated fair values. It is not practicable to estimate the impact of the fair value adjustments on historical content

amortization expense because Paramount’s content portfolio at any point in time is comprised of numerous assets with a different

mix of useful lives and amortization patterns that limit the comparability of the content portfolio as of the closing of the Skydance

Transactions to the content portfolio in prior historical periods.

(6j) The Paramount Adjusted basic and diluted weighted average number

of common shares outstanding of 1,099 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 is calculated based on a weighted average of

the number of days in each of the Predecessor and Successor periods, as further detailed in the table below. Since the unaudited pro

forma condensed combined Statement of Operations gives effect to the Skydance Transactions as if they occurred on January 1, 2025,

the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the Predecessor period has been adjusted to reflect the actual common shares

outstanding of 1,096 million as of August 7, 2025 following the closing of the Skydance Transactions.

Weighted Average

Shares Outstanding

(in millions)

Days in

Period

Predecessor Period January 1, 2025 - August 6, 2025

1,096

218

Successor Period August 7, 2025 - December 31, 2025

1,102

147

Paramount, Adjusted January 1, 2025 -

December 31, 2025

1,099

365

-27-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

7) PARAMOUNT-WBD INTERCOMPANY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions between Paramount and WBD primarily

include content licensing, co-production, and advertising arrangements. The unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations

include estimated adjustments to eliminate transactions between Paramount and WBD for content licensing, co-production, and advertising

arrangements, consisting of revenues and expenses recognized as part of the intercompany transactions and adjustments to the amortization

expense for the profit in capitalized content licenses. The unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet includes adjustments

to eliminate “Accounts Receivable” and “Accounts Payable” between Paramount and WBD for content licensing and

advertising arrangements, the elimination of intercompany profit on content licensing arrangements recorded within “Programming

and other inventory”, and the elimination of “Accrued programming and production costs” related to programming obligations

between Paramount and WBD. “Goodwill” was also adjusted to eliminate intercompany profit on content licensing arrangements

to reflect the impact of the elimination on retained earnings that is adjusted against goodwill as part of purchase accounting.

8) OTHER TRANSACTION ACCOUNTING ADJUSTMENTS

Transaction-Related Items

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined

financial statements include adjustments for estimated transaction-related costs incurred by Paramount from

July 1, 2026 through the closing date of the Acquisition. These costs and the corresponding adjustments to “Accrued

expenses” on the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet and “Restructuring, transaction-related items and

other corporate matters” on the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the year ended

December 31, 2025 are described in the table below.

Accrued Expenses

Restructuring, Transaction-

Related Items and Other

Corporate Matters

Transaction-related costs

$ 515

$ 515

8a

Total adjustment

$ 515

$ 515

(8a) Reflects estimated transaction-related costs of $515 million

incurred by Paramount from July 1, 2026 through the closing date of the Acquisition, consisting mainly of banking, legal, advisory

and other professional fees in connection with the Acquisition, as well as a payment and cost reimbursements in connection with the settlement

of certain merger-related litigation actions. The estimated transaction-related costs are not anticipated to affect the unaudited pro

forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations beyond twelve months after the closing date of the Acquisition.

(8b) The reduction of $481 million to "Retained earnings (accumulated

deficit)” on the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet reflects the impact from the transaction-related costs adjustment

to “Accrued expenses” presented in the table above, which totals $515 million, net of the related tax benefit, where applicable,

of $34 million (see Note 9).

Issuance of

Shares and Related Activity

In connection with the Acquisition, Paramount

has undertaken a series of equity issuances and related financing arrangements to facilitate the consummation of the Acquisition, as further

described in Note 5. These activities include the cancellation of all issued and outstanding shares of WBD Common Stock at the Effective

Time and their conversion into the right to receive the applicable cash merger consideration. No shares of Paramount common stock were

issued to former WBD shareholders as merger consideration.

Each share of Paramount Class B Common Stock

(excluding shares held by any Equity Investor or affiliate thereof, certain Company subsidiaries and Benefit Plans) as of the record date

of October 5, 2026, will receive, without payment of any consideration, one 10-year Warrant for each share held, exercisable at an

initial exercise price per share equal to the Syndication Purchase Price of $12.00 and subject to customary anti-dilution and fundamental

change make-whole adjustments. Beginning on the third anniversary of issuance, Paramount may call the Warrants for early expiration if

the closing price of Paramount Class B Common Stock equals or exceeds $30.00 for at least 20 trading days in any 30 consecutive trading

day period and warrant holders will have until such early expiration date to exercise their Warrants. The Company expects to distribute

the Warrants on or about October 13, 2026. In connection with this series of issuances, existing Paramount RSUs will be “made-whole”

for the value of the Warrants pursuant to a pre-existing anti-dilution provision in Paramount equity plans. The pro forma financial statements

do not include an adjustment for the “make-whole” provision, as the issuance is not expected to result in incremental stock-based

compensation expense.

-28-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

In addition, at the effective time of the Acquisition,

outstanding equity-based awards of WBD were treated in accordance with the WBD Merger Agreement. Vested equity awards were cancelled and

settled in cash based on the applicable Merger Consideration, while unvested equity awards were converted into a contingent right to receive

cash-based awards of Paramount, as applicable, generally subject to the same vesting terms and conditions as were in effect immediately

prior to the Effective Time, provided the WBD Notional Units outstanding as part of the WBD Non-Employee Directors Deferral Plan and WBD

Supplemental Retirement Plan (collectively the “Replaced WBD Equity”) received notional units with respect to a number of

shares of Paramount Class B Common Stock based on the ratio of (i) Merger Consideration divided by (ii) the 15 day VWAP

of Paramount Class B Common Stock, where the 15 day period ended 3 trading days prior to the closing date of the Acquisition.

The pro forma financial information reflects the

cancellation of WBD Common Stock upon consummation of the Acquisition; the issuance of Paramount Class B Common Stock pursuant to

the PIPE financing (see Note 5); and the settlement, conversion, or replacement of WBD equity awards at the Effective Time. No pro forma

adjustment has been reflected for the issuance of equity-based awards that are subject to future service requirements, except to the extent

such awards are reflected as compensation cost in accordance with applicable accounting guidance.

No pro forma adjustment has been recorded for

warrants to existing shareholders, as the Company’s accumulated deficit position results in no net impact to additional paid-in-capital.

Accordingly, other than as described in Note 10, the effect of these warrants is not reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined

financial information.

(8c) The pro

forma adjustments reflect the new compensation arrangements executed with WBD employees who held unvested options that were in the money,

unvested RSUs, and unvested performance restricted stock units in connection with the Acquisition, resulting in a $67 million decrease

and $164 million increase in compensation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2026, and year ended December 31, 2025,

respectively. The pro forma adjustments also reflect new compensation arrangements approved by the Board for a grant of Paramount RSUs

(the “2026 RSUs”) to certain Paramount executive employees in connection with the Acquisition effective on the closing date.

The 2026 RSUs will vest in equal quarterly installments over a five-year period following the closing of the Acquisition, subject to the

applicable executive’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date, and will vest in full (to the

extent then-unvested) upon a change in control of the Company (as defined in the Paramount 2025 Incentive Award Plan). The unaudited pro

forma condensed combined financial statements reflect a grant of Paramount RSUs totaling approximately 11 million for the 2026 RSUs, resulting

in an increase to compensation expense of $15 million and $61 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and year ended December 31,

2025, respectively.

Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility

(8d) The pro

forma adjustment reflects the refinancing and termination of WBD’s securitized accounts receivable facility which is expected within

close proximity to the closing of the Acquisition (or shortly thereafter).

Cash

Other

Assets

Receivables,

net

Accrued

Expenses

Deferred

income tax

liabilities,

net

Retained

Earnings

(accumulated

deficit)

AR Securitization Facility Termination

$ (3,900 )

$ 662

$ 3,208

$ (179 )

$ 18

$ 131

The adjustments to the unaudited pro

forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations reflect the removal of expenses associated with the accounts receivable securitization

fees, resulting in a decrease to “Selling, general and administrative expenses” of $54 million and $145 million for the six

months ended June 30, 2026 and year ended December 31, 2025, respectively.

-29-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

9) INCOME TAX

The tables below reflect the impacts on the unaudited

pro forma condensed combined financial statements from the inclusion of WBD in Paramount’s calculation of income taxes and the tax

impacts of the transaction accounting adjustments and financing adjustments. An estimated tax rate of 25% was applied in determining the

figures presented below.

Balance Sheet Pro Forma Adjustments

At June 30, 2026

Transaction

Accounting

Adjustments

Financing

Adjustments

Deferred income tax assets

n/a

n/a

Deferred income tax liabilities

$ 5,860

9a

$ —

Goodwill

$ 5,876

9b

$ —

n/a - not applicable

Statements of Operations Pro Forma Adjustments

Six Months Ended June 30, 2026

Year Ended December 31, 2025

Transaction

Accounting

Adjustments

Financing

Adjustments

Transaction

Accounting

Adjustments

Financing

Adjustments

Benefit from income taxes

$ 244

9c

$ 537

9c

$ 435

9c

$ 1,175

9c

(9a) The adjustment to “Deferred income tax liabilities”

as of June 30, 2026 includes an increase of $5,812 million for the deferred income tax impact of the pro forma adjustments described

in Note 4 to reflect WBD’s assets and liabilities at fair value, an increase of $64 million for the deferred tax impact of the

elimination of transactions between Paramount and WBD as described in Note 7, and a decrease of $16 million for the deferred tax impact

of the transaction-related costs and accounts receivable securitization fees adjustments as described in Note 8.

(9b) The adjustment to “Goodwill” reflects the offsetting

impact to the adjustments to “Deferred income tax liabilities” to establish the deferred income taxes.

(9c) The adjustments to “(Provision for) Benefit from income

taxes” for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and year ended December 31, 2025 reflect tax benefits of $781 million and

$1,610 million, respectively, related to tax effects of the transaction accounting adjustments and financing adjustments with the exception

of the Netflix Termination Fee as described in Note 3.

The pro forma adjustments to “Deferred income

tax assets” and “Deferred income tax liabilities” are based on the estimated deferred tax rates of the combined company.

The actual deferred tax liabilities may differ materially based on changes resulting from finalizing the deferred tax rates for the combined

company and finalizing the fair value adjustments for WBD’s net assets that are not reasonably estimable for the purposes of the

unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

All other income tax estimates and the related

tax rates may also differ materially in periods subsequent to the consummation of the Acquisition.

-30-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

10) EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

The pro forma basic and diluted weighted average

number of common shares presented in the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations are based on the weighted average

number of common shares issued and outstanding as if the Transactions occurred on January 1, 2025. Since the Warrants described in

Note 8 will only be issued to certain holders of Paramount Class B Common Stock, the estimated value of the Warrants is considered

a deemed dividend which results in the application of the two-class method of EPS for the year ended December 31, 2025. Under the

application of the two-class method, earnings per share is calculated separately for the holders of Paramount Class B Common Stock

receiving the deemed dividend and the common stockholders (primarily comprised of the Equity Investors and their affiliates) not receiving

the deemed dividend. The calculation of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding contemplates an adjustment for the issuance

of shares of Paramount Class B Common Stock pursuant to the PIPE financing. All stock options, RSU Awards, and warrants were excluded

from the calculation of historical and pro forma diluted net loss per common share ("EPS") for the year ended December 31,

2025 because their inclusion would have been antidilutive since a net loss was reported in the period. The dilutive impact of Paramount

RSU Awards totaling 6 million were excluded from the calculation of pro forma diluted EPS for the six months ended June 30, 2026

because their inclusion would have been antidilutive since there is a pro forma net loss for the period. Also excluded from the calculation

of diluted EPS in each period are the Warrants and “make-whole” RSUs described in Note 8 because their inclusion also would

have been anti-dilutive in the period.

The table below presents the calculation of pro

forma EPS including, for the year ended December 31, 2025, amounts attributable to stockholders receiving the deemed dividend and

stockholders not receiving the deemed dividend. There is no deemed dividend for the six months ended June 30, 2026, and therefore

this presentation is not applicable.

(Shares in millions)

Six Months Ended June

30, 2026

Year Ended December

31, 2025

Basic and diluted - Numerator:

Pro forma net loss

$ (2,092 )

$ (6,076 )

Deemed dividend to Class B common stockholders - Receiving Warrants

n/a

$ (2,952 )

Undistributed Net Loss

n/a

$ (9,028 )

Net earnings attributable to Class B common stockholders - Receiving Warrants

n/a

$ 2,106

Net loss attributable to common stockholders - Other

n/a

$ (8,182 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders - All

$ (2,092 )

$ (6,076 )

Basic and diluted - Denominator:

Weighted average common shares outstanding for Class B common stockholders - Receiving Warrants

n/a

470

Weighted average common shares outstanding for common stockholders - Other

n/a

4,547

Weighted average common shares outstanding for common stockholders - All

5,031

5,017

Pro forma EPS:

Basic and diluted EPS - Class B common stockholders - Receiving Warrants

n/a

$ 4.48

Basic and diluted EPS - common stockholders - Other

n/a

$ (1.80 )

Basic and diluted EPS - common stockholders - All

$ (.42 )

$ (1.21 )

n/a - not applicable

-31-

PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Tabular dollars in millions, except per share

amounts)

The aggregate number of shares of Paramount Class B

Common Stock issued in connection with the Equity Syndication is equal to the aggregate commitment amount of approximately $47 billion

divided by the Syndication Purchase Price of $12.00 per share.

Accordingly, for purposes of the unaudited pro

forma condensed combined financial information, the issuance of 3,918 million shares of Paramount Class B Common Stock has been included

in weighted average common shares outstanding for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and year ended December 31, 2025.

Since the Warrants will have an initial exercise

price per share equal to the Syndication Purchase Price, an exercise price of $12.00 has been used for purposes of determining the estimated

value of the deemed dividend in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS.

-32-

GRAPHIC

GRAPHIC

Filename: tm2626659d7_ex99-1img001.jpg · Sequence: 24

Binary file (50650 bytes)

Download tm2626659d7_ex99-1img001.jpg

XML — IDEA: XBRL DOCUMENT

XML

Filename: R1.htm · Sequence: 26

v3.26.3

Cover

Oct. 05, 2026

Cover [Abstract]

Document Type

8-K

Amendment Flag

false

Document Period End Date

Oct. 05, 2026

Current Fiscal Year End Date

--12-31

Entity File Number

001-42791

Entity Registrant Name

Paramount Skydance Corp

Entity Central Index Key

0002041610

Entity Tax Identification Number

99-3917985

Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code

DE

Entity Address, Address Line One

1515 Broadway

Entity Address, City or Town

New York

Entity Address, State or Province

NY

Entity Address, Postal Zip Code

10036

City Area Code

212

Local Phone Number

258-6000

Written Communications

false

Soliciting Material

false

Pre-commencement Tender Offer

false

Pre-commencement Issuer Tender Offer

false

Title of 12(b) Security

Class B Common Stock, $0.001 par value

Trading Symbol

SKYD

Security Exchange Name

NYSE

Entity Emerging Growth Company

false

X

- Definition

Boolean flag that is true when the XBRL content amends previously-filed or accepted submission.

+ References

No definition available.

+ Details

Name:

dei_AmendmentFlag

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

xbrli:booleanItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Area code of city

+ References

No definition available.

+ Details

Name:

dei_CityAreaCode

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

xbrli:normalizedStringItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Cover page.

+ References

No definition available.

+ Details

Name:

dei_CoverAbstract

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

xbrli:stringItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

End date of current fiscal year in the format --MM-DD.

+ References

No definition available.

+ Details

Name:

dei_CurrentFiscalYearEndDate

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

xbrli:gMonthDayItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

For the EDGAR submission types of Form 8-K: the date of the report, the date of the earliest event reported; for the EDGAR submission types of Form N-1A: the filing date; for all other submission types: the end of the reporting or transition period. The format of the date is YYYY-MM-DD.

+ References

No definition available.

+ Details

Name:

dei_DocumentPeriodEndDate

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

xbrli:dateItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

The type of document being provided (such as 10-K, 10-Q, 485BPOS, etc). The document type is limited to the same value as the supporting SEC submission type, or the word 'Other'.

+ References

No definition available.

+ Details

Name:

dei_DocumentType

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

dei:submissionTypeItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Address Line 1 such as Attn, Building Name, Street Name

+ References

No definition available.

+ Details

Name:

dei_EntityAddressAddressLine1

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

xbrli:normalizedStringItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Name of the City or Town

+ References

No definition available.

+ Details

Name:

dei_EntityAddressCityOrTown

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

xbrli:normalizedStringItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Code for the postal or zip code

+ References

No definition available.

+ Details

Name:

dei_EntityAddressPostalZipCode

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

xbrli:normalizedStringItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Name of the state or province.

+ References

No definition available.

+ Details

Name:

dei_EntityAddressStateOrProvince

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

dei:stateOrProvinceItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

A unique 10-digit SEC-issued value to identify entities that have filed disclosures with the SEC. It is commonly abbreviated as CIK.

+ References

Reference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef

-Publisher SEC

-Name Exchange Act

-Number 240

-Section 12

-Subsection b-2

+ Details

Name:

dei_EntityCentralIndexKey

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

dei:centralIndexKeyItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Indicate if registrant meets the emerging growth company criteria.

+ References

Reference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef

-Publisher SEC

-Name Exchange Act

-Number 240

-Section 12

-Subsection b-2

+ Details

Name:

dei_EntityEmergingGrowthCompany

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

xbrli:booleanItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Commission file number. The field allows up to 17 characters. The prefix may contain 1-3 digits, the sequence number may contain 1-8 digits, the optional suffix may contain 1-4 characters, and the fields are separated with a hyphen.

+ References

No definition available.

+ Details

Name:

dei_EntityFileNumber

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

dei:fileNumberItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Two-character EDGAR code representing the state or country of incorporation.

+ References

No definition available.

+ Details

Name:

dei_EntityIncorporationStateCountryCode

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

dei:edgarStateCountryItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

The exact name of the entity filing the report as specified in its charter, which is required by forms filed with the SEC.

+ References

Reference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef

-Publisher SEC

-Name Exchange Act

-Number 240

-Section 12

-Subsection b-2

+ Details

Name:

dei_EntityRegistrantName

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

xbrli:normalizedStringItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

The Tax Identification Number (TIN), also known as an Employer Identification Number (EIN), is a unique 9-digit value assigned by the IRS.

+ References

Reference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef

-Publisher SEC

-Name Exchange Act

-Number 240

-Section 12

-Subsection b-2

+ Details

Name:

dei_EntityTaxIdentificationNumber

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

dei:employerIdItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Local phone number for entity.

+ References

No definition available.

+ Details

Name:

dei_LocalPhoneNumber

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

xbrli:normalizedStringItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Boolean flag that is true when the Form 8-K filing is intended to satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant as pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act.

+ References

Reference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef

-Publisher SEC

-Name Exchange Act

-Number 240

-Section 13e

-Subsection 4c

+ Details

Name:

dei_PreCommencementIssuerTenderOffer

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

xbrli:booleanItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Boolean flag that is true when the Form 8-K filing is intended to satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant as pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act.

+ References

Reference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef

-Publisher SEC

-Name Exchange Act

-Number 240

-Section 14d

-Subsection 2b

+ Details

Name:

dei_PreCommencementTenderOffer

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

xbrli:booleanItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Title of a 12(b) registered security.

+ References

Reference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef

-Publisher SEC

-Name Exchange Act

-Number 240

-Section 12

-Subsection b

+ Details

Name:

dei_Security12bTitle

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

dei:securityTitleItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Name of the Exchange on which a security is registered.

+ References

Reference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef

-Publisher SEC

-Name Exchange Act

-Number 240

-Section 12

-Subsection d1-1

+ Details

Name:

dei_SecurityExchangeName

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

dei:edgarExchangeCodeItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Boolean flag that is true when the Form 8-K filing is intended to satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant as soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act.

+ References

Reference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef

-Publisher SEC

-Name Exchange Act

-Number 240

-Section 14a

-Subsection 12

+ Details

Name:

dei_SolicitingMaterial

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

xbrli:booleanItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Trading symbol of an instrument as listed on an exchange.

+ References

No definition available.

+ Details

Name:

dei_TradingSymbol

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

dei:tradingSymbolItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration

X

- Definition

Boolean flag that is true when the Form 8-K filing is intended to satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant as written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act.

+ References

Reference 1: http://www.xbrl.org/2003/role/presentationRef

-Publisher SEC

-Name Securities Act

-Number 230

-Section 425

+ Details

Name:

dei_WrittenCommunications

Namespace Prefix:

dei_

Data Type:

xbrli:booleanItemType

Balance Type:

na

Period Type:

duration